往昔,在悦意的憍萨罗国,他踏上了通往南方的道路;
这位明通咒语的婆罗门,心中志求无所有的境界。
在阿萨迦的境内,穆拉迦的坐卧处近旁;
他住于哥达瓦利河岸,拾穗采果,以此为生。
依傍此河,便形成了一座广大的聚落;
凭这所得的收入,他举办了一场大祭。
又问了他的安好,这样说道:
凡我所有应施之物,已悉数施舍出去。
若您不肯施舍我这乞求之人,
到了第七日,您的头将裂成七瓣。
他身形憔悴,不进饮食,被忧愁之箭深深刺中;
即便如此,他的心也未在禅那中得享喜乐。
一位心怀利益的天女,见他惊恐痛苦,
他来到婆和利跟前,对他说了这番话:
“他于‘头’全然无知,那是个伪诈之人,唯求财利;
于头与破头之法,他皆无智慧。”
尊贵的夫人,您可确实知晓?我问您了,请您告知那事。
往昔,那位世间导师离开迦毗罗卫城,
他是甘蔗王的后裔,释迦子,带来光明者。
婆罗门,他确实是正自觉者,通达一切诸法;
他获得一切神通与智力,于一切法具智慧眼;
他达到一切业的灭尽,于诸依灭尽中得解脱。
那位佛陀、世尊,于世间以具眼者宣说法;
你去向他请问,他自会为你解说。
闻得“正自觉者”之语,婆和利心生欢喜;
他的忧愁变得淡薄,获得了广大的喜乐。
婆和利满心欢喜,通达吠陀,便问那位天神:
“那位世间怙主,今在哪个村落、哪个镇邑,或哪个国境?
我们前往何处,才能拜见那位正自觉者、两足最上者?”
在舍卫城的憍萨罗宫殿,那位胜利者拥有广大、殊胜、广博的智慧;
他是释迦之子,坚固不动,已断尽烦恼,是人中雄杰,了知破头之法。
于是,那位通达咒语的婆罗门召唤弟子:
来吧,青年们,我将宣说,请谛听我言。
世间之中,如此之人稀得难遇,他的出现并不常有;
今日他已现于世间,那位名为正自觉者的圣者声名远播。
在我们传承的咒语经典中,确实记载了大人相;
完整解说了三十二相,并依次第具足列举。
若有人身体具足这些大人相,
他唯有两种趣处,第三种则不存在。
倘若安住在家,他便能征服此大地;
不凭棍杖,不仗刀剑,唯以正法而教导。
倘若他舍俗出家,从居家走向无家生活,
这位掀开遮蔽的正自觉者,便成为无上的阿拉汉。
出生、族姓、相好,咒语、弟子,一一檢视;
请你们以心提问‘头’与‘破头’之事。
若他是佛陀,便是一位无碍见者;
凡以心所问,他将以言语回答。
闻婆和利之语,十六位婆罗门弟子——
阿耆多、提舍弥勒、富那迦与弥德古。
陀多迦、优波湿婆、难陀与醯摩迦;
都提耶与劫波二人,及智者阇都迦尼。
跋陀罗浮陀与乌陀耶,及婆罗门波沙罗;
聪慧的摩伽罗阇,及大仙人宾耆耶。
他们是修习禅那、乐于禅那的智者,为往昔的习气所熏染。
向婆和利顶礼,并对他右绕之后,
所有结发苦行者,一起向北而去。
犹如口渴者得到清凉之水,犹如商人获得巨利;
犹如被酷热逼迫的人渴望树荫,他们急切地登上山。
那时,世尊为比丘僧团所围绕,
为比丘们说法,犹如狮子在林中吼叫。
见其身相圆满,相好具足;
欢喜地站在一旁,询问心中的疑问。
请说他的出生与族姓,也请说他的特征;
请说他对诸明咒的究竟通达,这位婆罗门又教导多少学生?”
于相学、史传,及词汇学与仪轨学中,
他教导五百弟子,于正法中臻于圆满。
人中上首啊,请您细察婆和利的诸相,
断除渴爱的人啊,请为我们开示,莫让我们生起疑惑。
是哪位——是天神,是梵天,是因陀罗,还是善生之夫?
当知无明为头,明是断头者;
它与信、念、定、欲、精进相应。
于是,那位青年满怀大喜悦,令心坚定后;
他将羚羊皮衣搭于一肩,以头面礼足。
婆瓦利婆罗门,尊者,贤者,与弟子众一同;
他内心欣悦欢喜,礼敬具眼者的双足。
愿婆罗门婆和利喜悦安乐,与他的弟子们一起;
年轻人,也愿你快乐,愿你长寿。
无论是婆和利的疑惑,还是你的疑惑,乃至一切人的疑惑——
既已给予机会,就请问吧,无论心中所想的是什么。
显示巴利原文 Kosalānaṃ purā rammā, agamā dakkhiṇāpathaṃ; Ākiñcaññaṃ patthayāno, brāhmaṇo mantapāragū. So assakassa visaye, maḷakassa samāsane ; Vasi godhāvarīkūle, uñchena ca phalena ca. Tasseva upanissāya, gāmo ca vipulo ahu; Tato jātena āyena, mahāyaññamakappayi. Mahāyaññaṃ yajitvāna, puna pāvisi assamaṃ; Tasmiṃ paṭipaviṭṭhamhi, añño āgañchi brāhmaṇo. Ugghaṭṭapādo tasito , paṅkadanto rajassiro; So ca naṃ upasaṅkamma, satāni pañca yācati. Tamenaṃ bāvarī disvā, āsanena nimantayi; Sukhañca kusalaṃ pucchi, idaṃ vacanamabravi . ‘‘Yaṃ kho mama deyyadhammaṃ, sabbaṃ visajjitaṃ mayā; Anujānāhi me brahme, natthi pañcasatāni me’’. ‘‘Sace me yācamānassa, bhavaṃ nānupadassati ; Sattame divase tuyhaṃ, muddhā phalatu sattadhā’’. Abhisaṅkharitvā kuhako, bheravaṃ so akittayi; Tassa taṃ vacanaṃ sutvā, bāvarī dukkhito ahu. Ussussati anāhāro, sokasallasamappito; Athopi evaṃ cittassa, jhāne na ramatī mano. Utrastaṃ dukkhitaṃ disvā, devatā atthakāminī; Bāvariṃ upasaṅkamma, idaṃ vacanamabravi. ‘‘Na so muddhaṃ pajānāti, kuhako so dhanatthiko; Muddhani muddhapāte vā, ñāṇaṃ tassa na vijjati’’. ‘‘Bhotī carahi jānāti, taṃ me akkhāhi pucchitā; Muddhaṃ muddhādhipātañca , taṃ suṇoma vaco tava’’. ‘‘Ahampetaṃ na jānāmi, ñāṇaṃ mettha na vijjati; Muddhani muddhādhipāte ca, jinānañhettha dassanaṃ’’. ‘‘Atha ko carahi jānāti, asmiṃ pathavimaṇḍale ; Muddhaṃ muddhādhipātañca, taṃ me akkhāhi devate’’. ‘‘Purā kapilavatthumhā, nikkhanto lokanāyako; Apacco okkākarājassa, sakyaputto pabhaṅkaro. ‘‘So hi brāhmaṇa sambuddho, sabbadhammāna pāragū; Sabbābhiññābalappatto , sabbadhammesu cakkhumā; Sabbakammakkhayaṃ patto, vimutto upadhikkhaye. ‘‘Buddho so bhagavā loke, dhammaṃ deseti cakkhumā; Taṃ tvaṃ gantvāna pucchassu, so te taṃ byākarissati’’. Sambuddhoti vaco sutvā, udaggo bāvarī ahu; Sokassa tanuko āsi, pītiñca vipulaṃ labhi. So bāvarī attamano udaggo, taṃ devataṃ pucchati vedajāto; ‘‘Katamamhi gāme nigamamhi vā pana, katamamhi vā janapade lokanātho; Yattha gantvāna passemu, sambuddhaṃ dvipaduttamaṃ’’. ‘‘Sāvatthiyaṃ kosalamandire jino, pahūtapañño varabhūrimedhaso; So sakyaputto vidhuro anāsavo, muddhādhipātassa vidū narāsabho’’. Tato āmantayī sisse, brāhmaṇe mantapāragū ; ‘‘Etha māṇavā akkhissaṃ, suṇātha vacanaṃ mama. ‘‘Yasseso dullabho loke, pātubhāvo abhiṇhaso; Svājja lokamhi uppanno, sambuddho iti vissuto; Khippaṃ gantvāna sāvatthiṃ, passavho dvipaduttamaṃ’’. ‘‘Kathaṃ carahi jānemu, disvā buddhoti brāhmaṇa; Ajānataṃ no pabrūhi, yathā jānemu taṃ mayaṃ’’. ‘‘Āgatāni hi mantesu, mahāpurisalakkhaṇā; Dvattiṃsāni ca byākkhātā, samattā anupubbaso. ‘‘Yassete honti gattesu, mahāpurisalakkhaṇā; Dveyeva tassa gatiyo, tatiyā hi na vijjati. ‘‘Sace agāraṃ āvasati, vijeyya pathaviṃ imaṃ; Adaṇḍena asatthena, dhammena anusāsati. ‘‘Sace ca so pabbajati, agārā anagāriyaṃ; Vivaṭṭacchado sambuddho, arahā bhavati anuttaro. ‘‘Jātiṃ gottañca lakkhaṇaṃ, mante sisse punāpare; Muddhaṃ muddhādhipātañca, manasāyeva pucchatha. ‘‘Anāvaraṇadassāvī, yadi buddho bhavissati; Manasā pucchite pañhe, vācāya visajjissati’’ . Bāvarissa vaco sutvā, sissā soḷasa brāhmaṇā; Ajito tissametteyyo, puṇṇako atha mettagū. Dhotako upasīvo ca, nando ca atha hemako; Todeyya-kappā dubhayo, jatukaṇṇī ca paṇḍito. Bhadrāvudho udayo ca, posālo cāpi brāhmaṇo; Mogharājā ca medhāvī, piṅgiyo ca mahāisi. Paccekagaṇino sabbe, sabbalokassa vissutā; Jhāyī jhānaratā dhīrā, pubbavāsanavāsitā. Bāvariṃ abhivādetvā, katvā ca naṃ padakkhiṇaṃ; Jaṭājinadharā sabbe, pakkāmuṃ uttarāmukhā. Maḷakassa patiṭṭhānaṃ, puramāhissatiṃ tadā ; Ujjeniñcāpi gonaddhaṃ, vedisaṃ vanasavhayaṃ. Kosambiñcāpi sāketaṃ, sāvatthiñca puruttamaṃ; Setabyaṃ kapilavatthuṃ, kusinārañca mandiraṃ. Pāvañca bhoganagaraṃ, vesāliṃ māgadhaṃ puraṃ; Pāsāṇakaṃ cetiyañca, ramaṇīyaṃ manoramaṃ. Tasitovudakaṃ sītaṃ, mahālābhaṃva vāṇijo; Chāyaṃ ghammābhitattova turitā pabbatamāruhuṃ. Bhagavā tamhi samaye, bhikkhusaṅghapurakkhato; Bhikkhūnaṃ dhammaṃ deseti, sīhova nadatī vane. Ajito addasa buddhaṃ, pītaraṃsiṃva bhāṇumaṃ; Candaṃ yathā pannarase, paripūraṃ upāgataṃ. Athassa gatte disvāna, paripūrañca byañjanaṃ; Ekamantaṃ ṭhito haṭṭho, manopañhe apucchatha. ‘‘Ādissa jammanaṃ brūhi, gottaṃ brūhi salakkhaṇaṃ; Mantesu pāramiṃ brūhi, kati vāceti brāhmaṇo’’. ‘‘Vīsaṃ vassasataṃ āyu, so ca gottena bāvarī; Tīṇissa lakkhaṇā gatte, tiṇṇaṃ vedāna pāragū. ‘‘Lakkhaṇe itihāse ca, sanighaṇḍusakeṭubhe; Pañcasatāni vāceti, sadhamme pāramiṃ gato’’. ‘‘Lakkhaṇānaṃ pavicayaṃ, bāvarissa naruttama; Taṇhacchida pakāsehi, mā no kaṅkhāyitaṃ ahu’’. ‘‘Mukhaṃ jivhāya chādeti, uṇṇassa bhamukantare; Kosohitaṃ vatthaguyhaṃ, evaṃ jānāhi māṇava’’. Pucchañhi kiñci asuṇanto, sutvā pañhe viyākate; Vicinteti jano sabbo, vedajāto katañjalī. ‘‘Ko nu devo vā brahmā vā, indo vāpi sujampati; Manasā pucchite pañhe, kametaṃ paṭibhāsati. ‘‘Muddhaṃ muddhādhipātañca, bāvarī paripucchati; Taṃ byākarohi bhagavā, kaṅkhaṃ vinaya no ise’’. ‘‘Avijjā muddhāti jānāhi, vijjā muddhādhipātinī; Saddhāsatisamādhīhi, chandavīriyena saṃyutā’’. Tato vedena mahatā, santhambhetvāna māṇavo; Ekaṃsaṃ ajinaṃ katvā, pādesu sirasā pati. ‘‘Bāvarī brāhmaṇo bhoto, saha sissehi mārisa; Udaggacitto sumano, pāde vandati cakkhuma’’. ‘‘Sukhito bāvarī hotu, saha sissehi brāhmaṇo; Tvañcāpi sukhito hohi, ciraṃ jīvāhi māṇava. ‘‘Bāvarissa ca tuyhaṃ vā, sabbesaṃ sabbasaṃsayaṃ; Katāvakāsā pucchavho, yaṃ kiñci manasicchatha’’. Sambuddhena katokāso, nisīditvāna pañjalī; Ajito paṭhamaṃ pañhaṃ, tattha pucchi tathāgataṃ.
1. 阿耆多学童所问显示巴利原文
1. Ajitamāṇavapucchā
世间为无明所覆,阿基多啊——世尊答道——
悭吝与放逸,令世间黯然不显。
“世间诸瀑流,阿基多!”世尊说道,
“念是它们的防护;”
我说瀑流的防护,乃由智慧关闭。”
“慧与念,”——这是尊者阿基多所说,
“还有名色,尊者;”
“我所问的这件事,请您为我解说:这一切在哪里彻底灭尽?”
阿基多,你所问的这个问题,我今为你宣说;
那里便是名与色彻底灭尽、无有遗余之处;
以识的灭尽,它即在那处止息。
“那些在此已了知诸法的人,以及众多的有学,”
尊者,我向您请教,请告诉我他们的行仪。
他于诸欲不应贪染,心意应远离浊乱;
于一切法善巧、正念具足的比丘,应行游方。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Kenassu nivuto loko, [iccāyasmā ajito] Kenassu nappakāsati; Kissābhilepanaṃ brūsi, kiṃsu tassa mahabbhayaṃ’’. ‘‘Avijjāya nivuto loko, [ajitāti bhagavā] Vevicchā pamādā nappakāsati; Jappābhilepanaṃ brūmi, dukkhamassa mahabbhayaṃ’’. ‘‘Savanti sabbadhi sotā, [iccāyasmā ajito] Sotānaṃ kiṃ nivāraṇaṃ; Sotānaṃ saṃvaraṃ brūhi, kena sotā pidhiyyare’’. ‘‘Yāni sotāni lokasmiṃ, [ajitāti bhagavā] Sati tesaṃ nivāraṇaṃ; Sotānaṃ saṃvaraṃ brūmi, paññāyete pidhiyyare’’. ‘‘Paññā ceva sati cāpi , [iccāyasmā ajito] Nāmarūpañca mārisa; Etaṃ me puṭṭho pabrūhi, katthetaṃ uparujjhati’’. ‘‘Yametaṃ pañhaṃ apucchi, ajita taṃ vadāmi te; Yattha nāmañca rūpañca, asesaṃ uparujjhati; Viññāṇassa nirodhena, etthetaṃ uparujjhati’’. ‘‘Ye ca saṅkhātadhammāse, ye ca sekhā puthū idha; Tesaṃ me nipako iriyaṃ, puṭṭho pabrūhi mārisa’’. ‘‘Kāmesu nābhigijjheyya, manasānāvilo siyā; Kusalo sabbadhammānaṃ, sato bhikkhu paribbaje’’ti.
阿基多学童所问·第一显示巴利原文
Ajitamāṇavapucchā paṭhamā.
第二 提舍弥勒学童所问显示巴利原文
2. Tissametteyyamāṇavapucchā
在这世间,谁是知足者——具寿提舍弥勒这样问——
谁已不再有任何动摇;
谁彻知两端,于中间以智慧而不染著;
你说谁是“大丈夫”?谁在此超越了缝缀?
离了渴爱,恒住正念,
依智慧而证得寂灭的比丘,他没有任何动摇。
他洞彻了两端,以慧安住于中而不被染着;
我称他为大丈夫,他已超越这世间的缝缀。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Kodha santusito loke, [iccāyasmā tissametteyyo] Kassa no santi iñjitā; Ko ubhantamabhiññāya, majjhe mantā na lippati; Kaṃ brūsi mahāpurisoti, ko idha sibbinimaccagā’’ti. ‘‘Kāmesu brahmacariyavā, [metteyyāti bhagavā] Vītataṇho sadā sato; Saṅkhāya nibbuto bhikkhu, tassa no santi iñjitā. ‘‘So ubhantamabhiññāya, majjhe mantā na lippati; Taṃ brūmi mahāpurisoti, so idha sibbinimaccagā’’ti.
第二 提舍弥勒学童所问显示巴利原文
Tissametteyyamāṇavapucchā dutiyā.
第三 富那迦学童所问显示巴利原文
3. Puṇṇakamāṇavapucchā
“不动者,见根本者。”这是尊者富那迦所说:
我带着问题前来:
依止什么,仙人、人、刹帝利、婆罗门,向诸天神,
在世间广行祭祀?我问您,世尊,请您为我解说此事。
“富那迦,那些世间的仙人、凡人们,”——这是世尊所说。
“刹帝利、婆罗门,与诸天献祭者;”
“富那迦啊,他们在世间广设祭祀,盼望着如此的存在;”
“他们依附于衰老,而行祭祀。”
“世间那些仙人、芸芸众生啊”——具寿富那迦这样说——
“刹帝利、婆罗门,与诸天献祭者;”
曾在此世间安排种种祭祀,他们于祭祀道上是否精勤不放逸?
世尊,他们是否超越了生与老?请教世尊,请为我宣说此义。”
他们祈求、称赞、热切祝祷、献上供品;
我说:他们因贪求诸欲、期盼获得,这些献祭者沉迷于有贪,未能超越生与老。
“如果那些献祭者未能超越祭祀的系缚,”——具寿富楼那这样说。
“那么,在这人天世间,究竟是谁,尊者啊,超越了生与老?”
“遍观世间种种高低之后,”世尊对富那迦说:
一个于世间任何处所皆无冲动的人,
寂静、无烟、无恼、无求,我说他已超越生与老。’
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Anejaṃ mūladassāviṃ, [iccāyasmā puṇṇako] Atthi pañhena āgamaṃ; Kiṃ nissitā isayo manujā, khattiyā brāhmaṇā devatānaṃ; Yaññamakappayiṃsu puthūdha loke, pucchāmi taṃ bhagavā brūhi metaṃ’’. ‘‘Ye kecime isayo manujā, [puṇṇakāti bhagavā] Khattiyā brāhmaṇā devatānaṃ; Yaññamakappayiṃsu puthūdha loke, āsīsamānā puṇṇaka itthattaṃ; Jaraṃ sitā yaññamakappayiṃsu’’. ‘‘Ye kecime isayo manujā, [iccāyasmā puṇṇako] Khattiyā brāhmaṇā devatānaṃ; Yaññamakappayiṃsu puthūdha loke, kaccisu te bhagavā yaññapathe appamattā; Atāruṃ jātiñca jarañca mārisa, pucchāmi taṃ bhagavā brūhi metaṃ’’. ‘‘Āsīsanti thomayanti, abhijappanti juhanti; [Puṇṇakāti bhagavā] Kāmābhijappanti paṭicca lābhaṃ, te yājayogā bhavarāgarattā; Nātariṃsu jātijaranti brūmi’’. ‘‘Te ce nātariṃsu yājayogā, [iccāyasmā puṇṇako] Yaññehi jātiñca jarañca mārisa; Atha ko carahi devamanussaloke, atāri jātiñca jarañca mārisa; Pucchāmi taṃ bhagavā brūhi metaṃ’’. ‘‘Saṅkhāya lokasmi paroparāni, [puṇṇakāti bhagavā] Yassiñjitaṃ natthi kuhiñci loke; Santo vidhūmo anīgho nirāso, atāri so jātijaranti brūmī’’ti.
奔那迦学童所问第三显示巴利原文
Puṇṇakamāṇavapucchā tatiyā.
4. 弥德古学童所问显示巴利原文
4. Mettagūmāṇavapucchā
“世尊,我向您请问,请您为我开示。”——具寿弥德古这样说道。
“我心想您是通达吠陀者、修行成就者;”
“这世间形形色色的一切苦,究竟是从何处生起?”
“你所问的,正是苦的生起根源,弥德古,”世尊这样说,
“我当依我所了知,为你宣说:”
“世间种种形态的苦,无论何种,都以执取为因而生起。”
任何无明之人,若造作执取,那愚者便会一再地趋入苦;
因此,了知者不应造作依著,而应观察苦的生起与根源。
您已为我们宣说所问之义;现在再请问一事,请您开示:
智者究竟如何渡过这生、老、愁与悲恸的瀑流?
于现见之法,不依传闻——
了知此已,持正念而行,即于世间超越那执著的粘着。
而我对此欢喜赞叹,大仙,这是最上的法;
了知此已,持正念而行,即于世间超越那执著的粘着。
“凡你所了知的,”——弥德古啊,世尊这样说——
上方、下方、一切方向以及中间——
对于这些,他应当断除喜爱与执著,令识不于有中安住。
这样安住,具念、不放逸的比丘,游行之时舍离诸我所执;
智者就在此生,便能断除生、老、忧悲之苦。
我对此大仙的话语深怀欢喜,那是乔达摩所善说的、无执着的法;
世尊确实已断除苦,因为您所了知的这个法,正是如此。
牟尼啊,那些您所教诫的无住处者,必定也能断除诸苦;
“龙象啊,我前来礼敬彼世尊,惟愿世尊教诫我这无住处者。”
那位婆罗门,应知他是明达者、无所有者,于欲有无所执著;
他确实已渡过这瀑流,到达彼岸,无怨恨,无疑惑。
那位智者、明达人,于此舍弃了对种种有的系缚,
他已离渴爱,无苦恼,无期望;我说,他已渡越了生与老。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Pucchāmi taṃ bhagavā brūhi metaṃ, [iccāyasmā mettagū] Maññāmi taṃ vedaguṃ bhāvitattaṃ; Kuto nu dukkhā samudāgatā ime, ye keci lokasmimanekarūpā’’. ‘‘Dukkhassa ve maṃ pabhavaṃ apucchasi, [mettagūti bhagavā] Taṃ te pavakkhāmi yathā pajānaṃ; Upadhinidānā pabhavanti dukkhā, ye keci lokasmimanekarūpā. ‘‘Yo ve avidvā upadhiṃ karoti, punappunaṃ dukkhamupeti mando; Tasmā pajānaṃ upadhiṃ na kayirā, dukkhassa jātippabhavānupassī’’. ‘‘Yaṃ taṃ apucchimha akittayī no, aññaṃ taṃ pucchāma tadiṅgha brūhi; ‘Kathaṃ nu dhīrā vitaranti oghaṃ, jātiṃ jaraṃ sokapariddavañca’; Taṃ me muni sādhu viyākarohi, tathā hi te vidito esa dhammo’’. ‘‘Kittayissāmi te dhammaṃ, [mettagūti bhagavā] Diṭṭhe dhamme anītihaṃ; Yaṃ viditvā sato caraṃ, tare loke visattikaṃ’’. ‘‘Tañcāhaṃ abhinandāmi, mahesi dhammamuttamaṃ; Yaṃ viditvā sato caraṃ, tare loke visattikaṃ’’. ‘‘Yaṃ kiñci sampajānāsi, [mettagūti bhagavā] Uddhaṃ adho tiriyañcāpi majjhe; Etesu nandiñca nivesanañca, panujja viññāṇaṃ bhave na tiṭṭhe. ‘‘Evaṃvihārī sato appamatto, bhikkhu caraṃ hitvā mamāyitāni; Jātiṃ jaraṃ sokapariddavañca, idheva vidvā pajaheyya dukkhaṃ’’. ‘‘Etābhinandāmi vaco mahesino, sukittitaṃ gotamanūpadhīkaṃ; Addhā hi bhagavā pahāsi dukkhaṃ, tathā hi te vidito esa dhammo. ‘‘Te cāpi nūnappajaheyyu dukkhaṃ, ye tvaṃ muni aṭṭhitaṃ ovadeyya; Taṃ taṃ namassāmi samecca nāga, appeva maṃ bhagavā aṭṭhitaṃ ovadeyya’’. ‘‘Yaṃ brāhmaṇaṃ vedagumābhijaññā, akiñcanaṃ kāmabhave asattaṃ; Addhā hi so oghamimaṃ atāri, tiṇṇo ca pāraṃ akhilo akaṅkho. ‘‘Vidvā ca yo vedagū naro idha, bhavābhave saṅgamimaṃ visajja; So vītataṇho anīgho nirāso, atāri so jātijaranti brūmī’’ti.
第四 美德古学童问显示巴利原文
Mettagūmāṇavapucchā catutthī.
第五 陀多迦学童问显示巴利原文
5. Dhotakamāṇavapucchā
大仙啊,我渴望您的法音,
听闻您的音声后,我要修证自身的涅槃。
即于此地,当成为明智而具念者;
从彼处听闻此音声后,应修学属于自己的涅槃。
我于天界人间,见一无所有的婆罗门正在行止;
一切眼者,我礼敬您。能者啊,请从疑惑中解救我。
陀多迦,我不能让世间任何怀有疑惑的人获得解脱;
证知那最殊胜的法,你便能如此渡越此洪流。
梵天啊,请以慈悲教导我,开示那远离之法,令我得以了知;
愿我如虚空般无有恼害,就在此世间,宁静无执而安住。
现见之法,并非来自传闻;
了知此已,具念而行,便能于世间度越贪着。
对此,我满心欢喜,大仙,那是最上的寂灭;
了知此已,具念而行,便能于世间度越贪着。
“凡是你遍知的一切,陀多迦啊,”世尊说道,
向上、向下,横遍,以及中间;
了知此是世间的‘染着’后,你切莫为有与无有而造作渴爱。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Pucchāmi taṃ bhagavā brūhi metaṃ, [iccāyasmā dhotako] Vācābhikaṅkhāmi mahesi tuyhaṃ; Tava sutvāna nigghosaṃ, sikkhe nibbānamattano’’. ‘‘Tenahātappaṃ karohi, [dhotakāti bhagavā] Idheva nipako sato; Ito sutvāna nigghosaṃ, sikkhe nibbānamattano’’. ‘‘Passāmahaṃ devamanussaloke, akiñcanaṃ brāhmaṇamiriyamānaṃ; Taṃ taṃ namassāmi samantacakkhu, pamuñca maṃ sakka kathaṃkathāhi’’. ‘‘Nāhaṃ sahissāmi pamocanāya, kathaṃkathiṃ dhotaka kañci loke; Dhammañca seṭṭhaṃ abhijānamāno , evaṃ tuvaṃ oghamimaṃ taresi’’. ‘‘Anusāsa brahme karuṇāyamāno, vivekadhammaṃ yamahaṃ vijaññaṃ; Yathāhaṃ ākāsova abyāpajjamāno, idheva santo asito careyyaṃ’’. ‘‘Kittayissāmi te santiṃ, [dhotakāti bhagavā] Diṭṭhe dhamme anītihaṃ; Yaṃ viditvā sato caraṃ, tare loke visattikaṃ’’. ‘‘Tañcāhaṃ abhinandāmi, mahesi santimuttamaṃ; Yaṃ viditvā sato caraṃ, tare loke visattikaṃ’’. ‘‘Yaṃ kiñci sampajānāsi, [dhotakāti bhagavā] Uddhaṃ adho tiriyañcāpi majjhe; Etaṃ viditvā saṅgoti loke, bhavābhavāya mākāsi taṇha’’nti.
兜德咖学童之问第五。显示巴利原文
Dhotakamāṇavapucchā pañcamī.
6. 优波湿婆学童所问显示巴利原文
6. Upasīvamāṇavapucchā
“释迦啊,我独自一人,面对这巨大的瀑流,”——具寿优波湿婆这样说。
“具一切眼者啊,请说所缘,我依止它,便能渡越此瀑流。”
“优波湿婆啊,具念而观察无所有处,”——世尊这样说。
于一切欲乐中离贪者,(尊者优波湿婆问)
依止无所有,舍离我慢;
于殊胜的想解脱中得解脱,他安住彼处,不再转还?
于一切欲乐中离贪者,
依止无所有,舍弃了慢;
他已于最胜的想解脱中解脱,安住于彼处,不复随行。
若他安住于彼处不复随行,即便历经多年,一切眼者啊,
他便在那清凉中得解脱,如是之人的识将灭尽。
犹如火焰被强风吹散——优波湿婆啊——世尊如是说:
它归于灭尽,不落任何名数;
同样,牟尼从名身中解脱,亦归于灭尽,不落任何名数。
他是灭没了吗,还是他并不存在?又或依常见,他是无病的?
牟尼啊,请您善巧地为我解说此事,因为此法您确已了知。”
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Eko ahaṃ sakka mahantamoghaṃ, [iccāyasmā upasīvo] Anissito no visahāmi tārituṃ; Ārammaṇaṃ brūhi samantacakkhu, yaṃ nissito oghamimaṃ tareyyaṃ’’. ‘‘Ākiñcaññaṃ pekkhamāno satimā, [upasīvāti bhagavā] Natthīti nissāya tarassu oghaṃ; Kāme pahāya virato kathāhi, taṇhakkhayaṃ nattamahābhipassa’’. ‘‘Sabbesu kāmesu yo vītarāgo, [iccāyasmā upasīvo] Ākiñcaññaṃ nissito hitvā maññaṃ; Saññāvimokkhe parame vimutto , tiṭṭhe nu so tattha anānuyāyī’’ . ‘‘Sabbesu kāmesu yo vītarāgo, [upasīvāti bhagavā] Ākiñcaññaṃ nissito hitvā maññaṃ; Saññāvimokkhe parame vimutto, tiṭṭheyya so tattha anānuyāyī’’. ‘‘Tiṭṭhe ce so tattha anānuyāyī, pūgampi vassānaṃ samantacakkhu; Tattheva so sītisiyā vimutto, cavetha viññāṇaṃ tathāvidhassa’’. ‘‘Acci yathā vātavegena khittā, [upasīvāti bhagavā] Atthaṃ paleti na upeti saṅkhaṃ; Evaṃ munī nāmakāyā vimutto, atthaṃ paleti na upeti saṅkhaṃ’’. ‘‘Atthaṅgato so uda vā so natthi, udāhu ve sassatiyā arogo; Taṃ me munī sādhu viyākarohi, tathā hi te vidito esa dhammo’’ti. ‘‘Atthaṅgatassa na pamāṇamatthi, [upasīvāti bhagavā] Yena naṃ vajjuṃ taṃ tassa natthi; Sabbesu dhammesu samūhatesu, samūhatā vādapathāpi sabbe’’ti.
第六 优波湿婆学童所问显示巴利原文
Upasīvamāṇavapucchā chaṭṭhī.
第七 难陀学童所问显示巴利原文
7. Nandamāṇavapucchā
“世间有牟尼,”具寿难陀说,“人们这样称说,那究竟是指什么?是把牟尼称为‘成就智慧者’,还是称为‘成就生命者’呢?”显示巴利原文
‘‘Santi loke munayo, [iccāyasmā nando]
难陀,在此,诸善巧者不依见、不依闻、不依智而称说牟尼;
那些断除系缚、无苦无求而游行的人,我说他们是牟尼。
可敬的难陀尊者说:“凡有沙门、婆罗门,
有人宣称,由所见所闻而得清净;
“有人宣称,由戒禁而得清净。”
“他们以种种方式宣说清净;”
世尊,那些在那里如是修行的人,他们是否
“已渡越生与老,尊者?”
“凡是这些沙门、婆罗门……”难陀这样说。于是世尊答道:
有人宣称,由所见与所闻而得清净;
有人以戒禁说为清净,有人以种种方式说为清净;
纵使他们于彼处精勤修行,我仍断言:他们未能超越生与老。
凡此诸沙门、婆罗门,”——尊者难陀说——
依于所见与所闻,他们说清净;
有人说,靠戒行与禁制而得清净;另有人以种种方式宣称清净;
你若说那些牟尼尚未渡过瀑流,那么,在天神与人世间,谁已渡越?
已渡越生与老,尊者啊——我请问您,世尊,请您为我解说此事。”
我不说所有的沙门、婆罗门——
我说他们为生老所遮蔽。
那些在此,于所见、所闻、所觉知,或于戒与禁制,舍弃这一切的人;
舍离这一切种种的形态,遍知渴爱,便成无漏者;
我说,这些人便是渡过了洪流。
我欢喜大仙的这番话,乔达摩,您无所依着,所言善妙;
他们在此舍断一切所见、所闻、所觉知,也舍断了一切戒禁,
舍断种种形态的一切,遍知渴爱,成为无漏者。
显示巴利原文 Janā vadanti tayidaṃ kathaṃsu; Ñāṇūpapannaṃ muni no vadanti, udāhu ve jīvitenūpapannaṃ’’. ‘‘Na diṭṭhiyā na sutiyā na ñāṇena, munīdha nanda kusalā vadanti; Visenikatvā anīghā nirāsā, caranti ye te munayoti brūmi’’. ‘‘Ye kecime samaṇabrāhmaṇāse, [iccāyasmā nando] Diṭṭhassutenāpi vadanti suddhiṃ; Sīlabbatenāpi vadanti suddhiṃ, Anekarūpena vadanti suddhiṃ; Kaccissu te bhagavā tattha yatā carantā, Atāru jātiñca jarañca mārisa; Pucchāmi taṃ bhagavā brūhi metaṃ’’. ‘‘Ye kecime samaṇabrāhmaṇāse, [nandāti bhagavā] Diṭṭhassutenāpi vadanti suddhiṃ; Sīlabbatenāpi vadanti suddhiṃ, anekarūpena vadanti suddhiṃ; Kiñcāpi te tattha yatā caranti, nātariṃsu jātijaranti brūmi’’. ‘‘Ye kecime samaṇabrāhmaṇāse, [iccāyasmā nando] Diṭṭhassutenāpi vadanti suddhiṃ; Sīlabbatenāpi vadanti suddhiṃ, anekarūpena vadanti suddhiṃ; Te ce muni brūsi anoghatiṇṇe, atha ko carahi devamanussaloke; Atāri jātiñca jarañca mārisa, pucchāmi taṃ bhagavā brūhi metaṃ’’. ‘‘Nāhaṃ sabbe samaṇabrāhmaṇāse, [nandāti bhagavā] Jātijarāya nivutāti brūmi; Ye sīdha diṭṭhaṃ va sutaṃ mutaṃ vā, sīlabbataṃ vāpi pahāya sabbaṃ; Anekarūpampi pahāya sabbaṃ, taṇhaṃ pariññāya anāsavāse; Te ve narā oghatiṇṇāti brūmi’’. ‘‘Etābhinandāmi vaco mahesino, sukittitaṃ gotamanūpadhīkaṃ; Ye sīdha diṭṭhaṃ va sutaṃ mutaṃ vā, sīlabbataṃ vāpi pahāya sabbaṃ; Anekarūpampi pahāya sabbaṃ, taṇhaṃ pariññāya anāsavāse; Ahampi te oghatiṇṇāti brūmī’’ti.
难陀学童所问第七显示巴利原文
Nandamāṇavapucchā sattamā.
第八 黑玛咖学童所问显示巴利原文
8. Hemakamāṇavapucchā
“那些往昔曾为我记说者——”具寿黑玛咖这样说,
“曾经如此”“将来如此”——这一切无非传说纷纭;
那一切都只是助长思辨,对此我不得喜悦。
牟尼啊,请您为我宣讲那断除渴爱的法义;
了知此法后,具念而行,便能超越世间遍及的执取。
“在此世间,对于所见、所闻、所觉知、所了别的事物,在那些可爱的样貌上,黑摩咖啊——”
驱散欲贪,即达无死的涅槃之境。
那些具足正念的人,于此证知,已达现法寂灭;
他们恒常寂静,已超越世间贪染。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Ye me pubbe viyākaṃsu, [iccāyasmā hemako] Iccāsi iti bhavissati, sabbaṃ taṃ itihītihaṃ; Sabbaṃ taṃ takkavaḍḍhanaṃ, nāhaṃ tattha abhiramiṃ. ‘‘Tvañca me dhammamakkhāhi, taṇhānigghātanaṃ muni; Yaṃ viditvā sato caraṃ, tare loke visattikaṃ’’. ‘‘Idha diṭṭhasutamutaviññātesu, piyarūpesu hemaka; Chandarāgavinodanaṃ, nibbānapadamaccutaṃ. ‘‘Etadaññāya ye satā, diṭṭhadhammābhinibbutā; Upasantā ca te sadā, tiṇṇā loke visattika’’nti.
黑玛咖学童所问第八显示巴利原文
Hemakamāṇavapucchā aṭṭhamā.
9. 都提耶学童问显示巴利原文
9. Todeyyamāṇavapucchā
“在什么之中,欲乐无有安住?”——具寿都提耶问道——
谁无渴爱;
已超越种种疑惑的人,他的解脱是怎样的?
诸欲不在谁的身上安住,都提耶啊!——世尊
谁人已无渴爱;
他已度越疑惑,他的解脱无有更上。
他是无所希求者,抑或仍有所希求?他是具足智慧者,抑或是思择智慧者?
帝释啊,我应如何了知牟尼?普眼者,请为我解说此事。
“他无所希求,亦非期盼者;他具足智慧,却不造作智慧。”
都提耶之子,你当如此了知牟尼:他一无所有,于欲有中无所系着。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Yasmiṃ kāmā na vasanti, [iccāyasmā todeyyo] Taṇhā yassa na vijjati; Kathaṃkathā ca yo tiṇṇo, vimokkho tassa kīdiso’’. ‘‘Yasmiṃ kāmā na vasanti, [todeyyāti bhagavā] Taṇhā yassa na vijjati; Kathaṃkathā ca yo tiṇṇo, vimokkho tassa nāparo’’. Huraṃ gotamasāsanā; ‘‘Nirāsaso so uda āsasāno , paññāṇavā so uda paññakappī; Muniṃ ahaṃ sakka yathā vijaññaṃ, taṃ me viyācikkha samantacakkhū’’ti. ‘‘Nirāsaso so na ca āsasāno, paññāṇavā so na ca paññakappī; Evampi todeyya muniṃ vijāna, akiñcanaṃ kāmabhave asatta’’nti.
第九 兜德亚学童所问显示巴利原文
Todeyyamāṇavapucchā navamā.
第十 咖巴学童所问显示巴利原文
10. Kappamāṇavapucchā
陷入巨大恐怖的瀑流之中;
为那些被老与死逼迫的人,请开示一个洲岛吧,尊长啊;
请您也为我指明那洲岛,令此不再有后有。
于已生起的巨大怖畏之瀑流;
为被老死所征服者,咖波,我为你宣说岛屿。
“无所有、无执取,这便是无上的洲岛;”
我称此为涅槃——那老与死的彻底灭尽。
了知此义之后,那些具念者,于现法便已寂灭;他们恒常寂静,在世间渡越了贪执。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Majjhe sarasmiṃ tiṭṭhataṃ, [iccāyasmā kappo] Oghe jāte mahabbhaye; Jarāmaccuparetānaṃ, dīpaṃ pabrūhi mārisa; Tvañca me dīpamakkhāhi, yathāyidaṃ nāparaṃ siyā’’. ‘‘Majjhe sarasmiṃ tiṭṭhataṃ, [kappāti bhagavā] Oghe jāte mahabbhaye; Jarāmaccuparetānaṃ, dīpaṃ pabrūmi kappa te. ‘‘Akiñcanaṃ anādānaṃ, etaṃ dīpaṃ anāparaṃ; Nibbānaṃ iti naṃ brūmi, jarāmaccuparikkhayaṃ. ‘‘Etadaññāya ye satā, diṭṭhadhammābhinibbutā; Na te māravasānugā, na te mārassa paṭṭhagū’’ti .
第十 咖巴学童所问显示巴利原文
Kappamāṇavapucchā dasamā.
第十一 嘉度咖尼学童所问显示巴利原文
11. Jatukaṇṇimāṇavapucchā
“我听闻英雄、离欲者之后,前来请问这位渡越瀑流者”——具寿阇都干耳如是说。
为请问渡越瀑流者,我前来至此;
请为我宣说寂静之境,生具眼者啊,世尊,请您如实为我开示此义。”
世尊实已征服诸欲而行,犹如太阳以其光辉照耀大地;
智慧浅狭的我,广慧者,请开示我能了知之法,
断除这世间的生与老。
视出离为安稳;
已执取或已舍离的,你都莫作所有之想。
让过去的事物干涸枯竭,于未来你没有任何系著;
若在中间你不执取,便将安详而行。”
“于名与色上全然离贪的婆罗门,那些致使他落入死亡之力的漏,在他这里已无处寻得。”
他的诸漏已不存在,藉由那些漏,人便会堕入死王的领域。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Sutvānahaṃ vīramakāmakāmiṃ, [iccāyasmā jatukaṇṇi] Oghātigaṃ puṭṭhumakāmamāgamaṃ; Santipadaṃ brūhi sahajanetta, yathātacchaṃ bhagavā brūhi metaṃ. ‘‘Bhagavā hi kāme abhibhuyya iriyati, ādiccova pathaviṃ tejī tejasā; Parittapaññassa me bhūripañña, ācikkha dhammaṃ yamahaṃ vijaññaṃ; Jātijarāya idha vippahānaṃ’’. ‘‘Kāmesu vinaya gedhaṃ, [jatukaṇṇīti bhagavā] Nekkhammaṃ daṭṭhu khemato; Uggahitaṃ nirattaṃ vā, mā te vijjittha kiñcanaṃ. ‘‘Yaṃ pubbe taṃ visosehi, pacchā te māhu kiñcanaṃ; Majjhe ce no gahessasi, upasanto carissasi. ‘‘Sabbaso nāmarūpasmiṃ, vītagedhassa brāhmaṇa; Āsavāssa na vijjanti, yehi maccuvasaṃ vaje’’ti.
迦图咖尼学童所问 第十一显示巴利原文
Jatukaṇṇimāṇavapucchā ekādasamā.
12. 跋陀罗浮陀学童所问显示巴利原文
12. Bhadrāvudhamāṇavapucchā
“舍离家宅、斩断渴爱、安住不动者”——具寿跋德拉乌德这样说——
舍弃喜爱、渡越瀑流、获得解脱者;
我祈请那舍离时间妄执的善慧者,听闻龙象的言教后,他们将从此地离去。”
从各个国度而来的众人,汇集于此,
大雄啊,他们都在渴仰您的教示;
请您善为他们开示,因为您已证悟了此法。
“跋陀罗弗达啊,”世尊说道,“应当调伏一切执取之渴爱。”
向上、向下、横向,乃至中间,
世间之中,人们执取什么,魔罗便借此追逐众生。
因此,具慧者于一切世间不应执取任何事物,比丘应具念而住。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Okañjahaṃ taṇhacchidaṃ anejaṃ, [iccāyasmā bhadrāvudho] Nandiñjahaṃ oghatiṇṇaṃ vimuttaṃ; Kappañjahaṃ abhiyāce sumedhaṃ, sutvāna nāgassa apanamissanti ito. ‘‘Nānājanā janapadehi saṅgatā, Tava vīra vākyaṃ abhikaṅkhamānā; Tesaṃ tuvaṃ sādhu viyākarohi, tathā hi te vidito esa dhammo’’. ‘‘Ādānataṇhaṃ vinayetha sabbaṃ, [bhadrāvudhāti bhagavā] Uddhaṃ adho tiriyañcāpi majjhe; Yaṃ yañhi lokasmimupādiyanti, teneva māro anveti jantuṃ. ‘‘Tasmā pajānaṃ na upādiyetha, bhikkhu sato kiñcanaṃ sabbaloke; Ādānasatte iti pekkhamāno, pajaṃ imaṃ maccudheyye visatta’’nti.
跋陀罗浮陀学童所问第十二显示巴利原文
Bhadrāvudhamāṇavapucchā dvādasamā.
13. 优陀夷学童问显示巴利原文
13. Udayamāṇavapucchā
“禅修者,无垢而坐,”——这是尊者优陀夷所说——
“所作已办,无漏;”
已抵达一切法彼岸者,我今有疑而来问;
“请您宣说那超越一切的解脱,以及无明的破除。”
舍与念清净,以法思择为先导;
我说胜知解脱,即是破除无明。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Jhāyiṃ virajamāsīnaṃ, [iccāyasmā udayo] Katakiccaṃ anāsavaṃ; Pāraguṃ sabbadhammānaṃ, atthi pañhena āgamaṃ; Aññāvimokkhaṃ pabrūhi, avijjāya pabhedanaṃ’’. ‘‘Pahānaṃ kāmacchandānaṃ, [udayāti bhagavā] Domanassāna cūbhayaṃ; Thinassa ca panūdanaṃ, kukkuccānaṃ nivāraṇaṃ. ‘‘Upekkhāsatisaṃsuddhaṃ , dhammatakkapurejavaṃ; Aññāvimokkhaṃ pabrūmi, avijjāya pabhedanaṃ’’. ‘‘Kiṃsu saṃyojano loko, kiṃsu tassa vicāraṇaṃ; Kissassa vippahānena, nibbānaṃ iti vuccati’’. ‘‘Nandisaṃyojano loko, vitakkassa vicāraṇaṃ; Taṇhāya vippahānena, nibbānaṃ iti vuccati’’. ‘‘Kathaṃ satassa carato, viññāṇaṃ uparujjhati; Bhagavantaṃ puṭṭhumāgamma, taṃ suṇoma vaco tava’’. ‘‘Ajjhattañca bahiddhā ca, vedanaṃ nābhinandato; Evaṃ satassa carato, viññāṇaṃ uparujjhatī’’ti.
第十三 优陀耶学童所问显示巴利原文
Udayamāṇavapucchā terasamā.
第十四 波沙罗学童所问显示巴利原文
14. Posālamāṇavapucchā
不动摇者,已断尽疑惑;
他于一切法已达彼岸,我带着问题前来。
彼已破除色想,舍弃一切身,
他看见:于内于外,已无任何一物。
如来以证智了知;
对于持立者,他如是了知;对于已解脱、以涅槃为归宿者,他亦如是了知。
当深知无所有处的生起,知道喜贪即是结缚;
如是证知此已,从彼处对它作观察;
这便是那位修习圆满者、那位婆罗门的真实智慧。”
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Yo atītaṃ ādisati, [iccāyasmā posālo] Anejo chinnasaṃsayo; Pāraguṃ sabbadhammānaṃ, atthi pañhena āgamaṃ. ‘‘Vibhūtarūpasaññissa, sabbakāyappahāyino; Ajjhattañca bahiddhā ca, natthi kiñcīti passato; Ñāṇaṃ sakkānupucchāmi, kathaṃ neyyo tathāvidho’’. ‘‘Viññāṇaṭṭhitiyo sabbā, [posālāti bhagavā] Abhijānaṃ tathāgato; Tiṭṭhantamenaṃ jānāti, vimuttaṃ tapparāyaṇaṃ. ‘‘Ākiñcaññasambhavaṃ ñatvā, nandī saṃyojanaṃ iti; Evametaṃ abhiññāya, tato tattha vipassati; Etaṃ ñāṇaṃ tathaṃ tassa, brāhmaṇassa vusīmato’’ti.
波沙罗学童所问第十四显示巴利原文
Posālamāṇavapucchā cuddasamā.
摩伽罗阇童子所问显示巴利原文
15. Mogharājamāṇavapucchā
“我曾向释迦请问两个问题,”——具寿摩伽罗阇这样说。
此世间、他世间,连同诸天的梵天世间;
此世间、他世间,连同诸天的梵天世间,皆不了知享有盛名的乔达摩您的见解。
摩伽罗阇,你当恒常具念,观察世间为空;
断除我见,则能超越死亡。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Dvāhaṃ sakkaṃ apucchissaṃ, [iccāyasmā mogharājā] Na me byākāsi cakkhumā; Yāvatatiyañca devīsi, byākarotīti me sutaṃ. ‘‘Ayaṃ loko paro loko, brahmaloko sadevako; Diṭṭhiṃ te nābhijānāti, gotamassa yasassino. ‘‘Evaṃ abhikkantadassāviṃ, atthi pañhena āgamaṃ; Kathaṃ lokaṃ avekkhantaṃ, maccurājā na passati’’. ‘‘Suññato lokaṃ avekkhassu, mogharāja sadā sato; Attānudiṭṭhiṃ ūhacca, evaṃ maccutaro siyā; Evaṃ lokaṃ avekkhantaṃ, maccurājā na passatī’’ti.
摩嘎拉迦学童所问·第十五显示巴利原文
Mogharājamāṇavapucchā pannarasamā.
16. 宾耆耶童子问显示巴利原文
16. Piṅgiyamāṇavapucchā
“我老了,气力衰损,容颜黯淡,”具寿宾耆耶这般说道。
我的眼根不清净,耳根也不舒适;
莫让我在迷惘中半途而灭,请您开示我能了悟的法吧。
宾耆耶啊,世尊说道:见到人们在色境中受困恼——
放逸的人们于色境中遭受逼恼;
因此,宾耆耶,你当不放逸,为不再受后有而舍离色法。
在这世间,您无所不见,无所不闻,无所不觉,亦无所不识。
宾耆耶,看到那些为渴爱所制、为衰老所迫、正被忧苦烧灼的人们;
他们身陷忧苦,为衰老所摧伏;
因此,宾耆耶,当精勤不放逸,断除渴爱,不再有后有。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Jiṇṇohamasmi abalo vītavaṇṇo, [iccāyasmā piṅgiyo] Nettā na suddhā savanaṃ na phāsu; Māhaṃ nassaṃ momuho antarāva, ācikkha dhammaṃ yamahaṃ vijaññaṃ; ‘‘Disvāna rūpesu vihaññamāne, [piṅgiyāti bhagavā] Ruppanti rūpesu janā pamattā; Tasmā tuvaṃ piṅgiya appamatto, jahassu rūpaṃ apunabbhavāya’’. ‘‘Disā catasso vidisā catasso, uddhaṃ adho dasa disā imāyo; Na tuyhaṃ adiṭṭhaṃ asutaṃ amutaṃ , atho aviññātaṃ kiñcanamatthi loke; Ācikkha dhammaṃ yamahaṃ vijaññaṃ, jātijarāya idha vippahānaṃ’’. ‘‘Taṇhādhipanne manuje pekkhamāno, [piṅgiyāti bhagavā] Santāpajāte jarasā parete; Tasmā tuvaṃ piṅgiya appamatto, jahassu taṇhaṃ apunabbhavāyā’’ti.
宾耆耶学童所问 第十六显示巴利原文
Piṅgiyamāṇavapucchā soḷasamā.
彼岸道赞颂偈显示巴利原文
17. Pārāyanatthutigāthā
这是世尊住在摩揭陀的巴沙那咖支提时所说。他应十六位侍从婆罗门之请,凡有所问,便为解答。若人于一一问中,了知其义、了知其法,并依法随法修行,必定能到达老死的彼岸。这些法是能度到彼岸的,因此此法门名为「彼岸道」。显示巴利原文
Idamavoca bhagavā magadhesu viharanto pāsāṇake cetiye, paricārakasoḷasānaṃ brāhmaṇānaṃ ajjhiṭṭho puṭṭho puṭṭho pañhaṃ byākāsi. Ekamekassa cepi pañhassa atthamaññāya dhammamaññāya dhammānudhammaṃ paṭipajjeyya, gaccheyyeva jarāmaraṇassa pāraṃ. ‘‘Pāraṅgamanīyā ime dhammā’’ti – tasmā imassa dhammapariyāyassa pārāyananteva adhivacanaṃ.
阿基多、提舍弥勒、富那迦,与弥德古;
陀多迦、优波湿婆、难陀,以及黑玛咖。
兜雷亚与咖巴两位,以及智者贾度甘尼;
跋陀罗浮陀、优陀耶,以及婆罗门波沙罗;
具慧的摩嘎拉贾,与大仙人宾耆耶。
他们来到佛陀面前,去见那位德行圆满的仙人;
他们探询微细的问题,来到最胜佛陀的座前。
一一问难,循佛所教;
若能依此践行,便得由此岸度达彼岸。
修习此无上道者,能从此岸至彼岸;
那条道正是为了到达彼岸,故名为“到彼岸”(Pārāyana)。
显示巴利原文 Ajito tissametteyyo, puṇṇako atha mettagū; Dhotako upasīvo ca, nando ca atha hemako. Todeyyakappā dubhayo, jatukaṇṇī ca paṇḍito; Bhadrāvudho udayo ca, posālo cāpi brāhmaṇo; Mogharājā ca medhāvī, piṅgiyo ca mahāisi. Ete buddhaṃ upāgacchuṃ, sampannacaraṇaṃ isiṃ; Pucchantā nipuṇe pañhe, buddhaseṭṭhaṃ upāgamuṃ. Tesaṃ buddho pabyākāsi, pañhe puṭṭho yathātathaṃ; Pañhānaṃ veyyākaraṇena, tosesi brāhmaṇe muni. Te tositā cakkhumatā, buddhenādiccabandhunā; Brahmacariyamacariṃsu, varapaññassa santike. Ekamekassa pañhassa, yathā buddhena desitaṃ; Tathā yo paṭipajjeyya, gacche pāraṃ apārato. Apārā pāraṃ gaccheyya, bhāvento maggamuttamaṃ; Maggo so pāraṃ gamanāya, tasmā pārāyanaṃ iti.
18. 彼岸道随颂偈显示巴利原文
18. Pārāyanānugītigāthā
他如是见,便如是说,那无垢、智慧广大者,
无欲、无贪的龙象,何缘故而说妄语?
他已断除垢秽与愚痴,舍离慢与覆藏;
现在,我来宣说这伴有赞叹的话语。
除暗者、佛陀、具一切眼,已达世界尽头,超越一切有;
无漏者、断尽一切苦,那名为真理的梵者,我曾亲近承事。
正如鸟儿舍弃了低矮的灌木,而栖居在果实丰饶的丛林;
同样,我亦舍弃见识短浅之辈,如同天鹅飞向大海,抵达此处。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Pārāyanamanugāyissaṃ , [iccāyasmā piṅgiyo] Yathāddakkhi tathākkhāsi, vimalo bhūrimedhaso; Nikkāmo nibbano nāgo, kissa hetu musā bhaṇe. ‘‘Pahīnamalamohassa, mānamakkhappahāyino; Handāhaṃ kittayissāmi, giraṃ vaṇṇūpasañhitaṃ. ‘‘Tamonudo buddho samantacakkhu, lokantagū sabbabhavātivatto; Anāsavo sabbadukkhappahīno, saccavhayo brahme upāsito me. ‘‘Dijo yathā kubbanakaṃ pahāya, bahupphalaṃ kānanamāvaseyya; Evampahaṃ appadasse pahāya, mahodadhiṃ haṃsoriva ajjhapatto. ‘‘Yeme pubbe viyākaṃsu, huraṃ gotamasāsanā;
所谓‘曾有’、‘将有’之说,显示巴利原文
Iccāsi iti bhavissati;
他一人独处,驱除黑暗,光芒赫奕,是那带来光明者;
乔达摩有广大的智慧,乔达摩有深广的慧根。
他为我开示了法,那是现见的、即时的,
导向渴爱的灭尽,无诸过患,在任何地方都找不到能比拟它的譬喻。”
他为你教导了现见的、无时的法;
渴爱灭尽,安隐无虞,世间无一物堪与相比。
婆罗门,我刹那也不曾离开他,
乔达摩具足广大慧,乔达摩具足广大智。
他教导我这个法——可亲见、不待时节的,
“导向渴爱灭尽、无有灾患——对它,一切处都找不到任何譬喻。”
信、喜、心与念,
纵使有忧虑,这些也无法使我离开乔达摩的教法;
无论广慧者往何方去,我便于彼方归敬于他。
我陷于泥沼中挣扎,从一岛游至另一岛;
那时,我看见了正自觉者——他已渡越暴流,无有诸漏。
正如往昔的瓦卡利、跋陀罗浮陀与阿罗毗乔达摩,皆是信解脱者;
同样地,宾耆耶,你也当生起信心,你将越过死神的领域,到达彼岸。
那不可移转、不可扰动的,在一切处都无譬喻可以形容。
显示巴利原文 Sabbaṃ taṃ itihītihaṃ, sabbaṃ taṃ takkavaḍḍhanaṃ. ‘‘Eko tamanudāsino, jutimā so pabhaṅkaro; Gotamo bhūripaññāṇo, gotamo bhūrimedhaso. ‘‘Yo me dhammamadesesi, sandiṭṭhikamakālikaṃ; Taṇhakkhayamanītikaṃ, yassa natthi upamā kvaci’’. ‘‘Kiṃ nu tamhā vippavasasi, muhuttamapi piṅgiya; Gotamā bhūripaññāṇā, gotamā bhūrimedhasā. ‘‘Yo te dhammamadesesi, sandiṭṭhikamakālikaṃ; Taṇhakkhayamanītikaṃ, yassa natthi upamā kvaci. ‘‘Nāhaṃ tamhā vippavasāmi, muhuttamapi brāhmaṇa; Gotamā bhūripaññāṇā, gotamā bhūrimedhasā. ‘‘Yo me dhammamadesesi, sandiṭṭhikamakālikaṃ; Taṇhakkhayamanītikaṃ, yassa natthi upamā kvacī’’ti. ‘‘Passāmi naṃ manasā cakkhunāva, rattindivaṃ brāhmaṇa appamatto. Namassamāno vivasemi rattiṃ, teneva maññāmi avippavāsaṃ. ‘‘Saddhā ca pīti ca mano sati ca, Nāpentime gotamasāsanamhā; Yaṃ yaṃ disaṃ vajati bhūripañño, sa tena teneva natohamasmi. ‘‘Jiṇṇassa me dubbalathāmakassa, teneva kāyo na paleti tattha; Saṅkappayantāya vajāmi niccaṃ, mano hi me brāhmaṇa tena yutto. ‘‘Paṅke sayāno pariphandamāno, dīpā dīpaṃ upallaviṃ; Athaddasāsiṃ sambuddhaṃ, oghatiṇṇamanāsavaṃ. ‘‘Yathā ahū vakkali muttasaddho, bhadrāvudho āḷavigotamo ca; Evameva tvampi pamuñcassu saddhaṃ, gamissasi tvaṃ piṅgiya maccudheyyassa pāraṃ’’ . ‘‘Esa bhiyyo pasīdāmi, sutvāna munino vaco; Vivaṭṭacchado sambuddho, akhilo paṭibhānavā. ‘‘Adhideve abhiññāya, sabbaṃ vedi paroparaṃ; Pañhānantakaro satthā, kaṅkhīnaṃ paṭijānataṃ. ‘‘Asaṃhīraṃ asaṃkuppaṃ, yassa natthi upamā kvaci; Addhā gamissāmi na mettha kaṅkhā, evaṃ maṃ dhārehi adhimuttacitta’’nti .
354 所谓“世界”,是指:地狱世界、畜生世界、鬼道、人间、天界、蕴世界、界世界、处世界、此世界、他世界、梵天世界、天神世界——这些称为世界。这世界被什么覆盖、笼罩、遮蔽、包裹、隐藏、掩覆?显示巴利原文
,
彼岸道品分别显示巴利原文
Pārāyanavagganiddeso
1. 阿基多学童所问分别显示巴利原文
1. Ajitamāṇavapucchāniddeso
“ti”:地狱世界、畜生世界、鬼界、人界、天界、蕴世界、界世界、处世界、此世界、他世界、梵天世界、天界——这些称为“世界”。这世界被什么覆盖、覆蔽、遮蔽、闭塞、隐藏、掩盖、倒扣?即:“世界被什么所覆蔽?”显示巴利原文
ti. ti nirayaloko tiracchānaloko pettivisayaloko manussaloko devaloko khandhaloko dhātuloko āyatanaloko ayaṃ loko paro loko brahmaloko devaloko – ayaṃ vuccati loko. Ayaṃ loko kena āvuto nivuto ovuto pihito paṭicchanno paṭikujjitoti – kenassu nivuto loko?
“ti”:这是诸词之连接、诸词之结合、词之圆满、字母之组合、文句之连贯、语词之次第——这便是“icca”。“ti”:这是可爱之语、尊重之语、带有恭敬与敬重之称谓——这便是“āyasmā”。“ti”:对于那位婆罗门而言,其名、其号、其通称、其施设、其俗名、其名称、其命名、其名义、其言说、其文字、其表述——这便是“尊者阿基多”。显示巴利原文
ti. ti padasandhi padasaṃsaggo padapāripūrī akkharasamavāyo byañjanasiliṭṭhatā padānupubbatāpetaṃ iccāti. ti piyavacanaṃ garuvacanaṃ sagāravasappatissādhivacanametaṃ āyasmāti. ti tassa brāhmaṇassa nāmaṃ saṅkhā samaññā paññatti vohāro nāmaṃ nāmakammaṃ nāmadheyyaṃ nirutti byañjanaṃ abhilāpoti – iccāyasmā ajito.
“什么使世间不显现、不照耀、不发光、不辉耀,不被了知、不被明了?”——“究竟是什么使它不显现?”显示巴利原文
ti kena loko nappakāsati na bhāsati na tapati na virocati na ñāyati na paññāyatīti – kenassu nappakāsati .
“ti”:什么是世间的染着、黏附、束缚与杂染?世间被什么所涂染、所遍染、所染污、所杂污、所垢染、所沾染、所混杂、所黏着、所黏缚、所缠缚?请说,请告知,请教导,请施设,请建立,请开显,请分别解说,请阐明,请显示——你说,什么是所染着?显示巴利原文
ti kiṃ lokassa lepanaṃ lagganaṃ bandhanaṃ upakkileso. Kena loko litto saṃlitto upalitto kiliṭṭho saṃkiliṭṭho makkhito saṃsaṭṭho laggo laggito palibuddho, brūsi ācikkhasi desesi paññapesi paṭṭhapesi vivarasi vibhajasi uttānīkarosi pakāsesīti – kissābhilepanaṃ brūsi.
那么,世间的怖畏、大怖畏是什么?折磨、逼迫、祸患、灾祸又是什么?——它的大怖畏究竟为何?因此那位婆罗门说:显示巴利原文
nti kiṃ lokassa bhayaṃ mahabbhayaṃ pīḷanaṃ ghaṭṭanaṃ upaddavo upasaggoti – kiṃsu tassa mahabbhayaṃ. Tenāha so brāhmaṇo –
‘‘Kenassu nivuto loko, [iccāyasmā ajito] Kenassu nappakāsati;
它所谓的垢染是指什么?世间的大怖畏又是什么?显示巴利原文
Kissābhilepanaṃ brūsi, kiṃsu tassa mahabbhaya’’nti.
“无明”是指:对苦的无知、对苦集的无知、对苦灭的无知、对导向苦灭之道的无知;对过去际的无知、对未来际的无知、对过去未来际的无知;对此缘性、依缘而生的诸法的无知。凡是这样无知、不见、不洞察、不觉悟、不正觉、不彻入、不总持、不深入、不正观、不省思、不省思的行为,暗昧、愚钝、不正知、迷蒙、混乱、极度迷惑——这就是无明,即无明暴流、无明轭、无明随眠、无明缠缚、无明闩、痴、不善根。显示巴利原文
ti. ti dukkhe aññāṇaṃ dukkhasamudaye aññāṇaṃ dukkhanirodhe aññāṇaṃ dukkhanirodhagāminiyā paṭipadāya aññāṇaṃ, pubbante aññāṇaṃ aparante aññāṇaṃ pubbantāparante aññāṇaṃ, idappaccayatāpaṭiccasamuppannesu dhammesu aññāṇaṃ, yaṃ evarūpaṃ aññāṇaṃ adassanaṃ anabhisamayo ananubodho asambodho appaṭivedho asaṃgāhanā apariyogāhanā asamapekkhanā apaccavekkhaṇā apaccavekkhaṇakammaṃ dummejjhaṃ bālyaṃ asampajaññaṃ moho pamoho sammoho avijjā avijjogho avijjāyogo avijjānusayo avijjāpariyuṭṭhānaṃ avijjālaṅgī moho akusalamūlaṃ, ayaṃ vuccati – avijjā.
地狱世间、畜生世间、饿鬼世间、人世间、天世间、蕴世间、界世间、处世间、此世间、他世间、梵世间、天世间——这就称为“世间”。这个世间被这无明所遮蔽、所覆盖、所笼罩、所封闭、所隐覆、所覆藏,因此说:无明所覆盖的世间。显示巴利原文
ti nirayaloko tiracchānaloko pettivisayaloko manussaloko devaloko khandhaloko dhātuloko āyatanaloko ayaṃ loko paro loko brahmaloko devaloko – ayaṃ vuccati loko. Ayaṃ loko imāya avijjāya āvuto nivuto ovuto pihito paṭicchanno paṭikujjitoti – avijjāya nivuto loko.
世尊以名字称唤那位婆罗门。‘世尊’是最尊崇的称呼‥…‥他是亲证者的施设,即所谓世尊——“陀多迦,”世尊说。显示巴利原文
ti bhagavā taṃ brāhmaṇaṃ nāmena ālapati. ti gāravādhivacanametaṃ…pe… sacchikā paññatti, yadidaṃ bhagavāti – dhotakāti bhagavā.
‘悭吝与放逸’。悭吝指的是五种悭吝:对住所的悭吝、对家族的悭吝、对利得的悭吝、对容貌的悭吝、对法的悭吝。凡此类悭吝、悭吝态度、悭吝性、悭惜、鄙吝、心的紧缩与执取状态——即称为悭吝。再者,对蕴的悭吝亦属悭吝,对界的悭吝亦属悭吝,对处的悭吝亦属悭吝,执取即名为悭吝。放逸应作如是说:于身恶行、语恶行、意恶行,或五种欲乐,心的放纵、放逸随转;于诸善法修习,不作恭敬而行、不作持续而行、不作坚定而行、退缩而行、舍弃志向、舍弃责任、不修习、不多修习、不多加修作、不决意、不专精——此即放逸。凡此类放逸、放逸态度、放逸性——即称为放逸。世间正是被此悭吝与此放逸所覆蔽,不照耀、不发光、不炽燃、不辉煌、不被知、不被了知——‘悭吝与放逸令它不得照耀’。显示巴利原文
ti. Vevicchaṃ vuccati pañca macchariyāni – āvāsamacchariyaṃ, kulamacchariyaṃ, lābhamacchariyaṃ, vaṇṇamacchariyaṃ , dhammamacchariyaṃ. Yaṃ evarūpaṃ maccheraṃ maccharāyanā maccharāyitattaṃ vevicchaṃ kadariyaṃ kaṭukañcukatā aggahitattaṃ cittassa – idaṃ vuccati macchariyaṃ. Api ca khandhamacchariyampi macchariyaṃ, dhātumacchariyampi macchariyaṃ, āyatanamacchariyampi macchariyaṃ, gāho vuccati macchariyaṃ. Pamādo vattabbo – kāyaduccarite vā vacīduccarite vā manoduccarite vā pañcasu kāmaguṇesu vā cittassa vosaggo vosaggānuppadānaṃ kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ bhāvanāya asakkaccakiriyatā asātaccakiriyatā anaṭṭhitakiriyatā olīnavuttitā nikkhittacchandatā nikkhittadhuratā anāsevanā abhāvanā abahulīkammaṃ anadhiṭṭhānaṃ ananuyogo pamādo. Yo evarūpo pamādo pamajjanā pamajjitattaṃ – ayaṃ vuccati pamādo. ti iminā ca macchariyena iminā ca pamādena loko nappakāsati na bhāsati na tapati na virocati na ñāyati na paññāyatīti – vevicchā pamādā nappakāsati.
“渴望”。所谓渴望,即是渴爱。即那种染著、贪染、随顺、随喜、欢喜、欢喜染、心的贪染、欲求、昏昧、执着、贪求、极贪求、系缚、泥沼、冲动、幻术、能生者、连接者、缝合者、罗网者、流动者、广布者、线缕、散开者、积聚者、伴侣、导向、生存之道、林、密林、亲昵、爱恋、期盼、连结、期望、期望性、期望的状态、对色的期望、对声的期望、对香的期望、对味的期望、对所触的期望、对利得的期望、对财富的期望、对儿子的期望、对生命的期望;乞求、遍乞求、极乞求、乞求的行为、乞求的状态、贪念、贪念的状态、贪念性、欲求的状态、希求善好的状态、非法的贪、不平等的贪、欲愿、欲愿性、希求、羡慕、遍希求、欲爱、有爱、无有爱、色爱、无色爱、灭尽爱、声爱、香爱、味爱、触爱、法爱、瀑流、轭、系缚、取、障碍、盖、覆藏、结缚、随烦恼、随眠、缠缚、蔓藤、悭吝、苦根、苦之因、苦之发生、魔之陷阱、魔之钩、魔之食、魔之境、魔之居、魔之行境、魔之缚、渴爱之河、渴爱之网、渴爱之索、渴爱之海、贪求、贪、不善根——这就叫做渴望。世间的涂染、黏着、结缚、随烦恼:世间被这种渴望所染、遍染、涂染、染污、遍染污、涂抹、混杂、黏着、黏住、羁绊——我说、宣说、解说、立说、安立、开显、分别、阐明、讲说:‘世间的涂染就是渴望。’”显示巴利原文
ti jappā vuccati taṇhā. Yo rāgo sārāgo anunayo anurodho nandī nandirāgo cittassa sārāgo icchā mucchā ajjhosānaṃ gedho paligedho saṅgo paṅko ejā māyā janikā sañjananī sibbinī jālinī saritā visattikā suttaṃ visaṭā āyūhanī dutiyā paṇidhi bhavanetti vanaṃ vanatho santhavo sineho apekkhā paṭibandhu āsā āsīsanā āsīsitattaṃ rūpāsā saddāsā gandhāsā rasāsā phoṭṭhabbāsā lābhāsā dhanāsā puttāsā jīvitāsā jappā pajappā abhijappā jappanā jappitattaṃ loluppaṃ loluppāyanā loluppāyitattaṃ pucchañjikatā sādhukamyatā adhammarāgo visamalobho nikanti nikāmanā patthanā pihanā sampatthanā kāmataṇhā bhavataṇhā vibhavataṇhā rūpataṇhā arūpataṇhā nirodhataṇhā rūpataṇhā saddataṇhā gandhataṇhā rasataṇhā phoṭṭhabbataṇhā dhammataṇhā ogho yogo gantho upādānaṃ āvaraṇaṃ nīvaraṇaṃ chadanaṃ bandhanaṃ upakkileso anusayo pariyuṭṭhānaṃ latā vevicchaṃ dukkhamūlaṃ dukkhanidānaṃ dukkhappabhavo mārapāso mārabaḷisaṃ mārāmisaṃ māravisayo māranivāso māragocaro mārabandhanaṃ taṇhānadī taṇhājālaṃ taṇhāgaddulaṃ taṇhāsamuddo abhijjhā lobho akusalamūlaṃ – ayaṃ vuccati jappā. Lokassa lepanaṃ lagganaṃ bandhanaṃ upakkileso imāya jappāya loko litto saṃlitto upalitto kiliṭṭho saṃkiliṭṭho makkhito saṃsaṭṭho laggo laggito palibuddhoti brūmi ācikkhāmi desemi paññapemi paṭṭhapemi vivarāmi vibhajāmi uttānīkaromi pakāsemīti – jappābhilepanaṃ brūmi.
‘苦’。苦即是生苦、老苦、病苦、死苦,愁、悲、苦、忧、恼,地狱界之苦,畜生界之苦,饿鬼界之苦,人间之苦,入胎为因之苦,住胎为因之苦,出胎为因之苦,出生后相续之苦,出生后为他所制之苦,自己施加之苦,他人施加之苦,行苦,坏苦,眼病、耳病、鼻病、舌病、身病、头病、耳病、口病、牙病,咳嗽、哮喘、鼻塞、热恼、发烧、腹痛、昏厥、痢疾、刺痛、霍乱、麻风、疮肿、白斑、肺痨、癫痫、癣、痒、疥、血胆汁病、糖尿病、痔、疹疱、痔漏,因胆汁所生之病、因痰所生之病、因风所生之病、因集合所生之病、季节变化所生之病、不适防护所生之病、外来损伤所生之病、业报所生之病,寒冷之苦、炎热之苦、饥饿之苦、口渴之苦、大便之苦、小便之苦,蚊、蝇、蛇、蝎、风热、爬虫所触之苦,母亲死亡之苦,父亲死亡之苦,兄弟死亡之苦,姐妹死亡之苦,儿子死亡之苦,女儿死亡之苦,亲族损失之苦,财富损失之苦,疾病损失之苦,戒损失之苦,见损失之苦。如是诸法,初起之时可知其集起,灭没之时可知其灭尽。业依止于果报,果报依止于业;名依止于色,色依止于名;随生而来,随老而去,被病所制伏,被死所击打,住于苦中,无保护、无庇护、无皈依、无所皈依——这就叫做苦。此苦即是世间之恐怖、大恐怖、压迫、冲击、灾祸、危难——‘于彼而言,苦是大恐怖’。因此世尊这样说:显示巴利原文
nti. nti jātidukkhaṃ jarādukkhaṃ byādhidukkhaṃ maraṇadukkhaṃ sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsadukkhaṃ nerayikaṃ dukkhaṃ tiracchānayonikaṃ dukkhaṃ pettivisayikaṃ dukkhaṃ mānusikaṃ dukkhaṃ gabbhokkantimūlakaṃ dukkhaṃ gabbhaṭṭhitimūlakaṃ dukkhaṃ gabbhavuṭṭhānamūlakaṃ dukkhaṃ jātassūpanibandhakaṃ dukkhaṃ jātassa parādheyyakaṃ dukkhaṃ attūpakkamadukkhaṃ parūpakkamadukkhaṃ saṅkhāradukkhaṃ vipariṇāmadukkhaṃ cakkhurogo sotarogo ghānarogo jivhārogo kāyarogo sīsarogo kaṇṇarogo mukharogo dantarogo kāso sāso pināso ḍāho jaro kucchirogo mucchā pakkhandikā sūlā visūcikā kuṭṭhaṃ gaṇḍo kilāso soso apamāro daddu kaṇḍu kacchu rakhasā vitacchikā lohitapittaṃ madhumeho aṃsā piḷakā bhagandalā pittasamuṭṭhānā ābādhā semhasamuṭṭhānā ābādhā vātasamuṭṭhānā ābādhā sannipātikā ābādhā utupariṇāmajā ābādhā visamaparihārajā ābādhā opakkamikā ābādhā kammavipākajā ābādhā sītaṃ uṇhaṃ jighacchā pipāsā uccāro passāvo ḍaṃsamakasavātātapasarīsapasamphassaṃ dukkhaṃ mātumaraṇaṃ dukkhaṃ pitumaraṇaṃ dukkhaṃ bhātumaraṇaṃ dukkhaṃ bhaginimaraṇaṃ dukkhaṃ puttamaraṇaṃ dukkhaṃ dhītumaraṇaṃ dukkhaṃ ñātibyasanaṃ dukkhaṃ rogabyasanaṃ dukkhaṃ bhogabyasanaṃ dukkhaṃ sīlabyasanaṃ dukkhaṃ diṭṭhibyasanaṃ dukkhaṃ yesaṃ dhammānaṃ ādito samudāgamanaṃ paññāyati. Atthaṅgamato nirodho paññāyati. Kammasannissito vipāko. Vipākasannissitaṃ kammaṃ, nāmasannissitaṃ rūpaṃ rūpasannissitaṃ nāmaṃ, jātiyā anugataṃ jarāya anusaṭaṃ byādhinā abhibhūtaṃ maraṇena abbhāhataṃ dukkhe patiṭṭhitaṃ atāṇaṃ aleṇaṃ asaraṇaṃ asaraṇībhūtaṃ – idaṃ vuccati dukkhaṃ. Idaṃ dukkhaṃ lokassa bhayaṃ mahābhayaṃ pīḷanaṃ ghaṭṭanaṃ upaddavo upasaggoti – dukkhamassa mahabbhayaṃ. Tenāha bhagavā –
“无明覆蔽世间,——阿基多啊,”世尊这样说,“
悭吝与放逸,使它黯淡不显。”
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Avijjāya nivuto loko, [ajitāti bhagavā] Vevicchā pamādā nappakāsati; Jappābhilepanaṃ brūmi, dukkhamassa mahabbhaya’’nti.
“瀑流”,意为:渴爱之流、邪见之流、烦恼之流、恶行之流、无明之流。“在一切处”,意为:于一切处所。“流淌”,意为:流、流入、运行、转起。从眼向色流淌、流入、运行、转起;从耳向声流淌……从鼻向香流淌……从舌向味流淌……从身向触流淌……从意向法流淌、流入、运行、转起。从眼向色爱流淌、流入、运行、转起;从耳向声爱流淌……从鼻向香爱流淌……从舌向味爱流淌……从身向触爱流淌……从意向法爱流淌、流入、运行、转起。——瀑流在一切处流淌。”显示巴利原文
ti. ti taṇhāsoto diṭṭhisoto kilesasoto duccaritasoto avijjāsoto. ti sabbesu āyatanesu. ti savanti āsavanti sandanti pavattanti. Cakkhuto rūpe savanti āsavanti sandanti pavattanti. Sotato sadde savanti…pe… ghānato gandhe savanti… jivhāto rase savanti… kāyato phoṭṭhabbe savanti… manato dhamme savanti āsavanti sandanti pavattanti. Cakkhuto rūpataṇhā savanti āsavanti sandanti pavattanti. Sotato saddataṇhā savanti āsavanti sandanti pavattanti. Ghānato gandhataṇhā savanti… jivhāto rasataṇhā savanti… kāyato phoṭṭhabbataṇhā savanti… manato dhammataṇhā savanti āsavanti sandanti pavattantīti – savanti sabbadhi sotā.
“瀑流在一切处流淌”——这是词语的连接……这是词语的次第……此即是如是,尊者阿基多说。显示巴利原文
ti. ti padasandhi…pe… padānupubbatāpetaṃ iccāti…pe… iccāyasmā ajito.
“瀑流的关闭是什么?”意思是:什么是瀑流的防护、障碍、守护、保护?也就是,用什么来阻挡瀑流?
显示巴利原文 nti sotānaṃ kiṃ āvaraṇaṃ nīvaraṇaṃ saṃvaraṇaṃ rakkhanaṃ gopananti – sotānaṃ kiṃ nivāraṇaṃ.
“请说瀑流的关闭吧。”意思是:请您宣说、告知、施设、安立、显露、分别、阐明、开示——瀑流的防护、障碍、守护、保护,也就是请说瀑流的关闭。”显示巴利原文
ti sotānaṃ āvaraṇaṃ nīvaraṇaṃ saṃvaraṇaṃ rakkhanaṃ gopanaṃ brūhi ācikkha desehi paññapehi paṭṭhapehi vivarāhi vibhajāhi uttānīkarohi pakāsehīti – sotānaṃ saṃvaraṃ brūhi.
“用什么关闭瀑流?”意思是:用什么来关闭、断除瀑流,使它们不流淌、不流入、不运行、不转起?——即用什么来关闭瀑流?因此,那位婆罗门说:显示巴利原文
ti kena sotā pidhīyanti pacchijjanti na savanti na āsavanti na sandanti nappavattantīti – kena sotā pidhiyyare. Tenāha so brāhmaṇo –
‘‘Savanti sabbadhi sotā, [iccāyasmā ajito] Sotānaṃ kiṃ nivāraṇaṃ; Sotānaṃ saṃvaraṃ brūhi, kena sotā pidhiyyare’’.
所谓“诸流”,是指那些由我所宣说、开示、解说、教导、确立、揭示、分析、阐明、彰显的流,即:渴爱流、邪见流、烦恼流、恶行流、无明流。所谓“世间”,是指恶趣世间、人世间、天世间、蕴世间、界世间、处世间。世尊以名称称呼那位婆罗门。显示巴利原文
nti yāni etāni sotāni mayā kittitāni pakittitāni ācikkhitāni desitāni paññapitāni paṭṭhapitāni vivaritāni vibhajitāni uttānīkatāni pakāsitāni, seyyathidaṃ – taṇhāsoto diṭṭhisoto kilesasoto duccaritasoto avijjāsoto. nti apāyaloke manussaloke devaloke khandhaloke dhātuloke āyatanaloketi – yāni sotāni lokasmiṃ. ti bhagavā taṃ brāhmaṇaṃ nāmena ālapati.
“正念”,是指那念住、随念、忆念、忆持、守持、不漂散、不遗忘,即念、念根、念力、正念、念觉支、一乘道——这称为念。“制止”,即遮止、阻止、防护、守护、保护。因此,念是对它们的制止。显示巴利原文
nti. ti yā sati anussati paṭissati sati saraṇatā dhāraṇatā apilāpanatā asammussanatā sati satindriyaṃ satibalaṃ sammāsati satisambojjhaṅgo ekāyanamaggo – ayaṃ vuccati sati. nti āvaraṇaṃ nīvaraṇaṃ saṃvaraṇaṃ rakkhanaṃ gopananti – sati tesaṃ nivāraṇaṃ.
我所说的“诸流的防护”,即是我宣说、开示……乃至阐明、彰显:对诸流的遮止、阻止、防护、守护、保护。这就是我所说的诸流防护。显示巴利原文
ti sotānaṃ āvaraṇaṃ nīvaraṇaṃ saṃvaraṇaṃ rakkhanaṃ gopanaṃ brūmi ācikkhāmi…pe… uttānīkaromi pakāsemīti – sotānaṃ saṃvaraṃ brūmi.
智慧,是了知、遍知……拣择正法、正见,无有愚痴。以此智慧,这些瀑流便被堵住——以此智慧,这些瀑流被堵住、被截断,不再流动,不再涌入,不再奔流,不再运转。当一个人了知并见到‘一切行无常’时,以此智慧,这些瀑流便被堵住、被截断,不再流动,不再涌入,不再奔流,不再运转。当一个人了知并见到‘一切行是苦’……‘一切行无我’……‘以无明为缘而有行’……‘以行为缘而有识’……‘以识为缘而有名色’……‘以名色为缘而有六入’……‘以六入为缘而有触’……‘以触为缘而有受’……‘以受为缘而有渴爱’……‘以渴爱为缘而有取’……‘以取为缘而有有’……‘以有为缘而有生’……‘以生为缘而有老死’,当他对此如实了知并亲见之时,以此智慧,这些瀑流便被堵住、被截断,不再流动,不再涌入,不再奔流,不再运转。当一个人了知并见到‘无明灭则行灭’……‘行灭则识灭’……‘识灭则名色灭’……‘名色灭则六入灭’……‘六入灭则触灭’……‘触灭则受灭’……‘受灭则渴爱灭’……‘渴爱灭则取灭’……‘取灭则有灭’……‘有灭则生灭’……‘生灭则老死灭’时,以此智慧,这些瀑流便被堵住、被截断,不再流动,不再涌入,不再奔流,不再运转。当一个人了知并见到‘这是苦’……‘这是苦的集起’……‘这是苦的灭尽’……‘这是通往苦灭的道路’时,以此智慧,这些瀑流便被堵住、被截断,不再流动,不再涌入,不再奔流,不再运转。当一个人了知并见到‘这些法是诸漏’……‘这是诸漏的集起’……‘这是诸漏的灭尽’……‘这是通往诸漏灭的道路’时,以此智慧,这些瀑流便被堵住、被截断,不再流动,不再涌入,不再奔流,不再运转。当一个人了知并见到‘这些法应当证知’……‘这些法应当遍知’……‘这些法应当断除’……‘这些法应当修习’……‘这些法应当亲证’时,以此智慧,这些瀑流便被堵住、被截断,不再流动,不再涌入,不再奔流,不再运转。当一个人了知并见到六种触处的集起、灭去、乐味、过患与出离时,以此智慧,这些瀑流便被堵住、被截断,不再流动,不再涌入,不再奔流,不再运转。当一个人了知并见到五取蕴的集起、灭去、乐味、过患与出离……四大种的集起、灭去、乐味、过患与出离……凡有集起性质者,一切皆有灭尽的本质,当他对此如实了知并亲见之时,以此智慧,这些瀑流便被堵住、被截断,不再流动,不再涌入,不再奔流,不再运转。——这即是‘以此智慧,它们便被堵住’的含义。是故世尊如此说:显示巴利原文
ti. ti yā paññā pajānanā…pe… amoho dhammavicayo sammādiṭṭhi. Paññāyete pidhiyyareti – paññāyete sotā pidhīyanti pacchijjanti na savanti na āsavanti na sandanti nappavattanti. ‘‘Sabbe saṅkhārā aniccā’’ti jānato passato paññāyete sotā pidhīyanti pacchijjanti na savanti na āsavanti na sandanti nappavattanti. ‘‘Sabbe saṅkhārā dukkhā’’ti jānato passato paññāyete sotā pidhīyanti pacchijjanti na savanti na āsavanti na sandanti nappavattanti. ‘‘Sabbe saṅkhārā anattā’’ti jānato passato paññāyete sotā pidhīyanti pacchijjanti na savanti na āsavanti na sandanti nappavattanti. ‘‘Avijjāpaccayā saṅkhārā’’ti jānato passato paññāyete sotā pidhīyanti pacchijjanti na savanti na āsavanti na sandanti nappavattanti. ‘‘Saṅkhārapaccayā viññāṇa’’nti…pe… ‘‘viññāṇapaccayā nāmarūpa’’nti… ‘‘nāmarūpapaccayā saḷāyatana’’nti… ‘‘saḷāyatanapaccayā phasso’’ti… ‘‘phassapaccayā vedanā’’ti… ‘‘vedanāpaccayā taṇhā’’ti… ‘‘taṇhāpaccayā upādāna’’nti… ‘‘upādānapaccayā bhavo’’ti… ‘‘bhavapaccayā jātī’’ti… ‘‘jātipaccayā jarāmaraṇa’’nti jānato passato paññāyete sotā pidhīyanti pacchijjanti na savanti na āsavanti na sandanti nappavattanti. ‘‘Avijjānirodhā saṅkhāranirodho’’ti… ‘‘saṅkhāranirodhā viññāṇanirodho’’ti… ‘‘viññāṇanirodhā nāmarūpanirodho’’ti… ‘‘nāmarūpanirodhā saḷāyatananirodho’’ti… ‘‘saḷāyatananirodhā phassanirodho’’ti… ‘‘phassanirodhā vedanānirodho’’ti… ‘‘vedanānirodhā taṇhānirodho’’ti… ‘‘taṇhānirodhā upādānanirodho’’ti… ‘‘upādānanirodhā bhavanirodho’’ti… ‘‘bhavanirodhā jātinirodho’’ti… ‘‘jātinirodhā jarāmaraṇanirodho’’ti jānato passato paññāyete sotā pidhīyanti pacchijjanti na savanti na āsavanti na sandanti nappavattanti. ‘‘Idaṃ dukkha’’nti…pe… ‘‘ayaṃ dukkhasamudayo’’ti… ‘‘ayaṃ dukkhanirodho’’ti… ‘‘ayaṃ dukkhanirodhagāminī paṭipadā’’ti jānato passato paññāyete sotā pidhīyanti pacchijjanti na savanti na āsavanti na sandanti nappavattanti. ‘‘Ime dhammā āsavā’’ti…pe… ‘‘ayaṃ āsavasamudayo’’ti… ‘‘ayaṃ āsavanirodho’’ti… ‘‘ayaṃ āsavanirodhagāminī paṭipadā’’ti jānato passato paññāyete sotā pidhīyanti pacchijjanti na savanti na āsavanti na sandanti nappavattanti. ‘‘Ime dhammā abhiññeyyā’’ti…pe… ‘‘ime dhammā pariññeyyā’’ti… ‘‘ime dhammā pahātabbā’’ti… ‘‘ime dhammā bhāvetabbā’’ti… ‘‘ime dhammā sacchikātabbā’’ti jānato passato paññāyete sotā pidhīyanti pacchijjanti na savanti na āsavanti na sandanti nappavattanti. Channaṃ phassāyatanānaṃ samudayañca atthaṅgamañca assādañca ādīnavañca nissaraṇañca jānato passato paññāyete sotā pidhīyanti pacchijjanti na savanti na āsavanti na sandanti nappavattanti. Pañcannaṃ upādānakkhandhānaṃ samudayañca atthaṅgamañca assādañca ādīnavañca nissaraṇañca jānato passato… catunnaṃ mahābhūtānaṃ samudayañca atthaṅgamañca assādañca ādīnavañca nissaraṇañca jānato passato… yaṃ kiñci samudayadhammaṃ sabbaṃ taṃ nirodhadhammanti jānato passato paññāyete sotā pidhīyanti pacchijjanti na savanti na āsavanti na sandanti nappavattantīti – paññāyete pidhiyyare. Tenāha bhagavā –
‘‘Yāni sotāni lokasmiṃ, [ajitāti bhagavā] Sati tesaṃ nivāraṇaṃ; Sotānaṃ saṃvaraṃ brūmi, paññāyete pidhiyyare’’ti.
这里所说的慧,即是:了知、彻知、审察、细察、择法、辨识、识别、明辨、聪慧、善巧、精明、洞彻、思虑、考察、广慧、利器、导引、内观、正知、刺棒、慧、慧根、慧力、慧剑、慧殿、慧光、慧耀、慧灯、慧宝、不愚痴、择法、正见。所说的念,即是:随念、……正念。这慧与念二者,便是尊者阿基多的意思。显示巴利原文
ti. ti yā paññā pajānanā vicayo pavicayo dhammavicayo sallakkhaṇā upalakkhaṇā paccupalakkhaṇā paṇḍiccaṃ kosallaṃ nepuññaṃ vebhabyā cintā upaparikkhā bhūrī medhā pariṇāyikā vipassanā sampajaññaṃ patodo paññā paññindriyaṃ paññābalaṃ paññāsatthaṃ paññāpāsādo paññāāloko paññāobhāso paññāpajjoto paññāratanaṃ amoho dhammavicayo sammādiṭṭhi. ti yā sati anussati…pe… sammāsatīti – paññā ceva saticāpi, iccāyasmā ajito.
其中,‘名’是指四个无色蕴;‘色’是指四大种及由四大种所造之色。‘尊者’是爱语、敬语,是带有恭敬与尊重的称呼。因此,说‘名与色二者,尊者。’显示巴利原文
ti. nti cattāro arūpino khandhā. nti cattāro ca mahābhūtā catunnañca mahābhūtānaṃ upādāyarūpaṃ . ti piyavacanaṃ garuvacanaṃ sagāravasappatissādhivacanametaṃ mārisāti – nāmarūpañca mārisa.
“我请问、我请求、我祈请、我期待。”——“既受请问、受请求、受祈请、受期待,请说、解说、开示、宣说、确立、揭示、分析、显了、阐明!为我所请问,请为我说。”显示巴利原文
ti. ti yaṃ pucchāmi yaṃ yācāmi yaṃ ajjhesāmi yaṃ pasādemi. ti pucchito yācito ajjhesito pasādito. ti brūhi ācikkhāhi desehi paññapehi paṭṭhapehi vivarāhi vibhajāhi uttānīkarohi pakāsehīti – etaṃ me puṭṭho pabrūhi.
“此于何处灭尽、平息、归于坏灭、止息?此于何处止灭?” 因此,那位婆罗门说道。
“‘nti’指慧、念与名色。‘ti’指你问、你请求、你祈请、你期待——此即你所问的问题。”
显示巴利原文 ti katthetaṃ nirujjhati vūpasammati atthaṃ gacchati paṭippassambhatīti. Katthetaṃ uparujjhati. Tenāha so brāhmaṇo – ‘‘Paññā ceva sati cāpi, [iccāyasmā ajito] Nāmarūpañca mārisa; Evaṃ me puṭṭho pabrūhi, katthetaṃ uparujjhatī’’ti. ti. nti paññañca satiñca nāmarūpañca. ti apucchasi yācasi ajjhesati pasādesīti – yametaṃ pañhaṃ apucchi.
世尊以名字称呼那位婆罗门时,所用的“世尊”一语,是表示尊重的称谓之词……是由亲证所施设的,也就是所谓“世尊”。“优波湿婆啊!”世尊这样说。显示巴利原文
ti. ti bhagavā taṃ brāhmaṇaṃ nāmena ālapati. ti gāravādhivacanametaṃ…pe… sacchikā paññatti, yadidaṃ bhagavāti – upasīvāti bhagavā.
“名”即四种无色蕴(受、想、行、识)。“色”即四大种及四大所造色。“无余”一词,意为以一切方式、一切方面毫无剩余、彻底穷尽。“灭尽”指灭去、平息、消失、止息。在那里,名与色无余灭尽。显示巴利原文
ti nti cattāro arūpino khandhā. nti cattāro ca mahābhūtā catunnañca mahābhūtānaṃ upādāyarūpaṃ. nti sabbena sabbaṃ sabbathā sabbaṃ asesaṃ nissesaṃ pariyādiyanavacanametaṃ asesanti. ti nirujjhati vūpasammati atthaṃ gacchati paṭippassambhatīti. Yattha nāmañca rūpañca asesaṃ uparujjhati.
由入流道智灭除行作识,除了最多七番生死外,那些在无始轮回中原本还将生起的名色,即在此灭去、平息、消失、止息。由一来道智灭除行作识,除了两番生死外,于五有中原本还将生起的名色,即在此灭去、平息、消失、止息。由不来道智灭除行作识,除了一次投生——或于色界,或于无色界——那些原本还将生起的名色,即在此灭去、平息、消失、止息。由阿拉汉道智灭除行作识,所有原本还将生起的名色,即在此灭去、平息、消失、止息。在无余涅槃界般涅槃的阿拉汉,随着最后识灭尽,慧、念及名色即在那里灭去、平息、消失、止息。因此,由识的灭,这一切便在那里灭尽。所以世尊这样说。显示巴利原文
ti sotāpattimaggañāṇena abhisaṅkhāraviññāṇassa nirodhena satta bhave ṭhapetvā anamatagge saṃsāre ye uppajjeyyuṃ nāmañca rūpañca, etthete nirujjhanti vūpasammanti atthaṃ gacchanti paṭippassambhanti. Sakadāgāmimaggañāṇena abhisaṅkhāraviññāṇassa nirodhena dve bhave ṭhapetvā pañcasu bhavesu ye uppajjeyyuṃ nāmañca rūpañca, etthete nirujjhanti vūpasammanti atthaṃ gacchanti paṭippassambhanti. Anāgāmimaggañāṇena abhisaṅkhāraviññāṇassa nirodhena ekaṃ bhavaṃ ṭhapetvā rūpadhātuyā vā arūpadhātuyā vā ye uppajjeyyuṃ nāmañca rūpañca, etthete nirujjhanti vūpasammanti atthaṃ gacchanti paṭippassambhanti. Arahattamaggañāṇena abhisaṅkhāraviññāṇassa nirodhena ye uppajjeyyuṃ nāmañca rūpañca, etthete nirujjhanti vūpasammanti atthaṃ gacchanti paṭippassambhanti . Arahato anupādisesāya nibbānadhātuyā parinibbāyantassa carimaviññāṇassa nirodhena paññā ca sati ca nāmañca rūpañca, etthete nirujjhanti vūpasammanti atthaṃ gacchanti paṭippassambhantīti – viññāṇassa nirodhena etthetaṃ uparujjhati. Tenāha bhagavā –
阿耆多,你所问的那个问题,我为你解说;
那里,名与色无余灭尽;
由识灭,它即于此处灭尽。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Yametaṃ pañhaṃ apucchi, ajita taṃ vadāmi te; Yattha nāmañca rūpañca, asesaṃ uparujjhati; Viññāṇassa nirodhena, etthetaṃ uparujjhatī’’ti.
所谓“已知法者”,即指阿拉汉、漏尽者。何以故阿拉汉、漏尽者被称为“已知法者”?他们于法已知、已了知、已衡量、已审察、已洞察、已明辨。对于“一切行无常”,他们已知、已了知、已衡量、已审察、已洞察、已明辨;对于“一切行是苦”……“一切法无我”……“以无明为缘而有诸行”……“任何集起之法,一切皆是灭尽之法”,他们皆已知、已了知、已衡量、已审察、已洞察、已明辨。再者,他们的蕴已被衡量,界已被衡量,处已被衡量,趣已被衡量,生已被衡量,结生已被衡量,有已被衡量,轮回已被衡量,流转已被衡量。他们立于蕴的尽头,立于界的尽头,立于处的尽头,立于趣的尽头,立于生的尽头,立于结生的尽头,立于有的尽头,立于轮回的尽头,立于流转的尽头,安住于最后之有,安住于最后之身,是为持最后身的阿拉汉。显示巴利原文
ti saṅkhātadhammā vuccanti arahanto khīṇāsavā. Kiṃkāraṇā saṅkhātadhammā vuccanti arahanto khīṇāsavā? Te saṅkhātadhammā ñātadhammā tulitadhammā tīritadhammā vibhūtadhammā vibhāvitadhammā. ‘‘Sabbe saṅkhārā aniccā’’ti saṅkhātadhammā ñātadhammā tulitadhammā tīritadhammā vibhūtadhammā vibhāvitadhammā. ‘‘Sabbe saṅkhārā dukkhā’’ti saṅkhātadhammā…pe… ‘‘sabbe dhammā anattā’’ti saṅkhātadhammā… ‘‘avijjāpaccayā saṅkhārā’’ti saṅkhātadhammā… ‘‘yaṃ kiñci samudayadhammaṃ sabbaṃ taṃ nirodhadhamma’’nti saṅkhātadhammā ñātadhammā tulitadhammā tīritadhammā vibhūtadhammā vibhāvitadhammā. Atha vā tesaṃ khandhā saṅkhātā dhātuyo saṅkhātā āyatanāni saṅkhātā gatiyo saṅkhātā upapattiyo saṅkhātā paṭisandhi saṅkhātā bhavā saṅkhātā saṃsārā saṅkhātā vaṭṭā saṅkhātā. Atha vā te khandhapariyante ṭhitā dhātupariyante ṭhitā āyatanapariyante ṭhitā gatipariyante ṭhitā upapattipariyante ṭhitā paṭisandhipariyante ṭhitā bhavapariyante ṭhitā saṃsārapariyante ṭhitā vaṭṭapariyante ṭhitā antime bhave ṭhitā antime samussaye ṭhitā antimadehadharā arahanto.
对他们而言,此是最后一生,此是最后之身;
生死轮回,于他们已不复存在,不再有后有。
显示巴利原文 Tesaṃ cāyaṃ pacchimako, carimoyaṃ samussayo; Jātimaraṇasaṃsāro, natthi nesaṃ punabbhavoti.
因此,阿拉汉、无漏者被称为“已知法者”。那么,为何称他们为“有学者”呢?因为他们正在修学,所以是“有学者”。他们在修学什么呢?他们在修学增上戒,修学增上心,修学增上慧。什么是增上戒学?在此,比丘具足戒行,安住于别解脱律仪的防护,正行具足,行处圆满,于微细的罪过中亦见怖畏,受持而修学诸学处。这些都是基础戒、大戒,是戒、是安立、是起始、是行持、是自制、是防护、是入口、是诸善法的先导——这就是增上戒学。显示巴利原文
Taṃkāraṇā saṅkhātadhammā vuccanti arahanto khīṇāsavāti. ti. ti kiṃkāraṇā vuccanti sekhā? Sikkhantīti sekhā. Kiñca sikkhanti? Adhisīlampi sikkhanti, adhicittampi sikkhanti, adhipaññampi sikkhanti. Katamā adhisīlasikkhā? Idha bhikkhu sīlavā hoti pātimokkhasaṃvarasaṃvuto viharati ācāragocarasampanno aṇumattesu vajjesu bhayadassāvī, samādāya sikkhati sikkhāpadesu. Khuddako sīlakkhandho mahanto sīlakkhandho sīlaṃ patiṭṭhā ādi caraṇaṃ saṃyamo saṃvaro mukhaṃ pamukhaṃ kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ samāpattiyā – ayaṃ adhisīlasikkhā.
什么是增上心学?在此,比丘远离感官欲乐……有寻有伺,由远离而生起的喜与乐,进入并安住于初禅……乃至成就第二禅……第三禅……第四禅而安住——这就是增上心学。显示巴利原文
Katamā adhicittasikkhā? Idha bhikkhu vivicceva kāmehi…pe… paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ… dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ… tatiyaṃ jhānaṃ… catutthaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati – ayaṃ adhicittasikkhā.
什么是增上慧学?在此,比丘具足智慧,他具备了能洞察生灭的智慧,那是圣洁的、能透彻了知、正确导向灭苦的智慧。他如实了知“这是苦”,如实了知“这是苦的集起”……如实了知“这是苦的息灭”……如实了知“这是导向苦息灭之道”。他如实了知“这些是漏”……如实了知“这是漏的集起”……如实了知“这是漏的息灭”……如实了知“这是导向漏息灭之道”。这就是增上慧学。他们以作意而学、以了知而学、以照见而学、以使心安住而学、以信心胜解而学、以策励精进而学、以建立正念而学、以安定自心而学、以智慧了知而学,他们以确证应了知者而学、以遍知应遍知者而学、以断除应断除者而学、以修习应修习者而学、以证得应证得者而学。他们如此践行、如理而行、坚定受持。因此,他们被称为“有学者”。这些有学是为数众多的。这些有学者中,包括入流者与正向入流者、一来者与正向一来者、不来者与正向不来者,以及正向阿拉汉者。于此见解中、于此认可中、于此喜好中、于此执受中、于此教法中、于此法门中、于此律中、于此法与律中、于此善说中、于此梵行中、于此导师教法中、于此自体存在中、于此人间界——在此之中的诸有学是为数众多的。显示巴利原文
Katamā adhipaññāsikkhā? Idha bhikkhu paññavā hoti udayatthagāminiyā paññāya samannāgato ariyāya nibbedhikāya sammā dukkhakkhayagāminiyā. So ‘‘idaṃ dukkha’’nti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti, ‘‘ayaṃ dukkhasamudayo’’ti…pe… ‘‘ayaṃ dukkhanirodho’’ti… ‘‘ayaṃ dukkhanirodhagāminī paṭipadā’’ti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti. ‘‘Ime āsavā’’ti…pe… ‘‘ayaṃ āsavasamudayo’’ti… ‘‘ayaṃ āsavanirodho’’ti… ‘‘ayaṃ āsavanirodhagāminī paṭipadā’’ti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti. ‘‘Ayaṃ adhipaññāsikkhā’’… imā tisso sikkhāyo āvajjantā sikkhanti jānantā sikkhanti passantā sikkhanti cittaṃ adhiṭṭhahantā sikkhanti saddhāya adhimuccantā sikkhanti vīriyaṃ paggaṇhantā sikkhanti satiṃ upaṭṭhapentā sikkhanti cittaṃ samādahantā sikkhanti paññāya pajānantā sikkhanti abhiññeyyaṃ abhijānantā sikkhanti pariññeyyaṃ parijānantā sikkhanti pahātabbaṃ pajahantā sikkhanti bhāvetabbaṃ bhāventā sikkhanti sacchikātabbaṃ sacchikarontā sikkhanti ācaranti samācaranti samādāya vattanti. Taṃkāraṇā vuccanti – sekhā. ti bahukā. Ete sekhā sotāpannā ca paṭipannā ca sakadāgāmino ca paṭipannā ca anāgāmino ca paṭipannā ca arahanto ca paṭipannā ca. ti imissā diṭṭhiyā imissā khantiyā imissā ruciyā imasmiṃ ādāye imasmiṃ dhamme imasmiṃ vinaye imasmiṃ dhammavinaye imasmiṃ pāvacane imasmiṃ brahmacariye imasmiṃ satthusāsane imasmiṃ attabhāve imasmiṃ manussaloketi – ye ca sekhā puthū idha.
同样地,他也是有智之人,聪慧、明智、具足洞察、有智识、有才智。关于那些已知法者与有学众的威仪、行持、作风、动静、仪范、行境、住处、行道,你被人询问、请求、劝请而心生净信之后,“请说吧,请讲授吧,请开示吧,请阐明吧,请确立吧,请揭示吧,请解析吧,请宣说吧,让它浅显易懂吧。”‘尊者’——这是悦耳之言、尊重之词,是表达敬意与恭敬的称呼。因此,关于他们这些人的威仪,我向您这位智者请教,您既已受请,就请讲说吧,贤友。显示巴利原文
ti tvampi nipako paṇḍito paññavā buddhimā ñāṇī medhāvī. Tesaṃ saṅkhātadhammānañca sekkhānañca iriyaṃ cariyaṃ vutti pavatti ācaraṃ gocaraṃ vihāraṃ paṭipadaṃ. ti pucchito yācito ajjhesito pasādito. ti brūhi ācikkhāhi desehi paññapehi paṭṭhapehi vivarāhi vibhajāhi uttānīkarohi pakāsehi. ti piyavacanaṃ garuvacanaṃ sagāravasappatissādhivacanametaṃ mārisāti – tesaṃ me nipako iriyaṃ, puṭṭho pabrūhi mārisa. Tenāha so brāhmaṇo –
那些已知法者,以及此处诸多的有学众;
“关于他们这些人的威仪,我向您这位智者请教,您既已受请,就请讲说吧,贤友。”
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Ye ca saṅkhātadhammāse, ye ca sekhā puthū idha; Tesaṃ me nipako iriyaṃ, puṭṭho pabrūhi mārisā’’ti.
所谓“欲”,依其类别有二:事物之欲与烦恼之欲。何谓事物之欲?悦意的色、悦意的声、悦意的香、悦意的味、悦意的触,以及床褥、衣物、奴婢、羊与山羊、鸡与猪、象、牛、马、母马,田地、宅地、金、黄金,村庄、市镇、王都,国土与疆域,宝库与仓库——凡能令人染着的对象,皆是事物之欲。显示巴利原文
ti. ti uddānato dve kāmā – vatthukāmā ca kilesakāmā ca. Katame vatthukāmā? Manāpikā rūpā manāpikā saddā manāpikā gandhā manāpikā rasā manāpikā phoṭṭhabbā, attharaṇā pāvuraṇā dāsidāsā ajeḷakā kukkuṭasūkarā hatthigavāssavaḷavā khettaṃ vatthu hiraññaṃ suvaṇṇaṃ gāmanigamarājadhāniyo raṭṭhañca janapado ca koso ca koṭṭhāgārañca – yaṃ kiñci rajanīyavatthu vatthukāmā.
再者,过去的欲、未来的欲、现在的欲,内在的欲、外在的欲、内外的欲,低劣的欲、中等的欲、殊胜的欲,恶趣的欲、人间的欲、天界的欲,现前的欲,自所幻化的欲、他所幻化的欲,已执持的欲、未执持的欲,已据为己有的欲、未据为己有的欲;一切欲界行处之法、一切色界行处之法、一切无色界行处之法,凡以渴爱为依、以渴爱为所缘,从可爱、可染、可迷醉、可娱乐的意义而言,皆称为欲。这些,即所谓事物之欲。显示巴利原文
Api ca atītā kāmā anāgatā kāmā paccuppannā kāmā ajjhattā kāmā bahiddhā kāmā ajjhattabahiddhā kāmā, hīnā kāmā majjhimā kāmā paṇītā kāmā, āpāyikā kāmā mānusikā kāmā dibbā kāmā, paccupaṭṭhitā kāmā, nimmitā kāmā paranimmitā kāmā, pariggahitā kāmā apariggahitā kāmā, mamāyitā kāmā amamāyitā kāmā, sabbepi kāmāvacarā dhammā, sabbepi rūpāvacarā dhammā, sabbepi arūpāvacarā dhammā, taṇhāvatthukā taṇhārammaṇā, kāmanīyaṭṭhena rajanīyaṭṭhena madanīyaṭṭhena ramaṇīyaṭṭhena kāmā. Ime vuccanti vatthukāmā.
何谓烦恼之欲?意欲是欲,贪染是欲,意欲之贪染是欲;思惟是欲,贪染是欲,思惟之贪染是欲。对于诸欲,那种对欲的欲求、对欲的贪染、对欲的欢喜、对欲的渴爱、对欲的爱恋、对欲的渴望、对欲的热恼、对欲的贪婪、对欲的痴迷、对欲的黏着,以及欲的暴流、欲的轭、欲的执取、欲贪盖——显示巴利原文
Katame kilesakāmā? Chando kāmo rāgo kāmo chandarāgo kāmo saṅkappo kāmo rāgo kāmo saṅkapparāgo kāmo, yo kāmesu kāmacchando kāmarāgo kāmanandī kāmataṇhā kāmasineho kāmapipāsā kāmapariḷāho kāmagedho kāmamucchā kāmajjhosānaṃ kāmogho kāmayogo kāmupādānaṃ kāmacchandanīvaraṇaṃ –
Addasaṃ kāma te mūlaṃ, saṅkappā kāma jāyasi; Na taṃ saṅkappayissāmi, evaṃ kāma na hehisīti.
这些称为烦恼欲。贪求称为渴爱,即贪染、极贪……乃至……贪求、贪是不善根。以烦恼欲故,于诸物欲不应贪著、不应系缚;应不贪求、不依附、不沉溺、不陷入;离贪求、无贪求、舍贪求、弃贪求、脱贪求、断贪求、出离贪求;离贪染、无贪染、舍贪染、弃贪染、脱贪染、断贪染、出离贪染;无渴望、寂灭、清凉、领受快乐,以如同梵天之心而安住——这便是于欲不应贪求。显示巴利原文
Ime vuccanti kilesakāmā. Gedho vuccati taṇhā, yo rāgo sārāgo…pe… abhijjhā lobho akusalamūlaṃ. ti kilesakāmena vatthukāmesu nābhigijjheyya na palibundheyya agiddho assa agadhito amucchito anajjhāpanno vītagedho vigatagedho cattagedho vantagedho muttagedho pahīnagedho paṭinissaṭṭhagedho vītarāgo vigatarāgo cattarāgo vantarāgo muttarāgo pahīnarāgo paṭinissaṭṭharāgo nicchāto nibbuto sītibhūto sukhappaṭisaṃvedī brahmabhūtena attanā vihareyyāti – kāmesu nābhigijjheyya.
所谓心,即是那心、意、意识、心脏、白净、意、意处、意根、识、识蕴、相应之意识界。以身恶行,心便浑浊、搅动、摇动、击动、动转、昏乱、不安稳。以语恶行……以意恶行……以贪……以瞋……以痴……以忿……以恨……以覆……以恼……以嫉……以悭……以诳……以谄……以傲……以暴……以慢……以过慢……以醉……以放逸……乃至以一切烦恼、一切恶行、一切烧燃、一切热恼、一切煎熬、一切不善行,心便浑浊、搅动、摇动、击动、动转、昏乱、不安稳。应当以不浊之心——不搅动、不摇动、不击动、不动转、不昏乱、已安稳——去舍弃、断除、驱除、消灭那些能使心浊的烦恼,令它们无有;对于能使心浊的烦恼,远离、出离、脱离、解脱、解除,以无界限之心而安住。这便是依不浊之心。显示巴利原文
ti. ti yaṃ cittaṃ mano mānasaṃ hadayaṃ paṇḍaraṃ mano manāyatanaṃ manindriyaṃ viññāṇaṃ viññāṇakkhandho tajjā manoviññāṇadhātu. Kāyaduccaritena cittaṃ āvilaṃ hoti luḷitaṃ eritaṃ ghaṭṭitaṃ calitaṃ bhantaṃ avūpasantaṃ. Vacīduccaritena…pe… manoduccaritena… rāgena… dosena… mohena… kodhena… upanāhena… makkhena… paḷāsena… issāya… macchariyena… māyāya… sāṭheyyena… thambhena… sārambhena… mānena… atimānena… madena… pamādena… sabbakilesehi… sabbaduccaritehi… sabbaḍāhehi… sabbapariḷāhehi… sabbasantāpehi… sabbākusalābhisaṅkhārehi cittaṃ āvilaṃ hoti luḷitaṃ eritaṃ ghaṭṭitaṃ calitaṃ bhantaṃ avūpasantaṃ. ti cittena anāvilo siyā – aluḷito anerito aghaṭṭito acalito abhanto vūpasanto āvilakare kilese jaheyya pajaheyya vinodeyya byantīkareyya anabhāvaṃ gameyya, āvilakarehi kilesehi ca ārato virato paṭivirato nikkhanto nissaṭo vippamutto visaññutto vimariyādikatena cetasā vihareyyāti – manasānāvilo siyā.
以“一切行无常”于一切法善巧,以“一切行是苦”于一切法善巧,以“一切法无我”于一切法善巧,以“无明为缘而有行”于一切法善巧……乃至以“凡有集起之法,皆是灭尽之法”于一切法善巧。如此,即是于一切法善巧。显示巴利原文
nti ‘‘sabbe saṅkhārā aniccā’’ti kusalo sabbadhammānaṃ, ‘‘sabbe saṅkhārā dukkhā’’ti kusalo sabbadhammānaṃ, ‘‘sabbe dhammā anattā’’ti kusalo sabbadhammānaṃ, ‘‘avijjāpaccayā saṅkhārā’’ti kusalo sabbadhammānaṃ…pe… ‘‘yaṃ kiñci samudayadhammaṃ sabbaṃ taṃ nirodhadhamma’’nti kusalo sabbadhammānaṃ. Evampi kusalo sabbadhammānaṃ.
或者,从无常的角度,于一切法善巧;从苦……乃至从病、痈、箭、罪恶、疾痛、敌国、毁坏、灾祸、怖畏、祸患、动摇、破坏、不坚固、无救护、无庇护、无皈依、空无、虚伪、虚无、无我、过患、变易法、不坚实、苦根、杀戮者、无有、有漏、有为、魔食、属生法、属老法、属病法、属死法、属愁悲苦忧恼法、属杂染法、集起、坏灭、味、过患、出离的角度,于一切法善巧。如此,也是于一切法善巧。显示巴利原文
Atha vā, aniccato kusalo sabbadhammānaṃ, dukkhato…pe… rogato… gaṇḍato… sallato… aghato… ābādhato… parato… palokato… ītito… upaddavato… bhayato… upasaggato… calato… pabhaṅguto… addhuvato … atāṇato… aleṇato… asaraṇato… asaraṇībhūtato… rittato… tucchato… suññato… anattato… ādīnavato… vipariṇāmadhammato… asārakato… aghamūlato… vadhakato… vibhavato… sāsavato… saṅkhatato… mārāmisato… jātidhammato… jarādhammato… byādhidhammato… maraṇadhammato… sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsadhammato … saṃkilesikadhammato… samudayato… atthaṅgamato… assādato… ādīnavato… nissaraṇato kusalo sabbadhammānaṃ. Evampi kusalo sabbadhammānaṃ.
或者,他是一位于蕴、界、处、缘起、念处、正勤、神足、根、力、觉支、道、果、涅槃悉皆精通的人。如此,他便是精通一切法者。显示巴利原文
Atha vā, khandhakusalo dhātukusalo āyatanakusalo paṭiccasamuppādakusalo satipaṭṭhānakusalo sammappadhānakusalo iddhipādakusalo indriyakusalo balakusalo bojjhaṅgakusalo maggakusalo phalakusalo nibbānakusalo. Evampi kusalo sabbadhammānaṃ.
或者,所谓一切法,即是十二处:眼与色、耳与声、鼻与香、舌与味、身与触、意与法。当他对这些内外处上的欲贪已断除,根已断绝,如多罗树截顶,归于无有,于未来世永不复生,仅此一点,他便是一位精通一切法的人——那通达一切法者。显示巴利原文
Atha vā, sabbadhammā vuccanti dvādasāyatanāni – cakkhu ceva rūpā ca, sotañca saddā ca, ghānañca gandhā ca, jivhā ca rasā ca, kāyo ca phoṭṭhabbā ca, mano ca dhammā ca. Yato ca ajjhattikabāhiresu āyatanesu chandarāgo pahīno hoti ucchinnamūlo tālāvatthukato anabhāvaṃkato āyatiṃ anuppādadhammo, ettāvatāpi kusalo sabbadhammānanti – kusalo sabbadhammānaṃ.
具念。他由四种因缘而具念:修习身随观念处时,他具念;修习受随观念处时,他具念;修习心随观念处时,他具念;修习法随观念处时,他具念。显示巴利原文
ti. ti catūhi kāraṇehi sato – kāye kāyānupassanāsatipaṭṭhānaṃ bhāvento sato, vedanāsu vedanānupassanāsatipaṭṭhānaṃ bhāvento sato, citte cittānupassanāsatipaṭṭhānaṃ bhāvento sato, dhammesu dhammānupassanāsatipaṭṭhānaṃ bhāvento sato.
又由四种因缘而具念:远离失念故具念,圆满应念之法故具念,断除障碍念之法故具念,不忘失念之征相故具念。显示巴利原文
Aparehipi catūhi kāraṇehi sato – asatiparivajjanāya sato, satikaraṇīyānaṃ dhammānaṃ katattā sato, satiparibandhānaṃ dhammānaṃ hatattā sato, satinimittānaṃ dhammānaṃ asammuṭṭhattā sato.
又由四种因缘而具念:具足念故具念,于念得自在故具念,成就念之善巧故具念,不退失于念故具念。显示巴利原文
Aparehipi catūhi kāraṇehi sato – satiyā samannāgatattā sato, satiyā vasitattā sato, satiyā pāguññena samannāgatattā sato, satiyā apaccorohaṇatāya sato.
又由四种因缘而具念:具足念故具念,寂静故具念,止息故具念,成就寂静法故具念。由佛随念而具念,由法随念而具念,由僧随念而具念,由戒随念而具念,由施随念而具念,由天随念而具念,由入出息随念而具念,由死随念而具念,由身至念而具念,由寂止随念而具念。此念、随念、正念、念觉支、一道,是名为念。他具足此念,完全具足,亲近,完全亲近,拥有,全然拥有,具备,是故名为具念。比丘:因七法被破坏,故名为比丘——有身见被破坏,疑被破坏,戒禁取被破坏,贪被破坏,嗔被破坏,痴被破坏,慢被破坏。凡那些恶、不善、染污、导致再生、带来忧恼、招感苦果、于未来世引生老死之法,悉皆已被破坏。显示巴利原文
Aparehipi catūhi kāraṇehi sato – satiyā samannāgatattā sato, santattā sato, samitattā sato, santadhammasamannāgatattā sato. Buddhānussatiyā sato, dhammānussatiyā sato, saṅghānussatiyā sato, sīlānussatiyā sato, cāgānussatiyā sato, devatānussatiyā sato , ānāpānassatiyā sato, maraṇassatiyā sato, kāyagatāsatiyā sato, upasamānussatiyā sato. Yā sati anussati…pe… sammāsati satisambojjhaṅgo ekāyanamaggo, ayaṃ vuccati sati. Imāya satiyā upeto hoti samupeto upāgato samupāgato upapanno samupapanno samannāgato, so vuccati sato. ti sattannaṃ dhammānaṃ bhinnattā bhikkhu – sakkāyadiṭṭhi bhinnā hoti, vicikicchā bhinnā hoti, sīlabbataparāmāso bhinno hoti, rāgo bhinno hoti, doso bhinno hoti, moho bhinno hoti, māno bhinno hoti. Bhinnā honti pāpakā akusalā dhammā saṃkilesikā ponobhavikā sadarā dukkhavipākā āyatiṃ jātijarāmaraṇiyā.
循道而行、凭自身达成者——[萨毗耶啊,世尊如是说]
已般涅槃,超越疑惑;
舍离了有与非有,梵行已立、不受后有的他,方为比丘。
显示巴利原文 Pajjena katena attanā, [sabhiyāti bhagavā] Parinibbānagato vitiṇṇakaṅkho; Vibhavañca bhavañca vippahāya, vusitavā khīṇapunabbhavo sa bhikkhūti.
如是,具念比丘当游行:行时具念,立时具念,坐时具念,卧时具念,前行具念,后退具念,前瞻具念,旁顾具念,屈伸具念,舒展具念,着僧伽梨、持钵、持衣皆具念;行、住、动、仪、护、用、受用,一一皆具念。具念比丘应如是游行。因此,世尊这样说:显示巴利原文
ti sato bhikkhu paribbaje, sato gaccheyya, sato tiṭṭheyya, sato nisīdeyya, sato seyyaṃ kappeyya, sato abhikkameyya, sato paṭikkameyya, sato ālokeyya, sato vilokeyya, sato samiñjeyya, sato pasāreyya, sato saṅghāṭipattacīvaraṃ dhāreyya, sato careyya vihareyya iriyeyya vatteyya pāleyya yapeyya yāpeyyāti – sato bhikkhu paribbaje. Tenāha bhagavā –
于诸欲中不应贪染,心意应常保澄清无浊;
善巧于一切法,具念比丘当游行于世。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Kāmesu nābhigijjheyya, manasānāvilo siyā; Kusalo sabbadhammānaṃ, sato bhikkhu paribbaje’’ti.
偈颂结束时,那些与那位婆罗门同心、同勤、同愿、同一习气所熏、久共住的成千上万众生,皆生起了远离尘垢的法眼:‘凡任何集起之法,一切皆是灭尽之法。’那位婆罗门的心,不执取,便从诸漏中解脱。就在他证得阿拉汉的同时,他身上的羚羊皮衣、发髻、树皮衣、三叉杖、水壶及须发,一时全部消失,现为剃除须发、身着袈裟、披着僧伽梨、持钵持衣的形相。他便依相应法,合掌而坐,向世尊敬礼,说道:‘尊者,世尊是我的导师,我是弟子。’显示巴利原文
Saha gāthāpariyosānā ye te brāhmaṇena saddhiṃ ekacchandā ekapayogā ekādhippāyā ekavāsanavāsitā, tesaṃ anekapāṇasahassānaṃ virajaṃ vītamalaṃ dhammacakkhuṃ udapādi – ‘‘yaṃ kiñci samudayadhammaṃ sabbaṃ taṃ nirodhadhamma’’nti. Tassa brāhmaṇassa anupādāya āsavehi cittaṃ vimucci. Saha arahattappattā ajinajaṭāvākacīratidaṇḍakamaṇḍalukesā ca massū ca antarahitā, bhaṇḍukāsāyavatthavasano saṅghāṭipattacīvaradharo anvatthapaṭipattiyā pañjaliko bhagavantaṃ namassamāno nisinno hoti – ‘‘satthā me bhante bhagavā, sāvakohamasmī’’ti.
阿耆多学童所问分别第一显示巴利原文
Ajitamāṇavapucchāniddeso paṭhamo.
提舍弥勒学童所问分别第二显示巴利原文
2. Tissametteyyamāṇavapucchāniddeso
在世间,谁是满足、知足、心意适悦、志向圆满者?——那么,在世间,谁又是知足者?
显示巴利原文 ti ko loke tuṭṭho santuṭṭho attamano paripuṇṇasaṅkappoti – kodha santusito loke.
‘ti’:此乃语句的连接、句子的接续、字词的圆满、字母的组合、文辞的流畅、语词的次第。‘ti’:此乃悦耳之语、恭敬之语,表达尊重与礼敬之辞。‘尊者’:那是那位婆罗门的名字,是名称、共识、施设、通称,是名、命名行为、名号,是表述、言辞、称呼。那是那位婆罗门的姓,是名称、共识、施设、通称——如此,这位尊者就是提舍弥勒。显示巴利原文
ti. ti padasandhi padasaṃsaggo padapāripūrī akkharasamavāyo byañjanasiliṭṭhatā padānupubbatāpetaṃ – iccāti. ti piyavacanaṃ garuvacanaṃ sagāravasappatissādhivacanametaṃ – āyasmāti. ti tassa brāhmaṇassa nāmaṃ saṅkhā samaññā paññatti vohāro nāmaṃ nāmakammaṃ nāmadheyyaṃ nirutti byañjanaṃ abhilāpo. ti tassa brāhmaṇassa gottaṃ saṅkhā samaññā paññatti vohāroti – iccāyasmā tissametteyyo.
那是渴爱的动摇、见的动摇、慢的动摇、烦恼的动摇、欲的动摇。对于谁,这些动摇不存在、没有、不被发现、找不到,已被断除、彻底斩断、平息、完全止息,不可能再生起,被智慧之火焚烧了呢?——那么,谁没有这些动摇?显示巴利原文
ti taṇhiñjitaṃ diṭṭhiñjitaṃ māniñjitaṃ kilesiñjitaṃ kāmiñjitaṃ. Kassime iñjitā natthi na santi na saṃvijjanti nupalabbhanti pahīnā samucchinnā vūpasantā paṭipassaddhā abhabbuppattikā ñāṇagginā daḍḍhāti – kassa no santi iñjitā.
谁彻底了知两端——知、衡量、判定、洞悉、使之清楚分明后?那么,谁是那完全证知两端者?显示巴利原文
ti ko ubho ante abhiññāya jānitvā tulayitvā tīrayitvā vibhāvayitvā vibhūtaṃ katvāti – ko ubhantamabhiññāya.
他住于中间,以智慧思择而不被黏着。他不被黏着、不受沾染、已脱离、已出离、完全解脱、无有束缚,以心不被限制的状态而住——住于中间,以智慧思择而不被黏着。显示巴利原文
ti majjhe mantāya na lippati, alitto anupalitto nikkhanto nissaṭo vippamutto visaññutto vimariyādikatena cetasā viharatīti – majjhe mantā na lippati.
所谓大丈夫、第一丈夫、最胜丈夫、殊胜丈夫、为首丈夫、无上丈夫、首要丈夫、最优秀丈夫。你称谁为大丈夫?你讲述谁?你认谁?你说谁?你见谁?你唤谁?——你说谁是大丈夫?显示巴利原文
ti mahāpuriso aggapuriso seṭṭhapuriso viseṭṭhapuriso pāmokkhapuriso uttamapuriso padhānapuriso pavarapurisoti. Kaṃ brūsi kaṃ kathesi kaṃ maññasi kaṃ bhaṇasi kaṃ passati kaṃ voharasīti – kaṃ brūsi mahāpurisoti.
谁于此世间,对那如缝纫般的渴爱,已了知、已超越、已越过、已完全越过、已彻底度脱?——谁于此世间超越了缝纫?因此那位婆罗门说:显示巴利原文
ti ko idha sibbiniṃ taṇhaṃ ajjhagā upaccagā atikkanto samatikkanto vītivattoti – ko idha sibbinimaccagā. Tenāha so brāhmaṇo –
“谁于此世间知足?”——提舍弥勒尊者如是说,
谁无有动摇?
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Kodha santusito loke, [iccāyasmā tissametteyyo] Kassa no santi iñjitā; Ko ubhantamabhiññāya, majjhe mantā na lippati ; Kaṃ brūsi mahāpurisoti, ko idha sibbinimaccagā’’ti .
从分类上说,有两种欲:事欲与烦恼欲……(中略)……这些称为事欲……(中略)……这些称为烦恼欲。梵行,是指对于非法行持的无乐趣、远离、回避、戒绝、不造作、不作为、不违犯、不越界限。然而,从了义的究竟意义而言,梵行即是圣八支道,也就是:正见、正思惟、正语、正业、正命、正精进、正念、正定。凡是具足、圆满具足,到达、圆满到达,拥有、圆满拥有此圣八支道者,即被称为梵行者。正如有财而称有财者,有受用而称有受用者,有誉而称有誉者,有艺而称有艺者,有戒而称有戒者,有精进而称有精进者,有慧而称有慧者,有明而称有明者;同样地,凡是具足、圆满具足,到达、圆满到达,拥有、圆满拥有此圣八支道者,即被称为梵行者──就欲而言,他便是梵行者。显示巴利原文
ti. ti uddānato dve kāmā – vatthukāmā ca kilesakāmā ca…pe… ime vuccanti vatthukāmā…pe… ime vuccanti kilesakāmā. Brahmacariyaṃ vuccati asaddhammasamāpattiyā ārati virati paṭivirati veramaṇī akiriyā akaraṇaṃ anajjhāpatti velāanatikkamo. Api ca, nippariyāyena brahmacariyaṃ vuccati ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo, seyyathidaṃ – sammādiṭṭhi, sammāsaṅkappo, sammāvācā, sammākammanto, sammāājīvo, sammāvāyāmo, sammāsati, sammāsamādhi. Yo iminā ariyena aṭṭhaṅgikena maggena upeto samupeto upāgato samupāgato upapanno samupapanno samannāgato, so vuccati brahmacariyavā. Yathā ca dhanena dhanavāti vuccati, bhogena bhogavāti vuccati, yasena yasavāti vuccati, sippena sippavāti vuccati, sīlena sīlavāti vuccati, vīriyena vīriyavāti vuccati, paññāya paññavāti vuccati, vijjāya vijjavāti vuccati – evameva yo iminā ariyena aṭṭhaṅgikena maggena upeto samupeto upāgato samupāgato upapanno samupapanno samannāgato, so vuccati brahmacariyavāti – kāmesu brahmacariyavā.
此处“世尊”是世尊以族姓称呼那位婆罗门。“尊”是表示尊敬的称呼……(中略)……是已经证得的称号,即所谓“世尊”——“弥勒啊,”世尊这样说。显示巴利原文
ti bhagavā taṃ brāhmaṇaṃ gottena ālapati. ti gāravādhivacanametaṃ…pe… sacchikā paññatti, yadidaṃ bhagavāti – metteyyāti bhagavā.
它指对色的渴爱……(中略)……对法的渴爱。凡是这种渴爱已被他断除、根绝、平息、安止、不再有生起可能、被智火烧尽的人,他就被称为离渴爱者、弃渴爱者、吐渴爱者、脱渴爱者、断渴爱者、舍渴爱者、离贪者、弃贪者、吐贪者、脱贪者、断贪者、舍贪者、无饥渴者、寂灭者、清凉者、感受乐者,自己成为梵行者而安住。“恒时”指一切时、于任何时候、于任何时间,在常住的时间、在恒稳的时间,相续地、无间断地、无间隔地,次第相续、如泡而起、无间相续地,触证之后:于午饭前、午饭后,于初夜、中夜、后夜,于黑夜、白昼,于雨季、冬季、热季,于生命的早期阶段、中期阶段、后期阶段。他以四种原因而具念——修习身随观念处时,是具念的;修习受随观念处时,是具念的;修习心随观念处时,是具念的;修习法随观念处时,是具念的……(中略)……他被称为具念者——这位离渴爱者恒时具念。显示巴利原文
ti. ti rūpataṇhā…pe… dhammataṇhā. Yassesā taṇhā pahīnā samucchinnā vūpasantā paṭipassaddhā abhabbuppattikā ñāṇagginā daḍḍhā, so vuccati vītataṇho cattataṇho vantataṇho muttataṇho pahīnataṇho paṭinissaṭṭhataṇho vītarāgo cattarāgo vantarāgo muttarāgo pahīnarāgo paṭinissaṭṭharāgo nicchāto nibbuto sītibhūto sukhappaṭisaṃvedī brahmabhūtena attanā viharati. ti sadā sabbadā sabbakālaṃ niccakālaṃ dhuvakālaṃ satataṃ samitaṃ abbokiṇṇaṃ poṅkhānupoṅkhaṃ udakūmikajātaṃ avīcisantatisahitaṃ phassitaṃ purebhattaṃ pacchābhattaṃ purimayāmaṃ majjhimayāmaṃ pacchimayāmaṃ kāḷe juṇhe vasse hemante gimhe purime vayokhandhe majjhime vayokhandhe pacchime vayokhandhe. ti catūhi kāraṇehi sato – kāye kāyānupassanāsatipaṭṭhānaṃ bhāvento sato, vedanāsu vedanānupassanāsatipaṭṭhānaṃ bhāvento sato, citte cittānupassanāsatipaṭṭhānaṃ bhāvento sato, dhammesu dhammānupassanāsatipaṭṭhānaṃ bhāvento sato…pe… so vuccati satoti – vītataṇho sadā sato.
“思量”指智慧。所谓慧、了知、简择、洞察……(中略)……无痴、择法、正见,即是“思量”。“经由思量”是说:思量、了知、衡量、审察、明了、清晰之后,思量“一切行无常”,了知、衡量、审察、明了、清晰之后;思量“一切行是苦的”……(中略)……;“一切法无我”……;“以无明为缘而有诸行”……;“凡是任何集起之法,一切皆是灭去之法”,思量、了知、衡量、审察、明了、清晰之后。显示巴利原文
ti saṅkhā vuccati ñāṇaṃ. Yā paññā pajānanā vicayo pavicayo…pe… amoho dhammavicayo sammādiṭṭhi. ti saṅkhāya jānitvā tulayitvā tīrayitvā vibhāvayitvā vibhūtaṃ katvā, ‘‘sabbe saṅkhārā aniccā’’ti saṅkhāya jānitvā tulayitvā tīrayitvā vibhāvayitvā vibhūtaṃ katvā, ‘‘sabbe saṅkhārā dukkhā’’ti…pe… ‘‘sabbe dhammā anattā’’ti… ‘‘avijjāpaccayā saṅkhārā’’ti… ‘‘yaṃ kiñci samudayadhammaṃ sabbaṃ taṃ nirodhadhamma’’nti saṅkhāya jānitvā tulayitvā tīrayitvā vibhāvayitvā vibhūtaṃ katvā.
或者,思量为无常、了知之后……(中略)……为苦……为病……为疮……为箭……(中略)……为出离,如是思量、了知、衡量、审察、明了、令其显著之后。“寂灭者”,即因贪已灭尽,故为寂灭者;因嗔已灭尽,故为寂灭者;因痴已灭尽,故为寂灭者;因忿……恨……覆……恼……嫉……悭……诳……谄……慢……过慢……骄……放逸……一切烦恼……一切恶行……一切困扰……一切热恼……一切苦痛……一切不善行的造作已灭尽,故为寂灭者。“比丘”,即因为七种法被显示巴利原文
Atha vā, aniccato saṅkhāya jānitvā…pe… dukkhato… rogato… gaṇḍato… sallato…pe… nissaraṇato saṅkhāya jānitvā tulayitvā tīrayitvā vibhāvayitvā vibhūtaṃ katvā. ti rāgassa nibbāpitattā nibbuto, dosassa nibbāpitattā nibbuto, mohassa nibbāpitattā nibbuto, kodhassa… upanāhassa… makkhassa… paḷāsassa… issāya… macchariyassa… māyāya… sāṭheyyassa… thambhassa… sārambhassa… mānassa… atimānassa… madassa… pamādassa… sabbakilesānaṃ… sabbaduccaritānaṃ… sabbadarathānaṃ … sabbapariḷāhānaṃ… sabbasantāpānaṃ… sabbākusalābhisaṅkhārānaṃ nibbāpitattā nibbuto. ti sattannaṃ dhammānaṃ bhinnattā bhikkhu…pe… vusitavā khīṇapunabbhavo sa bhikkhūti – saṅkhāya nibbuto bhikkhu.
此指阿拉汉、漏尽者。“不动摇”指:渴爱之摇、邪见之摇、慢之摇、烦恼之摇、欲之摇。于彼,这些动摇皆不存在、无有、不可得、不能发现,已被断除、根绝、平息、安止、不复生起、为智火所焚——是故于彼,无有动摇。因此世尊如是说——显示巴利原文
ti. ti arahato khīṇāsavassa. ti taṇhiñjitaṃ diṭṭhiñjitaṃ māniñjitaṃ kilesiñjitaṃ kāmiñjitaṃ. Tassime iñjitā natthi na santi na saṃvijjanti nupalabbhanti pahīnā samucchinnā vūpasantā paṭipassaddhā abhabbuppattikā ñāṇagginā daḍḍhāti – tassa no santi iñjitā. Tenāha bhagavā –
“弥勒,于欲乐中修梵行,”世尊这样说,“”
已离渴爱,恒持正念;
比丘依思择而寂灭,他再无动摇。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Kāmesu brahmacariyavā, [metteyyāti bhagavā] Vītataṇho sadā sato; Saṅkhāya nibbuto bhikkhu, tassa no santi iñjitā’’ti.
触是一端,触之集是另一端,触之灭则是中间;过去是一端,未来是另一端,现在则是中间;乐受是一端,苦受是另一端,不苦不乐受则是中间;名是一端,色是另一端,识则是中间;六内处是一端,六外处是另一端,识则是中间;有身是一端,有身之集是另一端,有身之灭则是中间。显示巴利原文
ti. ti phasso eko anto, phassasamudayo dutiyo anto, phassanirodho majjhe; atītaṃ eko anto, anāgataṃ dutiyo anto, paccuppannaṃ majjhe; sukhā vedanā eko anto, dukkhā vedanā dutiyo anto, adukkhamasukhā vedanā majjhe; nāmaṃ eko anto, rūpaṃ dutiyo anto, viññāṇaṃ majjhe; cha ajjhattikāni āyatanāni eko anto, cha bāhirāni āyatanāni dutiyo anto, viññāṇaṃ majjhe; sakkāyo eko anto, sakkāyasamudayo dutiyo anto, sakkāyanirodho majjhe. Mantā vuccati paññā, yā paññā pajānanā…pe… amoho dhammavicayo sammādiṭṭhi.
有两种执着:渴爱执着与见执着。什么是渴爱执着?凡是被渴爱所界限、所限定、所约束、所执取、视为我所的一切——“这是我的,那是我的,这么多是我的,如此多的属于我的色、声、香、味、所触、铺盖、衣物、奴仆、婢女、山羊、绵羊、鸡、猪、象、牛、马、驴、田地、宅地、金钱、黄金、村落、城镇、国土、人民、库藏与仓库。”显示巴利原文
ti dve lepā – taṇhālepo ca diṭṭhilepo ca. Katamo taṇhālepo ? Yāvatā taṇhāsaṅkhātena sīmakataṃ odhikataṃ pariyantakataṃ pariggahitaṃ mamāyitaṃ – ‘‘idaṃ mama, etaṃ mama, ettakaṃ mama, ettāvatā mama rūpā saddā gandhā rasā phoṭṭhabbā attharaṇā pāvuraṇā dāsidāsā ajeḷakā kukkuṭasūkarā hatthigavāssavaḷavā khettaṃ vatthu hiraññaṃ suvaṇṇaṃ gāmanigamarājadhāniyo raṭṭhañca janapado ca koso ca koṭṭhāgārañca’’. Kevalampi mahāpathaviṃ taṇhāvasena mamāyati. Yāvatā aṭṭhasatataṇhāvicaritaṃ – ayaṃ taṇhālepo.
什么是见执着?即二十种有身见、十种邪见、十种边执见,以及任何这样的见:见之巢穴、见之稠林、见之旷野、见之歪曲、见之躁动、见之结缚,执取、固持、现贪、执着、邪路、邪道、邪性、外道依处、颠倒执、倒执、错乱执、邪执——于非真实中执以为真实。”显示巴利原文
Katamo diṭṭhilepo? Vīsativatthukā sakkāyadiṭṭhi, dasavatthukā micchādiṭṭhi, dasavatthukā antaggāhikā diṭṭhi, yā evarūpā diṭṭhi diṭṭhigataṃ diṭṭhigahanaṃ diṭṭhikantāro diṭṭhivisūkāyikaṃ diṭṭhivipphanditaṃ diṭṭhisaṃyojanaṃ gāho paṭiggāho abhiniveso parāmāso kummaggo micchāpatho micchattaṃ titthāyatanaṃ vipariyesaggāho viparītaggāho vipallāsaggāho micchāgāho ayāthāvakasmiṃ yāthāvakanti gāho, yāvatā dvāsaṭṭhi diṭṭhigatāni – ayaṃ diṭṭhilepo.
他依慧证知两端与中间,了知、称量、判断、明了、彻底理解之后,不沾染、不陷溺、不执着。他无沾染、无附着、无执着,已出离、已脱出、已解脱、已离系,以无界限之心而住——这就是说,他彻底了知两端,于中间依慧而不沾染。”显示巴利原文
ti so ubho ca ante majjhañca mantāya abhiññāya jānitvā tulayitvā tīrayitvā vibhāvayitvā vibhūtaṃ katvā na lippati na palippati na upalippati, alitto asaṃlitto anupalitto nikkhanto nissaṭo vippamutto visaññutto vimariyādikatena cetasā viharatīti – so ubhantamabhiññāya majjhe mantā na lippati.
大丈夫、最上士、最胜士、殊胜士、上首士、无上士、最妙士——我如此说,如此讲,如此宣,如此示,如此称。显示巴利原文
ti mahāpuriso aggapuriso seṭṭhapuriso viseṭṭhapuriso pāmokkhapuriso uttamapuriso pavarapuriso, taṃ brūmi taṃ kathemi taṃ bhaṇāmi taṃ dīpemi taṃ voharāmi.
具寿舍利弗对世尊说:“尊者,人们常说‘大丈夫、大丈夫’。尊者,具备什么才算是大丈夫呢?”“舍利弗,正因心解脱,我称他为大丈夫;心未解脱者,我不称他为大丈夫。”显示巴利原文
Āyasmā sāriputto bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘mahāpuriso mahāpuriso’ti, bhante, vuccati. Kittāvatā nu kho, bhante, mahāpuriso hotī’’ti? ‘‘Vimuttacittattā khvāhaṃ, sāriputta, mahāpurisoti vadāmi, avimuttacittattā no mahāpurisoti vadāmi.
“舍利弗,怎样是心解脱呢?舍利弗,于此,比丘于内身观身而住,精勤、正知、具念,调伏世间贪忧。当他于内身观身而住时,心则离染、解脱,不执取诸漏。于诸受……于内心……于诸法,观法而住,精勤、正知、具念,调伏世间贪忧。当他于诸法观法而住时,心则离染、解脱,不执取诸漏。舍利弗,如此,比丘便是心解脱者。舍利弗,正因心解脱,我称他为大丈夫;心未解脱者,我不称他为大丈夫。”——这就是我所说的大丈夫。显示巴利原文
‘‘Kathañca, sāriputta, vimuttacitto hoti? Idha, sāriputta, bhikkhu ajjhattaṃ kāye kāyānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṃ. Tassa kāye kāyānupassino viharato cittaṃ virajjati vimuccati anupādāya āsavehi. Vedanāsu…pe… citte… dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṃ. Tassa dhammesu dhammānupassino viharato cittaṃ virajjati vimuccati anupādāya āsavehi. Evaṃ kho, sāriputta, bhikkhu vimuttacitto hoti. Vimuttacittattā khvāhaṃ, sāriputta, mahāpurisoti vadāmi, avimuttacittattā no mahāpurisoti vadāmī’’ti – taṃ brūmi mahāpurisoti.
所谓“缝线”,即是渴爱。凡是贪染、爱著……乃至……贪求、悭贪,即是不善根。若已断除这条名为渴爱的缝线,将它根绝、平息、止灭,令其无法再生,以智火将其焚烧殆尽,他便越过了、跨过了、度过了、彻底超越了那条缝线——渴爱。这便是“他在于此,超越了缝线”。因此,世尊这样说:显示巴利原文
ti sibbinī vuccati taṇhā. Yo rāgo sārāgo…pe… abhijjhā lobho akusalamūlaṃ, yassesā sibbinī taṇhā pahīnā samucchinnā vūpasantā paṭipassaddhā abhabbuppattikā ñāṇagginā daḍḍhā. So sibbiniṃ taṇhaṃ accagā upaccagā atikkanto samatikkanto vītivattoti – so idha sibbinimaccagā. Tenāha bhagavā –
‘‘So ubhantamabhiññāya, majjhe mantā na lippati; Taṃ brūmi mahāpurisoti, so idha sibbinimaccagā’’ti.
偈颂结束时,那些与婆罗门一同,具有同一愿望、同一精勤、同一志向、同一习气熏染的无量众生,生起了远离尘垢、无瑕的法眼——“凡是集起之法,皆是灭尽之法。”那位婆罗门不执取,心从诸漏中解脱。就在证得阿拉汉果的同时,羚羊皮、发髻、树皮衣、三叉杖、水壶、须发一时俱隐。他剃除须发,身着袈裟,披僧伽梨衣,持钵持衣,如法合掌向世尊敬礼而坐,说道:“尊者!世尊是我的老师,我是弟子。”显示巴利原文
Saha gāthāpariyosānā ye te brāhmaṇena saddhiṃ ekacchandā ekapayogā ekādhippāyā ekavāsanavāsitā, tesaṃ anekapāṇasahassānaṃ virajaṃ vītamalaṃ dhammacakkhuṃ udapādi – ‘‘yaṃ kiñci samudayadhammaṃ sabbaṃ taṃ nirodhadhamma’’nti. Tassa brāhmaṇassa anupādāya āsavehi cittaṃ vimucci. Saha arahattappattā ajinajaṭāvākacīratidaṇḍakamaṇḍalukesā ca massū ca antarahitā. Bhaṇḍukāsāyavatthavasano saṅghāṭipattacīvaradharo anvatthapaṭipattiyā pañjaliko bhagavantaṃ namassamāno nisinno hoti – ‘‘satthā me bhante bhagavā, sāvakohamasmī’’ti.
二 提舍弥勒学童所问分别显示巴利原文
Tissametteyyamāṇavapucchāniddeso dutiyo.
三 富那迦学童所问分别显示巴利原文
3. Puṇṇakamāṇavapucchāniddeso
在此,“动摇”即是渴爱。那种染着、贪染……乃至违犯、贪求、不善根——这种“动摇”就是渴爱,已被佛陀、世尊彻底断除,根绝无余,犹如截断的棕榈树干,成为无有,未来不再生起。因此,佛陀是不动摇者;由于断除了动摇,所以是不动摇者。世尊于得时不摇动,于不得时不摇动,于名声时不摇动,于无名声时不摇动,于称赞时不摇动,于讥毁时不摇动,于乐时不摇动,于苦时不摇动,不摇动、不颤、不抖——因此是不动摇者。世尊是见根者、见因者、见缘者、见起源者、见生源者、见发端者、见食者、见所缘者、见缘者、见集起者。显示巴利原文
nti ejā vuccati taṇhā. Yo rāgo sārāgo…pe… abhijjhā lobho akusalamūlaṃ sā ejā taṇhā buddhassa bhagavato pahīnā ucchinnamūlā tālāvatthukatā anabhāvaṃkatā āyatiṃ anuppādadhammā. Tasmā buddho anejo. Ejāya pahīnattā anejo. Bhagavā lābhepi na iñjati, alābhepi na iñjati, yasepi na iñjati, ayasepi na iñjati, pasaṃsāyapi na iñjati, nindāyapi na iñjati, sukhepi na iñjati, dukkhepi na iñjati na calati na vedhati nappavedhatīti – anejaṃ. nti bhagavā mūladassāvī hetudassāvī nidānadassāvī sambhavadassāvī pabhavadassāvī samuṭṭhānadassāvī āhāradassāvī ārammaṇadassāvī paccayadassāvī samudayadassāvī.
三种不善根:贪是不善根,瞋是不善根,痴是不善根。显示巴利原文
Tīṇi akusalamūlāni – lobho akusalamūlaṃ, doso akusalamūlaṃ, moho akusalamūlaṃ.
对此,世尊这样说:“诸比丘,这三种是业集起的根源。哪三种?贪是业集起的根源,瞋是业集起的根源,痴是业集起的根源。诸比丘,并非由贪所生之业、瞋所生之业、痴所生之业而显现诸天、人众,或任何善趣。然而,诸比丘,正是由贪所生之业、瞋所生之业、痴所生之业而显现地狱、畜生界、饿鬼境,或任何其他恶趣,即于地狱、畜生界、饿鬼境中结生。”世尊如此知见这三种不善根。如此,世尊是见根者……见集起者。三种善根:无贪是善根,无瞋是善根,无痴是善根。显示巴利原文
Vuttañhetaṃ bhagavatā – ‘‘tīṇimāni, bhikkhave, nidānāni kammānaṃ samudayāya. Katamāni tīṇi? Lobho nidānaṃ kammānaṃ samudayāya, doso nidānaṃ kammānaṃ samudayāya, moho nidānaṃ kammānaṃ samudayāya. Na, bhikkhave, lobhajena kammena dosajena kammena mohajena kammena devā paññāyanti, manussā paññāyanti, yā vā panaññāpi kāci sugatiyo. Atha kho, bhikkhave, lobhajena kammena dosajena kammena mohajena kammena nirayo paññāyati, tiracchānayoni paññāyati, pettivisayo paññāyati, yā vā panaññāpi kāci duggatiyo niraye tiracchānayoniyā pettivisaye attabhāvābhinibbattiyā’’. Imāni tīṇi akusalamūlānīti bhagavā jānāti passati. Evampi bhagavā mūladassāvī…pe… samudayadassāvī. Tīṇi kusalamūlāni – alobho kusalamūlaṃ, adoso kusalamūlaṃ, amoho kusalamūlaṃ.
世尊曾这样说:“诸比丘,有这三种……诸比丘,并非由无贪所生之业、由无瞋所生之业、由无痴所生之业,而有地狱显现,有畜生界显现,有饿鬼境显现,或有任何其他恶趣显现。诸比丘,正是由无贪所生之业、由无瞋所生之业、由无痴所生之业,而有诸天显现,有人众显现,或有任何其他善趣显现,即在诸天与人之中结生。”世尊如此知见这三种。如此,世尊是见根者……乃至……见集起者。显示巴利原文
Vuttañhetaṃ bhagavatā – ‘‘tīṇimāni…pe… na, bhikkhave, alobhajena kammena adosajena kammena amohajena kammena nirayo paññāyati, tiracchānayoni paññāyati, pettivisayo paññāyati, yā vā panaññāpi kāci duggatiyo. Atha kho, bhikkhave, alobhajena kammena adosajena kammena amohajena kammena devā paññāyanti, manussā paññāyanti, yā vā panaññāpi kāci sugatiyo deve ca manusse ca attabhāvābhinibbattiyā’’. Imāni tīṇi kusalamūlānīti bhagavā jānāti passati. Evampi bhagavā mūladassāvī…pe… samudayadassāvī.
世尊曾这样说:“诸比丘,凡任何不善法、属于不善的法、立于不善一方的法,所有那些都以无明为根,以无明为汇集,因无明的断除而断除。”——所有这些都被断除,世尊了知、见到这一点。因此,世尊也是见根者……乃至……见集起者。显示巴利原文
Vuttañhetaṃ bhagavatā – ‘‘ye keci, bhikkhave, dhammā akusalā akusalabhāgiyā akusalapakkhikā sabbe te avijjāmūlakā avijjāsamosaraṇā avijjāsamugghātā’’. Sabbe te samugghātaṃ gacchantīti bhagavā jānāti passati. Evampi bhagavā mūladassāvī…pe… samudayadassāvī.
世尊曾这样说:“诸比丘,凡任何善法、属于善的法、立于善一方的法,所有那些都以不放逸为根,以不放逸为汇集,不放逸被说为这些法中的最上者。”——世尊了知、见到这一点。因此,世尊也是见根者……乃至……见集起者。显示巴利原文
Vuttañhetaṃ bhagavatā – ‘‘ye keci, bhikkhave, dhammā kusalā kusalabhāgiyā kusalapakkhikā, sabbe te appamādamūlakā appamādasamosaraṇā. Appamādo tesaṃ dhammānaṃ aggamakkhāyatī’’ti bhagavā jānāti passati. Evampi bhagavā mūladassāvī…pe… samudayadassāvī.
又复,世尊知见:“无明为诸行之根,诸行为识之根,识为名色之根,名色为六处之根,六处为触之根,触为受之根,受为渴爱之根,渴爱为取之根,取为有之根,有为生之根,生为老死之根。”世尊知见于此。故世尊为见根者……乃至见集起者。显示巴利原文
Atha vā, bhagavā jānāti passati. ‘‘Avijjā mūlaṃ saṅkhārānaṃ, saṅkhārā mūlaṃ viññāṇassa , viññāṇaṃ mūlaṃ nāmarūpassa, nāmarūpaṃ mūlaṃ saḷāyatanassa, saḷāyatanaṃ mūlaṃ phassassa, phasso mūlaṃ vedanāya, vedanā mūlaṃ taṇhāya, taṇhā mūlaṃ upādānassa, upādānaṃ mūlaṃ bhavassa, bhavo mūlaṃ jātiyā, jāti mūlaṃ jarāmaraṇassā’’ti – bhagavā jānāti passati. Evampi bhagavā mūladassāvī…pe… samudayadassāvī.
又复,世尊知见:“眼为眼疾之根,耳为耳疾之根,鼻为鼻疾之根,舌为舌疾之根,身为身疾之根,意为心诸苦之根。”世尊知见于此。故世尊为见根者、见因者、见缘者、见发生者、见起源者、见生起者、见食者、见所缘者、见条件者、见集起者,不动者、见根者。显示巴利原文
Atha vā, bhagavā jānāti passati. ‘‘Cakkhu mūlaṃ cakkhurogānaṃ, sotaṃ mūlaṃ sotarogānaṃ, ghānaṃ mūlaṃ ghānarogānaṃ, jivhā mūlaṃ jivhārogānaṃ, kāyo mūlaṃ kāyarogānaṃ, mano mūlaṃ cetasikānaṃ dukkhāna’’nti – bhagavā jānāti passati. Evampi bhagavā mūladassāvī hetudassāvī nidānadassāvī sambhavadassāvī pabhavadassāvī samuṭṭhānadassāvī āhāradassāvī ārammaṇadassāvī paccayadassāvī samudayadassāvīti – anejaṃ mūladassāvī.
句之连接……乃至……尊者富那迦。显示巴利原文
ti ti padasandhi…pe… āyasmā puṇṇako .
“我此行是为提问而来,为发问的愿望而来,为听受提问而来”——如此,亦是“为问题而来”之义。又或者,“那些求问者、欲发问者、欲听受提问者的到来、前行、走近与亲近,确实存在”——如此,亦是“为问题而来”之义。又或者,“你为提问而来,你堪能、有能、有力胜任。你能领受我提问的宣说与解答,此担你确能承担”——如此,亦是“为问题而来”之义。显示巴利原文
nti pañhena atthiko āgatomhi, pañhaṃ pucchitukāmo āgatomhi, pañhaṃ sotukāmo āgatomhīti – evampi atthi pañhena āgamaṃ. Atha vā, pañhatthikānaṃ pañhaṃ pucchitukāmānaṃ pañhaṃ sotukāmānaṃ āgamanaṃ abhikkamanaṃ upasaṅkamanaṃ payirupāsanaṃ atthīti – evampi atthi pañhena āgamaṃ. Atha vā, pañhāgamo tuyhaṃ atthi, tvampi pahu tvamasi alamatto. Mayā pucchitaṃ kathetuṃ visajjetuṃ vahassetaṃ bhāranti – evampi atthi pañhena āgamaṃ.
他们依止什么,倚靠什么,系着于什么,归向什么,执取什么,倾心于什么?‘仙人’者,凡以‘仙人出家’而出家者,皆名仙人,包括邪命外道、尼犍陀、结发外道、苦行者。‘人’者,即是这些仙人与众人——他们依止什么?显示巴利原文
ti kiṃ nissitā āsitā allīnā upagatā ajjhositā adhimuttā. ti isināmakā ye keci isipabbajjaṃ pabbajitā ājīvakā nigaṇṭhā jaṭilā tāpasā. ti manussā vuccantīti – kiṃ nissitā isayo manujā.
“诸天”一词,是指刹帝利种姓之人。是指一切自称尊贵者。邪命外道弟子所尊崇的是邪命诸天,尼犍陀弟子所尊崇的是尼犍诸天,结发外道弟子所尊崇的是结发诸天,遍行外道弟子所尊崇的是遍行诸天,不害行者弟子所尊崇的是不害诸天,象行者所尊崇的是象诸天,马行者所尊崇的是马诸天,牛行者所尊崇的是牛诸天,狗行者所尊崇的是狗诸天,乌鸦行者所尊崇的是乌鸦诸天,婆苏提婆行者所尊崇的是婆苏提婆天,大力天行者所尊崇的是大力天,富满贤行者所尊崇的是富满贤天,摩尼贤行者所尊崇的是摩尼贤天,火行者所尊崇的是火诸天,龙行者所尊崇的是龙诸天,金翅鸟行者所尊崇的是金翅鸟诸天,夜叉行者所尊崇的是夜叉诸天,阿修罗行者所尊崇的是阿修罗诸天,干闼婆行者所尊崇的是干闼婆诸天,四天王行者所尊崇的是四大王诸天,月行者所尊崇的是月诸天,日行者所尊崇的是日诸天,因陀罗行者所尊崇的是因陀罗天,梵天行者所尊崇的是梵天,天神行者所尊崇的是天神,方向行者所尊崇的是方向诸天。谁为应供的对象,谁即为其天神。刹帝利与婆罗门即是这些天的尊崇对象。显示巴利原文
nti. ti ye keci khattiyajātikā. ti ye keci bhovādikā. nti ājīvakasāvakānaṃ ājīvakā devatā, nigaṇṭhasāvakānaṃ nigaṇṭhā devatā, jaṭilasāvakānaṃ jaṭilā devatā, paribbājakasāvakānaṃ paribbājakā devatā, aviruddhakasāvakānaṃ aviruddhakā devatā, hatthivatikānaṃ hatthī devatā, assavatikānaṃ assā devatā, govatikānaṃ gāvo devatā, kukkuravatikānaṃ kukkurā devatā, kākavatikānaṃ kākā devatā, vāsudevavatikānaṃ vāsudevo devatā, baladevavatikānaṃ baladevo devatā, puṇṇabhaddavatikānaṃ puṇṇabhaddo devatā, maṇibhaddavatikānaṃ maṇibhaddo devatā, aggivatikānaṃ aggi devatā, nāgavatikānaṃ nāgā devatā, supaṇṇavatikānaṃ supaṇṇā devatā, yakkhavatikānaṃ yakkhā devatā, asuravatikānaṃ asurā devatā, gandhabbavatikānaṃ gandhabbā devatā, mahārājavatikānaṃ mahārājāno devatā, candavatikānaṃ cando devatā, sūriyavatikānaṃ sūriyo devatā, indavatikānaṃ indo devatā, brahmavatikānaṃ brahmā devatā, devavatikānaṃ devo devatā, disāvatikānaṃ disā devatā, ye yesaṃ dakkhiṇeyyā te tesaṃ devatāti – khattiyabrāhmaṇā devatānaṃ.
“供奉”的意思是——布施之物,也就是:衣服、钵食、坐卧具、病缘药品资具,食物、饮料、衣物、车乘、花、香、涂油,以及床座、住处、灯明。那些寻找、寻求、遍求衣服、钵食、坐卧具、病缘药品资具、食物、饮料、衣物、车乘、花、香、涂油、床座、住处、灯明的人,他们也在准备供奉。那些营办衣服、钵食、坐卧具、病缘药品资具、食物、饮料……乃至……床座、住处、灯明的人,他们也在准备供奉。那些施与、祭祀、舍弃衣服、钵食、坐卧具、病缘药品资具、食物、饮料……乃至……床座、住处、灯明的人,他们也在准备供奉。这里所说的“众多”——或指这些供奉本身众多,或指这些供奉者众多,或指这些应供对象众多。为何说这些供奉本身是众多的?这些供奉是为众多人而施设的:衣服、钵食、坐卧具、病缘药品资具、食物、饮料、衣物、车乘、花环、香、涂油、床座、住处、灯明——如此,这些供奉本身是众多的。显示巴利原文
ti yaññaṃ vuccati deyyadhammo cīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānapaccayabhesajjaparikkhāraṃ annaṃ pānaṃ vatthaṃ yānaṃ mālāgandhavilepanaṃ seyyāvasathapadīpeyyaṃ. ti yepi yaññaṃ esanti gavesanti pariyesanti cīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānapaccayabhesajjaparikkhāraṃ annaṃ pānaṃ vatthaṃ yānaṃ mālāgandhavilepanaṃ seyyāvasathapadīpeyyaṃ, tepi yaññaṃ kappenti. Yepi yaññaṃ abhisaṅkharonti cīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānapaccayabhesajjaparikkhāraṃ annaṃ pānaṃ…pe… seyyāvasathapadīpeyyaṃ, tepi yaññaṃ kappenti. Yepi yaññaṃ denti yajanti pariccajanti cīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānapaccayabhesajjaparikkhāraṃ annaṃ pānaṃ…pe… seyyāvasathapadīpeyyaṃ , tepi yaññaṃ kappenti. ti yaññā vā ete puthū, yaññayājakā vā ete puthū, dakkhiṇeyyā vā ete puthū. Kathaṃ yaññā vā ete puthū? Bahukānaṃ ete yaññā cīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānapaccayabhesajjaparikkhārā annaṃ pānaṃ vatthaṃ yānaṃ mālaṃ gandhaṃ vilepanaṃ seyyāvasathapadīpeyyaṃ – evaṃ yaññā vā ete puthū.
为何说这些供奉者是众多的?因为这些供奉者人数众多,包括刹帝利、婆罗门、吠舍、首陀罗、在家众、出家众、天人、人众——如此,这些供奉者是众多的。显示巴利原文
Kathaṃ yaññayājakā vā ete puthū? Bahukā ete yaññayājakā khattiyā ca brāhmaṇā ca vessā ca suddā ca gahaṭṭhā ca pabbajitā ca devā ca manussā ca – evaṃ yaññayājakā vā ete puthū.
为何说这些应供对象是众多的?因为这些应供对象数量众多,包括沙门、婆罗门、穷困者、旅人、乞丐、求乞者——如此,这些应供对象是众多的。“在人世间”的意思是——他们在人世间施设了供奉,世间如此众多。显示巴利原文
Kathaṃ dakkhiṇeyyā vā ete puthū? Bahukā ete dakkhiṇeyyā puthū samaṇabrāhmaṇā kapaṇaddhikavanibbakayācakā – evaṃ dakkhiṇeyyā vā ete puthū. ti manussaloketi yaññamakappayiṃsu – puthūdha loke.
有三种提问:未见显明的提问、已验证的提问、断除疑惑的提问。什么是未见显明的提问?对于某个原本未知、未见、未衡量、未审查、未显明、未辨了的特征,为了了知它、看见它、衡量它、审查它、显明它、辨了它而提出问题——这就是未见显明的提问。显示巴利原文
nti. ti tisso pucchā – adiṭṭhajotanā pucchā, diṭṭhasaṃsandanā pucchā, vimaticchedanā pucchā. Katamā adiṭṭhajotanā pucchā? Pakatiyā lakkhaṇaṃ aññātaṃ hoti adiṭṭhaṃ atulitaṃ atīritaṃ avibhūtaṃ avibhāvitaṃ. Tassa ñāṇāya dassanāya tulanāya tīraṇāya vibhūtatthāya vibhāvanatthāya pañhaṃ pucchati – ayaṃ adiṭṭhajotanā pucchā.
什么是已验证的提问?对于某个特征,他本已了知、已见过、已衡量、已审查、已显明、已辨了。他提问是为了和其他智者相互印证——这就是已验证的提问。显示巴利原文
Katamā diṭṭhasaṃsandanā pucchā? Pakatiyā lakkhaṇaṃ ñātaṃ hoti diṭṭhaṃ tulitaṃ tīritaṃ vibhūtaṃ vibhāvitaṃ. Aññehi paṇḍitehi saddhiṃ saṃsandanatthāya pañhaṃ pucchati – ayaṃ diṭṭhasaṃsandanā pucchā.
什么是断除疑惑的提问?他原本陷于疑惑、陷于犹豫,心生两边:‘是这样吗?还是不是?到底是什么?怎么会这样?’他提问是为了断除疑惑——这就是断除疑惑的提问。以上是三种提问。显示巴利原文
Katamā vimaticchedanā pucchā? Pakatiyā saṃsayapakkhando hoti vimatipakkhando dveḷhakajāto – ‘‘evaṃ nu kho, na nu kho, kiṃ nu kho, kathaṃ nu kho’’ti! So vimaticchedanatthāya pañhaṃ pucchati – ayaṃ vimaticchedanā pucchā. Imā tisso pucchā.
复有三种问:人问、非人问、化人问。何为人问?人众往诣佛陀世尊前请问;比丘请问,比丘尼请问,优婆塞请问,优婆夷请问,国王请问,刹帝利请问,婆罗门请问,吠舍请问,首陀罗请问,在家人请问,出家人请问——此即人问。显示巴利原文
Aparāpi tisso pucchā – manussapucchā, amanussapucchā, nimmitapucchā. Katamā manussapucchā? Manussā buddhaṃ bhagavantaṃ upasaṅkamitvā pucchanti, bhikkhū pucchanti, bhikkhuniyo pucchanti, upāsakā pucchanti, upāsikāyo pucchanti, rājāno pucchanti, khattiyā pucchanti, brāhmaṇā pucchanti, vessā pucchanti, suddā pucchanti, gahaṭṭhā pucchanti, pabbajitā pucchanti – ayaṃ manussapucchā.
何为非人问?非人往诣佛陀世尊前请问;龙请问,金翅鸟请问,夜叉请问,阿修罗请问,干达巴请问,四大天王请问,帝释天请问,梵天请问,诸天请问——此即非人问。显示巴利原文
Katamā amanussapucchā? Amanussā buddhaṃ bhagavantaṃ upasaṅkamitvā pañhaṃ pucchanti, nāgā pucchanti, supaṇṇā pucchanti, yakkhā pucchanti, asurā pucchanti, gandhabbā pucchanti, mahārājāno pucchanti, indā pucchanti, brahmāno pucchanti, devatāyo pucchanti – ayaṃ amanussapucchā.
何为化人问?世尊化作意所成的色身,具足一切肢节,诸根无缺;此化人往诣佛陀世尊前请问,世尊便为解答——此即化人问。以上是三种问。显示巴利原文
Katamā nimmitapucchā? Yaṃ bhagavā rūpaṃ abhinimmināti manomayaṃ sabbaṅgapaccaṅgaṃ ahīnindriyaṃ, so nimmito buddhaṃ bhagavantaṃ upasaṅkamitvā pañhaṃ pucchati; bhagavā visajjeti – ayaṃ nimmitapucchā. Imā tisso pucchā.
复有三种问:为己利问、为他利问、为双方利问。复有三种问:现法利益问、来生利益问、究竟利益问。复有三种问:无过失利益问、离烦恼利益问、清净利益问。复有三种问:过去问、未来问、现在问。复有三种问:内问、外问、内外问。复有三种问:善问、不善问、无记问。复有三种问:蕴问、界问、处问。复有三种问:念处问、正勤问、神足问。复有三种问:根问、力问、觉支问。复有三种问:道问、果问、涅槃问。显示巴利原文
Aparāpi tisso pucchā – attatthapucchā, paratthapucchā, ubhayatthapucchā. Aparāpi tisso pucchā – diṭṭhadhammikatthapucchā, samparāyikatthapucchā, paramatthapucchā. Aparāpi tisso pucchā – anavajjatthapucchā, nikkilesatthapucchā, vodānatthapucchā. Aparāpi tisso pucchā – atītapucchā, anāgatapucchā, paccuppannapucchā. Aparāpi tisso pucchā – ajjhattapucchā, bahiddhāpucchā , ajjhattabahiddhāpucchā. Aparāpi tisso pucchā – kusalapucchā, akusalapucchā, abyākatapucchā. Aparāpi tisso pucchā – khandhapucchā, dhātupucchā, āyatanapucchā. Aparāpi tisso pucchā – satipaṭṭhānapucchā, sammappadhānapucchā, iddhipādapucchā. Aparāpi tisso pucchā – indriyapucchā, balapucchā, bojjhaṅgapucchā. Aparāpi tisso pucchā – maggapucchā, phalapucchā, nibbānapucchā.
“我向您请问,向您乞请,向您恳请,向您祈请:‘请您为我说法’——我如是请问。”这是表示敬重的称呼……现证的施设,即所谓“世尊”。“请您宣说、讲述、开示、安立、确立、显明、分别、阐明、照亮——世尊,我请问您,请您为我说此。”因此,那位婆罗门这样说——显示巴利原文
nti pucchāmi taṃ yācāmi taṃ ajjhesāmi taṃ pasādemi taṃ ‘‘kathayassu me’’ti pucchāmi taṃ. ti gāravādhivacanametaṃ… sacchikā paññatti – yadidaṃ bhagavāti. nti brūhi ācikkhāhi desehi paññapehi paṭṭhapehi vivarāhi vibhajāhi uttānīkarohi pakāsehīti – pucchāmi taṃ bhagavā brūhi metaṃ. Tenāha so brāhmaṇo –
我是为请问而来;
仙人们、人们、刹帝利与婆罗门,依什么而向诸天
在此世间广设种种祭祀?世尊,我以此请问,请您为我宣说。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Anejaṃ mūladassāviṃ, [iccāyasmā puṇṇako] Atthi pañhena āgamaṃ; Kiṃ nissitā isayo manujā, khattiyā brāhmaṇā devatānaṃ; Yaññamakappayiṃsu puthūdha loke, pucchāmi taṃ bhagavā brūhi meta’’nti.
“凡任何”——此言乃是遍尽一切、遍尽所有、遍尽无余、遍尽无遗之语。“被称为仙人者”——凡任何名为仙人、行仙人出家道者:诸如邪命外道、尼乾陀、结发者、苦行者。“被称为人者”——此指人类——“凡此一切仙人、人类,富那迦啊,”世尊如是说。显示巴利原文
ti. ti sabbena sabbaṃ sabbathā sabbaṃ asesaṃ nissesaṃ pariyādiyanavacanametaṃ – ye kecīti. ti isināmakā ye keci isipabbajjaṃ pabbajitā ājīvakā nigaṇṭhā jaṭilā tāpasā. ti manussā vuccantīti – ye kecime isayo manujā puṇṇakāti bhagavā.
“凡刹帝利种姓者”——是指那些刹帝利种姓的人。“凡自称尊贵者”——是指那些自称尊贵的人。“邪命外道弟子们的崇敬对象是邪命诸天……乃至……方向行者们的崇敬对象是方向诸天”:谁为谁的应供对象,谁即是他们的天神——这就是说,刹帝利与婆罗门是这些天的应供对象。显示巴利原文
nti. ti ye keci khattiyajātikā. ti ye keci bhovādikā. nti ājīvakasāvakānaṃ ājīvakā devatā…pe… disāvatikānaṃ disā devatā. Ye yesaṃ dakkhiṇeyyā, te tesaṃ devatāti – khattiyā brāhmaṇā devatānaṃ.
“祭祀”——指的是可施之物:衣服、饮食、坐卧具、病缘医药资具、食物、饮品……乃至……卧处、住所、灯火。“那些寻求祭祀者”——即是那些寻找、寻求、探求……乃至……卧处、住所、灯火的人,他们也在准备祭祀。“这些祭祀种种”——或说这些祭祀本身种种不同,或说这些祭主种种不同,或说这些应供对象种种不同……乃至……如是,这些应供对象亦种种不同。“在世人之中”——他们在人间安排了祭祀;世间则种种不同。显示巴利原文
ti. Yaññaṃ vuccati deyyadhammo cīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānapaccayabhesajjaparikkhāraṃ annaṃ pānaṃ…pe… seyyāvasathapadīpeyyaṃ. ti yepi yaññaṃ esanti gavesanti pariyesanti…pe… seyyāvasathapadīpeyyaṃ, tepi yaññaṃ kappenti. ti yaññā vā ete puthū, yaññayājakā vā ete puthū, dakkhiṇeyyā vā ete puthū…pe… evaṃ dakkhiṇeyyā vā ete puthū. ti manussaloketi yaññamakappayiṃsu – puthūdha loke.
所谓‘期望’,即是期望获得色,期望获得声,期望获得香,期望获得味,期望获得触,期望获得儿女,期望获得妻子,期望获得钱财,期望获得名声,期望获得权位;期望于刹帝利大富之家获得生命,期望于婆罗门大富之家获得生命,期望于居士大富之家获得生命;期望于四大王天获得生命,期望于三十三天、夜摩天、兜率天、化乐天、他化自在天、梵众天获得生命——怀着渴望、喜爱、贪著、希求、羡慕、热切期盼而如此期望。显示巴利原文
nti. ti rūpapaṭilābhaṃ āsīsamānā, saddapaṭilābhaṃ āsīsamānā, gandhapaṭilābhaṃ āsīsamānā, rasapaṭilābhaṃ āsīsamānā, phoṭṭhabbapaṭilābhaṃ āsīsamānā, puttapaṭilābhaṃ āsīsamānā, dārapaṭilābhaṃ āsīsamānā, dhanapaṭilābhaṃ āsīsamānā, yasapaṭilābhaṃ āsīsamānā, issariyapaṭilābhaṃ āsīsamānā, khattiyamahāsālakule attabhāvapaṭilābhaṃ āsīsamānā, brāhmaṇamahāsālakule attabhāvapaṭilābhaṃ āsīsamānā, gahapatimahāsālakule attabhāvapaṭilābhaṃ āsīsamānā, cātumahārājikesu devesu attabhāvapaṭilābhaṃ āsīsamānā, tāvatiṃsesu devesu yāmesu devesu tusitesu devesu nimmānaratīsu devesu paranimmitavasavattīsu devesu brahmakāyikesu devesu attabhāvapaṭilābhaṃ āsīsamānā icchamānā sādiyamānā patthayamānā pihayamānā abhijappamānāti āsīsamānā.
‘在此处,期望这个状态’:即是在此处期望新生,在此处期望于刹帝利大富之家获得新生,……乃至在此处期望于梵众天中获得新生——这样地渴望、喜爱、贪著、希求、羡慕、热切期盼,富那迦啊。
显示巴利原文 nti ettha attabhāvābhinibbattiṃ āsīsamānā ettha khattiyamahāsālakule attabhāvābhinibbattiṃ āsīsamānā…pe… ettha brahmakāyikesu devesu attabhāvābhinibbattiṃ āsīsamānā icchamānā sādiyamānā patthayamānā pihayamānā abhijappamānāti āsīsamānā – puṇṇaka itthattaṃ.
‘依止于衰老’:即是依止于老,依止于病,依止于死,依止于愁、悲、苦、忧、恼。他们所依止的‘生’,即是他们所依止的‘老’;他们所依止的‘老’,即是他们所依止的‘病’;他们所依止的‘病’,即是他们所依止的‘死’;他们所依止的‘死’,即是他们所依止的‘愁、悲、苦、忧、恼’;他们所依止的‘愁、悲、苦、忧、恼’,即是他们所依止的‘趣’;他们所依止的‘趣’,即是他们所依止的‘结生’;他们所依止的‘结生’,即是他们所依止的‘再生’;他们所依止的‘再生’,即是他们所依止的‘轮回’;他们所依止的‘轮回’,即是他们所依止的‘流转’——他们深深黏着、靠近、沉迷、倾心于此。‘依止于衰老,他们安排了祭祀。’因此,世尊这样说。显示巴利原文
ti jarānissitā byādhinissitā maraṇanissitā sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsanissitā. Yadeva te jātinissitā tadeva te jarānissitā. Yadeva te jarānissitā tadeva te byādhinissitā. Yadeva te byādhinissitā tadeva te maraṇanissitā. Yadeva te maraṇanissitā tadeva te sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsanissitā. Yadeva te sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsanissitā tadeva te gatinissitā. Yadeva te gatinissitā tadeva te upapattinissitā. Yadeva te upapattinissitā tadeva te paṭisandhinissitā. Yadeva te paṭisandhinissitā tadeva te bhavanissitā. Yadeva te bhavanissitā tadeva te saṃsāranissitā. Yadeva te saṃsāranissitā tadeva te vaṭṭanissitā allīnā upagatā ajjhositā adhimuttāti – jaraṃ sitā yaññamakappayiṃsu. Tenāha bhagavā –
“凡诸仙人或世人,富那迦,世尊如是说:”
刹帝利与婆罗门,为了诸天神,
他们曾在世间各处广设祭祀,富那迦,渴望获得这等存在;
他们执着于衰老,举行祭祀。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Ye kecime isayo manujā, [puṇṇakāti bhagavā] Khattiyā brāhmaṇā devatānaṃ; Yaññamakappayiṃsu puthūdha loke, āsīsamānā puṇṇaka itthattaṃ; Jaraṃ sitā yaññamakappayiṃsū’’ti.
这些是疑问之问、疑惑之问、模棱两可之问、多种可能之问——“是否如此,是否不如此,是什么,怎么样”——是针对司掌祭祀者们而言的。这是表示尊重的敬称……自证究竟的施设,即所称的世尊——那些问题是问世尊您的。所谓祭祀之道,即指祭祀本身。正如圣道称为圣路、天道称为天路、梵道称为梵路,同样地,祭祀本身即称为祭祀之道。那些于祭祀之道上不放逸的人,是恭敬而行的人、持续而行的人、坚定而行的人、不退缩而行的人、不舍弃意欲的人、不舍弃责任的人、依此而行的人、以此为主的人、以此为重的人、心向于此的人、倾心于此的人、趋向于此的人、心意决定于此的人、以此为主导的人——这些人也是于祭祀之道上不放逸的人。那些寻求、找寻、遍寻衣服、饮食、坐卧处、病缘医药资具,以及食物、饮品……乃至卧处、住所、灯烛等,并且恭敬而行……乃至以此为主导的人,这些人也是于祭祀之道上不放逸的人。那些准备衣服、饮食、坐卧处、病缘医药资具,以及食物、饮品……乃至卧处、住所、灯烛等,并且恭敬而行……乃至以此为主导的人,这些人也是于祭祀之道上不放逸的人。那些施与、奉献、赠舍衣服、饮食、坐卧处、病缘医药资具,以及食物、饮品……乃至卧处、住所、灯烛等,并且恭敬而行……乃至以此为主导的人,这些人也是于祭祀之道上不放逸的人——这问题是问世尊您,关于那些于祭祀之道上不放逸的人们。显示巴利原文
ti. ti saṃsayapucchā vimatipucchā dveḷhakapucchā anekaṃsapucchā – ‘‘evaṃ nu kho, na nu kho, kiṃ nu kho, kathaṃ nu kho’’ti – kaccisu. ti yaññayājakā vuccanti. ti gāravādhivacanaṃ…pe… sacchikā paññatti, yadidaṃ bhagavāti – kaccisu te bhagavā. ti yaññoyeva vuccati yaññapatho. Yathā ariyamaggo ariyapatho devamaggo devapatho brahmamaggo brahmapatho, evameva yaññoyeva vuccati yaññapatho. ti yaññapathe appamattā sakkaccakārino sātaccakārino aṭṭhitakārino anolīnavuttino anikkhittacchandā anikkhittadhurā taccaritā tabbahulā taggarukā tanninnā tappoṇā tappabbhārā tadadhimuttā tadadhipateyyāti – tepi yaññapathe appamattā. Yepi yaññaṃ esanti gavesanti pariyesanti cīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānapaccayabhesajjaparikkhāraṃ annaṃ pānaṃ…pe… seyyāvasathapadīpeyyaṃ sakkaccakārino…pe… tadadhipateyyā, tepi yaññapathe appamattā. Yepi yaññaṃ abhisaṅkharonti cīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānapaccayabhesajjaparikkhāraṃ annaṃ pānaṃ…pe… seyyāvasathapadīpeyyaṃ sakkaccakārino…pe… tadadhipateyyā, tepi yaññapathe appamattā. Yepi yaññaṃ denti yajanti pariccajanti cīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānapaccayabhesajjaparikkhāraṃ annaṃ pānaṃ…pe… seyyāvasathapadīpeyyaṃ sakkaccakārino …pe… tadadhipateyyā, tepi yaññapathe appamattāti – kaccisu te bhagavā yaññapathe appamattā.
他们度越、越过、渡越、超越、出离了老与死。这是爱语、敬语,是具足恭敬与尊重的称呼——‘尊者’。他们超越了生与老,尊者啊。显示巴利原文
ti jarāmaraṇaṃ atariṃsu uttariṃsu patariṃsu samatikkamiṃsu vītivattiṃsu. ti piyavacanaṃ garuvacanaṃ sagāravasappatissādhivacanametaṃ mārisāti – atāru jātiñca jarañca mārisa.
“我问”的意思是:我询问你、恳请你、请教你、令你欢喜——‘请告诉我那件事吧’——这就是‘我问你’。‘世尊’是敬称……(中略)……是亲自证知后所施设的名号,那便是世尊。‘我问世尊’的意思是:请说、请讲、请指示、请告知、请安立、请揭示、请分别、请阐明、请宣说吧——‘我问你,世尊,请告诉我那件事吧’。因此,那位婆罗门这样说道。显示巴利原文
nti. nti pucchāmi taṃ yācāmi taṃ ajjhesāmi taṃ pasādemi taṃ kathayassu metanti – pucchāmi taṃ. ti gāravādhivacanaṃ…pe… sacchikā paññatti – yadidaṃ bhagavāti. nti brūhi ācikkhāhi desehi paññapehi paṭṭhapehi vivarāhi vibhajāhi uttānīkarohi pakāsehīti – pucchāmi taṃ bhagavā brūhi metaṃ. Tenāha so brāhmaṇo –
刹帝利、婆罗门,以及诸天神
在此世间广设了种种祭祀。世尊,他们在祭祀之道上,可曾精勤不放逸?
他们渡越了生与老吧,尊者?我问您,世尊,请为我解说。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Ye kecime isayo manujā, [iccāyasmā puṇṇako] Khattiyā brāhmaṇā devatānaṃ; Yaññamakappayiṃsu puthūdha loke, kaccisu te bhagavā yaññapathe appamattā; Atāru jātiñca jarañca mārisa, pucchāmi taṃ bhagavā brūhi meta’’nti.
他们渴望获得色相,渴望获得声音,渴望获得气味,渴望获得味道,渴望获得触感;渴望获得儿子,渴望获得妻子,渴望获得财富,渴望获得名声,渴望获得权力;渴望投生在刹帝利豪门,渴望投生在婆罗门豪门……渴望投生在居士豪门,渴望投生在四天王天的诸天中……乃至……渴望投生在梵众天的诸天中。他们希求、想要、欣然领受、期盼、羡求——这便是所谓的“渴望”。显示巴利原文
ti. ti rūpapaṭilābhaṃ āsīsanti, saddapaṭilābhaṃ āsīsanti, gandhapaṭilābhaṃ āsīsanti, rasapaṭilābhaṃ āsīsanti, phoṭṭhabbapaṭilābhaṃ āsīsanti, puttapaṭilābhaṃ āsīsanti, dārapaṭilābhaṃ āsīsanti, dhanapaṭilābhaṃ āsīsanti, yasapaṭilābhaṃ āsīsanti, issariyapaṭilābhaṃ āsīsanti, khattiyamahāsālakule attabhāvapaṭilābhaṃ āsīsanti, brāhmaṇamahāsālakule…pe… gahapatimahāsālakule attabhāvapaṭilābhaṃ āsīsanti, cātumahārājikesu devesu…pe… brahmakāyikesu devesu attabhāvapaṭilābhaṃ āsīsanti icchanti sādiyanti patthayanti pihayantīti – āsīsanti.
他们赞叹供养,或赞叹果报,或赞叹应供者。他们是如何赞叹供养的呢?布施清净、布施称心、布施殊胜、布施适时、布施如法、布施经审择、布施无过失、恒常布施,布施时令心净信——他们如此赞叹、称扬、褒扬、称誉。这便是他们赞叹供养的情形。显示巴利原文
ti yaññaṃ vā thomenti phalaṃ vā thomenti dakkhiṇeyye vā thomenti. Kathaṃ yaññaṃ thomenti? Suciṃ dinnaṃ , manāpaṃ dinnaṃ, paṇītaṃ dinnaṃ, kālena dinnaṃ, kappiyaṃ dinnaṃ, viceyya dinnaṃ, anavajjaṃ dinnaṃ, abhiṇhaṃ dinnaṃ dadaṃ cittaṃ pasāditanti – thomenti kittenti vaṇṇenti pasaṃsanti. Evaṃ yaññaṃ thomenti.
他们是如何赞叹果报的呢?以此因缘,当得色相……乃至……当得投生于梵众天中——他们如此赞叹、称扬、褒扬、称誉。这便是他们赞叹果报的情形。显示巴利原文
Kathaṃ phalaṃ thomenti? Ito nidānaṃ rūpapaṭilābho bhavissati…pe… brahmakāyikesu devesu attabhāvapaṭilābho bhavissatīti – thomenti kittenti vaṇṇenti pasaṃsanti. Evaṃ phalaṃ thomenti.
他们怎样赞叹应供者呢?应供者或为出身高贵、种姓良善者——他们是谙诵经典、执持咒语的学匠,通达三部吠陀及语汇、仪轨、音韵、释词,并以古史传说为第五,精于文句,通晓语法,对世间学与大人相法无有不通;或为已离欲贪者,或为正为调伏欲贪而修行者;已离嗔恚者,或为正为调伏嗔恚而修行者;已离愚痴者,或为正为调伏愚痴而修行者;他们具足信心、具足戒行、具足禅定、具足智慧、具足解脱、具足解脱知见——他们如此赞叹、称扬、褒誉、称颂。这便是他们赞叹应供者的情形,这便是他们的渴望与赞叹。显示巴利原文
Kathaṃ dakkhiṇeyye thomenti? Dakkhiṇeyyā jātisampannā gottasampannā ajjhāyakā mantadharā tiṇṇaṃ vedānaṃ pāragū sanighaṇḍukeṭubhānaṃ sākkharappabhedānaṃ itihāsapañcamānaṃ padakā veyyākaraṇā lokāyatamahāpurisalakkhaṇesu anavayāti, vītarāgā vā rāgavinayāya vā paṭipannā, vītadosā vā dosavinayāya vā paṭipannā, vītamohā vā mohavinayāya vā paṭipannā, saddhāsampannā sīlasampannā samādhisampannā paññāsampannā vimuttisampannā vimuttiñāṇadassanasampannāti – thomenti kittenti vaṇṇenti pasaṃsanti. Evaṃ dakkhiṇeyye thomentīti – āsīsanti thomayanti.
他们希求获得色身,希求获得声尘,希求获得香尘,希求获得味尘……乃至……希求在梵众天中获得自体转生——如此渴望、赞叹、希求。他们供养、布施、献祭、舍弃衣服、饮食、坐卧处、病者医药资具、食物、饮品、衣物、车乘、花鬘、香粉、涂油、床座、房舍、灯明——如此渴望、赞叹。显示巴利原文
ti rūpapaṭilābhaṃ abhijappanti, saddapaṭilābhaṃ abhijappanti, gandhapaṭilābhaṃ abhijappanti, rasapaṭilābhaṃ abhijappanti…pe… brahmakāyikesu devesu attabhāvapaṭilābhaṃ abhijappantīti – āsīsanti thomayanti abhijappanti. ti juhanti denti yajanti pariccajanti cīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānapaccayabhesajjaparikkhāraṃ annaṃ pānaṃ vatthaṃ yānaṃ mālāgandhavilepanaṃ seyyāvasathapadīpeyyanti – āsīsanti thomayanti abhijappanti juhanti puṇṇakāti bhagavā.
因获得色身而贪求欲乐,因获得声尘而贪求欲乐……乃至……因在梵众天中获得自体转生而贪求欲乐,而向往欲乐——这便是因获得而贪求欲乐。
显示巴利原文 nti rūpapaṭilābhaṃ paṭicca kāme abhijappanti, saddapaṭilābhaṃ paṭicca kāme abhijappanti…pe… brahmakāyikesu devesu attabhāvapaṭilābhaṃ paṭicca kāme abhijappanti pajappantīti – kāmābhijappanti paṭicca lābhaṃ.
“祭祀之师”即被称作“yājayogā”。所谓“yājayogā”,是指那些系着于祭祀之事、投入于祭祀之事、致力于祭祀之事、倾心于祭祀之事的人,他们以此为行、以此为常、以此为重、趣向于此、倾侧于此、朝向于此、信解于此、以此为首导——这就是“yājayogā”。而“有贪”的意思是:对诸有的爱恋、于有的贪染、于有的喜悦、于有的渴爱、于有的情爱、于有的热恼、于有的迷醉、于有的执取。被有贪所染污,便会在诸有中贪着、嗜好、粘着、迷醉、执取、系缚、缠结、障碍——这就是“yājayogā bhavarāgarattā”。显示巴利原文
ti ti yaññayājakā vuccanti, ti yājayogesu yuttā payuttā āyuttā samāyuttā taccaritā tabbahulā taggarukā tanninnā tappoṇā tappabbhārā tadadhimuttā tadadhipateyyāti – te yājayogā, ti bhavarāgo vuccati yo bhavesu bhavacchando bhavarāgo bhavanandī bhavataṇhā bhavasineho bhavapariḷāho bhavamucchā bhavajjhosānaṃ. Bhavarāgena bhavesu rattā giddhā gadhitā mucchitā ajjhosannā laggā laggitā palibuddhāti – te yājayogā bhavarāgarattā.
这些贪著于有的祭祀之师,未能超越生、老、死,未能越过,未能度脱,未能彻底超出,未能完全跨越;他们未能出离生、老、死,未能脱出,未能超越,未能彻底超出,未能完全跨越;他们在生、老、死之中流转,在轮回之路上流转。为生所随逐,为老所追随,为病所制伏,为死所摧垮,他们无救护、无庇护、无皈依,成为无有依怙者。我如是说、如是教、如是宣讲、如是施设、如是确立、如是开显、如是分别、如是阐明、如是宣说:那些贪著于有的祭祀之师,未能超越生与老。世尊因此说:显示巴利原文
ti te yājayogā bhavarāgarattā jātijarāmaraṇaṃ nātariṃsu na uttariṃsu na patariṃsu na samatikkamiṃsu na vītivattiṃsu, jātijarāmaraṇā anikkhantā anissaṭā anatikkantā asamatikkantā avītivattā antojātijarāmaraṇe parivattanti antosaṃsārapathe parivattanti. Jātiyā anugatā jarāya anusaṭā byādhinā abhibhūtā maraṇena abbhāhatā atāṇā aleṇā asaraṇā asaraṇībhūtāti; brūmi ācikkhāmi desemi paññapemi paṭṭhapemi vivarāmi vibhajāmi uttānīkaromi pakāsemīti – te yājayogā bhavarāgarattā nātariṃsu jātijaranti brūmi. Tenāha bhagavā –
他们希求、赞叹、热诚祈求、供奉祭品;【富那迦!世尊如是说】
他们因渴求欲乐而祈求利得,这些人热衷祭祀、贪染于存有;
未能超越生与老——这就是我所说的。”
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Āsīsanti thomayanti, abhijappanti juhanti; [Puṇṇakāti bhagavā] Kāmābhijappanti paṭicca lābhaṃ, te yājayogā bhavarāgarattā; Nātariṃsu jātijaranti brūmī’’ti.
那些举办祭祀的人,那些热衷祭祀、贪染于存有的人,未能超越生、老、死,未能度过,未能越过,未能彻底超越,未能完全度越;他们未能从生、老、死中出离,未能脱离,未能超越,未能彻底超越,未能完全度越;他们陷于生、老、死之内流转,在轮回之路上流转。被生所逼迫,被老所缠缚,被病所制伏,被死所摧碎,他们无有庇护,无有洞穴,无有皈依,处于无皈依的状态——这些热衷祭祀、贪染于存有的人,确实是未能超越的。显示巴利原文
ti te yaññayājakā yājayogā bhavarāgarattā jātijarāmaraṇaṃ nātariṃsu na uttariṃsu na patariṃsu na samatikkamiṃsu na vītivattiṃsu, jātijarāmaraṇā anikkhantā anissaṭā anatikkantā asamatikkantā avītivattā antojātijarāmaraṇe parivattanti antosaṃsārapathe parivattanti. Jātiyā anugatā jarāya anusaṭā byādhinā abhibhūtā maraṇena abbhāhatā atāṇā aleṇā asaraṇā asaraṇībhūtāti – te ce nātariṃsu yājayogā.
正是如此。“ici”是词的连接……(略)……这是具寿富那迦所说。
显示巴利原文 ti. Iccāti padasandhi…pe… āyasmā puṇṇako.
“以祭祀、众多祭祀、种种祭祀、各类祭祀”——此处“尊者”是爱语、敬语,是表达恭敬与尊重的称呼。意思是:靠这些祭祀能超越生与老吗,尊者?显示巴利原文
ti. ti yaññehi pahūtehi yaññehi vividhehi yaññehi puthūhi. ti piyavacanaṃ garuvacanaṃ sagāravasappatissādhivacanametaṃ mārisāti – yaññehi jātiñca jarañca mārisa.
“那么,在这包含天、魔、梵天的世间,在沙门、婆罗门、天人众中,有谁超越、度过、越过、彻底超越了生、老、死?”——“尊者”是爱语、敬语,是表达恭敬与尊重的称呼。那么,在天人世间中,究竟有谁超越了生与老呢,尊者?显示巴利原文
ti atha ko eso sadevake loke samārake sabrahmake sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiyā pajāya sadevamanussāya jātijarāmaraṇaṃ atari uttari patari samatikkami vītivattayi . ti piyavacanaṃ garuvacanaṃ sagāravasappattissādhivacanametaṃ mārisāti – atha ko carahi devamanussaloke, atāri jātiñca jarañca mārisa.
“nti”意为“我问你,我恳请你,我请求你,我劝请你,请对我说——我问你”。“ti”是表示尊敬的称呼……(中略)……这是由证知所安立的名号,即所谓“世尊”。“nti”意为“说吧,讲吧,指示吧,告知吧,安立吧,开显吧,分析吧,说明吧,阐明吧”——即“世尊,我问您,请告诉我这”。因此,那位婆罗门说:显示巴利原文
nti. nti pucchāmi taṃ yācāmi taṃ ajjhesāmi taṃ pasādemi taṃ kathayassu meti – pucchāmi taṃ. ti gāravādhivacanaṃ…pe… sacchikā paññatti – yadidaṃ bhagavāti. nti brūhi ācikkhāhi desehi paññapehi paṭṭhapehi vivarāhi vibhajāhi uttānīkarohi pakāsehīti – pucchāmi taṃ bhagavā brūhi metaṃ. Tenāha so brāhmaṇo –
“那些行祭祀的人,如果他们尚未超越,”——具寿富那迦这样说。
“尊者,凭靠祭祀而超越生与老;”
那么,尊者,在天人世间中,谁已超越生与老?
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Te ce nātariṃsu yājayogā, [iccāyasmā puṇṇako] Yaññehi jātiñca jarañca mārisa; Atha ko carahi devamanussaloke, atāri jātiñca jarañca mārisa; Pucchāmi taṃ bhagavā brūhi meta’’nti.
所谓“saṅkhā”,指的是智,即慧、了知……乃至无痴、择法、正见。所谓“oraṃ”,是指自己的有身;“paraṃ”,是指他人的有身。“oraṃ”指自己的色、受、想、行、识,“paraṃ”指他人的色、受、想、行、识;“oraṃ”指六内处,“paraṃ”指六外处。“oraṃ”指人界,“paraṃ”指天界;“oraṃ”指欲界,“paraṃ”指色界、无色界;“oraṃ”指欲界、色界,“paraṃ”指无色界。所谓“以智思考世间中此彼诸法”,是指将这些此彼诸法观为无常、苦、病、痈……乃至观为出离,如此思量、了知、衡量、判定、明辨、作彻底明了之后——以智思考世间中此彼诸法。“富那迦”是世尊对那位婆罗门的称呼,“世尊”是表示尊敬的称谓……所谓“富那迦”,即是世尊的称呼。显示巴利原文
ti saṅkhā vuccati ñāṇaṃ yā paññā pajānanā…pe… amoho dhammavicayo sammādiṭṭhi. ti oraṃ vuccati sakattabhāvo, paraṃ vuccati parattabhāvo oraṃ vuccati sakarūpavedanāsaññāsaṅkhāraviññāṇaṃ, paraṃ vuccati pararūpavedanāsaññāsaṅkhāraviññāṇaṃ ; oraṃ vuccati cha ajjhattikāni āyatanāni, paraṃ vuccati cha bāhirāni āyatanāni. Oraṃ vuccati manussaloko, paraṃ vuccati devaloko; oraṃ vuccati kāmadhātu, paraṃ vuccati rūpadhātu arūpadhātu; oraṃ vuccati kāmadhātu rūpadhātu, paraṃ vuccati arūpadhātu. ti paroparāni aniccato saṅkhāya dukkhato rogato gaṇḍato…pe… nissaraṇato saṅkhāya jānitvā tulayitvā tīrayitvā vibhāvayitvā vibhūtaṃ katvāti – saṅkhāya lokasmi paroparāni. ti. ti bhagavā taṃ brāhmaṇaṃ nāmena ālapati . ti gāravādhivacanametaṃ…pe… yadidaṃ bhagavāti – puṇṇakāti bhagavā.
这里所说的‘他’,是指阿拉汉、漏尽者。所谓‘动摇’,是指贪的动摇、见的动摇、慢的动摇、烦恼的动摇、欲的动摇。这一切动摇在他那里不存在、不出现、不被察觉、了不可得,已被断除、根绝、寂止、安息,永不再生,被智火所焚尽。所谓‘于何处’,是指无论内在、外在,或内外之间;所谓‘世间’,是指恶趣世间乃至处世间——他于世间何处都无有动摇。显示巴利原文
ti. ti arahato khīṇāsavassa. nti taṇhiñjitaṃ diṭṭhiñjitaṃ māniñjitaṃ kilesiñjitaṃ kāmiñjitaṃ. Yassime iñjitā natthi na santi na saṃvijjanti nupalabbhanti, pahīnā samucchinnā vūpasantā paṭipassaddhā abhabbuppattikā ñāṇagginā daḍḍhā. ti kuhiñci kismiñci katthaci ajjhattaṃ vā bahiddhā vā ajjhattabahiddhā vā. ti apāyaloke…pe… āyatanaloketi – yassiñjitaṃ natthi kuhiñci loke.
所谓‘止息’:因为贪欲的止息,所以称为止息;因为嗔怒的止息、愚痴的止息、忿怒的止息、怨恨的止息、覆藏的止息,乃至一切不善行的止息、熄止、寂静、焦灭、清凉、离去、安息,所以称为止息、善止息、寂止、清凉、安息。所谓‘无烟’:身恶行已烟消、散灭、枯干、彻底干涸、完全消除;语恶行、意恶行也已烟消、散灭、枯干、彻底干涸、完全消除;贪欲、嗔怒、愚痴已烟消、散灭、枯干、彻底干涸、完全消除;忿怒、怨恨、覆藏、欺诳、嫉妒、悭吝、虚伪、诡诈、顽固、激烈、慢、过慢、骄逸、放逸,以及所有烦恼、所有恶行、所有热恼、所有燃烧、所有煎熬、一切不善行,都已烟消、散灭、枯干、彻底干涸、完全消除。或者,也可说忿怒即是烟。显示巴利原文
ti. ti rāgassa santattā santo, dosassa…pe… mohassa… kodhassa… upanāhassa… makkhassa… sabbākusalābhisaṅkhārānaṃ santattā samitattā vūpasamitattā vijjhātattā nibbutattā vigatattā paṭipassaddhattā santo upasanto vūpasanto nibbuto paṭipassaddhoti santo; ti kāyaduccaritaṃ vidhūmitaṃ vidhamitaṃ sositaṃ visositaṃ byantīkataṃ , vacīduccaritaṃ…pe… manoduccaritaṃ vidhūmitaṃ vidhamitaṃ sositaṃ visositaṃ byantīkataṃ, rāgo… doso… moho vidhūmito vidhamito sosito visosito byantīkato, kodho… upanāho… makkho… paḷāso… issā… macchariyaṃ… māyā… sāṭheyyaṃ… thambho… sārambho… māno… atimāno… mado… pamādo… sabbe kilesā sabbe duccaritā sabbe darathā sabbe pariḷāhā sabbe santāpā sabbākusalābhisaṅkhārā vidhūmitā vidhamitā sositā visositā byantīkatā. Atha vā, kodho vuccati dhūmo –
婆罗门,慢正是你肩头的重担,忿怒是烟,而妄语便是那灰烬。
舌为尝味之处,心为光明所依;善于调伏的自我,才是一个人的光辉。
显示巴利原文 Māno hi te brāhmaṇa khāribhāro, kodho dhūmo bhasmani mosavajjaṃ; Jivhā sujā hadayaṃ jotiṭṭhānaṃ, attā sudanto purisassa joti.
再者,忿怒由十种方式生起:心想“他曾对我不利”,忿怒生起;“他正对我不利”,忿怒生起;“他将对我不利”,忿怒生起。对自己可爱、悦意的人,心想“他曾对他不利”、“他正对他不利”、“他将对他不利”,忿怒生起。对自己不可爱、不悦意的人,心想“他曾对他有利”、“他正对他有利”、“他将对他有利”,忿怒生起。此外,于不适当的场合,忿怒也会生起。诸如此类,凡是心的伤害、反击、对抗、违逆、恼怒、极恼、极度恼、瞋恚、恼害、极恼害、心的破坏、意的毁坏、忿怒、生气、正在生气、瞋、正在瞋恨、正在瞋恨的状态、破坏、正在破坏、正在破坏的状态、对立、反叛、粗暴、凶猛、心的不悦——这称为忿怒。显示巴利原文
Api ca, dasahākārehi kodho jāyati – anatthaṃ me acarīti kodho jāyati, anatthaṃ me caratīti kodho jāyati, anatthaṃ me carissatīti kodho jāyati, piyassa me manāpassa anatthaṃ acari, anatthaṃ carati, anatthaṃ carissatīti kodho jāyati, appiyassa me amanāpassa atthaṃ acari, atthaṃ carati, atthaṃ carissatīti kodho jāyati, aṭṭhāne vā pana kodho jāyati. Yo evarūpo cittassa āghāto paṭighāto paṭighaṃ paṭivirodho kopo pakopo sampakopo doso padoso sampadoso cittassa byāpatti manopadoso kodho kujjhanā kujjhitattaṃ doso dussanā dussitattaṃ byāpatti byāpajjanā byāpajjitattaṃ virodho paṭivirodho caṇḍikkaṃ asuropo anattamanatā cittassa – ayaṃ vuccati kodho.
再者,应知忿怒有过度与微小的差别。有时,忿怒仅止于令心浑浊扰动,尚未到令面目变形扭曲的地步。有时,忿怒达到令面目变形扭曲的地步,尚未到令下巴颤动的地步。有时,忿怒达到令下巴颤动的地步,尚未到发出粗恶言语的地步。有时,忿怒达到发出粗恶言语的地步,尚未到四处张望的地步。有时,忿怒达到四处张望的地步,尚未到伸手取拿棍棒刀剑的地步。有时,忿怒达到伸手取拿棍棒刀剑的地步,尚未到将棍棒刀剑挥举起来的地步。有时,忿怒达到将棍棒刀剑挥举起来的地步,尚未到将其打击下去的地步。有时,忿怒达到将其打击下去的地步,尚未到造成割伤、砍伤的地步。有时,忿怒达到造成割伤、砍伤的地步,尚未到导致骨折断碎的地步。有时,忿怒达到导致骨折断碎的地步,尚未到将肢节扯断的地步。有时,忿怒达到将肢节扯断的地步,尚未到夺取性命的地步。有时,忿怒达到夺取性命的地步,尚未到为舍离一切而彻底放弃的地步。当忿怒导致杀死他人后又自杀,到了这个地步,忿怒便达到了最极端的顶峰,获得了最大的膨胀。若有人已将如此忿怒断除、根绝、平息、止息,令其再无生起之可能,已被智火焚尽,他便被称为‘无烟者’。显示巴利原文
Api ca, kodhassa adhimattaparittatā veditabbā. Atthi kañci kālaṃ kodho cittāvilakaraṇamatto hoti, na ca tāva mukhakulānavikulāno hoti. Atthi kañci kālaṃ kodho mukhakulānavikulānamatto hoti, na ca tāva hanusañcopano hoti. Atthi kañci kālaṃ kodho hanusañcopanamatto hoti, na ca tāva pharusavācaṃ nicchāraṇo hoti. Atthi kañci kālaṃ kodho pharusavācaṃ nicchāraṇamatto hoti, na ca tāva disāvidisānuvilokano hoti. Atthi kañci kālaṃ kodho disāvidisānuvilokanamatto hoti, na ca tāva daṇḍasatthaparāmasano hoti. Atthi kañci kālaṃ kodho daṇḍasatthaparāmasanamatto hoti, na ca tāva daṇḍasatthaabbhukkiraṇo hoti. Atthi kañci kālaṃ kodho daṇḍasatthaabbhukkiraṇamatto hoti, na ca tāva daṇḍasatthaabhinipātano hoti. Atthi kañci kālaṃ kodho daṇḍasatthaabhinipātanamatto hoti, na ca tāva chinnavicchinnakaraṇo hoti. Atthi kañci kālaṃ kodho chinnavicchinnakaraṇamatto hoti, na ca tāva sambhañjanapalibhañjano hoti. Atthi kañci kālaṃ kodho sambhañjanapalibhañjanamatto hoti, na ca tāva aṅgamaṅgaapakaḍḍhano hoti. Atthi kañci kālaṃ kodho aṅgamaṅgaapakaḍḍhanamatto hoti, na ca tāva jīvitāvoropano hoti. Atthi kañci kālaṃ kodho jīvitāvoropanamatto hoti, na ca tāva sabbacāgapariccāgāya saṇṭhito hoti. Yato kodho paraṃ puggalaṃ ghātetvā attānaṃ ghāteti, ettāvatā kodho paramussadagato paramavepullapatto hoti. Yassa so hoti kodho pahīno samucchinno vūpasanto paṭipassaddho abhabbuppattiko ñāṇagginā daḍḍho, so vuccati – vidhūmo.
由于断除了忿怒,故称“无烟者”;由于遍知忿怒的基处,故称“无烟者”;由于遍知忿怒之因,故称“无烟者”;由于断绝了忿怒之因,故称“无烟者”。其中,贪是过患,瞋是过患,痴是过患,忿怒是过患,怨恨是过患……乃至……一切不善行都是过患。若有人将这些过患断除、根绝、平息、止息,令它们永无生起之可能,以智火烧尽,他便称为“无过患者”。显示巴利原文
Kodhassa pahīnattā vidhūmo, kodhavatthussa pariññātattā vidhūmo, kodhahetussa pariññātattā vidhūmo, kodhahetussa upacchinnattā vidhūmo. ti rāgo nīgho, doso nīgho, moho nīgho, kodho nīgho, upanāho nīgho…pe… sabbākusalābhisaṅkhārā nīghā. Yassete nīghā pahīnā samucchinnā vūpasantā paṭipassaddhā abhabbuppattikā ñāṇagginā daḍḍhā, so vuccati anīgho.
其中,“希望”即是渴爱,也就是那贪染、强执……乃至……贪求、贪欲、不善根。若有人将这种希望、这种渴爱断除、根绝、平息、止息,令它们永无生起之可能,以智火烧尽,他便称为“无希求者”。其中,“生”是指各类众生在种种生趣中的诞生、出生、入胎、再生、诸蕴的显现、诸处的获得;“老”是指诸类众生在种种生趣中的衰老、老迈、齿落、发白、皮皱、寿命损减、诸根的衰退。那宁静者、无烟者、无过患者、无希求者,他超越、越度、度过、克服了生、老、死——我这样说、这样讲、这样教导、这样安立、这样确立、这样开显、这样分析、这样显明、这样宣说:他便是那已超越生与老的宁静者、无烟者、无过患者、无希求者。因此,世尊这样说道:显示巴利原文
ti āsā vuccati taṇhā. Yo rāgo sārāgo…pe… abhijjhā lobho akusalamūlaṃ. Yassesā āsā taṇhā pahīnā samucchinnā vūpasantā paṭipassaddhā abhabbuppattikā ñāṇagginā daḍḍhā, so vuccati nirāso. ti yā tesaṃ tesaṃ sattānaṃ tamhi tamhi sattanikāye jāti sañjāti okkanti abhinibbatti khandhānaṃ pātubhāvo āyatanānaṃ paṭilābho. ti yā tesaṃ tesaṃ sattānaṃ tamhi tamhi sattanikāye jarā jīraṇatā khaṇḍiccaṃ pāliccaṃ valittacatā āyuno saṃhāni indriyānaṃ paripāko. ti yo santo ca vidhūmo ca anīgho ca nirāso ca, so jātijarāmaraṇaṃ atari uttari patari samatikkami vītivattayīti brūmi ācikkhāmi desemi paññapemi paṭṭhapemi vivarāmi vibhajāmi uttānīkaromi pakāsemīti – santo vidhūmo anīgho nirāso, atāri so jātijaranti brūmi. Tenāha bhagavā –
“于世间中遍察种种高下胜劣之后,富那迦啊,”世尊这样说道。
那位在任何世间都无有动摇的人;
他寂静、无烟、无忧、无欲,我说,他已渡越生与老。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Saṅkhāya lokasmi paroparāni, [puṇṇakāti bhagavā] Yassiñjitaṃ natthi kuhiñci loke; Santo vidhūmo anīgho nirāso, atāri so jātijaranti brūmī’’ti.
偈颂终了……他合掌向世尊敬礼而坐,说道:“世尊是我的导师,我是您的弟子。”显示巴利原文
Sahagāthāpariyosānā…pe… pañjaliko bhagavantaṃ namassamāno nisinno hoti – ‘‘satthā me bhante bhagavā, sāvakohamasmī’’ti.
第三 富那迦学童所问之分别显示巴利原文
Puṇṇakamāṇavapucchāniddeso tatiyo.
第四 弥德古学童所问之分别显示巴利原文
4. Mettagūmāṇavapucchāniddeso
有三种提问:明示未见者之问、核验已见者之问、断除疑惑者之问。何谓明示未见者之问?对于一件事物,其本质特征尚未被了知、未被看见、未被衡量、未被审断、未被显明、未被分别,而为了了知它、看见它、衡量它、审断它、显明它、分别它而提出问题,这便是明示未见者之问。显示巴利原文
nti. ti tisso pucchā – adiṭṭhajotanā pucchā, diṭṭhasaṃsandanā pucchā, vimaticchedanā pucchā. Katamā adiṭṭhajotanā pucchā? Pakatiyā lakkhaṇaṃ aññātaṃ hoti adiṭṭhaṃ atulitaṃ atīritaṃ avibhūtaṃ avibhāvitaṃ, tassa ñāṇāya dassanāya tulanāya tīraṇāya vibhūtatthāya vibhāvanatthāya pañhaṃ pucchati – ayaṃ adiṭṭhajotanā pucchā.
什么是验证所见之提问?对于本来已了知、已见、已衡量、已审查、已分明、已明辨的特性,为与其余智者共相印证而提出问题——这即是验证所见之提问。显示巴利原文
Katamā diṭṭhasaṃsandanā pucchā? Pakatiyā lakkhaṇaṃ ñātaṃ hoti diṭṭhaṃ tulitaṃ tīritaṃ vibhūtaṃ vibhāvitaṃ. Aññehi paṇḍitehi saddhiṃ saṃsandanatthāya pañhaṃ pucchati – ayaṃ diṭṭhasaṃsandanā pucchā.
什么是断除疑惑之提问?本来陷入怀疑、陷入犹豫、内心纠结——‘是这样?不是这样?究竟是什么?究竟如何?’——为了断除疑惑而提出问题,这即是断除疑惑之提问。这便是三种提问。显示巴利原文
Katamā vimaticchedanā pucchā? Pakatiyā saṃsayapakkhando hoti vimatipakkhando dveḷhakajāto – ‘‘evaṃ nu kho, na nu kho, kiṃ nu kho, kathaṃ nu kho’’ti? So vimaticchedanatthāya pañhaṃ pucchati – ayaṃ vimaticchedanā pucchā. Imā tisso pucchā.
还有另外三种提问:人提问、非人提问、化现提问。什么是人提问?众人来到佛陀世尊面前而提问——诸比丘提问、诸比丘尼提问、诸近事男提问、诸近事女提问、诸王提问、诸刹帝利提问、诸婆罗门提问、诸吠舍提问、诸首陀罗提问、诸在家者提问、诸出家者提问——这即是人提问。显示巴利原文
Aparāpi tisso pucchā – manussapucchā, amanussapucchā, nimmitapucchā. Katamā manussapucchā? Manussā buddhaṃ bhagavantaṃ upasaṅkamitvā pañhaṃ pucchanti, bhikkhū pucchanti, bhikkhuniyo pucchanti, upāsakā pucchanti, upāsikāyo pucchanti, rājāno pucchanti khattiyā pucchanti, brāhmaṇā pucchanti, vessā pucchanti, suddā pucchanti, gahaṭṭhā pucchanti, pabbajitā pucchanti – ayaṃ manussapucchā.
什么是非人的提问?非人来到佛陀、世尊面前提问:龙提问,金翅鸟提问,夜叉提问,阿修罗提问,干达婆提问,四大天王提问,因陀罗提问,梵天提问,天神提问。这就是非人的提问。显示巴利原文
Katamā amanussapucchā? Amanussā buddhaṃ bhagavantaṃ upasaṅkamitvā pañhaṃ pucchanti, nāgā pucchanti, supaṇṇā pucchanti, yakkhā pucchanti, asurā pucchanti, gandhabbā pucchanti, mahārājāno pucchanti, indā pucchanti, brahmā pucchanti, devā pucchanti – ayaṃ amanussapucchā.
什么是化现的提问?世尊变化出一具由心意所成、四肢俱全、诸根无缺的色身。那位化现者来到佛陀、世尊面前提问,世尊为其解答。这就是化现的提问。以上就是三种提问。显示巴利原文
Katamā nimmitapucchā? Bhagavā rūpaṃ abhinimmināti manomayaṃ sabbaṅgapaccaṅgaṃ ahīnindriyaṃ. So nimmito buddhaṃ bhagavantaṃ upasaṅkamitvā pañhaṃ pucchati. Bhagavā visajjeti. Ayaṃ nimmitapucchā. Imā tisso pucchā.
还有另外三种提问:为自利的提问、为他利的提问、为自他二利的提问……还有另外三种提问:关于现法利益的提问、关于来世利益的提问、关于究竟利益的提问……还有另外三种提问:关于无过利益的提问、关于离染利益的提问、关于清净利益的提问……还有另外三种提问:关于过去的提问、关于未来的提问、关于现在的提问……还有另外三种提问:关于内相的提问、关于外相的提问、关于内外相的提问……还有另外三种提问:关于善法的提问、关于不善法的提问、关于无记法的提问……还有另外三种提问:关于蕴的提问、关于界的提问、关于处的提问……还有另外三种提问:关于念处的提问、关于正勤的提问、关于神足的提问……还有另外三种提问:关于根的提问、关于力的提问、关于觉支的提问……还有另外三种提问:关于道的提问、关于果的提问、关于涅槃的提问……显示巴利原文
Aparāpi tisso pucchā – attatthapucchā, paratthapucchā, ubhayatthapucchā…pe… aparāpi tisso pucchā – diṭṭhadhammikatthapucchā, samparāyikatthapucchā , paramatthapucchā… aparāpi tisso pucchā – anavajjatthapucchā, nikkilesatthapucchā, vodānatthapucchā… aparāpi tisso pucchā – atītapucchā, anāgatapucchā, paccuppannapucchā… aparāpi tisso pucchā – ajjhattapucchā, bahiddhāpucchā, ajjhattabahiddhāpucchā… aparāpi tisso pucchā – kusalapucchā, akusalapucchā, abyākatapucchā… aparāpi tisso pucchā – khandhapucchā, dhātupucchā āyatanapucchā… aparāpi tisso pucchā – satipaṭṭhānapucchā, sammappadhānapucchā, iddhipādapucchā… aparāpi tisso pucchā – indriyapucchā, balapucchā, bojjhaṅgapucchā… aparāpi tisso pucchā – maggapucchā, phalapucchā, nibbānapucchā….
这里的“我向您请问”,意思是我请问您、我请求您、我恳请您、我祈请您:“请为我开示吧”——我这样请问您。“世尊”一词是表达恭敬的称谓……它是由实证而安立的名号,也就是“世尊”这一称呼。“我向您请问,世尊,请您为我开示这件事”,意思是:请您宣说、请您讲述、请您演说、请您宣明、请您确立、请您揭示、请您分析、请您阐明、请您显示——我向您请问,世尊,请您为我开示这件事。显示巴利原文
nti pucchāmi taṃ yācāmi taṃ ajjhesāmi taṃ pasādemi taṃ ‘‘kathayassu me’’ti pucchāmi taṃ. ti gāravādhivacanametaṃ…pe… sacchikā paññatti – yadidaṃ bhagavāti. nti brūhi ācikkhāhi desehi paññapehi paṭṭhapehi vivarāhi vibhajāhi uttānīkarohi pakāsehīti – pucchāmi taṃ bhagavā brūhi metaṃ.
此处“像这样”,为语词连接……“像这样”是具寿弥德古所说。显示巴利原文
ti iccāti padasandhi…pe… iccāyasmā mettagū.
这里的“我想”,意思是“我如此认为”、“我认定他是修行成就者”、“我是这样知道的”、“我是这样了知的”、“我是这样肯定的”、“我是这样证悟的”。那么,为何世尊被称为“通达者”呢?所谓“通达者”,即于四种道上的智、慧、慧根、慧力……乃至择法觉支、审察、观察、正见。世尊凭借这些“通达之慧”,对于老死,已走到尽头、到达终点、抵达边际、触及界限、达至边缘、穷尽边界、臻于圆满、登于终极、到达庇护、获得庇护、到达洞穴、获得洞穴、到达皈依、获得皈依、到达无畏、获得无畏、到达不死、获得不死、到达甘露、获得甘露、到达涅槃、获得涅槃。或者,因为已走到诸明(诸吠陀)的尽头,故称“通达者”;或者,因为凭借这些智慧走到尽头,故称“通达者”;或者,因为彻底了知七种法,故称“通达者”——他彻底了知了身见,彻底了知了疑,彻底了知了戒禁取,彻底了知了贪、嗔、痴、慢;那些邪恶的、不善的、有杂染的、导致再生的、带来苦患的、未来招感老死的法,都已被他彻底了知。显示巴利原文
nti. ti taṃ maññāmi, bhāvitattoti taṃ maññāmi, evaṃ jānāmi, evaṃ ājānāmi evaṃ paṭijānāmi evaṃ paṭivijjhāmi. ti kathañca bhagavā vedagū? vuccanti catūsu maggesu ñāṇaṃ paññā paññindriyaṃ paññābalaṃ…pe… dhammavicayasambojjhaṅgo vīmaṃsā vipassanā sammādiṭṭhi. Bhagavā tehi vedehi jātijarāmaraṇassa antagato antappatto koṭigato koṭippatto pariyantagato pariyantappatto vosānagato vosānappatto tāṇagato tāṇappatto leṇagato leṇappatto saraṇagato saraṇappatto abhayagato abhayappatto accutagato accutappatto amatagato amatappatto nibbānagato nibbānappatto. Vedānaṃ vā antagatoti vedagū; vedehi vā antagatoti vedagū; sattannaṃ vā dhammānaṃ viditattā vedagū; sakkāyadiṭṭhi viditā hoti, vicikicchā viditā hoti, sīlabbataparāmāso vidito hoti, rāgo doso moho māno vidito hoti, viditāssa honti pāpakā akusalā dhammā saṃkilesikā ponobhavikā sadarā dukkhavipākā āyatiṃ jātijarāmaraṇiyā.
“沙门与婆罗门中,凡所存在的一切——”
,
他于一切感受已离贪染;
他超越了所有感受,故称‘通达感受者’。
显示巴利原文 Vedāni viceyya kevalāni, [sabhiyāti bhagavā] Samaṇānaṃ yānīdhatthi brāhmaṇānaṃ; , Sabbavedanāsu vītarāgo; Sabbaṃ vedamaticca vedagū soti. Evaṃ bhagavā vedagū.
为何说世尊是已修习成就者?世尊身已修习,戒已修习,心已修习,慧已修习,念住已修习,正勤已修习,神足已修习,根已修习,力已修习,觉支已修习,道已修习——他已断除烦恼,彻悟不动摇,现证灭尽。于他而言,苦已遍知,集已断除,道已修习,灭已现证;应证知的已证知,应遍知的已遍知,应断除的已断除,应修习的已修习,应现证的已现证。他是无量的、广大的、甚深的、不可测量的、难以洞穿的,犹如蕴藏众宝的大海;他具足六支舍,于六种感官对象平等舍离,不偏不执。显示巴利原文
Kathaṃ bhagavā bhāvitatto? Bhagavā bhāvitakāyo bhāvitasīlo bhāvitacitto bhāvitapañño bhāvitasatipaṭṭhāno bhāvitasammappadhāno bhāvitaiddhipādo bhāvitaindriyo bhāvitabalo bhāvitabojjhaṅgo bhāvitamaggo, pahīnakileso paṭividdhākuppo sacchikatanirodho. Dukkhaṃ tassa pariññātaṃ, samudayo pahīno, maggo bhāvito, nirodho sacchikato, abhiññeyyaṃ abhiññātaṃ, pariññeyyaṃ pariññātaṃ, pahātabbaṃ pahīnaṃ, bhāvetabbaṃ bhāvitaṃ, sacchikātabbaṃ sacchikataṃ, aparitto mahanto gambhīro appameyyo duppariyogāḷho bahuratano sāgarūpamo chaḷaṅgupekkhāya samannāgato hoti.
眼见色后,不喜不忧,安住于舍,具念正知。耳闻声后,鼻嗅香后,舌尝味后,身触触后,意识法后,同样不喜不忧,安住于舍,具念正知。显示巴利原文
Cakkhunā rūpaṃ disvā neva sumano hoti na dummano; upekkhako viharati sato sampajāno. Sotena saddaṃ sutvā, ghānena gandhaṃ ghāyitvā, jivhāya rasaṃ sāyitvā, kāyena phoṭṭhabbaṃ phusitvā, manasā dhammaṃ viññāya neva sumano hoti na dummano; upekkhako viharati sato sampajāno.
眼睛看见色之后,对令人喜爱的色不贪求、不激动、不生起贪欲。他的身体保持着安稳,内在的心保持着安定、善巧地安住、彻底地解脱。而且,眼睛看见令人不喜爱的色之后,他不沮丧,心不滞留,不退缩,没有恶意。他的身体保持着安稳,内在的心保持着安定、善巧地安住、彻底地解脱。耳朵听到声……乃至……鼻子闻到香……舌头尝到味……身体触到触……意根认知到法之后,对令人喜爱的法不贪求、不激动、不生起贪欲。他的身体保持着安稳,内在的心保持着安定、善巧地安住、彻底地解脱。再者,意根认知到令人不喜爱的法之后,他不沮丧,心不滞留,不退缩,没有恶意。他的身体保持着安稳,内在的心保持着安定、善巧地安住、彻底地解脱。显示巴利原文
Cakkhunā rūpaṃ disvā manāpaṃ rūpaṃ nābhigijjhati nābhihaṃsati na rāgaṃ janeti. Tassa ṭhitova kāyo hoti, ṭhitaṃ cittaṃ ajjhattaṃ susaṇṭhitaṃ suvimuttaṃ. Cakkhunā kho paneva rūpaṃ disvā amanāpaṃ na maṅku hoti appatiṭṭhitacitto alīnamanaso abyāpannacetaso. Tassa ṭhitova kāyo hoti ṭhitaṃ cittaṃ ajjhattaṃ susaṇṭhitaṃ suvimuttaṃ. Sotena saddaṃ sutvā…pe… ghānena gandhaṃ ghāyitvā… jivhāya rasaṃ sāyitvā… kāyena phoṭṭhabbaṃ phusitvā… manasā dhammaṃ viññāya manāpaṃ nābhigijjhati nābhihaṃsati na rāgaṃ janeti. Tassa ṭhitova kāyo hoti ṭhitaṃ cittaṃ ajjhattaṃ susaṇṭhitaṃ suvimuttaṃ. Manasāyeva kho pana dhammaṃ viññāya amanāpaṃ na maṅku hoti. Appatiṭṭhitacitto alīnamanaso abyāpannacetaso tassa ṭhitova kāyo hoti ṭhitaṃ cittaṃ ajjhattaṃ susaṇṭhitaṃ suvimuttaṃ.
眼看见色后,于可爱或不可爱之色,身即安住,内心善住、善解脱。耳闻声……乃至……意了知法后,于可爱或不可爱之法,身即安住,内心善住、善解脱。显示巴利原文
Cakkhunā rūpaṃ disvā manāpāmanāpesu rūpesu ṭhitova kāyo hoti ṭhitaṃ cittaṃ ajjhattaṃ susaṇṭhitaṃ suvimuttaṃ. Sotena saddaṃ sutvā…pe… manasā dhammaṃ viññāya manāpāmanāpesu dhammesu ṭhitova kāyo hoti ṭhitaṃ cittaṃ ajjhattaṃ susaṇṭhitaṃ suvimuttaṃ.
眼看见色后,于可染着者不染着,于可嗔怒者不嗔怒,于可愚痴者不愚痴,于可激愤者不激愤,于可骄慢者不骄慢,于可令烦恼者不令烦恼。耳闻声……乃至……意了知法后,于可染着者不染着,于可嗔怒者不嗔怒,于可愚痴者不愚痴,于可激愤者不激愤,于可骄慢者不骄慢,于可令烦恼者不令烦恼。显示巴利原文
Cakkhunā rūpaṃ disvā rajanīye na rajjati, dussanīye na dussati, mohanīye na muyhati, kopanīye na kuppati, madanīye na majjati, kilesanīye na kilissati. Sotena saddaṃ sutvā…pe… manasā dhammaṃ viññāya rajanīye na rajjati, dussanīye na dussati, mohanīye na muyhati, kopanīye na kuppati, madanīye na majjati, kilesanīye na kilissati.
于所见,唯是所见;于所闻,唯是所闻;于所觉,唯是所觉;于所识,唯是所识。于所见不黏着,于所闻不黏着,于所觉不黏着,于所识不黏着。于所见中,不迎不拒,不依不住,无所系缚,心善解脱,远离缠结,以无有边际之心而住。于所闻……于所觉……于所识中,不迎不拒,不依不住,无所系缚,心善解脱,远离缠结,以无有边际之心而住。显示巴利原文
Diṭṭhe diṭṭhamatto, sute sutamatto, mute mutamatto, viññāte viññātamatto. Diṭṭhe na limpati, sute na limpati, mute na limpati, viññāte na limpati. Diṭṭhe anūpayo anapāyo anissito appaṭibaddho vippamutto visaññutto vimariyādikatena cetasā viharati. Sute…pe… mute … viññāte anūpayo anapāyo anissito appaṭibaddho vippamutto visaññutto vimariyādikatena cetasā viharati.
世尊有能见之眼,世尊以眼见到色,世尊无有欲贪,世尊心善解脱。世尊有能听之耳,世尊以耳听到声,世尊无有欲贪,世尊心善解脱。世尊有能嗅之鼻,世尊以鼻嗅到香,世尊无有欲贪,世尊心善解脱。世尊有能尝之舌,世尊以舌尝到味,世尊无有欲贪,世尊心善解脱。世尊有能触之身,世尊以身触到触,世尊无有欲贪,世尊心善解脱。世尊有能认知之意根,世尊以意根认知到法,世尊无有欲贪,世尊心善解脱。显示巴利原文
Saṃvijjati bhagavato cakkhu, passati bhagavā cakkhunā rūpaṃ, chandarāgo bhagavato natthi, suvimuttacitto bhagavā. Saṃvijjati bhagavato sotaṃ, suṇāti bhagavā sotena saddaṃ, chandarāgo bhagavato natthi, suvimuttacitto bhagavā. Saṃvijjati bhagavato ghānaṃ, ghāyati bhagavā ghānena gandhaṃ, chandarāgo bhagavato natthi, suvimuttacitto bhagavā. Saṃvijjati bhagavato jivhā, sāyati bhagavā jivhāya rasaṃ, chandarāgo bhagavato natthi, suvimuttacitto bhagavā. Saṃvijjati bhagavato kāyo, phusati bhagavā kāyena phoṭṭhabbaṃ, chandarāgo bhagavato natthi, suvimuttacitto bhagavā. Saṃvijjati bhagavato mano, vijānāti bhagavā manasā dhammaṃ, chandarāgo bhagavato natthi, suvimuttacitto bhagavā.
眼,是乐于色的、喜爱色的、对色感到喜悦的,彼世尊已经调御了它、守护了它、保护了它、防护了它;并且,世尊就是为了它的防护而说法。耳,是乐于声的、喜爱声的……(中略)……鼻,是乐于香的、喜爱香的……舌,是乐于味的、喜爱味的、对味感到喜悦的,彼世尊已经调御了它、守护了它、保护了它、防护了它;并且,世尊就是为了它的防护而说法。身,是乐于所触的、喜爱所触的、对所触感到喜悦的……意,是乐于法的、喜爱法的、对法感到喜悦的,彼世尊已经调御了它、守护了它、保护了它、防护了它;并且,世尊就是为了它的防护而说法。显示巴利原文
Cakkhu rūpārāmaṃ rūparataṃ rūpasammuditaṃ, taṃ bhagavato dantaṃ guttaṃ rakkhitaṃ saṃvutaṃ; tassa ca saṃvarāya dhammaṃ deseti. Sotaṃ saddārāmaṃ saddarataṃ…pe… ghānaṃ gandhārāmaṃ gandharataṃ… jivhā rasārāmā rasaratā rasasammuditā, sā bhagavato dantā guttā rakkhitā saṃvutā; tassa ca saṃvarāya dhammaṃ deseti. Kāyo phoṭṭhabbārāmo phoṭṭhabbarato phoṭṭhabbasammudito… mano dhammārāmo dhammarato dhammasammudito, so bhagavato danto gutto rakkhito saṃvuto; tassa ca saṃvarāya dhammaṃ deseti –
已调御者,方可引入集会;已调御者,国王方能骑乘;
于众人之中,能忍受言语讥刺的调御者,最为殊胜。
被调御之马优良,信度良种马亦优良,
大象与巨大的龙象亦优良,而自我调御之人,比之更为殊胜。
于种种戏论中不动摇,已从再生中解脱;
已入调御之地,他们是世间的胜利者。
凡已修习诸根者,于一切世间,内与外,
彻证此世与他世后,已修习、已调御者,安住待时。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Dantaṃ nayanti samitiṃ, dantaṃ rājābhirūhati; Danto seṭṭho manussesu, yotivākyaṃ titikkhati. ‘‘Varamassatarā dantā, ājānīyā ca sindhavā; Kuñjarā ca mahānāgā, attadanto tato varaṃ. ‘‘Na hi etehi yānehi, gaccheyya agataṃ disaṃ; Yathāttanā sudantena, danto dantena gacchati. ‘‘Vidhāsu na vikampanti, vippamuttā punabbhavā; Dantabhūmiṃ anuppattā, te loke vijitāvino. ‘‘Yassindriyāni bhāvitāni, ajjhattañca bahiddhā ca sabbaloke; Nibbijjha imaṃ parañca lokaṃ, kālaṃ kaṅkhati bhāvito sa danto’’ti .
世尊正是如此修习自身者。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ bhagavā bhāvitattoti.
“这如何呢?”——此为疑惑之问、不确定之问、两边摇摆之问、非单一之问,如同说“是这样吗?不是这样吗?到底是什么呢?到底如何呢?”——因此为“到底如何呢?” “智者们”是指那些坚定、贤智、具慧、有智、明智、洞察、聪慧者。“瀑流”是指欲的瀑流、有的瀑流、见的瀑流、无明的瀑流。“生”是各类有情于各类众生趣中的出生、诞生、入胎、产生、出现、五蕴的显现、六处的获得。“老”是各类有情于各类众生趣中的衰老、老迈、齿落、发白、皮皱、寿命衰减、诸根成熟。“忧”是遭遇了亲友之灾、财产之灾、疾病之灾、戒行之灾、邪见之灾,或是遭遇任何一种灾祸,被任何一种苦法所触的人,所生起的忧愁、悲伤、内心的忧伤、内里的悲伤、内里的燃烧、内里的煎熬、心的焦灼、不快、忧恼之箭。显示巴利原文
ti. ti saṃsayapucchā vimatipucchā dveḷhakapucchā anekaṃsapucchā – ‘‘evaṃ nu kho, nanu kho, kiṃ nu kho, kathaṃ nu kho’’ti – kathaṃ nu. ti dhīrā paṇḍitā paññavanto buddhimanto ñāṇino vibhāvino medhāvino . nti kāmoghaṃ bhavoghaṃ diṭṭhoghaṃ avijjoghaṃ. ti yā tesaṃ tesaṃ sattānaṃ tamhi tamhi sattanikāye jāti sañjāti okkanti nibbatti abhinibbatti khandhānaṃ pātubhāvo āyatanānaṃ paṭilābho. ti yā tesaṃ tesaṃ sattānaṃ tamhi tamhi sattanikāye jarā jīraṇatā khaṇḍiccaṃ pāliccaṃ valittacatā āyuno saṃhāni indriyānaṃ paripāko. ti ñātibyasanena vā phuṭṭhassa bhogabyasanena vā phuṭṭhassa rogabyasanena vā phuṭṭhassa sīlabyasanena vā phuṭṭhassa diṭṭhibyasanena vā phuṭṭhassa aññataraññatarena byasanena vā samannāgatassa aññataraññatarena dukkhadhammena vā phuṭṭhassa soko socanā socitattaṃ antosoko antoparisoko antoḍāho antopariḍāho cetaso parijjhāyanā domanassaṃ sokasallaṃ. ti ñātibyasanena vā phuṭṭhassa bhogabyasanena vā phuṭṭhassa rogabyasanena vā phuṭṭhassa sīlabyasanena vā phuṭṭhassa diṭṭhibyasanena vā phuṭṭhassa aññataraññatarena byasanena vā samannāgatassa aññataraññatarena dukkhadhammena vā phuṭṭhassa ādevo paridevo ādevanā paridevanā ādevitattaṃ paridevitattaṃ vācā palāpo vippalāpo lālappo lālappanā lālappitattaṃ .
此中,“一切”“所有的”“以一切方式”“无余”“无残余”“遍尽”,乃是关于一切的统摄之语。“欲”的略说有两种:欲事物与烦恼欲……这些称为欲事物……这些称为烦恼欲。于一切欲中离染者,即是于一切欲中,由镇伏而离染、已离染、已舍染、已吐弃染、已解脱染、已断除染、已遍舍染者——于一切欲中离染者。显示巴利原文
ti. ti sabbena sabbaṃ sabbathā sabbaṃ asesaṃ nissesaṃ pariyādiyanavacanametaṃ sabbesūti. ti ti uddānato dve kāmā – vatthukāmā ca kilesakāmā ca…pe… ime vuccanti vatthukāmā…pe… ime vuccanti kilesakāmā. Sabbesu kāmesu yo vītarāgoti. Sabbesu kāmesu yo vītarāgo vigatarāgo cattarāgo vantarāgo muttarāgo pahīnarāgo paṭinissaṭṭharāgo vikkhambhanatoti – sabbesu kāmesu yo vītarāgo.
“我请问世尊,请您为我解说此事——具寿陀多迦这样说。”
我认定您是知法者,是已修习圆满者;
世间种种的苦,究竟从何处集起?
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Pucchāmi taṃ bhagavā brūhi metaṃ, [iccāyasmā dhotako] Maññāmi taṃ vedagū bhāvitattaṃ; Kuto nu dukkhā samudāgatā ime, ye keci lokasmimanekarūpā’’ti.
“ti”所指,便是这些:生苦、老苦、病苦、死苦,以及忧、悲、苦、恼、愁苦。此即“您在问苦的根、苦的因、苦的缘、苦的来源、苦的出生、苦的发起、苦的食、苦的所缘、苦的条件、苦的集起——您在请求、祈请、明示,您确实在问我苦的出生。”世尊以名字称呼那位婆罗门,那是一种表达恭敬的称呼……亲自证知的施设,那就是“世尊”——“弥德古啊,”世尊这样说。显示巴利原文
ti. ti jātidukkhassa jarādukkhassa byādhidukkhassa maraṇadukkhassa sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsadukkhassa. ti dukkhassa mūlaṃ pucchasi hetuṃ pucchasi nidānaṃ pucchasi sambhavaṃ pucchasi pabhavaṃ pucchasi samuṭṭhānaṃ pucchasi āhāraṃ pucchasi ārammaṇaṃ pucchasi paccayaṃ pucchasi samudayaṃ pucchasi yācasi ajjhesasi pasādesīti – dukkhassa ve maṃ pabhavaṃ apucchasi. ti bhagavā taṃ brāhmaṇaṃ nāmena ālapati. ti gāravādhivacanametaṃ…pe… sacchikā paññatti, yadidaṃ bhagavāti – mettagūti bhagavā.
我将宣说苦的根本,我将宣说苦的因,我将宣说苦的缘,我将宣说苦的起源,我将宣说苦的出生,我将宣说苦的发起,我将宣说苦的食,我将宣说苦的所缘,我将宣说苦的条件,我将宣说苦的集起——我将宣说,我当教导,我当开示,我当确立,我当开显,我当分别,我当详细解说,我当阐述。我将为你宣说此法。如同了知者、通达者、明白者、证知者、洞察者一般;不依道听途说,不依随顺传闻,不依传闻传承,不依典藏成就,不因推论,不因推理,不因审视思惟,不因见解沉思忍许,而是依自己亲证、自内现见的法,我当以此方式宣说:我将依如实了知,为你宣说此法。显示巴利原文
nti. nti dukkhassa mūlaṃ pavakkhāmi hetuṃ pavakkhāmi nidānaṃ pavakkhāmi sambhavaṃ pavakkhāmi pabhavaṃ pavakkhāmi samuṭṭhānaṃ pavakkhāmi āhāraṃ pavakkhāmi ārammaṇaṃ pavakkhāmi paccayaṃ pavakkhāmi samudayaṃ pavakkhāmi ācikkhissāmi desessāmi paññapessāmi paṭṭhapessāmi vivarissāmi vibhajissāmi uttānīkarissāmi pakāsessāmīti – taṃ te pavakkhāmi. nti yathā pajānanto ājānanto vijānanto paṭivijānanto paṭivijjhanto. Na itihītihaṃ na itikirāya na paramparāya na piṭakasampadāya na takkahetu na nayahetu na ākāraparivitakkena na diṭṭhinijjhānakkhantiyā sāmaṃ sayamabhiññātaṃ attapaccakkhadhammaṃ taṃ kathayissāmīti – taṃ te pavakkhāmi yathā pajānaṃ.
有十种依着:爱依着、见依着、烦恼依着、业依着、恶行依着、食依着、瞋依着、四取所依之界依着、六内处依着、六识身依着,以及一切苦,从苦的意义上说,也是依着。这些便称为十种依着。生苦、老苦、病苦、死苦、忧悲苦恼苦,地狱之苦……乃至破见之苦。那些法从初始依着而显现为集起,从灭没而显现为灭;业依着于果报,果报依着于业;色依着于名,名依着于色;被生所追随,被老所遍满,被病所击溃,被死所摧坏,立于苦中,无庇护、无茅舍、无救护、非皈依处——这些被称为苦。这些苦以依着为集、以依着为因、以依着为缘、以依着为理由,而生起、起源、发生、出生、产生、现起、显现。依着为因,苦便生起。显示巴利原文
ti. ti dasa upadhī – taṇhūpadhi, diṭṭhūpadhi, kilesūpadhi, kammūpadhi, duccaritūpadhi, āhārūpadhi, paṭighūpadhi, catasso upādinnadhātuyo upadhī, cha ajjhattikāni āyatanāni upadhī, cha viññāṇakāyā upadhī, sabbampi dukkhaṃ dukkhamanaṭṭhena upadhi. Ime vuccanti dasa upadhī. ti jātidukkhaṃ jarādukkhaṃ byādhidukkhaṃ maraṇadukkhaṃ sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsadukkhaṃ nerayikaṃ dukkhaṃ…pe… diṭṭhibyasanaṃ dukkhaṃ. Yesaṃ dhammānaṃ ādito samudāgamanaṃ paññāyati, atthaṅgamato nirodho paññāyati, kammasannissito vipāko, vipākasannissitaṃ kammaṃ, nāmasannissitaṃ rūpaṃ, rūpasannissitaṃ nāmaṃ, jātiyā anugataṃ, jarāya anusaṭaṃ, byādhinā abhibhūtaṃ, maraṇena abbhāhataṃ, dukkhe patiṭṭhitaṃ, atāṇaṃ aleṇaṃ asaraṇaṃ asaraṇībhūtaṃ – ime vuccanti dukkhā. Ime dukkhā upadhinidānā upadhihetukā upadhipaccayā upadhikāraṇā honti pabhavanti sambhavanti jāyanti sañjāyanti nibbattanti pātubhavantīti – upadhinidānā pabhavanti dukkhā.
‘一切’一词,是指以一切方式、一切种类,无余无遗地完全竭尽之义。概而言之,欲有两种:事欲与烦恼欲……这些称为事欲……这些称为烦恼欲。‘于一切欲上离欲者’……意即通过破除烦恼之欲,依镇伏而舍弃欲——于一切欲上,彼为离欲者。显示巴利原文
ti. ti sabbena sabbaṃ sabbathā sabbaṃ asesaṃ nissesaṃ pariyādiyanavacanametaṃ sabbesūti. ti ti uddānato dve kāmā – vatthukāmā ca kilesakāmā ca…pe… ime vuccanti vatthukāmā…pe… ime vuccanti kilesakāmā. ti sabbesu kāmesu yo vītarāgo…pe… paṭinissaṭṭharāgo vikkhambhanatoti – sabbesu kāmesu yo vītarāgo.
“以所依为因,诸苦生起;世间所有种种形态的苦,皆依此而生。”
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Dukkhassa ve maṃ pabhavaṃ apucchasi, [mettagūti bhagavā] Taṃ te pavakkhāmi yathā pajānaṃ; Upadhinidānā pabhavanti dukkhā, ye keci lokasmimanekarūpā’’ti.
何谓“无知者”?他是怎样的人?以何种方式?处于何种状态?不论其地位为何、素质如何,无论是刹帝利、婆罗门、吠舍、首陀罗,或是在家人、出家人,或是天神、人类——“无知者”即是陷于无明的人,是昏昧、不洞察、智慧低劣的人。“他制造所依”:他制造贪爱所依,制造邪见所依,制造烦恼所依,制造业所依,制造恶行所依,制造食物所依,制造瞋恚所依;他以四种执取界为所依而制造,以六种内处为所依而制造,以六种识身为所依而制造,令其生起、令其俱起、令其产生、令其特别生起——这就是无知者制造所依。显示巴利原文
ti. ti yo yādiso yathāyutto yathāvihito yathāpakāro yaṃṭhānappatto yaṃdhammasamannāgato khattiyo vā brāhmaṇo vā vesso vā suddo vā gahaṭṭho vā pabbajito vā devo vā manusso vā. ti avijjāgato aññāṇī avibhāvī duppañño. ti taṇhūpadhiṃ karoti, diṭṭhūpadhiṃ karoti, kilesūpadhiṃ karoti, kammūpadhiṃ karoti, duccaritūpadhiṃ karoti, āhārūpadhiṃ karoti, paṭighūpadhiṃ karoti, catasso upādinnadhātuyo upadhī karoti, cha ajjhattikāni āyatanāni upadhī karoti, cha viññāṇakāye upadhī karoti janeti sañjaneti nibbatteti abhinibbattetīti – avidvā upadhiṃ karoti.
“一再地趋近苦”:即一再地趋近生苦、老苦、病苦、死苦、愁悲苦忧恼苦,向它走去,与它相会,靠近它,执取它,执着它,深陷其中——这便是“一再地趋近苦”。“愚者”:是迟钝者、昏昧者、无知者、陷于无明的人、不洞察、智慧低劣者——这便是愚者一再地趋近苦。显示巴利原文
ti punappunaṃ jātidukkhaṃ jarādukkhaṃ byādhidukkhaṃ maraṇadukkhaṃ sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsadukkhaṃ eti samupeti upagacchati gaṇhāti parāmasati abhinivisatīti – punappunaṃ dukkhamupeti. ti mando momuho avidvā avijjāgato aññāṇī avibhāvī duppaññoti – punappunaṃ dukkhamupeti mando.
“因此”:以此为因、以此为缘、以此为条件、以此为根源,见到了这种过患,所以称为“因此”。“了知者”:是觉知者、了知者、识知者、深彻知者、通达者。他觉知、了知、识知、深彻知、通达“一切行无常”;他觉知、了知、识知、深彻知、通达“一切行是苦”……乃至……他觉知、了知、识知、深彻知、通达“一切法无我”……乃至……他觉知、了知、识知、深彻知、通达“凡是集起之法,这一切也是灭尽之法”。“了知者不应制造所依”:他不应制造贪爱所依,不应制造邪见所依,不应制造烦恼所依,不应制造恶行所依,不应制造食物所依,不应制造抗拒所依,不应以四种执取界为所依来制造,不应以六种内部处为所依来制造,不应以六种识身为所依来制造,不应令它们生起、不应令它们同生、不应令它们产生、不应令它们殊生——这即是:因此,了知者不应制造所依。显示巴利原文
ti. ti taṃkāraṇā taṃhetu tappaccayā taṃnidānā etaṃ ādīnavaṃ sampassamāno upadhīsūti tasmā. nti pajānanto ājānanto vijānanto paṭivijānanto paṭivijjhanto, ‘‘sabbe saṅkhārā aniccā’’ti pajānanto ājānanto vijānanto paṭivijānanto paṭivijjhanto , ‘‘sabbe saṅkhārā dukkhā’’ti…pe… ‘‘sabbe dhammā anattā’’ti…pe… ‘‘yaṃ kiñci samudayadhammaṃ sabbaṃ taṃ nirodhadhamma’’nti pajānanto ājānanto vijānanto paṭivijānanto paṭivijjhanto. ti taṇhūpadhiṃ na kareyya, diṭṭhūpadhiṃ na kareyya, kilesūpadhiṃ na kareyya, duccaritūpadhiṃ na kareyya, āhārūpadhiṃ na kareyya, paṭighūpadhiṃ na kareyya, catasso upādinnadhātuyo upadhī na kareyya, cha ajjhattikāni āyatanāni upadhī na kareyya, cha viññāṇakāye upadhī na kareyya, na janeyya na sañjaneyya na nibbatteyya nābhinibbatteyyāti – tasmā pajānaṃ upadhiṃ na kayirā.
“见苦以集为根源的随观者”:“苦”指生苦、老苦、病苦、死苦、愁、悲、苦、忧、恼苦。“随观者”:是见苦之根的人,见其因的人,见其缘的人,见其源头的人,见其出处的人,见其起始的人,见其滋养的人,见其所缘的人,见其条件的人,见其集起的人。“随观”称为智。那种慧,是觉了……乃至……是不痴、是择法、是正见。他成就了、完全成就了、具足、完全具足、证得、完全证得、获得了这名为随观的智慧。他便被称为“随观者”——见苦以集为根源的随观者。因此,世尊这样说——显示巴利原文
ti jātidukkhassa jarādukkhassa byādhidukkhassa maraṇadukkhassa sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsadukkhassa. ti dukkhassa mūlānupassī hetānupassī nidānānupassī sambhavānupassī pabhavānupassī samuṭṭhānānupassī āhārānupassī ārammaṇānupassī paccayānupassī samudayānupassī. Anupassanā vuccati ñāṇaṃ. Yā paññā pajānanā…pe… amoho dhammavicayo sammādiṭṭhi. Imāya anupassanāya paññāya upeto hoti samupeto upāgato samupāgato upapanno samupapanno samannāgato. So vuccati anupassīti – dukkhassa jātippabhavānupassī. Tenāha bhagavā –
那无明之人确实制造所依,愚者便一次又一次地走向苦;
因此,了知者不应造作所依,他是观察苦以生为根源的随观者。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Yo ve avidvā upadhiṃ karoti, punappunaṃ dukkhamupeti mando; Tasmā pajānaṃ upadhiṃ na kayirā, dukkhassa jātippabhavānupassī’’ti.
我们先前所问、所求、所请教、所请明的那个问题,您已经宣说、详说、开示、教导、安立、确立、揭示、分别、显了、昭示了出来。——也就是说,我们先前所问的那个问题,他为我们阐明了。显示巴利原文
ti yaṃ taṃ apucchimha ayācimha ajjhesimha pasādayimha. ti kittitaṃ pakittitaṃ ācikkhitaṃ desitaṃ paññapitaṃ paṭṭhapitaṃ vivaritaṃ vibhattaṃ uttānīkataṃ pakāsitanti – yaṃ taṃ apucchimha akittayī no.
我们还要再问别的,再求别的,再请教别的,再请您明示的;我们还有更进一步的问题要问。来吧,请宣说、开示、教导、安立、确立、揭示、分析、显了、昭示吧!——意思是:我们还要再问别的,所以请讲吧。显示巴利原文
ti aññaṃ taṃ pucchāma, aññaṃ taṃ yācāma, aññaṃ taṃ ajjhesāma, aññaṃ taṃ pasādema, uttari taṃ pucchāma. ti iṅgha brūhi ācikkhāhi desehi paññapehi paṭṭhapehi vivarāhi vibhajāhi uttānīkarohi pakāsehīti – aññaṃ taṃ pucchāma tadiṅgha brūhi.
这是疑惑之问、犹豫之问、两难之问、不定之问——“是这样吗?不是这样吗?是什么样?怎么样呢?”——他会停留在那里吗?“停留在那里”指在无所有处定。“不随从、不离去、不灭去、不消失、不败亡……”或者,“不贪染、不嗔怒、不迷惑、不被烦恼所染”——他会那样不随从而停留在那里吗?因此那位婆罗门问道:显示巴利原文
ti. ti saṃsayapucchā vimatipucchā dveḷhakapucchā anekaṃsapucchā , ‘‘evaṃ nu kho, nanu kho, kiṃ nu kho, kathaṃ nu kho’’ti – tiṭṭhe nu. ti ākiñcaññāyatane. ti anānuyāyī aviccamāno avigacchamāno anantaradhāyamāno aparihāyamāno…pe…. Atha vā, arajjamāno adussamāno amuyhamāno akilissamānoti – tiṭṭhe nu so tattha anānuyāyī. Tenāha so brāhmaṇo –
智者们如何渡过瀑流、生、老、忧和悲呢?他们如何越过、度过、跨过、完全超越、彻底度脱?意思是:智者们究竟如何度越瀑流、生、老、忧和悲呢?显示巴利原文
ti dhīrā kathaṃ oghañca jātiñca jarañca sokañca paridevañca taranti uttaranti pataranti samatikkamanti vītivattantīti – kathaṃ nu dhīrā vitaranti oghaṃ, jātiṃ jaraṃ sokapariddavañca.
“我要问你……”意思是:我所问的、所求的、所请教的、所希望明了的。“牟尼行”被称为智慧,也就是那种智慧、了知、明辨……乃至……无痴、择法、正见。世尊具备那种智慧,是牟尼,已达牟尼境界。有三种牟尼行:身牟尼行、语牟尼行、意牟尼行。显示巴利原文
ti. nti yaṃ pucchāmi yaṃ yācāmi yaṃ ajjhesāmi yaṃ pasādemi. ti monaṃ vuccati ñāṇaṃ . Yā paññā pajānanā…pe… amoho dhammavicayo sammādiṭṭhi. Bhagavā tena ñāṇena samannāgato muni monappatto. Tīṇi moneyyāni – kāyamoneyyaṃ vacīmoneyyaṃ manomoneyyaṃ.
什么是身牟尼?断除三种身恶行,是身牟尼;三种身善行,是身牟尼;以身为所缘的智慧,是身牟尼;对身的遍知,是身牟尼;与遍知相伴之道,是身牟尼;舍断对身的欲贪,是身牟尼;身行的止息——第四禅那等至,是身牟尼。是名身牟尼。显示巴利原文
Katamaṃ kāyamoneyyaṃ? Tividhānaṃ kāyaduccaritānaṃ pahānaṃ kāyamoneyyaṃ. Tividhaṃ kāyasucaritaṃ kāyamoneyyaṃ. Kāyārammaṇe ñāṇaṃ kāyamoneyyaṃ. Kāyapariññā kāyamoneyyaṃ. Pariññāsahagato maggo kāyamoneyyaṃ. Kāye chandarāgassa pahānaṃ kāyamoneyyaṃ. Kāyasaṅkhāranirodho catutthajjhānasamāpatti kāyamoneyyaṃ. Idaṃ kāyamoneyyaṃ.
什么是语牟尼?断除四种语恶行,是语牟尼;四种语善行,是语牟尼;以语为所缘的智慧,是语牟尼;对语的遍知,是语牟尼;与遍知相伴之道,是语牟尼;舍断对语的欲贪,是语牟尼;语行的止息——第二禅那等至,是语牟尼。是名语牟尼。显示巴利原文
Katamaṃ vacīmoneyyaṃ? Catubbidhānaṃ vacīduccaritānaṃ pahānaṃ vacīmoneyyaṃ. Catubbidhaṃ vacīsucaritaṃ vacīmoneyyaṃ. Vācārammaṇe ñāṇaṃ vacīmoneyyaṃ. Vācāpariññā vacīmoneyyaṃ. Pariññāsahagato maggo vacīmoneyyaṃ. Vācāya chandarāgassa pahānaṃ vacīmoneyyaṃ. Vacīsaṅkhāranirodho dutiyajjhānasamāpatti vacīmoneyyaṃ. Idaṃ vacīmoneyyaṃ.
什么是意牟尼?断除三种意恶行,是意牟尼;三种意善行,是意牟尼;以心为所缘的智慧,是意牟尼;对心的遍知,是意牟尼;与遍知相伴之道,是意牟尼;舍断对心的欲贪,是意牟尼;心行的止息——想受灭定,是意牟尼。是名意牟尼。显示巴利原文
Katamaṃ manomoneyyaṃ? Tividhānaṃ manoduccaritānaṃ pahānaṃ manomoneyyaṃ. Tividhaṃ manosucaritaṃ manomoneyyaṃ. Cittārammaṇe ñāṇaṃ manomoneyyaṃ. Cittapariññā manomoneyyaṃ. Pariññāsahagato maggo manomoneyyaṃ. Citte chandarāgassa pahānaṃ manomoneyyaṃ. Cittasaṅkhāranirodho saññāvedayitanirodhasamāpatti manomoneyyaṃ. Idaṃ manomoneyyaṃ .
身牟尼、语牟尼、无漏的意牟尼,
成就牟尼行的牟尼,被称为舍断一切者。
身牟尼、语牟尼、无漏的意牟尼,
具足牟尼行的牟尼,被称为洗净罪垢者。
显示巴利原文 Kāyamuniṃ vacīmuniṃ , manomunimanāsavaṃ; Muniṃ moneyyasampannaṃ, āhu sabbappahāyinaṃ. Kāyamuniṃ vacīmuniṃ, manomunimanāsavaṃ; Muniṃ moneyyasampannaṃ, āhu ninhātapāpakanti.
他们具足了这三种牟尼法。牟尼有六种:在家牟尼、出家牟尼、有学牟尼、无学牟尼、独觉牟尼、牟尼中之牟尼。哪些是在家牟尼?那些在家而见谛、通达教法的人,便是在家牟尼。哪些是出家牟尼?那些出家而见谛、通达教法的人,便是出家牟尼。七类有学圣者是有学牟尼。阿拉汉是无学牟尼。独自觉悟的圣者是独觉牟尼。如来、阿拉汉、正自觉者,是牟尼中之牟尼。显示巴利原文
Imehi tīhi moneyyehi dhammehi samannāgatā. Cha munino – agāramunino, anagāramunino, sekhamunino , asekhamunino, paccekamunino munimuninoti. Katame agāramunino? Ye te agārikā diṭṭhapadā viññātasāsanā – ime agāramunino. Katame anagāramunino? Ye te pabbajitā diṭṭhapadā viññātasāsanā – ime anagāramunino. Satta sekhā sekhamunino. Arahanto asekhamunino. Paccekasambuddhā paccekamunino. Tathāgatā arahanto sammāsambuddhā munimunino.
智者如同持秤之人,善加衡量,择取最殊胜的法义;
他远离一切恶行,因此得名牟尼;正因如此,他才是牟尼;
能彻知两种世间的人,便因此被称为牟尼。
完全了知内在、外在及一切世间中,不善与善的诸法,
超越爱欲之网,如是牟尼,为人天所应供养。
显示巴利原文 Na monena munī hoti, mūḷharūpo aviddasu; Yo ca tulaṃva paggayha, varamādāya paṇḍito. Pāpāni parivajjeti, sa munī tena so muni; Yo munāti ubho loke, muni tena pavuccati. Asatañca satañca ñatvā dhammaṃ, ajjhattaṃ bahiddhā ca sabbaloke; Devamanussehi pūjanīyo , saṅgajālamaticca so munīti.
那么,请善说、宣示、施设、建立、开显、分别、明示、光显此法——牟尼,请为我善解此义。的确,此法已为您所知、所量、所审、所觉、所明——的确,此法已为您所了知。因此,那位婆罗门说:显示巴利原文
ti taṃ sādhu ācikkhāhi desehi paññapehi paṭṭhapehi vivarāhi vibhajāhi uttānīkarohi pakāsehīti – taṃ me munī sādhu viyākarohi. ti tathā hi te vidito tulito tīrito vibhūto vibhāvito esa dhammoti – tathā hi te vidito esa dhammo. Tenāha so brāhmaṇo –
您既已为我们解答所问,我们便再请教另一问题,恳请您就此开示;
智者究竟如何度越瀑流,超越生、老与愁悲?
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Yaṃ taṃ apucchimha akittayī no, aññaṃ taṃ pucchāma tadiṅgha brūhi; Kathaṃ nu dhīrā vitaranti oghaṃ, jātiṃ jaraṃ sokapariddavañca; Taṃ me munī sādhu viyākarohi, tathā hi te vidito esa dhammo’’ti.
“我将赞叹、宣说、讲解、开示、阐明、建立、揭示、分析、清楚解说并广为显示——初善、中善、后善,义理与文句完备,完全圆满、清净的梵行,四念处、四正勤、四神足、五根、五力、七觉支、八支圣道,以及涅槃与通向涅槃的行道——我将赞叹宣说这个法给你。”世尊这样称唤那位婆罗门的名字,如此说道。显示巴利原文
nti. nti ādikalyāṇaṃ majjhekalyāṇaṃ pariyosānakalyāṇaṃ sātthaṃ sabyañjanaṃ kevalaparipuṇṇaṃ parisuddhaṃ brahmacariyaṃ, cattāro satipaṭṭhāne, cattāro sammappadhāne, cattāro iddhipāde , pañcindriyāni, pañca balāni, satta bojjhaṅge, ariyaṃ aṭṭhaṅgikaṃ maggaṃ, nibbānañca, nibbānagāminiñca paṭipadaṃ kittayissāmi ācikkhissāmi desessāmi paññapessāmi paṭṭhapessāmi vivarissāmi vibhajissāmi uttānīkarissāmi pakāsissāmīti – kittayissāmi te dhammaṃ. ti bhagavā taṃ brāhmaṇaṃ nāmena ālapati.
“于现见的法”的意思是:对于已经现见、已知、已衡量、已推敲、已明了、已彻见的法,诸如“一切诸行无常”……(中略)……“凡任何集法,那一切皆是灭法”——对于这些法已经现见、已知、已衡量、已推敲、已明了、已彻见,这也名为“于现见的法”。再者,现见苦之后,我将开示苦;现见集之后,我将开示集;现见道之后,我将开示道;现见灭之后,我将开示灭——这也可称为“于现见的法”。又者,法是现前可见的、没有时差的、欢迎来见的、导向解脱的、每个智者都能内在亲证的——这也叫“于现见的法”。“他非依传闻而说”的意思是:不是靠道听途说,不是靠人云亦云,不是靠师徒传承,不是靠经藏完备,不是靠逻辑推理,不是靠方法推演,不是靠反复思辨,也不是靠见地沉思后的喜好而接受;而是自己亲自通晓、自我亲证的现见法,我宣说这非依传闻的、现见的法。显示巴利原文
nti. ti diṭṭhe dhamme ñāte dhamme tulite dhamme tīrite dhamme vibhūte dhamme vibhāvite dhamme sabbe saṅkhārā aniccāti…pe… yaṃ kiñci samudayadhammaṃ sabbaṃ taṃ nirodhadhammanti diṭṭhe dhamme ñāte dhamme tulite dhamme tīrite dhamme vibhāvite dhamme vibhūte dhammeti, evampi – diṭṭhe dhamme…pe…. Atha vā, dukkhe diṭṭhe dukkhaṃ kathayissāmi, samudaye diṭṭhe samudayaṃ kathayissāmi, magge diṭṭhe maggaṃ kathayissāmi, nirodhe diṭṭhe nirodhaṃ kathayissāmīti, evampi – diṭṭhe dhamme…pe…. Atha vā, sandiṭṭhikaṃ akālikaṃ ehipassikaṃ opaneyyikaṃ paccattaṃ veditabbaṃ viññūhīti, evampi – diṭṭhe dhamme. nti na itihītihaṃ na itikirāya na paramparāya na piṭakasampadāya na takkahetu na nayahetu na ākāraparivitakkena na diṭṭhinijjhānakkhantiyā sāmaṃ sayamabhiññātaṃ attapaccakkhadhammaṃ, taṃ kathayissāmīti – diṭṭhe dhamme anītihaṃ.
“以智彻知”的意思是:透彻了解之后,反复称量、推敲、洞明,彻底照见。“一切诸行无常”——透彻了解之后,反复称量、推敲、洞明,彻底照见。“一切诸行是苦”……(中略)……“一切法非我”……(中略)……“凡任何集法,那一切皆是灭法”——透彻了解之后,反复称量、推敲、洞明,彻底照见。“具念”是指由四种原因而具念:于身修习身随观念处而具念……(中略)……这称为具念者。“而活”是指行住坐卧、维持生命、延续、度过时光——因此是“透彻了解后,具念地活着”。显示巴利原文
nti yaṃ viditaṃ katvā tulayitvā tīrayitvā vibhāvayitvā vibhūtaṃ katvā; ‘‘sabbe saṅkhārā aniccā’’ti viditaṃ katvā tulayitvā tīrayitvā vibhāvayitvā vibhūtaṃ katvā; ‘‘sabbe saṅkhārā dukkhā’’ti…pe… ‘‘sabbe dhammā anattā’’ti…pe… ‘‘yaṃ kiñci samudayadhammaṃ sabbaṃ taṃ nirodhadhamma’’nti viditaṃ katvā tulayitvā tīrayitvā vibhāvayitvā vibhūtaṃ katvā . ti catūhi kāraṇehi sato – kāye kāyānupassanāsatipaṭṭhānaṃ bhāvento sato…pe… so vuccati sato. nti caranto viharanto iriyanto vattento pālento yapento yāpentoti – yaṃ viditvā sato caraṃ .
“执系”——说的便是渴爱。也就是贪、染著……(中略)……贪求、贪欲,即不善根。“执系”依何义而称为执系?……(中略)……因其散布、遍漫,故名执系。“世间”——指恶趣世间……(中略)……处世间。于此世间,它便名为执系,这就是世间中的执系。有念者当超越、度脱、克服、跨越、彻底超越于世间中的执系。因此,那位婆罗门说:显示巴利原文
nti visattikā vuccati taṇhā. Yo rāgo sārāgo…pe… abhijjhā lobho akusalamūlaṃ. ti kenaṭṭhena visattikā…pe… visaṭā vitthatāti visattikā. ti apāyaloke…pe… āyatanaloke. nti loke vesā visattikā, loke vetaṃ visattikaṃ sato tareyya uttareyya patareyya samatikkameyya vītivatteyyāti – tare loke visattikaṃ. Tenāha so brāhmaṇo –
“弥德古,我今为你开示此法——
于现法中亲自体证、不依传闻的法;
了知此法后,正念而游行者,便得以度越世间中的爱著。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Kittayissāmi te dhammaṃ, [mettagūti bhagavā] Diṭṭhe dhamme anītihaṃ; Yaṃ viditvā sato caraṃ, tare loke visattika’’nti.
我对您的言语、您的宣说、您的教授、您的教诫,深心欢喜、欣悦、喜悦、随喜;我渴望、认同、希求、向往、殷殷期盼。那位大圣者、彼世尊,所指为何?探求、寻求、遍求宏大戒蕴者,是为大圣者……(中略)人中之雄是何义?大圣者即为此义——我如此欢喜于大圣者的话语。显示巴利原文
ti. nti tuyhaṃ vacanaṃ byappathaṃ desanaṃ anusāsanaṃ anusiṭṭhaṃ nandāmi abhinandāmi modāmi anumodāmi icchāmi sādiyāmi patthayāmi pihayāmi abhijappāmi. ti kiṃ mahesi bhagavā? Mahantaṃ sīlakkhandhaṃ esī gavesī pariyesīti mahesi…pe… kahaṃ narāsabhoti mahesīti – etābhinandāmi vaco mahesino.
“大圣”——为何称世尊为大圣?因为他寻求、遍寻、探寻宏大的戒蕴,故为大圣;寻求、遍寻、探寻宏大的定蕴……宏大的慧蕴……宏大的解脱蕴……宏大的解脱知见蕴,故为大圣;寻求、遍寻、探寻破除那巨大的愚痴之聚,故为大圣;寻求、遍寻、探寻击破那巨大的颠倒,故为大圣;寻求、遍寻、探寻拔出那巨大的渴爱之箭,故为大圣;寻求、遍寻、探寻解开那巨大的邪见之结,故为大圣;寻求、遍寻、探寻推倒那巨大的我慢之旗,故为大圣;寻求、遍寻、探寻平息那巨大的造作,故为大圣;寻求、遍寻、探寻渡越那巨大的瀑流,故为大圣;寻求、遍寻、探寻卸下那巨大的重担,故为大圣;寻求、遍寻、探寻切断那巨大的轮回之轮,故为大圣;寻求、遍寻、探寻熄灭那巨大的炽热之苦,故为大圣;寻求、遍寻、探寻清凉那巨大的焦灼,故为大圣;寻求、遍寻、探寻竖立那宏大的法幢,故为大圣;寻求、遍寻、探寻宏大的念处……宏大的正勤……宏大的神足……宏大的根……宏大的力……宏大的觉支……宏大的圣八支道……宏大的、最胜的、不死的涅槃,故为大圣。他被那些具大威势的众生所寻求、遍寻、探寻——‘佛在何处?世尊在何处?天中之天在何处?人中之雄牛在何处?’——因此被称为大圣。
“无上法”——“法”即不死的涅槃。那便是一切行的寂止、一切依着的彻底舍弃、渴爱的灭尽、离染、寂灭、涅槃。“无上”则是指最上、最胜、最殊胜、首要、最高、最优良的法。大圣,正是探寻此无上法者。
显示巴利原文 nti. ti kiṃ mahesi bhagavā, mahantaṃ sīlakkhandhaṃ esī gavesī pariyesīti mahesi, mahantaṃ samādhikkhandhaṃ…pe… mahantaṃ paññākkhandhaṃ… mahantaṃ vimuttikkhandhaṃ… mahantaṃ vimuttiñāṇadassanakkhandhaṃ esī gavesī pariyesīti mahesi, mahato tamokāyassa padālanaṃ esī gavesī pariyesīti mahesi, mahato vipallāsassa pabhedanaṃ esī gavesī pariyesīti mahesi, mahato taṇhāsallassa abbahanaṃ esī gavesī pariyesīti mahesi, mahato diṭṭhisaṅghātassa viniveṭhanaṃ esī gavesī pariyesīti mahesi, mahato mānadhajassa papātanaṃ esī gavesī pariyesīti mahesi, mahato abhisaṅkhārassa vūpasamaṃ esī gavesī pariyesīti mahesi, mahato oghassa nittharaṇaṃ esī gavesī pariyesīti mahesi, mahato bhārassa nikkhepanaṃ esī gavesī pariyesīti mahesi, mahato saṃsāravaṭṭassa upacchedaṃ esī gavesī pariyesīti mahesi, mahato santāpassa nibbāpanaṃ esī gavesī pariyesīti mahesi, mahato pariḷāhassa paṭippassaddhiṃ esī gavesī pariyesīti mahesi, mahato dhammadhajassa ussāpanaṃ esī gavesī pariyesīti mahesi, mahante satipaṭṭhāne…pe… mahante sammappadhāne… mahante iddhipāde… mahantāni indriyāni… mahantāni balāni… mahante bojjhaṅge… mahantaṃ ariyaṃ aṭṭhaṅgikaṃ maggaṃ… mahantaṃ paramatthaṃ amataṃ nibbānaṃ esī gavesī pariyesīti mahesi, mahesakkhehi sattehi esito gavesito pariyesito – ‘‘kahaṃ buddho, kahaṃ bhagavā, kahaṃ devadevo, kahaṃ narāsabho’’ti mahesi. nti dhammamuttaṃmaṃ vuccati amataṃ nibbānaṃ. Yo so sabbasaṅkhārasamatho sabbūpadhipaṭinissaggo taṇhakkhayo virāgo nirodho nibbānaṃ. nti aggaṃ seṭṭhaṃ viseṭṭhaṃ pāmokkhaṃ uttamaṃ pavaraṃ dhammanti – mahesi dhammamuttamaṃ.
所谓‘了知’,即透彻了知、衡量、判定、照见、清晰显现之后:‘一切诸行无常’——透彻了知、衡量、判定、照见、清晰显现之后;‘一切诸行是苦’……‘一切法无我’……‘凡是集起之法,一切皆是灭尽之法’——也如此透彻了知、衡量、判定、照见、清晰显现之后。‘有念’:因四种原因而有念,即于身修习身念处而有念,于受……于心……于法修习法念处而有念,是名有念。‘行’即行走、居住、举止、维持、保护、度过、令度过的意思——了知此法之后,正念而行。显示巴利原文
nti viditaṃ katvā tulayitvā tīrayitvā vibhāvayitvā vibhūtaṃ katvā, ‘‘sabbe saṅkhārā aniccā’’ti viditaṃ katvā tulayitvā tīrayitvā vibhāvayitvā vibhūtaṃ katvā, ‘‘sabbe saṅkhārā dukkhā’’ti… ‘‘sabbe dhammā anattā’’ti…pe… ‘‘yaṃ kiñci samudayadhammaṃ sabbaṃ taṃ nirodhadhamma’’nti viditaṃ katvā tulayitvā tīrayitvā vibhāvayitvā vibhūtaṃ katvā. ti catūhi kāraṇehi sato – kāye kāyānupassanāsatipaṭṭhānaṃ bhāvento sato, vedanāsu…pe… citte… dhammesu… dhammānupassanāsatipaṭṭhānaṃ bhāvento sato… so vuccati sato. nti caranto viharanto iriyanto vattento pālento yapento yāpentoti – yaṃ viditvā sato caraṃ.
所谓‘visattikā’,即是渴爱。凡有染着、深重染着……乃至贪求、贪欲、不善根,即名为visattikā。‘visattikā’是以什么含义而说的?……被散播、被遍展,故称visattikā。所谓‘世间’,指恶趣世间……乃至处世间。‘在世间’,即visattikā遍布于世间;这世间中的visattikā,有念者能超越它、度越它、克服它、越过它、跨越它——即是能超越世间的visattikā。以此,世尊说:显示巴利原文
nti visattikā vuccati taṇhā. Yo rāgo sārāgo…pe… abhijjhā lobho akusalamūlaṃ. ti kenaṭṭhena visattikā…pe… visaṭā vitthatāti visattikā. ti apāyaloke…pe… āyatanaloke. nti loke vesā visattikā, loke vetaṃ visattikaṃ sato tareyya uttareyya patareyya samatikkameyya vītivatteyyāti – tare loke visattikaṃ. Tenāha bhagavā –
“我对此全然随喜,大圣所证悟的无上法;
“了知它之后,具念者行于世间,便能超越世间的黏着。”
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Tañcāhaṃ abhinandāmi, mahesi dhammamuttamaṃ; Yaṃ viditvā sato caraṃ, tare loke visattika’’nti.
“凡是你以任何方式遍知、了知、识知、通达、彻悟的——凡是你以任何方式正知的。”——世尊以名字称呼那位婆罗门。这是表示尊重的称谓语……(中略)……亲证的施设,即所谓“世尊”——“弥德古,世尊。”显示巴利原文
ti yaṃ kiñci pajānāsi ājānāsi vijānāsi paṭivijānāsi paṭivijjhasīti – yaṃ kiñci sampajānāsi. ti bhagavā taṃ brāhmaṇaṃ nāmena ālapati. ti gāravādhivacanametaṃ…pe… sacchikā paññatti, yadidaṃ bhagavāti – mettagūti bhagavā.
“未来”,是指尚未至的;“过去”,是指已逝去的;“现在”,是指正发生的。“天界”,指诸天世界;“地狱界”,指地狱世界;“人界”,指人间世界。又或,“善法”,指善的诸法;“不善法”,指不善的诸法;“无记法”,指无记的诸法。“无色界”,即无色界;“欲界”,即欲界;“色界”,即色界。“乐受”,即乐受;“苦受”,即苦受;“不苦不乐受”,即不苦不乐受。“上方,从脚底向上”,这是上方;“下方,从发梢向下”,这是下方;“中间”,是指在上下之间与横向之间的中间。显示巴利原文
ti. nti anāgataṃ ; ti atītaṃ; ti paccuppannaṃ. nti devaloko; ti nirayaloko; ti manussaloko. Atha vā, nti kusalā dhammā; ti akusalā dhammā; ti abyākatā dhammā. nti arūpadhātu; ti kāmadhātu; ti rūpadhātu. nti sukhā vedanā; ti dukkhā vedanā; ti adukkhamasukhā vedanā. nti uddhaṃ pādatalā; ti adho kesamatthakā; ti vemajjheti – uddhaṃ adho tiriyañcāpi majjhe.
在所教授、所宣说、所施设、所建立、所开显、所分别、所明示、所阐明之中,“喜”即是渴爱。那贪染、遍贪染……贪求、贪欲、贪不善根。“住处”有两种:渴爱的住处和邪见的住处。什么是渴爱的住处?凡以渴爱为范围……这是渴爱的住处。什么是邪见的住处?即以二十事为所依的身见……这是邪见的住处。显示巴利原文
ti ti ācikkhitesu desitesu paññapitesu paṭṭhapitesu vivaritesu vibhajitesu uttānīkatesu pakāsitesu. Nandī vuccati taṇhā. Yo rāgo sārāgo…pe… abhijjhā lobho akusalamūlaṃ. nti dve nivesanā – taṇhānivesanā ca diṭṭhinivesanā ca. Katamā taṇhā nivesanā? Yāvatā taṇhāsaṅkhātena …pe… ayaṃ taṇhānivesanā. Katamā diṭṭhinivesanā? Vīsativatthukā sakkāyadiṭṭhi …pe… ayaṃ diṭṭhinivesanā.
福行伴随的识、非福行伴随的识、不动行伴随的识。对于这些之中的喜与住处,以及行伴随的识,你应舍断、彻底舍断,去除、彻底去除,抛弃、彻底抛弃,驱除、令其灭尽、令其归于无有——意思是:在这些当中,你应彻底舍弃喜、住处以及行伴随的识。显示巴利原文
nti puññābhisaṅkhārasahagataṃ viññāṇaṃ, apuññābhisaṅkhārasahagataṃ viññāṇaṃ, āneñjābhisaṅkhārasahagataṃ viññāṇaṃ. Etesu nandiñca nivesanañca abhisaṅkhārasahagatañca viññāṇaṃ nujja panujja nuda panuda jaha pajaha vinodehi byantīkarohi anabhāvaṃ gamehīti – etesu nandiñca nivesanañca panujja viññāṇaṃ.
“有”有两种:业有和结生的再有。什么是业有?福行、非福行、不动行——这是业有。什么是结生的再有?结生的色、受、想、行、识——这是结生的再有。对于那正在被舍断、正在被驱除、正在令其灭尽、正在令其归于无有的喜与住处、行伴随的识、业有,以及结生的再有,他便不在业有中停留,不在结生的再有中停留,不于中安住——意思是:彻底舍弃了行伴随的识之后,于“有”中便无停留。因此,世尊这样说:显示巴利原文
ti. ti dve bhavā – kammabhavo ca paṭisandhiko ca punabbhavo. Katamo kammabhavo? Puññābhisaṅkhāro apuññābhisaṅkhāro āneñjābhisaṅkhāro – ayaṃ kammabhavo. Katamo paṭisandhiko punabbhavo? Paṭisandhikā rūpaṃ vedanā saññā saṅkhārā viññāṇaṃ – ayaṃ paṭisandhiko punabbhavo. ti nandiñca nivesanañca abhisaṅkhārasahagataṃ viññāṇañca kammabhavañca paṭisandhikañca punabbhavaṃ pajahanto vinodento byantīkaronto anabhāvaṃ gamento kammabhave na tiṭṭheyya paṭisandhike punabbhave na tiṭṭheyya na santiṭṭheyyāti – panujja viññāṇaṃ bhave na tiṭṭhe. Tenāha bhagavā –
“弥德古啊,凡是你所正知的,”
上方、下方、四方及中间——
对于这些,驱离欢喜与依止,识便不立于有之中。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Yaṃ kiñci sampajānāsi, [mettagūti bhagavā] Uddhaṃ adho tiriyañcāpi majjhe; Etesu nandiñca nivesanañca, panujja viññāṇaṃ bhave na tiṭṭhe’’ti.
他舍弃、破除、灭尽、使之归于无的,是欢喜与安住、行俱之识、业有与结生后的再有——如此安住者,便以此方式安住。由四种因缘,他称为具念:于身修习身随观念处……(中略)……便名为具念者。他是殷重而行者、相续而行者、坚定而行者、不懈怠、不舍欲、不舍任务,于善法不放逸。‘未圆满的戒蕴,我当如何修习圆满?已圆满的戒蕴,于此或彼处以慧护持?’对此,他生起欲、精进、策励、勇猛、不退转、念、正知、热忱、决意、持续实践、不放逸、于诸善法的不放逸。‘未圆满的定蕴……(中略)……慧蕴……解脱蕴……解脱知见蕴,我当如何修习圆满?已圆满的解脱知见蕴,于此或彼处以慧护持?’对此,他生起欲、精进、策励、勇猛、不退转、念、正知、热忱、决意、持续实践、不放逸、于诸善法的不放逸。‘未遍知的苦,我当如何遍知?未断的烦恼,我当如何断除?未修的道,我当如何修习?未证悟的灭,我当如何证悟?’对此,他生起欲、精进、策励、勇猛、不退转、念、正知、热忱、决意、持续实践、不放逸、于诸善法的不放逸。如此安住者,即是具念、不放逸者。显示巴利原文
ti. ti nandiñca nivesanañca abhisaṅkhārasahagataviññāṇañca kammabhavañca paṭisandhikañca punabbhavaṃ pajahanto vinodento byantīkaronto anabhāvaṃ gamentoti – evaṃvihārī. ti catūhi kāraṇehi sato – kāye kāyānupassanāsatipaṭṭhānaṃ bhāvento…pe… so vuccati sato. ti sakkaccakārī sātaccakārī aṭṭhitakārī anolīnavuttī anikkhittacchando anikkhittadhuro appamatto kusalesu dhammesu – ‘‘kathāhaṃ aparipūraṃ vā sīlakkhandhaṃ paripūreyyaṃ, paripūraṃ vā sīlakkhandhaṃ tattha tattha paññāya anuggaṇheyya’’nti yo tattha chando ca vāyāmo ca ussāho ca ussoḷhī ca appaṭivānī ca sati ca sampajaññañca ātappaṃ padhānaṃ adhiṭṭhānaṃ anuyogo appamatto appamādo kusalesu dhammesu. ‘‘Kathāhaṃ aparipūraṃ vā samādhikkhandhaṃ…pe… paññākkhandhaṃ… vimuttikkhandhaṃ… vimuttiñāṇadassanakkhandhaṃ paripūreyyaṃ paripūraṃ vā vimuttiñāṇadassanakkhandhaṃ tattha tattha paññāya anuggaṇheyya’’nti yo tattha chando ca vāyāmo ca ussāho ca ussoḷhī ca appaṭivānī ca sati ca sampajaññañca ātappaṃ padhānaṃ adhiṭṭhānaṃ anuyogo appamatto appamādo kusalesu dhammesu. ‘‘Kathāhaṃ apariññātaṃ vā dukkhaṃ parijāneyyaṃ, appahīne vā kilese pajaheyyaṃ , abhāvitaṃ vā maggaṃ bhāveyyaṃ, asacchikataṃ vā nirodhaṃ sacchikareyya’’nti yo tattha chando ca vāyāmo ca ussāho ca ussoḷhī ca appaṭivānī ca sati ca sampajaññañca ātappaṃ padhānaṃ adhiṭṭhānaṃ anuyogo appamatto appamādo kusalesu dhammesūti – evaṃvihārī sato appamatto.
“比丘”,指凡夫善士比丘,或有学比丘。“行”,即行走、安住、活动、维持、保护、延续、存活。“舍弃了‘我所’的执取”:所谓‘我所的执取’有两种,即渴爱所产生的‘我所执’与邪见所产生的‘我所执’……(中略)……这是渴爱所产生的‘我所执’……(中略)……这是邪见所产生的‘我所执’……断除了渴爱所产生的‘我所执’,舍离了邪见所产生的‘我所执’,对于‘我所的执取’已断除、已舍弃、已彻底断除、已破除、已灭尽、已令归于无之后——比丘行于世间,便舍弃了‘我所’的执取。”显示巴利原文
ti. ti puthujjanakalyāṇako vā bhikkhu sekkho vā bhikkhu. nti caranto viharanto iriyanto vattento pālento yapento yāpento. ti dve mamattā – taṇhāmamattañca diṭṭhimamattañca…pe… idaṃ taṇhāmamattaṃ…pe… idaṃ diṭṭhimamattaṃ… taṇhāmamattaṃ pahāya diṭṭhimamattaṃ paṭinissajjitvā mamatte jahitvā cajitvā pajahitvā vinodetvā byantīkaritvā anabhāvaṃ gametvāti – bhikkhu caraṃ hitvā mamāyitāni.
“生”,即诸有情之出生……(中略)……“老”,即诸有情之衰朽……(中略)……“愁”,谓因亲戚衰败等而遭受的忧……(中略)……“悲”,即因亲戚衰败等而遭受的哀……(中略)……“苦”,依此见……(中略)……于此人间。“明察者”,是具有明察、有智、有辨识力、具慧者。“彼应断”:此具有明察、有智、有辨识力、具慧的明知者,即于此世间,应当断除、破、灭尽、使归于无此生、老、愁、悲与苦。即于此世间,智者应断生、老、愁、悲与苦。因此,世尊作如是说。显示巴利原文
nti. ti yā tesaṃ tesaṃ sattānaṃ…pe… nti yā tesaṃ tesaṃ sattānaṃ…pe… ti ñātibyasanena vā phuṭṭhassa…pe… ti ñātibyasanena vā phuṭṭhassa…pe… ti imissā diṭṭhiyā…pe… imasmiṃ manussaloke. ti vijjāgato ñāṇī vibhāvī medhāvī. nti jātidukkhaṃ…pe… domanassupāyāsadukkhaṃ. nti vijjāgato ñāṇī vibhāvī medhāvī idheva jātiñca jarañca sokapariddavañca dukkhañca pajaheyya vinodeyya byantīkareyya anabhāvaṃ gameyyāti – jātiṃ jaraṃ sokapariddavañca, idheva vidvā pajaheyya dukkhaṃ. Tenāha bhagavā –
如是安住,具念不放逸,比丘游行于世间,舍离‘我所’之执取;
智者即于此世间,了知后便舍弃生、老、忧愁、悲泣与苦。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Evaṃvihārī sato appamatto, bhikkhu caraṃ hitvā mamāyitāni; Jātiṃ jaraṃ sokapariddavañca, idheva vidvā pajaheyya dukkha’’nti.
‘如此’——这是您的言说、您的教示、您的教导、您的训示。‘我随喜’——我随喜、欢喜、欣慰、希欲、纳受、祈愿、渴望、冀望、期求——我对此全然随喜。显示巴利原文
ti. nti tuyhaṃ vacanaṃ byappathaṃ desanaṃ anusāsanaṃ anusiṭṭhaṃ . Nandāmīti abhinandāmi modāmi anumodāmi icchāmi sādiyāmi yācāmi patthayāmi pihayāmi abhijappāmīti – tañcāhaṃ abhinandāmi.
“善说”的意思是:完善地宣说、完善地讲述、完善地教导、完善地告知、完善地确立、完善地揭示、完善地分析、完善地澄清、完善地阐明。“依着”指的是烦恼、诸蕴与诸行。“超越依着”“依着寂止”“依着弃舍”“依着安息”,即是不死、涅槃——所以说“乔达摩善说了超越依着之道”。显示巴利原文
nti. nti sukittitaṃ suācikkhitaṃ sudesitaṃ supaññapitaṃ supaṭṭhapitaṃ suvivaritaṃ suvibhajitaṃ suuttānīkataṃ supakāsitanti – sukittitaṃ. nti upadhī vuccanti kilesā ca khandhā ca abhisaṅkhārā ca. Upadhippahānaṃ upadhivūpasamaṃ upadhipaṭinissaggaṃ upadhipaṭipassaddhaṃ amataṃ nibbānanti – sukittitaṃ gotamanūpadhīkaṃ.
“确实”:这是表示肯定的话,表示无疑的话,表示无惑的话,表示无犹豫的话,表示无二心的话,表示灭尽的话,表示决定的话,表示确立的话。“世尊”是表示敬重的词……(中略)是现证法的施设,即此世尊之意。“舍断了苦”的意思是:生苦、老苦、病苦、死苦、忧悲苦忧恼苦——他舍弃、断除、驱除、消灭,使之归于无。所以说:“世尊确实舍断了苦”。显示巴利原文
nti. ti ekaṃsavacanaṃ nissaṃsayavacanaṃ nikkaṅkhāvacanaṃ advejjhavacanaṃ adveḷhakavacanaṃ nirodhavacanaṃ appaṇakavacanaṃ avatthāpanavacanametaṃ – addhāti. ti gāravādhivacanametaṃ…pe… sacchikā paññatti, yadidaṃ bhagavāti. nti jātidukkhaṃ jarādukkhaṃ byādhidukkhaṃ maraṇadukkhaṃ sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsadukkhaṃ pahāsi pajahi vinodesi byantīkarosi anabhāvaṃ gamesīti – addhā hi bhagavā pahāsi dukkhaṃ.
“因为,这个法已被你清晰地了知、衡量、审察、洞察、觉照”——正是此意,“这个法已被你清晰地了知”。因此,那位婆罗门说:显示巴利原文
ti tathā hi te vidito tulito tīrito vibhūto vibhāvito esa dhammoti – tathā hi te vidito esa dhammo. Tenāha so brāhmaṇo –
我如此欢喜于大圣者的话语,欢喜于乔达摩善说的无依着之道,
确然,世尊已舍断了苦,因您确已了知此法。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Etābhinandāmi vaco mahesino, sukittitaṃ gotamanūpadhīkaṃ; Addhā hi bhagavā pahāsi dukkhaṃ, tathā hi te vidito esa dhammo’’ti.
他们即刹帝利、婆罗门、吠舍、首陀罗,在家人、出家人,以及天与人。他们应当舍断、驱除、灭尽这些苦,令之不复存在——生苦、老苦、病苦、死苦、愁悲苦忧恼苦。他们想必也能舍断此苦。显示巴利原文
nti. ti khattiyā ca brāhmaṇā ca vessā ca suddā ca gahaṭṭhā ca pabbajitā ca devā ca manussā ca. nti jātidukkhaṃ jarādukkhaṃ byādhidukkhaṃ maraṇadukkhaṃ sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsadukkhaṃ pajaheyyuṃ vinodeyyuṃ byantīkareyyuṃ anabhāvaṃ gameyyunti – te cāpi nūnappajaheyyu dukkhaṃ.
此处,“ti”指他这样对世尊说:“刹帝利、婆罗门、吠舍、首陀罗、在家人、出家人、天人与人类。”“牟尼”意指智慧……超越执著之网者,即是牟尼。“坚定地教导”指安稳地教导、恭敬地教导、反复地教导、一再地教导、给予教诫——这是说:愿您,牟尼啊,坚定地教导。显示巴利原文
ti. ti khattiye ca brāhmaṇe ca vesse ca sudde ca gahaṭṭhe ca pabbajite ca deve ca manusse ca. nti bhagavantaṃ bhaṇati. ti monaṃ vuccati ñāṇaṃ…pe… saṅgajālamaticca so muni. ti aṭṭhitaṃ ovadeyya sakkaccaṃ ovadeyya abhiṇhaṃ ovadeyya punappunaṃ ovadeyya anusāseyyāti – ye tvaṃ munī aṭṭhitaṃ ovadeyya.
此处,“礼拜”是指对世尊这样说:我用身体礼敬,用言语礼敬,用心意礼敬,用与义相应的实践礼敬,用法随法的实践礼敬;我尊敬、尊重、敬重、尊崇、供养。“普眼”是指一切知智。世尊以一切知智而具备、具足、拥有、完全拥有。显示巴利原文
ti. nti bhagavantaṃ bhaṇati. ti kāyena vā namassāmi, vācāya vā namassāmi, cittena vā namassāmi, anvatthapaṭipattiyā vā namassāmi, dhammānudhammapaṭipattiyā vā namassāmi sakkaromi garuṃ karomi mānemi pūjemi. ti samantacakkhu vuccati sabbaññutañāṇaṃ. Bhagavā sabbaññutañāṇena upeto samupeto upāgato samupāgato upapanno samupapanno samannāgato.
他于世间,不作任何恶。[萨毗耶啊,世尊这样说。]
解开一切结缚,脱离所有束缚;
于一切处无所黏着,此解脱者即名为‘龙象’——他是那般如如不动者。
显示巴利原文 Āguṃ na karoti kiñci loke, [sabhiyāti bhagavā] Sabbasaṃyoge visajja bandhanāni; Sabbattha na sajjatī vimutto, nāgo tādi pavuccate tathattāti.
如是,世尊不造过失,是故得名‘龙象’。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ bhagavā āguṃ na karotīti – nāgo.
为何说世尊“不随冲动而行”,故称为“龙象”呢?世尊不顺着贪欲的冲动而行,不顺着嗔怒的冲动而行,不顺着愚痴的冲动而行,不顺着恐惧的冲动而行;他不被贪染之力所牵,不被嗔怒之力所牵,不被愚痴之力所牵,不被慢心之力所牵,不被邪见之力所牵,不被掉举之力所牵,不被疑悔之力所牵,不被随眠烦恼之力所牵;他不被这些种种法推着向前、带走、冲散、卷去。如此,世尊“不随冲动而行”,故称为“龙象”。显示巴利原文
Kathaṃ bhagavā na gacchatīti – nāgo. Bhagavā na chandāgatiṃ gacchati, na dosāgatiṃ gacchati, na mohāgatiṃ gacchati, na bhayāgatiṃ gacchati, na rāgavasena gacchati, na dosavasena gacchati, na mohavasena gacchati, na mānavasena gacchati, na diṭṭhivasena gacchati, na uddhaccavasena gacchati, na vicikicchāvasena gacchati, na anusayavasena gacchati, na vaggehi dhammehi yāyati nīyati vuyhati saṃharīyati. Evaṃ bhagavā na gacchatīti – nāgo.
为何说世尊“不再回头”,故称为“龙象”呢?依入流道所断除的那些烦恼,他不再趋近,不再回返,不再归来。依一来道所断除的那些烦恼……(中略)……依不来道所断除的那些烦恼……依阿拉汉道所断除的那些烦恼,他不再趋近,不再回返,不再归来。如此,世尊“不再回头”,故称为“龙象”。——我领解了这层层深义,礼敬您这龙象。显示巴利原文
Kathaṃ bhagavā na āgacchatīti – nāgo. Sotāpattimaggena ye kilesā pahīnā te kilese na puneti na pacceti na paccāgacchati. Sakadāgāmimaggena…pe… anāgāmimaggena… arahattamaggena ye kilesā pahīnā te kilese na puneti na pacceti na paccāgacchati. Evaṃ bhagavā na āgacchatīti nāgoti – taṃ taṃ namassāmi samecca nāga.
意思是:“世尊或许会坚定地教诫我、郑重地教诫我、常常教诫我、再三反复地教导我吧”——那位婆罗门正是为此,说了下面的话。显示巴利原文
ti appeva maṃ bhagavā aṭṭhitaṃ ovadeyya sakkaccaṃ ovadeyya abhiṇhaṃ ovadeyya punappunaṃ ovadeyya anusāseyyāti – appeva maṃ bhagavā aṭṭhitaṃ ovadeyya. Tenāha so brāhmaṇo –
“那些尚未得安稳、却能得您这位牟尼教诫的人,想必也能断除苦吧?”
我遇见大龙象,向他礼敬,愿世尊教诫我这尚未得安稳的人。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Te cāpi nūnappajaheyyu dukkhaṃ, ye tvaṃ munī aṭṭhitaṃ ovadeyya; Taṃ taṃ namassāmi samecca nāga, appeva maṃ bhagavā aṭṭhitaṃ ovadeyyā’’ti.
正是由于排除了七法,才称为婆罗门。有身见得排除,疑得排除,戒禁取得排除,贪得排除,嗔得排除,痴得排除,慢得排除。他排除了那些邪恶不善的法——有杂染、能导致再生、伴有祸患、感召苦报、在未来引发生老死的法。显示巴利原文
ti. ti sattannaṃ dhammānaṃ bāhitattā brāhmaṇo. Sakkāyadiṭṭhi bāhitā hoti, vicikicchā bāhitā hoti, sīlabbataparāmāso bāhito hoti, rāgo bāhito hoti, doso bāhito hoti, moho bāhito hoti, māno bāhito hoti. Bāhitāssa honti pāpakā akusalā dhammā saṃkilesikā ponobhavikā sadarā dukkhavipākā āyatiṃ jātijarāmaraṇiyā.
除灭一切诸恶已,[萨毗耶啊,世尊这样说]
清净无染,善入于定,其心安住不动;
超越轮回,成为一切成就者,无所依著,如是之人即称为梵。
显示巴利原文 Bāhitvā sabbapāpakāni, [sabhiyāti bhagavā] Vimalo sādhusamāhito ṭhitatto; Saṃsāramaticca kevalī so, asito tādi pavuccate sa brahmāti.
所谓“明”,是指四种道上的智慧……超越一切明,故称“通明者”。又或以证知、了知、遍知、彻知、现证,对那称为通明者的婆罗门,作如是了知。显示巴利原文
ti vedo vuccati catūsu maggesu ñāṇaṃ…pe… sabbaṃ vedamaticca vedagū soti. ti abhijāneyya ājāneyya vijāneyya paṭivijāneyya paṭivijjheyyāti – yaṃ brāhmaṇaṃ vedagumābhijaññā.
就此而言,贪的系缚、嗔的系缚、痴的系缚、慢的系缚、邪见的系缚、烦恼的系缚、恶行的系缚——这些系缚,于佛陀世尊皆已断除,连根拔起,如截断顶的多罗树一般,彻底归于无有,于未来际不复生起。是故,佛陀是无有系缚者。世尊因排遣了七种法而成为婆罗门:有身见已被排遣,疑已被排遣,戒禁取已被排遣,贪已被排遣,嗔已被排遣,痴已被排遣,慢已被排遣。那些邪恶不善的、有杂染的、导致后有、伴随忧苦、感招苦报、将来导向生老死的法,于他皆已被排遣。显示巴利原文
nti. nti rāgakiñcanaṃ dosakiñcanaṃ mohakiñcanaṃ mānakiñcanaṃ diṭṭhikiñcanaṃ kilesakiñcanaṃ duccaritakiñcanaṃ, te kiñcanā buddhassa bhagavato pahīnā ucchinnamūlā tālāvatthukatā anabhāvaṃkatā āyatiṃ anuppādadhammā, tasmā buddho akiñcano. ti bhagavā sattannaṃ dhammānaṃ bāhitattā brāhmaṇo – sakkāyadiṭṭhi bāhitā hoti, vicikicchā bāhitā hoti, sīlabbataparāmāso bāhito hoti, rāgo bāhito hoti, doso bāhito hoti, moho bāhito hoti, māno bāhito hoti, bāhitāssa honti pāpakā akusalā dhammā saṃkilesikā ponobhavikā sadarā dukkhavipākā āyatiṃ jātijarāmaraṇiyā.
“确实”一语是决定说,为断定之辞——意为确定。“瀑流”即欲瀑流、有瀑流、见瀑流、无明瀑流。“渡过”意指向上越过、超越、度脱——他确实已渡此瀑流。显示巴利原文
ti. ti ekaṃsavacanaṃ…pe… avatthāpanavacanametaṃ – addhāti. nti kāmoghaṃ bhavoghaṃ diṭṭhoghaṃ avijjoghaṃ. ti uttari patari samatikkami vītivattayīti – addhā hi so oghamimaṃ atāri.
“渡过了”,是指他渡过了欲瀑流,渡过了有瀑流,渡过了见瀑流,渡过了无明瀑流,渡过了轮回之路;已渡、已越、已超、已过、已度脱、已通达。他梵行已立,修行已圆满,已到达目标,已了知方向,已达究竟,已守护梵行,已达到最上见,已修习了道,已断尽烦恼,已证悟不动,已作证灭。苦,他已遍知;集已断;道已修;灭已作证。应证知的已证知,应遍知的已遍知,应断的已断,应修的已修,应作证的已作证。他是已拔除门闩者、已填平沟壑者、已抽掉柱子者、已除去门闩的圣者,已卸下旗帜,已放下重担,已彻底解缚,断除了五支,具备六支,有一护,有四依,舍弃了种种偏执,求索已平息,思惟已澄清,身行已轻安,心善解脱,慧善解脱,是独一者,已立梵行,是最上人,是最胜人,达到了最胜的成就。他既不积聚,也不耗散,于耗散之后而住立。既不舍弃,也不执取,于舍弃之后而住立。既不离散,也不集聚,于离散之后而住立。既不吹散,也不熏燃,于吹散之后而住立。由于具足无学的戒蕴而住立。由于具足无学的定蕴而住立。由于具足无学的慧蕴而住立。由于具足无学的解脱蕴而住立。由于具足无学的解脱知见蕴而住立。由于通达真实而住立。由于超越动摇而住立。由于耗尽烦恼之火而住立。由于不再流转而住立。是怎样受持而住立的呢?由于受用解脱而住立。由于慈的清净而住立。由于悲的清净而住立。由于喜的清净而住立。由于舍的清净而住立。由于究竟清净而住立。由于无依赖的清净而住立。由于解脱而住立。由于知足而住立。他住立于蕴的边际,住立于界的边际,住立于处的边际,住立于趣的边际,住立于生处的边际,住立于结生的边际,住立于有的边际,住立于轮回的边际,住立于流转的边际。他住立于最后的存有,住立于最后的蕴聚,持最后身,是阿拉汉。显示巴利原文
ti. ti kāmoghaṃ tiṇṇo, bhavoghaṃ tiṇṇo, diṭṭhoghaṃ tiṇṇo, avijjoghaṃ tiṇṇo, saṃsārapathaṃ tiṇṇo uttiṇṇo nitthiṇṇo atikkanto samatikkanto vītivatto. So vutthavāso ciṇṇacaraṇo gataddho gatadiso gatakoṭiko pālitabrahmacariyo uttamadiṭṭhippatto bhāvitamaggo, pahīnakileso paṭividdhākuppo sacchikatanirodho . Dukkhaṃ tassa pariññātaṃ, samudayo pahīno, maggo bhāvito, nirodho sacchikato, abhiññeyyaṃ abhiññātaṃ, pariññeyyaṃ pariññātaṃ, pahātabbaṃ pahīnaṃ, bhāvetabbaṃ bhāvitaṃ, sacchikātabbaṃ sacchikataṃ. So ukkhittapaligho saṃkiṇṇaparikkho abbuḷhesiko niraggaḷo ariyo pannaddhajo pannabhāro visaññutto pañcaṅgavippahīno chaḷaṅgasamannāgato ekārakkho caturāpasseno panuṇṇapaccekasacco samavayasaṭṭhesano anāvilasaṅkappo passaddhakāyasaṅkhāro suvimuttacitto suvimuttapañño kevalī vusitavā uttamapuriso paramapuriso paramapattippatto. So neva ācināti na apacināti, apacinitvā ṭhito. Neva pajahati na upādiyati, pajahitvā ṭhito. Neva visineti na ussineti, visinetvā ṭhito. Neva vidhūpeti na sandhūpeti, vidhūpetvā ṭhito. Asekkhena sīlakkhandhena samannāgatattā ṭhito. Asekkhena samādhikkhandhena…pe… paññākkhandhena… vimuttikkhandhena… vimuttiñāṇadassanakkhandhena samannāgatattā ṭhito. Saccaṃ sampaṭipādayitvā ṭhito. Ejaṃ samatikkamitvā ṭhito. Kilesaggiṃ pariyādiyitvā ṭhito. Aparigamanatāya ṭhito. Kathaṃ samādāya ṭhito? Vimuttipaṭisevanatāya ṭhito . Mettāya pārisuddhiyā ṭhito. Karuṇāya …pe… muditāya… upekkhāya pārisuddhiyā ṭhito. Accantapārisuddhiyā ṭhito. Atammayatāya pārisuddhiyā ṭhito. Vimuttattā ṭhito. Santussitattā ṭhito. Khandhapariyante ṭhito. Dhātupariyante ṭhito. Āyatanapariyante ṭhito. Gatipariyante ṭhito. Upapattipariyante ṭhito. Paṭisandhipariyante ṭhito. Bhavapariyante ṭhito. Saṃsārapariyante ṭhito. Vaṭṭapariyante ṭhito. Antimabhave ṭhito. Antime samussaye ṭhito. Antimadehadharo arahā.
这是他最后之生,这是最后的蕴聚;
生死轮回,于他再无后有。
显示巴利原文 Tassāyaṃ pacchimako bhavo, carimoyaṃ samussayo; Jātimaraṇasaṃsāro, natthi tassa punabbhavoti.
“彼岸”即不死,也就是涅槃。所谓一切行的寂止、一切依的彻底舍离、爱尽、离欲、灭、涅槃。他已达彼岸、到彼岸,达终点、至终极,达尽头、到末端,达边际、至边际,达终止、至终止;达庇护、得庇护,达窟宅、得窟宅,达皈依、得皈依;达无畏、得无畏,达不动、得不动,达不死、得不死,达涅槃、得涅槃。他梵行已立,所应作已作……乃至……生死轮回,于他再无后有——这便是“已渡越而到达彼岸”。显示巴利原文
nti pāraṃ vuccati amataṃ nibbānaṃ. Yo so sabbasaṅkhārasamatho sabbūpadhipaṭinissaggo taṇhakkhayo virāgo nirodho nibbānaṃ. So pāragato pārappatto antagato antappatto koṭigato koṭippatto pariyantagato pariyantappatto vosānagato vosānappatto tāṇagato tāṇappatto leṇagato leṇappatto saraṇagato saraṇappatto abhayagato abhayappatto accutagato accutappatto amatagato amatappatto nibbānagato nibbānappatto. So vuttavāso ciṇṇacaraṇo…pe… jātimaraṇasaṃsāro, natthi tassa punabbhavoti – tiṇṇo ca pāraṃ.
贪是心结,嗔是心结,痴是心结,忿是心结,恨是心结……乃至一切不善行的造作都是心结。若这些心结已被断除、根绝、平息、止灭,永不再生,被智火烧尽,这人便称为无心结者。于苦疑惑,于苦集疑惑,于苦灭疑惑,于苦灭道疑惑,于前际疑惑,于后际疑惑,于前后际疑惑,于此缘性与缘起法疑惑——凡是像这样的疑惑、犹疑、犹豫不决、摇摆、动摇、心意分二、踌躇、不定执取、怀疑、迷惑、心不决定、心意纷乱——若这些疑惑已被断除、根绝、平息、止灭,永不再生,被智火烧尽,这人便称为无疑惑者。他便已渡彼岸,无心结,无疑惑。显示巴利原文
ti rāgo khilo, doso khilo, moho khilo, kodho khilo, upanāho khilo…pe… sabbākusalābhisaṅkhārā khilā. Yassete khilā pahīnā samucchinnā vūpasantā paṭipassaddhā abhabbuppattikā ñāṇagginā daḍḍhā so vuccati akhilo. ti dukkhe kaṅkhā, dukkhasamudaye kaṅkhā, dukkhanirodhe kaṅkhā, dukkhanirodhagāminiyā paṭipadāya kaṅkhā, pubbante kaṅkhā, aparante kaṅkhā, pubbantāparante kaṅkhā, idappaccayatāpaṭiccasamuppannesu dhammesu kaṅkhā, yā evarūpā kaṅkhā kaṅkhāyanā kaṅkhāyitattaṃ vimati vicikicchā dveḷhakaṃ dvedhāpatho saṃsayo anekaṃsaggāho āsappanā parisappanā apariyogāhanā chambhitattaṃ cittassa manovilekho. Yassete kaṅkhā pahīnā samucchinnā vūpasantā paṭipassaddhā abhabbuppattikā ñāṇagginā daḍḍhā so vuccati akaṅkhoti – tiṇṇo ca pāraṃ akhilo akaṅkho. Tenāha bhagavā –
“若有人能辨识那位婆罗门——他是明达者、无所有、于欲有不染著,”
他确实已渡越此洪流,到达彼岸,内心无结,亦无疑惑。”
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Yaṃ brāhmaṇaṃ vedagumābhijaññā, akiñcanaṃ kāmabhave asattaṃ; Addhā hi so oghamimaṃ atāri, tiṇṇo ca pāraṃ akhilo akaṅkho’’ti.
“明达者”指的是具足明、有智、具慧、有大智慧的人。“谁”……无论那是什么样的人……“明”是指四种道上的智、慧、慧根、慧力、择法觉支、审察、观、正见。凭借这些明,他已达至生老死的边际,抵达终点,达至终极,达至尽头,达至边界,达至边极,达至圆满,达至究竟,达至皈依,入于皈依,达至庇护,入于庇护,达至救护,入于救护,达至无畏,入于无畏,达至不动,入于不动,达至不死,入于不死,达至涅槃,入于涅槃。又因已达至明的边际,故称为明达者;或因通过明而达至边际,故称为明达者;或因了知七法,故称为明达者。即:他彻底了知有身见,了知疑惑,了知戒禁取,了知贪,了知嗔,了知痴,了知慢。他彻底了知那些恶不善法——有烦恼的、引生再有的、有怖畏、感苦报、未来招聚生老死的。显示巴利原文
ti. ti vijjāgato ñāṇī vibhāvī medhāvī. ti yo yādiso…pe… manusso vā. ti vedā vuccanti catūsu maggesu ñāṇaṃ paññā paññindriyaṃ paññābalaṃ dhammavicayasambojjhaṅgo vīmaṃsā vipassanā sammādiṭṭhi . Tehi vedehi jātijarāmaraṇassa antagato antappatto koṭigato koṭippatto pariyantagato pariyantappatto vosānagato vosānappatto tāṇagato tāṇappatto leṇagato leṇappatto saraṇagato saraṇappatto abhayagato abhayappatto accutagato accutappatto amatagato amatappatto nibbānagato nibbānappatto. Vedānaṃ vā antagatoti vedagū, vedehi vā antagatoti vedagū, sattannaṃ vā dhammānaṃ viditattā vedagū. Sakkāyadiṭṭhi viditā hoti, vicikicchā…pe… sīlabbataparāmāso… rāgo… doso… moho… māno vidito hoti. Viditāssa honti pāpakā akusalā dhammā saṃkilesikā ponobhavikā sadarā dukkhavipākā āyatiṃ jātijarāmaraṇiyā.
圣者遍知一切诸受后,[世尊对萨毗耶说]
沙门与婆罗门在此所拥有的那些感受;
他于一切感受离贪,超越一切感受,是通达感受的智者。
显示巴利原文 Vedāni viceyya kevalāni, [sabhiyāti bhagavā] Samaṇānaṃ yānīdhatthi brāhmaṇānaṃ; Sabbavedanāsu vītarāgo, sabbaṃ vedamaticca vedagū so.
有情、人、人类、活物、个体、生灵、出生者、生物、因陀罗所生者、人种——依此类见解……于此人间——那位明察而通达感受的智者。显示巴利原文
ti satto naro mānavo poso puggalo jīvo jāgu jantu indagu manujo. ti imissā diṭṭhiyā…pe… imasmiṃ manussaloketi – vidvā ca yo vedagū naro idha.
“有有”指:业有、再有;欲有;业有、欲有、再有;色有;业有、色有、再有;无色有;业有、无色有、再有;一再地有,一再地轮转,一再地化生,一再地结生,一再地生起一个个自我体。此中,有七种结缚:贪结、嗔结、痴结、慢结、见结、烦恼结、恶行结。“在此有彼有中,解开了这结缚”的意思是:他断弃了结缚,或将之解开。或者,他在种种结、绑、缠、执、黏、碍、缚之中破除之后,解开了它。正如人们卸下、解开、毁坏一辆车、一顶轿、一辆战车、一辆板车或一架沙橇那样,同样地,他断弃结缚,或将之解开。再者,“在此有彼有中,解开了这结缚”是说:他在种种有之中,破除了这些结、这些绑、这些缠、这些执、这些黏、这些碍、这些缚之后,解开了它。显示巴利原文
ti. ti bhavābhave kammabhave punabbhave kāmabhave, kammabhave kāmabhave punabbhave rūpabhave, kammabhave rūpabhave punabbhave arūpabhave, kammabhave arūpabhave punabbhave punappunabhave, punappunagatiyā punappunaupapattiyā punappunapaṭisandhiyā punappunaattabhāvābhinibbattiyā. ti satta saṅgā – rāgasaṅgo, dosasaṅgo, mohasaṅgo, mānasaṅgo, diṭṭhisaṅgo, kilesasaṅgo, duccaritasaṅgo. ti saṅge vosajjetvā vā visajja. Atha vā, saṅge bandhe vibandhe ābandhe lagge laggite palibuddhe bandhane phoṭayitvā vā visajja. Yathā yānaṃ vā vayhaṃ vā rathaṃ vā sakaṭaṃ vā sandamānikaṃ vā sajjaṃ visajjaṃ karonti vikopenti – evameva te saṅge vosajjetvā vā visajja. Atha vā, saṅge bandhe vibandhe ābandhe lagge laggite palibuddhe bandhane phoṭayitvā vā visajjāti – bhavābhave saṅgamimaṃ visajja.
对于色之渴爱……乃至……法之渴爱——若有人已断除、根绝、平息、止歇了这种渴爱,使其不可能再生起,并以智火焚烧殆尽,他便被称为:离渴爱者、无渴爱者、弃舍渴爱者、弃吐渴爱者、解脱渴爱者、断除渴爱者、舍离渴爱者;他是离贪者、弃舍贪者、断除贪者、舍离贪者;他是无有饥渴者、寂灭者、清凉者、领受乐者,以如梵之状态安住——这就是“他已离了渴爱”。“恼”是指:贪为恼,嗔为恼,痴为恼,忿为恼,恨为恼……乃至……一切不善的造作皆为恼。若有人已断除、根绝、平息、止歇了这些恼,使其不可能再生起,并以智火焚烧殆尽,他便被称为“无恼者”。“望”即是渴爱。那种染着、执着……乃至……贪求、贪欲、不善之根。若有人已断除、根绝、平息、止歇了这种望、这种渴爱,使其不可能再生起,并以智火焚烧殆尽,他便被称为“无望者”。“生”是指:那各类众生的……乃至……诸处的获得。“老”是指:那各类众生的……乃至……诸根的衰坏。这便称为老。那位离了渴爱、没有恼、也没有望的人,他确实超越、越过、渡过、完全逾越、克服了生与老——我是这样说的、这样讲的、这样宣说的、这样建立的、这样开显的、这样分析的、这样明示的。“他已离了渴爱,没有恼,没有望,他超越了生与老。”因此,世尊说:显示巴利原文
ti. ti rūpataṇhā…pe… dhammataṇhā… yassesā taṇhā pahīnā samucchinnā vūpasantā paṭipassaddhā abhabbuppattikā ñāṇagginā daḍḍhā, so vuccati vītataṇho vigatataṇho cattataṇho vantataṇho muttataṇho pahīnataṇho paṭinissaṭṭhataṇho vītarāgo cattarāgo pahīnarāgo paṭinissaṭṭharāgo nicchāto nibbuto sītibhūto sukhappaṭisaṃvedī brahmabhūtena attanā viharatīti – so vītataṇho. ti rāgo nīgho, doso nīgho, moho nīgho, kodho nīgho, upanāho nīgho…pe… sabbākusalābhisaṅkhārā nīghā. Yassete nīghā pahīnā samucchinnā vūpasantā paṭipassaddhā abhabbuppattikā ñāṇagginā daḍḍhā, so vuccati anīgho. ti āsā vuccati taṇhā. Yo rāgo sārāgo…pe… abhijjhā lobho akusalamūlaṃ. Yassesā āsā taṇhā pahīnā samucchinnā vūpasantā paṭipassaddhā abhabbuppattikā ñāṇagginā daḍḍhā, so vuccati nirāso. ti yā tesaṃ tesaṃ sattānaṃ…pe… āyatanānaṃ paṭilābho. ti yā tesaṃ tesaṃ sattānaṃ …pe… indriyānaṃ paripāko. Ayaṃ vuccati jarā. ti yo so vītataṇho anīgho ca nirāso ca, so kho jātijarāmaraṇaṃ atari uttari patari samatikkami vītivattayīti brūmi ācikkhāmi desemi paññapemi paṭṭhapemi vivarāmi vibhajāmi uttānīkaromi pakāsemīti – so vītataṇho anīgho nirāso, atāri so jātijaranti brūmi. Tenāha bhagavā –
那位在此世间明了并通达智识的人,于这有彼有中解开了此结缚。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Vidvā ca yo vedagū naro idha, bhavābhave saṅgamimaṃ visajja; So vītataṇho anīgho nirāso, atāri so jātijaranti brūmī’’ti.
偈颂结束时……(中略)……“世尊,您是我的导师,我是您的弟子。”显示巴利原文
Saha gāthāpariyosānā…pe… satthā me, bhante bhagavā, sāvakohamasmīti.
弥德古学童所问之分别 第四显示巴利原文
Mettagūmāṇavapucchāniddeso catuttho.
第五 陀多迦学童所问之分别显示巴利原文
5. Dhotakamāṇavapucchāniddeso
“nti”表询问。询问有三种:未明显之事而揭示的询问、已见之事而确认的询问、为断疑惑的询问……这便是三种询问……乃至涅槃之问。“nti”意为:我问你、我求问你、我请教你、我信赖你,请为我说吧——故说“我问你”。“ti”是表敬重的称呼……是亲证施设之名,即“世尊”。“nti”又表:说吧、开示吧、宣讲吧、建立吧、揭示吧、分别吧、阐明吧、解说吧——故言:“我问你,世尊,请为我说此事。”显示巴利原文
nti. ti tisso pucchā – adiṭṭhajotanā pucchā, diṭṭhasaṃsandanā pucchā, vimaticchedanā pucchā…pe… imā tisso pucchā…pe… nibbānapucchā. nti pucchāmi taṃ yācāmi taṃ ajjhesāmi taṃ pasādemi taṃ, kathayassu meti – pucchāmi taṃ. ti gāravādhivacanametaṃ…pe… sacchikā paññatti, yadidaṃ bhagavāti. nti brūhi ācikkhāhi desehi paññapehi paṭṭhapehi vivarāhi vibhajāhi uttānīkarohi pakāsehīti – pucchāmi taṃ bhagavā brūhi metaṃ.
“ti”是连音词……“ti”是亲爱语、尊重语,是具恭敬、具尊崇的称呼,即“具寿”。其后,“陀多迦”是这位婆罗门的名字、称号、名称、施设、惯用语、命名、名号、词源、文句、语言——即是说“具寿陀多迦这样说”。显示巴利原文
ti. ti padasandhi…pe… ti piyavacanaṃ garuvacanaṃ sagāravasappatissādhivacanametaṃ āyasmāti. ti tassa brāhmaṇassa nāmaṃ saṅkhā samaññā paññatti vohāro nāmaṃ nāmakammaṃ nāmadheyyaṃ nirutti byañjanaṃ abhilāpoti – iccāyasmā dhotako.
nti 即:对于您的言说、言辞、教示、教导、教诫,我渴求、渴望、欲求、纳受、希冀、爱乐、期盼。若问“大仙世尊”何义?因寻求、遍求、追求大戒蕴,故称大仙……“人中牛王在何处?”如此寻求者亦是大仙。故如是言:大仙,我渴望您的言说。显示巴利原文
nti tuyhaṃ vacanaṃ byappathaṃ desanaṃ anusāsanaṃ anusiṭṭhaṃ kaṅkhāmi abhikaṅkhāmi icchāmi sādiyāmi patthayāmi pihayāmi abhijappāmi. ti kiṃ mahesi bhagavā? Mahantaṃ sīlakkhandhaṃ esī gavesī pariyesīti mahesi…pe… kahaṃ narāsabhoti mahesīti – vācābhikaṅkhāmi mahesi tuyhaṃ.
nti 即:听闻、闻知、领受、忆持、识别您的言说、言辞、教示、教导、教诫已——这便是“听闻您的音声”。
显示巴利原文 nti tuyhaṃ vacanaṃ byappathaṃ desanaṃ anusāsanaṃ anusiṭṭhaṃ sutvā suṇitvā uggahetvā upadhārayitvā upalakkhayitvāti – tava sutvāna nigghosaṃ.
ti 意为三学:增上戒学、增上心学、增上慧学……此即增上慧学。为了熄灭自己的贪、瞋、痴、忿、恨……乃至为了平息、寂止、安息、熄灭、舍离、休止一切不善造作,应修学增上戒,应修学增上心,应修学增上慧。他作意这三学而修学,了知而修学……为证应证者而修学,实行、遍行、受持而安住——为了自己的涅槃而修学。因此,世尊这样说:显示巴利原文
ti. ti tisso sikkhā – adhisīlasikkhā, adhicittasikkhā, adhipaññāsikkhā…pe… ayaṃ adhipaññāsikkhā. ti attano rāgassa nibbāpanāya, dosassa nibbāpanāya, mohassa nibbāpanāya, kodhassa nibbāpanāya, upanāhassa nibbāpanāya…pe… sabbākusalābhisaṅkhārānaṃ samāya upasamāya vūpasamāya nibbāpanāya paṭinissaggāya paṭipassaddhiyā adhisīlampi sikkheyya, adhicittampi sikkheyya, adhipaññampi sikkheyya. Imā tisso sikkhāyo āvajjanto sikkheyya, jānanto sikkheyya…pe… sacchikātabbaṃ sacchikaronto sikkheyya, ācareyya samācareyya samādāya vatteyyāti – sikkhe nibbānamattano. Tenāha bhagavā –
“世尊,我向您请问,请您为我宣说,”——可敬的弥德古这样说。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Pucchāmi taṃ bhagavā brūhi metaṃ, [iccāyasmā mettagū] Vācābhikaṅkhāmi mahesi tuyhaṃ; Tava sutvāna nigghosaṃ, sikkhe nibbānamattano’’ti.
即:当勤精进,当行努力,当作奋发,当起力量,当具坚毅,当备勇猛;你应令意欲生起、令意欲增长、令意欲安立、令意欲坚固、令意欲现起、令意欲圆满——以此,你当勤精进。显示巴利原文
ti ātappaṃ karohi, ussāhaṃ karohi, ussoḷhiṃ karohi, thāmaṃ karohi, dhitiṃ karohi, vīriyaṃ karohi, chandaṃ janehi sañjanehi upaṭṭhapehi samuṭṭhapehi nibbattehi abhinibbattehīti – tenahātappaṃ karohi.
他以“世尊”之名来称呼那位婆罗门。“世尊”是表示尊重的称呼。再者,已摧破贪欲,是为世尊;已摧破嗔恚,是为世尊;已摧破愚痴,是为世尊;已摧破我慢,是为世尊;已摧破邪见,是为世尊;已摧破烦恼刺,是为世尊;已摧破一切烦恼,是为世尊;已分别、细分别、详分别法宝,是为世尊;作诸有之终结,是为世尊;身已修习、戒已修习、心已修习、慧已修习,是为世尊。或者,世尊是亲近山林、林野、边远、音声稀微、喧杂寂止、无人群喧动、适合隐居独处的坐卧处者,是为世尊。或者,世尊是分享衣、食、坐卧具、病缘医药资具者,是为世尊。或者,世尊是分享义味、法味、解脱味,以及增上戒、增上心、增上慧者,是为世尊。或者,世尊是分享四禅、四无量、四无色定者,是为世尊。或者,世尊是分享八解脱、八胜处、九次第定者,是为世尊。或者,世尊是分享十种想修习、遍处定、入出息念定、不净观定者,是为世尊。或者,世尊是分享四念处、四正勤、四神足、五根、五力、七觉支、圣八支道者,是为世尊。或者,世尊是分享十种如来力、四无畏、四无碍解、六神通、六佛德者,是为世尊。“世尊”这个名称,不是母亲取的,不是父亲取的,不是兄弟取的,不是姐妹取的,不是朋友同僚取的,不是亲族血亲取的,不是沙门婆罗门取的,也不是诸天所取的。这是诸佛世尊在菩提树下,与获得一切知智一同,亲自于解脱终结之处所安立的名称,那便是“世尊”——阿基多,这就是世尊。显示巴利原文
ti bhagavā taṃ brāhmaṇaṃ nāmena ālapati. ti gāravādhivacanaṃ. Api ca, bhaggarāgoti bhagavā; bhaggadosoti bhagavā; bhaggamohoti bhagavā; bhaggamānoti bhagavā; bhaggadiṭṭhīti bhagavā; bhaggakaṇṭakoti bhagavā; bhaggakilesoti bhagavā; bhaji vibhaji pavibhaji dhammaratananti bhagavā; bhavānaṃ antakaroti bhagavā; bhāvitakāyo bhāvitasīlo bhāvitacitto bhāvitapaññoti bhagavā; bhaji vā bhagavā araññavanapatthāni pantāni senāsanāni appasaddāni appanigghosāni vijanavātāni manussarāhasseyyakāni paṭisallānasāruppānīti bhagavā; bhāgī vā bhagavā cīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānapaccayabhesajjaparikkhārānanti bhagavā; bhāgī vā bhagavā attharasassa dhammarasassa vimuttirasassa adhisīlassa adhicittassa adhipaññāyāti bhagavā; bhāgī vā bhagavā catunnaṃ jhānānaṃ catunnaṃ appamaññānaṃ catunnaṃ arūpasamāpattīnanti bhagavā; bhāgī vā bhagavā aṭṭhannaṃ vimokkhānaṃ aṭṭhannaṃ abhibhāyatanānaṃ navannaṃ anupubbasamāpattīnanti bhagavā; bhāgī vā bhagavā dasannaṃ saññābhāvanānaṃ kasiṇasamāpattīnaṃ ānāpānassatisamādhissa asubhasamāpattiyāti bhagavā; bhāgī vā bhagavā catunnaṃ satipaṭṭhānānaṃ catunnaṃ sammappadhānānaṃ catunnaṃ iddhipādānaṃ pañcannaṃ indriyānaṃ pañcannaṃ balānaṃ sattannaṃ bojjhaṅgānaṃ ariyassa aṭṭhaṅgikassa maggassāti bhagavā; bhāgī vā bhagavā dasannaṃ tathāgatabalānaṃ catunnaṃ vesārajjānaṃ catunnaṃ paṭisambhidānaṃ channaṃ abhiññānaṃ channaṃ buddhadhammānanti bhagavā; bhagavāti netaṃ nāmaṃ mātarā kataṃ na pitarā kataṃ na bhātarā kataṃ na bhaginiyā kataṃ na mittāmaccehi kataṃ na ñātisālohitehi kataṃ na samaṇabrāhmaṇehi kataṃ na devatāhi kataṃ. Vimokkhantikametaṃ buddhānaṃ bhagavantānaṃ bodhiyā mūle saha sabbaññutañāṇassa paṭilābhā sacchikā paññatti, yadidaṃ bhagavāti – ajitāti bhagavā.
即:于此见、于此忍可、于此好乐、于此执取,于此法、于此律、于此法与律、于此教说、于此梵行、于此导师教诫、于此自身存在、于此人间界中。贤明者、智者、具慧者、聪慧者、具知者、明辨者、大慧者。由四种原因而称为具念者:于修习身随观念处时具念……他即被称为具念者——如此,于此中贤明而具念。显示巴利原文
ti. ti imissā diṭṭhiyā imissā khantiyā imissā ruciyā imasmiṃ ādāye imasmiṃ dhamme imasmiṃ vinaye imasmiṃ dhammavinaye imasmiṃ pāvacane imasmiṃ brahmacariye imasmiṃ satthusāsane imasmiṃ attabhāve imasmiṃ manussaloke. ti nipako paṇḍito paññavā buddhimā ñāṇī vibhāvī medhāvī. ti catūhi kāraṇehi sato – kāye kāyānupassanāsatipaṭṭhānaṃ bhāvento sato…pe… so vuccati satoti – idheva nipako sato.
从我这里听闻这些教语、言说、教导、教诫、训诲后,经文耳而闻、经学习、记持、审察、辨识——由此,便听到了那个音声。
显示巴利原文 nti ito mayhaṃ vacanaṃ byappathaṃ desanaṃ anusāsanaṃ anusiṭṭhaṃ sutvā suṇitvā uggaṇhitvā upadhārayitvā upalakkhayitvāti – ito sutvāna nigghosaṃ.
“ti”是指三学:增上戒学、增上心学、增上慧学……这是增上慧学。为了熄灭自己的贪欲,熄灭嗔恚,熄灭愚痴,熄灭忿怒,熄灭怨恨……乃至为了一切不善之行的止灭、平息、消逝、熄灭、舍离、轻安。应当修学增上戒,亦应修学增上心,亦应修学增上慧。以专注之心修学此三学,以知晓而学,以观照而学,以审察而学,以策励自心而学,以信抉择而学,以精进策励而学,以念现前而学,以心入定而学,以慧了知而学;于应证知者,为证知而学;于应遍知者,为遍知而学;于应断者,为断除而学;于应修习者,为修习而学;于应证得者,为证得而学。行持、如理行持、受持而修学——这就是‘你应为自己修学涅槃’。因此那位婆罗门说:显示巴利原文
ti. ti tisso sikkhā – adhisīlasikkhā, adhicittasikkhā, adhipaññāsikkhā…pe… ayaṃ adhipaññāsikkhā. ti attano rāgassa nibbāpanāya, dosassa nibbāpanāya, mohassa nibbāpanāya, kodhassa nibbāpanāya , upanāhassa nibbāpanāya…pe… sabbākusalābhisaṅkhārānaṃ samāya upasamāya vūpasamāya nibbāpanāya paṭinissaggāya paṭipassaddhiyā adhisīlampi sikkheyya, adhicittampi sikkheyya, adhipaññampi sikkheyya. Imā tisso sikkhāyo āvajjanto sikkheyya, jānanto sikkheyya, passanto sikkheyya, paccavekkhanto sikkheyya, cittaṃ padahanto sikkheyya, saddhāya adhimuccanto sikkheyya, vīriyaṃ paggaṇhanto sikkheyya, satiṃ upaṭṭhapento sikkheyya, cittaṃ samādahanto sikkheyya, paññāya pajānanto sikkheyya, abhiññeyyaṃ abhijānanto sikkheyya, pariññeyyaṃ parijānanto sikkheyya, pahātabbaṃ pajahanto sikkheyya, bhāvetabbaṃ bhāvento sikkheyya, sacchikātabbaṃ sacchikaronto sikkheyya, ācareyya samācareyya samādāya vatteyyāti – sikkhe nibbānamattano. Tenāha so brāhmaṇo –
“那么,你应当兴起精勤热忱,陀多迦!”世尊这样说。
就在这里,具足智慧与正念;
如此听闻此法音,当为自证涅槃而修学。”
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Tenahātappaṃ karohi, [dhotakāti bhagavā] Idheva nipako sato; Ito sutvāna nigghosaṃ, sikkhe nibbānamattano’’ti.
“ti”意指三种天:假名天、化生天、清净天。什么是假名天?假名天即国王、王子与王后。这些称为假名天。什么是化生天?化生天即四大王天、三十三天、夜摩天、兜率天、化乐天、他化自在天、梵众天以及更高的诸天。这些称为化生天。什么是清净天?清净天即如来的弟子——阿拉汉、漏尽者,以及独觉佛。这些称为清净天。于假名天、化生天、清净天中,世尊是天、超天、无上天,是狮子中的狮子,龙象中的龙象,领众中的领众,牟尼中的牟尼,王中之王。如是,我在人间天界中见到了天,见到了超天,见到了无上天;我见、观、审、察——于人间天界中,我见了。显示巴利原文
ti. ti tayo devā – sammutidevā, upapattidevā, visuddhidevā. Katame sammutidevā? Sammutidevā vuccanti rājāno ca rājakumārā ca deviyo ca. Ime vuccanti sammutidevā. Katame upapattidevā? Upapattidevā vuccanti cātumahārājikā devā tāvatiṃsā devā yāmā devā tusitā devā nimmānaratī devā paranimmitavasavattī devā brahmakāyikā devā ye ca devā taduttari . Ime vuccanti upapattidevā. Katame visuddhidevā? Visuddhidevā vuccanti tathāgatasāvakā arahanto khīṇāsavā ye ca paccekabuddhā. Ime vuccanti visuddhidevā. Bhagavā sammutidevānañca upapattidevānañca visuddhidevānañca devo ca atidevo ca devātidevo ca sīhasīho nāganāgo gaṇigaṇī munimunī rājarājā. ti manussaloke devaṃ passāmi atidevaṃ passāmi devātidevaṃ passāmi dakkhāmi olokemi nijjhāyāmi upaparikkhāmīti – passāmahaṃ devamanussaloke.
“财物”是指贪的财物、嗔的财物、痴的财物、慢的财物、见的财物、烦恼的财物、恶行的财物。若有人断除了这些财物,将其根绝、平息、寂止,令其不再生起,被智火所烧尽,他便被称为“无财物者”。
概括而言,欲有两种:事物欲与烦恼欲……这些名为事物欲……这些名为烦恼欲。
“无财物者于欲有中不执着”——意指无财物之人,对于欲有,不黏着、不系缚、不缠结、不牵挂、不滞留,彻底出离、彻底脱离、彻底解脱、彻底解缚,以无边际之心而安住。这便是“无财物者于欲有中不执着”。
他超越轮回,成为完全者。那无执着、如如者,即被称为梵天。
“行走”的意思是活动、居住、行持、维持、保护、延续、过活——这是无任何系缚的婆罗门所行之道。
显示巴利原文 nti. nti rāgakiñcanaṃ dosakiñcanaṃ mohakiñcanaṃ mānakiñcanaṃ diṭṭhikiñcanaṃ kilesakiñcanaṃ duccaritakiñcanaṃ, yassete kiñcanā pahīnā samucchinnā vūpasantā paṭipassaddhā abhabbuppattikā ñāṇagginā daḍḍhā, so vuccati akiñcano. ti uddānato dve kāmā – vatthukāmā ca kilesakāmā ca…pe… ime vuccanti vatthukāmā…pe… ime vuccanti kilesakāmā. ti dve bhavā – kammabhavo ca paṭisandhiko ca punabbhavo …pe… ayaṃ paṭisandhiko punabbhavo. nti akiñcanaṃ puggalaṃ kāmabhave ca asattaṃ alaggaṃ alaggitaṃ apalibuddhaṃ nikkhantaṃ nissaṭaṃ vippamuttaṃ visaññuttaṃ vimariyādikatena cetasā viharantanti – akiñcanaṃ kāmabhave asattaṃ. Bāhitvā sabbapāpakāni, [sabhiyāti bhagavā] Vimalo sādhusamāhito ṭhitatto; Saṃsāramaticca kevalī so, asito tādi pavuccate sa brahmā. nti carantaṃ viharantaṃ iriyantaṃ vattentaṃ pālentaṃ yapentaṃ yāpentanti – akiñcanaṃ brāhmaṇamiriyamānaṃ.
他在对世尊说话:我以身体礼敬您,以语言礼敬您,以心意礼敬您;我以与义相应的行道礼敬您,以法随法的行道礼敬您。我恭敬、尊重、崇仰、供养您。我相会、相聚、来到、近到您面前,当面这样礼敬您。世尊是“那嘎”——因为世尊不作恶,所以是“那嘎”;因为世尊不去(轮回),所以是“那嘎”;因为世尊不来(再生),所以是“那嘎”。怎样因为世尊不作恶而是“那嘎”呢?恶,即那些不善法:有杂染的、导致再生的、有苦患的、苦果报的、将来引发生老死的。显示巴利原文
ti. nti bhagavantaṃ bhaṇati. ti kāyena vā namassāmi, vācāya vā namassāmi, cittena vā namassāmi, anvatthapaṭipattiyā vā namassāmi, dhammānudhammapaṭipattiyā vā namassāmi, sakkaromi garuṃ karomi mānemi pūjemi. ti samecca abhisamecca samāgantvā abhisamāgantvā sammukhā taṃ namassāmi. ti nāgo ca bhagavā āguṃ na karotīti – nāgo, na gacchatīti – nāgo, na āgacchatīti – nāgo. Kathaṃ bhagavā āguṃ na karotīti – nāgo? Āgu vuccati pāpakā akusalā dhammā saṃkilesikā ponobhavikā sadarā dukkhavipākā āyatiṃ jātijarāmaraṇiyā.
于他而言,世间无有未见之物,亦无不知与不应知之事;
他遍知一切所应知,如来由此成为一切眼者。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Na tassa addiṭṭhamidhatthi kiñci, atho aviññātamajānitabbaṃ; Sabbaṃ abhiññāsi yadatthi neyyaṃ, tathāgato tena samantacakkhū’’ti. Taṃ taṃ namassāmi samantacakkhu.
世尊因从释迦族出家,故称释迦;又因富裕、拥有大财富、具足财富,故称释迦。他所拥有之财富,即是:信财、戒财、惭财、愧财、闻财、施财、慧财、念处财、正勤财、神足财、根财、力财、觉支财、道财、果财、涅槃财。凭借这些种种财富之宝,他富裕、拥有大财富、具足财富,故称释迦。或者说,释迦意为能干、有自信、满足、英勇、勇敢、奋进、不恐惧、不战栗、不惊慌、不逃避,已断除恐惧与怖畏,远离毛发竖立,故称释迦。所谓疑惑,即是疑。对苦的疑惑,对苦之集的疑惑,对苦之灭的疑惑,对导向苦灭之道的疑惑;对前际的疑惑,对后际的疑惑,对前后际的疑惑;对此缘性、缘起诸法的疑惑。凡是这种犹豫、犹豫不决、犹豫的状态、犹疑、疑、踌躇、歧路、不确定、不持一端的执取、探测、到处探测、不能透彻明了、心的战栗、心的扰乱——这便是疑。请释放我,请解脱我,请令我自由,请彻底令我自由,请拉拔我,请彻底拉拔我,请使我从疑惑之箭中出离——因此,释迦……显示巴利原文
ti. ti sakko bhagavā sakyakulā pabbajitotipi sakko. Atha vā, aḍḍho mahaddhano dhanavātipi sakko. Tassimāni dhanāni, seyyathidaṃ – saddhādhanaṃ sīladhanaṃ hiridhanaṃ ottappadhanaṃ sutadhanaṃ cāgadhanaṃ paññādhanaṃ satipaṭṭhānadhanaṃ sammappadhānadhanaṃ iddhipādadhanaṃ indriyadhanaṃ baladhanaṃ bojjhaṅgadhanaṃ maggadhanaṃ phaladhanaṃ nibbānadhanaṃ. Imehi anekavidhehi dhanaratanehi aḍḍho mahaddhano dhanavātipi sakko. Atha vā, sakko pahu visavī alamatto sūro vīro vikkanto abhīrū acchambhī anutrāsī apalāyī pahīnabhayabheravo vigatalomahaṃsotipi sakko . Kathaṃkathā vuccati vicikicchā. Dukkhe kaṅkhā, dukkhasamudaye kaṅkhā, dukkhanirodhe kaṅkhā, dukkhanirodhagāminiyā paṭipadāya kaṅkhā, pubbante kaṅkhā, aparante kaṅkhā, pubbantāparante kaṅkhā, idappaccayatāpaṭiccasamuppannesu dhammesu kaṅkhā. Yā evarūpā kaṅkhā kaṅkhāyanā kaṅkhāyitattaṃ vimati vicikicchā dveḷhakaṃ dvedhāpatho saṃsayo anekaṃsaggāho āsappanā parisappanā apariyogāhanā chambhitattaṃ cittassa manovilekho. ti muñca maṃ pamuñca maṃ mocehi maṃ pamocehi maṃ uddhara maṃ samuddhara maṃ vuṭṭhāpehi maṃ kathaṃkathāsallatoti – pamuñca maṃ sakka kathaṃkathāhi. Tenāha so brāhmaṇo –
我于天与人世间,看见一位无所有的婆罗门正在游行;
我礼敬那位一切眼者。释迦啊,请将我从疑惑中释放出来!
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Passāmahaṃ devamanussaloke, akiñcanaṃ brāhmaṇamiriyamānaṃ; Taṃ taṃ namassāmi samantacakkhu, pamuñca maṃ sakka kathaṃkathāhī’’ti.
像这样,我无法将那被疑惑之箭所射中的人解救出来、释放出来,令他摆脱、令他脱离,将他拉出、彻底拉出,扶起他、彻底扶起。如此,我亦无法令他解脱。
再者,如果对于那些无信、无意乐、懈怠、缺乏精进、不修行的人,我不渴望、不期待、不努力、不精勤,不激发精进,不鼓起勇气,不拿出力量,不提起毅力,不运用活力,不产生意欲,不令其生起,不让它出现,不使它彻底生起,便不为其说法。如此,我亦无法令他解脱。
又或者,根本没有其他任何能得解脱的人。若那些人获得解脱,那是凭借自己的力量、自己的能力、自己的精进、自己的努力,凭借自己作为人的力量、作为人的能力、作为人的精进、作为人的努力,自己正确地行道,随顺于法而行道,不违逆于法而行道,随顺义理而行道,法随法行,如此他们才得以解脱。如此,我亦无法令他解脱。显示巴利原文
ti nāhaṃ taṃ sakkomi muñcituṃ pamuñcituṃ mocetuṃ pamocetuṃ uddharituṃ samuddharituṃ uṭṭhāpetuṃ samuṭṭhāpetuṃ kathaṃkathāsallatoti. Evampi nāhaṃ sahissāmi pamocanāya. Atha vā, na īhāmi na samīhāmi na ussahāmi na vāyamāmi na ussāhaṃ karomi na ussoḷhiṃ karomi na thāmaṃ karomi na dhitiṃ karomi na vīriyaṃ karomi na chandaṃ janemi na sañjanemi na nibbattemi na abhinibbattemi assaddhe puggale acchandike kusīte hīnavīriye appaṭipajjamāne dhammadesanāyāti. Evampi nāhaṃ sahissāmi pamocanāya. Atha vā, natthañño koci mocetā. Te yadi moceyyuṃ sakena thāmena sakena balena sakena vīriyena sakena parakkamena sakena purisathāmena sakena purisabalena sakena purisavīriyena sakena purisaparakkamena attanā sammāpaṭipadaṃ anulomapaṭipadaṃ apaccanīkapaṭipadaṃ anvatthapaṭipadaṃ dhammānudhammapaṭipadaṃ paṭipajjamānā moceyyunti. Evampi nāhaṃ sahissāmi pamocanāya.
诚如世尊所说:“纯陀,自身陷于沼泽者,欲将另一陷于沼泽者拉出,无有是处。纯陀,自身未调伏、未受训、未般涅槃者,欲调伏他人、训导他人、令他人般涅槃,无有是处。”如是,我亦不能使其解脱。显示巴利原文
Vuttañhetaṃ bhagavatā – ‘‘so vata, cunda, attanā palipapalipanno paraṃ palipapalipannaṃ uddharissatīti netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati. So vata, cunda, attanā adanto avinīto aparinibbuto paraṃ damessati vinessati parinibbāpessatīti netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjatīti. Evampi nāhaṃ sahissāmi pamocanāya.
此乃世尊所说:
恶确由自己造作,自己由此染污;
自己不作恶,自己便得清净;
清净与不清净,唯是自身之事,没有人能令他人清净。
显示巴利原文 Vuttañhetaṃ bhagavatā – ‘‘Attanā hi kataṃ pāpaṃ, attanā saṃkilissati; Attanā akataṃ pāpaṃ, attanāva visujjhati; Suddhi asuddhi paccattaṃ, nāñño aññaṃ visodhaye’’ti. Evampi nāhaṃ sahissāmi pamocanāya.
世尊曾这样说:“正是如此,婆罗门,涅槃是存在的,通往涅槃的道路是存在的,我作为劝导者也是存在的。然而,我的弟子们虽受我这般教导、这般指引,有些人能证得究竟圆满的涅槃,有些人则不能。婆罗门,对此我又能做什么呢?如来只是指示道路的人。世尊开示道路,弟子们依之而行,方能解脱。因此,我亦不担负令他们解脱之事。”显示巴利原文
Vuttañhetaṃ bhagavatā – ‘‘evameva kho, brāhmaṇa, tiṭṭhateva nibbānaṃ tiṭṭhati nibbānagāmimaggo tiṭṭhāmahaṃ samādapetā, atha ca pana mama sāvakā mayā evaṃ ovadiyamānā evaṃ anusāsiyamānā appekacce accantaniṭṭhaṃ nibbānaṃ ārādhenti ekacce nārādhentīti. Ettha kyāhaṃ, brāhmaṇa karomi? Maggakkhāyī, brāhmaṇa, tathāgato. Maggaṃ buddho ācikkhati. Attanā paṭipajjamānā mucceyyunti . Evampi nāhaṃ sahissāmi pamocanāya’’.
所谓充满疑问的人,即是心怀犹豫、内心荒芜、摇摆不定、满腹疑团的人。意思是,任何众生,无论是刹帝利、婆罗门、吠舍、首陀罗,还是在家众、出家众,或是天人、人类。也就是在恶趣世间……乃至……有情所居的世间——陀多迦,这世间中的任何一个有疑者。显示巴利原文
ti kathaṃkathiṃ puggalaṃ sakaṅkhaṃ sakhilaṃ sadveḷhakaṃ savicikicchaṃ. ti kañci khattiyaṃ vā brāhmaṇaṃ vā vessaṃ vā suddaṃ vā gahaṭṭhaṃ vā pabbajitaṃ vā devaṃ vā manussaṃ vā. ti apāyaloke…pe… āyatanaloketi – kathaṃkathiṃ dhotaka kañci loke.
“最殊胜的法”,指的是不死之法,即涅槃。那一切行的寂止、一切依着的舍离、渴爱的灭尽、离欲、寂灭——这就是涅槃。“了知”的意思是:通达、了解、彻知、觉悟那至上的、最殊胜的、最卓越的、最首要的、最上等的、最善妙的法——正是在了知这最殊胜的法。”显示巴利原文
ti dhammaṃ seṭṭhaṃ vuccati amataṃ nibbānaṃ. Yo so sabbasaṅkhārasamatho sabbūpadhipaṭinissaggo taṇhakkhayo virāgo nirodho nibbānaṃ. nti aggaṃ seṭṭhaṃ viseṭṭhaṃ pāmokkhaṃ uttamaṃ pavaraṃ dhammaṃ ājānamāno vijānamāno paṭivijānamāno paṭivijjhamānoti – dhammañca seṭṭhaṃ ājānamāno.
“愿你如此渡越欲流、有流、见流、无明流,愿你超越、渡过、跨过、凌越这一切瀑流——愿你如是渡过此瀑流。”世尊正是因此说了这番话。显示巴利原文
ti evaṃ kāmoghaṃ bhavoghaṃ diṭṭhoghaṃ avijjoghaṃ tareyyāsi uttareyyāsi patareyyāsi samatikkameyyāsi vītivatteyyāsīti – evaṃ tuvaṃ oghamimaṃ taresi. Tenāha bhagavā –
“陀多迦,我不会承担去解脱世间任何一个充满疑惑的人;
“了知此最胜法,你便能如是渡过此瀑流。”
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Nāhaṃ sahissāmi pamocanāya, kathaṃkathiṃ dhotaka kañci loke; Dhammañca seṭṭhaṃ ājānamāno, evaṃ tuvaṃ oghamimaṃ taresī’’ti. ,
“如是教导吧,梵志!如是摄受吧,梵志!如是悲悯吧,梵志!”这就是:教导吧,梵志。怀着悲悯、慈愍、守护、摄受与同情——教导吧,梵志,怀着悲悯。显示巴利原文
ti anusāsa brahme anuggaṇha brahme anukampa brahmeti – anusāsa brahme. ti karuṇāyamāno anudayamāno anurakkhamāno anuggaṇhamāno anukampamānoti – anusāsa brahme karuṇāyamāno.
“离独之法”,即不死、涅槃。这正是一切行的寂止,一切依着的舍离,渴爱的灭尽、离染、灭尽、涅槃。所谓“我若能了知”,即指:我若能知道、通晓、辨明、证知、彻知、获得、触证那离独之法。显示巴利原文
nti vivekadhammaṃ vuccati amataṃ nibbānaṃ. Yo so sabbasaṅkhārasamatho sabbūpadhipaṭinissaggo taṇhakkhayo virāgo nirodho nibbānaṃ. nti yamahaṃ jāneyyaṃ ājāneyyaṃ vijāneyyaṃ paṭivijāneyyaṃ paṭivijjheyyaṃ adhigaccheyyaṃ phasseyyaṃ sacchikareyyanti – vivekadhammaṃ yamahaṃ vijaññaṃ.
犹如虚空不执取、不抓取、不系缚、不缠缚,同样,不执取、不抓取、不系缚、不缠缚——如是,即如虚空般无所损害。犹如虚空不为紫胶、姜黄、靛蓝或茜草所染,同样,不染着、不嗔恚、不迷惑、不污染——如是,即如虚空般无所损害。犹如虚空不愤慨、不恼怒、不退转、不抗拒,同样,不愤慨、不恼怒、不退转、不抗拒,具足无碍之心——如是,即如虚空般无所损害。显示巴利原文
ti yathā ākāso na pajjati na gaṇhati na bajjhati na palibajjhati, evaṃ apajjamāno agaṇhamāno abajjhamāno apalibajjhamānoti – evampi ākāsova abyāpajjamāno. Yathā ākāso na rajjati lākhāya vā haliddiyā vā nīliyā vā mañjeṭṭhāya vā evaṃ arajjamāno adussamāno amuyhamāno akilissamānoti – evampi ākāsova abyāpajjamāno. Yathā ākāso na kuppati na byāpajjati na patilīyati na paṭihaññati, evaṃ akuppamāno abyāpajjamāno appatilīyamāno appaṭihaññamāno appaṭihatamānoti – evampi ākāsova abyāpajjamāno.
“即在此处寂静”:即在此处寂静、在此处存在、在此处安坐而存在、即在此座上安坐而存在、即在此会众中安坐而存在——如此,即是“即在此处寂静”。再者,即在此处寂静、平静、极平静、清凉、安息——如此,亦是“即在此处寂静”。所谓“无所依”,依止有两者:渴爱依止与见依止……(中略)……此即渴爱依止……(中略)……此即见依止……舍断渴爱依止、舍弃见依止后,不依止于眼、不依止于耳、不依止于鼻、不依止于舌、不依止于身、不依止于意;不依止于色……声……香……味……触……法;不依止于家族……群体……住所……利养……名声……赞誉……乐受……衣……食……卧具……病者所需医药资具;不依止于欲界……色界……无色界……欲有……色有……无色有……想有……无想有……非想非非想有……一蕴有……四蕴有……五蕴有;不依止于过去……未来……现在;于所见、所闻、所思、所识之法,无所依止、不依、不耽溺、不执着、不执取、不朝向、出离、离系、解脱、离缚,以离界限之心而住。“我将行”:我将行、住、动作、转起、行持、维持——即在此处寂静、无所依而我将行。因此那位婆罗……显示巴利原文
nti. ti idheva santo idheva samāno idheva nisinno samāno imasmiṃyeva āsane nisinno samāno imissāyeva parisāya nisinno samānoti, evampi – idheva santo. Atha vā, idheva santo upasanto vūpasanto nibbuto paṭippassaddhoti, evampi – idheva santo. ti dve nissayā – taṇhānissayo ca diṭṭhinissayo ca…pe… ayaṃ taṇhānissayo…pe… ayaṃ diṭṭhinissayo… taṇhānissayaṃ pahāya diṭṭhinissayaṃ paṭinissajjitvā cakkhuṃ anissito, sotaṃ anissito, ghānaṃ anissito, jivhaṃ anissito, kāyaṃ anissito, manaṃ anissito, rūpe… sadde… gandhe … rase… phoṭṭhabbe… dhamme… kulaṃ… gaṇaṃ… āvāsaṃ… lābhaṃ… yasaṃ… pasaṃsaṃ… sukhaṃ… cīvaraṃ… piṇḍapātaṃ… senāsanaṃ… gilānapaccayabhesajjaparikkhāraṃ… kāmadhātuṃ… rūpadhātuṃ… arūpadhātuṃ… kāmabhavaṃ… rūpabhavaṃ… arūpabhavaṃ… saññābhavaṃ… asaññābhavaṃ… nevasaññānāsaññābhavaṃ… ekavokārabhavaṃ… catuvokārabhavaṃ… pañcavokārabhavaṃ… atītaṃ… anāgataṃ… paccuppannaṃ… diṭṭhasutamutaviññātabbe dhamme asito anissito anallīno anupagato anajjhosito anadhimutto nikkhanto nissaṭo vippamutto visaṃyutto vimariyādikatena cetasā. nti careyyaṃ vihareyyaṃ iriyeyyaṃ vatteyyaṃ yapeyyaṃ yāpeyyanti – idheva santo asito careyyaṃ. Tenāha so brāhmaṇo –
梵天啊,愿您悲悯,教导我远离之法,令我能真正了知。
如此,我便能如虚空一般无碍,就在此生,寂静、无所依着而住。
我将宣说、详说、解说、开示、施设、建立、揭示、分别演说并阐明:贪欲的止息、嗔恚的止息、愚痴的止息、忿怒的止息、怨恨的止息……(中略)……覆藏的止息、恼害的止息、嫉妒的止息、悭吝的止息、谄曲的止息、虚伪的止息、顽固的止息、争斗的止息、慢的止息、过慢的止息、骄逸的止息、放逸的止息、一切烦恼的止息、一切恶行的止息、一切焦热的止息、一切煎熬的止息、一切灼烧的止息、一切不善行的止息、平息、寂静、涅槃、轻安。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Anusāsa brahme karuṇāyamāno, vivekadhammaṃ yamahaṃ vijaññaṃ; Yathāhaṃ ākāsova abyāpajjamāno, idheva santo asito careyya’’nti. nti rāgassa santiṃ, dosassa santiṃ, mohassa santiṃ, kodhassa santiṃ, upanāhassa…pe… makkhassa… paḷāsassa… issāya… macchariyassa… māyāya… sāṭheyyassa… thambhassa… sārambhassa… mānassa… atimānassa… madassa… pamādassa… sabbakilesānaṃ… sabbaduccaritānaṃ… sabbadarathānaṃ… sabbapariḷāhānaṃ… sabbasantāpānaṃ… sabbākusalābhisaṅkhārānaṃ santiṃ upasantiṃ vūpasantiṃ nibbutiṃ paṭippassaddhiṃ kittayissāmi pakittayissāmi ācikkhissāmi desessāmi paññapessāmi paṭṭhapessāmi vivarissāmi vibhajissāmi uttānīkarissāmi pakāsissāmīti – kittayissāmi te santiṃ.
“ti”是世尊称呼那位婆罗门名字时所用的称唤。“ti”是表示尊敬的称呼……“世尊”是现见亲证的称号——所以是“陀多迦啊,世尊”。显示巴利原文
ti. ti bhagavā taṃ brāhmaṇaṃ nāmena ālapati. ti gāravādhivacanametaṃ…pe… sacchikā paññatti, yadidaṃ bhagavāti – dhotakāti bhagavā.
“所见法”的意思是:在直接所见、所了知、所衡量、所检验、所明辨、所通达的法上,“一切行是无常的”……乃至“凡是集起之法,其一切皆是灭尽之法”——于如是直接所见、所了知、所衡量、所检验、所明辨、所通达的法上,我将如此开示“所见法”。或者,当苦被直接所见时,我开示苦;当集被直接所见时,我开示集;当道被直接所见时,我开示道;当灭被直接所见时,我开示灭——我将如此开示“所见法”。又或者,在那直接可见、当下可见、没有时间间隔、可以呼唤来见、导向内在、为智者各自内证的法上——我将开示“所见法”。“不是传闻”的意思是:不是基于道听途说,不是基于传说,不是基于师承,不是因为通达三藏,不是凭推理,不是凭推论,不是凭反复思惟行相,不是凭深思熟虑后接受的见解。那是自己亲自以殊胜智慧证知、自己亲证的法,我将开示那样的法,因此所开示的法是“所见、不是传闻”。显示巴利原文
nti. ti diṭṭhe dhamme ñāte dhamme tulite dhamme tīrite dhamme vibhūte dhamme vibhāvite dhamme sabbe saṅkhārā aniccāti…pe… yaṃ kiñci samudayadhammaṃ sabbaṃ taṃ nirodhadhammanti diṭṭhe dhamme ñāte dhamme tulite dhamme tīrite dhamme vibhūte dhamme vibhāvite dhammeti – evampi diṭṭhe dhamme kathayissāmi. Atha vā, dukkhe diṭṭhe dukkhaṃ kathayissāmi, samudaye diṭṭhe samudayaṃ kathayissāmi, magge diṭṭhe maggaṃ kathayissāmi, nirodhe diṭṭhe nirodhaṃ kathayissāmīti – evampi diṭṭhe dhamme kathayissāmi. Atha vā, diṭṭhe dhamme sandiṭṭhikaṃ akālikaṃ ehipassikaṃ opaneyyikaṃ paccattaṃ veditabbaṃ viññūhīti – evampi diṭṭhe dhamme kathayissāmīti diṭṭhe dhamme. nti na itihītihaṃ na itikirāya na paramparāya na piṭakasampadāya na takkahetu na nayahetu na ākāraparivitakkena na diṭṭhinijjhānakkhantiyā, sāmaṃ sayamabhiññātaṃ attapaccakkhadhammaṃ, taṃ kathayissāmīti – diṭṭhe dhamme anītihaṃ.
“了知之后,具念而行”的意思是:将“一切行是无常的”作为已彻底了知、衡量、检验、明辨、透彻了解的对象;将“一切行是苦的”……“一切法是无我”……乃至“凡是集起之法,其一切皆是灭尽之法”作为已彻底了知、衡量、检验、明辨、透彻了解的对象。“具念”的意思是:由四种原因而具念——修习身随观念住而具念……乃至他被称作“具念”。“而行”的意思是:行走、居住、行动、持续运作、保持、行进、使之行进——如此彻底了知之后,具念地行走。显示巴利原文
nti yaṃ viditaṃ katvā tulayitvā tīrayitvā vibhāvayitvā vibhūtaṃ katvā, ‘‘sabbe saṅkhārā aniccā’’ti viditaṃ katvā tulayitvā tīrayitvā vibhāvayitvā vibhūtaṃ katvā, ‘‘sabbe saṅkhārā dukkhā’’ti… ‘‘sabbe dhammā anattā’’ti…pe… ‘‘yaṃ kiñci samudayadhammaṃ sabbaṃ taṃ nirodhadhamma’’nti viditaṃ katvā tulayitvā tīrayitvā vibhāvayitvā vibhūtaṃ katvā. ti catūhi kāraṇehi sato – kāye kāyānupassanāsatipaṭṭhānaṃ bhāvento sato…pe… so vuccati sato. nti caranto viharanto iriyanto vattento pālento yapento yāpentoti – yaṃ viditvā sato caraṃ.
“执著”指渴爱。凡是染著、强烈染著……乃至贪求、贪欲、不善根,皆称为渴爱。“执著”依何义而得名?“毒”义,故名执著;“宽广”义,故名执著;“被散播”义,故名执著;“不平坦”义,故名执著;“黏附”义,故名执著;“引来”义,故名执著;“欺诳”义,故名执著;“有毒根”义,故名执著;“有毒果”义,故名执著;“有毒受用”义,故名执著。再者,这种广大无边的渴爱,遍及色、声、香、味、触,遍及家族、群体、住所、利养、名声、称赞、快乐,遍及衣、食、住、病缘药具,遍及欲界、色界、无色界,遍及欲有、色有、无色有,遍及想有、无想有、非想非非想有,遍及一蕴有、四蕴有、五蕴有,遍及过去、未来、现在所见、所闻、所觉知的一切法,扩散、展开于其中,故称“执著”。“世间”指恶趣世间、人世间、天世间、蕴世间、界世间、处世间。“渡越世间中的执著”:这执著确实存于世间之中;具念者应当渡越、超越、克服、度过、越过这执著。因此,世尊说:显示巴利原文
nti visattikā vuccati taṇhā. Yo rāgo sārāgo…pe… abhijjhā lobho akusalamūlaṃ. ti kenaṭṭhena visattikā? Visatāti visattikā, visālāti visattikā, visaṭāti visattikā, visamāti visattikā, visakkatīti visattikā, visaṃharatīti visattikā, visaṃvādikāti visattikā, visamūlāti visattikā, visaphalāti visattikā, visaparibhogāti visattikā, visālā vā pana sā taṇhā rūpe sadde gandhe rase phoṭṭhabbe kule gaṇe āvāse lābhe yase pasaṃsāya sukhe cīvare piṇḍapāte senāsane gilānapaccayabhesajjaparikkhāre kāmadhātuyā rūpadhātuyā arūpadhātuyā kāmabhave rūpabhave arūpabhave saññābhave asaññābhave nevasaññānāsaññābhave ekavokārabhave catuvokārabhave pañcavokārabhave atīte anāgate paccuppanne diṭṭhasutamutaviññātabbesu dhammesu visaṭā vitthatāti visattikā. ti apāyaloke manussaloke devaloke khandhaloke dhātuloke āyatanaloke. nti loke vesā visattikā , loke vetaṃ visattikaṃ sato tareyya uttareyya patareyya samatikkameyya vītivatteyyāti – tare loke visattikaṃ. Tenāha bhagavā –
那现法亲见、不依传闻的法;
了知此已,具念而行,便能度越世间中的执着。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Kittayissāmi te santiṃ, [dhotakāti bhagavā] Diṭṭhe dhamme anītihaṃ; Yaṃ viditvā sato caraṃ, tare loke visattika’’nti.
所谓“我欢喜它”,是指我于您的言说、教导、教诫、教示,感到欣喜、欢悦、随喜,并渴望、接受、希求、向往、期盼——我对此心生欢喜。显示巴利原文
ti. nti tuyhaṃ vacanaṃ byappathaṃ desanaṃ anusāsanaṃ anusiṭṭhaṃ nandāmi abhinandāmi modāmi anumodāmi icchāmi sādiyāmi patthayāmi pihayāmi abhijappāmīti – tañcāhaṃ abhinandāmi.
所谓“那”,是指什么?“大牟尼世尊”。“大”——他追寻、寻求、遍求大戒蕴,故称大牟尼;追寻大定蕴……乃至……“何处有人中公牛?”故称大牟尼。“所谓寂静”,名为不死、涅槃。那即是一切行的寂止、一切依着的彻底舍离、渴爱的灭尽、离染、灭尽、涅槃。“所谓最上”,即最顶、最胜、最殊胜、首要、最高、最妙——因此是“大牟尼所证的最上寂静”。显示巴利原文
nti. ti kiṃ mahesi bhagavā? Mahantaṃ sīlakkhandhaṃ esī gavesī pariyesīti mahesi, mahantaṃ samādhikkhandhaṃ…pe… kahaṃ narāsabhoti mahesi. nti santi vuccati amataṃ nibbānaṃ. Yo so sabbasaṅkhārasamatho sabbūpadhipaṭinissaggo taṇhakkhayo virāgo nirodho nibbānaṃ. nti aggaṃ seṭṭhaṃ viseṭṭhaṃ pāmokkhaṃ uttamaṃ pavaranti – mahesi santimuttamaṃ.
如此了知之后……例如,了知“一切行无常”——如是了知、衡量、审察、辨明,令其彻底清晰;了知“一切行是苦”……了知“一切法无我”……乃至了知“凡是集起之法,皆为灭尽之法”——如是了知、衡量、审察、辨明,令其彻底清晰。他以四种原因而具念:修习身至身观念处者,即是具念……如此称为“具念者”。“了知这些之后,具念而行”:行走……乃至生活——亦即了知这一切,具念而行。显示巴利原文
nti yaṃ viditaṃ katvā…pe… ‘‘sabbe saṅkhārā aniccā’’ti viditaṃ katvā tulayitvā tīrayitvā vibhāvayitvā vibhūtaṃ katvā; ‘‘sabbe saṅkhārā dukkhā’’ti… ‘‘sabbe dhammā anattā’’ti…pe… ‘‘yaṃ kiñci samudayadhammaṃ sabbaṃ taṃ nirodhadhamma’’nti viditaṃ katvā tulayitvā tīrayitvā vibhāvayitvā vibhūtaṃ katvā. ti catūhi kāraṇehi sato – kāye kāyānupassanāsatipaṭṭhānaṃ bhāvento sato…pe… so vuccati sato. nti caranto…pe… yāpentoti – yaṃ viditvā sato caraṃ.
“visattikā”意指渴爱。凡有所染著、贪染……贪求、贪,是为不善根。“以何种意义而称为 visattikā?”“因散开、扩大之义,故称为 visattikā。”“于恶趣世间……于处世间。”“于世间,此 visattikā 确然存在;于世间,具念者当渡越它、超越它……彻底跨越它——此即‘于世间渡越执著’。”因此,那位婆罗门说:显示巴利原文
nti. Visattikā vuccati taṇhā. Yo rāgo sārāgo…pe… abhijjhā lobho akusalamūlaṃ. ti kenaṭṭhena visattikā…pe… visaṭā vitthatāti visattikā. ti apāyaloke…pe… āyatanaloke. nti loke vesā visattikā, loke vetaṃ visattikaṃ sato tareyyaṃ uttareyyaṃ…pe… vītivatteyyanti – tare loke visattikaṃ. Tenāha so brāhmaṇo –
大仙,我对此无上寂静心生欣喜;
了知此已,具念而行,便能于世间度越贪着。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Tañcāhaṃ abhinandāmi, mahesi santimuttamaṃ; Yaṃ viditvā sato caraṃ, tare loke visattika’’nti.
“yaṃ kiñci sampajānāsi”意指“凡你所彻知”——你已了知、已通达、已洞彻,亦即“凡你所彻知”。……“陀多迦”是世尊对那位婆罗门直呼其名,此为尊称……即现量的施设,所谓“世尊”——“陀多迦!”世尊如是说。显示巴利原文
ti yaṃ kiñci sampajānāsi ājānāsi paṭivijānāsi paṭivijjhasīti – yaṃ kiñci sampajānāsi. ti. ti bhagavā taṃ brāhmaṇaṃ nāmena ālapati. ti gāravādhivacanametaṃ…pe… sacchikā paññatti, yadidaṃ bhagavāti – dhotakāti bhagavā.
“uddhaṃ”指未来,“adho”指过去,“tiriyaṃ”指现在。或者,“uddhaṃ”指天界,“adho”指恶趣,“tiriyaṃ”指人界。或者,“uddhaṃ”指善法,“adho”指不善法,“tiriyaṃ”指无记法。或者,“uddhaṃ”指无色界,“adho”指欲界,“tiriyaṃ”指色界。或者,“uddhaṃ”指乐受,“adho”指苦受,“tiriyaṃ”指不苦不乐受。或者,“uddhaṃ”指从脚底向上,“adho”指从头顶向下,“tiriyaṃ”指中间——即上方、下方与横向,也就是中间。显示巴利原文
ti. nti anāgataṃ; ti atītaṃ; ti paccuppannaṃ. nti devaloko; ti apāyaloko; ti manussaloko. Atha vā, nti kusalā dhammā; ti akusalā dhammā; ti abyākatā dhammā. nti arūpadhātu; ti kāmadhātu; ti rūpadhātu. nti sukhā vedanā; ti dukkhā vedanā; ti adukkhamasukhā vedanā. nti uddhaṃ pādatalā; ti adho kesamatthakā; ti vemajjheti – uddhaṃ adho tiriyañcāpi majjhe.
“这就是执着,这就是粘著,这就是缠缚,这就是障碍。”——如此了知、如此通达、如此衡量、如此审察、如此洞彻、如此透达之后,即:了知世间中这即是执着。显示巴利原文
ti saṅgo eso lagganaṃ etaṃ bandhanaṃ etaṃ palibodho esoti ñatvā jānitvā tulayitvā tīrayitvā vibhāvayitvā vibhūtaṃ katvāti – etaṃ viditvā saṅgoti loke.
意思是:对色的渴爱、对声的渴爱……(中略)……对法的渴爱。对于有与无有,对于业有、再有、欲有;对于依业有而有的欲有、再有;对于色有,对于依业有而有的色有、再有;对于无色有,对于依业有而有的无色有、再有;对于反复之有,反复之去向、反复之投生、反复之结生、反复之自体生起——对于这一切,你不要制造渴爱,不要产生,不要令其生起,不要使之生起。这就是‘对于有与无有,你不要制造渴爱’的意思。因此,世尊这样说了:显示巴利原文
nti. ti rūpataṇhā saddataṇhā…pe… dhammataṇhā. ti bhavābhavāya kammabhavāya punabbhavāya kāmabhavāya, kammabhavāya kāmabhavāya punabbhavāya rūpabhavāya, kammabhavāya rūpabhavāya punabbhavāya arūpabhavāya, kammabhavāya arūpabhavāya punabbhavāya punappunabbhavāya, punappunagatiyā punappunaupapattiyā punappunapaṭisandhiyā punappunaattabhāvābhinibbattiyā taṇhaṃ mākāsi mā janesi mā sañjanesi mā nibbattesi mābhinibbattesi, pajaha vinodehi byantīkarohi anabhāvaṃ gamehīti – bhavābhavāya mākāsi taṇhanti. Tenāha bhagavā –
“凡你所清楚明了的,”“陀多迦啊!”世尊这样称呼他——
上方、下方、四方及中央;
了知世间此执著后,对于有与无有,莫生渴爱。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Yaṃ kiñci sampajānāsi, [dhotakāti bhagavā] Uddhaṃ adho tiriyañcāpi majjhe; Etaṃ viditvā saṅgoti loke, bhavābhavāya mākāsi taṇha’’nti.
于偈颂结束时……他说道:“世尊是我的导师,我是弟子。”显示巴利原文
Saha gāthāpariyosānā…pe… satthā me, bhante bhagavā, sāvakohamasmīti.
陀多迦学童所问之分别 第五显示巴利原文
Dhotakamāṇavapucchāniddeso pañcamo.
六、优波湿婆学童所问之分别显示巴利原文
6. Upasīvamāṇavapucchāniddeso
意思是:我既无第二个人可作依怙,亦无第二法可作依怙;若依止某人、依止某法,我便能渡过、超出、越过、超越、度脱那广大的欲瀑流、有瀑流、见瀑流、无明瀑流——此即所谓“能者”。世尊从释迦族出家,故名能者。又或,因其富裕、财丰、资财充足,故称能者。其所具之财富即:信财、戒财、惭财、愧财、闻财、舍财、慧财、念住财……乃至涅槃财。依此种种财宝,他富裕、财丰、资财充足,故名能者。又,他能干、有力、练达、足智多谋,勇敢、英勇、勇猛,无畏、无惧、不惊慌、不退却,已断除怖畏恐惧、息灭毛发竖立,因此叫做能者——我独自一人,便能渡过那广大的瀑流。显示巴利原文
nti. ti puggalo vā me dutiyo natthi, dhammo vā me dutiyo natthi, yaṃ vā puggalaṃ nissāya dhammaṃ vā nissāya mahantaṃ kāmoghaṃ bhavoghaṃ diṭṭhoghaṃ avijjoghaṃ tareyyaṃ uttareyyaṃ patareyyaṃ samatikkameyyaṃ vītivatteyyanti. ti sakko. Bhagavā sakyakulā pabbajitotipi sakko. Atha vā, aḍḍho mahaddhano dhanavātipi sakko. Tassimāni dhanāni, seyyathidaṃ – saddhādhanaṃ sīladhanaṃ hiridhanaṃ ottappadhanaṃ sutadhanaṃ cāgadhanaṃ paññādhanaṃ satipaṭṭhānadhanaṃ…pe… nibbānadhanaṃ. Imehi anekehi dhanaratanehi aḍḍho mahaddhano dhanavātipi sakko. Atha vā, sakko pahu visavī alamatto sūro vīro vikkanto abhīrū achambhī anutrāsī apalāyī pahīnabhayabheravo vigatalomahaṃsotipi sakkoti – eko ahaṃ sakka mahantamoghaṃ.
此处,“icca”为连声词……“āyasmā”是爱语、敬语……“upasīvo”是那位婆罗门的名字……是称呼之语——此即说为“这位尊者优波湿婆”。显示巴利原文
ti. ti padasandhi…pe…. ti piyavacanaṃ…pe…. ti tassa brāhmaṇassa nāmaṃ…pe… abhilāpoti – iccāyasmā upasīvo.
意思是:我不依止于人,也不依止于法。我没有力量,没有能力,无力、无能渡过、越过、超越、度脱那巨大的欲暴流、有暴流、见暴流、无明暴流——没有依止,我便无法渡过。显示巴利原文
nti. ti puggalaṃ vā anissito dhammaṃ vā anissito no visahāmi na ussahāmi na sakkomi na paṭibalo mahantaṃ kāmoghaṃ bhavoghaṃ diṭṭhoghaṃ avijjoghaṃ tarituṃ uttarituṃ patarituṃ samatikkamituṃ vītivattitunti – anissito no visahāmi tārituṃ.
所缘、依处、依止、亲近依止,请你说出来,请宣说、阐明、施设、确立、开显、分别、解说清楚、彰显出来。所谓“一切眼”,即是指一切知智。世尊已具备、完全具备,已到达、完全到达,已拥有、完全拥有,已具足那一切知智。显示巴利原文
ti ārammaṇaṃ ālambaṇaṃ nissayaṃ upanissayaṃ brūhi ācikkhāhi desehi paññapehi paṭṭhapehi vivarāhi vibhajāhi uttānīkarohi pakāsehi. ti samantacakkhu vuccati sabbaññutañāṇaṃ. Bhagavā tena sabbaññutañāṇena upeto samupeto upāgato samupāgato upapanno samupapanno samannāgato.
于他而言,此处无任何未见之物,亦无任何未了知、未应知之理。
显示巴利原文 Na tassa adiṭṭhamidhatthi kiñci, atho aviññātamajānitabbaṃ; Sabbaṃ abhiññāsi yadatthi neyyaṃ, tathāgato tena samantacakkhū’’ti. Ārammaṇaṃ brūhi samantacakkhu.
——“依止此人,或依止此法,我便能渡越、超过、克服、超越那巨大的欲流、有流、见流、无明流。依止于此,我能渡越此流。”因此,那位婆罗门如是说道:显示巴利原文
nti. ti yaṃ puggalaṃ vā nissito dhammaṃ vā nissito mahantaṃ kāmoghaṃ bhavoghaṃ diṭṭhoghaṃ avijjoghaṃ tareyyaṃ uttareyyaṃ patareyyaṃ samatikkameyyaṃ vītivatteyyanti – yaṃ nissito oghamimaṃ tareyyaṃ . Tenāha so brāhmaṇo –
“我独自一人,沙咖,在此巨大瀑流中,”具寿优波湿婆说道,
“无所依止,我无力渡越;
普眼者,请您开示所缘,依此所缘,我能渡此瀑流。”
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Eko ahaṃ sakka mahantamoghaṃ, [iccāyasmā upasīvo] Anissito no visahāmi tārituṃ; Ārammaṇaṃ brūhi samantacakkhu, yaṃ nissito oghamimaṃ tareyya’’nti.
这位婆罗门虽原本就证得无所有处定,却不知依止之处,心想:“这是我的依止处。”于是世尊为他开示依止之处,以及更上的出离之道。具念者入无所有处定后,从定中出,以无常随观照该处所生的心法与心所法:以苦观照、以病观照、以疮观照、以箭观照、以祸观照、以疾观照、以敌观照、以毁坏观照、以灾患观照、以怖畏观照、以危险观照、以动摇观照、以易碎观照、以不恒久观照、以无护观照、以无依观照、以无皈观照、以非皈依处观照、以空虚观照、以虚无观照、以空观照、以无我随观照、以过患观照、以变异法观照、以无实观照、以苦根观照、以有观照、以无有观照、以有漏观照、以有为观照、以魔饵观照、以生法观照、以老法观照、以病法观照、以死法观照、以愁悲苦忧恼法观照、以集法观照、以灭法观照、以味观照、以过患观照、以出离观照——他即以这些方式如实观照、审察、审视、谛察、伺察。显示巴利原文
ti so brāhmaṇo pakatiyā ākiñcaññāyatanasamāpattiṃ lābhīyeva nissayaṃ na jānāti – ‘‘ayaṃ me nissayo’’ti. Tassa bhagavā nissayañca ācikkhati uttariñca niyyānapathaṃ. Ākiñcaññāyatanasamāpattiṃ sato samāpajjitvā tato vuṭṭhahitvā tattha jāte cittacetasike dhamme aniccato pekkhamāno, dukkhato…pe… rogato… gaṇḍato… sallato… aghato… ābādhato… parato… palokato… ītito… upaddavato… bhayato… upasaggato… calato… pabhaṅguto… addhuvato… atāṇato… aleṇato… asaraṇato… asaraṇībhūtato… rittato… tucchato… suññato… anattato… ādīnavato… vipariṇāmadhammato… asārakato… aghamūlato… bhavato… vibhavato… sāsavato… saṅkhatato… mārāmisato… jātidhammato… jarādhammato… byādhidhammato… maraṇadhammato… sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsadhammato … samudayadhammato… atthaṅgamato… assādato… ādīnavato… nissaraṇato pekkhamāno dakkhamāno olokayamāno nijjhāyamāno upaparikkhamāno.
那种念、随念、忆念……乃至……正念,即称为“念”。以此念为具备、为具足者,即称为“具念者”。因此说:于无所有,以正念观察。显示巴利原文
ti yā sati anussati paṭissati…pe… sammāsati – ayaṃ vuccati sati. Imāya satiyā upeto hoti…pe… samannāgato, so vuccati satimāti – ākiñcaññaṃ pekkhamāno satimā.
此处“ti”为世尊呼那位婆罗门之名。“ti”是表示尊敬之语……这是已现证的施设,亦即“世尊”。因此说:“优波湿婆啊!”世尊。显示巴利原文
ti. ti bhagavā taṃ brāhmaṇaṃ nāmena ālapati. ti gāravādhivacanametaṃ…pe… sacchikā paññatti, yadidaṃ bhagavāti – upasīvāti bhagavā.
“nti”意为“没有任何东西”,即无所有处定。为何“没有任何东西”即是无所有处定?因为正念而入识无边处定,出定后,令彼识消失、隐没、灭没,而观察“没有任何东西”。以此因缘,称无所有处定。你应当依止、近依、取此为所缘,渡越、超渡、越过、消越、超越欲瀑流、有瀑流、见瀑流、无明瀑流。是故,“以无所有,渡越瀑流。”显示巴利原文
nti natthi kiñcīti ākiñcaññāyatanasamāpatti. Kiṃkāraṇā natthi kiñcīti ākiñcaññāyatanasamāpatti? Viññāṇañcāyatanasamāpattiṃ sato samāpajjitvā tato vuṭṭhahitvā taññeva viññāṇaṃ abhāveti, vibhāveti, antaradhāpeti, natthi kiñcīti passati. Taṃkāraṇā natthi kiñcīti ākiñcaññāyatanasamāpattiṃ nissāya upanissāya ālambaṇaṃ karitvā kāmoghaṃ bhavoghaṃ diṭṭhoghaṃ avijjoghaṃ tarassu uttarassu patarassu samatikkamassu vītivattassūti – natthīti nissāya tarassu oghaṃ.
“kāme”指两种欲——事欲与烦恼欲。……这些称为事欲;……这些称为烦恼欲。遍知事欲之后,即应断除、舍离、驱除、灭尽、令归于无而舍离烦恼欲。是故,“舍断诸欲”。“kathaṃkathā”指戏论,即疑惑:对苦的疑惑……心的僵硬、心的扰乱。已远离、离去、全离、出离、脱出、解脱、离系于疑惑,以无界限之心而住——这也称为“远离诸论”;或已远离、离去、全离、出离、脱出、解脱、离系于三十二种畜生论,以无界限之心而住——这也称为“远离诸论”。因此,“舍断诸欲,远离诸论。”显示巴利原文
ti. ti uddānato dve kāmā – vatthukāmā ca kilesakāmā ca…pe… ime vuccanti vatthukāmā …pe… ime vuccanti kilesakāmā. ti vatthukāme parijānitvā kilesakāme pahāya pajahitvā vinodetvā byantīkaritvā anabhāvaṃ gametvāti – kāme pahāya. ti kathaṃkathā vuccati vicikicchā. Dukkhe kaṅkhā…pe… chambhitattaṃ cittassa manovilekho kathaṃkathāya ārato virato paṭivirato nikkhanto nissaṭo vippamutto visaññutto vimariyādikatena cetasā viharatīti – evampi virato kathāhi…pe… atha vā, dvattiṃsāya tiracchānakathāya ārato virato paṭivirato nikkhanto nissaṭo vippamutto visaññutto vimariyādikatena cetasā viharatīti evampi virato kathāhīti – kāme pahāya virato kathāhi.
“ti”:色爱……乃至法爱,这称为“夜”。“ti”:昼。日夜应当彻见、遍观、观察、审视、辨视、彻底省察渴爱灭尽、贪灭尽、嗔灭尽、痴灭尽、趣灭尽、生起灭尽、结生灭尽、有灭尽、轮回灭尽、流转灭尽。是故世尊这样说:显示巴利原文
ti. ti rūpataṇhā…pe… dhammataṇhā. vuccati ratti. ti divaso. Rattiñca divā ca taṇhakkhayaṃ rāgakkhayaṃ dosakkhayaṃ mohakkhayaṃ gatikkhayaṃ upapattikkhayaṃ paṭisandhikkhayaṃ bhavakkhayaṃ saṃsārakkhayaṃ vaṭṭakkhayaṃ passa abhipassa dakkha olokaya nijjhāya upaparikkhāti – taṇhakkhayaṃ nattamahābhipassa. Tenāha bhagavā –
‘‘Ākiñcaññaṃ pekkhamāno satimā, [upasīvāti bhagavā] Natthīti nissāya tarassu oghaṃ; Kāme pahāya virato kathāhi, taṇhakkhayaṃ nattamahābhipassā’’ti.
“ti. ti sabbena sabbaṃ sabbathā sabbaṃ asesaṃ nissesaṃ pariyādiyanavacanametaṃ – ye kecīti.”这是一段注释:“无论哪些”——这是表示“以一切方式、完全地、毫无剩余、彻底穷尽”的语句。“ye kecime samaṇabrāhmaṇāse”是指:那些在佛教之外出家为遍行外道的人,那些自称尊者的人。这就是“那些任何这样的沙门与婆罗门”。“ti”为词语的连接……(中略)……这是尊者难陀所说。显示巴利原文
ti. ti sabbena sabbaṃ sabbathā sabbaṃ asesaṃ nissesaṃ pariyādiyanavacanametaṃ – ye kecīti. ti ye keci ito bahiddhā pabbajjūpagatā paribbājakasamāpannā. ti ye keci bhovādikāti – ye kecime samaṇabrāhmaṇāse. ti. ti padasandhi…pe… iccāyasmā nando.
“ti”为词语的连声……乃至……是亲爱语……乃至……是那位婆罗门的名字……乃至……是称呼——这便是“尊者宾吉亚如是说”。显示巴利原文
ti. ti padasandhi…pe…. ti piyavacanaṃ…pe…. ti tassa brāhmaṇassa nāmaṃ…pe… abhilāpoti – iccāyasmā piṅgiyo.
他舍弃、断除、尽舍、超越、越过、度过了底下六种等至,然后依靠、依附、接近、进入、执取、倾心于无所有处定——他依于无所有而舍弃了慢想。
显示巴利原文 nti. Heṭṭhimā cha samāpattiyo hitvā cajitvā pariccajitvā atikkamitvā samatikkamitvā vītivattitvā ākiñcaññāyatanasamāpattiṃ nissito allīno upagato samupagato ajjhosito adhimuttoti – ākiñcaññaṃ nissito hitvā maññaṃ.
这里,‘想解脱’是指七种想等至。在这些想等至中,无所有处等至的解脱是最上、最胜、最妙、第一、顶尖的。于那最上、最胜、最妙、第一、顶尖之中,他以决意解脱而决意于彼、专志于彼、唯志于彼、行于彼、勤于彼、重于彼、趋赴于彼、趣向于彼、归向于彼、以彼为志、以彼为导——他正是如此决意于最上的想解脱。显示巴利原文
ti saññāvimokkhā vuccanti satta saññāsamāpattiyo. Tāsaṃ saññāsamāpattīnaṃ ākiñcaññāyatanasamāpattivimokkho aggo ca seṭṭho ca viseṭṭho ca pāmokkho ca uttamo ca pavaro ca, parame agge seṭṭhe viseṭṭhe pāmokkhe uttame pavare adhimuttivimokkhena adhimutto tatrādhimutto tadadhimutto taccarito tabbahulo taggaruko tanninno tappoṇo tappabbhāro tadadhimutto tadadhipateyyoti – saññāvimokkhe paramedhimutto.
‘是这样吗?不是这样吗?是什么?怎么样?’——这样的话,是疑惑之问、犹豫之问、模棱两可之问、多方探问之问。‘那些人’是指持有某种见解的人。‘世尊’一词是表示尊敬的称呼……是对已实现者所施设的名号,即指佛陀。‘基于自身的见解、自身的忍、自身的喜好、自身的执持’;‘防护、预备、护卫、守护、保持、约束’;‘过着那样的生活、安住、行动、维持、呵护、延续、度日’——世尊啊,那些处处防护、如此生活的人们,会是如何呢?显示巴利原文
ti. ti saṃsayapucchā vimatipucchā dveḷhakapucchā anekaṃsapucchā, ‘‘evaṃ nu kho, na nu kho, kiṃ nu kho, kathaṃ nu kho’’ti – kaccissu. ti diṭṭhigatikā. ti gāravādhivacanametaṃ…pe… sacchikā paññatti, yadidaṃ bhagavāti – kaccissu te bhagavā. ti. ti sakāya diṭṭhiyā sakāya khantiyā sakāya ruciyā sakāya laddhiyā. ti yattā paṭiyattā guttā gopitā rakkhitā saṃvutā. ti carantā viharantā iriyantā vattentā pālentā yapentā yāpentāti – kaccissu te bhagavā tattha yatā carantā.
依止无所有,舍离慢想;
于想解脱中证得无上殊胜,他会安住彼处而不随逐吗?
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Sabbesu kāmesu yo vītarāgo, [iccāyasmā upasīvo] Ākiñcaññaṃ nissito hitvā maññaṃ; Saññāvimokkhe paramedhimutto, tiṭṭhe nu so tattha anānuyāyī’’ti.
“一切”:这是一个表示全部、所有方面、完全、无余、无缺、摄尽一切的词。“无论哪些”:指无论哪些从此之外出家、成为遍游行者的人。“无论哪些自称有德者”:指无论哪些沙门与婆罗门。……这是句子的连接……“难陀”:这是亲切的称呼……那是那位婆罗门的名字……这是称呼语。因此称为:“具寿难陀”。显示巴利原文
ti. ti sabbena sabbaṃ sabbathā sabbaṃ asesaṃ nissesaṃ pariyādiyanavacanametaṃ – ye kecīti. ti ye keci ito bahiddhā pabbajjūpagatā paribbājakasamāpannā. ti ye keci bhovādikāti – ye kecime samaṇabrāhmaṇāse. ti. ti padasandhi…pe…. ti piyavacanaṃ…pe…. ti. Tassa brāhmaṇassa nāmaṃ…pe… abhilāpoti – iccāyasmā nando.
世尊唤那位婆罗门的名字:“阿基多。”然后说:“我所说的是慧、念与名色。”这“说”即是宣讲、开示、确立、解说、揭示、分析、阐明、宣告。阿基多,我如此对你说。显示巴利原文
ti. ti bhagavā taṃ brāhmaṇaṃ nāmena ālapati. nti paññañca satiñca nāmarūpañca. ti vadāmi ācikkhāmi desemi paññapemi paṭṭhapemi vivarāmi vibhajāmi uttānīkaromi pakāsemīti. Ajita taṃ vadāmi te.
什么是“依止无所有,舍断慢”?即舍弃、放下、抛舍、超越、越过、渡过下六等至后,依止、依附、亲近、全然亲近、执取、胜解无所有处定——这便是“依止无所有,舍断慢”。显示巴利原文
nti. Heṭṭhimā cha samāpattiyo hitvā cajitvā pariccajitvā atikkamitvā samatikkamitvā vītivattitvā ākiñcaññāyatanasamāpattiṃ nissito allīno upagato samupagato ajjhosito adhimuttoti – ākiñcaññaṃ nissito hitvā maññaṃ.
“想解脱”指的是七种想等至。在这些想等至中,无所有处定的想解脱最为殊胜、最胜、最上、最首、最尊、最妙。对这些最殊胜、最胜、最上、最首、最尊、最妙的,他以胜解心胜解、于彼胜解、于此胜解……以此为归趣者——即“于想解脱中最上胜解”。显示巴利原文
ti saññāvimokkhā vuccanti satta saññāsamāpattiyo. Tāsaṃ saññāsamāpattīnaṃ ākiñcaññāyatanasamāpattivimokkho aggo ca seṭṭho ca viseṭṭho ca pāmokkho ca uttamo ca pavaro ca, parame agge seṭṭhe viseṭṭhe pāmokkhe uttame pavare adhimuttivimokkhena adhimutto tatrādhimutto tadadhimutto…pe… tadadhipateyyoti – saññāvimokkhe paramedhimutto.
“他会安住彼处”,意指可安住六万大劫。“彼处”即无所有处。“不追随”,谓不随行、不消失、不没去、不衰减、不衰退;或者说,不贪着、不瞋恚、不痴迷、不染污——他即安住彼处而不追随。以此,世尊说:显示巴利原文
ti. ti tiṭṭheyya saṭṭhikappasahassāni. ti ākiñcaññāyatane. ti anānuyāyī aviccamāno avigacchamāno anantaradhāyamāno aparihāyamāno. Atha vā, arajjamāno adussamāno amuyhamāno akilissamānoti – tiṭṭheyya so tattha anānuyāyī. Tenāha bhagavā –
“于一切欲中离贪”——世尊说:“优波湿婆啊,”
“依止无所有,舍断慢;”
“于想解脱中得最上胜解者,他当安住彼处,无所追随。”
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Sabbesu kāmesu yo vītarāgo, [upasīvāti bhagavā] Ākiñcaññaṃ nissito hitvā maññaṃ; Saññāvimokkhe paramedhimutto, tiṭṭheyya so tattha anānuyāyī’’ti.
若他安住彼处达六万劫,住于无所有处而不追随——即不消失、不离去、不灭没、不衰退;或者说不染着、不瞋恚、不痴迷、不受污染——倘若他安住彼处而不追随。显示巴利原文
ti sace so tiṭṭheyya saṭṭhikappasahassāni. ti ākiñcaññāyatane. ti anānuyāyī aviccamāno avigacchamāno anantaradhāyamāno aparihāyamāno. Atha vā, arajjamāno adussamāno amuyhamāno akilissamānoti – tiṭṭhe ce so tattha anānuyāyī.
纵经漫长年岁:许多年、许多百年、许多千年、许多百千年、许多劫、许多百劫、许多千劫、许多百千劫。‘具一切眼’即所谓一切知智……如来以此而成为具一切眼者——纵经漫长年岁,他亦是具一切眼者。显示巴利原文
ti. ti pūgampi vassāni bahūni vassāni bahūni vassasatāni bahūni vassasahassāni bahūni vassasatasahassāni bahūni kappāni bahūni kappasatāni bahūni kappasahassāni bahūni kappasatasahassāni. ti samantacakkhu vuccati sabbaññutañāṇaṃ…pe… tathāgato tena samantacakkhūti – pūgampi vassāni samantacakkhu.
就在彼处,他证得清凉,成为恒常、坚固、永恒、不变异之法,如同常见所执,永远安住;或者,他的识离去、断灭、消亡、坏灭、不复存在,而再生结生识在欲界、色界或无色界生起——这是就入无所有处定者而言,询问常见与断见。又或者,就在彼处般无余涅槃;或他的识离去后,结生识又在欲界、色界或无色界生起——这是就生于无所有处者而言,询问般涅槃与结生。对于那样的、如此性质的、如此安住、如此种类、与其相应的、生于无所有处者——‘他就在彼处由清凉而解脱,那样的识会离去吗?’因此那位婆罗门说:显示巴利原文
ti tattheva so sītibhāvamanuppatto nicco dhuvo sassato avipariṇāmadhammo sassatisamaṃ tatheva tiṭṭheyya. Atha vā, tassa viññāṇaṃ caveyya ucchijjeyya nasseyya vinasseyya na bhaveyyāti punabbhavapaṭisandhiviññāṇaṃ nibbatteyya kāmadhātuyā vā rūpadhātuyā vā arūpadhātuyā vāti ākiñcaññāyatanaṃ samāpannassa sassatañca ucchedañca pucchati. Udāhu tattheva anupādisesāya nibbānadhātuyā parinibbāyeyya . Atha vā, tassa viññāṇaṃ caveyya puna paṭisandhiviññāṇaṃ nibbatteyya kāmadhātuyā vā rūpadhātuyā vā arūpadhātuyā vāti, ākiñcaññāyatanaṃ upapannassa parinibbānañca paṭisandhiñca pucchati. ti tathāvidhassa tādisassa tassaṇṭhitassa tappakārassa tappaṭibhāgassa ākiñcaññāyatanaṃ upapannassāti – tattheva so sītisiyā vimutto, cavetha viññāṇaṃ tathāvidhassa. Tenāha so brāhmaṇo –
‘若他安住彼处而无随逐,即使历经多年,具一切眼者;
他就在彼处由清凉而解脱,那样的识会离去吗?’
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Tiṭṭhe ce so tattha anānuyāyī, pūgampi vassāni samantacakkhu; Tattheva so sītisiyā vimutto, cavetha viññāṇaṃ tathāvidhassā’’ti.
“火焰”即火焰的光焰。“风”指东风、西风、北风、南风,有尘的风、无尘的风,冷风、热风,微风、强风,乃至维蓝婆风、翼风、金翅鸟风、棕榈叶风、扇风等。“被风的力量吹动”指被推动、吹起、驱赶、驱散、吹离、吹散——犹如火焰被风所吹。“优波湿婆”是世尊称呼那位婆罗门的名字。“世尊”是表示尊敬的称谓。显示巴利原文
ti acci vuccati jālasikhā. ti puratthimā vātā pacchimā vātā uttarā vātā dakkhiṇā vātā sarajā vātā arajā vātā sītā vātā uṇhā vātā parittā vātā adhimattā vātā verambhavātā pakkhavātā supaṇṇavātā tālapaṇṇavātā vidhūpanavātā. ti vātavegena khittā ukkhittā nunnā paṇunnā khambhitā vikkhambhitāti – acci yathā vātavegena khittā. ti. ti bhagavā taṃ brāhmaṇaṃ nāmena ālapati. ti gāravādhivacanametaṃ…pe… sacchikā paññatti, yadidaṃ bhagavāti – upasīvāti bhagavā.
“走向终极”即趣向究竟、使达到究竟、达到究竟,熄灭、寂静、彻底止息。他不可入于概念,不可入于名称,不可入于计数,不可入于施设——不能说“他去了东方,去了西方,去了北方,去了南方,去了上方,去了下方,去了横向,去了中间的方向”。因为没有那个因、那个缘、那个理由,能令他入于任何概念。这便是“走向终极,消逝,不入概念”。显示巴利原文
nti. ti atthaṃ paleti, atthaṃ gameti, atthaṃ gacchati nirujjhati vūpasamati paṭippassambhati. nti saṅkhaṃ na upeti, uddesaṃ na upeti, gaṇanaṃ na upeti, paṇṇattiṃ na upeti, ‘‘puratthimaṃ vā disaṃ gatā, pacchimaṃ vā disaṃ gatā, uttaraṃ vā disaṃ gatā, dakkhiṇaṃ vā disaṃ gatā uddhaṃ vā gatā, adho vā gatā, tiriyaṃ vā gatā, vidisaṃ vā gatā’’ti, so hetu natthi, paccayo natthi, kāraṇaṃ natthi, yena saṅkhaṃ gaccheyyāti – atthaṃ paleti na upeti saṅkhaṃ.
“如是”是譬喻的阐明。“牟尼”即所谓智……超越了执着之网的那位牟尼。那位牟尼,原本在先前就已从色身解脱。他超越了彼分断与镇伏断,已被断除。那位牟尼依此状态,获得了四种圣道。因获得了四种圣道,他彻底了知名身与色身。因彻底了知名身与色身,他从名身和色身解脱、脱离、彻底脱离,通过究竟的无执取解脱。如此,牟尼从名身中解脱。显示巴利原文
ti. nti opammasampaṭipādanaṃ. ti monaṃ vuccati ñāṇaṃ …pe… saṅgajālamaticca so muni. ti so muni pakatiyā pubbeva rūpakāyā vimutto. Tadaṅgaṃ samatikkamā vikkhambhanappahānena pahīno. Tassa munino bhavantaṃ āgamma cattāro ariyamaggā paṭiladdhā honti. Catunnaṃ ariyamaggānaṃ paṭiladdhattā nāmakāyo ca rūpakāyo ca pariññātā honti. Nāmakāyassa ca rūpakāyassa ca pariññātattā nāmakāyā ca rūpakāyā ca mutto vimutto suvimutto accantaanupādāvimokkhenāti – evaṃ munī nāmakāyā vimutto.
他将于无余涅槃界中入般涅槃。于无余涅槃界中入般涅槃后,他不入于概念,不入于名称,不入于计数,不入于施设——不称为“刹帝利”、“婆罗门”、“吠舍”、“首陀罗”、“在家人”、“出家人”、“天人”、“人类”、“有色者”、“无色者”、“有想者”、“无想者”、“非想非非想者”。他没有那样的因、没有那样的缘、没有那样的理由,能让他进入任何概念。达于终极,消逝,不入于概念。因此,世尊这样说:显示巴利原文
nti. ti anupādisesāya nibbānadhātuyā parinibbāyati. nti anupādisesāya nibbānadhātuyā parinibbuto saṅkhaṃ na upeti, uddesaṃ na upeti, gaṇanaṃ na upeti, paṇṇattiṃ na upeti – khattiyoti vā brāhmaṇoti vā vessoti vā suddoti vā gahaṭṭhoti vā pabbajitoti vā devoti vā manussoti vā rūpīti vā arūpīti vā saññīti vā asaññīti vā nevasaññīnāsaññīti vā. So hetu natthi paccayo natthi kāraṇaṃ natthi yena saṅkhaṃ gaccheyyāti – atthaṃ paleti na upeti saṅkhaṃ. Tenāha bhagavā –
犹如强风所吹灭的火焰,[优波湿婆啊!世尊说道]
趣于灭没,不落概念;
同样,牟尼从名身中解脱,趣向究竟,不落任何概念。
他是已灭没呢,还是不存在、已灭尽、已断除、已消亡呢?——是已灭没,还是不存在?
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Acci yathā vātavegena khittā, [upasīvāti bhagavā] Atthaṃ paleti na upeti saṅkhaṃ; Evaṃ munī nāmakāyā vimutto, atthaṃ paleti na upeti saṅkha’’nti. ti so atthaṅgato udāhu natthi so niruddho ucchinno vinaṭṭhoti – atthaṅgato so uda vā so natthi.
他是常、坚固、永恒、不变异的法,如恒常论者所执的那样如实安住呢?——还是依恒常论,他是无病的?显示巴利原文
ti udāhu nicco dhuvo sassato avipariṇāmadhammo sassatisamaṃ tatheva tiṭṭheyyāti – udāhu ve sassatiyā arogo.
“请为我解说吧”——意思是:我请问,我请求,我恳求,我祈请明示。“牟尼”是指智慧……乃至……那超越了缠缚之网的牟尼。“请善为解答”——意思是:请开示,请宣说,请阐明,请确立,请揭示,请分别,请详解,请昭示。也就是:“牟尼啊,恳请您为我善为解答。”显示巴利原文
ti. nti yaṃ pucchāmi yaṃ yācāmi yaṃ ajjhesāmi yaṃ pasādemi. ti monaṃ vuccati ñāṇaṃ…pe… saṅgajālamaticca so muni. ti sādhu ācikkhāhi desehi paññapehi paṭṭhapehi vivarāhi vibhajāhi uttānīkarohi pakāsehīti – taṃ me munī sādhu viyākarohi.
“因为此法确实已被您了知”——意思是:确实,此法已被您了知、衡量、判定、明辨、觉了。因此,那位婆罗门说:显示巴利原文
ti tathā hi te vidito tulito tīrito vibhūto vibhāvito esa dhammoti – tathā hi te vidito esa dhammo. Tenāha so brāhmaṇo –
牟尼啊,请您为我善加解说此事,因为这法确实为您所明达。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Atthaṅgato so uda vā so natthi, udāhu ve sassatiyā arogo; Taṃ me munī sādhu viyākarohi, tathā hi te vidito esa dhammo’’.
对于入灭者、于无余涅槃界般涅槃者而言,色的衡量已不复存在,受的衡量已不复存在,想的衡量已不复存在,行的衡量已不复存在,识的衡量已不复存在。这些都不存在、不被察知、不可获得,已被断除、已根绝、已止息、已寂灭,不可能再生起,被智火焚烧殆尽——对于入灭者,衡量已不复存在。世尊正是以此名号称呼那位婆罗门。这是一种表示尊崇的称呼……‘由证智所安立’,也就是世尊——‘优波湿婆啊!’世尊这样唤道。显示巴利原文
ti atthaṅgatassa anupādisesāya nibbānadhātuyā parinibbutassa rūpapamāṇaṃ natthi, vedanāpamāṇaṃ natthi, saññāpamāṇaṃ natthi, saṅkhārapamāṇaṃ natthi, viññāṇapamāṇaṃ natthi, na atthi na saṃvijjati nupalabbhati pahīnaṃ samucchinnaṃ vūpasantaṃ paṭippassaddhaṃ abhabbuppattikaṃ ñāṇagginā daḍḍhanti – atthaṅgatassa na pamāṇamatthi. ti ti bhagavā taṃ brāhmaṇaṃ nāmena ālapati. ti gāravādhivacanametaṃ…pe… sacchikā paññatti, yadidaṃ bhagavāti – upasīvāti bhagavā.
那些会令他被称为‘有贪者’‘有嗔者’‘有痴者’‘被缠缚者’‘执取者’‘散乱者’‘未达决定者’‘具强烦恼者’的贪欲、嗔恚、愚痴、慢、邪见、掉举、疑、随眠——这些行作都已断除。由于这些行作已断,便不再有任何让他被说成是‘地狱众生’‘畜生’‘饿鬼’‘人’‘天’‘有色者’‘无色者’‘有想者’‘无想者’‘非想非非想者’的因、缘或理由。没有任何因由可用来叙说他、议论他、解释他、称呼他——那可用以描述他的内涵,于他之中了不可得。显示巴利原文
ti yena taṃ rāgena vadeyyuṃ, yena dosena vadeyyuṃ, yena mohena vadeyyuṃ, yena mānena vadeyyuṃ, yāya diṭṭhiyā vadeyyuṃ, yena uddhaccena vadeyyuṃ, yāya vicikicchāya vadeyyuṃ, yehi anusayehi vadeyyuṃ – rattoti vā duṭṭhoti vā mūḷhoti vā vinibaddhoti vā parāmaṭṭhoti vā vikkhepagatoti vā aniṭṭhaṅgatoti vā thāmagatoti vā, te abhisaṅkhārā pahīnā. Abhisaṅkhārānaṃ pahīnattā gatiyā yena taṃ vadeyyuṃ – nerayikoti vā tiracchānayonikoti vā pettivisayikoti vā manussoti vā devoti vā rūpīti vā arūpīti vā saññīti vā asaññīti vā nevasaññīnāsaññīti vā, so hetu natthi paccayo natthi kāraṇaṃ natthi yena vadeyyuṃ katheyyuṃ bhaṇeyyuṃ dīpeyyuṃ vohareyyunti – yena naṃ vajjuṃ taṃ tassa natthi.
于一切法、一切蕴、一切处、一切界、一切趣、一切生、一切结生、一切有、一切轮回、一切流转,皆已拔除、彻底拔除,举起、彻底举起,连根拔除、彻底连根拔除,断除、根绝、止息、寂灭,不复更生,被智火焚尽——于一切法,已得彻底根除。显示巴利原文
ti sabbesu dhammesu sabbesu khandhesu sabbesu āyatanesu sabbāsu dhātūsu sabbāsu gatīsu sabbāsu upapattīsu sabbāsu paṭisandhīsu sabbesu bhavesu sabbesu saṃsāresu sabbesu vaṭṭesu ūhatesu samūhatesu uddhatesu samuddhatesu uppāṭitesu samuppāṭitesu pahīnesu samucchinnesu vūpasantesu paṭippassaddhesu abhabbuppattikesu ñāṇagginā daḍḍhesūti – sabbesu dhammesu samūhatesu.
所谓“论道”,即指烦恼、诸蕴及诸行造作。他的诸论、诸论道、增语、增语道、训词、训词道、施设、施设道,皆已拔除、彻底拔除,举起、彻底举起,连根拔除、彻底连根拔除,断除、根绝、止息、寂灭,不复更生,被智火焚尽——一切论道,皆得彻底根除。是故,世尊如是说。显示巴利原文
ti vādapathā vuccanti kilesā ca khandhā ca abhisaṅkhārā ca. Tassa vādā ca vādapathā ca adhivacanāni ca adhivacanapathā ca nirutti ca niruttipathā ca paññatti ca paññattipathā ca ūhatā samūhatā uddhatā samuddhatā uppāṭitā samuppāṭitā pahīnā samucchinnā vūpasantā paṭippassaddhā abhabbuppattikā ñāṇagginā daḍḍhāti – samūhatā vādapathāpi sabbe. Tenāha bhagavā –
‘‘Atthaṅgatassa na pamāṇamatthi, [upasīvāti bhagavā] Yena naṃ vajjuṃ taṃ tassa natthi; Sabbesu dhammesu samūhatesu, samūhatā vādapathāpi sabbe’’ti.
那些与婆罗门同来的人……合掌恭敬而坐,说道:‘世尊是我的老师,我是您的弟子。’显示巴利原文
Saha gāthāpariyosānā ye te brāhmaṇena saddhiṃ…pe… pañjaliko namassamāno nisinno hoti – satthā me, bhante bhagavā, sāvakohamasmīti.
优波湿婆学童所问分别第六显示巴利原文
Upasīvamāṇavapucchāniddeso chaṭṭho.
7. 难陀学童所问分别显示巴利原文
7. Nandamāṇavapucchāniddeso
“它们存在”:意为有、可得、可被证知。“世间”:指恶趣世间……乃至……处所世间。“牟尼”:指那些被称作牟尼的邪命外道、离系外道、结发外道和苦行者。(诸天认为世间有牟尼,但他们并非真正的牟尼。)“世间有牟尼”:意指世间确实有牟尼。“ti”:此为词的连音……“善哉”:此为爱语……“ti”:这是那位婆罗门的名字……一种尊称——即“尊者难陀”。显示巴利原文
ti. ti santi saṃvijjanti atthi upalabbhanti. ti apāyaloke…pe… āyatanaloke. ti munināmakā ājīvakā nigaṇṭhā jaṭilā tāpasā . (Devā loke munayoti sañjānanti, na ca te munayo) ti. Santi loke munayo. ti. ti padasandhi…pe…. ti piyavacanaṃ…pe…. ti tassa brāhmaṇassa nāmaṃ…pe… abhilāpoti – iccāyasmā nando.
“人们”:指刹帝利、婆罗门、吠舍、首陀罗,在家众与出家众,诸天与人。“说”:他们讲述、言说、阐明、表达。“怎么说”:这是疑惑之问、犹豫之问、两难之问、不定之问——例如:“是这样吗?不是这样吗?到底是什么?又是怎么回事?”——人们如此说着,那究竟是怎样说的?显示巴利原文
ti. ti khattiyā ca brāhmaṇā ca vessā ca suddā ca gahaṭṭhā ca pabbajitā ca devā ca manussā ca. ti kathenti bhaṇanti dīpayanti voharanti. ti saṃsayapucchā vimatipucchā dveḷhakapucchā anekaṃsapucchā ‘‘evaṃ nu kho, na nu kho, kiṃ nu kho, kathaṃ nu kho’’ti – janā vadanti tayidaṃ kathaṃsu.
“他们说”:他们依入八定之智或五神通之智,将一位成就、具足、证得、达到、拥有、具备这些的牟尼,说成是“达到的、具足的、证得的、成就的、拥有的、具备的”——如此讲述、言说、阐明、表达;然而,他们并非真正指称那位“入于智的牟尼”。显示巴利原文
ti . Aṭṭha samāpattiñāṇena vā pañcābhiññāñāṇena vā upetaṃ samupetaṃ upāgataṃ samupāgataṃ upapannaṃ samupapannaṃ samannāgataṃ muniṃ vadanti kathenti bhaṇanti dīpayanti voharantīti – ñāṇūpapannaṃ muni no vadanti.
抑或,他们将一位通过奉行种种极端、无比艰难、苦行且粗劣的生活方式而成就、具足、证得、达到、拥有、具备此道的牟尼,如此讲述、言说、阐明、表达——“他们是否以这样的生存方式而被称为具备者?”因此,那位婆罗门说道:
“世间有牟尼。”尊者难陀这样说。
并非指依见清净而成就,并非指依闻清净而成就;也不是依八等至智、五神通智或邪智——不是依见、依闻、依智而成就。
那些精通蕴、精通界、精通处、精通缘起、精通念处、精通正勤、精通神足、精通根、精通力、精通觉支、精通道、精通果、精通涅槃的人,或以见清净、或以闻清净、或以八等至智、或以五神通智、或以邪智、或以见、或以闻而获得、完全获得、达到、完全达到、具足、完全具足而成就。
显示巴利原文 nti udāhu anekavividhaatiparamadukkarakārikalūkhajīvitānuyogena upetaṃ samupetaṃ upāgataṃ samupāgataṃ upapannaṃ samupapannaṃ samannāgataṃ muniṃ vadanti kathenti bhaṇanti dīpayanti voharantīti – udāhu ve jīvitenūpapannaṃ. Tenāha so brāhmaṇo – ‘‘Santi loke munayo, [iccāyasmā nando] Janā vadanti tayidaṃ kathaṃsu; Ñāṇūpapannaṃ muni no vadanti, udāhu ve jīvitenūpapanna’’nti. ti. ti na diṭṭhasuddhiyā. ti na sutasuddhiyā. ti napi aṭṭhasamāpattiñāṇena napi pañcābhiññāñāṇena napi micchāñāṇenāti – na diṭṭhiyā na sutiyā na ñāṇena. ti. ti ye te khandhakusalā dhātukusalā āyatanakusalā paṭiccasamuppādakusalā satipaṭṭhānakusalā sammappadhānakusalā iddhipādakusalā indriyakusalā balakusalā bojjhaṅgakusalā maggakusalā phalakusalā nibbānakusalā diṭṭhasuddhiyā vā sutasuddhiyā vā aṭṭhasamāpattiñāṇena vā pañcābhiññāñāṇena vā micchāñāṇena vā diṭṭhena vā sutena vā upetaṃ samupetaṃ upāgataṃ samupāgataṃ upapannaṃ samupapannaṃ samannāgataṃ muniṃ na vadanti na kathenti na bhaṇanti na dīpayanti na voharantīti – munīdha nanda kusalā vadanti.
所谓“军”即是魔军:身恶行是魔军,语恶行是魔军,意恶行是魔军,贪是魔军,嗔是魔军,痴是魔军,忿、怨、覆、恼、嫉、悭、诳、谄、傲、暴、慢、过慢、憍、放逸,一切烦恼、一切恶行、一切焦恼、一切烧恼、一切苦恼、一切不善行,皆是魔军。世尊确是这样说的。显示巴利原文
ti senā vuccati mārasenā, kāyaduccaritaṃ mārasenā, vacīduccaritaṃ mārasenā, manoduccaritaṃ mārasenā, rāgo mārasenā, doso mārasenā, moho mārasenā, kodho…pe… upanāho… makkho… paḷāso… issā… macchariyaṃ… māyā… sāṭheyyaṃ… thambho… sārambho… māno… atimāno… mado… pamādo… sabbe kilesā sabbe duccaritā sabbe darathā sabbe pariḷāhā sabbe santāpā sabbākusalābhisaṅkhārā mārasenā. Vuttañhetaṃ bhagavatā –
凡是抬高自己、轻视他人;
这便是那木支的军众,黑魔的突击之军;
非勇者不能胜彼;征服它,便得安乐。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Kāmā te paṭhamā senā, dutiyā arati vuccati; Tatiyā khuppipāsā te, catutthī taṇhā pavuccati. ‘‘Pañcamaṃ thinamiddhaṃ te, chaṭṭhā bhīrū pavuccati; Sattamī vicikicchā te, makkho thambho te aṭṭhamo; Lābho siloko sakkāro, micchāladdho ca yo yaso. ‘‘Yo cattānaṃ samukkaṃse, pare ca avajānāti; Esā namuci te senā , kaṇhassābhippahārinī; Na naṃ asūro jināti, jetvā ca labhate sukha’’nti.
由于依四圣道,一切魔军与一切敌对性烦恼已被战胜、击败、粉碎、溃散、令其退却,故称“摧魔”。贪是恼害,嗔是恼害,痴是恼害,忿是恼害,恨是恼害……乃至……一切不善行皆是恼害。若有人将这些恼害断除、根除、平息、寂止,令其不能再生,以慧火焚尽,他们便名为“无恼害”。所谓“欲望”,即是渴爱。那种贪、染贪……乃至……无明、贪、不善根。若有人将此欲望、渴爱断除、根除、平息、寂止,令其不能再生,以慧火焚尽,他们便名为“无欲望”,即是诸阿拉汉、漏尽者。这些已摧魔、无恼害、无欲望的人,他们行于世间、住于世间、运转、存续、生存、度日,我在世间称他们为牟尼。我宣说、教导、施设、建立、开显、解析、阐明、显示——“摧魔、无恼害、无欲望,他们行于世间,我称他们为牟尼。”是故世尊如是说——显示巴利原文
Yato catūhi ariyamaggehi sabbā ca mārasenā sabbe ca paṭisenikarā kilesā jitā ca parājitā ca bhaggā vippaluggā parammukhā, tena vuccanti visenikatvā. ti rāgo nīgho, doso nīgho, moho nīgho, kodho nīgho, upanāho nīgho…pe… sabbākusalābhisaṅkhārā nīghā. Yesaṃ ete nīghā pahīnā samucchinnā vūpasantā paṭippassaddhā abhabbuppattikā ñāṇagginā daḍḍhā te vuccanti anīghā. ti āsā vuccati taṇhā. Yo rāgo sārāgo…pe… avijjā lobho akusalamūlaṃ. Yesaṃ esā āsā taṇhā pahīnā samucchinnā vūpasantā paṭippassaddhā abhabbuppattikā ñāṇagginā daḍḍhā, te vuccanti nirāsā arahanto khīṇāsavā. ti ye te visenikatvāva anīghā ca nirāsā ca caranti viharanti iriyanti vattenti pālenti yapenti yāpenti, te loke munayoti brūmi ācikkhāmi desemi paññapemi paṭṭhapemi vivarāmi vibhajāmi uttānīkaromi pakāsemīti – visenikatvā anīghā nirāsā, caranti ye te munayoti brūmi. Tenāha bhagavā –
难陀尊者,此处的牟尼并非凭依见、闻、智,便被善巧者们称为真正的牟尼;
“已遣散军众,无恼无求而行的人们,我称他们为牟尼。”
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Na diṭṭhiyā na sutiyā na ñāṇena, munīdha nanda kusalā vadanti; Visenikatvā anīghā nirāsā, caranti ye te munayoti brūmī’’ti.
“任何所有”——这是对“全部、一切、一切方式、无余、无遗、穷尽”这些说法的总括。“凡任何”是指那些在此(教法)之外出家、成为游行者的人们。“任何持‘尊佑’论者”是指那些沙门与婆罗门。“尊者”——是世尊以名字称呼那位婆罗门,这是表示尊敬的称呼……“亲自证知的施设”,即是所谓的“世尊”。——“难陀尊者!”显示巴利原文
ti. ti sabbena sabbaṃ sabbathā sabbaṃ asesaṃ nissesaṃ pariyādiyanavacanametaṃ – ye kecīti. ti ye keci ito bahiddhā pabbajjūpagatā paribbājakasamāpannā. ti ye keci bhovādikāti – ye kecime samaṇabrāhmaṇāse. ti. ti bhagavā taṃ brāhmaṇaṃ nāmena ālapati. ti gāravādhivacanametaṃ…pe… sacchikā paññatti, yadidaṃ bhagavāti – nandāti bhagavā.
“diṭṭhassutenāpi vadanti suddhiṃ.” 这句意为:他们宣称、讲述、言说、展示、表明:仅凭所见便能获得清净、净洁、全然清净、解脱、自由、彻底的自由;他们也宣称、讲述、言说、展示、表明:仅凭所闻便能获得清净……(中略)……他们也宣称、讲述、言说、展示、表明:凭所见与所闻便能获得清净、净洁、全然清净、解脱、自由、彻底的自由。——这即是“他们宣称,凭借所见与所闻也能获得清净”。显示巴利原文
nti diṭṭhenapi suddhiṃ visuddhiṃ parisuddhiṃ muttiṃ vimuttiṃ parimuttiṃ vadanti kathenti bhaṇanti dīpayanti voharanti; sutenāpi suddhiṃ…pe… diṭṭhassutenāpi suddhiṃ visuddhiṃ parisuddhiṃ muttiṃ vimuttiṃ parimuttiṃ vadanti kathenti bhaṇanti dīpayanti voharantīti – diṭṭhassutenāpi vadanti suddhiṃ.
“sīlabbatenāpi vadanti suddhiṃ。”他们宣称、讲说、言说、指出、表明:以戒而有清净、纯净、遍净、解脱、离缚、极解脱;以行而有清净……宣称;他们也宣称以戒与行而有清净、纯净、遍净、解脱、离缚、极解脱;讲说、指出、表明、宣称。——这便是“他们也依戒行而说清净”。显示巴利原文
nti sīlenapi suddhiṃ visuddhiṃ parisuddhiṃ muttiṃ vimuttiṃ parimuttiṃ vadanti kathenti bhaṇanti dīpayanti voharanti ; vatenapi suddhiṃ…pe… voharanti; sīlabbatenāpi suddhiṃ visuddhiṃ parisuddhiṃ muttiṃ vimuttiṃ parimuttiṃ vadanti kathenti bhaṇanti dīpayanti voharantīti – sīlabbatenāpi vadanti suddhiṃ.
“anekarūpena vadanti suddhiṃ。”他们宣称、讲说、言说、指出、表明:通过种种纷杂的吉兆而有清净、纯净、遍净、解脱、离缚、极解脱。——这便是“他们通过种种形式而说清净”。显示巴利原文
nti anekavidhakotūhalamaṅgalena suddhiṃ visuddhiṃ parisuddhiṃ muttiṃ vimuttiṃ parimuttiṃ vadanti kathenti bhaṇanti dīpayanti voharantīti – anekarūpena vadanti suddhiṃ.
那些提问:带着怀疑的提问、带着犹豫的提问、两难的提问、不确定的提问——‘是这样,还是不是这样?这是什么?怎么会这样?’——究竟从何而来。生是苦,老是苦,病是苦,死是苦,愁、悲、苦、忧、恼是苦,灾祸是苦,地狱之苦,畜生界之苦,饿鬼界之苦,人间之苦,以入胎为根的苦,以住胎为根的苦,以出胎为根的苦,出生后所系缚的苦,出生后为人所支配的苦,自己施加的苦,他人施加的苦,苦苦,行苦,变易苦,眼病、耳病、鼻病、舌病、身病、头痛、耳疾、口病、牙病,咳嗽、哮喘、鼻塞、发热、高热、腹病、昏厥、痢疾、绞痛、霍乱,麻风、疮肿、白斑、肺痨、癫痫、癣疥、痒症、疥疮、血毒、瘭疽、糖尿病、关节疮、痈疽、痔瘘,由胆汁所生的病,由痰所生的病,由风所生的病,由和合所生的病,由气候变化所生的病,由不当生活所生的病,由外缘所生的病,由业报所生的病,寒冷、炎热、饥饿、口渴、大便、小便,被虻、蚊、风、日晒、爬虫所触的苦,母亲逝去的苦,父亲逝去的苦,兄弟逝去的苦,姐妹逝去的苦,儿子逝去的苦,女儿逝去的苦,亲族损失的苦,因生病而损失的苦,财产损失的苦,戒行损失的苦,见解损失的苦;这些法,从其起始之处可知其生起,从其消灭之处可知其灭去,业依止于果报,果报依止于业,名依止于色,色依止于名,为生所随逐,为老所追随,为病所胜伏,为死所击打,安立于苦之中,无有保护、无有洞穴、无有皈依,成为无皈依的状态——这些即名为苦。这些苦,从何处集起,从何处生,从何处遍生,从何处产出,从何处更产出,从何处显现?以何为因缘,以何为集起,以何为生因,以何为来源?他在问这些苦的根,在问因,在问缘,在问源头,在问出生,在问发起,在问食素,在问所缘,在问条件,在问集起,他在遍问、请求、祈请、明示——‘而这些苦,究竟从何处集起呢?’显示巴利原文
ti. ti saṃsayapucchā vimatipucchā dveḷhakapucchā anekaṃsapucchā – ‘‘evaṃ nu kho, na nu kho, kiṃ nu kho, kathaṃ nu kho’’ti – kuto nu. ti jātidukkhaṃ, jarādukkhaṃ, byādhidukkhaṃ, maraṇadukkhaṃ, sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsadukkhaṃ, byasanaṃ dukkhaṃ, nerayikaṃ dukkhaṃ, tiracchānayonikaṃ dukkhaṃ, pettivisayikaṃ dukkhaṃ, mānusikaṃ dukkhaṃ, gabbhokkantimūlakaṃ dukkhaṃ, gabbhaṭṭhitimūlakaṃ dukkhaṃ, gabbhavuṭṭhānamūlakaṃ dukkhaṃ, jātassūpanibandhakaṃ dukkhaṃ, jātassa parādheyyakaṃ dukkhaṃ, attūpakkamaṃ dukkhaṃ, parūpakkamaṃ dukkhaṃ, dukkhadukkhaṃ, saṅkhāradukkhaṃ, vipariṇāmadukkhaṃ , cakkhurogo sotarogo ghānarogo jivhārogo kāyarogo sīsarogo kaṇṇarogo mukharogo dantarogo kāso sāso pināso ḍāho jaro kucchirogo mucchā pakkhandikā sūlā visūcikā kuṭṭhaṃ gaṇḍo kilāso soso apamāro daddu kaṇḍu kacchu rakhasā vitacchikā lohitapittaṃ madhumeho aṃsā piḷakā bhagandalā pittasamuṭṭhānā ābādhā semhasamuṭṭhānā ābādhā vātasamuṭṭhānā ābādhā sannipātikā ābādhā utupariṇāmajā ābādhā visamaparihārajā ābādhā opakkamikā ābādhā kammavipākajā ābādhā sītaṃ uṇhaṃ jighacchā pipāsā uccāro passāvo ḍaṃsamakasavātātapasarīsapasamphassaṃ dukkhaṃ, mātumaraṇaṃ dukkhaṃ , pitumaraṇaṃ dukkhaṃ, bhātumaraṇaṃ dukkhaṃ, bhaginimaraṇaṃ dukkhaṃ, puttamaraṇaṃ dukkhaṃ, dhītumaraṇaṃ dukkhaṃ, ñātibyasanaṃ dukkhaṃ, rogabyasanaṃ dukkhaṃ, bhogabyasanaṃ dukkhaṃ, sīlabyasanaṃ dukkhaṃ, diṭṭhibyasanaṃ dukkhaṃ; yesaṃ dhammānaṃ ādito samudāgamanaṃ paññāyati, atthaṅgamato nirodho paññāyati, kammasannissito vipāko, vipākasannissitaṃ kammaṃ, nāmasannissitaṃ rūpaṃ, rūpasannissitaṃ nāmaṃ, jātiyā anugataṃ, jarāya anusaṭaṃ, byādhinā abhibhūtaṃ, maraṇena abbhāhataṃ, dukkhe patiṭṭhitaṃ, atāṇaṃ aleṇaṃ asaraṇaṃ asaraṇībhūtaṃ – ime vuccanti dukkhā. Ime dukkhā kuto samudāgatā kuto jātā kuto sañjātā kuto nibbattā kuto abhinibbattā kuto pātubhūtā kiṃnidānā kiṃsamudayā kiṃjātikā kiṃpabhavāti, imesaṃ dukkhānaṃ mūlaṃ pucchati hetuṃ pucchati nidānaṃ pucchati sambhavaṃ pucchati pabhavaṃ pucchati samuṭṭhānaṃ pucchati āhāraṃ pucchati ārammaṇaṃ pucchati paccayaṃ pucchati samudayaṃ pucchati papucchati yācati ajjhesati pasādetīti – kuto nu dukkhā samudāgatā ime.
他们超越了生、老、死,跃过、越过、跨过、克服了、超脱了。‘尊者’一词,是亲切的称呼,是尊敬的称呼,是怀有恭敬与礼让的称呼——尊者啊,他们超越了生与老。显示巴利原文
ti jātijarāmaraṇaṃ atariṃsu uttariṃsu patariṃsu samatikkamiṃsu vītivattiṃsu. ti piyavacanaṃ garuvacanaṃ sagāravasappatissādhivacanametaṃ – mārisāti – atāru jātiñca jarañca mārisa.
我请问您,我恳请您,我祈请于您,我令您生起净信。这是表示恭敬的称呼……乃至……证得的施设,即所谓‘世尊’。请说,请开示,请教导,请宣说,请确立,请开显,请分析,请阐明,请宣说——我问您,世尊,请为我开示此事。因此,那位婆罗门说道:显示巴利原文
nti. nti pucchāmi taṃ yācāmi taṃ ajjhesāmi taṃ pasādemi taṃ. ti gāravādhivacanametaṃ…pe… sacchikā paññatti, yadidaṃ bhagavāti. nti brūhi ācikkhāhi desehi paññapehi paṭṭhapehi vivarāhi vibhajāhi uttānīkarohi pakāsehīti – pucchāmi taṃ bhagavā brūhi metaṃ. Tenāha so brāhmaṇo –
“那些沙门与婆罗门,”难陀尊者说道,
他们宣称,依所见与所闻可得清净;
他们宣称,依戒行与禁制可得清净,又以种种方式宣称可得清净;
世尊,他们在彼处,是否如法而住?
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Ye kecime samaṇabrāhmaṇāse, [iccāyasmā nando] Diṭṭhassutenāpi vadanti suddhiṃ; Sīlabbatenāpi vadanti suddhiṃ, anekarūpena vadanti suddhiṃ; ‘‘Kaccissu te bhagavā tattha yatā carantā, Atāru jātiñca jarañca mārisa; Pucchāmi taṃ bhagavā brūhi meta’’nti.
所谓的“一切”,即是以一切方式、一切种类、无余、无遗而穷尽之意。所谓的“名”,指四无色蕴。所谓的“色”,指四大种及四大种所造之色。所谓的“贪着”,即是渴爱——那贪欲、染着……乃至……非梵行的贪、不善根。所谓的“于名色上一向离贪着”,是指对于名色的贪着已完全消尽者——他离贪、无贪、舍贪、唾贪、解脱贪、断贪、出贪。显示巴利原文
ti. ti sabbena sabbaṃ sabbathā sabbaṃ asesaṃ nissesaṃ pariyādiyanavacanametaṃ sabbasoti. nti cattāro arūpino khandhā. nti cattāro ca mahābhūtā catunnañca mahābhūtānaṃ upādāya rūpaṃ. vuccati taṇhā. Yo rāgo sārāgo…pe… abhijjhā lobho akusalamūlaṃ. ti sabbaso nāmarūpasmiṃ vītagedhassa vigatagedhassa cattagedhassa vantagedhassa muttagedhassa pahīnagedhassa paṭinissaṭṭhagedhassa vītarāgassa vigatarāgassa cattarāgassa vantarāgassa muttarāgassa pahīnarāgassa paṭinissaṭṭharāgassāti – sabbaso nāmarūpasmiṃ vītagedhassa brāhmaṇa.
他们宣称、宣说、讲述、表明、表示:依“见”而有清净、洁净、极清净、解脱、解脱、完全解脱;依“闻”而有清净……;依“见与闻”而有清净、洁净、极清净、解脱、解脱、完全解脱——他们亦说依见闻而有清净。
他们宣称、宣说、讲述、表明、表示:依“戒”而有清净、洁净、极清净、解脱、解脱、完全解脱;依“禁制”而有清净、洁净、极清净、解脱、解脱、完全解脱;依“戒与禁制”亦有清净、洁净、极清净、解脱、解脱、完全解脱——他们这样说清净。
依种种吉庆仪式而求清净、清净、遍净,求解脱、解脱、遍解脱——将这些舍弃、断除、完全断除、驱除、彻底灭除、令归于无后,连一切形形色色的仪式也都舍离了。
显示巴利原文 nti diṭṭhenapi suddhiṃ visuddhiṃ parisuddhiṃ muttiṃ vimuttiṃ parimuttiṃ vadanti kathenti bhaṇanti dīpayanti voharanti; sutenapi suddhiṃ…pe… diṭṭhassutenapi suddhiṃ visuddhiṃ parisuddhiṃ muttiṃ vimuttiṃ parimuttiṃ vadanti kathenti bhaṇanti dīpayanti voharantīti – diṭṭhassutenāpi vadanti suddhiṃ. nti sīlenapi suddhiṃ visuddhiṃ parisuddhiṃ muttiṃ vimuttiṃ parimuttiṃ vadanti kathenti bhaṇanti dīpayanti voharanti; vatenapi suddhiṃ visuddhiṃ parisuddhiṃ muttiṃ vimuttiṃ parimuttiṃ vadanti kathenti bhaṇanti dīpayanti voharanti; sīlabbatenāpi suddhiṃ visuddhiṃ parisuddhiṃ muttiṃ vimuttiṃ parimuttiṃ vadanti kathenti bhaṇanti dīpayanti voharantīti – sīlabbatenāpi vadanti suddhiṃ. nti anekavidhakotūhalamaṅgalena suddhiṃ visuddhiṃ parisuddhiṃ muttiṃ vimuttiṃ parimuttiṃ pahāya jahitvā pajahitvā vinodetvā byantīkaritvā anabhāvaṃ gametvāti – anekarūpampi pahāya sabbaṃ.
‘即使’:指词语的连接、牵连、完足,字母的组合,文句的通畅,词语的次第。‘依见而行者’指依自己的见解、依自己的认可、依自己的喜好、依自己的信念。‘在那里得到克制’指被抑制、被准备、被守护、被保护、被防护、被约束。‘他们行’指行走、居住、活动、运作、维持、进行、度过——即使他们在那里过着克制的生活。显示巴利原文
ti. ti padasandhi padasaṃsaggo padapāripūrī akkharasamavāyo byañjanasiliṭṭhatā padānupubbatāpetaṃ – kiñcāpīti. ti diṭṭhigatikā. ti sakāya diṭṭhiyā sakāya khantiyā sakāya ruciyā sakāya laddhiyā. ti yattā paṭiyattā guttā gopitā rakkhitā saṃvutā. ti caranti viharanti iriyanti vattenti pālenti yapenti yāpentīti – kiñcāpi te tattha yatā caranti.
‘我说,他们未渡越生与老死’:意谓他们未能超越、未能胜过、未能度过、未能克服、未能跨越生与老死;未能从生与老死中出离、脱出、超脱、克服、跨越;他们在生与老死之中流转,在轮回的轨道之中流转;他们被生所跟随,被老所追逐,被病所制伏,被死所打击,无庇护、无藏身处、无皈依,成为无皈依者。这就是我所宣说、所教示、所演说、所安立、所开显、所分析、所详明、所阐扬的——我说:‘他们未渡越生与老。’因此,世尊这样说——显示巴利原文
ti jātijarāmaraṇaṃ na tariṃsu na uttariṃsu na patariṃsu na samatikkamiṃsu na vītivattiṃsu, jātijarāmaraṇā anikkhantā anissaṭā anatikkantā asamatikkantā avītivattā, antojātijarāmaraṇe parivattenti, antosaṃsārapathe parivattenti, jātiyā anugatā, jarāya anusaṭā, byādhinā abhibhūtā, maraṇena abbhāhatā atāṇā aleṇā asaraṇā asaraṇībhūtāti brūmi ācikkhāmi desemi paññapemi paṭṭhapemi vivarāmi vibhajāmi uttānīkaromi pakāsemīti – nātariṃsu jātijaranti brūmi. Tenāha bhagavā –
世尊说:“难陀啊,凡有沙门与婆罗门,
或以所见所闻而宣称清净;
或以戒行与禁制而宣称清净,他们以种种方式宣称清净。
纵然他们于其中精勤修行,我仍说,他们未渡越生与老。'
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Ye kecime samaṇabrāhmaṇāse, [nandāti bhagavā] Diṭṭhassutenāpi vadanti suddhiṃ; Sīlabbatenāpi vadanti suddhiṃ, anekarūpena vadanti suddhiṃ. Kiñcāpi te tattha yatā caranti, nātariṃsu jātijaranti brūmī’’ti.
这些词句表示“一切之所有、依一切方法之一切、无余、无遗、穷尽”——即“无论何种”。涵盖恶趣世间、人世间、天世间、蕴世间、界世间、处世间。又指“种种多样、各各不同的苦”——即“这些世间中无论何种形态”。所以那位婆罗门说:显示巴利原文
ti. ti sabbena sabbaṃ sabbathā sabbaṃ asesaṃ nissesaṃ pariyādiyanavacanametaṃ – ye kecīti. nti apāyaloke manussaloke devaloke khandhaloke dhātuloke āyatanaloke. ti anekavidhā nānāppakārā dukkhāti – ye keci lokasmimanekarūpā. Tenāha so brāhmaṇo –
他们宣称:有人依“所见”而说清净、洁净、极清净、解脱、释脱、完全解脱;有人依“所闻”而说清净、洁净、极清净、解脱、释脱、完全解脱;有人依“见闻两者”而说清净、洁净、极清净、解脱、释脱、完全解脱,声称藉此便能获得清净。
他们说:依戒而有清净、遍净、最极清净、解脱、离系、最极解脱;依誓愿而有清净……乃至……如是宣说;依戒与誓愿而有清净、遍净、最极清净、解脱、离系、最极解脱——他们如此宣称、宣说、讲说、开显、表述:“依戒与誓愿而有清净。”
他们说:依种种吉兆祥瑞,有清净、遍净、最极清净、解脱、离系、最极解脱——他们如此宣称、宣说、讲说、开显、表述:“依种种形式而有清净。”
显示巴利原文 nti diṭṭhenapi suddhiṃ visuddhiṃ parisuddhiṃ muttiṃ vimuttiṃ parimuttiṃ vadanti kathenti bhaṇanti dīpayanti voharanti ; sutenapi suddhiṃ visuddhiṃ parisuddhiṃ muttiṃ vimuttiṃ parimuttiṃ vadanti kathenti bhaṇanti dīpayanti voharanti; diṭṭhassutenapi suddhiṃ visuddhiṃ parisuddhiṃ muttiṃ vimuttiṃ parimuttiṃ vadanti kathenti bhaṇanti dīpayanti voharantīti – diṭṭhassutenāpi vadanti suddhiṃ. nti sīlenāpi suddhiṃ visuddhiṃ parisuddhiṃ muttiṃ vimuttiṃ parimuttiṃ vadanti kathenti bhaṇanti dīpayanti voharanti; vatenāpi suddhiṃ…pe… voharanti; sīlabbatenāpi suddhiṃ visuddhiṃ parisuddhiṃ muttiṃ vimuttiṃ parimuttiṃ vadanti kathenti bhaṇanti dīpayanti voharantīti – sīlabbatenāpi vadanti suddhiṃ. nti anekavidhakotūhalamaṅgalena suddhiṃ visuddhiṃ parisuddhiṃ muttiṃ vimuttiṃ parimuttiṃ vadanti kathenti bhaṇanti dīpayanti voharantīti – anekarūpena vadanti suddhiṃ.
……于邪见领域之中。所谓牟尼,即指那智……乃至……超越了缠缚之网的人,便是牟尼。对于那些未能渡过、未能越过、未能完全越过、未能超越欲的暴流、有的暴流、见的暴流、无明的暴流,仍在生老死中流转、仍在轮回道上轮转,为生所随逐、为老所驱迫、为病所摧伏、为死所击溃,没有庇护、没有救护、没有皈依、处于无依无怙之地的人,你这样宣说、教导、施设、确立、揭示、分析、阐明、显示——你说那些牟尼未渡暴流。显示巴利原文
ti. ti diṭṭhigatike. ti monaṃ vuccati ñāṇaṃ…pe… saṅgajālamaticca so muni . ti kāmoghaṃ bhavoghaṃ diṭṭhoghaṃ avijjoghaṃ atiṇṇe anatikkante asamatikkante avītivatte antojātijarāmaraṇe parivattente antosaṃsārapathe parivattente jātiyā anugate jarāya anusaṭe byādhinā abhibhūte maraṇena abbhāhate atāṇe aleṇe asaraṇe asaraṇībhūte. ti brūsi ācikkhasi desesi paññapesi paṭṭhapesi vivarasi vibhajasi uttānīkarosi pakāsesīti – te ce munī brūsi anoghatiṇṇe.
那么,在这包含诸天、魔罗、梵天的世间,在这包含沙门、婆罗门、诸天与人的众生之中,究竟有谁超越了、度脱了、胜过了、完全跨越了生与老?‘尊者’一词是爱语、敬语,是表示恭敬与顺从的称呼——那么,究竟是谁在天与人世间,超越了生与老呢,尊者?显示巴利原文
ti atha ko eso sadevake loke samārake sabrahmake sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiyā pajāya sadevamanussāya jātijarāmaraṇaṃ atari uttari patari samatikkami vītivattayi. ti piyavacanaṃ garuvacanaṃ sagāravasappatissādhivacanametaṃ mārisāti – atha ko carahi devamanussaloke, atāri jātiñca jarañca mārisa.
‘我问您’——是我在请问您,是我在请求您,是我在恳请您,‘请为我讲说’,我这样问您。……‘世尊’一词,是对已证得者所施设的名号,即指佛陀。‘请为我解说’——是说请告诉我,请宣示,请阐明,请施设,请确立,请揭示,请分别,请使之浅显易懂,请开示明白——世尊,我问您,请为我解说此事。因此,那位婆罗门说了如下的话:显示巴利原文
nti. nti pucchāmi taṃ yācāmi taṃ ajjhesāmi taṃ, kathayassu meti pucchāmi taṃ. ti…pe… sacchikā paññatti, yadidaṃ bhagavāti. nti brūhi ācikkhāhi desehi paññapehi paṭṭhapehi vivarāhi vibhajāhi uttānīkarohi pakāsehīti – pucchāmi taṃ bhagavā brūhi metaṃ. Tenāha so brāhmaṇo –
“凡有任何沙门、婆罗门……”——具寿难陀这样说道——
他们说,由所见与所闻,便能获得清净。
他们说,由戒与禁制也能获得清净;他们以种种方式宣说清净。
牟尼啊,若您说那些人未渡越瀑流,那么在这天界与人间之中,谁才算已渡越者?
已超越生与老的人,尊者!我向您请问此事,世尊,请您为我开示。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Ye kecime samaṇabrāhmaṇāse, [iccāyasmā nando] Diṭṭhassutenāpi vadanti suddhiṃ; Sīlabbatenāpi vadanti suddhiṃ, anekarūpena vadanti suddhiṃ. Te ce munī brūsi anoghatiṇṇe, atha ko carahi devamanussaloke; Atāri jātiñca jarañca mārisa, pucchāmi taṃ bhagavā brūhi meta’’nti.
难陀,我并非说一切沙门与婆罗门,皆被生与老所覆盖、遮蔽、包裹、封锁、隐藏、掩埋。有一些沙门与婆罗门,已断除生、老、死,将其连根拔起,如截顶棕榈树般不复存在,于未来不再生起——我如此宣说、如此教导、如此确立、如此开显、如此分析、如此阐明、如此揭示。难陀,我并非说一切沙门与婆罗门,皆被生与老所覆盖。显示巴利原文
ti nāhaṃ, nanda, sabbe samaṇabrāhmaṇā jātijarāya āvutā nivutā ovutā pihitā paṭicchannā paṭikujjitāti vadāmi. Atthi te samaṇabrāhmaṇā yesaṃ jāti ca jarāmaraṇañca pahīnā ucchinnamūlā tālāvatthukatā anabhāvaṃkatā āyatiṃ anuppādadhammāti brūmi ācikkhāmi desemi paññapemi paṭṭhapemi vivarāmi vibhajāmi uttānīkaromi pakāsemīti – nāhaṃ sabbe samaṇabrāhmaṇāse nandāti bhagavā jātijarāya nivutāti brūmi.
所有那些通过所见而清净的观点,都被彻底舍弃、完全抛开、全然断除、驱除遣散、灭尽无余、令归虚无。所有那些通过所闻而清净的观点,都被彻底舍弃、完全抛开、全然断除、驱除遣散、灭尽无余、令归虚无。所有那些通过所觉知而清净的观点,都被彻底舍弃、完全抛开、全然断除、驱除遣散、灭尽无余、令归虚无。所有那些通过所见、所闻、所觉知而清净的观点,都被彻底舍弃、完全抛开、全然断除、驱除遣散、灭尽无余、令归虚无。所有那些通过戒而清净的观点,都被彻底舍弃、完全抛开、全然断除、驱除遣散、灭尽无余、令归虚无。所有那些通过仪式而清净的观点,都被彻底舍弃、完全抛开、全然断除、驱除遣散、灭尽无余、令归虚无。所有那些通过戒和仪式而清净的观点,都被彻底舍弃、完全抛开、全然断除、驱除遣散、灭尽无余、令归虚无——也就是说,在此,无论是所见、所闻、所觉知,还是戒与仪式,把这一切全然舍弃。显示巴利原文
nti ye sabbā diṭṭhasuddhiyo pahāya jahitvā pajahitvā vinodetvā byantīkaritvā anabhāvaṃ gametvā. Ye sabbā sutasuddhiyo…pe… ye sabbā mutasuddhiyo… ye sabbā diṭṭhasutamutasuddhiyo… ye sabbā sīlasuddhiyo… ye sabbā vatasuddhiyo… ye sabbā sīlabbatasuddhiyo pahāya jahitvā pajahitvā vinodetvā byantīkaritvā anabhāvaṃ gametvāti – ye sīdha diṭṭhaṃ va sutaṃ mutaṃ vā, sīlabbataṃ vāpi pahāya sabbaṃ.
对于种种以吉兆、以好奇为名的清净、离垢清净、遍清净、解脱、离缚解脱、遍解脱,将其彻底舍断、完全弃除、全然断除、驱散消除、灭尽无余、令归虚无——凡此种种,皆悉舍断。
显示巴利原文 nti anekavidhakotūhalamaṅgalena suddhiṃ visuddhiṃ parisuddhiṃ muttiṃ vimuttiṃ parimuttiṃ pahāya jahitvā pajahitvā vinodetvā byantīkaritvā anabhāvaṃ gametvāti – anekarūpampi pahāya sabbaṃ.
意思是:对色的渴爱、对声的渴爱、对香的渴爱、对味的渴爱、对触的渴爱、对法的渴爱。这是指阿拉汉——漏尽者。于他而言,渴爱已不存在、不可得、不被发现,已被舍断、彻底根除、平息、完全止息、不再生起,已被智火烧尽——这就是于渴爱不复存在。显示巴利原文
ti. ti rūpataṇhā saddataṇhā gandhataṇhā rasataṇhā phoṭṭhabbataṇhā dhammataṇhā. ti arahato khīṇāsavassa. ti taṇhā yassa natthi na sati na saṃvijjati nupalabbhati, pahīnā samucchinnā vūpasantā paṭippassaddhā abhabbuppattikā ñāṇagginā daḍḍhāti – taṇhā yassa na vijjati.
什么是审度遍知?如此了知之后,他从无常、苦、病、痈……以及出离的角度,审察渴爱——这就是审度遍知。显示巴利原文
Katamā tīraṇapariññā? Evaṃ ñātaṃ katvā taṇhaṃ tīreti aniccato dukkhato rogato gaṇḍato…pe… nissaraṇato tīreti – ayaṃ tīraṇapariññā.
什么是断遍知?如此审察之后,他断除渴爱、驱散它、彻底灭尽它、令它归于无。这正如世尊所说:‘诸比丘,对于渴爱的欲贪,你们应当断除它。如此,那渴爱便被断除,连根拔起,如截断树桩的多罗树一般,归于无,未来不再生起。’这就是断遍知。以这三种遍知,遍知渴爱。漏有四种:欲漏、有漏、见漏、无明漏。那些断除了这些漏,将它们连根拔起,如截断树桩的多罗树一般,归于无,未来不再生起的人,称为无漏者、阿拉汉、漏尽者——遍知渴爱,成为无漏者。显示巴利原文
Katamā pahānapariññā? Evaṃ tīrayitvā taṇhaṃ pajahati vinodeti byantīkaroti anabhāvaṃ gameti. Vuttañhetaṃ bhagavatā – ‘‘yo, bhikkhave, taṇhāya chandarāgo taṃ pajahatha. Evaṃ sā taṇhā pahīnā bhavissati ucchinnamūlā tālāvatthukatā anabhāvaṃkatā āyatiṃ anuppādadhammā’’. Ayaṃ pahānapariññā. ti taṇhaṃ imāhi tīhi pariññāhi parijānitvā. ti cattāro āsavā – kāmāsavo, bhavāsavo, diṭṭhāsavo, avijjāsavo. Yesaṃ ime āsavā pahīnā ucchinnamūlā tālāvatthukatā anabhāvaṃkatā āyatiṃ anuppādadhammā, te vuccanti anāsavā arahanto khīṇāsavā – taṇhaṃ pariññāya anāsavā.
他们遍知渴爱,成为无漏者,渡过了欲暴流,渡过了有暴流,渡过了见暴流,渡过了无明暴流,渡过了整个轮回的路径;他们已渡过、已出离、已解脱、已超越、已完全超越、已彻底度过。我如此宣说、如此教导、如此开示、如此施设、如此建立、如此揭示、如此分析、如此解说、如此阐明——遍知渴爱、成为无漏的这些人,我宣说他们是“已渡暴流者”。因此世尊这样说:显示巴利原文
ti ye taṇhaṃ pariññāya anāsavā, te kāmoghaṃ tiṇṇā bhavoghaṃ tiṇṇā diṭṭhoghaṃ tiṇṇā avijjoghaṃ tiṇṇā sabbasaṃsārapathaṃ tiṇṇā uttiṇṇā nittiṇṇā atikkantā samatikkantā vītivattāti brūmi ācikkhāmi desemi paññapemi paṭṭhapemi vivarāmi vibhajāmi uttānīkaromi pakāsemīti – taṇhaṃ pariññāya anāsavāse te ve narā oghatiṇṇāti brūmi. Tenāha bhagavā –
“我并非说所有的沙门婆罗门……” 难陀,世尊这样说。”
凡已彻底舍离世间所见、所闻、所觉知,乃至一切戒与禁的人。
“我们聆听、领受、持守、依止、审察您的宣说、言辞、教授、教诫、训示——我们聆听您的教言。因此,那位婆罗门这样说道——”
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Nāhaṃ sabbe samaṇabrāhmaṇāse, [nandāti bhagavā] Jātijarāya nivutāti brūmi; Ye sīdha diṭṭhaṃ va sutaṃ mutaṃ vā, sīlabbataṃ vāpi pahāya sabbaṃ. Anekarūpampi pahāya sabbaṃ, taṇhaṃ pariññāya anāsavāse; Te ve narā oghatiṇṇāti brūmī’’ti. ti. nti tuyhaṃ vacanaṃ byappathaṃ desanaṃ anusāsanaṃ anusiṭṭhaṃ suṇoma uggaṇhāma dhārema upadhārema upalakkhemāti – taṃ suṇoma vaco tava. Tenāha so brāhmaṇo –
所谓“ti”,即是善宣说、善开示、善教导、善晓谕、善安立、善揭示、善分别、善显明、善阐明。所谓“upadhi”,指烦恼、诸蕴、诸行。舍弃依着、寂灭依着、放下依着、平息依着,便是不死、涅槃——乔达摩善说了这无依着。显示巴利原文
nti. nti sukittitaṃ suācikkhitaṃ sudesitaṃ supaññapitaṃ supaṭṭhapitaṃ suvivaṭaṃ suvibhattaṃ suuttānīkataṃ supakāsitaṃ. nti upadhī vuccanti kilesā ca khandhā ca abhisaṅkhārā ca. Upadhippahānaṃ upadhivūpasamaṃ upadhinissaggaṃ upadhipaṭippassaddhaṃ amataṃ nibbānanti – sukittitaṃ gotamanūpadhīkaṃ.
那些已舍离一切“见清净”的人,正是将这“见清净”舍离、弃除、断尽、驱散、灭尽、令归于无。那些已舍离一切“闻清净”的人……那些已舍离一切“觉清净”的人,那些已舍离一切“见闻觉清净”的人,那些已舍离一切“戒清净”的人,那些已舍离一切“禁清净”的人,那些已舍离一切“戒禁清净”的人,正是将这一切舍离、弃除、断尽、驱散、灭尽、令归于无。他们即于此地,舍离了一切所见、所闻、所觉,以及戒与禁。显示巴利原文
nti ye sabbā diṭṭhasuddhiyo pahāya jahitvā pajahitvā vinodetvā byantīkaritvā anabhāvaṃ gametvā. Ye sabbā sutasuddhiyo pahāya…pe… ye sabbā mutasuddhiyo pahāya, ye sabbā diṭṭhasutamutasuddhiyo pahāya ye sabbā sīlasuddhiyo pahāya, ye sabbā vatasuddhiyo pahāya, ye sabbā sīlabbatasuddhiyo pahāya jahitvā pajahitvā vinodetvā byantīkaritvā anabhāvaṃ gametvāti – ye sīdha diṭṭhaṃva sutaṃ mutaṃ vā, sīlabbataṃ vāpi pahāya sabbaṃ.
有些人以种种奇异的祭仪与吉兆,宣说清净、净洁、极清净,宣说解脱、解脱、究竟解脱——他们用五花八门的方式宣说清净。
显示巴利原文 nti anekavidhakotūhalamaṅgalena suddhiṃ visuddhiṃ parisuddhiṃ muttiṃ vimuttiṃ parimuttiṃ vadanti kathenti bhaṇanti dīpayanti voharantīti – anekarūpena vadanti suddhiṃ.
渴爱:色渴爱、声渴爱、香渴爱、味渴爱、触渴爱、法渴爱。他以三种遍知遍知渴爱——知遍知、度遍知、断遍知。什么是知遍知?他如实了知渴爱:“这是色渴爱,这是声渴爱,这是香渴爱,这是味渴爱,这是触渴爱,这是法渴爱。”如此了知、如此看见,即是知遍知。显示巴利原文
ti. ti rūpataṇhā saddataṇhā gandhataṇhā rasataṇhā phoṭṭhabbataṇhā dhammataṇhā. ti taṇhaṃ tīhi pariññāhi parijānitvā – ñātapariññāya, tīraṇapariññāya, pahānapariññāya. Katamā ñātapariññā? Taṇhaṃ jānāti ‘‘ayaṃ rūpataṇhā, ayaṃ saddataṇhā, ayaṃ gandhataṇhā, ayaṃ rasataṇhā, ayaṃ phoṭṭhabbataṇhā, ayaṃ dhammataṇhā’’ti jānāti passati – ayaṃ ñātapariññā.
什么是度遍知?这样了知之后,他对渴爱进行审察:从无常的角度、从苦的角度、从疾病的角度、从疮疖的角度、从箭刺的角度、从不幸的角度、从重病的角度、从异己的角度、从破灭的角度、从灾祸的角度、从横难的角度、从怖畏的角度、从迫逼的角度、从动摇的角度、从崩坏的角度、从非久住的角度、从无救护的角度、从无庇护的角度、从无皈依的角度、从非皈依处的角度、从空虚的角度、从空洞的角度、从空无的角度、从无我的角度、从过患的角度、从变易法的角度、从非实质的角度、从苦根的角度、从杀戮者的角度、从非有的角度、从有漏的角度、从有为的角度、从魔饵的角度、从生法的角度、从老法的角度、从病法的角度、从死法的角度、从愁悲苦忧恼法的角度、从杂染法的角度、从集起、灭去、味著、过患、出离的角度来进行审察——这就是度遍知。显示巴利原文
Katamā tīraṇapariññā? Evaṃ ñātaṃ katvā taṇhaṃ tīreti aniccato dukkhato rogato gaṇḍato sallato aghato ābādhato parato palokato ītito upaddavato bhayato upasaggato calato pabhaṅguto addhuvato atāṇato aleṇato asaraṇato asaraṇībhūtato rittato tucchato suññato anattato ādīnavato vipariṇāmadhammato asārakato aghamūlato vadhakato vibhavato sāsavato saṅkhatato mārāmisato jātidhammato jarādhammato byādhidhammato maraṇadhammato sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsadhammato saṃkilesadhammato samudayato atthaṅgamato assādato ādīnavato nissaraṇato tīreti – ayaṃ tīraṇapariññā.
什么是断遍知?如此审察后,他断除渴爱,驱除、荡尽,灭尽无余,令归于无有——这便是断遍知。显示巴利原文
Katamā pahānapariññā? Evaṃ tīrayitvā taṇhaṃ pajahati vinodeti byantīkaroti anabhāvaṃ gameti – ayaṃ pahānapariññā.
渴爱——依此三种遍知而得遍知。漏——有四种漏:欲漏、有漏、见漏、无明漏。若这四种漏已被断除,其根已截断,如截断的多罗树桩,归于无有,于未来际永不复生,那么这些人便称为无漏者、阿拉汉、漏尽者。也就是说,那些在遍知渴爱后成为无漏者的人,我也这样说、这样宣称:他们已渡越欲暴流、已渡越有暴流、已渡越见暴流、已渡越无明暴流,已渡越整个轮回之流,已超越、已出离、已度越、已完全越度、已究竟度脱。对这些在遍知渴爱后成为无漏者的人,我也说:他们是渡暴流者。因此,那位婆罗门说——显示巴利原文
ti taṇhaṃ imāhi tīhi pariññāhi parijānitvā. ti cattāro āsavā – kāmāsavo, bhavāsavo, diṭṭhāsavo, avijjāsavo. Yesaṃ ime āsavā pahīnā ucchinnamūlā tālāvatthukatā anabhāvaṃkatā āyatiṃ anuppādadhammā, te vuccanti anāsavā arahanto khīṇāsavā. ti. ti ye taṇhaṃ pariññāya anāsavā, ahampi te kāmoghaṃ tiṇṇā bhavoghaṃ tiṇṇā diṭṭhoghaṃ tiṇṇā avijjoghaṃ tiṇṇā sabbasaṃsārapathaṃ tiṇṇā uttiṇṇā nittiṇṇā atikkantā samatikkantā vītivattāti brūmi vadāmiti – taṇhaṃ pariññāya anāsavāse, ahampi te oghatiṇṇāti brūmi. Tenāha so brāhmaṇo –
那些于此舍弃一切所见、所闻、所感,连同一切戒禁的人,
舍弃一切种种相,遍知渴爱,安住无漏,
我也称你为“已渡越瀑流者”。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Etābhinandāmi vaco mahesino, sukittitaṃ gotamanūpadhīkaṃ; Ye sīdha diṭṭhaṃ va sutaṃ mutaṃ vā, sīlabbataṃ vāpi pahāya sabbaṃ. Anekarūpampi pahāya sabbaṃ, taṇhaṃ pariññāya anāsavāse; Ahampi te oghatiṇṇāti brūmī’’ti.
难陀学童所问之分别第七显示巴利原文
Nandamāṇavapucchāniddeso sattamo.
8. 黑玛咖学童所问之分别显示巴利原文
8. Hemakamāṇavapucchāniddeso
所谓“ti”,即:“那位婆罗门婆和利,及其余诸师,各自宣说、开示、演说、安立、开显、分别、阐明、昭示其自所见、自所忍、自所好、自所执、自所意乐、自所意图——这些即是他们过去曾为我解说者。”“ti”……此为连声……乃至……此为逐词次第。所谓“……”是表示亲切的称呼……乃至……“那位婆罗门的名字是……”,这是称谓——即“这位尊者黑玛咖”。显示巴利原文
ti yo ca bāvarī brāhmaṇo ye caññe tassa ācariyā, te sakaṃ diṭṭhiṃ sakaṃ khantiṃ sakaṃ ruciṃ sakaṃ laddhiṃ sakaṃ ajjhāsayaṃ sakaṃ adhippāyaṃ byākaṃsu ācikkhiṃsu desayiṃsu paññapiṃsu paṭṭhapiṃsu vivariṃsu vibhajiṃsu uttānīakaṃsu pakāsesunti – ye me pubbe viyākaṃsu. ti. ti padasandhi…pe… padānupubbatāpetaṃ – iccāti. ti piyavacanaṃ…pe…. ti tassa brāhmaṇassa nāmaṃ…pe… abhilāpoti – iccāyasmā hemako.
所谓“在乔达摩教法之前”、“在乔达摩教法之后”、“在乔达摩教法之前”、“最先是乔达摩教法”、“佛陀的教法”、“胜利者的教法”、“如来的教法”、“阿拉汉的教法”——此即“在乔达摩的教法之前”。显示巴利原文
ti huraṃ gotamasāsanā paraṃ gotamasāsanā pure gotamasāsanā paṭhamataraṃ gotamasāsanā buddhasāsanā jinasāsanā tathāgatasāsanā arahantasāsanāti – huraṃ gotamasāsanā.
“据说曾有如此,据说将有如此”——这便是“曾如此、将如此”之语。
这一切,都仅是传闻而已:凭借这样那样的说法、师徒的相承、经典的汇集、以推理为因、以思辨为因、以种种寻思推度,以及依于见的审察与认可而说,并不是自己亲自证知,亦不是自身现证的法——凡此一切,皆是传闻。
这一切,都只是推理的滋长、寻思的滋长、意欲的滋长:欲寻思的滋长、嗔寻思的滋长、害寻思的滋长、亲族寻思的滋长、地域寻思的滋长、长生寻思的滋长、与哀愍他人相应的寻思的滋长、与利养、恭敬、名声相应的寻思的滋长、与不被轻慢相应的寻思的滋长——凡此种种,都只是推理的滋长。
我在那里不欢喜,不发现,未证得,未获得——我在那里不欢喜。因此,那位婆罗门说:
“那些过去曾为我记说的人,”——具寿赫摩迦这样说。
在乔达摩教法之外
“有过什么,将会如何”——这一切,都只是这样那样的传闻。
“请世尊为我说法”——这里的“请说法”指的是:祈请您开示、宣说、阐明、揭示、分别解说,使之浅显明了的那初善、中善、后善,义理与文句具足、完全圆满清净的梵行;四念处、四正勤、四神足、五根、五力、七觉支、圣八支道,以及涅槃与导向涅槃之道——请您为我开显此法。
显示巴利原文 ti evaṃ kira āsi, evaṃ kira bhavissatīti – iccāsi iti bhavissati. nti sabbaṃ taṃ itihītihaṃ itikirāya paraṃparāya piṭakasampadāya takkahetu nayahetu ākāraparivitakkena diṭṭhinijjhānakkhantiyā na sāmaṃ sayamabhiññātaṃ na attapaccakkhadhammaṃ kathayiṃsūti – sabbaṃ taṃ itihītihaṃ. nti sabbaṃ taṃ takkavaḍḍhanaṃ vitakkavaḍḍhanaṃ saṅkappavaḍḍhanaṃ kāmavitakkavaḍḍhanaṃ byāpādavitakkavaḍḍhanaṃ vihiṃsāvitakkavaḍḍhanaṃ ñātivitakkavaḍḍhanaṃ janapadavitakkavaḍḍhanaṃ amarāvitakkavaḍḍhanaṃ parānudayatāpaṭisaṃyuttavitakkavaḍḍhanaṃ lābhasakkārasilokapaṭisaṃyuttavitakkavaḍḍhanaṃ anavaññattipaṭisaṃyuttavitakkavaḍḍhananti – sabbaṃ taṃ takkavaḍḍhanaṃ. nti nāhaṃ tattha abhiramiṃ na vindiṃ nādhigacchiṃ na paṭilabhinti – nāhaṃ tattha abhiramiṃ. Tenāha so brāhmaṇo – ‘‘Ye me pubbe viyākaṃsu, [iccāyasmā hemako] Huraṃ gotamasāsanā; Iccāsi iti bhavissati, sabbaṃ taṃ itihītihaṃ; Sabbaṃ taṃ takkavaḍḍhanaṃ, nāhaṃ tattha abhirami’’nti. ti. nti bhagavantaṃ bhaṇati. ti. nti ādikalyāṇaṃ majjhekalyāṇaṃ pariyosānakalyāṇaṃ sātthaṃ sabyañjanaṃ kevalaparipuṇṇaṃ parisuddhaṃ brahmacariyaṃ, cattāro satipaṭṭhāne cattāro sammappadhāne cattāro iddhipāde pañcindriyāni pañca balāni satta bojjhaṅge ariyaṃ aṭṭhaṅgikaṃ maggaṃ nibbānañca nibbānagāminiñca paṭipadaṃ akkhāhi ācikkhāhi desehi paññapehi paṭṭhapehi vivarāhi vibhajāhi uttānīkarohi pakāsehīti – tvañca me dhammamakkhāhi.
“请说渴爱的摧毁”——这里的“渴爱”,是对色的渴爱……乃至对法尘的渴爱。“渴爱的摧毁”即是渴爱的断除、舍弃、平息、彻底放弃与寂止,它就是不死的涅槃。“牟尼”意指智慧……乃至超越执着的罗网,他便是牟尼。因此,渴爱的摧毁即是牟尼的内涵。显示巴利原文
ti. ti – rūpataṇhā…pe… dhammataṇhā. Taṇhānigghātanaṃ taṇhāpahānaṃ taṇhāvūpasamaṃ taṇhāpaṭinissaggaṃ taṇhāpaṭippassaddhiṃ amataṃ nibbānaṃ. ti monaṃ vuccati ñāṇaṃ…pe… saṅgajālamaticca so munīti – taṇhānigghātanaṃ muni.
所谓“了知之后”,即:彻底了知、衡量、审察、通达并令其完全明见之后。亦即:彻底了知、衡量、审察、通达并清楚明见“一切行无常”;彻底了知、衡量、审察、通达并清楚明见“一切行是苦”……乃至“一切法无我”……乃至“凡是集起之法,皆是灭尽之法”。“具念者”有四种因缘:当修习身观念处时,他即名为具念……乃至名为“具念者”。“行持”即是行走、安住、移动、运作、护持、维持、生活——也就是说,了知之后,具足正念地如此行持度日。显示巴利原文
nti yaṃ viditaṃ katvā tulayitvā tīrayitvā vibhāvayitvā vibhūtaṃ katvā. ‘‘Sabbe saṅkhārā aniccā’’ti viditaṃ katvā tulayitvā tīrayitvā vibhāvayitvā vibhūtaṃ katvā, ‘‘sabbe saṅkhārā dukkhā’’ti…pe… ‘‘sabbe dhammā anattā’’ti…pe… ‘‘yaṃ kiñci samudayadhammaṃ sabbaṃ taṃ nirodhadhamma’’nti viditaṃ katvā tulayitvā tīrayitvā vibhāvayitvā vibhūtaṃ katvā. ti catūhi kāraṇehi sato – kāye kāyānupassanāsatipaṭṭhānaṃ bhāvento sato…pe… so vuccati sato. nti caranto viharanto iriyanto vattento pālento yapento yāpentoti – yaṃ viditvā sato caraṃ.
“毒”,即渴爱。那便是贪、染著……(中略)……贪求、贪欲,是不善根。以何义而称为毒?因其有毒,故为毒;因其广大,故为毒;因其扩散,故为毒;因其不平等,故为毒;因其执著,故为毒;因其摄取,故为毒;因其欺诳,故为毒;因其为毒根,故为毒;因其结毒果,故为毒;因其受用是毒,故为毒。再者,那渴爱于色、声、香、味、触、家族、群体、住处、利得、名声、称赞、乐、衣、食、住处、病者所需医药资具、欲界、色界、无色界、欲有、色有、无色有、想有、无想有、非想非非想有、一蕴有、四蕴有、五蕴有、过去、未来、现在、所见所闻所觉所识之法中扩散、遍布,故而为毒。于苦界、人界、天界、蕴界、界界、处界之中,此即是毒。对此世间之毒,具念者应能度越、超越、渡越、超度、超脱,故说“度世间毒”。因此那位婆罗门说——显示巴利原文
nti visattikā vuccati taṇhā. Yo rāgo sārāgo…pe… abhijjhā lobho akusalamūlaṃ. ti kenaṭṭhena visattikā…pe… visaṭā vitthatāti visattikā. ti apāyaloke manussaloke devaloke khandhaloke dhātuloke āyatanaloke. nti loke vesā visattikā loke vetaṃ visattikaṃ sato tareyyaṃ uttareyyaṃ patareyyaṃ samatikkameyyaṃ vītivatteyyanti – tare loke visattikaṃ. Tenāha so brāhmaṇo –
智者,请您也为我说示那摧灭渴爱的法;
了知此已,具念而行,便能于世间度越贪着。
“diṭṭha”指眼所见;“suta”指耳所闻;“muta”指鼻所嗅、舌所尝、身所触;“viññāta”指意所识知——这就是“于此所见、所闻、所觉、所识诸法中”。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Tvañca me dhammamakkhāhi, taṇhānigghātanaṃ muni; Yaṃ viditvā sato caraṃ, tare loke visattika’’nti. ti. nti cakkhunā diṭṭhaṃ; nti sotena sutaṃ; nti ghānena ghāyitaṃ jivhāya sāyitaṃ kāyena phuṭṭhaṃ; nti manasā viññātanti – idha diṭṭhasutamutaviññātesu.
世间中,何者是可爱相、可意相?眼在世间是可爱相、可意相,耳在世间……乃至……鼻在世间……舌在世间……身在世间……意在世间是可爱相、可意相;色在世间是可爱相、可意相,声在世间……香在世间……味在世间……触在世间……法在世间是可爱相、可意相;眼识在世间是可爱相、可意相,耳识在世间……鼻识在世间……舌识在世间……身识在世间……意识在世间是可爱相、可意相;眼触在世间……耳触在世间……鼻触在世间……舌触在世间……身触在世间……意触在世间是可爱相、可意相;眼触所生受在世间是可爱相、可意相,耳触所生受……鼻触所生受……舌触所生受……身触所生受……意触所生受在世间是可爱相、可意相;色想在世间……声想在世间……香想在世间……味想在世间……触想在世间……法想在世间是可爱相、可意相;色思在世间……声思在世间……香思在世间……味思在世间……触思在世间……法思在世间是可爱相、可意相;色渴爱在世间……声渴爱在世间……香渴爱在世间……味渴爱在世间……触渴爱在世间……法渴爱在世间是可爱相、可意相;色寻在世间……声寻在世间……香寻在世间……味寻在世间……触寻在世间……法寻在世间是可爱相、可意相;色伺在世间是可爱相、可意相,声伺在世间……香伺在世间……味伺在世间……触伺在世间……法伺在世间是可爱相、可意相。黑玛咖,这些即是可爱相。显示巴利原文
ti kiñca loke piyarūpaṃ sātarūpaṃ? Cakkhu loke piyarūpaṃ sātarūpaṃ, sotaṃ loke…pe… ghānaṃ loke… jivhā loke… kāyo loke… mano loke piyarūpaṃ sātarūpaṃ; rūpā loke piyarūpaṃ sātarūpaṃ, saddā loke… gandhā loke… rasā loke… phoṭṭhabbā loke… dhammā loke piyarūpaṃ sātarūpaṃ; cakkhuviññāṇaṃ loke piyarūpaṃ sātarūpaṃ, sotaviññāṇaṃ loke piyarūpaṃ sātarūpaṃ, ghānaviññāṇaṃ loke… jivhāviññāṇaṃ loke… kāyaviññāṇaṃ loke… manoviññāṇaṃ loke piyarūpaṃ sātarūpaṃ, cakkhusamphasso loke… sotasamphasso loke… ghānasamphasso loke… jivhāsamphasso loke… kāyasamphasso loke… manosamphasso loke piyarūpaṃ sātarūpaṃ; cakkhusamphassajā vedanā loke piyarūpaṃ sātarūpaṃ… sotasamphassajā vedanā… ghānasamphassajā vedanā… jivhāsamphassajā vedanā… kāyasamphassajā vedanā… manosamphassajā vedanā loke piyarūpaṃ sātarūpaṃ; rūpasaññā loke… saddasaññā loke… gandhasaññā loke… rasasaññā loke… phoṭṭhabbasaññā loke… dhammasaññā loke piyarūpaṃ sātarūpaṃ, rūpasañcetanā loke… saddasañcetanā loke… gandhasañcetanā loke… rasasañcetanā loke… phoṭṭhabbasañcetanā loke… dhammasañcetanā loke piyarūpaṃ sātarūpaṃ; rūpataṇhā loke… saddataṇhā loke… gandhataṇhā loke… rasataṇhā loke … phoṭṭhabbataṇhā loke… dhammataṇhā loke piyarūpaṃ sātarūpaṃ; rūpavitakko loke… saddavitakko loke… gandhavitakko loke… rasavitakko loke… phoṭṭhabbavitakko loke… dhammavitakko loke piyarūpaṃ sātarūpaṃ; rūpavicāro loke piyarūpaṃ sātarūpaṃ, saddavicāro loke… gandhavicāro loke… rasavicāro loke… phoṭṭhabbavicāro loke… dhammavicāro loke piyarūpaṃ sātarūpanti – piyarūpesu hemaka.
“欲贪”指对诸欲的欲欲、欲贪、欲喜、欲爱、欲亲爱、欲热恼、欲昏迷、欲执着、欲瀑流、欲轭、欲取、欲欲盖。“遣除欲贪”就是舍断欲贪、寂灭欲贪、放舍欲贪、平息欲贪,也就是不死、涅槃——此即“遣除欲贪”。显示巴利原文
nti. ti yo kāmesu kāmacchando kāmarāgo kāmanandī kāmataṇhā kāmasineho kāmapariḷāho kāmamucchā kāmajjhosānaṃ kāmogho kāmayogo kāmupādānaṃ kāmacchandanīvaraṇaṃ. nti chandarāgappahānaṃ chandarāgavūpasamaṃ chandarāgapaṭinissaggaṃ chandarāgapaṭippassaddhaṃ amataṃ nibbānanti – chandarāgavinodanaṃ.
“涅槃境界是庇护处、洞窟处、皈依处、无畏处。‘不死’即是常、恒、永恒、不变易法——此即无死的涅槃境界。”因此,世尊这样说:显示巴利原文
nti nibbānapadaṃ tāṇapadaṃ leṇapadaṃ saraṇapadaṃ abhayapadaṃ. nti niccaṃ dhuvaṃ sassataṃ avipariṇāmadhammanti – nibbānapadamaccutaṃ. Tenāha bhagavā –
于此,对于所见、所闻、所感、所知的可爱之相,赫摩迦啊,
驱散对他们的欲贪,那便是不死的涅槃境界。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Idha diṭṭhasutamutaviññātesu, piyarūpesu hemaka; Chandarāgavinodanaṃ, nibbānapadamaccuta’’nti.
“不死的涅槃”:所谓涅槃,即是一切行的寂止、一切依着的彻底舍离、渴爱的灭尽、离欲、息灭、涅槃。“了知之后”:即是已遍知、已了达、已衡量、已决断、已洞悉、已令其分明。了知“诸行无常”之后,同样地了达、衡量、决断、洞悉、令其分明。了知“诸行是苦”之后……了知“诸法无我”之后……乃至了知“任何集起之法,皆是灭尽之法”之后,同样地了达、衡量、决断、洞悉、令其分明。“那些有念者”:指的是阿拉汉、灭尽烦恼者。他们由于四种原因而被称为有念者——因修习身至念处……乃至……故称为有念者。如此了知,他们便是有念者。显示巴利原文
ti. nti amataṃ nibbānaṃ. Yo so sabbasaṅkhārasamatho sabbūpadhipaṭinissaggo taṇhakkhayo virāgo nirodho nibbānaṃ. ti aññāya jānitvā tulayitvā tīrayitvā vibhāvayitvā vibhūtaṃ katvā. ‘‘Sabbe saṅkhārā aniccā’’ti aññāya jānitvā tulayitvā tīrayitvā vibhāvayitvā vibhūtaṃ katvā. ‘‘Sabbe saṅkhārā dukkhā’’ti… ‘‘sabbe dhammā anattā’’ti…pe… ‘‘yaṃ kiñci samudayadhammaṃ sabbaṃ taṃ nirodhadhamma’’nti aññāya jānitvā tulayitvā tīrayitvā vibhāvayitvā vibhūtaṃ katvā. ti arahanto khīṇāsavā. ti catūhi kāraṇehi satā – kāye kāyānupassanāsatipaṭṭhānaṃ bhāvitattā satā…pe… te vuccanti satāti – etadaññāya ye satā.
“已见法者”:指法已被见、被知、被衡量、被决断、被洞悉、被清晰照见的人。“诸行无常”是已见之法……乃至……“任何集起之法,皆是灭尽之法”是已见、已知、已被衡量、已被决断、已被洞悉、已被清晰照见之法。“于现见法中寂止”:由于贪的熄灭而寂止,由于嗔的熄灭而寂止,由于痴的熄灭而寂止,由于忿怒……乃至……怨恨……及一切不善行的寂静、平静、止息、熄灭、消尽、离去、平息,而成为寂静、安详、寂止、熄灭、安歇——因此是“于现见法中寂止”。显示巴利原文
ti. ti diṭṭhadhammā ñātadhammā tulitadhammā tīritadhammā vibhūtadhammā vibhāvitadhammā. ‘‘Sabbe saṅkhārā aniccā’’ti diṭṭhadhammā…pe… ‘‘yaṃ kiñci samudayadhammaṃ sabbaṃ taṃ nirodhadhamma’’nti diṭṭhadhammā ñātadhammā tulitadhammā tīritadhammā vibhūtadhammā vibhāvitadhammā. ti rāgassa nibbāpitattā nibbutā, dosassa nibbāpitattā nibbutā, mohassa nibbāpitattā nibbutā, kodhassa…pe… upanāhassa… sabbākusalābhisaṅkhārānaṃ santattā samitattā vūpasamitattā nijjhātattā nibbutattā vigatattā paṭippasaddhattā santā upasantā vūpasantā nibbutā paṭippassaddhāti – diṭṭhadhammābhinibbutā.
“寂静者”:由于止息了贪染,将其熄灭,而成为寂静者……乃至……止息了嗔、痴、忿怒……乃至……对于一切不善行,令其寂止、平静、止息、熄灭、消尽、离去、安歇,而成为寂静、安详、寂止、熄灭、安歇——因此是“寂静者”。“那些阿拉汉、灭尽烦恼者”:指的是“他们恒常如此”。“恒常”:指一切时、一切时间、恒久之时,持续、连续不断、无有间断、前后相续、如水流般相续,无论是在食前、食后,初夜、中夜、后夜,黑半月或白半月,雨季、冬季、夏季,乃至生命的早期、中期、后期——这些“寂静者”恒常都是如此。显示巴利原文
ti. ti rāgassa upasamitattā nibbāpitattā upasantā…pe… dosassa… mohassa… kodhassa… upanāhassa…pe… sabbākusalābhisaṅkhārānaṃ santattā samitattā vūpasamitattā nijjhātattā nibbutattā vigatattā paṭippasaddhattā santā upasantā vūpasantā nibbutā paṭippassaddhāti upasantā. ti arahanto khīṇāsavā. ti sadā sabbakālaṃ niccakālaṃ dhuvakālaṃ satataṃ samitaṃ abbokiṇṇaṃ poṅkhānupoṅkhaṃ udakūmikajātaṃ avīcisantatisahitaṃ phassitaṃ purebhattaṃ pacchābhattaṃ purimayāmaṃ majjhimayāmaṃ pacchimayāmaṃ kāḷe juṇhe vasse hemante gimhe purime vayokhandhe majjhime vayokhandhe pacchime vayokhandheti – upasantā ca te sadā.
“世间中的贪染”:“贪染”即指渴爱。凡那种贪着、染着……乃至……贪求、贪婪,即是不善根。何以称为“贪染”?因为它如藤蔓般散布、扩展、蔓延于……“世间”指恶趣世间……乃至……十二处世间。“你已渡越它”:对于世间中名为“贪染”的渴爱,以及世间中的贪染,你已渡过、越出、脱离、跨越、完全超越、度过——所以你“已渡越世间中的贪染”。因此,世尊说:显示巴利原文
nti visattikā vuccati taṇhā. Yo rāgo sārāgo…pe… abhijjhā lobho akusalamūlaṃ. ti kenaṭṭhena visattikā…pe… visaṭā vitthatāti visattikā. ti apāyaloke…pe… āyatanaloke. nti loke vesā visattikā loke vetaṃ visattikaṃ tiṇṇā uttiṇṇā nitthiṇṇā atikkantā samatikkantā vītivattāti – tiṇṇā loke visattikaṃ. Tenāha bhagavā –
那些了知此义而具念者,于现法寂灭,
他们恒时寂静,已超越世间贪染。”
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Etadaññāya ye satā, diṭṭhadhammābhinibbutā; Upasantā ca te sadā, tiṇṇā loke visattika’’nti.
随着偈颂的结束……(他说道:)‘世尊是我的老师,我是弟子。’显示巴利原文
Saha gāthāpariyosānā…pe… satthā me bhante bhagavā, sāvakohamasmīti.
黑玛咖学童所问之释 第八显示巴利原文
Hemakamāṇavapucchāniddeso aṭṭhamo.
9. 都提耶学童所问之释显示巴利原文
9. Todeyyamāṇavapucchāniddeso
因为诸欲不住于他、不与他共住、不居于他、不遍住于他——这就是“诸欲不住于他”。其中“ti”是词语连接……乃至……也是词句次第,即“iccā”。“todeyya”是亲切的称呼……乃至……那位婆罗门的名字……称呼语,即“具寿都提耶如是说”。显示巴利原文
ti yasmiṃ kāmā na vasanti na saṃvasanti na āvasanti na parivasantīti – yasmiṃ kāmā na vasanti. ti. ti padasandhi…pe… padānupubbatāpetaṃ – iccāti. ti piyavacanaṃ…pe…. ti tassa brāhmaṇassa nāmaṃ…pe… abhilāpoti – iccāyasmā todeyyo.
因为渴爱在他那里已不存在、已无有、已不可发现、已不可获得,已被智火烧尽——这便是“渴爱在他那里不存在”。显示巴利原文
ti taṇhā yassa natthi na sati na saṃvijjati nupalabbhati ñāṇagginā daḍḍhāti – taṇhā yassa na vijjati.
“疑惑”——已渡过、已超越、已完全超越、已越过、已完全越过、已超脱——这便是“已渡过疑惑”。显示巴利原文
ti kathaṃkathā ca yo tiṇṇo uttiṇṇo nitthiṇṇo atikkanto samatikkanto vītivattoti – kathaṃkathā ca yo tiṇṇo.
他问道:“他的解脱是怎样的?是何形态?是何品类?以何为譬喻?”——他这样问解脱:“他的解脱是怎样的?”于是那位婆罗门说:显示巴利原文
ti vimokkho tassa kīdiso kiṃsaṇṭhito kiṃpakāro kiṃpaṭibhāgo icchitabboti vimokkhaṃ pucchatīti – vimokkho tassa kīdiso. Tenāha so brāhmaṇo –
无有渴爱之人,
已渡越疑惑的人,他的解脱是怎样的呢?
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Yasmiṃ kāmā na vasanti, [iccāyasmā todeyyo] Taṇhā yassa na vijjati; Kathaṃkathā ca yo tiṇṇo, vimokkho tassa kīdiso’’ti.
“yasmiṃ”:指那位阿拉汉、烦恼灭尽者。“kāmā”:概要而言,有两种欲——事物之欲与烦恼之欲……这些称为事物之欲……这些称为烦恼之欲。“诸欲不于彼处住”的意思是:它们于彼处不住、不共住、不停留、不潜伏——因此说‘诸欲不于彼处住’。显示巴利原文
ti. nti yasmiṃ puggale arahante khīṇāsave. ti uddānato dve kāmā – vatthukāmā ca kilesakāmā ca…pe… ime vuccanti vatthukāmā…pe… ime vuccanti kilesakāmā. ti yasmiṃ kāmā na vasanti na saṃvasanti na āvasanti na parivasantīti – yasmiṃ kāmā na vasanti.
“todeyyāti bhagavā”:世尊以名字称呼那位婆罗门。“bhagavā”一词是表敬意的同义语……是亲证的施设名,即“世尊”——“都提耶啊”,世尊如是说。显示巴利原文
ti. ti bhagavā taṃ brāhmaṇaṃ nāmena ālapati. ti gāravādhivacanametaṃ…pe… sacchikā paññatti, yadidaṃ bhagavāti – todeyyāti bhagavā.
渴爱,即对色的渴爱、对声的渴爱、对香的渴爱、对味的渴爱、对所触的渴爱、对法的渴爱。渴爱——以三种遍知而遍知:所知遍知、审察遍知、断除遍知。什么是所知遍知?他了知渴爱:‘这是对色的渴爱,这是对声的渴爱,这是对香的渴爱,这是对味的渴爱,这是对所触的渴爱,这是对法的渴爱。’如此了知、如此看见,这便是所知遍知。显示巴利原文
ti. ti rūpataṇhā saddataṇhā gandhataṇhā rasataṇhā phoṭṭhabbataṇhā dhammataṇhā. ti taṇhaṃ tīhi pariññāhi parijānitvā – ñātapariññāya, tīraṇapariññāya , pahānapariññāya. Katamā ñātapariññā ? Taṇhaṃ jānāti – ayaṃ rūpataṇhā, ayaṃ saddataṇhā, ayaṃ gandhataṇhā, ayaṃ rasataṇhā, ayaṃ phoṭṭhabbataṇhā, ayaṃ dhammataṇhāti jānāti passati – ayaṃ ñātapariññā.
疑惑,即称为犹豫:对苦的怀疑……乃至心的僵硬、心的扰乱。这便是那位阿拉汉、漏尽者。他已渡越了疑惑,已出离、已超越、已度过、已完全度过、已彻底克服——这便是:已渡越疑惑的人。显示巴利原文
ti kathaṃkathā vuccati vicikicchā. Dukkhe kaṅkhā…pe… chambhitattaṃ cittassa manovilekho. ti yo so arahaṃ khīṇāsavo. ti kathaṃkathā ca yo tiṇṇo uttiṇṇo nitthiṇṇo atikkanto samatikkanto vītivattoti – kathaṃkathā ca yo tiṇṇo.
对他来说,再无其他解脱。他依此解脱而得度,不必再依其他解脱而解脱。以那解脱所应作的,皆已作——因此,他再无其他解脱可求。是故世尊如是说:显示巴利原文
ti natthi tassa aparo vimokkho. Yena vimokkhena vimucceyya vimutto so. Kataṃ tassa vimokkhena karaṇīyanti – vimokkho tassa nāparo. Tenāha bhagavā –
‘‘Yasmiṃ kāmā na vasanti, [todeyyāti bhagavā] Taṇhā yassa na vijjati; Kathaṃkathā ca yo tiṇṇo, vimokkho tassa nāparo’’ti.
他是这般无有渴爱者,还是说,对于色,他怀有希冀、喜悦、想要、渴望、企求、热盼?对于声……对于香……对于味……对于触……对于家族……对于群体……对于住处……对于利得……对于名声……对于称赞……对于乐受……对于衣服……对于钵食……对于坐卧处……对于病者所需的医药资具……对于欲界……对于色界……对于无色界……对于欲有……对于色有……对于无色有……对于想有……对于无想有……对于非想非非想有……对于一蕴有……对于四蕴有……对于五蕴有……对于过去、未来、现在……对于所见、所闻、所觉、所识的一切法,他是否怀有希冀、喜悦、想要、渴望、企求、热盼?——他是这般无有期待者,还是怀着期待者?显示巴利原文
ti nittaṇho so, udāhu sataṇho rūpe āsīsati , sadde…pe… gandhe… rase… phoṭṭhabbe… kulaṃ… gaṇaṃ… āvāsaṃ… lābhaṃ… yasaṃ… pasaṃsaṃ… sukhaṃ… cīvaraṃ… piṇḍapātaṃ… senāsanaṃ… gilānapaccayabhesajjaparikkhāraṃ… kāmadhātuṃ … rūpadhātuṃ… arūpadhātuṃ… kāmabhavaṃ… rūpabhavaṃ… arūpabhavaṃ… saññābhavaṃ… asaññābhavaṃ… nevasaññānāsaññābhavaṃ… ekavokārabhavaṃ… catuvokārabhavaṃ… pañcavokārabhavaṃ… atītaṃ… anāgataṃ… paccuppannaṃ… diṭṭhasutamutaviññātabbe dhamme āsīsati sādiyati pattheti piheti abhijappatīti – nirāsaso so uda āsasāno.
经中说“智者”,指的是有智慧、具足慧、有觉慧、有智、有洞察、有明辨的人。经中说“不造作慧”,指的是他既不依八定之智,也不依五神通之智,亦不依邪智,去造作任何渴爱的构作,也不造作邪见的构作;他不生起、不令生起、不产生、不令再生——他虽具慧,却不造作慧。显示巴利原文
ti. ti paṇḍito paññavā buddhimā ñāṇī vibhāvī medhāvī. ti aṭṭhasamāpattiñāṇena vā pañcābhiññāñāṇena vā micchāñāṇena vā taṇhākappaṃ vā na kappeti diṭṭhikappaṃ vā na kappeti na janeti na sañjaneti na nibbatteti nābhinibbattetīti – paññāṇavā so na ca paññakappī.
“释迦啊”——世尊称为释迦。因从释迦族出家,故称释迦。又因他富裕、具大财、拥有财富,故也称释迦。他所拥有的这些财富即是:信财、戒财、惭财、愧财、闻财、施财、慧财、念处财、正勤财、神足财、根财、力财、觉支财、道财、果财、涅槃财。依凭这种种财富珍宝,他富裕、具大财、拥有财富,故也称释迦。再者,他能力具足、自在、善巧、勇猛、英勇、刚健、无畏、无惧、不惊、不退、已断除怖畏恐惧、远离毛发竖立,故也称释迦。“释迦啊,我要像这样去认知、了知、识别、通达、彻证牟尼——释迦啊,我如何能了知那牟尼?”显示巴利原文
nti. ti sakko bhagavā. Sakyakulā pabbajitotipi sakko. Atha vā, aḍḍho mahaddhano dhanavātipi sakko. Tassimāni dhanāni, seyyathidaṃ – saddhādhanaṃ sīladhanaṃ hiridhanaṃ ottappadhanaṃ sutadhanaṃ cāgadhanaṃ paññādhanaṃ satipaṭṭhānadhanaṃ sammappadhānadhanaṃ iddhipādadhanaṃ indriyadhanaṃ baladhanaṃ bojjhaṅgadhanaṃ maggadhanaṃ phaladhanaṃ nibbānadhananti. Tehi anekavidhehi dhanaratanehi aḍḍho mahaddhano dhanavātipi sakko. Atha vā, pahu visavī alamatto sūro vīro vikkanto abhīrū acchambhī anutrāsī apalāyī pahīnabhayabheravo vigatalomahaṃsotipi sakko. nti sakka yathāhaṃ muniṃ jāneyyaṃ ājāneyyaṃ vijāneyyaṃ paṭivijāneyyaṃ paṭivijjheyyanti – muniṃ ahaṃ sakka yathā vijaññaṃ.
“开示”,即我所请问、请求、祈请、劝请的。“为我解说吧”,即请您宣说、施设、建立、揭示、分别、开显、阐明。“普眼者”是对一切知智的称呼……如来因此称为普眼者——“普眼者,请为我解说此事。”因此,那位婆罗门这样说道:显示巴利原文
ti. nti yaṃ pucchāmi yaṃ yācāmi yaṃ ajjhesāmi yaṃ pasādemi. ti ācikkhāhi desehi paññapehi paṭṭhapehi vivarāhi vibhajāhi uttānīkarohi pakāsehi. ti samantacakkhu vuccati sabbaññutañāṇaṃ…pe… tathāgato tena samantacakkhūti – taṃ me viyācikkha samantacakkhu. Tenāha so brāhmaṇo –
他是无所期待者,还是仍存期待?他是具足慧者,还是仅构想智慧者?
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Nirāsaso so uda āsasāno, paññāṇavā so uda paññakappī;
此人已离渴爱。他于色无有渴爱,无所希求;于声……香……乃至所见、所闻、所觉、所识知的法,亦不希求、不想要、不贪恋、不期待、不羡慕、不追索——他是无所期待者,而非有所期待者。显示巴利原文
ti nittaṇho so. Na so sataṇho rūpe nāsīsati. Sadde…pe… gandhe… diṭṭhasutamutaviññātabbe dhamme nāsīsati na icchati na sādiyati na pattheti na piheti nābhijappatīti – nirāsaso so na ca āsasāno.
他是这样的智者、具慧者、聪明者、具识者、明辨者、大慧者呢?还是凭借八等至智、五神通智或邪智,来构造、生起、产生、引发、造作渴爱的构造或邪见的构造?——他是这样的具慧者,还是慧的构造者?显示巴利原文
ti. ti paṇḍito paññavā buddhimā ñāṇī vibhāvī medhāvī. ti udāhu aṭṭhasamāpattiñāṇena vā pañcābhiññāñāṇena vā micchāñāṇena vā taṇhākappaṃ vā diṭṭhikappaṃ vā kappeti janeti sañjaneti nibbatteti abhinibbattetīti – paññāṇavā so uda paññakappī.
经中说“牟那”是指智慧……乃至……他超越了执著的罗网,故得名牟尼。经中说“应知”,都提耶啊,你应当如此了知牟尼、辨知牟尼、通达牟尼、彻证牟尼——都提耶啊,这也是认知牟尼的一种方式。显示巴利原文
ti. ti monaṃ vuccati ñāṇaṃ…pe… saṅgajālamaticca so muni. ti todeyya, evaṃ muniṃ jāna paṭijāna paṭivijāna paṭivijjhāti – evampi todeyya muniṃ vijāna.
经中说“无所有物”:指贪的所有物、嗔的所有物、痴的所有物、慢的所有物、邪见的所有物、烦恼的所有物、恶行的所有物。若一位对这些所有物皆已舍断、已根除、已平息、已安止,不复生起,被智火焚烧殆尽,他便被称为“无所有物者”。经中说“欲”:总括而言,有两种欲——事物欲与烦恼欲……这些称为事物欲……这些称为烦恼欲。经中说“有”:有两种有——业有与结生再生有……这是结生再生有。显示巴利原文
nti. nti rāgakiñcanaṃ dosakiñcanaṃ mohakiñcanaṃ mānakiñcanaṃ diṭṭhikiñcanaṃ kilesakiñcanaṃ duccaritakiñcanaṃ. Yassetāni kiñcanāni pahīnāni samucchinnāni vūpasantāni paṭippassaddhāni abhabbuppattikāni ñāṇagginā daḍḍhāni, so vuccati akiñcano. ti uddānato dve kāmā – vatthukāmā ca kilesakāmā ca…pe… ime vuccanti vatthukāmā…pe… ime vuccanti kilesakāmā. ti dve bhavā – kammabhavo ca paṭisandhiko ca punabbhavo…pe… ayaṃ paṭisandhiko punabbhavo.
经中说“无所有之人,于欲与有中无所执著”,即是说此人于欲、有,不黏著、不执取、无所缚著、无所挂碍,已出离、已脱离、已解脱、已离系,以无边际之心而安住——这便是于欲与有中无所执著的无所有之人。因此,世尊这样说:
都提耶,你也应当这样了知牟尼:他是无所有之人,于欲有中无所执著。
显示巴利原文 nti akiñcanaṃ puggalaṃ kāme ca bhave ca asattaṃ alaggaṃ alaggitaṃ apalibuddhaṃ nikkhantaṃ nissaṭaṃ vippamuttaṃ visaññuttaṃ vimariyādikatena cetasā viharantanti – akiñcanaṃ kāmabhave asattaṃ. Tenāha bhagavā – Evampi todeyya muniṃ vijāna, akiñcanaṃ kāmabhave asattanti.
此偈颂结束时……“尊者,世尊是我的导师,我是弟子。”显示巴利原文
Saha gāthāpariyosānā…pe… satthā me bhante bhagavā, sāvakohamasmīti.
都提耶学童所问之分别第九显示巴利原文
Todeyyamāṇavapucchāniddeso navamo.
10. 迦巴学童所问之分别显示巴利原文
10. Kappamāṇavapucchāniddeso
此处所说的“湖”,指的是轮回:来、去、往来,指时、趣、有与非有,指死与再生、产生与坏灭、生、老、死。轮回的前际不可知,后际亦不可知。众生便住于轮回的正中,依止、附着、黏着、近取、执取、系缚。显示巴利原文
nti saro vuccati saṃsāro āgamanaṃ gamanaṃ gamanāgamanaṃ kālaṃ gati bhavābhavo, cuti ca upapatti ca nibbatti ca bhedo ca jāti ca jarā ca maraṇañca. Saṃsārassa purimāpi koṭi na paññāyati, pacchimāpi koṭi na paññāyati. Majjheva saṃsāre sattā ṭhitā patiṭṭhitā allīnā upagatā ajjhositā adhimuttā.
轮回的最前际为何不可知?‘已流转了如此数目的出生,此后便不再流转’——这样的事根本不存在,故轮回的最前际不可知。‘已流转了数百次出生,此后便不再流转’——这样的事根本不存在,故轮回的最前际不可知。‘已流转了数千次出生,此后便不再流转’——这样的事根本不存在,故轮回的最前际不可知。‘已流转了百千次出生,此后便不再流转’——这样的事根本不存在,故轮回的最前际不可知。‘已流转了俱胝次出生,此后便不再流转’——这样的事根本不存在,故轮回的最前际不可知。‘已流转了数百俱胝次出生,此后便不再流转’——这样的事根本不存在,故轮回的最前际不可知。‘已流转了数千俱胝次出生,此后便不再流转’——这样的事根本不存在,故轮回的最前际不可知。‘已流转了百千俱胝次出生,此后便不再流转’——这样的事根本不存在,故轮回的最前际不可知。显示巴利原文
Kathaṃ saṃsārassa purimā koṭi na paññāyati? Ettakā jātiyo vaṭṭaṃ vatti, tato paraṃ na vattatīti hevaṃ natthi, evampi saṃsārassa purimā koṭi na paññāyati. Ettakāni jātisatāni vaṭṭaṃ vatti, tato paraṃ na vattatīti hevaṃ natthi, evampi saṃsārassa purimā koṭi na paññāyati. Ettakāni jātisahassāni vaṭṭaṃ vatti, tato paraṃ na vattatīti hevaṃ natthi, evampi saṃsārassa purimā koṭi na paññāyati. Ettakāni jātisatasahassāni vaṭṭaṃ vatti , tato paraṃ na vattatīti hevaṃ natthi, evampi saṃsārassa purimā koṭi na paññāyati. Ettakā jātikoṭiyo vaṭṭaṃ vatti, tato paraṃ na vattatīti hevaṃ natthi, evampi saṃsārassa purimā koṭi na paññāyati. Ettakāni jātikoṭisatāni vaṭṭaṃ vatti, tato paraṃ na vattatīti hevaṃ natthi, evampi saṃsārassa purimā koṭi na paññāyati. Ettakāni jātikoṭisahassāni vaṭṭaṃ vatti, tato paraṃ na vattatīti, hevaṃ natthi. Evampi saṃsārassa purimā koṭi na paññāyati. Ettakāni jātikoṭisatasahassāni vaṭṭaṃ vatti, tato paraṃ na vattatīti hevaṃ natthi, evampi saṃsārassa purimā koṭi na paññāyati.
‘已流转了如此数目的年岁,此后便不再流转’——这样的事根本不存在,故轮回的最前际不可知。‘已流转了数百年,此后便不再流转’——这样的事根本不存在,故轮回的最前际不可知。‘已流转了数千年,此后便不再流转’——这样的事根本不存在,故轮回的最前际不可知。‘已流转了百千年,此后便不再流转’——这样的事根本不存在,故轮回的最前际不可知。‘已流转了俱胝年,此后便不再流转’——这样的事根本不存在,故轮回的最前际不可知。‘已流转了数百俱胝年,此后便不再流转’——这样的事根本不存在,故轮回的最前际不可知。‘已流转了数千俱胝年,此后便不再流转’——这样的事根本不存在,故轮回的最前际不可知。‘已流转了百千俱胝年,此后便不再流转’——这样的事根本不存在,故轮回的最前际不可知。显示巴利原文
Ettakāni vassāni vaṭṭaṃ vatti, tato paraṃ na vattatīti hevaṃ natthi, evampi saṃsārassa purimā koṭi na paññāyati. Ettakāni vassasatāni vaṭṭaṃ vatti, tato paraṃ na vattatīti hevaṃ natthi, evampi saṃsārassa purimā koṭi na paññāyati. Ettakāni vassasahassāni vaṭṭaṃ vatti, tato paraṃ na vattatīti hevaṃ natthi, evampi saṃsārassa purimā koṭi na paññāyati. Ettakāni vassasatasahassāni vaṭṭaṃ vatti, tato paraṃ na vattatīti hevaṃ natthi, evampi saṃsārassa purimā koṭi na paññāyati. Ettakā vassakoṭiyo vaṭṭaṃ vatti, tato paraṃ na vattatīti hevaṃ natthi, evampi saṃsārassa purimā koṭi na paññāyati. Ettakāni vassakoṭisatāni vaṭṭaṃ vatti, tato paraṃ na vattatīti hevaṃ natthi, evampi saṃsārassa purimā koṭi na paññāyati. Ettakāni vassakoṭisahassāni vaṭṭaṃ vatti, tato paraṃ na vattatīti hevaṃ natthi, evampi saṃsārassa purimā koṭi na paññāyati. Ettakāni vassakoṭisatasahassāni vaṭṭaṃ vatti, tato paraṃ na vattatīti hevaṃ natthi, evampi saṃsārassa purimā koṭi na paññāyati.
‘已流转了如此数目的劫,此后便不再流转’——这样的事根本不存在,故轮回的最前际不可知。‘已流转了数百劫,此后便不再流转’——这样的事根本不存在,故轮回的最前际不可知。‘已流转了数千劫,此后便不再流转’——这样的事根本不存在,故轮回的最前际不可知。‘已流转了百千劫,此后便不再流转’——这样的事根本不存在,故轮回的最前际不可知。‘已流转了俱胝劫,此后便不再流转’——这样的事根本不存在,故轮回的最前际不可知。‘已流转了数百俱胝劫,此后便不再流转’——这样的事根本不存在,故轮回的最前际不可知。‘已流转了数千俱胝劫,此后便不再流转’——这样的事根本不存在,故轮回的最前际不可知。‘已流转了百千俱胝劫,此后便不再流转’——这样的事根本不存在,故轮回的最前际不可知。显示巴利原文
Ettakāni kappāni vaṭṭaṃ vatti, tato paraṃ na vattatīti hevaṃ natthi, evampi saṃsārassa purimā koṭi na paññāyati. Ettakāni kappasatāni vaṭṭaṃ vatti, tato paraṃ na vattatīti hevaṃ natthi, evampi saṃsārassa purimā koṭi na paññāyati. Ettakāni kappasahassāni vaṭṭaṃ vatti, tato paraṃ na vattatīti hevaṃ natthi, evampi saṃsārassa purimā koṭi na paññāyati. Ettakāni kappasatasahassāni vaṭṭaṃ vatti, tato paraṃ na vattatīti hevaṃ natthi, evampi saṃsārassa purimā koṭi na paññāyati. Ettakā kappakoṭiyo vaṭṭaṃ vatti, tato paraṃ na vattatīti hevaṃ natthi, evampi saṃsārassa purimā koṭi na paññāyati. Ettakāni kappakoṭisatāni vaṭṭaṃ vatti, tato paraṃ na vattatīti hevaṃ natthi, evampi saṃsārassa purimā koṭi na paññāyati. Ettakāni kappakoṭisahassāni vaṭṭaṃ vatti, tato paraṃ na vattatīti hevaṃ natthi, evampi saṃsārassa purimā koṭi na paññāyati. Ettakāni kappakoṭisatasahassāni vaṭṭaṃ vatti, tato paraṃ na vattatīti hevaṃ natthi, evampi saṃsārassa purimā koṭi na paññāyati.
世尊曾这样说:“诸比丘,此轮回无有可知的前际。被无明覆盖、被渴爱束缚的众生,流转轮回,其起点不可知。诸比丘,如此长久以来,你们经历了苦,经历了剧苦,经历了灾患,坟冢不断增长。诸比丘,仅仅这一点,便足以对一切行法生起厌离,足以离染,足以解脱。”就这样,轮回的前际不可知。显示巴利原文
Vuttañhetaṃ bhagavatā – ‘‘anamataggoyaṃ, bhikkhave, saṃsāro, pubbā koṭi na paññāyati avijjānīvaraṇānaṃ sattānaṃ taṇhāsaṃyojanānaṃ sandhāvataṃ saṃsarataṃ. Evaṃ dīgharattaṃ kho, bhikkhave, dukkhaṃ paccanubhūtaṃ tibbaṃ paccanubhūtaṃ byasanaṃ paccanubhūtaṃ, kaṭasī vaḍḍhitā . Yāvañcidaṃ, bhikkhave, alameva sabbasaṅkhāresu nibbindituṃ alaṃ virajjituṃ alaṃ vimuccitu’’nti. Evampi saṃsārassa purimā koṭi na paññāyati.
为何轮回的后际也不可知呢?“将会流转这么多生,此后便不再流转”——这样的事并不存在,因此轮回的后际也不可知。“将会流转这么多百生、千生、百千生、千万生、亿生、百亿生、千亿生、百千亿生,将会流转这么多个百年、千年、百千年、千万年、亿年、百亿年、千亿年、百千亿年,将会流转这么多劫、百劫、千劫、百千劫、千万劫、亿劫、百亿劫、千亿劫、百千亿劫,此后便不再流转”——这样的事同样并不存在,因此轮回的后际也不可知。就这样,轮回的前际不可知,后际也不可知,众生便停滞、安住、粘着、趋近、执取、倾心于轮回的正中间——所谓“立于轮回正中间”。“这”是词句的连接……乃至……“尊者”是表示爱念之语……乃至……“咖波”是那位婆罗门的名字……乃至……这是称呼——具寿咖波这样说。显示巴利原文
Kathaṃ saṃsārassa pacchimā koṭi na paññāyati? Ettakā jātiyo vaṭṭaṃ vattissati, tato paraṃ na vattissatīti hevaṃ natthi, evampi saṃsārassa pacchimā koṭi na paññāyati. Ettakāni jātisatāni, ettakāni jātisahassāni, ettakāni jātisatasahassāni, ettakā jātikoṭiyo, ettakāni jātikoṭisatāni, ettakāni jātikoṭisahassāni, ettakāni jātikoṭisatasahassāni, ettakāni vassāni, ettakāni vassasatāni, ettakāni vassasahassāni, ettakāni vassasatasahassāni, ettakā vassakoṭiyo, ettakāni vassakoṭisatāni, ettakāni vassakoṭisahassāni, ettakāni vassakoṭisatasahassāni, ettakāni kappāni, ettakāni kappasatāni, ettakāni kappasahassāni, ettakāni kappasatasahassāni, ettakā kappakoṭiyo, ettakāni kappakoṭisatāni , ettakāni kappakoṭisahassāni, ettakāni kappakoṭisatasahassāni vaṭṭaṃ vattissati, tato paraṃ na vattissatīti hevaṃ natthi, evampi saṃsārassa pacchimā koṭi na paññāyati. Evampi saṃsārassa purimāpi koṭi na paññāyati, pacchimāpi koṭi na paññāyati, majjheva saṃsāre sattā ṭhitā patiṭṭhitā allīnā upagatā ajjhositā adhimuttāti – majjhe sarasmiṃ tiṭṭhataṃ. ti. ti padasandhi…pe…. ti piyavacanaṃ…pe…. ti tassa brāhmaṇassa nāmaṃ…pe… abhilāpoti – iccāyasmā kappo.
意思是:在欲的瀑流、有的瀑流、邪见的瀑流、无明的瀑流——这些已生起、已产生、已被造作、已被彻底造作、已显现的瀑流中。在生的怖畏、老的怖畏、病的怖畏、死的怖畏中——即在已生起的瀑流中,在那极大的怖畏中。显示巴利原文
ti kāmoghe bhavoghe diṭṭhoghe avijjoghe jāte sañjāte nibbatte abhinibbatte pātubhūte. ti jātibhaye jarābhaye byādhibhaye maraṇabhayeti – oghe jāte mahabbhaye.
为衰老所触、所逼迫、所聚集、所具足者,为死神所触、所逼迫、所聚集、所具足者;为出生所随逐,为衰老所追逐,为疾病所制伏,为死亡所摧击;无救护、无荫蔽、无皈依、无皈依处者——此即“为老死所逼迫”之义。
显示巴利原文 nti jarāya phuṭṭhānaṃ paretānaṃ samohitānaṃ samannāgatānaṃ, maccunā phuṭṭhānaṃ paretānaṃ samohitānaṃ samannāgatānaṃ jātiyā anugatānaṃ jarāya anusaṭānaṃ byādhinā abhibhūtānaṃ maraṇena abbhāhatānaṃ atāṇānaṃ aleṇānaṃ asaraṇānaṃ asaraṇībhūtānanti – jarāmaccuparetānaṃ.
意即:洲岛、救护、荫蔽、皈依、归宿、最终依处——我宣说、我阐明、我开示、我施设、我建立、我揭示、我分别、我解说、我显了,这即是“我为你宣说洲岛”的意思。因此世尊这样说:显示巴利原文
ti dīpaṃ tāṇaṃ leṇaṃ saraṇaṃ gatiṃ parāyanaṃ brūmi ācikkhāmi desemi paññapemi paṭṭhapemi vivarāmi vibhajāmi uttānīkaromi pakāsemīti – dīpaṃ pabrūmi kappa te. Tenāha bhagavā –
“请告诉我”——他这样对世尊说。意思是:“请您为我开示、指明、教导、施设、安立、揭示、分别、解说、显了——洲岛、救护、荫蔽、皈依、归宿、最终依处。”“请您为我开示洲岛。”显示巴利原文
ti. nti bhagavantaṃ bhaṇati. ti dīpaṃ tāṇaṃ leṇaṃ saraṇaṃ gatiṃ parāyanaṃ akkhāhi ācikkhāhi desehi paññapehi paṭṭhapehi vivarāhi vibhajāhi uttānīkarohi pakāsehīti – tvañca me dīpamakkhāhi.
愿此苦即于此灭尽、平息、消逝、寂止,令那再结生之苦不再生起——无论在欲界、色界、无色界,在欲有、色有、无色有,在有想有、无想有、非想非非想有,在一蕴有、四蕴有、五蕴有,还是在未来的趣、生、结生、有、轮回、流转中,皆不产生、不令生起、不出现、不令出现。于此便止息、平息、消逝、寂止,如是再无后续。因此,那位婆罗门说:显示巴利原文
ti yathayidaṃ dukkhaṃ idheva nirujjheyya vūpasameyya atthaṃ gaccheyya paṭippassambheyya punapaṭisandhikaṃ dukkhaṃ na nibbatteyya, kāmadhātuyā vā rūpadhātuyā vā arūpadhātuyā vā kāmabhave vā rūpabhave vā arūpabhave vā saññābhave vā asaññābhave vā nevasaññānāsaññābhave vā ekavokārabhave vā catuvokārabhave vā pañcavokārabhave vā punagatiyā vā upapattiyā vā paṭisandhiyā vā bhave vā saṃsāre vā vaṭṭe vā na janeyya na sañjaneyya na nibbatteyya nābhinibbatteyya. Idheva nirujjheyya vūpasameyya atthaṃ gaccheyya paṭippassambheyyāti – yathāyidaṃ nāparaṃ siyā. Tenāha so brāhmaṇo –
“立于湖中者”——具寿迦波这样引述
在已生起的瀑流中,在那极大恐怖中。”
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Majjhe sarasmiṃ tiṭṭhataṃ, [iccāyasmā kappo] Oghe jāte mahabbhaye; Jarāmaccuparetānaṃ, dīpaṃ pabrūhi mārisa; Tvañca me dīpamakkhāhi, yathāyidaṃ nāparaṃ siyā’’ti.
所谓“流转”,即是轮回:去、来、往还、时间、趣道、有与非有、死、结生、灭、坏、生、老、死。轮回的前际不可知,后际亦不可知;众生恰在这轮回的中间停驻、安住、附着、趋近、耽著、信解。显示巴利原文
nti saro vuccati saṃsāro āgamanaṃ gamanaṃ gamanāgamanaṃ kālaṃ gati bhavābhavo cuti ca upapatti ca nibbatti ca bhedo ca jāti ca jarā ca maraṇañca. Saṃsārassa purimāpi koṭi na paññāyati, pacchimāpi koṭi na paññāyati; majjheva saṃsāre sattā ṭhitā patiṭṭhitā allīnā upagatā ajjhositā adhimuttā.
为何轮回的前际不可知?……正是如此,轮回的前际不可知。为何轮回的后际不可知?……正是如此,轮回的后际不可知。这样,轮回的前际不可知,后际亦不可知。众生恰恰在轮回的中间停住了、站住了、粘着了、陷入了、执取不舍了——这就是说,他们驻留在河流的正中央。世尊以“朋友”称呼那位婆罗门,“朋友”是表示尊重的称呼……这是亲自证知而安立的名号,即世尊之名——“迦波啊”,正是世尊。显示巴利原文
Kathaṃ saṃsārassa purimā koṭi na paññāyati…pe… evaṃ saṃsārassa purimā koṭi na paññāyati. Kathaṃ saṃsārassa pacchimā koṭi na paññāyati…pe… evaṃ saṃsārassa pacchimā koṭi na paññāyati. Evaṃ saṃsārassa purimāpi koṭi na paññāyati, pacchimāpi koṭi na paññāyati. Majjheva saṃsāre sattā ṭhitā patiṭṭhitā allīnā upagatā ajjhositā adhimuttāti – majjhe sarasmiṃ tiṭṭhataṃ. ti. ti bhagavā taṃ brāhmaṇaṃ nāmena ālapati. ti gāravādhivacanametaṃ…pe… sacchikā paññatti, yadidaṃ bhagavāti – kappāti bhagavā.
当欲瀑流、有瀑流、见瀑流及无明瀑流这四种瀑流——已经生起、已经产生、已经出现、已经显现、已经显露之时;当生之怖畏、老之怖畏、病之怖畏、死之怖畏这些瀑流生起时,便是巨大的怖畏。显示巴利原文
ti kāmoghe bhavoghe diṭṭhoghe avijjoghe jāte sañjāte nibbatte abhinibbatte pātubhūte. ti jātibhaye jarābhaye byādhibhaye maraṇabhayeti – oghe jāte mahabbhaye.
所谓“被老与死所逼迫的人”——是指那些被老所触、被老所征服、被老所淹没、具足老的人们;那些被死所触、被死所征服、被死所淹没、具足死的人们;他们为生所追随、为老所驱迫、为病所制伏、为死所击垮,无依无护、无有皈依、成为无所依怙者。这便是被老与死所逼迫的人。显示巴利原文
nti jarāya phuṭṭhānaṃ paretānaṃ samohitānaṃ samannāgatānaṃ. Maccunā phuṭṭhānaṃ paretānaṃ samohitānaṃ samannāgatānaṃ, jātiyā anugatānaṃ jarāya anusaṭānaṃ byādhinā abhibhūtānaṃ maraṇena abbhāhatānaṃ atāṇānaṃ aleṇānaṃ asaraṇānaṃ asaraṇībhūtānanti – jarāmaccuparetānaṃ.
请您开示、教导、施设、建立、开显、分别、演明、照亮——何为洲岛、救护、庇护、皈依、归宿与依止处。“尊者”乃是爱语、敬语,是表达恭敬与尊重的称呼,“尊者,请开示洲岛。”显示巴利原文
ti dīpaṃ tāṇaṃ leṇaṃ saraṇaṃ gatiṃ parāyanaṃ brūhi ācikkhāhi desehi paññapehi paṭṭhapehi vivarāhi vibhajāhi uttānīkarohi pakāsehi. ti piyavacanaṃ garuvacanaṃ sagāravasappatissādhivacanametaṃ mārisāti – dīpaṃ pabrūhi mārisa.
当大恐怖之瀑流生起时,
迦波,我为那些被老死所侵逼的人们,宣说这岛屿。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Majjhe sarasmiṃ tiṭṭhataṃ, [kappāti bhagavā] Oghe jāte mahabbhaye; Jarāmaccuparetānaṃ, dīpaṃ pabrūmi kappa te’’ti.
此中“无所有”“无执取”者:所谓“无所有”,即贪的垢秽、嗔的垢秽、痴的垢秽、慢的垢秽、见的垢秽、烦恼的垢秽、恶行的垢秽;对这些垢秽的断除、止息、舍离、寂灭,便是不死的涅槃——因此名为“无所有”。所谓“无执取”,执取即是渴爱,即那贪染、执着……乃至贪欲不善根;对执取的断除、止息、舍离、寂灭,便是不死的涅槃——因此名为“无所有、无执取”。显示巴利原文
nti. nti – rāgakiñcanaṃ dosakiñcanaṃ mohakiñcanaṃ mānakiñcanaṃ diṭṭhikiñcanaṃ kilesakiñcanaṃ duccaritakiñcanaṃ; kiñcanappahānaṃ kiñcanavūpasamaṃ kiñcanapaṭinissaggaṃ kiñcanapaṭippassaddhiṃ amataṃ nibbānanti – akiñcanaṃ. nti ādānaṃ vuccati taṇhā. Yo rāgo sārāgo…pe… abhijjhā lobho akusalamūlaṃ. Ādānappahānaṃ ādānavūpasamaṃ ādānapaṭinissaggaṃ ādānapaṭippassaddhiṃ amataṃ nibbānanti – akiñcanaṃ anādānaṃ.
“此岛屿无有其他”——这岛屿是庇护所、隐蔽处、皈依处、归宿、目的地。除此以外,再无别的岛屿。这岛屿正是最胜、最上、最殊胜、最尊、最无上、最妙的,这便是无可比拟的岛屿。显示巴利原文
nti etaṃ dīpaṃ tāṇaṃ leṇaṃ saraṇaṃ gati parāyanaṃ. nti tamhā paro añño dīpo natthi. Atha kho so evaṃ dīpo aggo ca seṭṭho ca viseṭṭho ca pāmokkho ca uttamo ca pavaro cāti – etaṃ dīpaṃ anāparaṃ.
“我称它为涅槃”——所谓“织”(vāna),即渴爱,即那贪染、执着……乃至贪欲不善根。对渴爱的断除、止息、舍离、寂静,便是涅槃。“iti”是词语的连接、词语的结合、词语的圆满,字母的组合,表达的流畅,词序的恰当——“如此”。“我称”(brūmi)是我说、我开示、我宣说、我施设、我揭示、我分别、我阐明、我公布——我说这就是涅槃。显示巴利原文
ti vānaṃ vuccati taṇhā. Yo rāgo sārāgo…pe… abhijjhā lobho akusalamūlaṃ. Vānappahānaṃ vānavūpasamaṃ vānapaṭinissaggaṃ vānapaṭippassaddhiṃ amataṃ nibbānaṃ. ti padasandhi padasaṃsaggo padapāripūrī akkharasamavāyo byañjanasiliṭṭhatā padānupubbatāpetaṃ – itīti. ti brūmi ācikkhāmi desemi paññapemi paṭṭhapemi vivarāmi vibhajāmi uttānīkaromi pakāsemīti – nibbānaṃ iti naṃ brūmi.
“老死的灭尽”——即老死的断除、止息、舍离、寂静,也就是不死的涅槃。因此世尊这样说:
那无所有、无所取的岛屿,无可比拟;
“涅槃”——我如此说,那即是老死的彻底灭尽。
显示巴利原文 nti jarāmaraṇassa pahānaṃ vūpasamaṃ paṭinissaggaṃ paṭippassaddhiṃ amataṃ nibbānanti – jarāmaccuparikkhayaṃ. Tenāha bhagavā – ‘‘Akiñcanaṃ anādānaṃ, etaṃ dīpaṃ anāparaṃ; Nibbānaṃ iti naṃ brūmi, jarāmaccuparikkhaya’’nti.
“了知”:即了知涅槃——那不死、涅槃。那正是:一切行的止息,一切依的舍离,渴爱的灭尽,离染,灭,涅槃。而“了知”是指:透彻地知、明白、衡量、审视、洞察、明辨之后,了知“一切行无常”……乃至了知“凡是生起之法,皆是灭尽之法”,透彻地知、明白、衡量、审视、洞察、明辨之后。“具念者”:即阿拉汉,漏尽者。“具念”:从四个方面具足念——修习身至念的念处……乃至他们被称为“具念者”,即对此了知而具念的人。显示巴利原文
ti. nti amataṃ nibbānaṃ. Yo so sabbasaṅkhārasamatho sabbūpadhipaṭinissaggo taṇhakkhayo virāgo nirodho nibbānaṃ. ti aññāya jānitvā tulayitvā tīrayitvā vibhāvayitvā vibhūtaṃ katvā, ‘‘sabbe saṅkhārā aniccā’’ti…pe… ‘‘yaṃ kiñci samudayadhammaṃ, sabbaṃ taṃ nirodhadhamma’’nti aññāya jānitvā tulayitvā tīrayitvā vibhāvayitvā vibhūtaṃ katvā. ti arahanto khīṇāsavā. ti catūhi kāraṇehi satā – kāye kāyānupassanāsatipaṭṭhānaṃ bhāventā satā…pe… te vuccanti satāti – etadaññāya ye satā.
“现法寂灭”:他们已见法、已知法、已度法、已审法、已明法、已辨法。“寂灭”:因贪已寂灭,故为寂灭者;因嗔已寂灭……乃至因一切不善行已止息、平息、安息、熄灭、寂灭、清凉,故为寂静者、平寂者、安寂者、寂灭者、清凉者——是谓现法寂灭者。显示巴利原文
ti. ti diṭṭhadhammā ñātadhammā tulitadhammā tīritadhammā vibhūtadhammā vibhāvitadhammā. ti rāgassa nibbāpitattā nibbutā, dosassa…pe… sabbākusalābhisaṅkhārānaṃ santattā samitattā vūpasamitattā nijjhātattā nibbutattā paṭippassaddhattā santā upasantā vūpasantā nibbutā paṭippassaddhāti – diṭṭhadhammābhinibbutā.
“不随魔行”:魔罗是黑暗者、统治者、终结者、那木支(杀魔)、放逸者的亲属。“那些人不随魔行”意为,他们不随魔罗的威力而行,魔罗也无法在他们身上施展威力。他们战胜、征服、压倒、耗尽、粉碎了魔罗、魔罗的眷属、魔罗的套索、魔罗的钩饵、魔罗的诱食、魔罗的境域、魔罗的居所、魔罗的活动范围、魔罗的束缚之后,行走、安住、活动、运转、维持、延续、度日。因此,他们不随魔行。显示巴利原文
ti. ti yo so māro kaṇho adhipati antagū namuci pamattabandhu. ti na te mārassa vase vattanti, nāpi māro tesu vasaṃ vatteti . Te mārañca mārapakkhañca mārapāsañca mārabaḷisañca mārāmisañca māravisayañca māranivāsañca māragocarañca mārabandhanañca abhibhuyya abhibhavitvā ajjhottharitvā pariyādiyitvā madditvā caranti viharanti iriyanti vattenti pālenti yapenti yāpentīti – na te māravasānugā.
“那些人不入魔罗的领域”:即他们不属于魔罗的随从、跟班、侍者,而是属于佛陀、世尊的随从、跟班、侍者,因此他们不是魔罗的随从。世尊如此说道:显示巴利原文
ti na te mārassa paddhā paddhacarā paricārikā siyā; buddhassa te bhagavato paddhā paddhacarā paricārikā siyāti – na te mārassa paddhagū. Tenāha bhagavā –
“那些具念者,了知此义已,于现法中证得寂灭,”
他们不随魔罗的权势,并非魔罗的随从。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Etadaññāya ye satā, diṭṭhadhammābhinibbutā; Na te māravasānugā, na te mārassa paddhagū’’ti.
偈颂结束时……(中略)……世尊是我的老师,我是弟子。显示巴利原文
Saha gāthāpariyosānā…pe… satthā me bhante bhagavā, sāvakohamasmīti.
第十 咖巴学童所问分别显示巴利原文
Kappamāṇavapucchāniddeso dasamo.
11. 阇都乾耳学童所问之分别显示巴利原文
11. Jatukaṇṇimāṇavapucchāniddeso
经闻、谛闻、受持、确定、辨识之后,我如是了知:‘彼世尊是阿拉汉……佛陀、世尊。’我闻如是。如是,彼世尊是英雄。他具精进力,故为英雄;具能力,故为英雄;具自在力,故为英雄;堪能胜任,故为英雄;勇猛,故为英雄;他卓越、无惧、无畏、不惊、不退,已断除怖畏恐惧,永离毛骨悚然,故为英雄。显示巴利原文
nti sutvā suṇitvā uggahetvā upadhāretvā upalakkhayitvā. Itipi so bhagavā arahaṃ…pe… buddho bhagavāti – sutvānahaṃ. ti vīro bhagavā. Vīriyavāti vīro, pahūti vīro, visavīti vīro, alamattoti vīro, sūroti vīro, vikkanto abhīrū acchambhī anutrāsī apalāyī pahīnabhayabheravo vigatalomahaṃsoti vīro.
他于此世间远离一切诸恶,以精进力超越地狱之苦;
他具足精进,精勤不懈,因此被称为英雄,是如实者。
显示巴利原文 Virato idha sabbapāpakehi, nirayadukkhaṃ aticca vīriyavā so; So vīriyavā padhānavā, vīro tādi pavuccate tathattāti.
我听闻了那位英雄的教导。简而言之,有两种欲:事物欲与烦恼欲……(中略)……这些称为事物欲……(中略)……这些称为烦恼欲。佛陀世尊已遍知事物欲,已断除烦恼欲。因遍知事物欲、断除烦恼欲故,世尊不贪着欲,不希求欲,不垂慕欲,不执取欲。那些贪着欲者、希求欲者、垂慕欲者、执取欲者,他们是欲贪者。世尊不贪着欲,不希求欲,不垂慕欲,不执取欲。因此,世尊是无欲者、离欲者、弃欲者、吐弃欲者、解脱欲者、断除欲者、彻底出离欲者——他离贪,除贪,舍贪,吐贪,脱贪,断贪,彻底出离贪;他无渴爱,已寂止,得清凉,亲证乐住,以梵行已立之身而住。我听闻:这位英雄不贪着欲乐,对欲乐无所欲求。显示巴利原文
Sutvānahaṃ vīra. nti. ti uddānato dve kāmā – vatthukāmā ca kilesakāmā ca…pe… ime vuccanti vatthukāmā…pe… ime vuccanti kilesakāmā. Buddhassa bhagavato vatthukāmā pariññātā, kilesakāmā pahīnā. Vatthukāmānaṃ pariññātattā kilesakāmānaṃ pahīnattā bhagavā na kāme kāmeti, na kāme pattheti, na kāme piheti, na kāme abhijappati. Ye kāme kāmenti, kāme patthenti, kāme pihenti, kāme abhijappanti, te kāmakāmino rāgarāgino saññāsaññino. Bhagavā na kāme kāmeti, na kāme pattheti, na kāme piheti, na kāme abhijappati. Tasmā buddho akāmo nikkāmo cattakāmo vantakāmo muttakāmo pahīnakāmo paṭinissaṭṭhakāmo vītarāgo vigatarāgo cattarāgo vantarāgo muttarāgo pahīnarāgo paṭinissaṭṭharāgo nicchāto nibbuto sītibhūto sukhappaṭisaṃvedī brahmabhūtena attanā viharatīti – sutvānahaṃ vīra amakāmakāmiṃ.
‘iti’一词(这是词语连接与词序次第的解释)——‘icca’就是这样的意思。‘ti’是爱语,是表示恭敬与尊重的尊称,意为‘āyasmā’(具寿)。‘jatukaṇṇi’是那位婆罗门的种姓、名称、称号、施设、称呼——合起来便是‘iccāyasmā jatukaṇṇi’的意思。显示巴利原文
ti. ti padasandhi…pe… padānupubbatāpetaṃ – iccāti. ti piyavacanaṃ sagāravasappatissādhivacanametaṃ āyasmāti. ti tassa brāhmaṇassa gottaṃ saṅkhā samaññā paññatti vohāroti – iccāyasmā jatukaṇṇi.
‘nti’意为已渡过瀑流、已越过瀑流、已超越瀑流、已克服瀑流者——即渡越瀑流者。‘nti’有问、询问、祈请、恳求、令生净信之义。‘nti’又表示我们为问法而来到无欲者面前——他已无欲、离欲、舍欲、吐弃欲、脱离欲、断除欲、出离欲;已离贪、无贪、舍贪、吐弃贪、脱离贪、断除贪、出离贪——前来、来到、到达、会面,与你共聚。这就是‘oghātigaṃ puṭṭhumakāmamāgamaṃ’(我们来向渡越瀑流者、无欲者请问)的含义。显示巴利原文
nti. nti oghātigaṃ oghaṃ atikkantaṃ samatikkantaṃ vītivattanti – oghātigaṃ. nti puṭṭhuṃ pucchituṃ yācituṃ ajjhesituṃ pasādetuṃ. nti akāmaṃ puṭṭhuṃ nikkāmaṃ cattakāmaṃ vantakāmaṃ muttakāmaṃ pahīnakāmaṃ paṭinissaṭṭhakāmaṃ vītarāgaṃ vigatarāgaṃ cattarāgaṃ vantarāgaṃ muttarāgaṃ pahīnarāgaṃ paṭinissaṭṭharāgaṃ āgamhā āgatamhā upāgatamhā sampattamhā tayā saddhiṃ samāgatamhāti – oghātigaṃ puṭṭhumakāmamāgamaṃ.
‘ti’:从一种意义上说,‘寂静’与‘寂静之道’即是那不死、涅槃。所谓‘一切行的止息、一切依着的舍离、渴爱的灭尽、离贪、灭、涅槃’。世尊曾这样说:‘这是寂静之道,这是殊胜之道,即一切行的止息、一切依着的舍离、渴爱的灭尽、离贪、灭、涅槃。’从另一种意义上说,那些导向证得寂静、触及寂静、体证寂静的法,就是四念住、四正勤、四神足、五根、五力、七觉支、八正道——这些被称为‘寂静之道’。寂静之道、庇护之道、洞窟之道、皈依之道、无怖畏之道、不灭之道、不死之道、涅槃之道——请讲说、开示、宣说、施设、建立、揭示、分析、阐明、照亮。‘netta’是指一切知智,名为‘眼’。佛陀世尊的眼与胜者性,在菩提树下同时、无有先后、同一刹那生起,因此佛陀被称为‘与眼俱生者’。所以‘santipadaṃ brūhi sahajanetta’的意思是:与眼俱生者,请讲说寂静之道吧。显示巴利原文
ti. ti ekena ākārena santipi santipadampi taṃyeva amataṃ nibbānaṃ. Yo so sabbasaṅkhārasamatho sabbūpadhipaṭinissaggo taṇhakkhayo virāgo nirodho nibbānaṃ . Vuttañhetaṃ bhagavatā – ‘‘santametaṃ padaṃ, paṇītametaṃ padaṃ, yadidaṃ sabbasaṅkhārasamatho sabbūpadhipaṭinissaggo taṇhakkhayo virāgo nirodho nibbāna’’nti. Athāparenākārena ye dhammā santādhigamāya santiphusanāya santisacchikiriyāya saṃvattanti, seyyathidaṃ – cattāro satipaṭṭhānā cattāro sammappadhānā cattāro iddhipādā pañcindriyāni pañca balāni satta bojjhaṅgā ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo – ime vuccanti santipadā. Santipadaṃ tāṇapadaṃ leṇapadaṃ saraṇapadaṃ abhayapadaṃ accutapadaṃ amatapadaṃ nibbānapadaṃ brūhi ācikkhāhi desehi paññapehi paṭṭhapehi vivarāhi vibhajāhi uttānīkarohi pakāsehi. ti nettaṃ vuccati sabbaññutañāṇaṃ. Buddhassa bhagavato nettañca jinabhāvo ca bodhiyā mūle apubbaṃ acarimaṃ ekasmiṃ khaṇe uppanno, tasmā buddho sahajanettoti – santipadaṃ brūhi sahajanetta.
‘nti’即‘如实’,指不死、涅槃……灭、涅槃。‘ti’是恭敬的称呼……即证悟、安立,也就是‘世尊’。‘nti’:请说、开示、宣说、施设、建立、揭示、分析、阐明、照亮——世尊,请为我如实宣说此事。因此那位婆罗门这样说道:显示巴利原文
nti yathātacchaṃ vuccati amataṃ nibbānaṃ…pe… nirodho nibbānaṃ. ti gāravādhivacanaṃ…pe… sacchikā paññatti, yadidaṃ bhagavāti. nti brūhi ācikkhāhi…pe… pakāsehīti – yathātacchaṃ bhagavā brūhi metaṃ. Tenāha so brāhmaṇo –
“英雄啊,我听闻后,满怀敬仰,前来亲近无欲者,”——具寿阇都乾耳这样说道。显示巴利原文
‘‘Sutvānahaṃ vīra akāmakāmiṃ, [iccāyasmā jatukaṇṇi]
“请宣说寂静之道,俱生眼者啊,世尊,请您如实地为我开示。”
显示巴利原文 Oghātigaṃ puṭṭhumakāmamāgamaṃ; Santipadaṃ brūhi sahajanetta, yathātacchaṃ bhagavā brūhi meta’’nti.
“ti”是恭敬的称呼……乃至……是依证智而施设的名称,即称为“世尊”。概括而言,欲有二种:事物欲与烦恼欲……这些名为事物欲……这些名为烦恼欲。世尊遍知事物欲,舍弃、克服、征服、战胜、遍胜、摧破烦恼欲之后,行、住、动、转,维持、守护、作、运作——因为世尊是降伏诸欲而住者。显示巴利原文
ti. ti gāravādhivacanaṃ…pe… sacchikā paññatti, yadidaṃ bhagavāti. ti uddānato dve kāmā – vatthukāmā ca kilesakāmā ca…pe… ime vuccanti vatthukāmā…pe… ime vuccanti kilesakāmā. Bhagavā vatthukāme parijānitvā kilesakāme pahāya abhibhuyya abhibhavitvā ajjhottharitvā pariyādiyitvā carati viharati iriyati vatteti pāleti yapeti yāpetīti – bhagavā hi kāme abhibhuyya iriyati.
“太阳”指日轮。“地”指大地。正如太阳具足光热、具足威力,克服、战胜、遍胜、遍夺、炽烤大地,击破一切虚空、黑暗中的黑暗,驱散黑暗、显现光明已,在空中、虚空、天径中运行;同样地,世尊具足智慧之火、具足智慧之力,克服、战胜、遍胜、遍夺、摧毁一切行蕴之集……乃至……击破烦恼黑暗——无明黑暗,显现智慧光明;遍知事物欲,舍弃、克服、征服、战胜、遍胜、粉碎烦恼欲之后,行、住、动、转,维持、守护、作、运作——正如此具足威力之日轮以光热普照大地。显示巴利原文
ti ādicco vuccati sūriyo . Pathavī vuccati jagatī . Yathā sūriyo tejī tejena samannāgato pathaviṃ abhibhuyya abhibhavitvā ajjhottharitvā pariyādiyitvā santāpayitvā sabbaṃ ākāsagataṃ tamagataṃ abhivihacca andhakāraṃ vidhamitvā ālokaṃ dassayitvā ākāse antalikkhe gaganapathe gacchati, evameva bhagavā ñāṇatejī ñāṇatejena samannāgato sabbaṃ abhisaṅkhārasamudayaṃ…pe… kilesatamaṃ avijjandhakāraṃ vidhamitvā ñāṇālokaṃ dassetvā vatthukāme parijānitvā kilesakāme pahāya abhibhuyya abhibhavitvā ajjhottharitvā pariyādiyitvā madditvā carati viharati iriyati vatteti pāleti yapeti yāpetīti – ādiccova pathaviṃ tejī tejasā.
我实是智慧浅薄、智慧微弱、智慧低劣、智慧愚钝之人,而您却是大智慧者、广智慧者、明慧者、速慧者、锐慧者、透达智慧者。‘广慧’即是大地。世尊正是具足如此大地般广大、辽阔、遍布的智慧——故请对我这智慧浅薄之人,展现您那大地般的广大智慧。显示巴利原文
ti ahamasmi parittapañño omakapañño lāmakapañño chatukkapañño. Tvampi mahāpañño puthupañño hāsapañño javanapañño tikkhapañño nibbedhikapañño. Bhūri vuccati pathavī. Bhagavā tāya pathavisamāya paññāya vipulāya vitthatāya samannāgatoti – parittapaññassa me bhūripañño.
他请求道:请开示、宣说、明示、确立、开显、分析、详解、阐明那初善、中善、后亦善,具义具文,完全圆满、清净的梵行——即四念处……乃至……涅槃与导向涅槃之道。所谓那我能了知、能通晓、能明了、能自认、能通达、能获得、能触及、能作证的——请开示那我能了知的法。显示巴利原文
nti. nti ādikalyāṇaṃ majjhekalyāṇaṃ pariyosānakalyāṇaṃ sātthaṃ sabyañjanaṃ kevalaparipuṇṇaṃ parisuddhaṃ brahmacariyaṃ, cattāro satipaṭṭhāne…pe… nibbānañca nibbānagāminiñca paṭipadaṃ ācikkhāhi desehi paññapehi paṭṭhapehi vivarāhi vibhajāhi uttānīkarohi pakāsehi. nti yamahaṃ jāneyyaṃ ājāneyyaṃ vijāneyyaṃ paṭijāneyyaṃ paṭivijjheyyaṃ adhigaccheyyaṃ phasseyyaṃ sacchikareyyanti – ācikkha dhammaṃ yamahaṃ vijaññaṃ.
就在此世,便能舍断、寂止、出离老与死,证得安息、不死、涅槃——于此,老与死被彻底舍断。因此,那位婆罗门如此说道——
世尊确实征服了欲乐而安住,犹如太阳以其光芒照耀大地;
我智慧浅薄,您智慧深广,请为我说我能了知的法。
显示巴利原文 nti idheva jātijarāya maraṇassa pahānaṃ vūpasamaṃ paṭinissaggaṃ paṭippassaddhiṃ amataṃ nibbānanti – jātijarāya idha vippahānaṃ. Tenāha so brāhmaṇo – ‘‘Bhagavā hi kāme abhibhuyya iriyati, ādiccova pathaviṃ tejī tejasā; Parittapaññassa me bhūripañño, ācikkha dhammaṃ yamahaṃ vijaññaṃ; Jātijarāya idha vippahāna’’nti.
“世尊”——依摄颂总括而言,有两种“欲”:事欲与烦恼欲。(中略)这些称为事欲。(中略)这些称为烦恼欲。“在诸欲上”——“贪染”即是渴爱。那染着、强染着……(中略)……贪求、贪爱,是不善根。“调伏”的意思是:在诸欲上,你要调伏、对治、舍弃、驱除、消尽贪染,令归于无有——这便是“在诸欲上,调伏贪染”。“婆罗门啊”——世尊以族姓称呼那位婆罗门。“世尊”——这是含有敬意的同义词……(中略)……是亲证施设的概念,亦即此“世尊”一词。世尊这样对阇都乾耳说。显示巴利原文
nti. ti uddānato dve kāmā – vatthukāmā ca kilesakāmā ca…pe… ime vuccanti vatthukāmā…pe… ime vuccanti kilesakāmā. nti gedho vuccati taṇhā. Yo rāgo sārāgo…pe… abhijjhā lobho akusalamūlaṃ. nti kāmesu gedhaṃ vinaya paṭivinaya pajaha vinodehi byantīkarohi anabhāvaṃ gamehīti – kāmesu vinaya gedhaṃ. ti bhagavā taṃ brāhmaṇaṃ gottena ālapati. ti gāravādhivacanametaṃ…pe… sacchikā paññatti, yadidaṃ bhagavāti – jatukaṇṇīti bhagavā.
“见到出离为安稳”——正确行道、随顺行道、不逆行、如义行道、法随法行道:于诸戒圆满奉行,于诸根守护门户,于饮食知量,修习警寤,具念正知;修习四念处、四正勤、四神足、五根、五力、七觉支、圣八支道;见涅槃及导向涅槃的修行,是安稳、是庇护、是窟宅、是皈依、是皈依处、是无畏、是不死、是不灭、是涅槃。如此观察、审视、衡量、洞察、明辨、彻底认清之后——即“见到出离为安稳”。显示巴利原文
ti. nti sammāpaṭipadaṃ anulomapaṭipadaṃ apaccanīkapaṭipadaṃ anvatthapaṭipadaṃ dhammānudhammapaṭipadaṃ sīlesu paripūrakāritaṃ indriyesu guttadvārataṃ bhojane mattaññutaṃ jāgariyānuyogaṃ satisampajaññaṃ cattāro satipaṭṭhāne cattāro sammappadhāne cattāro iddhipāde pañcindriyāni pañca balāni satta bojjhaṅge ariyaṃ aṭṭhaṅgikaṃ maggaṃ nibbānañca nibbānagāminiñca paṭipadaṃ khemato tāṇato leṇato saraṇato saraṇībhūtato abhayato accutato amatato nibbānato daṭṭhuṃ passitvā tulayitvā tīrayitvā vibhāvayitvā vibhūtaṃ katvāti – nekkhammaṃ daṭṭhu khemato.
“所执取的”——由渴爱之力、由邪见之力而被执取、被紧握、被执著、被固持、被固执的对象。“已舍断的”——则是应被释放、应被舍离、应被驱除、应被灭尽、应归于无有——这便是“所执取,或已舍断”之义。显示巴利原文
ti. nti taṇhāvasena diṭṭhivasena gahitaṃ parāmaṭṭhaṃ abhiniviṭṭhaṃ ajjhositaṃ adhimuttaṃ. ti nirattaṃ vā muñcitabbaṃ vijahitabbaṃ vinoditabbaṃ byantīkātabbaṃ anabhāvaṃ gametabbanti – uggahitaṃ nirattaṃ vā.
这是指贪的执著、嗔的执著、痴的执著、慢的执著、邪见的执著、烦恼的执著、恶行的执著。这些执著,你不要让它存在,不要让它生起,不要让它现前;你应当舍弃它、驱散它、灭尽它、令它归于无有——如此,“莫让任何执著在你心中存在”。因此世尊说:显示巴利原文
nti rāgakiñcanaṃ dosakiñcanaṃ mohakiñcanaṃ mānakiñcanaṃ diṭṭhikiñcanaṃ kilesakiñcanaṃ duccaritakiñcanaṃ. Idaṃ kiñcanaṃ tuyhaṃ mā vijjittha mā pavijjittha mā saṃvijjittha pajaha vinodehi byantīkarohi anabhāvaṃ gamehīti – mā te vijjittha kiñcanaṃ. Tenāha bhagavā –
“视出离为安稳;”
“无论是执取的还是舍弃的,莫令心中存有丝毫系着。”
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Kāmesu vinaya gedhaṃ, [jatukaṇṇīti bhagavā] Nekkhammaṃ daṭṭhu khemato; Uggahitaṃ nirattaṃ vā, mā te vijjittha kiñcana’’nti.
这是说:对于过去的诸行,那些可能现起的烦恼,你令那些烦恼枯竭、干涸、干燥、彻底干燥,令其无有种子,舍弃它们,驱散它们,除尽它们,令它们归于无所有——如是,凡是过去者,令其枯竭。或者,对于那些过去所造、果报尚未成熟的业行,你令那些业行枯竭、干涸、干燥、彻底干燥,令其无有种子,舍弃它们,驱散它们,除尽它们,令它们归于无所有——如是,凡是过去者,令其枯竭。显示巴利原文
ti atīte saṅkhāre ārabbha ye kilesā uppajjeyyuṃ te kilese sosehi visosehi sukkhāpehi visukkhāpehi abījaṃ karohi pajaha vinodehi byantīkarohi anabhāvaṃ gamehīti – evampi yaṃ pubbe taṃ visosehi. Atha vā, ye atītā kammābhisaṅkhārā avipakkavipākā te kammābhisaṅkhāre sosehi visosehi sukkhāpehi visukkhāpehi abījaṃ karohi pajaha vinodehi byantīkarohi anabhāvaṃ gamehīti – evampi yaṃ pubbe taṃ visosehi.
所谓“之后”,是对未来的诸行而言:贪的执著、嗔的执著、痴的执著、慢的执著、恶见的执著、烦恼的执著、恶行的执著——这些执著,你不可有,不可曾有,不可令生,不可令其增长,不可让其再生;应舍弃、驱散、除尽、令归于无——如是,未来你便无有执著。显示巴利原文
nti pacchā vuccati anāgate saṅkhāre ārabbha rāgakiñcanaṃ dosakiñcanaṃ mohakiñcanaṃ mānakiñcanaṃ diṭṭhikiñcanaṃ kilesakiñcanaṃ duccaritakiñcanaṃ. Idaṃ kiñcanaṃ tuyhaṃ mā ahu mā ahosi mā janesi mā sañjanesi mābhinibbattesi pajaha vinodehi byantīkarohi anabhāvaṃ gamehīti – pacchā te māhu kiñcanaṃ.
所谓“中间”,是指现在的色、受、想、行、识。对于现在的诸行,你不会以渴爱、以邪见而抓取,不会贪恋,不会执持,不会欢喜,不会欣然,不会耽著。你将舍弃、驱除、灭尽欢喜、欣悦、耽著、抓取、执持、固执,令归于无——如是,你在中间便无执取。显示巴利原文
ti majjhe vuccati paccuppannaṃ rūpaṃ vedanā saññā saṅkhārā viññāṇaṃ. Paccuppanne saṅkhāre taṇhāvasena diṭṭhivasena na gahessasi na taṇhissasi na parāmasissasi na nandissasi nābhinandissasi na ajjhosissasi. Abhinandanaṃ abhivadanaṃ ajjhosānaṃ gāhaṃ parāmāsaṃ abhinivesaṃ pajahissasi vinodessasi byantīkarissasi anabhāvaṃ gamessasīti – majjhe ce no gahessasi.
因贪的止息,你寂静而行;因嗔的止息……乃至一切不善行之寂静、消灭、止息、平息、消融、清凉、离去、轻安,所以你寂静、平息、安隐、清凉、轻安而行,你住、你动、你转、你持、你续、你活——‘你寂静而行’。因此世尊说:显示巴利原文
ti rāgassa upasamitattā upasanto carissasi, dosassa…pe… sabbākusalābhisaṅkhārānaṃ santattā samitattā upasamitattā vūpasamitattā nijjhātattā nibbutattā vigatattā paṭippassaddhattā santo upasanto vūpasanto nibbuto paṭippassaddho carissasi viharissasi iriyissasi vattissasi pālessasi yapessasi yāpessasīti – upasanto carissasi. Tenāha bhagavā –
Majjhe ce no gahessasi, upasanto carissasī’’ti.
“任何”一语,是无余、无缺、全摄之语,指“那些无论怎样的”。“世间”指恶趣世间、人世间、天世间、蕴世间、界世间、处世间。“种种不同类之苦”指世间中任何种种不同形态的苦。因此世尊说:显示巴利原文
ti. ti sabbena sabbaṃ sabbathā sabbaṃ asesaṃ nissesaṃ pariyādiyanavacanametaṃ – ye kecīti. nti apāyaloke manussaloke devaloke khandhaloke dhātuloke āyatanaloke. ti anekavidhā nānappakārā dukkhāti – ye keci lokasmimanekarūpā. Tenāha bhagavā –
“他的漏”:有四种漏——欲漏、有漏、见漏、无明漏。“漏尽”:指阿拉汉的漏尽。“他的漏不存在”:这些漏,对他而言已不存在、已不生、已不可见、已不可得,已被断除、根绝、寂静、止息,不再生起,被智慧之火所烧尽——故说“他的漏不存在”。显示巴利原文
ti. ti cattāro āsavā – kāmāsavo, bhavāsavo, diṭṭhāsavo, avijjāsavo. ti arahato khīṇāsavassa. ti ime āsavā tassa natthi na santi na saṃvijjanti nupalabbhanti pahīnā samucchinnā vūpasantā paṭippassaddhā abhabbuppattikā ñāṇagginā daḍḍhāti – āsavāssa na vijjanti.
那些漏——若依这些漏,便会堕入死亡的控制、死魔的控制、魔党的控制;这些漏,对于那位(佛陀)来说,已不存在、已不生起、已不可得、已不可见,已被断除、根除、平息、寂止,不再生起,被智火所烧尽——这就是“依那些漏而堕入死亡的控制”。世尊这样说道:显示巴利原文
ti yehi āsavehi maccuno vā vasaṃ gaccheyya, maraṇassa vā vasaṃ gaccheyya, mārapakkhassa vā vasaṃ gaccheyya; te āsavā tassa natthi na santi na saṃvijjanti nupalabbhanti pahīnā samucchinnā vūpasantā paṭippassaddhā abhabbuppattikā ñāṇagginā daḍḍhāti – yehi maccuvasaṃ vaje. Tenāha bhagavā –
他的诸漏已不复存在——正是依此诸漏,才会堕入死亡的控制。”
显示巴利原文 Āsavāssa na vijjanti, yehi maccuvasaṃ vaje’’ti.
偈颂终了时……“尊者世尊为我师,我为弟子。”显示巴利原文
Saha gāthāpariyosānā…pe… satthā me bhante bhagavā, sāvakohamasmīti.
第十一 迦德咖尼学童所问分别显示巴利原文
Jatukaṇṇimāṇavapucchāniddeso ekādasamo.
第十二 跋陀罗浮陀学童所问分别显示巴利原文
12. Bhadrāvudhamāṇavapucchāniddeso
对于色界中任何欲求、贪爱、欢喜、渴爱,任何执取与取着,心的坚持、执著、随眠——这些,佛陀、世尊都已断除,连根截断,如同多罗树被截去顶端,不复存在,未来不再生起。因此,佛陀是“放弃依处者”。对于受界……对于想界……对于行界……对于识界中任何欲求、贪爱、欢喜、渴爱,任何执取与取着,心的坚持、执著、随眠——这些,佛陀、世尊也都已断除,连根截断,如同多罗树被截去顶端,不复存在,未来不再生起。因此,佛陀是“放弃依处者”。显示巴利原文
nti. nti rūpadhātuyā yo chando yo rāgo yā nandī yā taṇhā ye upāyupādānā cetaso adhiṭṭhānābhinivesānusayā, te buddhassa bhagavato pahīnā ucchinnamūlā tālāvatthukatā anabhāvaṃkatā āyatiṃ anuppādadhammā. Tasmā buddho okañjaho. Vedanādhātuyā…pe… saññādhātuyā… saṅkhāradhātuyā… viññāṇadhātuyā yo chando yo rāgo yā nandī yā taṇhā ye upāyupādānā cetaso adhiṭṭhānābhinivesānusayā, te buddhassa bhagavato pahīnā ucchinnamūlā tālāvatthukatā anabhāvaṃkatā āyatiṃ anuppādadhammā. Tasmā buddho okañjaho.
对于色的渴爱……乃至法的渴爱,那种渴爱于佛陀、世尊已被切断、彻底切断、完全切断,已平息、已寂止,不能再生,被智火所烧尽。因此,佛陀是“断渴爱者”。所谓“动摇”,就是指渴爱。那种染著、贪染……乃至贪求、贪欲、不善根。那种动摇之渴爱,佛陀、世尊已断除,连根截断,如同多罗树被截去顶端,不复存在,未来不再生起。因此,佛陀是“不动摇者”。因为动摇已被断除,所以世尊是不动摇者:他于利得也不动摇,于不利得也不动摇,于名誉也不动摇,于恶名也不动摇,于称赞也不动摇,于讥毁也不动摇,于乐也不动摇,于苦也不动摇,不摇动、不颤动、不战栗、不惊惶。因此,佛陀是“不动摇者”——这就是“放弃依处者、断渴爱者、不动摇者”。此处的‘iti’是词的连接……是亲切的称呼……是那位婆罗门的名字……是称呼——这是尊者跋陀罗浮陀所说。显示巴利原文
nti. ti rūpataṇhā…pe… dhammataṇhā. Sā taṇhā buddhassa bhagavato chinnā ucchinnā samucchinnā vūpasantā paṭippassaddhā abhabbuppattikā ñāṇagginā daḍḍhā. Tasmā buddho taṇhacchido. ti ejā vuccati taṇhā. Yo rāgo sārāgo …pe… abhijjhā lobho akusalamūlaṃ. Sā ejā taṇhā buddhassa bhagavato pahīnā ucchinnamūlā tālāvatthukatā anabhāvaṃkatā āyatiṃ anuppādadhammā. Tasmā buddho anejo. Ejāya pahīnattā anejo bhagavā lābhepi na iñjati, alābhepi na iñjati, yasepi na iñjati, ayasepi na iñjati, pasaṃsāyapi na iñjati, nindāyapi na iñjati, sukhepi na iñjati, dukkhepi na iñjati na calati na vedhati na pavedhati na sampavedhatīti. Tasmā buddho anejoti – okañjahaṃ taṇhacchidaṃ anejaṃ. ti. ti padasandhi…pe… ti, piyavacanaṃ…pe… ti tassa brāhmaṇassa nāmaṃ…pe… abhilāpoti – iccāyasmā bhadrāvudho.
这里,“喜贪”即是渴爱。那种染著、极度的染著……乃至贪求、贪婪,是不善根。世尊的那种喜贪、那种渴爱,已被断除,连根截断,如同截顶的多罗树,不复存在,未来不再生起。因此,佛陀称为“喜贪的舍弃者”。如此,世尊渡越了欲的瀑流,渡越了有的瀑流,渡越了邪见的瀑流,渡越了无明的瀑流,渡越了一切轮回的道路;已渡过、已越出、已脱离、已超越、已完全超越、已度过。他梵行已立,所应作已作……(中略)……对他来说,再也没有生、老、死的轮回,亦无后有——(因此说,)“那渡越瀑流、舍弃喜贪的”。世尊的心从贪中解脱、脱离、彻底脱离,从嗔中解脱……从痴中解脱……(中略)……从一切不善的造作中,心解脱、脱离、彻底脱离——(因此说,)“那渡越瀑流、舍弃喜贪、解脱的”。显示巴利原文
nti nandī vuccati taṇhā. Yo rāgo sārāgo…pe… abhijjhā lobho akusalamūlaṃ. Sā nandī sā taṇhā buddhassa bhagavato pahīnā ucchinnamūlā tālāvatthukatā anabhāvaṃkatā āyatiṃ anuppādadhammā. Tasmā buddho nandiñjaho. nti bhagavā kāmoghaṃ tiṇṇo bhavoghaṃ tiṇṇo diṭṭhoghaṃ tiṇṇo avijjoghaṃ tiṇṇo sabbasaṃsārapathaṃ tiṇṇo uttiṇṇo nitthiṇṇo atikkanto samatikkanto vītivatto. So vutthavāso ciṇṇacaraṇo…pe… jātimaraṇasaṃsāro natthi tassa punabbhavoti – nandiñjahaṃ oghatiṇṇaṃ. nti bhagavato rāgā cittaṃ muttaṃ vimuttaṃ suvimuttaṃ, dosā cittaṃ… mohā cittaṃ…pe… sabbākusalābhisaṅkhārehi cittaṃ muttaṃ vimuttaṃ suvimuttanti – nandiñjahaṃ oghatiṇṇaṃ vimuttaṃ.
“Kappañjaho”(超劫者):“Kappa”(劫/妄想)有二种——渴爱之妄想与邪见之妄想。……此为渴爱之妄想。……此为邪见之妄想。佛陀世尊的渴爱妄想已断除,邪见妄想已舍离。正因为渴爱妄想已断、邪见妄想已舍,所以佛陀名为“超劫者”。
“Abhiyāce”(我恳请):意为请求、祈请、恳请、乞求、盼望、向往、渴盼,即热切地渴盼。
“Medhā”(慧):称为智慧。那种了知、遍知……不痴、择法、正见,即是智慧。世尊具备此慧、完全具备,拥有此慧、完全拥有,获得此慧、完全获得,具足此慧、此智慧。因此,佛陀称为“具足妙慧者”。
(整句意为:)“超劫者啊,我向具足妙慧的您恳请。”
“Nāga”(龙象):世尊不作任何恶,故称“龙象”;不趋向(任何再生),故称“龙象”;不来(任何后有),故称“龙象”……如是,世尊不趋向,故称“龙象”。
“Sutvāna”(听了之后):谓听闻、领受、记持、留心、观照了您的言语、说法、教导、教诫、训示之后,他们便从此处离开、离去、出发,走向四方——因此说:“听受龙象的教导后,他们将从此离开。”那位婆罗门(婆和利)正是因此才这样说的。
“舍家者、断渴爱者、不动摇者啊,”——这是尊者跋德拉沃德所说。
“他已渡越瀑流,舍断喜贪,获得解脱;”
“超劫者啊,我向具足妙慧的您恳请:听了龙象的教导,他们便将从此离去。”
显示巴利原文 nti. ti dve kappā – taṇhākappo ca diṭṭhikappo ca…pe… ayaṃ taṇhākappo…pe… ayaṃ diṭṭhikappo. Buddhassa bhagavato taṇhākappo pahīno diṭṭhikappo paṭinissaṭṭho. Taṇhākappassa pahīnattā diṭṭhikappassa paṭinissaṭṭhattā tasmā buddho kappañjaho . ti yācāmi abhiyācāmi ajjhesāmi sādiyāmi patthayāmi pihayāmi jappāmi abhijappāmi. vuccati paññā. Yā paññā pajānanā…pe… amoho dhammavicayo sammādiṭṭhi. Bhagavā imāya medhāya paññāya upeto samupeto upāgato samupāgato upapanno samupapanno samannāgato. Tasmā buddho sumedhoti – kappañjahaṃ abhiyāce sumedhaṃ. ti. ti nāgo. Bhagavā āguṃ na karotīti nāgo, na gacchatīti nāgo, na āgacchatīti nāgo…pe… evaṃ bhagavā na gacchatīti nāgo. ti tuyhaṃ vacanaṃ byappathaṃ desanaṃ anusāsanaṃ anusiṭṭhaṃ sutvā suṇitvā uggahetvā upadhārayitvā upalakkhayitvā ito apanamissanti vajissanti pakkamissanti disāvidisaṃ gamissantīti – sutvāna nāgassa apanamissanti ito. Tenāha so brāhmaṇo – ‘‘Okañjahaṃ taṇhacchidaṃ anejaṃ, [iccāyasmā bhadrāvudho] Nandiñjahaṃ oghatiṇṇaṃ vimuttaṃ; Kappañjahaṃ abhiyāce sumedhaṃ, sutvāna nāgassa apanamissanti ito’’ti.
那就是:刹帝利、婆罗门、吠舍、首陀罗,在家人、出家人,诸天与人类。那就是:盎伽人、摩揭陀人、迦陵伽人、迦尸人、憍萨罗人、跋耆人、马喇人、支提人、梵沙人、俱卢人、般遮罗人、末沙人、苏罗塞那人、阿湿迦人、阿梵提人、约纳人、甘蒲阇人。他们聚集、会合、集会、来到一起——也就是说,从各处而来的种种人等,都会聚一处。显示巴利原文
ti. ti khattiyā ca brāhmaṇā ca vessā ca suddā ca gahaṭṭhā ca pabbajitā ca devā ca manussā ca. ti aṅgā ca magadhā ca kaliṅgā ca kāsiyā ca kosalā ca vajjiyā ca mallā ca cetiyamhā ca vaṃsā ca kurumhā ca pañcālā ca macchā ca surasenā ca assakā ca avantiyā ca yonā ca kambojā ca. ti saṅgatā samāgatā samohitā sannipatitāti – nānājanā janapadehi saṅgatā.
这便是“英雄”。世尊具足精进,故为英雄;具足大力,故为英雄;具足雄猛,故为英雄;能力圆满,故为英雄;已断除毛发竖立之畏,故亦为英雄。显示巴利原文
ti. ti vīro. Bhagavā vīriyavāti vīro, pahūti vīro, visavīti vīro, alamattoti vīro, vigatalomahaṃsotipi vīro.
他于此世远离一切恶行,超越地狱之苦,他是精进者;
他是精进者,是勤勇者,因此被称为英雄,被称为不动者。
显示巴利原文 Virato idha sabbapāpakehi, nirayadukkhaṃ aticca vīriyavā so; So vīriyavā padhānavā, vīro tādi pavuccate tathattāti.
即:他们期待、希求、认可、渴望、思慕、企盼你的话语——你的言说、你的宣示、你的教导、你的教诫。即:英雄啊,他们如此渴仰你的教言。显示巴利原文
ti tuyhaṃ vacanaṃ byappathaṃ desanaṃ anusāsanaṃ anusiṭṭhaṃ. ti abhikaṅkhamānā icchamānā sādiyamānā patthayamānā pihayamānā abhijappamānāti – tava vīra vākyaṃ abhikaṅkhamānā.
即:那些刹帝利、婆罗门、吠舍、首陀罗、在家者、出家者、天人、人类,他们对世尊这样说道。即:请善予开示、讲说、阐明、安立、揭示、分别、解明、宣说——你应为他们善作解说。显示巴利原文
ti. nti tesaṃ khattiyānaṃ brāhmaṇānaṃ vessānaṃ suddānaṃ gahaṭṭhānaṃ pabbajitānaṃ devānaṃ manussānaṃ. nti bhagavantaṃ bhaṇati. ti sādhu ācikkhāhi desehi paññapehi paṭṭhapehi vivarāhi vibhajāhi uttānīkarohi pakāsehīti – tesaṃ tuvaṃ sādhu viyākarohi.
即:此法是已被你所了知、衡量、审视、洞彻、明见的——确实,此法已被你如此了知。因此,那位婆罗门这样说:显示巴利原文
ti tathā hi te vidito tulito tīrito vibhūto vibhāvito esa dhammoti – tathā hi te vidito esa dhammo. Tenāha so brāhmaṇo –
来自各个国土的众人聚集一处,渴望聆听您的话语,大雄啊;
请您为他们善为解说,因您已如此通达此法。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Nānājanā janapadehi saṅgatā, tava vīra vākyaṃ abhikaṅkhamānā; Tesaṃ tuvaṃ sādhu viyākarohi, tathā hi te vidito esa dhammo’’ti.
所谓“取著渴爱”,即是说色爱……乃至……为何称为“取著渴爱”?因为以此渴爱,人们对于色执取、执持、抓取、执著、粘著;对于受……想……行……识……对于趣、生、结生、有、轮回、轮转,也同样执取、执持、抓取、执著、粘著。以此因缘,称为取著渴爱。因此,应当调伏一切取著渴爱,也就是调伏、降伏、舍断、除去、根绝、令归于无有。世尊以名称呼那位婆罗门:“跋陀罗乌达啊!”“世尊”是尊称……乃至……是现证施设,即是所谓世尊——“跋陀罗乌达啊!”世尊这样说。显示巴利原文
nti ādānataṇhaṃ vuccati rūpataṇhā…pe… ādānataṇhāti kiṃkāraṇā vuccati ādānataṇhā? Tāya taṇhāya rūpaṃ ādiyanti upādiyanti gaṇhanti parāmasanti abhinivisanti. Vedanaṃ…pe… saññaṃ… saṅkhāre… viññāṇaṃ… gatiṃ… upapattiṃ… paṭisandhiṃ… bhavaṃ… saṃsāraṃ… vaṭṭaṃ ādiyanti upādiyanti gaṇhanti parāmasanti abhinivisanti. Taṃkāraṇā vuccati ādānataṇhā. nti sabbaṃ ādānataṇhaṃ vinayeyya paṭivinayeyya pajaheyya vinodeyya byantīkareyya anabhāvaṃ gameyyāti – ādānataṇhaṃ vinayetha sabbaṃ. ti. ti bhagavā taṃ brāhmaṇaṃ nāmena ālapati. ti gāravādhivacanametaṃ…pe… sacchikā paññatti, yadidaṃ bhagavāti – bhadrāvudhāti bhagavā.
“上方”指未来;“下方”指过去;“周围”指现在。或者,“上方”指天界;“下方”指地狱界;“周围”指人界。或者,“上方”指善法;“下方”指不善法;“周围”指无记法。“上方”指无色界;“下方”指欲界;“周围”指色界。“上方”指乐受;“下方”指苦受;“周围”指不苦不乐受。“上方”指从脚底向上;“下方”指从头顶向下;“周围”指中间。即所谓上方、下方与周围。显示巴利原文
ti. nti anāgataṃ; ti atītaṃ; ti paccuppannaṃ. nti devaloko; ti nirayaloko; ti manussaloko. Atha vā, nti kusalā dhammā; ti akusalā dhammā; ti abyākatā dhammā. nti arūpadhātu; ti kāmadhātu; ti rūpadhātu. nti sukhā vedanā; ti dukkhā vedanā; ti adukkhamasukhā vedanā. nti uddhaṃ pādatalā; ti adho kesamatthakā; ti vemajjheti – uddhaṃ adho tiriyañcāpi majjhe.
“人们在这世间执取任何事物”——意思是,对于任何色法、受法、想法、行法、识法,人们执取、执持、抓住、执取、粘着。而“世间”指恶趣世间……乃至处世间,也就是人们在这世间所执取的一切。显示巴利原文
ti yaṃ yaṃ rūpagataṃ vedanāgataṃ saññāgataṃ saṅkhāragataṃ viññāṇagataṃ ādiyanti upādiyanti gaṇhanti parāmasanti abhinivisanti. nti apāyaloke…pe… āyatanaloketi – yaṃ yañhi lokasmimupādiyanti.
正是以此业行之造作,结生而来的蕴魔、界魔、处魔、趣魔、生魔、结生魔、有魔、轮回魔、流转魔,追逐、随行、常随不舍。它追逐众生——也就是人、男子、青年、活物、个人、生命、生者、生灵、因陀罗所生者、人类。因此,世尊这样说:显示巴利原文
nti teneva kammābhisaṅkhāravasena paṭisandhiko khandhamāro dhātumāro āyatanamāro gatimāro upapattimāro paṭisandhimāro bhavamāro saṃsāramāro vaṭṭamāro anveti anugacchati anvāyiko hoti. nti sattaṃ janaṃ naraṃ māṇavaṃ posaṃ puggalaṃ jīvaṃ jāguṃ jantuṃ indaguṃ manujanti – teneva māro anveti jantuṃ. Tenāha bhagavā –
“跋陀罗跋度!应当调伏一切执取之渴爱。”世尊说道。
“上下、四方,乃至中间;”
“世间之中,无论执取何物,魔便随逐那执取的众生。”
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Ādānataṇhaṃ vinayetha sabbaṃ, [bhadrāvudhāti bhagavā] Uddhaṃ adho tiriyañcāpi majjhe; Yaṃ yañhi lokasmimupādiyanti, teneva māro anveti jantu’’nti.
因此,以彼为因、以彼为缘、以彼为条件、以彼为根源,见到这种过患,即于取着的渴爱──以此为故。如此了知、遍知、深解、彻知、通达、彻悟:‘一切行都是无常……乃至……凡是集起之法,全是灭尽之法。’这样了知、遍知、深解、彻知、通达、彻悟之后,于色不取、不执、不抓取、不触、不耽著;于受……想……行……识……趣……生……结生……有……轮回……流转,也不取、不执、不抓取、不触、不耽著。因此,能了知者不应执取。显示巴利原文
ti. ti tasmā taṃkāraṇā taṃhetu tappaccayā taṃnidānā, etaṃ ādīnavaṃ sampassamāno ādānataṇhāyāti – tasmā. nti jānanto pajānanto ājānanto vijānanto paṭivijānanto paṭivijjhanto ‘‘sabbe saṅkhārā aniccā’’ti…pe… ‘‘yaṃ kiñci samudayadhammaṃ sabbaṃ taṃ nirodhadhamma’’nti jānanto pajānanto ājānanto vijānanto paṭivijānanto paṭivijjhanto. ti rūpaṃ nādiyeyya na upādiyeyya na gaṇheyya na parāmaseyya nābhiniviseyya; vedanaṃ…pe… saññaṃ… saṅkhāre… viññāṇaṃ… gatiṃ … upapattiṃ… paṭisandhiṃ… bhavaṃ… saṃsāraṃ… vaṭṭaṃ nādiyeyya na upādiyeyya na gaṇheyya na parāmaseyya nābhiniviseyyāti – tasmā pajānaṃ na upādiyetha.
这是指凡夫中的善士比丘,或是有学的比丘。比丘由于四个方面的原因而具念:修习身随观念处而具念……乃至……他便被称为具念者,也就是具念的比丘。所谓‘任何’,指任何色类、受类、想类、行类、识类。所谓‘一切世间’,指一切恶趣世间、一切人世间、一切天世间、一切蕴世间、一切界世间、一切处世间。具念的比丘,对于这整个世间中的任何事物,都不执著。显示巴利原文
ti. ti puthujjanakalyāṇako vā bhikkhu, sekkho vā bhikkhu. ti catūhi kāraṇehi sato – kāye kāyānupassanāsatipaṭṭhānaṃ bhāvento sato…pe… so vuccati satoti – bhikkhu sato. nti kiñci rūpagataṃ vedanāgataṃ saññāgataṃ saṅkhāragataṃ viññāṇagataṃ. ti sabbaapāyaloke sabbamanussaloke sabbadevaloke sabbakhandhaloke sabbadhātuloke sabbaāyatanaloketi – bhikkhu sato kiñcanaṃ sabbaloke.
所谓‘执取众生’,是指那些执取、取着、紧握、执着、耽溺于色的人;那些执取、取着、紧握、执着、耽溺于受……想……行……识……趣……再生……结生……有……轮回……流转的人。这是关于词语连缀与次第的说明。‘看’意为正在观察、注视、看、见、审视、审察、考察;因此称为‘看着执取众生’。显示巴利原文
ti ādānasattā vuccanti ye rūpaṃ ādiyanti upādiyanti gaṇhanti parāmasanti abhinivisanti; vedanaṃ…pe… saññaṃ… saṅkhāre… viññāṇaṃ… gatiṃ… upapattiṃ… paṭisandhiṃ… bhavaṃ… saṃsāraṃ… vaṭṭaṃ ādiyanti upādiyanti gaṇhanti parāmasanti abhinivisanti. ti padasandhi…pe… padānupubbatāpetaṃ itīti. ti pekkhamāno dakkhamāno dissamāno passamāno olokayamāno nijjhāyamāno upaparikkhamānoti – ādānasatte iti pekkhamāno.
“众生”一词是对众生的称谓。“死域”指的是烦恼、蕴与诸行。众生在死域、魔域、死亡界中,犹如被勾住、粘住、附着、卡住、困住、缠住一般。就像物品挂在墙钉或象钩上,被挂住、粘住、附着、卡住、困住、缠住;同样地,众生在死域、魔域、死亡界中,也正是像这样被挂住、粘住、附着、卡住、困住、缠住——所以说“这世代粘着于死域”。因此,世尊这样说:显示巴利原文
nti. ti sattādhivacanaṃ maccudheyyā vuccanti kilesā ca khandhā ca abhisaṅkhārā ca. Pajā maccudheyye māradheyye maraṇadheyye sattā visattā āsattā laggā laggitā palibuddhā. Yathā bhittikhile vā nāgadante vā bhaṇḍaṃ sattaṃ visattaṃ āsattaṃ laggaṃ laggitaṃ palibuddhaṃ, evameva pajā maccudheyye māradheyye maraṇadheyye sattā visattā āsattā laggā laggitā palibuddhāti – pajaṃ imaṃ maccudheyye visattaṃ. Tenāha bhagavā –
因此,比丘,了知者不应执取,于一切世间都应正念具足,不执取任何事物。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Tasmā pajānaṃ na upādiyetha, bhikkhu sato kiñcanaṃ sabbaloke; Ādānasatte iti pekkhamāno, pajaṃ imaṃ maccudheyye visatta’’nti.
随着这首偈颂的结束……“尊者,世尊是我的老师,我是弟子。”显示巴利原文
Saha gāthāpariyosānā…pe… satthā me bhante bhagavā, sāvakohamasmīti.
跋陀罗浮陀学童所问之分别 第十二显示巴利原文
Bhadrāvudhamāṇavapucchāniddeso dvādasamo.
13. 优陀耶学童所问之分别显示巴利原文
13. Udayamāṇavapucchāniddeso
“禅修者”意指世尊是禅修者。他以初禅而修,以二禅而修,以三禅而修,以四禅而修;以有寻有伺禅而修,以无寻唯伺禅而修,以无寻无伺禅而修;以有喜禅而修,以无喜禅而修;以乐俱禅而修,以舍俱禅而修;以空禅而修,以无相禅而修,以无愿禅而修;以世间禅而修,以出世间禅而修。他乐于禅那,专一而修,以自利为重,故称‘禅修者’。而所谓‘尘’,贪是尘,嗔是尘,痴是尘,忿是尘,恨是尘……乃至一切不善行皆是尘。这些尘在佛陀、世尊那里已经全然断除,根子被彻底斩断,犹如截去顶梢的棕榈树,不复存在,未来绝不生起。因此,佛陀是无尘者、离尘者、除尘者,是远离尘者、弃舍尘者、不与尘相系者,是超越一切尘者。”显示巴利原文
nti. nti jhāyī bhagavā. Paṭhamenapi jhānena jhāyī, dutiyenapi jhānena jhāyī, tatiyenapi jhānena jhāyī, catutthenapi jhānena jhāyī, savitakkasavicārenapi jhānena jhāyī, avitakkavicāramattenapi jhānena jhāyī, avitakkaavicārenapi jhānena jhāyī, sappītikenapi jhānena jhāyī, nippītikenapi jhānena jhāyī, sātasahagatenapi jhānena jhāyī, upekkhāsahagatenapi jhānena jhāyī, suññatenapi jhānena jhāyī, animittenapi jhānena jhāyī, appaṇihitenapi jhānena jhāyī, lokiyenapi jhānena jhāyī, lokuttarenapi jhānena jhāyī jhānarato ekattamanuyutto sadatthagarukoti – jhāyiṃ. nti rāgo rajo, doso rajo, moho rajo, kodho rajo, upanāho rajo…pe… sabbākusalābhisaṅkhārā rajā. Te rajā buddhassa bhagavato pahīnā ucchinnamūlā tālāvatthukatā anabhāvaṃkatā āyatiṃ anuppādadhammā. Tasmā buddho arajo virajo nirajo rajāpagato rajavippahīno rajavippayutto sabbarajavītivatto.
贪即是垢,但并不能称作尘埃,
‘尘垢’正是贪的别称,称为垢;
具眼者断除了这垢秽,正因如此,胜者被称为“离垢者”。
具眼者断除了这垢秽,正因如此,胜者被称为“离垢者”。
——这是指世尊坐在帕萨那卡塔庙(石庙)时的情形:世尊坐着。
坐于山侧,是渡越苦海的牟尼;
弟子们前来亲近承事,他们是具足三明、降伏死亡的人。
显示巴利原文 Rāgo rajo na ca pana reṇu vuccati, Rāgassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ rajoti; Etaṃ rajaṃ vippajahitvā cakkhumā, tasmā jino vigatarajoti vuccati. Doso rajo na ca pana reṇu vuccati, dosassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ rajoti; Etaṃ rajaṃ vippajahitvā cakkhumā, tasmā jino vigatarajoti vuccatīti. – Virajaṃ …pe…. Moho rajo na ca pana reṇu vuccati, mohassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ rajoti; nti nisinno bhagavā pāsāṇake cetiyeti – āsīno. Nagassa passe āsīnaṃ, muniṃ dukkhassa pāraguṃ; Sāvakā payirupāsanti, tevijjā maccuhāyinoti.
世尊如此而坐。又或者,世尊因已止息一切尘劳,住世已尽,行持圆满……于他而言,生死轮回已尽,不再有后有。世尊如此而坐——即是那禅修者、离尘者,安然宴坐。显示巴利原文
Evampi bhagavā āsīno. Atha vā, bhagavā sabbossukkapaṭippassaddhattā āsīno vutthavāso ciṇṇacaraṇo…pe… jātimaraṇasaṃsāro natthi tassa punabbhavoti. Evampi bhagavā āsīnoti – jhāyiṃ virajamāsīnaṃ .
所谓‘帝沙’,或是词语的连接……或是亲切的称呼……或是那位婆罗门的名字……或是一种表达方式——这是尊者伍达耶所说。显示巴利原文
ti. ti padasandhi…pe… ti piyavacanaṃ…pe… ti tassa brāhmaṇassa nāmaṃ…pe… abhilāpoti – iccāyasmā udayo.
于佛陀世尊而言,应作与不应作、应为与不应为之事,悉皆断除,根柢尽绝,如截多罗树根,不复存在,未来永不再生。是故,佛陀是所作已办者。显示巴利原文
nti buddhassa bhagavato kiccākiccaṃ karaṇīyākaraṇīyaṃ pahīnaṃ ucchinnamūlaṃ tālāvatthukataṃ anabhāvaṃkataṃ āyatiṃ anuppādadhammaṃ. Tasmā buddho katakicco.
而对于一位已无爱著、已断除烦恼之流的比丘,
已舍断应作与不应作者,热恼便不复存在。
显示巴利原文 Yassa ca visatā natthi, chinnasotassa bhikkhuno; Kiccākiccappahīnassa, pariḷāho na vijjatīti.
漏有四种:欲漏、有漏、见漏、无明漏。这些漏,佛陀世尊已彻底舍断,连根拔除,如截断的多罗树桩,不复存在,于未来永不再生。因此,佛陀是无漏者——应作已办,无漏者。显示巴利原文
nti. ti cattāro āsavā – kāmāsavo, bhavāsavo, diṭṭhāsavo, avijjāsavo. Te āsavā buddhassa bhagavato pahīnā ucchinnamūlā tālāvatthukatā anabhāvaṃkatā āyatiṃ anuppādadhammā. Tasmā buddho anāsavoti – katakiccaṃ anāsavaṃ.
世尊于一切法,是神通智的抵达彼岸者、遍知的抵达彼岸者、断除的抵达彼岸者、修习的抵达彼岸者、作证的抵达彼岸者、等至的抵达彼岸者。于一切法,他抵达神通智的彼岸;于一切苦,抵达遍知的彼岸;于一切烦恼,抵达断除的彼岸;于四种道,抵达修习的彼岸;于灭,抵达作证的彼岸;于一切等至,抵达等至的彼岸。于圣戒,他自在抵达彼岸;于圣定,自在抵达彼岸;于圣慧,自在抵达彼岸;于圣解脱,自在抵达彼岸。他已到达彼岸、达到彼岸;到达终点、达到终点;到达顶端、达到顶端;到达边际、达到边际;到达圆满、达到圆满;到达庇护、达到庇护;到达洞穴、达到洞穴;到达皈依、达到皈依;到达无畏、达到无畏;到达不动、达到不动;到达不死、达到不死;到达涅槃、达到涅槃。他修行已尽,梵行已立……于生、老、死的流转中,他已不再有再生;这就是于一切法抵达彼岸者。显示巴利原文
nti bhagavā sabbadhammānaṃ abhiññāpāragū pariññāpāragū pahānapāragū bhāvanāpāragū sacchikiriyāpāragū samāpattipāragū. Abhiññāpāragū sabbadhammānaṃ, pariññāpāragū sabbadukkhānaṃ, pahānapāragū sabbakilesānaṃ, bhāvanāpāragū catunnaṃ maggānaṃ, sacchikiriyāpāragū nirodhassa, samāpattipāragū sabbasamāpattīnaṃ. So vasippatto pāramippatto ariyasmiṃ sīlasmiṃ; vasippatto pāramippatto ariyasmiṃ samādhismiṃ; vasippatto pāramippatto ariyāya paññāya; vasippatto pāramippatto ariyāya vimuttiyā. So pāragato pārappatto antagato antappatto koṭigato koṭippatto pariyantagato pariyantappatto vosānagato vosānappatto tāṇagato tāṇappatto leṇagato leṇappatto saraṇagato saraṇappatto abhayagato abhayappatto accutagato accutappatto amatagato amatappatto nibbānagato nibbānappatto. So vuttavāso ciṇṇacaraṇo…pe… jātimaraṇasaṃsāro natthi tassa punabbhavoti – pāraguṃ sabbadhammānaṃ.
第一,我是因为有疑问需要解答而来;是为了提问而来;是为了听闻问题而来——就此而言,亦可说是因问而来。第二,或者说,对于那些有疑问需要解答、想要提问、想要听闻问题的人,他的到来、前往、走近、亲近、侍奉,亦是因问而来。第三,或者说,你具备因问而来的能力,你有此本事,你有足够的力量,能把我所问的解说清楚、解答明白——你挑起这个担子吧。如此,亦是因问而来。显示巴利原文
nti pañhena atthiko āgatomhi, pañhaṃ pucchitukāmo āgatomhi, pañhaṃ sotukāmo āgatomhīti, evampi atthi pañhena āgamaṃ. Atha vā, pañhatthikānaṃ pañhaṃ pucchitukāmānaṃ pañhaṃ sotukāmānaṃ āgamanaṃ abhikkamanaṃ upasaṅkamanaṃ payirupāsanaṃ atthīti, evampi atthi pañhena āgamaṃ. Atha vā, pañhāgamo tuyhaṃ atthi, tvampi pahu tvamasi alamatto mayā pucchitaṃ kathetuṃ visajjetuṃ, vahassetaṃ bhāranti, evampi atthi pañhena āgamaṃ.
“究竟解脱”即是所说的阿拉汉果解脱。我宣说、开示、阐明、建立、确立、开显、分别、揭示、彰显阿拉汉果的解脱——我宣说这究竟解脱。显示巴利原文
ti aññāvimokkho vuccati arahattavimokkho. Arahattavimokkhaṃ pabrūmi ācikkhāmi desemi paññapemi paṭṭhapemi vivarāmi vibhajāmi uttānīkaromi pakāsemīti – aññāvimokkhaṃ pabrūmi.
此即破坏无明、摧破无明、断除无明、令无明寂止、舍弃无明、令无明寂灭,那便是不死,便是涅槃。所以那位婆罗门说:
禅修者安坐,远离尘垢——
所作已办,是无漏者;
达一切法之彼岸,我为此问而来。
显示巴利原文 nti avijjāya bhedanaṃ pabhedanaṃ pahānaṃ vūpasamaṃ paṭinissaggaṃ paṭippassaddhaṃ amataṃ nibbānanti – avijjāya pabhedanaṃ. Tenāha so brāhmaṇo – ‘‘Jhāyiṃ virajamāsīnaṃ, [iccāyasmā udayo] Katakiccaṃ anāsavaṃ; Pāraguṃ sabbadhammānaṃ, atthi pañhena āgamaṃ; Aññāvimokkhaṃ pabrūhi, avijjāya pabhedana’’nti.
“另一种”,即是对诸欲的贪求、欲染、欲喜、欲爱、渴爱、欲亲爱、欲饥渴、欲热恼、欲沉迷、欲执取、欲流、欲轭、欲取、欲贪盖。破除这些欲贪,即是舍弃、平息、出离、安息、不死、涅槃,这就是破除欲贪。“世尊”——这是世尊以名字称呼那位婆罗门,是带有敬意的称呼……乃至……亲证的施设,即所谓的世尊。世尊这样说:“乌达亚啊!”显示巴利原文
nti. ti yo kāmesu kāmacchando kāmarāgo kāmanandī kāmataṇhā kāmasineho kāmapipāsā kāmapariḷāho kāmamucchā kāmajjhosānaṃ kāmogho kāmayogo kāmupādānaṃ kāmacchandanīvaraṇaṃ. nti kāmacchandānaṃ pahānaṃ vūpasamaṃ paṭinissaggaṃ paṭippassaddhiṃ amataṃ nibbānanti – pahānaṃ kāmacchandānaṃ. ti. ti bhagavā taṃ brāhmaṇaṃ nāmena ālapati. ti gāravādhivacanametaṃ…pe… sacchikā paññatti, yadidaṃ bhagavāti – udayāti bhagavā.
“苦”,指内心的不愉快、内心的苦楚,由心触所生的不愉快、苦的感受,即由心触所生的不愉快、苦的受。“两者的止息”指欲贪与忧恼二者的舍弃、平息、出离、安息、不死、涅槃。显示巴利原文
nti. ti yaṃ cetasikaṃ asātaṃ cetasikaṃ dukkhaṃ cetosamphassajaṃ asātaṃ dukkhaṃ vedayitaṃ, cetosamphassajā asātā dukkhā vedanā. nti kāmacchandassa ca domanassassa ca ubhinnaṃ pahānaṃ vūpasamaṃ paṭinissaggaṃ paṭippassaddhiṃ amataṃ nibbānanti – domanassāna cūbhayaṃ.
“昏沉”,指心的不灵便、不适业、沉滞、退缩、消沉,及消沉性、消沉状态,亦即心的迟钝、迟钝性、迟钝状态。“去除它”即去除昏沉:舍离、平息、出离、安止、不死、涅槃。显示巴利原文
nti. nti yā cittassa akalyatā akammaññatā olīyanā sallīyanā līnā līyanā līyitattaṃ thinaṃ thiyanā thiyitattaṃ cittassa. nti thinassa ca panūdanaṃ pahānaṃ vūpasamaṃ paṭinissaggaṃ paṭippassaddhiṃ amataṃ nibbānanti – thinassa ca panūdanaṃ.
所谓“追悔”:手的不安举止是追悔,脚的不安举止是追悔,手脚的不安举止也是追悔。对于不如法的事物,生起如法之想;对于如法的事物,生起不如法之想……乃至……对于无过失者,生起有过失之想;对于有过失者,生起无过失之想。凡是此类的不安举止、追悔感、追悔的状态、内心的懊悔、意的不得安宁,都称为追悔。此外,追悔、内心的懊悔、意的不得安宁,由两种原因而生起:因已做(不应做之事),及因未做(应做之事)。如何因已做和未做而生起追悔、内心的懊悔、意的不得安宁呢?“我造作了身恶行,我未造作身善行”,他便生起追悔、内心的懊悔、意的不得安宁。“我造作了语恶行,我未造作语善行”……乃至……“我造作了意恶行,我未造作意善行”……乃至……“我犯了杀生,我未持守不杀生戒”……乃至……“我犯了不与取,我未持守不与取戒”……乃至……“我犯了邪淫,我未持守不邪淫戒”……乃至……“我犯了妄语,我未持守不妄语戒”……乃至……“我犯了离间语,我未持守不离间语戒”……乃至……“我犯了粗恶语,我未持守不粗恶语戒”……乃至……“我犯了绮语,我未持守不绮语戒”……乃至……“我起了贪欲,我未具无贪”……乃至……“我起了嗔恚,我未具无嗔”……乃至……“我起了邪见,我未具正见”,他便生起追悔、内心的懊悔、意的不得安宁。如是,因已做与未做,而生起追悔、内心的懊悔、意的不得安宁。显示巴利原文
nti. nti hatthakukkuccampi kukkuccaṃ, pādakukkuccampi kukkuccaṃ, hatthapādakukkuccampi kukkuccaṃ. Akappiye kappiyasaññitā, kappiye akappiyasaññitā…pe… avajje vajjasaññitā, vajje avajjasaññitā. Yaṃ evarūpaṃ kukkuccaṃ kukkuccāyanā kukkuccāyitattaṃ cetaso vippaṭisāro manovilekho, idaṃ vuccati kukkuccaṃ. Api ca, dvīhi kāraṇehi uppajjati kukkuccaṃ cetaso vippaṭisāro manovilekho – katattā ca akatattā ca. Kathaṃ katattā ca akatattā ca uppajjati kukkuccaṃ cetaso vippaṭisāro manovilekho? ‘‘Kataṃ me kāyaduccaritaṃ, akataṃ me kāyasucarita’’nti uppajjati kukkuccaṃ cetaso vippaṭisāro manovilekho . ‘‘Kataṃ me vacīduccaritaṃ, akataṃ me vacīsucarita’’nti…pe… ‘‘kataṃ me manoduccaritaṃ, akataṃ me manosucarita’’nti…pe… ‘‘kato me pāṇātipāto, akatā me pāṇātipātā veramaṇī’’ti…pe… ‘‘kataṃ me adinnādānaṃ, akatā me adinnādānā veramaṇī’’ti…pe… ‘‘kato me kāmesumicchācāro, akatā me kāmesumicchācārā veramaṇī’’ti…pe… ‘‘kato me musāvādo, akatā me musāvādā veramaṇī’’ti…pe… ‘‘katā me pisuṇā vācā , akatā me pisuṇāya vācāya veramaṇī’’ti…pe… ‘‘katā me pharusā vācā, akatā me pharusāya vācāya veramaṇī’’ti…pe… ‘‘kato me samphappalāpo, akatā me samphappalāpā veramaṇī’’ti…pe… ‘‘katā me abhijjhā, akatā me anabhijjhā’’ti…pe… ‘‘kato me byāpādo, akato me abyāpādo’’ti…pe… ‘‘katā me micchādiṭṭhi, akatā me sammādiṭṭhī’’ti , uppajjati kukkuccaṃ cetaso vippaṭisāro manovilekho. Evaṃ katattā ca akatattā ca uppajjati kukkuccaṃ cetaso vippaṭisāro manovilekho.
或者,心想“我在戒上尚未圆满”,便生起追悔、内心懊恼、心意不安;心想“我在根门上未加守护”……乃至……“我于饮食不知量”……“我未精勤于觉醒”……“我未具足正念正知”……“我未修习四念处、四正勤、四神足、五根、五力、七觉支、八圣道”……“我于苦未遍知,于集未断除,于道未修习,于灭未亲证”,便生起追悔、内心懊恼、心意不安。显示巴利原文
Atha vā, ‘‘sīlesumhi aparipūrakārī’’ti uppajjati kukkuccaṃ cetaso vippaṭisāro manovilekho; ‘‘indriyesumhi aguttadvāro’’ti…pe… ‘‘bhojane amattaññumhī’’ti… ‘‘jāgariyaṃ ananuyuttomhī’’ti… ‘‘na satisampajaññena samannāgatomhī’’ti… ‘‘abhāvitā me cattāro satipaṭṭhānāti, cattāro sammappadhānāti cattāro iddhipādāti, pañcindriyānīti, pañca balānīti, satta bojjhaṅgāti, ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo’’ti… ‘‘dukkhaṃ me apariññātaṃ, samudayo me appahīno, maggo me abhāvito, nirodho me asacchikato’’ti uppajjati kukkuccaṃ cetaso vippaṭisāro manovilekho.
对追悔的障碍与盖,其舍断、寂止、彻底寂止、弃舍、平息,便是不死、涅槃——也就是对追悔的阻断。因此世尊这样说:
“舍断欲贪,[乌达亚啊,世尊说:
及两者之忧苦。
显示巴利原文 nti kukkuccānaṃ āvaraṇaṃ nīvaraṇaṃ pahānaṃ upasamaṃ vūpasamaṃ paṭinissaggaṃ paṭippassaddhiṃ amataṃ nibbānanti – kukkuccānaṃ nivāraṇaṃ. Tenāha bhagavā – ‘‘Pahānaṃ kāmacchandānaṃ, [udayāti bhagavā] Domanassāna cūbhayaṃ; Thinassa ca panūdanaṃ, kukkuccānaṃ nivāraṇa’’nti.
在第四禅中,舍——即舍、平等住、完全平等、心的等持、心的轻安、中舍性。在第四禅中,由对舍作意而生起的念——即念、随念……正念。这即是说:在第四禅中,舍与念是清净、极清净、遍清净、完全清净、皎洁、无瑕、无随烦恼、柔软、适合作业、安住不动摇的——这称为‘舍念清净’。显示巴利原文
nti. ti yā catutthe jhāne upekkhā upekkhanā ajjhupekkhanā cittasamatā cittappassaddhatā majjhattatā cittassa. ti yā catutthe jhāne upekkhaṃ ārabbha sati anussati…pe… sammāsati. nti catutthe jhāne upekkhā ca sati ca suddhā honti visuddhā saṃsuddhā parisuddhā pariyodātā anaṅgaṇā vigatūpakkilesā mudubhūtā kammaniyā ṭhitā āneñjappattāti – upekkhāsatisaṃsuddhaṃ.
如此,“法思辨”即是正思维。它对于究竟解脱而言,是开端,是前导,是先行者——从这个意义上说,这也称为“以法思辨为前导”。或者,“法思辨”即是正见。它对于究竟解脱而言,是开端,是前导,是先行者——从这个意义上说,这也称为“以法思辨为前导”。或者,“法思辨”指的是四道的前行部分——观智。它对于究竟解脱而言,是开端,是前导,是先行者——从这个意义上说,这也称为“以法思辨为前导”。显示巴利原文
nti dhammatakko vuccati sammāsaṅkappo. So ādito hoti, purato hoti, pubbaṅgamo hoti aññāvimokkhassāti, evampi dhammatakkapurejavaṃ. Atha vā, dhammatakko vuccati sammādiṭṭhi. Sā ādito hoti, purato hoti, pubbaṅgamo hoti aññāvimokkhassāti , evampi dhammatakkapurejavaṃ. Atha vā, dhammatakko vuccati catunnaṃ maggānaṃ pubbabhāgavipassanā. Sā ādito hoti, purato hoti, pubbaṅgamo hoti aññāvimokkhassāti – evampi dhammatakkapurejavaṃ.
“究竟解脱”指的是阿拉汉的解脱。请您讲说阿拉汉的解脱——请您讲述、宣说、施设、安立、确立、开演、分别、阐明、彰显它。请您为之讲说那究竟解脱。显示巴利原文
ti aññāvimokkho vuccati arahattavimokkho. Arahattavimokkhaṃ pabrūhi ācikkhāhi desehi paññapehi paṭṭhapehi vivarāhi vibhajāhi uttānīkarohi pakāsehīti – aññāvimokkhaṃ pabrūhi.
“无明”指的是对苦的无知……乃至……无明、愚痴、不善根。“破除无明”是指击破、断除、止息、舍离、寂灭无明,归于不死、涅槃——这就是破除无明。因此,世尊这样说:显示巴利原文
nti. ti dukkhe aññāṇaṃ…pe… avijjā moho akusalamūlaṃ. nti avijjāya pabhedanaṃ pahānaṃ vūpasamaṃ paṭinissaggaṃ paṭippassaddhiṃ amataṃ nibbānanti – avijjāya pabhedanaṃ. Tenāha bhagavā –
舍与念极清净,以法思择为前导,
我宣说究竟解脱,即破除无明。’
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Upekkhāsatisaṃsuddhaṃ, dhammatakkapurejavaṃ; Aññāvimokkhaṃ pabrūmi, avijjāya pabhedana’’nti.
“世间的结缚”,即是世间的系缚、粘着、束缚、烦恼。世间被什么连结、系缚、附着、紧缚、粘着、粘滞、障碍?——意思是,世间以何为结缚?显示巴利原文
ti lokassa saṃyojanaṃ lagganaṃ bandhanaṃ upakkileso. Kena loko yutto payutto āyutto samāyutto laggo laggito palibuddhoti – kiṃsu saṃyojano loko.
什么是它的行、游、转?世间依何而行、游、转?——什么是它的游转?依于何者的断除、止息、舍离、寂灭,而说为涅槃、称为涅槃、名为涅槃、讲为涅槃、阐为涅槃、言为涅槃?——断除何者,方称为涅槃?于是,那位婆罗门说:显示巴利原文
nti kiṃsu tassa cāraṇaṃ vicāraṇaṃ paṭivicāraṇaṃ. Kena loko carati vicarati paṭivicaratīti – kiṃsu tassa vicāraṇaṃ. ti kissassa vippahānena vūpasamena paṭinissaggena paṭippassaddhiyā nibbānaṃ iti vuccati pavuccati kathīyati bhaṇīyati dīpīyati voharīyatīti – kissassa vippahānena nibbānaṃ iti vuccati. Tenāha so brāhmaṇo –
‘‘Kiṃsu saṃyojano loko, kiṃsu tassa vicāraṇaṃ; Kissassa vippahānena, nibbānaṃ iti vuccatī’’ti.
“欢喜”即指渴爱。凡有贪染、执着……乃至悭贪、贪求这些不善根,即称为“欢喜”。此欢喜是世间的结缚、系着、绑缚、随烦恼。世间被此欢喜连结、投入、套牢、紧绑、粘着、缠扰——这就是“以欢喜为结缚的世间”。显示巴利原文
ti nandī vuccati taṇhā. Yo rāgo sārāgo…pe… abhijjhā lobho akusalamūlaṃ, ayaṃ vuccati nandī. Yā nandī lokassa saṃyojanaṃ lagganaṃ bandhanaṃ upakkileso, imāya nandiyā loko yutto payutto āyutto samāyutto laggo laggito palibuddhoti – nandisaṃyojano loko.
有九种寻思:欲寻思、嗔寻思、害寻思、亲属寻思、国土寻思、不死寻思、与悲悯他人相应的寻思、与利养恭敬声誉相应的寻思、与不被轻视相应的寻思。这些称为九种寻思。这九种寻思就是世间的行走、游走、往复。世间正是借着这九种寻思而行走、游走、往复——这就是“寻思的游走”。显示巴利原文
ti. ti nava vitakkā – kāmavitakko, byāpādavitakko, vihiṃsāvitakko, ñātivitakko janapadavitakko , amarāvitakko, parānudayatāpaṭisaṃyutto vitakko, lābhasakkārasilokapaṭisaṃyutto vitakko, anavaññattipaṭisaṃyutto vitakko. Ime vuccanti nava vitakkā. Ime nava vitakkā lokassa cāraṇā vicāraṇā paṭivicāraṇā. Imehi navahi vitakkehi loko carati vicarati paṭivicaratīti – vitakkassa vicāraṇā.
即指渴爱:色爱……乃至法爱。以渴爱的断除、止息、舍离、寂止,而名为涅槃,被称涅槃,说为涅槃,述为涅槃,阐明为涅槃,言说为涅槃——断除渴爱,即名为涅槃。因此世尊这样说:显示巴利原文
ti. ti rūpataṇhā…pe… dhammataṇhā. ti taṇhāya vippahānena vūpasamena paṭinissaggena paṭippassaddhiyā nibbānaṃ iti vuccati pavuccati kathīyati bhaṇīyati dīpīyati voharīyatīti – taṇhāya vippahānena nibbānaṃ iti vuccati. Tenāha bhagavā –
世间以喜贪为结缚,寻思是它的游荡;
因渴爱的彻底断除,便称之为涅槃。”
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Nandisaṃyojano loko, vitakkassa vicāraṇā; Taṇhāya vippahānena, nibbānaṃ iti vuccatī’’ti.
“那么,具念、正知者,于行走、安住、举止、活动、守护、维持、生计、度日中——如何才是具念的行走者?”显示巴利原文
ti kathaṃ satassa sampajānassa carato viharato iriyato vattayato pālayato yapayato yāpayatoti – kathaṃ satassa carato.
ti viññāṇaṃ nirujjhati vūpasammati atthaṃ gacchati paṭippassambhatīti – viññāṇaṃ uparujjhati.
“我们前来向世尊请问、求教、乞请、祈请、令生净信;我们已到来、抵达、前来、会集,说:“我们与你相会了。”——我们正是为请问世尊而来。”显示巴利原文
ti buddhaṃ bhagavantaṃ puṭṭhuṃ pucchituṃ yācituṃ ajjhesituṃ pasādetuṃ āgamhā āgatamhā upāgatamhā sampattamhā, ‘‘tayā saddhiṃ samāgatamhā’’ti – bhagavantaṃ puṭṭhumāgamā.
“ti”,即是您的话语、言说、教导、教示、教诫、训示,我对此欢喜、欣喜、悦意、随喜、欲求、接受、希冀、渴望、爱乐。为何称世尊为“大圣”?他寻求、探求、遍求广大的戒蕴……乃至……为何称“人雄牛”?“大圣”——我如是欢喜大圣之语。显示巴利原文
ti. nti tuyhaṃ vacanaṃ byappathaṃ desanaṃ anusāsanaṃ anusiṭṭhaṃ nandāmi abhinandāmi modāmi anumodāmi icchāmi sādiyāmi patthayāmi pihayāmi abhijappāmi. ti kiṃ mahesi bhagavā? Mahantaṃ sīlakkhandhaṃ esī gavesī pariyesīti mahesi…pe… kahaṃ narāsabhoti mahesīti – etābhinandāmi vaco mahesino.
“具念而行者的识,如何得以止灭?我们前来问世尊,愿聆听您的言教。”
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Kathaṃ satassa carato, viññāṇaṃ uparujjhati; Bhagavantaṃ puṭṭhumāgamā, taṃ suṇoma vaco tavā’’ti.
如此,于内受随观受而住者,不欢喜受、不赞同、不执着,将欢喜、赞同、执着、执取、邪执、深着悉皆舍断、除去、灭除,令其不复存在;于外受随观受而住者,不欢喜受、不赞同、不执着,将欢喜、赞同、执着、执取、邪执、深着悉皆舍断、除去、灭除,令其不复存在;于内外受随观受而住者,不欢喜受、不赞同、不执着,将欢喜、赞同、执着、执取、邪执、深着悉皆舍断、除去、灭除,令其不复存在。于内随观集法而于受随观受而住者,不欢喜受、不赞同、不执着,将欢喜、赞同、执着、执取、邪执、深着悉皆舍断、除去、灭除,令其不复存在;于内随观灭法而于受随观受而住者……于内随观集灭法而于受随观受而住者……于外随观集法而于受随观受而住者,不欢喜受、不赞同、不执着,将欢喜、赞同、执着、执取、邪执、深着悉皆舍断、除去、灭除,令其不复存在;于外随观灭法而于受随观受而住者……于外随观集灭法而于受随观受而住者……于内外随观集法而于受随观受而住者……于内外随观灭法而于受随观受而住者……于内外随观集灭法而于受随观受而住者,不欢喜受、不赞同、不执着,将欢喜、赞同、执着、执取、邪执、深着悉皆舍断、除去、灭除,令其不复存在。以此十二种行相,于受随观受而住者……令其不复存在。显示巴利原文
ti ajjhattaṃ vedanāsu vedanānupassī viharanto vedanaṃ nābhinandati nābhivadati na ajjhoseti , abhinandanaṃ abhivadanaṃ ajjhosānaṃ gāhaṃ parāmāsaṃ abhinivesaṃ pajahati vinodeti byantīkaroti anabhāvaṃ gameti; bahiddhā vedanāsu vedanānupassī viharanto vedanaṃ nābhinandati nābhivadati na ajjhoseti, abhinandanaṃ abhivadanaṃ ajjhosānaṃ gāhaṃ parāmāsaṃ abhinivesaṃ pajahati vinodeti byantīkaroti anabhāvaṃ gameti; ajjhattabahiddhā vedanāsu vedanānupassī viharanto vedanaṃ nābhinandati nābhivadati na ajjhoseti, abhinandanaṃ abhivadanaṃ ajjhosānaṃ gāhaṃ parāmāsaṃ abhinivesaṃ pajahati vinodeti byantīkaroti anabhāvaṃ gameti. Ajjhattaṃ samudayadhammānupassī vedanāsu vedanānupassī viharanto vedanaṃ nābhinandati nābhivadati na ajjhoseti, abhinandanaṃ abhivadanaṃ ajjhosānaṃ gāhaṃ parāmāsaṃ abhinivesaṃ pajahati vinodeti byantīkaroti anabhāvaṃ gameti; ajjhattaṃ vayadhammānupassī vedanāsu vedanānupassī viharanto…pe… ajjhattaṃ samudayavayadhammānupassī vedanāsu vedanānupassī viharanto…pe… bahiddhā samudayadhammānupassī vedanāsu vedanānupassī viharanto vedanaṃ nābhinandati nābhivadati na ajjhoseti, abhinandanaṃ abhivadanaṃ ajjhosānaṃ gāhaṃ parāmāsaṃ abhinivesaṃ pajahati vinodeti byantīkaroti anabhāvaṃ gameti; bahiddhā vayadhammānupassī vedanāsu vedanānupassī viharanto…pe… bahiddhā samudayavayadhammānupassī vedanāsu vedanānupassī viharanto…pe… ajjhattabahiddhā samudayadhammānupassī vedanāsu vedanānupassī viharanto…pe… ajjhattabahiddhā vayadhammānupassī vedanāsu vedanānupassī viharanto…pe… ajjhattabahiddhā samudayavayadhammānupassī vedanāsu vedanānupassī viharanto vedanaṃ nābhinandati nābhivadati na ajjhoseti, abhinandanaṃ abhivadanaṃ ajjhosānaṃ gāhaṃ parāmāsaṃ abhinivesaṃ pajahati vinodeti byantīkaroti anabhāvaṃ gameti. Imehi dvādasahi ākārehi vedanāsu vedanānupassī viharanto…pe… anabhāvaṃ gameti.
或者,他将感受视作无常,而不欢迎感受、不赞美感受、不执取感受。对于那种欢迎、赞美、执取、抓取、执著、深着,他予以舍弃、驱除、灭尽、令归于无。
他将感受视作苦、疾病、肿物、箭、祸患、疾恙……视作出离,而不欢迎感受、不赞美感受、不执取感受。对于那种欢迎、赞美、执取、抓取、执著、深着,他予以舍弃、驱除、灭尽、令归于无。
以这四十种方式于诸受随观受而住的人,不欢迎感受、不赞美感受、不执取感受;对于欢迎、赞美、执取、抓取、执著、深着,他舍弃、驱除、灭尽、令归于无——如此,于内在和外在的感受,他皆无欢喜。显示巴利原文
Atha vā, vedanaṃ aniccato passanto vedanaṃ nābhinandati nābhivadati na ajjhoseti, abhinandanaṃ abhivadanaṃ ajjhosānaṃ gāhaṃ parāmāsaṃ abhinivesaṃ pajahati vinodeti byantīkaroti anabhāvaṃ gameti. Vedanaṃ dukkhato rogato gaṇḍato sallato aghato ābādhato…pe… nissaraṇato passanto vedanaṃ nābhinandati nābhivadati na ajjhoseti, abhinandanaṃ abhivadanaṃ ajjhosānaṃ gāhaṃ parāmāsaṃ abhinivesaṃ pajahati vinodeti byantīkaroti anabhāvaṃ gameti. Imehi cattālīsāya ākārehi vedanāsu vedanānupassī viharanto vedanaṃ nābhinandati nābhivadati na ajjhoseti, abhinandanaṃ abhivadanaṃ ajjhosānaṃ gāhaṃ parāmāsaṃ abhinivesaṃ pajahati vinodeti byantīkaroti anabhāvaṃ gametīti – ajjhattañca bahiddhā ca vedanaṃ nābhinandato.
“如此具念、正知地行走、安住、行动、运作、维持、生存、生活”——这就是“如此具念而行”。显示巴利原文
ti evaṃ satassa sampajānassa carato viharato iriyato vattayato pālayato yapayato yāpayatoti – evaṃ satassa carato.
“与福行俱行的识、与非福行俱行的识、与不动行俱行的识,它们止灭、寂止、灭去、全然平息——这便是‘识的止灭’。因此世尊这样说:”显示巴利原文
ti puññābhisaṅkhārasahagataṃ viññāṇaṃ apuññābhisaṅkhārasahagataṃ viññāṇaṃ āneñjābhisaṅkhārasahagataṃ viññāṇaṃ nirujjhati vūpasammati atthaṃ gacchati paṭippassambhatīti – viññāṇaṃ uparujjhatī. Tenāha bhagavā –
对于内在与外在的感受,皆不欣喜;
如此具念而住者,识便止息。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Ajjhattañca bahiddhā ca, vedanaṃ nābhinandato; Evaṃ satassa carato, viññāṇaṃ uparujjhatī’’ti.
偈颂终了时……(中略)……“尊者世尊是我导师,我是弟子。”显示巴利原文
Saha gāthāpariyosānā…pe… satthā me, bhante bhagavā, sāvakohamasmīti.
第十三 优陀耶学童所问分别显示巴利原文
Udayamāṇavapucchāniddeso terasamo.
14. 波沙罗学童所问分别显示巴利原文
14. Posālamāṇavapucchāniddeso
彼世尊是自生者、无师者,于过去未曾闻法,而由己亲证诸谛,于中得一切知,于诸力得自在。世尊宣说自己与他人的过去,也宣说未来,也宣说现在。显示巴利原文
ti. ti yo so bhagavā sayambhū. Anācariyako pubbe ananussutesu dhammesu sāmaṃ saccāni abhisambujjhi, tattha ca sabbaññutaṃ patto, balesu ca vasībhāvaṃ. ti bhagavā attano ca paresañca atītampi ādisati, anāgatampi ādisati, paccuppannampi ādisati.
世尊如何宣说自己的过去?世尊宣说自己的过去:宣说一生、二生……乃至无数成坏劫,说道:'在那里,我具如是名、如是族姓、如是容貌、如是食物、如此领受苦乐、如是寿量;我从彼处死后,转生于彼处;于彼处,我又具如是名、如是族姓、如是容貌、如是食物、如此领受苦乐、如是寿量;我从彼处死后,又转生此处。'像这样,以形相、以细节宣说种种过去宿命。世尊就是这样宣说自己的过去。显示巴利原文
Kathaṃ bhagavā attano atītaṃ ādisati? Bhagavā attano atītaṃ ekampi jātiṃ ādisati, dvepi jātiyo ādisati, tissopi jātiyo ādisati, catassopi jātiyo ādisati, pañcapi jātiyo ādisati, dasapi jātiyo ādisati, vīsampi jātiyo ādisati, tiṃsampi jātiyo ādisati, cattālīsampi jātiyo ādisati , paññāsampi jātiyo ādisati, jātisatampi…pe… jātisahassampi… jātisatasahassampi… anekepi saṃvaṭṭakappe… anekepi vivaṭṭakappe… anekepi saṃvaṭṭavivaṭṭakappe ādisati – ‘‘amutrāsiṃ evaṃnāmo evaṃgotto evaṃvaṇṇo evamāhāro evaṃsukhadukkhappaṭisaṃvedī evamāyupariyanto, so tato cuto amutra udapādiṃ; tatrāpāsiṃ evaṃnāmo evaṃgotto evaṃvaṇṇo evamāhāro evaṃsukhadukkhappaṭisaṃvedī evamāyupariyanto, so tato cuto idhūpapanno’’ti. Iti sākāraṃ sauddesaṃ anekavihitaṃ pubbenivāsaṃ ādisati. Evaṃ bhagavā attano atītaṃ ādisati.
世尊如何宣说他人的过去?世尊宣说他人的过去:宣说一生、二生……乃至无数成坏劫,说道:'他在彼处具如是名、如是族姓、如是容貌、如是食物、如此领受苦乐、如是寿量;他从彼处死后,转生于彼处;于彼处,他又具如是名、如是族姓、如是容貌、如是食物、如此领受苦乐、如是寿量;他从彼处死后,转生此处。'像这样,以形相、以细节宣说种种过去住处。世尊就是这样宣说他人的过去。显示巴利原文
Kathaṃ bhagavā paresaṃ atītaṃ ādisati? Bhagavā paresaṃ atītaṃ ekampi jātiṃ ādisati, dvepi jātiyo ādisati…pe… anekepi saṃvaṭṭavivaṭṭakappe ādisati – ‘‘amutrāsi evaṃnāmo evaṃgotto evaṃvaṇṇo evamāhāro evaṃsukhadukkhappaṭisaṃvedī evamāyupariyanto, so tato cuto amutra udapādi; tatrāpāsi evaṃnāmo evaṃgotto evaṃvaṇṇo evamāhāro evaṃsukhadukkhappaṭisaṃvedī evamāyupariyanto, so tato cuto idhūpapanno’’ti. Iti sākāraṃ sauddesaṃ anekavihitaṃ pubbenivāsaṃ ādisati. Evaṃ bhagavā paresaṃ atītaṃ ādisati.
世尊在讲说五百则本生故事时,宣说自己与他人的过去;讲说《大典尊经》时,宣说自己与他人的过去;讲说《大善见经》时,宣说自己与他人的过去;讲说《大戈宾德经》时,宣说自己与他人的过去;讲说《摩伽提婆经》时,宣说自己与他人的过去。显示巴利原文
Bhagavā pañca jātakasatāni bhāsanto attano ca paresañca atītaṃ ādisati, mahāpadāniyasuttantaṃ bhāsanto attano ca paresañca atītaṃ ādisati, mahāsudassaniyasuttantaṃ bhāsanto attano ca paresañca atītaṃ ādisati, mahāgovindiyasuttantaṃ bhāsanto attano ca paresañca atītaṃ ādisati, maghadeviyasuttantaṃ bhāsanto attano ca paresañca atītaṃ ādisati.
世尊曾这样说过:“纯陀,关于过去世,如来有随念智,他若想忆起多少,便忆起多少。关于未来世,纯陀…… 关于现在世,纯陀,如来便生起菩提智:‘这是最后一生,再无后有。’”显示巴利原文
Vuttañhetaṃ bhagavatā – ‘‘atītaṃ kho, cunda, addhānaṃ ārabbha tathāgatassa satānusāriñāṇaṃ hoti. So yāvatakaṃ ākaṅkhati tāvatakaṃ anussarati. Anāgatañca kho, cunda…pe… paccuppannañca kho, cunda, addhānaṃ ārabbha tathāgatassa bodhijaṃ ñāṇaṃ uppajjati – ‘ayamantimā jāti, natthidāni punabbhavo’’’ti.
根上下智力,是如来的如来力;众生心性随眠智力,是如来的如来力;双神变智力,是如来的如来力;大悲定智力,是如来的如来力;一切知智力,是如来的如来力;无碍智力,是如来的如来力;于一切处无滞、无碍、无障的智力,是如来的如来力。世尊便是如此宣说自己及他人的过去,宣说未来,宣说现在——他讲解、教示、阐明、建立、揭示、分析、显明、照耀。这就是‘他宣说过去’的意思。显示巴利原文
Indriyaparopariyattañāṇaṃ tathāgatassa tathāgatabalaṃ, sattānaṃ āsayānusayañāṇaṃ tathāgatassa tathāgatabalaṃ, yamakapāṭihīre ñāṇaṃ tathāgatassa tathāgatabalaṃ, mahākaruṇāsamāpattiyā ñāṇaṃ tathāgatassa tathāgatabalaṃ, sabbaññutañāṇaṃ tathāgatassa tathāgatabalaṃ, anāvaraṇañāṇaṃ tathāgatassa tathāgatabalaṃ, sabbattha asaṅgamappaṭihatamanāvaraṇañāṇaṃ tathāgatassa tathāgatabalaṃ. Evaṃ bhagavā attano ca paresañca atītampi ādisati anāgatampi ādisati paccuppannampi ādisati ācikkhati deseti paññapeti paṭṭhapeti vivarati vibhajati uttānīkaroti pakāsetīti – yo atītaṃ ādisati.
“ti”是词句的连接……“ti”是可爱的话语……“ti”是那位婆罗门的名字……是一种称谓——尊者波沙罗这样说。显示巴利原文
ti. ti padasandhi…pe… ti piyavacanaṃ…pe… ti tassa brāhmaṇassa nāmaṃ…pe… abhilāpoti – iccāyasmā posālo.
“无动摇者”:其中,“动摇”即是渴爱。就是染著、黏著……贪求、贪婪,那不善的根。这动摇——渴爱,在佛陀、世尊那里已被断除,根已截断,如多罗树被彻底根除,归于无有,未来不再生起。因此,佛是无动摇者。因为断除了渴爱,所以是无动摇者。世尊面对利得,不会动摇……面对苦,也不会动摇、不会颤栗、不会抖动、不会惊惶。如此,他是无动摇者。“断疑惑者”:其中,“疑惑”名为怀疑、犹豫。是对苦的犹豫不决……是心的惊畏、意的退缩。这种疑惑,在佛陀、世尊那里已被断除、被切断、被根除、彻底断除,已经止息,已经舍离,归于平静,不再生起,已被智火完全烧尽。因此,佛是断疑惑者。这样,他是无动摇者、断疑惑者。显示巴利原文
ti ejā vuccati taṇhā. Yo rāgo sārāgo…pe… abhijjhā lobho akusalamūlaṃ. Sā ejā taṇhā buddhassa bhagavato pahīnā ucchinnamūlā tālāvatthukatā anabhāvaṃkatā āyatiṃ anuppādadhammā. Tasmā buddho anejo. Ejāya pahīnattā anejo. Bhagavā lābhepi na iñjati…pe… dukkhepi na iñjati na calati na vedhati nappavedhati na sampavedhatīti anejo. ti saṃsayo vuccati vicikicchā. Dukkhe kaṅkhā…pe… chambhitattaṃ cittassa manovilekho. So saṃsayo buddhassa bhagavato pahīno chinno ucchinno samucchinno vūpasanto paṭinissaggo paṭippassaddho abhabbuppattiko ñāṇagginā daḍḍho. Tasmā buddho chinnasaṃsayoti – anejo chinnasaṃsayo.
世尊于一切法,以证智度到彼岸,以遍知度到彼岸,以断除度到彼岸,以修习度到彼岸,以亲证度到彼岸,以等至度到彼岸……于一切法……生老死的流转于他已不存在,不再有后有。因此,他是度一切法者。显示巴利原文
nti bhagavā sabbadhammānaṃ abhiññāpāragū pariññāpāragū pahānapāragū bhāvanāpāragū sacchikiriyāpāragū samāpattipāragū abhiññāpāragū sabbadhammānaṃ…pe… jātimaraṇasaṃsāro natthi tassa punabbhavoti – pāragū sabbadhammānaṃ.
我是带着问题来的……「这是你的负担」——这话正是说:我是带着问题而来。
不动摇,已断疑惑;
您是通达一切法的彼岸者,我带着疑问而来。
显示巴利原文 nti pañhena atthiko āgatomhi…pe… vahassetaṃ bhāranti, evampi atthi pañhena āgamaṃ. ‘‘Yo atītaṃ ādisati, [iccāyasmā posālo] Anejo chinnasaṃsayo; Pāraguṃ sabbadhammānaṃ, atthi pañhena āgama’’nti.
其中,何等为色想?已入色界定、已生色界,或住于现法乐住者,所有之想、了知、了别——此即色想。对于已证得四无色定者,色想便不显现,已消失,已超越,已完全超越,已度越——是名“色想已消褪者”。显示巴利原文
ti katamā rūpasaññā? Rūpāvacarasamāpattiṃ samāpannassa vā upapannassa vā diṭṭhadhammasukhavihārissa vā saññā sañjānanā sañjānitattaṃ – ayaṃ rūpasaññā. ti catasso arūpasamāpattiyo paṭiladdhassa rūpasaññā vibhūtā honti vigatā atikkantā samatikkantā vītivattāti – vibhūtarūpasaññissa.
他所有的结生色身皆已舍断,藉由彼分超越、以镇伏断而舍断其色身——是名“弃一切身者”。显示巴利原文
ti sabbo tassa paṭisandhiko rūpakāyo pahīno, tadaṅgasamatikkamā vikkhambhanappahānena pahīno tassa rūpakāyoti – sabbakāyappahāyino.
无所有处定。为何如此?此定名为“无所有”——无所有处定。其含义是:具念而入识无边处定,从彼定出已,他修习令彼识无有、消失、灭尽,从而观见“无有任何”。以此因缘,说为“无所有”——无所有处定。对于如此观察“内外皆无有任何”者。显示巴利原文
ti. ti ākiñcaññāyatanasamāpatti. Kiṃkāraṇā? Natthi kiñcīti ākiñcaññāyatanasamāpatti. Yaṃ viññāṇañcāyatanasamāpattiṃ sato samāpajjitvā tato vuṭṭhahitvā taññeva viññāṇaṃ abhāveti, vibhāveti, antaradhāpeti, ‘‘natthi kiñcī’’ti passati – taṃkāraṇā natthi kiñcīti ākiñcaññāyatanasamāpattīti – ajjhattañca bahiddhā ca natthi kiñcīti passato.
“其”——即能者。世尊因从释迦族出家,是为能者……(中略)……因已断除怖畏恐惧、远离毛竖,亦为能者。“其智”——我问的是他之智,问的是慧,问的是正自觉。“应当希求何等之智、何种性质、何种行相、何种面貌之智?”——关于此智,我问能者。显示巴利原文
ti. ti – sakko. Bhagavā sakyakulā pabbajitotipi sakko …pe… pahīnabhayabheravo vigatalomahaṃsotipi sakko. ti tassa ñāṇaṃ pucchāmi, paññaṃ pucchāmi, sambuddhaṃ pucchāmi. ‘‘Kīdisaṃ kiṃsaṇṭhitaṃ kiṃpakāraṃ kiṃpaṭibhāgaṃ ñāṇaṃ icchitabba’’nti – ñāṇaṃ sakkānupucchāmi.
“如何”——如此之人,应如何引导他、训导他、调伏他、晓谕他、说服他、观察他、令他生净信?应如何令他生起更上的智慧?“如此之人”——即是具有如此状态、如此方式、如此性质、如此面貌,那位证得无所有处定者——“当如何引导如此之人”。因此,那位婆罗门说:显示巴利原文
ti kathaṃ so netabbo vinetabbo anunetabbo paññapetabbo nijjhāpetabbo pekkhetabbo pasādetabbo? Kathaṃ tena uttari ñāṇaṃ uppādetabbaṃ? ti tathāvidho tādiso tassaṇṭhito tappakāro tappaṭibhāgo yo so ākiñcaññāyatanasamāpattilābhīti – kathaṃ neyyo tathāvidho. Tenāha so brāhmaṇo –
于色想已灭尽、舍弃一切身之人;
“于观察内与外皆无所有之人,”
“我问能者智:应如何引导如此之人?”
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Vibhūtarūpasaññissa, sabbakāyappahāyino; Ajjhattañca bahiddhā ca, natthi kiñcīti passato; Ñāṇaṃ sakkānupucchāmi, kathaṃ neyyo tathāvidho’’ti.
世尊从行作的角度了知四种识住,从结生的角度了知七种识住。世尊怎样从行作的角度了知四种识住呢?这正是世尊所说:“诸比丘,依著于色的识,当它安住时,便以色为所缘、以色为立足处,得喜悦的润泽,从而增长、繁茂、广大。诸比丘,依著于受的识……依著于想的识……诸比丘,依著于行的识,当它安住时,便以行为所缘、以行为立足处,得喜悦的润泽,从而增长、繁茂、广大。”世尊便是如此从行作的角度了知四种识住。显示巴利原文
ti bhagavā abhisaṅkhāravasena catasso viññāṇaṭṭhitiyo jānāti, paṭisandhivasena satta viññāṇaṭṭhitiyo jānāti. Kathaṃ bhagavā abhisaṅkhāravasena catasso viññāṇaṭṭhitiyo jānāti? Vuttañhetaṃ bhagavatā – ‘‘rūpupayaṃ vā, bhikkhave, viññāṇaṃ tiṭṭhamānaṃ tiṭṭheyya , rūpārammaṇaṃ rūpappatiṭṭhaṃ nandūpasecanaṃ vuddhiṃ virūḷhiṃ vepullaṃ āpajjeyya. Vedanupayaṃ vā, bhikkhave…pe… saññupayaṃ vā, bhikkhave…pe… saṅkhārupayaṃ vā, bhikkhave, viññāṇaṃ tiṭṭhamānaṃ tiṭṭheyya, saṅkhārārammaṇaṃ saṅkhārappatiṭṭhaṃ nandūpasecanaṃ vuddhiṃ virūḷhiṃ vepullaṃ āpajjeyyā’’ti. Evaṃ bhagavā abhisaṅkhāravasena catasso viññāṇaṭṭhitiyo jānāti.
世尊怎样从结生的角度了知七种识住呢?这正是世尊所说:“诸比丘,有一类众生身体各异、想各异——例如人类、一部分天人和一部分堕恶趣者。这是第一种识住。显示巴利原文
Kathaṃ bhagavā paṭisandhivasena satta viññāṇaṭṭhitiyo jānāti? Vuttañhetaṃ bhagavatā – ‘‘santi, bhikkhave, sattā nānattakāyā nānattasaññino – seyyathāpi manussā ekacce ca devā ekacce ca vinipātikā. Ayaṃ paṭhamā viññāṇaṭṭhiti.
诸比丘,有一类众生身体各异、想同一,例如初化生的梵众天。这是第二种识住。显示巴利原文
‘‘Santi , bhikkhave, sattā nānattakāyā ekattasaññino, seyyathāpi devā brahmakāyikā paṭhamābhinibbattā. Ayaṃ dutiyā viññāṇaṭṭhiti.
诸比丘,有众生身一而想异,譬如光音天。这是第三种识住。显示巴利原文
‘‘Santi, bhikkhave, sattā ekattakāyā nānattasaññino, seyyathāpi devā ābhassarā. Ayaṃ tatiyā viññāṇaṭṭhiti.
诸比丘,有众生身一且想一,譬如遍净天。这是第四种识住。显示巴利原文
‘‘Santi , bhikkhave, sattā ekattakāyā ekattasaññino, seyyathāpi devā subhakiṇhā. Ayaṃ catutthī viññāṇaṭṭhiti.
诸比丘,有众生以遍超色想、灭有对想、不作意种种想,以‘虚空无边’而入空无边处。这是第五种识住。显示巴利原文
‘‘Santi, bhikkhave, sattā sabbaso rūpasaññānaṃ samatikkamā paṭighasaññānaṃ atthaṅgamā nānattasaññānaṃ amanasikārā, ananto ākāsoti ākāsānañcāyatanūpagā. Ayaṃ pañcamī viññāṇaṭṭhiti.
“诸比丘,有些众生全然超越空无边处,作意“识无边际”,投生于识无边处。这是第六种识住。”显示巴利原文
‘‘Santi, bhikkhave, sattā sabbaso ākāsānañcāyatanaṃ samatikkamma, anantaṃ viññāṇanti viññāṇañcāyatanūpagā. Ayaṃ chaṭṭhī viññāṇaṭṭhiti.
诸比丘,有些众生全然超越识无边处,作意“无所有”,投生于无所有处。这是第七种识住。世尊正是由此从结生心的角度,了知七种识住——亦即所有的识住。显示巴利原文
‘‘Santi, bhikkhave, sattā sabbaso viññāṇañcāyatanaṃ samatikkamma, natthi kiñcīti ākiñcaññāyatanūpagā. Ayaṃ sattamī viññāṇaṭṭhiti’’. Evaṃ bhagavā paṭisandhivasena satta viññāṇaṭṭhitiyo jānātīti – viññāṇaṭṭhitiyo sabbā.
“ti”——世尊以名字称唤那位婆罗门。“ti”是表敬之词……(中略)……“世尊”是亲证的名号——故而世尊说:“波沙罗啊!”显示巴利原文
ti. ti bhagavā taṃ brāhmaṇaṃ nāmena ālapati. ti gāravādhivacanametaṃ…pe… sacchikā paññatti, yadidaṃ bhagavāti – posālāti bhagavā.
“ti”──如来正彻知、了知、遍知、洞彻一切法。世尊曾这样说:“纯陀,若过去之事不实、虚假、无有利益,如来便不作解说。若过去之事真实、确实,却无有利益,如来亦不作解说。而对于过去那些真实、确实、有利益之事,如来则知时宜,为解答彼问题而开示。若未来之事……(中略)……若现在之事不实、虚假、无有利益,如来便不作解说。若现在之事真实、确实,却无有利益,如来亦不作解说。而对于现在那些真实、确实、有利益之事,如来则知时宜,为解答彼问题而开示。因此,纯陀,于过去、未来、现在诸法,如来皆应时而语、所言真实、所说皆与利益相应、教示法、教示律。是故,他被称为‘如来’。”显示巴利原文
ti. nti abhijānanto vijānanto paṭivijānanto paṭivijjhanto tathāgato. Vuttañhetaṃ bhagavatā – ‘‘atītaṃ cepi kho, cunda, hoti abhūtaṃ atacchaṃ anatthasañhitaṃ, na taṃ tathāgato byākaroti. Atītaṃ cepi, cunda, hoti bhūtaṃ tacchaṃ anatthasañhitaṃ, tampi tathāgato na byākaroti. Atītaṃ cepi kho, cunda, hoti bhūtaṃ tacchaṃ atthasañhitaṃ, tatra kālaññū tathāgato hoti tasseva pañhassa veyyākaraṇāya. Anāgataṃ cepi, cunda, hoti…pe… paccuppannaṃ cepi, cunda, hoti abhūtaṃ atacchaṃ anatthasañhitaṃ, na taṃ tathāgato byākaroti. Paccuppannaṃ cepi, cunda, hoti bhūtaṃ tacchaṃ anatthasañhitaṃ, tampi tathāgato na byākaroti. Paccuppannaṃ cepi, cunda, hoti bhūtaṃ tacchaṃ atthasañhitaṃ, tatra kālaññū tathāgato hoti tassa pañhassa veyyākaraṇāya. Iti kho, cunda, atītānāgatapaccuppannesu dhammesu tathāgato kālavādī bhūtavādī atthavādī dhammavādī vinayavādī. Tasmā tathāgatoti vuccati.
纯陀,于天神、魔罗、梵天所居世间,及沙门、婆罗门、天人、人类诸众生中,凡所见、所闻、所觉、所识、所证得、所寻求、心意所游历的一切,如来皆已完全觉悟。因此,他被称为‘如来’。纯陀,自如来证得无上正自觉那一夜,至他于无余依涅槃界般涅槃那一夜,于此期间,他所言说、所宣说、所解说的一切,皆真实如是,绝非虚妄。因此,他被称为‘如来’。纯陀,如来如何说,便如何行;如何行,便如何说。如是,所说如所行,所行如所说。因此,他被称为‘如来’。纯陀,于天神、魔罗、梵天所居世间,及沙门、婆罗门、天人、人类诸众生中,如来是阿毗浮,不为任何烦恼所征服,是无上洞见者,是调御者。因此,他被称为‘如来’。”——这便是“正在彻知”的如来。显示巴利原文
‘‘Yaṃ kho, cunda, sadevakassa lokassa samārakassa sabrahmakassa sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiyā pajāya sadevamanussāya diṭṭhaṃ sutaṃ mutaṃ viññātaṃ pattaṃ pariyesitaṃ anuvicaritaṃ manasā , sabbaṃ taṃ tathāgatena abhisambuddhaṃ. Tasmā tathāgatoti vuccati. Yañca, cunda, rattiṃ tathāgato anuttaraṃ sammāsambodhiṃ abhisambujjhati, yañca rattiṃ anupādisesāya nibbānadhātuyā parinibbāyati, yaṃ etasmiṃ antare bhāsati lapati niddisati sabbaṃ taṃ tatheva hoti no aññathā. Tasmā tathāgatoti vuccati. Yathāvādī, cunda, tathāgato tathākārī; yathākārī tathāvādī. Iti yathāvādī tathākārī, yathākārī tathāvādī. Tasmā tathāgatoti vuccati. Sadevake, cunda, loke samārake sabrahmake sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiyā pajāya sadevamanussāya tathāgato abhibhū anabhibhūto aññadatthudaso vasavattī. Tasmā tathāgatoti vuccatī’’ti – abhijānaṃ tathāgato.
世尊于此,唯从业行的积集而了知:“此人于身坏命终之后,将投生于苦界、恶趣、堕处、地狱。”世尊于此,唯从业行的积集而了知:“此人于身坏命终之后,将投生于畜生道。”世尊于此,唯从业行的积集而了知:“此人于身坏命终之后,将投生于鬼界。”世尊于此,唯从业行的积集而了知:“此人于身坏命终之后,将生于人间。”世尊于此,唯从业行的积集而了知:“此善于修习之人,于身坏命终之后,将投生于善趣、天界。”显示巴利原文
ti bhagavā idhatthaññeva jānāti kammābhisaṅkhāravasena – ‘‘ayaṃ puggalo kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayaṃ upapajjissatī’’ti. Bhagavā idhatthaññeva jānāti kammābhisaṅkhāravasena – ‘‘ayaṃ puggalo kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā tiracchānayoniṃ upapajjissatī’’ti. Bhagavā idhatthaññeva jānāti kammābhisaṅkhāravasena – ‘‘ayaṃ puggalo kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā pettivisayaṃ upapajjissatī’’ti. Bhagavā idhatthaññeva jānāti kammābhisaṅkhāravasena – ‘‘ayaṃ puggalo kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā manussesu uppajjissatī’’ti. Bhagavā idhatthaññeva jānāti kammābhisaṅkhāravasena – ‘‘ayaṃ puggalo suppaṭipanno kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapajjissatī’’ti.
世尊曾这样说:‘复次,舍利弗,我以心遍知某个人的心后,了知:“此人如此行道,如此而住,并踏上了那样的道路,以致身坏命终之后,当生于苦界、恶趣、堕处、地狱。”’显示巴利原文
Vuttañhetaṃ bhagavatā – ‘‘idha panāhaṃ, sāriputta, ekaccaṃ puggalaṃ evaṃ cetasā ceto paricca pajānāmi – ‘tathāyaṃ puggalo paṭipanno, tathā ca iriyati, tañca maggaṃ samārūḷho, yathā kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayaṃ upapajjissatī’ti.
“‘复次,舍利弗,我以心遍知某个人的心后,了知:“此人如此行道,如此而住,并踏上了那样的道路,以致身坏命终之后,当生于畜生道。”’”显示巴利原文
‘‘Idha panāhaṃ, sāriputta, ekaccaṃ puggalaṃ evaṃ cetasā ceto paricca pajānāmi – ‘tathāyaṃ puggalo paṭipanno tathā ca iriyati tañca maggaṃ samārūḷho, yathā kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā tiracchānayoniṃ upapajjissatī’ti.
“‘复次,舍利弗,我以心遍知某个人的心后,了知:“此人如此行道,如此而住,并踏上了那样的道路,以致身坏命终之后,当生于饿鬼道。”’”显示巴利原文
‘‘Idha panāhaṃ, sāriputta, ekaccaṃ puggalaṃ evaṃ cetasā ceto paricca pajānāmi – ‘tathāyaṃ puggalo paṭipanno tathā ca iriyati tañca maggaṃ samārūḷho, yathā kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā pettivisayaṃ upapajjissatī’ti.
“舍利弗,在此,我以心遍察某人之心而了知:‘此人如是行道、如是行持,已登上了那样的道,身坏命终后将投生人间。’”显示巴利原文
‘‘Idha panāhaṃ, sāriputta, ekaccaṃ puggalaṃ evaṃ cetasā ceto paricca pajānāmi – ‘tathāyaṃ puggalo paṭipanno tathā ca iriyati tañca maggaṃ samārūḷho, yathā kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā manussesu uppajjissatī’ti.
舍利弗,在此,我以心遍察某人之心而了知:‘此人如是行道、如是行持,已登上了那样的道,身坏命终后将投生善趣、天界。’显示巴利原文
‘‘Idha panāhaṃ, sāriputta, ekaccaṃ puggalaṃ evaṃ cetasā ceto paricca pajānāmi – ‘tathāyaṃ puggalo paṭipanno tathā ca iriyati tañca maggaṃ samārūḷho, yathā kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapajjissatī’ti.
舍利弗,在此,我以心遍察某人之心而了知:‘此人如是行道、如是行持,已登上了那样的道,依诸漏灭尽,就在现法中,自己以证智证得无漏的心解脱、慧解脱,进入并安住其中。’我便了知他正如此安住。显示巴利原文
‘‘Idha panāhaṃ, sāriputta, ekaccaṃ puggalaṃ evaṃ cetasā ceto paricca pajānāmi – ‘tathāyaṃ puggalo paṭipanno tathā ca iriyati tañca maggaṃ samārūḷho, yathā āsavānaṃ khayā anāsavaṃ cetovimuttiṃ paññāvimuttiṃ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharatī’’’ti – tiṭṭhantamenaṃ jānāti.
如是,无所有处。心倾向:以解脱而倾向、倾向彼处、倾向于彼、以彼为主导。又,世尊了知:‘此人倾向于色、倾向于声、倾向于香、倾向于味、倾向于触、倾向于家、倾向于众、倾向于住处、倾向于利得、倾向于名声、倾向于称赞、倾向于乐、倾向于衣、倾向于钵食、倾向于坐卧处、倾向于病缘医药资具、倾向于经、倾向于律、倾向于论、倾向于林住支、倾向于常乞食支、倾向于粪扫衣支、倾向于三衣支、倾向于次第乞食支、倾向于时后不食支、倾向于常坐支、倾向于随处住支、倾向于初禅、倾向于二禅、倾向于三禅、倾向于四禅、倾向于空无边处定、倾向于识无边处定、倾向于无所有处定、倾向于非想非非想处定’——这便是其倾向。显示巴利原文
nti. nti ākiñcaññāyatanaṃ. Dhimuttanti vimokkhena dhimuttaṃ tatrādhimuttaṃ tadadhimuttaṃ tadādhipateyyaṃ. Atha vā, bhagavā jānāti – ‘‘ayaṃ puggalo rūpādhimutto saddādhimutto gandhādhimutto rasādhimutto phoṭṭhabbādhimutto kulādhimutto gaṇādhimutto āvāsādhimutto lābhādhimutto yasādhimutto pasaṃsādhimutto sukhādhimutto cīvarādhimutto piṇḍapātādhimutto senāsanādhimutto gilānapaccayabhesajjaparikkhārādhimutto suttantādhimutto vinayādhimutto abhidhammādhimutto āraññakaṅgādhimutto piṇḍapātikaṅgādhimutto paṃsukūlikaṅgādhimutto tecīvarikaṅgādhimutto sapadānacārikaṅgādhimutto khalupacchābhattikaṅgādhimutto nesajjikaṅgādhimutto yathāsanthatikaṅgādhimutto paṭhamajjhānādhimutto dutiyajjhānādhimutto tatiyajjhānādhimutto catutthajjhānādhimuttoākāsānañcāyatanasamāpattādhimutto viññāṇañcāyatanasamāpattādhimutto ākiñcaññāyatanasamāpattādhimutto nevasaññānāsaññāyatanasamāpattādhimutto’’tidhimuttaṃ.
如是,无所有处所成,以此为归宿,以业为归宿,以果报为归宿,以业为重,以结生为重。又,世尊了知:‘此人以色为归宿……乃至以非想非非想处定为归宿’——如此倾向,以此为归宿。因此,世尊这样说:显示巴利原文
nti ākiñcaññāyatanamayaṃ tapparāyaṇaṃ kammaparāyaṇaṃ vipākaparāyaṇaṃ kammagarukaṃ paṭisandhigarukaṃ . Atha vā, bhagavā jānāti – ‘‘ayaṃ puggalo rūpaparāyaṇo…pe… nevasaññānāsaññāyatanasamāpattiparāyaṇo’’ti – dhimuttaṃ tapparāyaṇaṃ. Tenāha bhagavā –
‘他这般安住时,世尊了知他:心倾向何处,以何为归宿。’
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Viññāṇaṭṭhitiyo sabbā, [posālāti bhagavā] Abhijānaṃ tathāgato; Tiṭṭhantamenaṃ jānāti, dhimuttaṃ tapparāyaṇa’’nti.
这称为‘无所有处之生起’,指的是趣向无所有处的业行造作。了知那趣向无所有处的业行造作即是‘无所有处之生起’——了知它是粘着,了知它是绑缚,了知它是障碍,如此知已、衡量已、断定已、彻明已、令其明澈已——即是:了知无所有处之生起。显示巴利原文
ti ākiñcaññāsambhavoti vuccati ākiñcaññāyatanasaṃvattaniko kammābhisaṅkhāro. Ākiñcaññāyatanasaṃvattanikaṃ kammābhisaṅkhāraṃ ākiñcaññāsambhavoti ñatvā, laggananti ñatvā, bandhananti ñatvā, palibodhoti ñatvā jānitvā tulayitvā tīrayitvā vibhāvayitvā vibhūtaṃ katvāti – ākiñcaññāsambhavaṃ ñatvā.
这称为无色界贪。依这无色界贪,那业被黏着、被系缚、被障碍;了知无色界贪即是「爱喜结」;了知那即是「黏着」;了知那即是「束缚」;了知那即是「障碍」——如此了知、衡量、审察、彻明而令其明澈之后。「爱喜结」——这是词与词的连结、词与词的结合、词义的圆满、字母的组合、文句的流畅、词语的次第;即「爱喜结」。显示巴利原文
ti vuccati arūparāgo. Arūparāgena taṃ kammaṃ laggaṃ laggitaṃ palibuddhaṃ arūparāgaṃ nandisaṃyojananti ñatvā, laggananti ñatvā, bandhananti ñatvā, palibodhoti ñatvā jānitvā tulayitvā tīrayitvā vibhāvayitvā vibhūtaṃ katvā. ti padasandhi padasaṃsaggo padapāripūrī akkharasamavāyo byañjanasiliṭṭhatā padānupubbatāpetaṃ itīti – nandisaṃyojanaṃ iti.
如是,对此证知、了知、衡量、审察、洞察,令其清晰显现——这便是「对此已证知」。
他进入「无所有处定」,出定之后,对于在那里生起的心与心所法,观察其无常、观察其苦、观察其病……乃至观察其出离,以看见、注视、审虑、探查而观照——这便是「从定出已,于彼处观察」。
此智真实、实在、如实、不颠倒,而为彼所有——此即“此智如实属于他”。
显示巴利原文 ti evaṃ etaṃ abhiññāya jānitvā tulayitvā tīrayitvā vibhāvayitvā vibhūtaṃ katvāti – evametaṃ abhiññāya. ti. ti ākiñcaññāyatanaṃ samāpajjitvā tato vuṭṭhahitvā tattha jāte cittacetasike dhamme aniccato vipassati, dukkhato vipassati, rogato…pe… nissaraṇato vipassati dakkhati oloketi nijjhāyati upaparikkhatīti – tato tattha vipassati. ti etaṃ ñāṇaṃ tacchaṃ bhūtaṃ yāthāvaṃ aviparītaṃ tassāti – etaṃ ñāṇaṃ tathaṃ tassa.
“由于已除去七法,故为婆罗门……乃至无依止者、安泰者,称为梵天。”这是就世间善人而言。七位有学,为了证得所未证得、获得所未获得、现证所未现证,而住、共住、住止、依止;阿拉汉则是已住者,所作已办,已卸重担,已达自利,已遍尽有结,以正智而解脱。他是已圆满住者,已行应行……乃至生死的轮回,于他不再有后有。此即“婆罗门已住止”。因此,世尊如是说。显示巴利原文
ti. ti sattannaṃ dhammānaṃ bāhitattā brāhmaṇo…pe… asito tādi pavuccate sa brahmāti. ti puthujjanakalyāṇaṃ upādāya satta sekkhā appattassa pattiyā anadhigatassa adhigamāya asacchikatassa sacchikiriyāya vasanti saṃvasanti āvasanti parivasanti; arahā vusitavā katakaraṇīyo ohitabhāro anuppattasadattho parikkhīṇabhavasaṃyojano sammadaññā vimutto; so vutthavāso ciṇṇacaraṇo…pe… jātimaraṇasaṃsāro; natthi tassa punabbhavoti – brāhmaṇassa vusīmato. Tenāha bhagavā –
了知“无所有”的生起已,爱喜的系缚即是如此;
如此证知此已,即于彼处作观;
此智真实地属于那位梵行已立的婆罗门。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Ākiñcaññāsambhavaṃ ñatvā, nandisaṃyojanaṃ iti; Evametaṃ abhiññāya, tato tattha vipassati; Etaṃ ñāṇaṃ tathaṃ tassa, brāhmaṇassa vusīmato’’ti.
当偈颂结束时……“世尊,您是我的导师,我是您的弟子。”显示巴利原文
Saha gāthāpariyosānā…pe… satthā me, bhante bhagavā, sāvakohamasmīti.
波沙罗童子所问释义 · 第十四显示巴利原文
Posālamāṇavapucchāniddeso cuddasamo.
15. 摩嘎拉迦童子所问释义显示巴利原文
15. Mogharājamāṇavapucchāniddeso
那位婆罗门两度向佛陀、世尊请问。世尊被问后并未回答,心知:“在此期间,这位婆罗门的根器将会成熟。” 释迦——世尊从释迦族出家,故称释迦;也指富有、大富、具足财富者,即具信财、戒财、惭财、愧财、闻财、舍财、慧财、念处财、正勤财、神足财、根财、力财、觉支财、道财、果财、涅槃财。以如此种种财宝之财而丰足者,故称释迦。又,释迦意为能干、精通、自足、勇猛、英勇、无畏、不怯惧、不退避,已舍弃惊怖、战栗,远离毛发竖立者,故亦名释迦。“我将向释迦两度请问、两度请求、两度邀请,令其生净信”,即是我当向释迦两度请问。显示巴利原文
nti so brāhmaṇo dvikkhattuṃ buddhaṃ bhagavantaṃ pañhaṃ apucchi. Tassa bhagavā pañhaṃ puṭṭho na byākāsi – ‘‘tadantarā imassa brāhmaṇassa indriyaparipāko bhavissatī’’ti. nti sakko. Bhagavā sakyakulā pabbajitotipi sakko. Atha vā, aḍḍho mahaddhano dhanavātipi sakko. Tassimāni dhanāni, seyyathidaṃ – saddhādhanaṃ sīladhanaṃ hiridhanaṃ ottappadhanaṃ sutadhanaṃ cāgadhanaṃ paññādhanaṃ satipaṭṭhānadhanaṃ sammappadhānadhanaṃ iddhipādadhanaṃ indriyadhanaṃ baladhanaṃ bojjhaṅgadhanaṃ maggadhanaṃ phaladhanaṃ nibbānadhanaṃ. Imehi anekavidhehi dhanaratanehi aḍḍho mahaddhano dhanavātipi sakko. Atha vā, sakko pahu visavī alamatto sūro vīro vikkanto abhīrū acchambhī anutrāsī apalāyī pahīnabhayabheravo vigatalomahaṃsotipi sakko. nti dvāhaṃ sakkaṃ apucchissaṃ ayācissaṃ ajjhesissaṃ pasādayissanti – dvāhaṃ sakkaṃ apucchissaṃ.
“ti”——这是词语的连接……乃至……“ti”——这是亲切语……乃至……“ti”——这是那位婆罗门的名字……乃至……这是他的称呼——具寿摩伽罗阇如是说。显示巴利原文
ti. ti padasandhi…pe… ti piyavacanaṃ…pe… ti tassa brāhmaṇassa nāmaṃ…pe… abhilāpoti – iccāyasmā mogharājā.
“ti”这个音节,世尊并未为我解说,未告诉我,未教导,未令我了知,未确立,未开显,未分别,未阐明,未宣说。世尊以五种眼而为具眼者——以肉眼为具眼者,以天眼为具眼者,以慧眼为具眼者,以佛眼为具眼者,以普眼为具眼者。显示巴利原文
ti. ti na me byākāsi na ācikkhi na desesi na paññapesi na paṭṭhapesi na vivari na vibhaji na uttānīakāsi na pakāsesi. ti bhagavā pañcahi cakkhūhi cakkhumā – maṃsacakkhunāpi cakkhumā, dibbacakkhunāpi cakkhumā, paññācakkhunāpi cakkhumā, buddhacakkhunāpi cakkhumā, samantacakkhunāpi cakkhumā.
世尊如何以肉眼而为具眼者呢?在世尊的肉眼之中,具足五种颜色:蓝色、黄色、红色、黑色与白色。睫毛安立之处,呈蓝色,极湛蓝,清净悦目,如同亚麻花;其外围是黄色,呈极金黄色,现黄金色,清净悦目,如同迦尼迦罗花;世尊双眼的眼角呈红色,极赤红,清净悦目,如同红色小虫;眼睛正中央呈黑色,极漆黑,不粗糙,润泽,清净悦目,如同黑加仑果;再外围是白色,极洁白,明亮、洁净,清净悦目,如同晓明星。世尊凭借这属于身体、由过去善业所生、与生俱来的普通肉眼,能于一由旬方圆内昼夜洞见。当四种条件齐备的黑暗发生时——太阳已落,正值黑半月的布萨日,又处茂密丛林,且有大片乌黑的雷雨云涌起——即使在如此四相齐备的黑暗中,世尊仍能看见方圆一由旬内的事物。没有任何墙壁、门、城墙、山、灌木丛或藤蔓能够障碍他见到种种色相。若有人以一粒芝麻为标记,投进满车芝麻之中,他能准确无误地将它取出。世尊与生俱来的普通肉眼便是如此清净。世尊正是如此以肉眼而为具眼者。显示巴利原文
Kathaṃ bhagavā maṃsacakkhunāpi cakkhumā? Maṃsacakkhumhi bhagavato pañca vaṇṇā saṃvijjanti – nīlo ca vaṇṇo, pītako ca vaṇṇo, lohitako ca vaṇṇo, kaṇho ca vaṇṇo, odāto ca vaṇṇo. Yattha ca akkhilomāni patiṭṭhitāni taṃ nīlaṃ hoti sunīlaṃ pāsādikaṃ dassaneyyaṃ umāpupphasamānaṃ . Tassa parato pītakaṃ hoti supītakaṃ suvaṇṇavaṇṇaṃ pāsādikaṃ dassaneyyaṃ kaṇikārapupphasamānaṃ. Ubhato ca akkhikūṭāni bhagavato lohitakāni honti sulohitakāni pāsādikāni dassaneyyāni indagopakasamānāni. Majjhe kaṇhaṃ hoti sukaṇhaṃ alūkhaṃ siniddhaṃ pāsādikaṃ dassaneyyaṃ addāriṭṭhakasamānaṃ . Tassa parato odātaṃ hoti suodātaṃ setaṃ paṇḍaraṃ pāsādikaṃ dassaneyyaṃ osadhitārakasamānaṃ. Tena bhagavā pākatikena maṃsacakkhunā attabhāvapariyāpannena purimasucaritakammābhinibbattena samantā yojanaṃ passati divā ceva rattiñca . Yadā hi caturaṅgasamannāgato andhakāro hoti sūriyo ca atthaṅgato hoti; kāḷapakkho ca uposatho hoti, tibbo ca vanasaṇḍo hoti, mahā ca kāḷamegho abbhuṭṭhito hoti. Evarūpe caturaṅgasamannāgate andhakāre samantā yojanaṃ passati. Natthi so kuṭṭo vā kavāṭaṃ vā pākāro vā pabbato vā gaccho vā latā vā āvaraṇaṃ rūpānaṃ dassanāya. Ekaṃ ce tilaphalaṃ nimittaṃ katvā tilavāhe pakkhipeyya, taṃyeva tilaphalaṃ uddhareyya. Evaṃ parisuddhaṃ bhagavato pākatikaṃ maṃsacakkhu. Evaṃ bhagavā maṃsacakkhunāpi cakkhumā.
世尊如何以天眼而为具眼者?世尊以那清净、超越常人的天眼,看见有情的死亡与再生,了知他们是低劣或殊胜,是美丽或丑陋,是生于善趣还是恶趣;他了知有情随其业行而投生:‘唉,这些尊者们,具足身恶行、语恶行、意恶行,诽谤圣者,持有邪见,造作邪见所主导之业;他们在身体坏灭、命终之后,投生于苦界、恶趣、堕落处、地狱。而这些尊者们,具足身善行、语善行、意善行,不诽谤圣者,持有正见,造作正见所主导之业;他们在身体坏灭、命终之后,投生于善趣、天界。’就这样,他以那清净、超越常人的天眼,看见有情的死亡与再生,了知他们是低劣或殊胜,是美丽或丑陋,是生于善趣还是恶趣;他了知有情随其业行而投生。只要世尊愿意,他可以看见一个世界,可以看见两个世界,可以看见三个世界,可以看见四个世界,可以看见五个世界,可以看见十个世界,可以看见二十个世界,可以看见三十个世界,可以看见四十个世界,可以看见五十个世界,可以看见一百个世界,可以看见一千小千世界,可以看见二千中千世界,可以看见三千世界,可以看见大千世界,乃至凡是他愿意看见的范围,他都能看见。世尊的天眼便是如此清净。世尊正是这样以天眼而为具眼者。显示巴利原文
Kathaṃ bhagavā dibbena cakkhunāpi cakkhumā? Bhagavā dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena satte passati cavamāne upapajjamāne hīne paṇīte suvaṇṇe dubbaṇṇe; sugate duggate yathākammūpage satte pajānāti – ‘‘ime vata bhonto sattā kāyaduccaritena samannāgatā vacīduccaritena samannāgatā manoduccaritena samannāgatā ariyānaṃ upavādakā micchādiṭṭhikā micchādiṭṭhikammasamādānā, te kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayaṃ upapannā; ime vā pana bhonto sattā kāyasucaritena samannāgatā vacīsucaritena samannāgatā manosucaritena samannāgatā ariyānaṃ anupavādakā sammādiṭṭhikā sammādiṭṭhikammasamādānā, te kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapannā’’ti. Iti dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena satte passati cavamāne upapajjamāne hīne paṇīte suvaṇṇe dubbaṇṇe sugate duggate, yathākammūpage satte pajānāti. Ākaṅkhamāno ca bhagavā ekampi lokadhātuṃ passeyya, dvepi lokadhātuyo passeyya, tissopi lokadhātuyo passeyya, catassopi lokadhātuyo passeyya, pañcapi lokadhātuyo passeyya, dasapi lokadhātuyo passeyya, vīsampi lokadhātuyo passeyya, tiṃsampi lokadhātuyo passeyya, cattālīsampi lokadhātuyo passeyya, paññāsampi lokadhātuyo passeyya, satampi lokadhātuyo passeyya, sahassimpi cūḷanikaṃ lokadhātuṃ passeyya, dvisahassimpi majjhimikaṃ lokadhātuṃ passeyya, tisahassimpi lokadhātuṃ passeyya, mahāsahassimpi lokadhātuṃ passeyya, yāvatakaṃ vā pana ākaṅkheyya tāvatakaṃ passeyya. Evaṃ parisuddhaṃ bhagavato dibbacakkhu. Evaṃ bhagavā dibbena cakkhunāpi cakkhumā.
世尊如何以慧眼而为具眼者?世尊具大智慧、广博智慧、迅捷智慧、欢喜智慧、锐利智慧、穿透智慧,善巧于分别智慧,圆满分别智,证得四无碍解,成就四无畏,持十种力,是人中至尊、人中狮子、人中龙象、人中良骏、人中调御师,具无边智、无边威光、无边声誉,是富足者、大财富者、拥有智慧财富者。他是导引者、调御师、令众观察者,是令知者、令审思者、令见者。世尊是未生之道的创始者,未生之道的制造者,未宣说之道的宣说者。他是知路者、识路者、通达道者;今其弟子众等,亦随顺于道,具足而安住。显示巴利原文
Kathaṃ bhagavā paññācakkhunāpi cakkhumā? Bhagavā mahāpañño puthupañño javanapañño hāsapañño tikkhapañño nibbedhikapañño paññāpabhedakusalo pabhinnañāṇo adhigatapaṭisambhidappatto catuvesārajjappatto dasabaladhārī purisāsabho purisasīho purisanāgo purisājañño purisadhorayho anantañāṇo anantatejo anantayaso aḍḍho mahaddhano dhanavā netā vinetā anunetā paññāpetā nijjhāpetā pekkhetā pasādetā. So hi bhagavā anuppannassa maggassa uppādetā asañjātassa maggassa sañjanetā anakkhātassa maggassa akkhātā, maggaññū maggavidū maggakovido maggānugā ca pana etarahi sāvakā viharanti pacchā samannāgatā.
世尊实以了知而了知,以照见而照见。他已是眼本身,已是智慧本身,已是法本身,已是梵本身。他是法的宣说者与推行者,是目标的导引者,是不死甘露的施予者,是法主,是如来。于彼世尊,没有任何事物是未知、未见、未了悟、未亲证、未以智慧所触及的。无论过去、未来还是现在,一切法于一切层面,完全显现在佛陀世尊的智慧之门前。凡是被称为“应知”、可被认知的——无论是关乎自己的利益、他人的利益,还是两者的利益;无论是现世的利益,还是来世的利益;无论是浅显的意义,还是深刻的意义;无论是隐藏的意义,还是掩盖的意义;无论是需加引导的意义,还是已得引导的意义;无论是无过失的意义、无烦恼的意义,还是清净的意义、究竟的意义——所有这些,皆在佛陀世尊的智慧中运转。显示巴利原文
So hi bhagavā jānaṃ jānāti, passaṃ passati, cakkhubhūto ñāṇabhūto dhammabhūto brahmabhūto vattā pavattā atthassa ninnetā amatassa dātā dhammassāmī tathāgato. Natthi tassa bhagavato aññātaṃ adiṭṭhaṃ aviditaṃ asacchikataṃ aphassitaṃ paññāya. Atītaṃ anāgataṃ paccuppannaṃ upādāya sabbe dhammā sabbākārena buddhassa bhagavato ñāṇamukhe āpāthaṃ āgacchanti. Yaṃ kiñci neyyaṃ nāma atthi jānitabbaṃ attattho vā parattho vā ubhayattho vā diṭṭhadhammiko vā attho samparāyiko vā attho uttāno vā attho gambhīro vā attho gūḷho vā attho paṭicchanno vā attho neyyo vā attho nīto vā attho anavajjo vā attho nikkileso vā attho vodāno vā attho paramattho vā , sabbaṃ taṃ anto buddhañāṇe parivattati.
佛陀世尊的一切身业,皆随智慧而转;一切语业,皆随智慧而转;一切意业,皆随智慧而转。于过去,佛陀世尊的智慧无有障碍;于未来,智慧无有障碍;于现在,智慧无有障碍。凡有所应了知的范畴,即有与其等量的智慧;凡有智慧,即有与其等量的应了知范畴。智慧以应了知的范畴为边际,应了知的范畴以智慧为边际。智慧不超越应了知的范畴而运作,应了知之道亦不超越智慧而存在。此二法互相以对方为边际而安住。犹如两个严密扣合的匣盖,下方的匣盖不超越上方,上方的匣盖亦不超越下方,彼此互相以对方为边际而安住。正是如此,佛陀世尊的应了知范畴与智慧,亦是互相以对方为边际而安住:凡有所应了知的范畴,即有与其等量的智慧;凡有智慧,即有与其等量的应了知范畴。智慧以应了知的范畴为边际,应了知的范畴以智慧为边际。智慧不超越应了知的范畴而运作,应了知之道亦不超越智慧而存在。此二法互相以对方为边际而安住。显示巴利原文
Sabbaṃ kāyakammaṃ buddhassa bhagavato ñāṇānuparivatti, sabbaṃ vacīkammaṃ ñāṇānuparivatti, sabbaṃ manokammaṃ ñāṇānuparivatti. Atīte buddhassa bhagavato appaṭihataṃ ñāṇaṃ, anāgate appaṭihataṃ ñāṇaṃ, paccuppanne appaṭihataṃ ñāṇaṃ, yāvatakaṃ neyyaṃ tāvatakaṃ ñāṇaṃ, yāvatakaṃ ñāṇaṃ tāvatakaṃ neyyaṃ. Neyyapariyantikaṃ ñāṇaṃ, ñāṇapariyantikaṃ neyyaṃ, neyyaṃ atikkamitvā ñāṇaṃ nappavattati, ñāṇaṃ atikkamitvā neyyapatho natthi. Aññamaññapariyantaṭṭhāyino te dhammā. Yathā dvinnaṃ samuggapaṭalānaṃ sammāphusitānaṃ heṭṭhimaṃ samuggapaṭalaṃ uparimaṃ nātivattati, uparimaṃ samuggapaṭalaṃ heṭṭhimaṃ nātivattati, aññamaññapariyantaṭṭhāyino; evameva buddhassa bhagavato neyyañca ñāṇañca aññamaññapariyantaṭṭhāyino. Yāvatakaṃ neyyaṃ tāvatakaṃ ñāṇaṃ, yāvatakaṃ ñāṇaṃ tāvatakaṃ neyyaṃ, neyyapariyantikaṃ ñāṇaṃ, ñāṇapariyantikaṃ neyyaṃ. Neyyaṃ atikkamitvā ñāṇaṃ nappavattati, ñāṇaṃ atikkamitvā neyyapatho natthi. Aññamaññapariyantaṭṭhāyino te dhammā.
于一切法,佛陀、世尊的智慧皆在运转。一切法,对佛陀、世尊而言,皆系于他的转向、系于他的希求、系于他的作意、系于他的心念生起。于一切众生,佛陀、世尊的智慧皆在运转。对于一切众生,世尊悉知他们的习性,悉知他们的随眠,悉知他们的行迹,悉知他们的志向;他了知尘垢少的与尘垢多的众生,了知根器利的与根器钝的众生,了知资质优良的与资质低劣的众生,了知容易教导的与难以教导的众生,了知具备能力的与缺乏能力的众生。含摄天界、魔界、梵界的世间,以及含摄沙门、婆罗门、天、人的众生,这一切皆在佛陀智慧的范围内运转。显示巴利原文
Sabbadhammesu buddhassa bhagavato ñāṇaṃ pavattati. Sabbe dhammā buddhassa bhagavato āvajjanapaṭibaddhā ākaṅkhapaṭibaddhā manasikārapaṭibaddhā cittuppādapaṭibaddhā. Sabbasattesu buddhassa bhagavato ñāṇaṃ pavattati. Sabbesañca sattānaṃ bhagavā āsayaṃ jānāti, anusayaṃ jānāti, caritaṃ jānāti, adhimuttiṃ jānāti, apparajakkhe mahārajakkhe tikkhindriye mudindriye svākāre dvākāre suviññāpaye duviññāpaye bhabbābhabbe satte jānāti. Sadevako loko samārako sabrahmako sassamaṇabrāhmaṇī pajā sadevamanussā antobuddhañāṇe parivattati.
正如所有鱼类、龟鳖,乃至大大小小的水族,都在大海的范围内游弋,同样地,含摄天界、魔界、梵界的世间,与沙门、婆罗门、天、人众等一切众生,也尽在佛陀智慧的范围内运转。正如所有飞鸟,乃至金翅鸟、广翼鸟,都只在虚空的一隅翱翔,同样地,那些如舍利弗等具足智慧者,也只活动在佛陀智慧的一隅;佛陀的智慧遍覆一切天、人的智慧,巍然安立,超越一切。显示巴利原文
Yathā ye keci macchakacchapā antamaso timitimiṅgalaṃ upādāya antomahāsamudde parivattanti, evameva sadevako loko samārako loko sabrahmako loko sassamaṇabrāhmaṇī pajā sadevamanussā antobuddhañāṇe parivattati. Yathā ye keci pakkhī antamaso garuḷaṃ venateyyaṃ upādāya ākāsassa padese parivattanti, evameva yepi te sāriputtasamā paññāya samannāgatā tepi buddhañāṇassa padese parivattanti; buddhañāṇaṃ devamanussānaṃ paññaṃ pharitvā abhibhavitvā tiṭṭhati.
那些刹帝利智者、婆罗门智者、居士智者与沙门智者,敏锐精明,善能破斥他论,犹如能射穿毫毛的射手,仿佛要摧破一切般,以智慧摧破种种邪见。他们反复构思问题,然后来到如来面前,询问那些深密、幽微的法义。对于这些问题,世尊已为他们解说、辨析分明,并指出其因由。他们所设的难题,到了世尊这里都迎刃而解。此时,世尊在这些事上便显得格外超胜——正是以智慧而显胜。如此,世尊是以智慧眼而成为具眼者。显示巴利原文
Yepi te khattiyapaṇḍitā brāhmaṇapaṇḍitā gahapatipaṇḍitā samaṇapaṇḍitā nipuṇā kataparappavādā vālavedhirūpā vobhindantā maññe caranti paññāgatena diṭṭhigatāni, te pañhe abhisaṅkharitvā abhisaṅkharitvā tathāgataṃ upasaṅkamitvā pucchanti gūḷhāni ca paṭicchannāni. Kathitā visajjitā ca te pañhā bhagavatā honti niddiṭṭhakāraṇā. Upakkhittakā ca te bhagavato sampajjanti. Atha kho bhagavāva tattha atirocati – yadidaṃ paññāyāti. Evaṃ bhagavā paññācakkhunāpi cakkhumā.
为何说世尊亦具足佛陀之眼?世尊以佛陀之眼观察世间时,见诸众生:有尘垢寡少者,有尘垢众多者;有根器敏锐者,有根器迟钝者;有资质优良者,有资质下劣者;有易受教导者,有难受教导者;另有一类众生,则安住于观见他世之过患与怖畏。犹如在青莲花池、红莲花池或白莲花池里,有些莲花生于水中,长于水中,依水滋长,常没于水下;有些莲花生于水中,长于水中,与水面平齐;有些莲花生于水中,长于水中,涌出水面,亭亭挺立,不为水所沾。同样,世尊以佛陀之眼观察世间时,见诸众生:有尘垢寡少者,有尘垢众多者;有根器敏锐者,有根器迟钝者;有资质优良者,有资质下劣者;有易受教导者,有难受教导者;另有一类众生,则安住于观见他世之过患与怖畏。世尊了知:‘此为贪行者,此为瞋行者,此为痴行者,此为寻思行者,此为信行者,此为智行者。’对于贪行者,世尊为其开示不净之教法;对于瞋行者,世尊为其教导慈心之修习;对于痴行者,世尊以教授、提问、适时闻法、适时论义、亲近善知识而引导之;对于寻思行者,世尊为其教导入出息念;对于信行者,世尊为其指示能激发净信之所缘——佛陀之圆满觉悟、法之善妙法性、僧团之善妙行道,以及戒律;对于智行者,世尊为其教导观照之所缘——无常相、苦相、无我相。显示巴利原文
Kathaṃ bhagavā buddhacakkhunāpi cakkhumā? Bhagavā buddhacakkhunā lokaṃ volokento addasa satte apparajakkhe mahārajakkhe tikkhindriye mudindriye svākāre dvākāre suviññāpaye duviññāpaye appekacce paralokavajjabhayadassāvino viharante. Seyyathāpi nāma uppaliniyaṃ vā paduminiyaṃ vā puṇḍarīkiniyaṃ vā appekaccāni uppalāni vā padumāni vā puṇḍarīkāni vā udake jātāni udake saṃvaḍḍhāni udakānuggatāni antonimuggaposīni , appekaccāni uppalāni vā padumāni vā puṇḍarīkāni vā udake jātāni udake saṃvaḍḍhāni samodakaṃ ṭhitāni, appekaccāni uppalāni vā padumāni vā puṇḍarīkāni vā udake jātāni udake saṃvaḍḍhāni udakā accuggamma tiṭṭhanti anupalittāni udakena; evamevaṃ bhagavā buddhacakkhunā lokaṃ volokento addasa satte apparajakkhe mahārajakkhe tikkhindriye mudindriye svākāre dvākāre suviññāpaye duviññāpaye appekacce paralokavajjabhayadassāvino viharante. Jānāti bhagavā – ‘‘ayaṃ puggalo rāgacarito, ayaṃ dosacarito, ayaṃ mohacarito, ayaṃ vitakkacarito, ayaṃ saddhācarito, ayaṃ ñāṇacarito’’ti. Rāgacaritassa bhagavā puggalassa asubhakathaṃ katheti; dosacaritassa bhagavā puggalassa mettābhāvanaṃ ācikkhati; mohacaritassa bhagavā puggalassa uddese paripucchāya kālena dhammassavane kālena dhammasākacchāya garusaṃvāse niveseti; vitakkacaritassa bhagavā puggalassa ānāpānassatiṃ ācikkhati; saddhācaritassa bhagavā puggalassa pasādanīyaṃ nimittaṃ ācikkhati buddhasubodhiṃ dhammasudhammataṃ saṅghasuppaṭipattiṃ sīlāni ca; attano ñāṇacaritassa bhagavā puggalassa vipassanānimittaṃ ācikkhati aniccākāraṃ dukkhākāraṃ anattākāraṃ.
犹如人立山巅岩石之上,遍观四方众人;
贤者!正如譬喻所示,你登上这座以法筑成的楼阁,便成为具足一切眼者;
请看看这些深陷忧愁的众人吧,无愁者啊,他们都已被生与老所征服。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Sele yathā pabbatamuddhaniṭṭhito, yathāpi passe janataṃ samantato; Tathūpamaṃ dhammamayaṃ sumedha, pāsādamāruyha samantacakkhu; Sokāvatiṇṇaṃ janatamapetasoko, avekkhassu jātijarābhibhūta’’nti.
就这样,世尊以佛眼而成为具眼者。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ bhagavā buddhacakkhunāpi cakkhumā.
世尊如何以一切眼而为具眼者?所谓一切眼,即是一切知智。世尊于此一切知智,已拥有、已具足、已到达、已成就、已生起、已圆满具备。显示巴利原文
Kathaṃ bhagavā samantacakkhunāpi cakkhumā? Samantacakkhu vuccati sabbaññutañāṇaṃ. Bhagavā sabbaññutañāṇena upeto samupeto upāgato samupāgato upapanno samupapanno samannāgato.
于彼,世间无有任何未见之物,亦无任何未知或应知之事;
凡所应知,如来皆已遍知;以此故,如来名为“一切眼”。
正是如此,世尊以一切眼而成为具眼者——‘那位具眼者并未回答我。’
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Na tassa addiṭṭhamidhatthi kiñci, atho aviññātamajānitabbaṃ; Sabbaṃ abhiññāsi yadatthi neyyaṃ, tathāgato tena samantacakkhūti. Evaṃ bhagavā samantacakkhunāpi cakkhumāti – na me byākāsi cakkhumā.
其意为:被就与法相应的问难问及三次,佛陀才予解答而不回避——这是我如此领受、如此掌握、如此察见的。‘天仙’一词,意指世尊既是天又是仙人。正如刹帝利出家人称为‘王仙’,婆罗门出家人称为‘婆罗门仙’,同样,世尊既是天又是仙人,故称‘天仙’。显示巴利原文
nti yāvatatiyaṃ buddho sahadhammikaṃ pañhaṃ puṭṭho byākaroti no saṃsāretīti – evaṃ mayā uggahitaṃ, evaṃ mayā upadhāritaṃ, evaṃ mayā upalakkhitaṃ. ti bhagavā ceva isi cāti – devīsi. Yathā rājā pabbajitā vuccanti rājisayo, brāhmaṇā pabbajitā vuccanti brāhmaṇisayo, evameva bhagavā devo ceva isi cāti – devīsi.
再者,世尊以出家之身,亦是仙人。他探寻、求索、遍求广大的戒蕴,故为仙人;他探寻、求索、遍求广大的定蕴、广大的慧蕴、广大的解脱蕴、广大的解脱智见蕴,故为仙人;他探寻、求索、遍求破除大暗聚,故为仙人;他探寻、求索、遍求摧破大颠倒、拔除大渴爱之箭、拆解大邪见缠结、推倒大慢幢、平息大造作、渡越大瀑流、卸下大重担、切断大轮回轮、熄灭大热苦、清凉大焦灼、竖立大法幢,故为仙人;他探寻、求索、遍求广大的念住、广大的正勤、广大的根、广大的力、广大的觉支、广大的圣八支道、广大的第一义、不死、涅槃,故为仙人。又或者,他被有大威德的众生们探寻、求索、遍求——‘佛陀在哪里?世尊在哪里?天中天在哪里?人牛王在哪里?’——故为仙人。此即我所听闻:天仙乃至第三次作了解答。因此那位婆罗门说道:显示巴利原文
Atha vā, bhagavā pabbajitotipi isi. Mahantaṃ sīlakkhandhaṃ esī gavesī pariyesītipi isi. Mahantaṃ samādhikkhandhaṃ…pe… mahantaṃ paññākkhandhaṃ… mahantaṃ vimuttikkhandhaṃ… mahantaṃ vimuttiñāṇadassanakkhandhaṃ esī gavesī pariyesītipi isi. Mahato tamokāyassa padālanaṃ esī gavesī pariyesītipi isi. Mahato vipallāsassa pabhedanaṃ esī gavesī pariyesītipi isi. Mahato taṇhāsallassa abbahanaṃ… mahato diṭṭhisaṅghāṭassa viniveṭhanaṃ… mahato mānaddhajassa papātanaṃ… mahato abhisaṅkhārassa vūpasamaṃ… mahato oghassa nittharaṇaṃ… mahato bhārassa nikkhepanaṃ… mahato saṃsāravaṭṭassa upacchedaṃ… mahato santāpassa nibbāpanaṃ… mahato pariḷāhassa paṭippassaddhiṃ… mahato dhammaddhajassa ussāpanaṃ esī gavesī pariyesītipi isi. Mahante satipaṭṭhāne… mahante sammappadhāne… mahantāni indriyāni… mahantāni balāni… mahante bojjhaṅge… mahantaṃ ariyaṃ aṭṭhaṅgikaṃ maggaṃ… mahantaṃ paramatthaṃ amataṃ nibbānaṃ esī gavesī pariyesītipi isi. Mahesakkhehi vā sattehi esito gavesito pariyesito – ‘‘kahaṃ buddho, kahaṃ bhagavā, kahaṃ devadevo, kahaṃ narāsabho’’tipi isīti – yāvatatiyañca devīsi byākarotīti me sutaṃ. Tenāha so brāhmaṇo –
“我曾两次请问天王,”
具眼者却未曾回答我;
我听闻,那位天仙直到第三次方才给予解答。
“此世”即人间之世。“他世”即人间世以外的所有其他世间。这便是此世与他世。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Dvāhaṃ sakkaṃ apucchissaṃ, [iccāyasmā mogharājā] Na me byākāsi cakkhumā; Yāvatatiyañca devīsi, byākarotīti me suta’’nti. ti. ti manussaloko. ti manussalokaṃ ṭhapetvā sabbo paro lokoti – ayaṃ loko paro loko.
所谓“含摄天、魔、梵的世间,连同沙门婆罗门众、天与人众”,即是说:梵天界同样含摄天众。显示巴利原文
ti sadevako loko samārako sabrahmako sassamaṇabrāhmaṇī pajā sadevamanussāti – brahmaloko sadevako.
“世间不了知你的见解、认可、喜好、所持、意乐、志趣”——即是说,世间不知道“此人具有这样的见解、这样的认可、这样的喜好、这样的所持、这样的意乐、这样的志趣”,不知、不见、不会见、不能通达、不能发现、不能获得——他们不了知你的见解。显示巴利原文
ti tuyhaṃ diṭṭhiṃ khantiṃ ruciṃ laddhiṃ ajjhāsayaṃ adhippāyaṃ loko na jānāti – ‘‘ayaṃ evaṃdiṭṭhiko evaṃkhantiko evaṃruciko evaṃladdhiko evaṃajjhāsayo evaṃadhippāyo’’ti na jānāti na passati na dakkhati nādhigacchati na vindati na paṭilabhatīti – diṭṭhiṃ te nābhijānāti.
“有声誉者”——世尊已得声誉,故称有声誉。再者,世尊为众人所恭敬、尊重、崇敬、供养、尊崇,又是衣、食、住处、医药资具的获得者,故亦是有声誉者——乔达摩具足声誉。于是那位婆罗门说:显示巴利原文
ti bhagavā yasappattoti yasassī. Atha vā, bhagavā sakkato garukato mānito pūjito apacito lābhī cīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānapaccayabhesajjaparikkhārānantipi yasassīti – gotamassa yassino. Tenāha so brāhmaṇo –
“此世间、他世间,及诸天所在的梵天界,
他不知具足声誉的乔达摩的见解。”
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Ayaṃ loko paro loko, brahmaloko sadevako; Diṭṭhiṃ te nābhijānāti, gotamassa yasassino’’ti.
这就是“殊胜见者、无上见者、最上见者、卓越见者、为首见者、最高见者、究竟见者”——如此殊胜的见者。显示巴利原文
nti evaṃ abhikkantadassāviṃ aggadassāviṃ seṭṭhadassāviṃ viseṭṭhadassāviṃ pāmokkhadassāviṃ uttamadassāviṃ paramadassāvinti – evaṃ abhikkantadassāviṃ.
‘我为问题而来’……‘这是你的负担’——意为确实是为问题而来。因此那位婆罗门这样说:
如何看待世间——意思是以何种方式观察、审察、衡量、判断、辨明、清晰地看待世间?
显示巴利原文 nti pañhena atthiko āgatomhi…pe… ‘‘vahassetaṃ bhāra’’nti – atthi pañhena āgamaṃ. Tenāha so brāhmaṇo – nti kathaṃ lokaṃ avekkhantaṃ paccavekkhantaṃ tulayantaṃ tīrayantaṃ vibhāvayantaṃ vibhūtaṃ karontanti – kathaṃ lokaṃ avekkhantaṃ.
“死亡之王看不见”,意为:死亡之王不能看见,不能观察,不能寻得,不能触及,不能获得。因此那位婆罗门说:显示巴利原文
ti maccurājā na passati na dakkhati nādhigacchati na vindati na paṭilabhatīti – maccurājā na passati. Tenāha so brāhmaṇo –
如此,我带着一个问题,前来拜见这位殊胜远见者;
如何看待世间,死亡之王便看不见他?”
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Evaṃ abhikkantadassāviṃ, atthi pañhena āgamaṃ; Kathaṃ lokaṃ avekkhantaṃ, maccurājā na passatī’’ti.
地狱世间、畜生世间、饿鬼世间、人世间、天世间、蕴世间、界世间、处世间,此世、他世、梵天世界,乃至有诸天的世间。曾有一位比丘问世尊:“尊者,人们常说‘世间、世间’,要怎样才称得上‘世间’呢?”“比丘,因为毁坏,所以称为‘世间’。什么在毁坏呢?比丘,眼在毁坏,色在毁坏,眼识在毁坏,眼触在毁坏,由眼触为缘而生起的乐受、苦受或不苦不乐受,这一切也在毁坏。耳在毁坏……声在毁坏……鼻在毁坏……香在毁坏……舌在毁坏……味在毁坏……身在毁坏,触在毁坏;意在毁坏,法在毁坏,意识在毁坏,意触在毁坏,由意触为缘而生起的乐受、苦受或不苦不乐受,这一切也在毁坏。比丘,正因为如此毁坏,所以才称为‘世间’。”显示巴利原文
ti. ti nirayaloko tiracchānaloko pettivisayaloko manussaloko devaloko khandhaloko dhātuloko āyatanaloko ayaṃ loko paro loko brahmaloko sadevako . Aññataro bhikkhu bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘loko lokoti, bhante, vuccati. Kittāvatā nu kho, bhante, lokoti vuccatī’’ti? ‘‘Lujjatīti kho, bhikkhu, tasmā lokoti vuccati. Kiñca lujjati? Cakkhu kho bhikkhu lujjati, rūpā lujjanti, cakkhuviñāṇaṃ lujjati, cakkhusamphasso lujjati, yampidaṃ cakkhusamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṃ sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā adukkhamasukhaṃ vā tampi lujjati; sotaṃ lujjati, gandhā lujjanti…pe… kāyo lujjati , phoṭṭhabbā lujjanti; mano lujjati, dhammā lujjanti, manoviññāṇaṃ lujjati, manosamphasso lujjati; yampidaṃ manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṃ sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā adukkhamasukhaṃ vā tampi lujjati. Lujjatīti kho, bhikkhu, tasmā lokoti vuccati’’.
他以两种理由观察世间为空:或以不自主的运作来观察,或以观照诸行为空无实的方式来观察。如何以不自主的运作来观察世间为空呢?于色,无法得到主宰;于受,无法得到主宰;于想,无法得到主宰;于诸行,无法得到主宰;于识,无法得到主宰。正如世尊所说:‘比丘们,色是无我。比丘们,如果此色是我,那么此色便不会导致疾病,而且于色就可以这样去操控:“让我的色成为这样,让我的色不要成为那样”。然而,比丘们,正因为色是无我,所以色才会导致疾病,并且于色无法这样去操控:“让我的色成为这样,让我的色不要成为那样”。’显示巴利原文
ti dvīhi kāraṇehi suññato lokaṃ avekkhati – avasiyapavattasallakkhaṇavasena vā tucchasaṅkhārasamanupassanāvasena vā. Kathaṃ avasiyapavattasallakkhaṇavasena suññato lokaṃ avekkhati? Rūpe vaso na labbhati, vedanāya vaso na labbhati, saññāya vaso na labbhati, saṅkhāresu vaso na labbhati, viññāṇe vaso na labbhati. Vuttañhetaṃ bhagavatā – ‘‘rūpaṃ, bhikkhave, anattā. Rūpañca hidaṃ, bhikkhave, attā abhavissa, nayidaṃ rūpaṃ ābādhāya saṃvatteyya; labbhetha ca rūpe – ‘evaṃ me rūpaṃ hotu, evaṃ me rūpaṃ mā ahosī’ti. Yasmā ca kho, bhikkhave, rūpaṃ anattā, tasmā rūpaṃ ābādhāya saṃvattati na ca labbhati rūpe – ‘evaṃ me rūpaṃ hotu, evaṃ me rūpaṃ mā ahosī’ti.
‘受是无我。比丘们,如果此受是我,那么此受便不会导致疾病,而且于受就可以这样去操控:“让我的受成为这样,让我的受不要成为那样”。然而,比丘们,正因为受是无我,所以受才会导致疾病,并且于受无法这样去操控:“让我的受成为这样,让我的受不要成为那样”。’显示巴利原文
‘‘Vedanā anattā. Vedanā ca hidaṃ, bhikkhave, attā abhavissa, nayidaṃ vedanā ābādhāya saṃvatteyya; labbhetha ca vedanāya – ‘evaṃ me vedanā hotu, evaṃ me vedanā mā ahosī’ti. Yasmā ca kho, bhikkhave, vedanā anattā, tasmā vedanā ābādhāya saṃvattati, na ca labbhati vedanāya – ‘evaṃ me vedanā hotu, evaṃ me vedanā mā ahosī’ti.
想是无我。诸比丘,如果此想是我,那么此想便不会导致疾病,对于想也就可以这样支配:“愿我的想成为这样,愿我的想不要成为那样”。然而,诸比丘,正因为想是无我,所以想才会导致疾病,对于想也无法这样支配:“愿我的想成为这样,愿我的想不要成为那样”。显示巴利原文
‘‘Saññā anattā. Saññā ca hidaṃ, bhikkhave, attā abhavissa, nayidaṃ saññā ābādhāya saṃvatteyya; labbhetha ca saññāya – ‘evaṃ me saññā hotu, evaṃ me saññā mā ahosī’ti. Yasmā ca kho, bhikkhave, saññā anattā, tasmā saññā ābādhāya saṃvattati, na ca labbhati saññāya – ‘evaṃ me saññā hotu, evaṃ me saññā mā ahosī’ti.
诸行是无我。诸比丘,如果这些诸行是我,那么这些诸行便不会导致疾病,对于诸行也就可以这样支配:“愿我的诸行成为这样,愿我的诸行不要成为那样”。然而,诸比丘,正因为诸行是无我,所以诸行才会导致疾病,对于诸行也无法这样支配:“愿我的诸行成为这样,愿我的诸行不要成为那样”。显示巴利原文
‘‘Saṅkhārā anattā. Saṅkhārā ca hidaṃ, bhikkhave, attā abhavissaṃsu, nayidaṃ saṅkhārā ābādhāya saṃvatteyyuṃ; labbhetha ca saṅkhāresu – ‘evaṃ me saṅkhārā hontu, evaṃ me saṅkhārā mā ahesu’nti. Yasmā ca kho, bhikkhave , saṅkhārā anattā, tasmā saṅkhārā ābādhāya saṃvattanti, na ca labbhati saṅkhāresu – ‘evaṃ me saṅkhārā hontu, evaṃ me saṅkhārā mā ahesu’nti.
识是无我。诸比丘,如果此识是我,那么此识便不会导致疾病,对于识也就可以这样支配:“愿我的识成为这样,愿我的识不要成为那样”。然而,诸比丘,正因为识是无我,所以识才会导致疾病,对于识也无法这样支配:“愿我的识成为这样,愿我的识不要成为那样”。显示巴利原文
‘‘Viññāṇaṃ anattā. Viññāṇañca hidaṃ, bhikkhave, attā abhavissa, nayidaṃ viññāṇaṃ ābādhāya saṃvatteyya; labbhetha ca viññāṇe – ‘evaṃ me viññāṇaṃ hotu, evaṃ me viññāṇaṃ mā ahosī’ti. Yasmā ca kho, bhikkhave, viññāṇaṃ anattā, tasmā viññāṇaṃ ābādhāya saṃvattati, na ca labbhati viññāṇe – ‘evaṃ me viññāṇaṃ hotu, evaṃ me viññāṇaṃ mā ahosī’’’ti.
世尊曾这般说:‘诸比丘,这个身体既不属于你们自己,也不属于他人。诸比丘,应当将它视作旧业,是已造作、已思量、能被感受之物。在此,诸比丘,多闻的圣弟子如理、善巧地唯独作意缘起本身:“当此存在时,彼便存在;由此生起,彼便生起。当此不存在时,彼便不存在;由此息灭,彼便息灭。这就是:以无明为缘而有诸行,以诸行为缘而有识,以识为缘而有名色,以名色为缘而有六处,以六处为缘而有触,以触为缘而有受,以受为缘而有渴爱,以渴爱为缘而有执取,以执取为缘而有有,以有为缘而有生,以生为缘,老、死、愁、悲、苦、忧、恼便一同生起——如此,这整个苦蕴的集起便生起了。”’显示巴利原文
Vuttañhetaṃ bhagavatā – ‘‘nāyaṃ, bhikkhave, kāyo tumhākaṃ, napi aññesaṃ . Purāṇamidaṃ, bhikkhave, kammaṃ abhisaṅkhataṃ abhisañcetayitaṃ vedaniyaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ. Tatra kho, bhikkhave, sutavā ariyasāvako paṭiccasamuppādaṃyeva sādhukaṃ yoniso manasi karoti – ‘iti imasmiṃ sati idaṃ hoti, imassuppādā idaṃ uppajjati; imasmiṃ asati idaṃ na hoti, imassa nirodhā idaṃ nirujjhati, yadidaṃ – avijjāpaccayā saṅkhārā, saṅkhārapaccayā viññāṇaṃ, viññāṇapaccayā nāmarūpaṃ, nāmarūpapaccayā saḷāyatanaṃ, saḷāyatanapaccayā phasso, phassapaccayā vedanā, vedanāpaccayā taṇhā, taṇhāpaccayā upādānaṃ, upādānapaccayā bhavo, bhavapaccayā jāti, jātipaccayā jarāmaraṇaṃ sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā sambhavanti – evametassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa samudayo hoti’’’.
然而,以无明的无余离染、灭尽故,行灭;行灭故识灭……乃至……生灭故,老、死、忧、悲、苦、忧恼灭。如是,整个苦蕴便灭尽。他以如是观察诸行无自主转起的状态,而见世间为空。显示巴利原文
‘‘Avijjāya tveva asesavirāganirodhā saṅkhāranirodho, saṅkhāranirodhā viññāṇanirodho …pe… jātinirodhā jarāmaraṇaṃ sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā nirujjhanti , evametassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa nirodho hotī’’ti. Evaṃ avasiyapavattasallakkhaṇavasena suññato lokaṃ avekkhati.
云何由观诸行空虚无实而见世间为空?于色中不得坚实,于受中不得坚实,于想中不得坚实,于行中不得坚实,于识中不得坚实。色者,无坚实、无核心、远离坚实,于常之坚实、乐之坚实、我之坚实皆已远离,非常、不恒、非永恒、非不变化法。受者,无坚实、无核心、远离坚实……乃至……想者,无坚实、无核心、远离坚实……诸行者,无坚实、无核心、远离坚实……识者,无坚实、无核心、远离坚实,于常之坚实、乐之坚实、我之坚实皆已远离,非常、不恒、非永恒、非不变化法。犹如芦苇,无坚实、无核心、远离坚实;犹如蓖麻……乃至……犹如无花果,无坚实、无核心、远离坚实;犹如白花树,无坚实、无核心、远离坚实;犹如铜绿变色树,无坚实、无核心、远离坚实;犹如聚沫,无坚实、无核心、远离坚实;犹如水泡,无坚实、无核心、远离坚实;犹如阳焰,无坚实、无核心、远离坚实;犹如芭蕉树干,无坚实、无核心、远离坚实;犹如幻象,无坚实、无核心、远离坚实——同样地,色,无坚实、无核心、远离坚实,于常之坚实、乐之坚实、我之坚实皆已远离,非常、不恒、非永恒、非不变化法。受,无坚实……乃至……想……诸行……识,无坚实、无核心、远离坚实,于常之坚实、乐之坚实、我之坚实皆已远离,非常、不恒、非永恒、非不变化法。显示巴利原文
Kathaṃ tucchasaṅkhārasamanupassanāvasena suññato lokaṃ avekkhati? Rūpe sāro na labbhati, vedanāya sāro na labbhati, saññāya sāro na labbhati, saṅkhāresu sāro na labbhati, viññāṇe sāro na labbhati; rūpaṃ assāraṃ nissāraṃ sārāpagataṃ niccasārasārena vā sukhasārasārena vā attasārasārena vā niccena vā dhuvena vā sassatena vā avipariṇāmadhammena vā. Vedanā assārā nissārā sārāpagatā…pe… saññā assārā nissārā sārāpagatā… saṅkhārā assārā nissārā sārāpagatā… viññāṇaṃ assāraṃ nissāraṃ sārāpagataṃ niccasārasārena vā sukhasārasārena vā attasārasārena vā niccena vā dhuvena vā sassatena vā avipariṇāmadhammena vā. Yathā naḷo assāro nissāro sārāpagato, yathā ca eraṇḍo…pe… yathā ca udumbaro assāro nissāro sārāpagato, yathā ca setagaccho assāro nissāro sārāpagato, yathā ca pālibhaddako assāro nissāro sārāpagato, yathā ca pheṇapiṇḍo assāro nissāro sārāpagato, yathā ca udakapubbuḷaṃ assāraṃ nissāraṃ sārāpagataṃ, yathā ca marīci assārā nissārā sārāpagatā, yathā kadalikkhandho assāro nissāro sārāpagato, yathā māyā assārā nissārā sārāpagatā – evameva rūpaṃ assāraṃ nissāraṃ sārāpagataṃ niccasārasārena vā sukhasārasārena vā attasārasārena vā niccena vā dhuvena vā sassatena vā avipariṇāmadhammena vā. Vedanā assārā nissārā sārāpagatā…pe… saññā assārā nissārā sārāpagatā… saṅkhārā assārā nissārā sārāpagatā… viññāṇaṃ assāraṃ nissāraṃ sārāpagataṃ niccasārasārena vā sukhasārasārena vā attasārasārena vā niccena vā dhuvena vā sassatena vā avipariṇāmadhammena vā. Evaṃ tucchasaṅkhārasamanupassanāvasena suññato lokaṃ avekkhati. Imehi dvīhi kāraṇehi suññato lokaṃ avekkhati.
再者,以六种方式观察世间为空:眼空——无我、无我所,非常、非恒、非永远、非不变化法;耳空……乃至……鼻空、舌空、身空、意空——无我、无我所,非常、非恒、非永远、非不变化法。色空……乃至……声空、香空、味空、触空、法空……眼识空……乃至……意识空……眼触空……乃至……意触空……眼触所生受空……乃至……意触所生受空……色想空……乃至……法想空……色思空……乃至……法思空……色渴爱空……乃至……法渴爱空……色寻空……乃至……法寻空……色伺空……乃至……法伺空——皆无我、无我所,非常、非恒、非永远、非不变化法。这就是以六种方式观察世间为空。显示巴利原文
Api ca, chahākārehi suññato lokaṃ avekkhati. Cakkhu suññaṃ attena vā attaniyena vā niccena vā dhuvena vā sassatena vā avipariṇāmadhammena vā, sotaṃ suññaṃ…pe… ghānaṃ suññaṃ… jivhā suññā… kāyo suñño… mano suñño attena vā attaniyena vā niccena vā dhuvena vā sassatena vā avipariṇāmadhammena vā. Rūpā suññā…pe… saddā suññā… gandhā suññā… rasā suññā… phoṭṭhabbā suññā… dhammā suññā attena vā attaniyena vā niccena vā dhuvena vā sassatena vā avipariṇāmadhammena vā . Cakkhuviññāṇaṃ suññaṃ…pe… manoviññāṇaṃ suññaṃ… cakkhusamphasso suñño … manosamphasso suñño… cakkhusamphassajā vedanā suññā… manosamphassajā vedanā suññā… rūpasaññā suññā… dhammasaññā suññā… rūpasañcetanā suññā… dhammasañcetanā suññā… rūpataṇhā suññā… rūpavitakko suñño… rūpavicāro suñño… dhammavicāro suñño attena vā attaniyena vā niccena vā dhuvena vā sassatena vā avipariṇāmadhammena vā. Evaṃ chahākārehi suññato lokaṃ avekkhati.
再者,以十种方式观察世间为空:色——空无、空洞、空、无我、无坚实、杀者、坏灭、苦根、有漏、有为;受……乃至……想……诸行……识……死……生……结生……有……轮回流转——空无、空洞、空、无我、无坚实、杀者、坏灭、苦根、有漏、有为。这就是以十种方式观察世间为空。显示巴利原文
Api ca, dasahākārehi suññato lokaṃ avekkhati. Rūpaṃ rittato tucchato suññato anattato asārakato vadhakato vibhavato aghamūlato sāsavato saṅkhatato; vedanaṃ…pe… saññaṃ… saṅkhāre… viññāṇaṃ… cutiṃ… upapattiṃ… paṭisandhiṃ… bhavaṃ… saṃsāravaṭṭaṃ rittato tucchato suññato anattato asārakato vadhakato vibhavato aghamūlato sāsavato saṅkhatato. Evaṃ dasahākārehi suññato lokaṃ avekkhati.
再者,以十二种方式观察世间为空:色,非众生、非命者、非人、非青年、非女人、非男子、非我、非我所、非“我”、非“我的”、非任何人、非任何人的;受……乃至……想……诸行……识,非众生、非命者、非人、非青年、非女人、非男子、非我、非我所、非“我”、非“我的”、非任何人、非任何人的。这就是以十二种方式观察世间为空。显示巴利原文
Api ca, dvādasahākārehi suññato lokaṃ avekkhati. Rūpaṃ na satto na jīvo na naro na māṇavo na itthī na puriso na attā na attaniyaṃ nāhaṃ na mama na koci na kassaci; vedanā…pe… saññā… saṅkhārā… viññāṇaṃ na satto na jīvo na naro na māṇavo na itthī na puriso na attā na attaniyaṃ nāhaṃ na mama na koci na kassaci. Evaṃ dvādasahākārehi suññato lokaṃ avekkhati.
世尊曾这样说:“诸比丘,凡是你们所没有的,应当舍断。舍断之后,它将为你们带来长远的利益与安乐。诸比丘,什么是你们所没有的?诸比丘,色是你们所没有的,应当舍断。舍断之后,它将为你们带来长远的利益与安乐。受是你们所没有的,应当舍断。舍断之后,它将为你们带来长远的利益与安乐。想是你们所没有的,应当舍断。舍断之后,它将为你们带来长远的利益与安乐。诸行是你们所没有的,应当舍断。舍断之后,它们将为你们带来长远的利益与安乐。识是你们所没有的,应当舍断。舍断之后,它将为你们带来长远的利益与安乐。诸比丘,譬如有人将这祇园里的草、木、枝、叶,拿走、烧掉或随意处理。你们会这样想吗:‘那人把我们的东西拿走了、烧掉了或随意处理了’?”“不会,尊者。”“为什么呢?”“因为,尊者,那些既不是我们,也不属于我们。”“正是如此,诸比丘,凡是你们所没有的,应当舍断。舍断之后,它将为你们带来长远的利益与安乐。诸比丘,什么是你们所没有的?诸比丘,色是你们所没有的,应当舍断。舍断之后,它将为你们带来长远的利益与安乐。受……乃至……想……诸行……识是你们所没有的,应当舍断。舍断之后,它将为你们带来长远的利益与安乐。”他通过这样的方式,也观察世间为空。显示巴利原文
Vuttañhetaṃ bhagavatā – ‘‘yaṃ, bhikkhave, na tumhākaṃ taṃ pajahatha. Taṃ vo pahīnaṃ dīgharattaṃ hitāya sukhāya bhavissati. Kiñca, bhikkhave, na tumhākaṃ? Rūpaṃ, bhikkhave, na tumhākaṃ; taṃ pajahatha. Taṃ vo pahīnaṃ dīgharattaṃ hitāya sukhāya bhavissati. Vedanā, bhikkhave, na tumhākaṃ; taṃ pajahatha. Sā vo pahīnā dīgharattaṃ hitāya sukhāya bhavissati. Saññā, bhikkhave, na tumhākaṃ; taṃ pajahatha. Sā vo pahīnā dīgharattaṃ hitāya sukhāya bhavissati. Saṅkhārā, bhikkhave, na tumhākaṃ; te pajahatha. Te vo pahīnā dīgharattaṃ hitāya sukhāya bhavissanti. Viññāṇaṃ, bhikkhave, na tumhākaṃ; taṃ pajahatha. Taṃ vo pahīnaṃ dīgharattaṃ hitāya sukhāya bhavissati. Seyyathāpi , bhikkhave, yaṃ imasmiṃ jetavane tiṇakaṭṭhasākhāpalāsaṃ taṃ jano hareyya vā ḍaheyya vā yathāpaccayaṃ vā kareyya. Api nu tumhākaṃ evamassa – ‘amhe jano harati vā ḍahati vā yathāpaccayaṃ vā karotī’ti? ‘No hetaṃ, bhante’. ‘Taṃ kissa hetu’? ‘Na hi no etaṃ, bhante, attā vā attaniyaṃ vā’ti. Evameva kho, bhikkhave, yaṃ na tumhākaṃ taṃ pajahatha; taṃ vo pahīnaṃ dīgharattaṃ hitāya sukhāya bhavissati. Kiñca, bhikkhave, na tumhākaṃ? Rūpaṃ, bhikkhave, na tumhākaṃ; taṃ pajahatha. Taṃ vo pahīnaṃ dīgharattaṃ hitāya sukhāya bhavissati. Vedanā…pe… saññā… saṅkhārā… viññāṇaṃ, bhikkhave, na tumhākaṃ; taṃ pajahatha. Taṃ vo pahīnaṃ dīgharattaṃ hitāya sukhāya bhavissatī’’ti. Evampi suññato lokaṃ avekkhati.
阿难尊者对世尊说:“尊者,人们常说‘世间空,世间空’。尊者,从何种意义上,才称为世间空呢?”“阿难,正由于从‘我’与‘我所’的意义上是空的,因此称为世间空。阿难,什么是从‘我’与‘我所’的意义上是空的呢?眼,阿难,从‘我’与‘我所’的意义上是空的。色是空的……眼识是空的……眼触是空的……缘眼触所生的受——乐、苦或不苦不乐,那也是从‘我’与‘我所’的意义上是空的。耳是空的……声是空的……鼻是空的……香是空的……舌是空的……味是空的……身是空的……触是空的……意是空的……法是空的……意识是空的……意触是空的……缘意触所生的受——乐、苦或不苦不乐,那也是从‘我’与‘我所’的意义上是空的。阿难,正因为从‘我’与‘我所’的意义上是空的,因此称为世间空。”显示巴利原文
Āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘‘suñño loko, suñño loko’ti, bhante, vuccati. Kittāvatā nu kho, bhante, suñño lokoti vuccatī’’ti? ‘‘Yasmā ca kho, ānanda, suññaṃ attena vā attaniyena vā, tasmā suñño lokoti vuccati. Kiñcānanda, suññaṃ attena vā attaniyena vā? Cakkhu kho, ānanda, suññaṃ attena vā attaniyena vā. Rūpā suññā…pe… cakkhuviññāṇaṃ suññaṃ… cakkhusamphasso suñño… yampidaṃ cakkhusamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṃ sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā adukkhamasukhaṃ vā tampi suññaṃ attena vā attaniyena vā. Sotaṃ suññaṃ… saddā suññā… ghānaṃ suññaṃ… gandhā suññā… jivhā suññā… rasā suññā… kāyo suñño … phoṭṭhabbā suññā… mano suñño… dhammā suññā… manoviññāṇaṃ suññaṃ… manosamphasso suñño… yampidaṃ suññaṃ manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṃ sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā adukkhamasukhaṃ vā tampi suññaṃ attena vā attaniyena vā. Yasmā ca kho, ānanda, suññaṃ attena vā attaniyena vā, tasmā suñño lokoti vuccatī’’ti. Evampi suññato lokaṃ avekkhati.
纯粹是诸法的缘生,纯粹是诸行的相续;
村长,当他如实观察时,便没有恐惧。
当他以智慧见世间如同草木时;
他别无所求,唯愿不再结生。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Suddhaṃ dhammasamuppādaṃ, suddhasaṅkhārasantatiṃ; Passantassa yathābhūtaṃ, na bhayaṃ hoti gāmaṇi. ‘‘Tiṇakaṭṭhasamaṃ lokaṃ, yadā paññāya passati; Nāññaṃ patthayate kiñci, aññatrappaṭisandhiyā’’ti. Evampi suññato lokaṃ avekkhati.
世尊曾这样说:“诸比丘,比丘正是这样遍观色,乃至色的去处;遍观受,乃至受的去处;遍观想,乃至想的去处;遍观诸行,乃至诸行的去处;遍观识,乃至识的去处。当他遍观色,乃至色的去处;遍观受,乃至受的去处;遍观想,乃至想的去处;遍观诸行,乃至诸行的去处;遍观识,乃至识的去处时,凡是他有‘这是我’、‘这是我的’、‘我是’之想,于他这些都不存在了。”如此,他也观世间为空。显示巴利原文
Vuttañhetaṃ bhagavatā – ‘‘evameva kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu rūpaṃ samannesati yāvatā rūpassa gati, vedanaṃ samannesati yāvatā vedanāya gati, saññaṃ samannesati yāvatā saññāya gati, saṅkhāre samannesati yāvatā saṅkhārānaṃ gati, viññāṇaṃ samannesati yāvatā viññāṇassa gati . Tassa rūpaṃ samannesato yāvatā rūpassa gati, vedanaṃ…pe… saññaṃ… saṅkhāre… viññāṇaṃ samannesato yāvatā viññāṇassa gati, yampissa taṃ hoti ahanti vā mamanti vā asmīti vā, tampi tassa na hotī’’ti. Evampi suññato lokaṃ avekkhati.
你观世间为空——你观察、审察、看见、衡量、判别、辨明、令其空寂,即观世间为空。
显示巴利原文 ti suññato lokaṃ avekkhassu paccavekkhassu dakkhassu tulehi tīrehi vibhāvehi vibhūtaṃ karohīti – suññato lokaṃ avekkhassu.
这是指世尊以名字称唤那位婆罗门。这是指于一切时……乃至生命的最后阶段。这是指由四种原因而成为有念者:修习身随观念处而安住于念……他被称为“有念者”。莫嘎拉佳,你要恒时保持正念。显示巴利原文
ti. ti bhagavā taṃ brāhmaṇaṃ nāmena ālapati. ti sabbakālaṃ…pe… pacchime vayokhandhe. ti catūhi kāraṇehi sato – kāye kāyānupassanāsatipaṭṭhānaṃ bhāvento sato…pe… so vuccati satoti – mogharāja sadā sato.
“我见”是指具备二十种所依的有身见。于此,未曾听闻的凡夫,不见圣者,不巧熟圣法,未于圣法中得到调练;不见善人,不巧熟善人法,未于善人法中得到调练。他将色视作我,或视我拥有色,或视色在我中,或视我在色中;将受……将想……将诸行……将识视作我,或视我拥有识,或视识在我中,或视我在识中。凡是这类见解、见执、见之稠林、见之荒野、见之歪曲、见之动摇、见之结缚、执取、受持、固守、执着、邪路、邪道、邪性、外道依止处、颠倒取、倒置取、错乱取、邪取、于不真实中执取真实——所有这类六十二种见执,即是我见。“拔除我见”的意思是:拔除它、彻底拔除,抽出它、彻底抽出,连根拔除、彻底断根,舍弃它、驱散它、消灭它,令它归于无有。显示巴利原文
ti attānudiṭṭhi vuccati vīsativatthukā sakkāyadiṭṭhi. Idha assutavā puthujjano ariyānaṃ adassāvī ariyadhammassa akovido ariyadhamme avinīto sappurisānaṃ adassāvī sappurisadhammassa akovido sappurisadhamme avinīto rūpaṃ attato samanupassati rūpavantaṃ vā attānaṃ attani vā rūpaṃ rūpasmiṃ vā attānaṃ, vedanaṃ…pe… saññaṃ… saṅkhāre… viññāṇaṃ attato samanupassati viññāṇavantaṃ vā attānaṃ attani vā viññāṇaṃ viññāṇasmiṃ vā attānaṃ. Yā evarūpā diṭṭhi diṭṭhigataṃ diṭṭhigahanaṃ diṭṭhikantāro diṭṭhivisūkāyikaṃ diṭṭhivipphanditaṃ diṭṭhisaṃyojanaṃ gāho paṭiggāho abhiniveso parāmāso kummaggo micchāpatho micchattaṃ titthāyatanaṃ vipariyesaggāho viparītaggāho vipallāsaggāho micchāgāho ayāthāvakasmiṃ yāthāvakanti gāho yāvatā dvāsaṭṭhi diṭṭhigatāni, ayaṃ attānudiṭṭhi. ti attānudiṭṭhiṃ ūhacca samūhacca uddharitvā samuddharitvā uppāṭayitvā samuppāṭayitvā pajahitvā vinodetvā byantīkaritvā anabhāvaṃ gametvāti – attānudiṭṭhiṃ ūhacca.
如此,你便能超越死神,超越衰老,超越死亡,度越、渡过、跨过、彻底逾越、完全超越——这样,你便成为超越死神者。显示巴利原文
ti evaṃ maccupi tareyyāsi, jarāpi tareyyāsi, maraṇampi tareyyāsi uttareyyāsi patareyyāsi samatikkameyyāsi vītivatteyyāsīti – evaṃ maccutaro siyā.
——他这样观察世界,这样审视世界,这样衡量世界,这样判断世界,这样辨明世界,让世界显露空寂。显示巴利原文
nti evaṃ lokaṃ avekkhantaṃ paccavekkhantaṃ tulayantaṃ tīrayantaṃ vibhāvayantaṃ vibhūtaṃ karontanti – evaṃ lokaṃ avekkhantaṃ.
这里所说的“死神”,就是死亡,就是死神王;魔罗也是死神王,死亡本身亦称作死神王。所谓“死神王”,是指不见他、不能见他、不获见他、不知见他、不证得他。关于这一点,世尊曾这样说:“诸比丘,譬如一头山林中的鹿,在旷野与林中游行时,自在地走,自在地立,自在地坐,自在地卧。那是什么原因呢?诸比丘,因为它不在猎人的射程之内。同样地,诸比丘,一位比丘远离感官欲乐、远离不善法,有寻有伺,由远离而生起的喜与乐,进入并安住于初禅。诸比丘,这样的比丘便被称为:‘他弄瞎了魔罗的眼,毁坏了魔罗的视线,使那邪恶的魔罗看不见他。’”显示巴利原文
ti maccupi maccurājā, māropi maccurājā, maraṇampi maccurājā. ti maccurājā na passatī na dakkhati nādhigacchati na vindati na paṭilabhati. Vuttañhetaṃ bhagavatā – ‘‘seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, āraññiko migo araññe pavane caramāno vissattho gacchati vissattho tiṭṭhati vissattho nisīdati vissattho seyyaṃ kappeti. Taṃ kissa hetu? Anāpāthagato , bhikkhave, luddassa. Evameva kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu vivicceva kāmehi vivicca akusalehi dhammehi savitakkaṃ savicāraṃ vivekajaṃ pītisukhaṃ paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati. Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, ‘bhikkhu andhamakāsi māraṃ, apadaṃ vadhitvā māracakkhuṃ adassanaṃ gato pāpimato’.
再者,诸比丘,比丘止息了寻与伺,内心变得安稳,心意专一,无寻无伺,由定而生起的喜与乐,进入并安住于二禅……乃至……三禅……四禅,安住其中。诸比丘,这样的比丘便被称为:‘他使魔罗盲目,毁坏了魔罗之眼的足迹,到达了邪恶者看不见之处。’显示巴利原文
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu vitakkavicārānaṃ vūpasamā ajjhattaṃ sampasādanaṃ cetaso ekodibhāvaṃ avitakkaṃ avicāraṃ samādhijaṃ pītisukhaṃ dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ…pe… tatiyaṃ jhānaṃ… catutthaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati. Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, ‘bhikkhu andhamakāsi māraṃ, apadaṃ vadhitvā māracakkhuṃ adassanaṃ gato pāpimato’.
再者,诸比丘,比丘完全超越色想,灭除有对想,不作意种种想,作意‘虚空无有边际’,进入并安住于空无边处。诸比丘,这样的比丘便被称为:‘他使魔罗变成盲目,摧破魔罗之眼的踪迹,去到了魔罗看不见的地方。’显示巴利原文
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sabbaso rūpasaññānaṃ samatikkamā, paṭighasaññānaṃ atthaṅgamā, nānattasaññānaṃ amanasikārā, ananto ākāsoti ākāsānañcāyatanaṃ upasampajja viharati. Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, ‘bhikkhu andhamakāsi māraṃ, apadaṃ vadhitvā māracakkhuṃ adassanaṃ gato pāpimato’.
再者,诸比丘,比丘完全超越空无边处,作意‘意识无有边际’,进入并安住于识无边处……乃至……显示巴利原文
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sabbaso ākāsānañcāyatanaṃ samatikkamma anantaṃ viññāṇanti viññāṇañcāyatanaṃ upasampajja viharati…pe….
再者,诸比丘,比丘完全超越识无边处,作意‘无所有’,进入并安住于无所有处……乃至……显示巴利原文
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, sabbaso viññāṇañcāyatanaṃ samatikkamma natthi kiñcīti ākiñcaññāyatanaṃ upasampajja viharati…pe….
再者,诸比丘,比丘完全超越无所有处之后,进入非想非非想处而安住其中……乃至……显示巴利原文
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, sabbaso ākiñcaññāyatanaṃ samatikkamma nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṃ upasampajja viharati…pe….
再者,诸比丘,比丘完全超越非想非非想处之后,证入想受灭定而安住;他以慧照见,诸漏灭尽。诸比丘,这便称为‘比丘令魔罗盲然,摧毁魔罗之足踪,到达邪恶者所不见之处,已渡越世间的渴爱。’他安稳而行,安稳而住,安稳而坐,安稳而卧。为什么呢?诸比丘,因为此比丘已不在邪恶者的领域之内——死神看不见他。因此,世尊这样说:显示巴利原文
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, sabbaso nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṃ samatikkamma saññāvedayitanirodhaṃ upasampajja viharati; paññāya cassa disvā āsavā parikkhīṇā honti. Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, ‘bhikkhu andhamakāsi māraṃ, apadaṃ vadhitvā māracakkhuṃ adassanaṃ gato pāpimato, tiṇṇo loke visattika’nti. So vissattho gacchati vissattho tiṭṭhati vissattho nisīdati vissattho seyyaṃ kappeti. Taṃ kissa hetu? Anāpāthagato bhikkhu pāpimato’’ti – maccurājā na passati. Tenāha bhagavā –
摩伽罗阇,你当常持正念,观世间为空;
拔除我见,便能如是超越死亡。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Suññato lokaṃ avekkhassu, mogharāja sadā sato; Attānudiṭṭhiṃ ūhacca, evaṃ maccutaro siyā; Evaṃ lokaṃ avekkhantaṃ, maccurājā na passatī’’ti.
当此偈颂说毕……乃至……“世尊是我的导师,尊者,我是弟子。”显示巴利原文
Saha gāthāpariyosānā…pe… satthā me, bhante bhagavā, sāvakohamasmīti.
摩嘎拉迦学童所问义释 第十五显示巴利原文
Mogharājamāṇavapucchāniddeso pannarasamo.
第十六 宾耆耶学童所问义释显示巴利原文
16. Piṅgiyamāṇavapucchāniddeso
“衰老”,是指年老、老迈、高龄、年岁久长、寿数已达,生年已满百二十岁。“无力”,是指羸弱、少力、无气力。“失色”,是指容色退去、光色消散、颜貌衰退。从前那美好亮丽的色泽已然隐没,过患显现——“我已衰老、无力、失色。”显示巴利原文
ti. ti jiṇṇo vuḍḍho mahallako addhagato vayoanuppatto vīsavassasatiko jātiyā. ti dubbalo appabalo appathāmo. ti vītavaṇṇo vigatavaṇṇo vigacchitavaṇṇo. Yā sā purimā subhā vaṇṇanibhā sā antarahitā, ādīnavo pātubhūtoti – jiṇṇohamasmi abalo vītavaṇṇo.
“ti”在此是词句的连接……是亲切的称呼……是那位婆罗门的名字……是表达的方式,即——这是尊者优波湿婆所说。显示巴利原文
ti. ti padasandhi…pe…. ti piyavacanaṃ…pe…. ti tassa brāhmaṇassa nāmaṃ…pe… abhilāpoti – iccāyasmā upasīvo.
“眼不清净”是指眼不净、不清净、不完全清净、不明净。“我不能像从前那样以眼见色”——这便是眼不清净。“耳不清净”是指耳不净、不清净、不完全清净、不明净。“我不能像从前那样以耳闻声”——这便是眼不清净,听闻不舒适。显示巴利原文
ti nettā asuddhā avisuddhā aparisuddhā avodātā. No tathā cakkhunā rūpe passāmīti – nettā na suddhā. ti sotaṃ asuddhaṃ avisuddhaṃ aparisuddhaṃ avodātaṃ. No tathā sotena saddaṃ suṇomīti – nettā na suddhā savanaṃ na phāsu.
“愿我不要不存在”,是指愿我不要灭失、愿我不要毁灭、愿我不要归于无有。“愚痴者”,是指被愚痴所蒙蔽、陷入无明、无知、不明了、智慧低劣。“愿我不要在半途灭失”,是指由于未能了知、未能证得、未能知晓、未能获得、未能触及、未能现证你的法、见、行道与道路,唯恐我于中途便告命终——“愿我这个愚痴者,不要在半途灭失。”显示巴利原文
ti. nti māhaṃ nassa māhaṃ vinassaṃ māhaṃ panassaṃ. ti mohamuho avijjāgato aññāṇī avibhāvī duppañño. ti tuyhaṃ dhammaṃ diṭṭhiṃ paṭipadaṃ maggaṃ anaññāya anadhigantvā aviditvā appaṭilabhitvā aphassayitvā asacchikaritvā antarāyeva kālaṅkareyyanti – māhaṃ nassaṃ momuho antarāva.
初善、中善、终善,具足义理与文句,圆满清净的梵行;四念处、四正勤、四神足、五根、五力、七觉支、八支圣道,以及涅槃与趣向涅槃之道——愿您宣说、教导、施设、建立、开显、分别、阐明、宣扬!我所应知、应了知、应分别知、应通达知、应洞察、应证得、应触证、应现证的法——愿您宣说这些法。显示巴利原文
nti. nti ādikalyāṇaṃ majjhekalyāṇaṃ pariyosānakalyāṇaṃ sātthaṃ sabyañjanaṃ kevalaparipuṇṇaṃ parisuddhaṃ brahmacariyaṃ, cattāro satipaṭṭhāne, cattāro sammappadhāne, cattāro iddhipāde, pañcindriyāni, pañca balāni, satta bojjhaṅge, ariyaṃ aṭṭhaṅgikaṃ maggaṃ, nibbānañca nibbānagāminiñca paṭipadaṃ ācikkhāhi desehi paññapehi paṭṭhapehi vivarāhi vibhajāhi uttānīkarohi pakāsehīti – ācikkha dhammaṃ. nti yamahaṃ jāneyyaṃ ājāneyyaṃ vijāneyyaṃ paṭivijāneyyaṃ paṭivijjheyyaṃ adhigaccheyyaṃ phasseyyaṃ sacchikareyyanti – ācikkha dhammaṃ yamahaṃ vijaññaṃ.
正是在此,对生与老死的断除、平息、舍遣、安息、不死、涅槃得以实现——正是在此,生与老被彻底断除。所以那位婆罗门这样说:
即于此处,彻底断除生与老。
显示巴利原文 nti idheva jātijarāmaraṇassa pahānaṃ vūpasamaṃ paṭinissaggaṃ paṭippassaddhiṃ amataṃ nibbānanti – jātijarāya idha vippahānaṃ. Tenāha so brāhmaṇo – Jātijarāya idha vippahāna’’nti.
所谓:四大种,及依四大种所造之色。众生因色、缘色、以色为因,遭受击打、损害、破坏与摧残。色存在时,便受人施加种种刑罚:有的被鞭子抽打,有的被竹条抽打,有的被短棍抽打;有的被砍断手,有的被砍断脚,有的手脚俱被砍断;有的被割掉耳朵,有的被割掉鼻子,有的耳鼻俱被割掉;有的被做成“粥钵刑”,有的被做成“螺壳秃头刑”,有的被做成“罗睺嘴刑”,有的被做成“火环刑”,有的被做成“手掌火把刑”,有的被做成“草叶披刑”,有的被做成“兽皮衣刑”,有的被做成“羚羊刑”,有的被做成“钩肉刑”,有的被做成“钱币刑”,有的被做成“碱水剥皮刑”,有的被做成“门闩翻转刑”,有的被做成“稻草座刑”;有的被滚热的油浇灌,有的被狗咬噬,有的活着便被尖桩刺穿,有的被剑砍下头颅。就这样,众生因色、缘色、以色为因,遭受击打、损害、破坏与摧残。见到这各种各样被击打、被损害、被破坏、被摧残的情状,见后、观察、衡量、判定,彻底看透、彻底分明之后,如此说道——“看到那些在色相中遭受伤害的众生。”显示巴利原文
ti. nti cattāro ca mahābhūtā catunnañca mahābhūtānaṃ upādāya rūpaṃ. Sattā rūpahetu rūpappaccayā rūpakāraṇā haññanti vihaññanti upahaññanti upaghātiyanti . Rūpe sati vividhakammakāraṇā kārenti. Kasāhipi tāḷenti, vettehipi tāḷenti, aḍḍhadaṇḍakehipi tāḷenti, hatthampi chindanti, pādampi chindanti, hatthapādampi chindanti, kaṇṇampi chindanti, nāsampi chindanti, kaṇṇanāsampi chindanti, bilaṅgathālikampi karonti, saṅkhamuṇḍikampi karonti, rāhumukhampi karonti, jotimālikampi karonti, hatthapajjotikampi karonti, erakavattikampi karonti, cīrakavāsikampi karonti, eṇeyyakampi karonti, baḷisamaṃsikampi karonti, kahāpaṇikampi karonti, khārāpatacchikampi karonti, palighaparivattikampi karonti, palālapīṭhakampi karonti, tattenapi telena osiñcanti, sunakhehipi khādāpenti, jīvantampi sūle uttāsenti, asināpi sīsaṃ chindanti. Evaṃ sattā rūpahetu rūpappaccayā rūpakāraṇā haññanti vihaññanti upahaññanti upaghātiyanti. Evaṃ haññamāne vihaññamāne upahaññamāne upaghātiyamāne disvā passitvā tulayitvā tīrayitvā vibhāvayitvā vibhūtaṃ katvāti – disvāna rūpesu vihaññamāne.
“ti”:世尊以名字称呼那位婆罗门。“ti”是表示尊敬的称呼……(中略)……所证知的施设,即所谓“世尊”。“宾耆耶啊。”世尊这样说道。显示巴利原文
ti. ti bhagavā taṃ brāhmaṇaṃ nāmena ālapati. ti gāravādhivacanametaṃ…pe… sacchikā paññatti, yadidaṃ bhagavāti – piṅgiyāti bhagavā.
所谓“在种种色上被逼恼”,是指他们于种种色中被逼恼、被扰乱、被挤压、被撞击,成为病苦、心生忧恼。由于眼病,他们被逼恼、被扰乱、被挤压、被撞击,成为病苦、心生忧恼。由于耳病……乃至身病……由于蚊、虻、风、炎热、蛇蝎等触,他们被逼恼、被扰乱、被挤压、被撞击,成为病苦、心生忧恼。这便是于种种色中被逼恼。显示巴利原文
ti. ti ruppanti kuppanti pīḷayanti ghaṭṭayanti, byādhitā domanassitā honti. Cakkhurogena ruppanti kuppanti pīḷayanti ghaṭṭayanti, byādhitā domanassitā honti. Sotarogena…pe… kāyarogena…pe… ḍaṃsamakasavātātapasarīsapasamphassehi ruppanti kuppanti pīḷayanti ghaṭṭayanti, byādhitā domanassitā hontīti – ruppanti rūpesu.
或者,当眼正在衰减、消减、损减、变坏、消失、隐没时,他们被逼恼……(中略)……变得有病,心生忧苦。当耳……(中略)……当鼻……当舌……当身……当色……当声……当香……当味……当所触……当家族……当群众……当住所……当利得……当名声……当称赞……当乐……当衣服……当钵食……当坐卧处……当病缘医药资具正在衰减、消减、损减、变坏、消失、隐没时,他们被逼恼、被扰乱、被挤压、被撞击,变得有病,心生忧苦——这也是在种种色上被逼恼。显示巴利原文
Atha vā, cakkhusmiṃ hīyamāne hāyamāne parihāyamāne vemāne vigacchamāne antaradhāyamāne ruppanti…pe… domanassitā honti. Sotasmiṃ…pe… ghānasmiṃ… jivhāya… kāyasmiṃ… rūpasmiṃ… saddasmiṃ… gandhasmiṃ… rasasmiṃ… phoṭṭhabbasmiṃ… kulasmiṃ… gaṇasmiṃ… āvāsasmiṃ… lābhasmiṃ… yasasmiṃ… pasaṃsāya… sukhasmiṃ… cīvarasmiṃ… piṇḍapātasmiṃ… senāsanasmiṃ… gilānapaccayabhesajjaparikkhārasmiṃ hīyamāne hāyamāne parihāyamāne vemāne vigacchamāne antaradhāyamāne ruppanti kuppanti pīḷayanti ghaṭṭayanti, byādhitā domanassitā hontīti – evampi ruppanti rūpesu.
“人们”,指刹帝利、婆罗门、吠舍、首陀罗,在家人与出家人,天与人。“放逸”,应解为:以身恶行、语恶行、意恶行,或于五种欲功德中放纵其心、沉溺其心;或于善法的修习,不殷重、不持续、不坚住而作,懈怠退缩,舍弃意欲,舍弃责任,不亲近、不修习、不多作、不确立、不实践——这称为放逸。如是放逸、放逸行、放逸状态,名为放逸。具足此放逸的人们,便是放逸者——“在种种色上被逼恼,这些放逸之人”。显示巴利原文
ti khattiyā ca brāhmaṇā ca vessā ca suddā ca gahaṭṭhā ca pabbajitā ca devā ca manussā ca. ti pamādo vattabbo kāyaduccaritena vā vacīduccaritena vā manoduccaritena vā pañcasu kāmaguṇesu cittassa vosaggo vosaggānuppadānaṃ kusalānaṃ vā dhammānaṃ bhāvanāya asakkaccakiriyatā asātaccakiriyatā anaṭṭhitakiriyatā olīnavuttitā nikkhittacchandatā nikkhittadhuratā anāsevanā abhāvanā abahulīkammaṃ anadhiṭṭhānaṃ ananuyogo pamādo. Yo evarūpo pamādo pamajjanā pamajjitattaṃ – ayaṃ vuccati pamādo. Iminā pamādena samannāgatā janā pamattāti – ruppanti rūpesu janā pamattā.
“因此”(ti)的意思是:由于那个原因,以那个为因,以那个为缘,以那个为根源。所谓“彼岸”,是指不死,即涅槃……灭尽,即涅槃。所谓“去”,是指道。“因此”是一个词句的连接……这是词序的次第。所以,称之为“往彼岸之道”。由此而这样说:显示巴利原文
ti. ti tasmā taṃkāraṇā taṃhetu tappaccayā taṃnidānā. Pāraṃ vuccati amataṃ nibbānaṃ…pe… nirodho nibbānaṃ. Ayanaṃ vuccati maggo. ti padasandhi…pe… padānupubbatāpetaṃ itīti – tasmā pārāyanaṃ iti. Tenetaṃ vuccati –
“色”:指四大种及依四大种所造之色。“舍弃色”:你要舍弃色、断除色、驱除色、终止色,令色归于无有。“为了不再有轮回”:令你的色就在这里灭尽,不再有结生之存在;不再于欲界、色界、无色界,于欲有、色有、无色有,于有想有、无想有、非想非非想有,于一蕴有、四蕴有、五蕴有中,令后有不再生起、不再出现、不再转起;于趣、生、结生、有、轮回、流转中,不再产生、不再令产生、不再转起、不再令转起,就在这里灭尽、寂止、终结、完全平息——“舍弃色,为了不再有轮回”。因此,世尊这样说了此语。显示巴利原文
ti. nti cattāro ca mahābhūtā catunnañca mahābhūtānaṃ upādāya rūpaṃ. nti jahassu rūpaṃ, pajahassu rūpaṃ, vinodehi rūpaṃ, byantīkarohi rūpaṃ, anabhāvaṃ gamehi rūpaṃ. ti yathā te rūpaṃ idheva nirujjheyya, punapaṭisandhiko bhavo na nibbatteyya kāmadhātuyā vā rūpadhātuyā vā arūpadhātuyā vā, kāmabhave vā rūpabhave vā arūpabhave vā, saññābhave vā asaññābhave vā nevasaññānāsaññābhave vā, ekavokārabhave vā catuvokārabhave vā pañcavokārabhave vā, puna gatiyā vā upapattiyā vā paṭisandhiyā vā bhave vā saṃsāre vā vaṭṭe vā na janeyya na sañjaneyya na nibbatteyya nābhinibbatteyya, idheva nirujjheyya vūpasameyya atthaṃ gaccheyya paṭippassambheyyāti – jahassu rūpaṃ apunabbhavāya. Tenāha bhagavā –
“见到那些在色中受苦之人,”[宾耆耶,世尊这样说]
众生放逸于诸色,便受毁坏;
因此,宾耆耶,你当不放逸,舍断色,以不再有再生。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Disvāna rūpesu vihaññamāne, [piṅgiyāti bhagavā] Ruppanti rūpesu janā pamattā; Tasmā tuvaṃ piṅgiya appamatto, jahassu rūpaṃ apunabbhavāyā’’ti.
1628 这十方。显示巴利原文
ti dasa disā.
凡你所未见、未闻、未觉、未识的事物——无论是自利、他利或两者之利,现前利益或来世利益,显明利益或深奥利益,隐秘利益或覆藏利益,应引导利益或已引导利益,无过利益或离染利益,清净利益或最上利益——皆不存在、不可得。你所未见、未闻、未觉、未识的一切,于世间中无有。显示巴利原文
ti na tuyhaṃ adiṭṭhaṃ assutaṃ amutaṃ aviññātaṃ kiñci attattho vā parattho vā ubhayattho vā diṭṭhadhammiko vā attho samparāyiko vā attho uttāno vā attho gambhīro vā attho gūḷho vā attho paṭicchanno vā attho neyyo vā attho nīto vā attho anavajjo vā attho nikkileso vā attho vodāno vā attho paramattho vā natthi na sati na saṃvijjati nupalabbhatīti – na tuyhaṃ adiṭṭhaṃ assutaṃ amutaṃ, atho aviññātaṃ kiñci namatthi loke.
初善……乃至……请教示、宣说、施设、建立、开显、分别、阐明、显示涅槃及导向涅槃之道。凡我当知、当了、当解、当通达、当证得、当触、当现证之法——请教示我应了知的法。显示巴利原文
nti. nti ādikalyāṇaṃ…pe… nibbānañca nibbānagāminiñca paṭipadaṃ ācikkhāhi desehi paññapehi paṭṭhapehi vivarāhi vibhajāhi uttānīkarohi pakāsehi. nti yamahaṃ jāneyyaṃ ājāneyyaṃ vijāneyyaṃ paṭivijāneyyaṃ paṭivijjheyyaṃ adhigaccheyyaṃ phasseyyaṃ sacchikareyyanti – ācikkha dhammaṃ yamahaṃ vijaññaṃ.
正是于此,生与老死的断除、止息、舍离、寂灭、不死、涅槃——也就是生老于此彻底断尽。因此,那位婆罗门这样说:
四方、四维,加上上方与下方,便成此十方世界。
世间没有任何事物是您未曾见、未曾闻、未曾觉知、未曾了悟的;
请开示法,令我得以了知,于此处断除生与老。
显示巴利原文 nti idheva jātijarāmaraṇassa pahānaṃ vūpasamaṃ paṭinissaggaṃ paṭippassaddhiṃ amataṃ nibbānanti – jātijarāya idha vippahānaṃ. Tenāha so brāhmaṇo – ‘‘Disā catasso vidisā catasso, uddhaṃ adho dasa disā imāyo; Na tuyhaṃ adiṭṭhaṃ assutaṃ amutaṃ, atho aviññātaṃ kiñci namatthi loke; Ācikkha dhammaṃ yamahaṃ vijaññaṃ, jātijarāya idha vippahāna’’nti.
“渴爱”,即对色的渴爱……乃至对法的渴爱。“被渴爱所征服”,即被渴爱征服、随逐、深入、驱使、沉溺、制伏,心被彻底占有。“人们”,为众生的同义语。“看着”,指正在观看、观察、审视、审察、省察——即看着那些被渴爱征服的人们。“宾耆耶啊”,是世尊以名字称呼那位婆罗门。“世尊”,是表示尊敬的称谓……是由证智所施设的称号,即世尊——宾耆耶啊,世尊这样称呼。显示巴利原文
ti. ti rūpataṇhā…pe… dhammataṇhā. ti taṇhādhipanne taṇhānuge taṇhānugate taṇhānusaṭe taṇhāya panne paṭipanne abhibhūte pariyādinnacitte. ti sattādhivacanaṃ. ti pekkhamāno dakkhamāno olokayamāno nijjhāyamāno upaparikkhamānoti – taṇhādhipanne manuje pekkhamāno. ti. ti bhagavā taṃ brāhmaṇaṃ nāmena ālapati. ti gāravādhivacanametaṃ…pe… sacchikā paññatti, yadidaṃ bhagavāti – piṅgiyāti bhagavā.
“苦恼者”,指被生所苦恼者、被老所苦恼者、被病所苦恼者、被死所苦恼者、被愁悲苦忧恼所苦恼者、被地狱之苦所苦恼者……乃至被邪见灾祸之苦所苦恼者,即遭遇灾厄、遭受祸害、被不幸侵扰者——也就是苦恼者。“被老所征服”,指为老所触、被老击败、为老所聚合、具备老者。他们被生所追随、被老所驱使、被病所制伏、被死所压垮,无救护、无庇护、无皈依、无所依怙——这些便是被老所征服的苦恼者。显示巴利原文
ti. ti jātiyā santāpajāte, jarāya santāpajāte, byādhinā santāpajāte, maraṇena santāpajāte, sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsehi santāpajāte, nerayikena dukkhena santāpajāte…pe… diṭṭhibyasanena dukkhena santāpajāte ītijāte upaddavajāte upasaggajāteti – santāpajāte. ti jarāya phuṭṭhe parete samohite samannāgate. Jātiyā anugate jarāya anusaṭe byādhinā abhibhūte maraṇena abbhāhate atāṇe aleṇe asaraṇe asaraṇībhūteti – santāpajāte jarasā parete.
“因此”——因彼因、彼缘、彼本源,如是观见色中的过患——“宾耆耶,你因此……”。“不放逸”——指于善法殷重、持续……(中略)……于善法不放逸——“宾耆耶,你当不放逸。”显示巴利原文
ti. ti tasmā taṃkāraṇā taṃhetu tappaccayā taṃnidānā evaṃ ādīnavaṃ sampassamāno rūpesūti – tasmā tuvaṃ piṅgiya. ti sakkaccakārī sātaccakārī…pe… appamādo kusalesu dhammesūti – tasmā tuvaṃ piṅgiya appamatto.
即对色的渴爱……乃至对法的渴爱。断除渴爱,舍离渴爱,逐除渴爱,灭尽渴爱,令渴爱归于无有。这样,你的后有再结生便不再生起,不论在欲界、色界、无色界,不论在欲有、色有、无色有,不论在想有、无想有、非想非非想有,不论在一蕴有、四蕴有、五蕴有中;在种种趣、生、结生、有、轮回、流转中,不再产生、不再令产生、不再转起、不再令转起,就在这里灭尽、寂止、终结、完全止息——舍离渴爱,不再有后有。因此,世尊说了此语:显示巴利原文
ti. ti rūpataṇhā…pe… dhammataṇhā. nti jahassu taṇhaṃ pajahassu taṇhaṃ vinodehi taṇhaṃ byantīkarohi taṇhaṃ anabhāvaṃ gamehi taṇhaṃ. ti yathā te…pe… punapaṭisandhiko bhavo na nibbatteyya kāmadhātuyā vā rūpadhātuyā vā arūpadhātuyā vā, kāmabhave vā rūpabhave vā arūpabhave vā, saññābhave vā asaññābhave vā nevasaññānāsaññābhave vā, ekavokārabhave vā catuvokārabhave vā pañcavokārabhave vā, punagatiyā vā upapattiyā vā paṭisandhiyā vā bhave vā saṃsāre vā vaṭṭe vā na janeyya na sañjaneyya na nibbatteyya nābhinibbatteyya, idheva nirujjheyya vūpasameyya atthaṃ gaccheyya paṭippassambheyyāti – jahassu taṇhaṃ apunabbhavāya. Tenāha bhagavā –
“宾耆耶,你看那被渴爱征服的人,”世尊这样说,
他们为衰老所迫,生起炽然苦恼;
因此,宾耆耶,你当不放逸,断除渴爱,为不再有后有。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Taṇhādhipanne manuje pekkhamāno, [piṅgiyāti bhagavā] Santāpajāte jarasā parete; Tasmā tuvaṃ piṅgiya appamatto, jahassu taṇhaṃ apunabbhavāyā’’ti.
此偈颂结束时,那些与那位婆罗门同一志向、同一精勤、同一心愿、同一习气所熏的无数众生,皆生起了远离尘垢、远离污秽的法眼:“凡任何集起之法,一切皆是灭尽之法。”那位婆罗门自己也生起了远离尘垢、远离污秽的法眼:“凡任何集起之法,一切皆是灭尽之法。”当他获得法眼时,他的羚羊皮、发髻、树皮衣、三叉杖、水壶、头发与胡须一时消失;他便剃除须发,身着袈裟,披着僧伽帝,持钵携衣,依所行之道而住,合掌恭敬,端坐礼敬世尊,说道:“尊者,世尊是我的老师,我是弟子。”显示巴利原文
Saha gāthāpariyosānā ye te brāhmaṇena saddhiṃ ekacchandā ekapayogā ekādhippāyā ekavāsanavāsitā, tesaṃ anekapāṇasahassānaṃ virajaṃ vītamalaṃ dhammacakkhuṃ udapādi – ‘‘yaṃ kiñci samudayadhammaṃ sabbaṃ taṃ nirodhadhamma’’nti. Tassa ca brāhmaṇassa virajaṃ vītamalaṃ dhammacakkhuṃ udapādi – ‘‘yaṃ kiñci samudayadhammaṃ sabbaṃ taṃ nirodhadhamma’’nti. Saha dhammacakkhussa paṭilābhā ajinajaṭāvākacīratidaṇḍakamaṇḍalukesā ca massū ca antarahitā bhaṇḍukāsāyavatthavasano saṅghāṭipattacīvaradharo anvatthapaṭipattiyā pañjaliko bhagavantaṃ namassamāno nisinno hoti – ‘‘satthā me bhante bhagavā, sāvakohamasmī’’ti.
宾耆耶学童所问分别第十六。显示巴利原文
Piṅgiyamāṇavapucchāniddeso soḷasamo.
十七、《彼岸道赞颂偈》之分别显示巴利原文
17. Pārāyanatthutigāthāniddeso
世尊宣说了这部《彼岸道》。‘世尊’一词是表示尊敬的称呼……乃是证知的施设,即世尊——这是世尊所宣说的。他住于名为摩揭陀的地区,行持、停留、守护、生活、延续生命。‘巴桑那卡塔寺’意指佛座——住于摩揭陀的巴桑那卡塔寺中。宾耆耶婆罗门是婆和利婆罗门的随行弟子、侍者、弟子。‘宾耆耶与那十六位’——如此说来,这十六位婆罗门可被理解为侍者;或者,那十六位婆罗门皆是佛陀世尊的随行弟子、侍者、弟子——这也可作为十六位侍者婆罗门来理解。显示巴利原文
ti idaṃ pārāyanaṃ avoca. ti gāravādhivacanametaṃ…pe… sacchikā paññatti, yadidaṃ bhagavāti – idamavoca bhagavā. ti magadhanāmake janapade viharanto iriyanto vattento pālento yapento yāpento. ti pāsāṇakacetiyaṃ vuccati buddhāsananti – magadhesu viharanto pāsāṇake cetiye. nti piṅgiyo brāhmaṇo bāvarissa brāhmaṇassa paddho paddhacaro paricārako sisso. Piṅgiyena te soḷasāti – evampi paricārakasoḷasānaṃ brāhmaṇānaṃ. Atha vā, te soḷasa brāhmaṇā buddhassa bhagavato paddhā paddhacarā paricārakā sissāti – evampi paricārakasoḷasānaṃ brāhmaṇānaṃ.
‘受邀请’意指被邀请、被恳请。‘被一再请问’意指被询问、被求问、被祈请、被恳请、被令生净信。他解答问题:告知、开示、宣说、施设、建立、揭示、分别、阐明、显扬——这便是说,他既受邀请,又被一再请问之后,解答了问题。因此,这样说——显示巴利原文
ti. ti ajjhiṭṭho ajjhesito. ti puṭṭho puṭṭho pucchito pucchito yācito yācito ajjhesito ajjhesito pasādito pasādito. ti pañhaṃ byākāsi ācikkhi desesi paññapesi paṭṭhapesi vivari vibhaji uttānīākāsi pakāsesīti – ajjhiṭṭho puṭṭho puṭṭho pañhaṃ byākāsi. Tenetaṃ vuccati –
世尊在摩揭陀的巴桑那卡塔寺居住时,受了十六位侍从婆罗门的殷勤请求,对他们一一提出的问题,都分别作了解答,而宣说了此语。显示巴利原文
‘‘Idamavoca bhagavā magadhesu viharanto pāsāṇake cetiye, paricārakasoḷasānaṃ brāhmaṇānaṃ ajjhiṭṭho puṭṭho puṭṭho pañhaṃ byākāsī’’ti.
即便是阿基多的每一个问题,即便是提舍弥勒的每一个问题,即便是富那迦的每一个问题,即便是弥德古的每一个问题,即便是陀多迦的每一个问题,即便是优波湿婆的每一个问题,即便是难陀的每一个问题,即便是海马咖的每一个问题,即便是多德亚的每一个问题,即便是咖巴的每一个问题,即便是迦度甘尼的每一个问题,即便是跋达吾达的每一个问题,即便是优陀耶的每一个问题,即便是波沙乐的每一个问题,即便是摩嘎拉迦的每一个问题。显示巴利原文
ti ekamekassa cepi ajitapañhassa, ekamekassa cepi tissametteyyapañhassa, ekamekassa cepi puṇṇakapañhassa, ekamekassa cepi mettagūpañhassa, ekamekassa cepi dhotakapañhassa, ekamekassa cepi upasīvapañhassa, ekamekassa cepi nandakapañhassa, ekamekassa cepi hemakapañhassa, ekamekassa cepi todeyyapañhassa, ekamekassa cepi kappapañhassa, ekamekassa cepi jatukaṇṇipañhassa, ekamekassa cepi bhadrāvudhapañhassa, ekamekassa cepi udayapañhassa, ekamekassa cepi posālapañhassa, ekamekassa cepi mogharājapañhassa, ekamekassa cepi piṅgiyapañhassāti – ekamekassa cepi pañhassa.
问题本身即是法,解答即是义。了知义,便是了解义理、审察义理、衡量义理、判定义理、通达义理、彻底明了义理;了知法,便是了解法、审察法、衡量法、判定法、通达法、彻底明了法——这就是知义与知法。依法随法行,即是修习正确的行道、随顺的行道、不逆的行道、如义的行道、法随法的行道——这就是依法随法而行。度过老死的彼岸,即称为不死、涅槃。那正是一切行的止息、一切依着的舍离、渴爱的灭尽、离贪、寂灭、涅槃。到达老死的彼岸,即是走向彼岸、证得彼岸、触及彼岸、体证彼岸。这些法能导向彼岸——它们使人走向彼岸、彻底走向彼岸、完全度越彼岸,是为了度越老死而设立。因此说,这些是导向彼岸的法。显示巴利原文
ti sveva pañho dhammo, visajjanaṃ atthoti atthaṃ aññāya jānitvā tulayitvā tīrayitvā vibhāvayitvā vibhūtaṃ katvāti – atthamaññāya. ti dhammaṃ aññāya jānitvā tulayitvā tīrayitvā vibhāvayitvā vibhūtaṃ katvāti – dhammamaññāyāti – atthamaññāya dhammamaññāya. ti sammāpaṭipadaṃ anulomapaṭipadaṃ apaccanīkapaṭipadaṃ anvatthapaṭipadaṃ dhammānudhammapaṭipadaṃ paṭipajjeyyāti – dhammānudhammaṃ paṭipajjeyya. nti jarāmaraṇassa pāraṃ vuccati amataṃ nibbānaṃ. Yo so sabbasaṅkhārasamatho sabbūpadhippaṭinissaggo taṇhakkhayo virāgo nirodho nibbānaṃ. nti jarāmaraṇassa pāraṃ gaccheyya, pāraṃ adhigaccheyya, pāraṃ adhiphasseyya, pāraṃ sacchikareyyāti – gaccheyyeva jarāmaraṇassa pāraṃ. ti ime dhammā pāraṅgamanīyā. Pāraṃ pāpenti pāraṃ sampāpenti pāraṃ samanupāpenti, jarāmaṇassa taraṇāya saṃvattantīti – pāraṅgamanīyā ime dhammāti.
因此,正由于这个因、这个缘、这个条件、这个原因,如此见到渴爱的过患——所以,宾耆耶,你当恭敬修习……于诸善法不放逸——因此,宾耆耶,你当不放逸。
显示巴利原文 ti. ti tasmā taṃkāraṇā taṃhetu tappaccayā taṃnidānā evaṃ ādīnavaṃ sampassamāno taṇhāyāti – tasmā tuvaṃ piṅgiya. ti sakkaccakārī…pe… appamādo kusalesu dhammesūti – tasmā tuvaṃ piṅgiya appamatto.
哪怕仅透彻理解其中一义、通达一法,并依法随法而践行,他也能抵达老死的彼岸。这些法门堪能度至彼岸,因此这个法门集便名为‘到彼岸’(pārāyana)。显示巴利原文
‘‘Ekamekassa cepi pañhassa atthamaññāya dhammamaññāya dhammānudhammaṃ paṭipajjeyya, gaccheyyeva jarāmaraṇassa pāraṃ. Pāraṅgamanīyā ime dhammāti. Tasmā imassa dhammapariyāyassa ‘pārāyana’nteva adhivacana’’nti.
这就是十六位求渡彼岸道的婆罗门。彼世尊,是自生无师的,于以往从未听闻过的法上,自己彻底觉证了真理,并于彼处获得一切知智,于诸力量而得自在。‘佛陀’是何义呢?觉证真理者,故为佛陀;令众生觉悟者,故为佛陀;因一切知,故为佛陀;因具足一切见,故为佛陀;因具足了知的特质,故为佛陀;因具足开导的特质,故为佛陀;以‘漏尽’之义,故为佛陀;以‘离垢’之义,故为佛陀;彻底无贪,故为佛陀;彻底无瞋,故为佛陀;彻底无痴,故为佛陀;彻底无烦恼,故为佛陀;行于唯一道,故为佛陀;独自证悟成为正自觉者,故为佛陀;摧破不智、获得智慧,故为佛陀。这个‘佛陀’的名称,不是母亲所起,不是父亲所起,不是兄弟所起,不是姐妹所起,不是朋友同僚所起,不是血缘亲属所起,不是沙门婆罗门所起,也不是天神们所起。这是诸佛世尊在菩提树下,于获得一切知智之时,证知而安立的、以解脱为终极的名称。他们前往、亲近、侍奉、请问、反复请问这样的佛陀。显示巴利原文
nti. ti soḷasa pārāyaniyā brāhmaṇā. ti yo so bhagavā sayambhū anācariyako pubbe ananussutesu dhammesu sāmaṃ saccāni abhisambujjhi, tattha ca sabbaññutaṃ patto balesu ca vasībhāvaṃ. ti kenaṭṭhena buddho? Bujjhitā saccānīti buddho, bodhetā pajāyāti buddho, sabbaññutāya buddho, sabbadassāvitāya buddho, abhiññeyyatāya buddho, visavitāya buddho, khīṇāsavasaṅkhātena buddho, nirupalepasaṅkhātena buddho, ekantavītarāgoti buddho, ekantavītadosoti buddho, ekantavītamohoti buddho, ekantanikkilesoti buddho, ekāyanamaggaṃ gatoti buddho, eko anuttaraṃ sammāsambodhiṃ abhisambuddhoti buddho, abuddhivihatattā buddhipaṭilābhāti buddho. ti netaṃ nāmaṃ mātarā kataṃ na pitarā kataṃ na bhātarā kataṃ na bhaginiyā kataṃ na mittāmaccehi kataṃ na ñātisālohitehi kataṃ na samaṇabrāhmaṇehi kataṃ na devatāhi kataṃ. Vimokkhantikametaṃ buddhānaṃ bhagavantānaṃ bodhiyā mūle saha sabbaññutañāṇassa paṭilābhā sacchikā paññatti , yadidaṃ buddhoti. nti ete buddhaṃ upāgamiṃsu upasaṅkamiṃsu payirupāsiṃsu paripucchiṃsu paripañhiṃsūti – ete buddhaṃ upāgacchuṃ.
所谓‘行’,是指戒行与操守的生起。防护戒是行,防护诸根也是行,饮食知量也是行,精勤不眠也是行,七种正法是行,四禅也是行。所谓‘圆具诸行’,是指圆满的行、殊胜的行、卓越的行、最上的行、最高的行、无上的行。世尊被称为‘大仙’,是因为他曾寻求、探寻、追求那广大的戒蕴……或者,他是一位被具有大威德的众生所寻求、所探寻、所追求的人——‘佛陀在何处?世尊在何处?天中天在何处?人中之雄在何处?’——因此,他被称为大仙:一位圆具诸行的大仙。显示巴利原文
nti caraṇaṃ vuccati sīlācāranibbatti. Sīlasaṃvaropi caraṇaṃ, indriyasaṃvaropi caraṇaṃ, bhojane mattaññutāpi caraṇaṃ, jāgariyānuyogopi caraṇaṃ, sattapi saddhammā caraṇaṃ, cattāripi jhānāni caraṇaṃ. nti sampannacaraṇaṃ seṭṭhacaraṇaṃ viseṭṭhacaraṇaṃ pāmokkhacaraṇaṃ uttamacaraṇaṃ pavaracaraṇaṃ. ti isi bhagavā mahantaṃ sīlakkhandhaṃ esī gavesī pariyesīti isi…pe… mahesakkhehi vā sattehi esito gavesito pariyesito – ‘‘kahaṃ buddho, kahaṃ bhagavā, kahaṃ devadevo kahaṃ narāsabho’’ti – isīti – sampannacaraṇaṃ isiṃ.
他们正在请问,也就是在请求、在祈请、在恳求、在令心生起净信。他们正请问佛陀那些甚深的、难以洞见的、难以彻悟的、寂静的、微妙的、非思量所能及、精深而唯智者能知的议题——正在请问这些精深的议题。显示巴利原文
ti. ti pucchantā yācantā ajjhesantā pasādentā. ti gambhīre duddase duranubodhe sante paṇīte atakkāvacare nipuṇe paṇḍitavedanīye pañheti – pucchantā nipuṇe pañhe.
彼世尊……证知后所安立、以解脱为究竟的施设,即是‘佛陀’。所谓‘佛陀最上者’,即是至高、殊胜、卓越、首要、最高、无上的佛陀。他们前往、亲近、承事、请问、反复请问他。他们前往亲近那位最上的佛陀。因此,而有下面之说:显示巴利原文
nti. ti yo so bhagavā…pe… sacchikā paññatti, yadidaṃ buddhoti. nti aggaṃ seṭṭhaṃ viseṭṭhaṃ pāmokkhaṃ uttamaṃ pavaraṃ buddhaṃ upāgamuṃ upāgamiṃsu upasaṅkamiṃsu payirupāsiṃsu paripucchiṃsu paripañhiṃsūti – buddhaseṭṭhaṃ upāgamuṃ. Tenetaṃ vuccati –
他们来到佛陀面前,亲近那位诸行圆满的大仙;
他们探问精微妙细的问题,来到最胜佛陀跟前。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Ete buddhaṃ upāgacchuṃ, sampannacaraṇaṃ isiṃ; Pucchantā nipuṇe pañhe, buddhaseṭṭhaṃ upāgamu’’nti.
“那些”是指十六位修习彼岸道的婆罗门。“佛陀”是指彼世尊……(中略)……即以证得之故,施设名为佛陀。“佛陀对他们解说”意为:佛陀为他们解答、讲解、开示、安立、确立、揭示、分析、阐明、宣说——这便是“佛陀为他们解说”之义。显示巴利原文
ti. nti soḷasānaṃ pārāyaniyānaṃ brāhmaṇānaṃ. ti yo so bhagavā…pe… sacchikā paññatti, yadidaṃ buddhoti. ti tesaṃ buddho pabyākāsi ācikkhi desesi paññapesi paṭṭhapesi vivari vibhaji uttānīakāsi pakāsesīti – tesaṃ buddho pabyākāsi.
“被问及问题”是指被提问、被询问、被请求、被恳请、被促成而发问。“如实地”是指:应如何解说,便如实地解说;应如何教导,便如实地教导;应如何安立,便如实地安立;应如何确立,便如实地确立;应如何揭示,便如实地揭示;应如何分析,便如实地分析;应如何阐明,便如实地阐明;应如何宣说,便如实地宣说——这便是“被问及问题,就如实地”。显示巴利原文
nti. ti pañhaṃ puṭṭho pucchito yācito ajjhesito pasādito. nti yathā ācikkhitabbaṃ tathā ācikkhi , yathā desitabbaṃ tathā desesi, yathā paññapetabbaṃ tathā paññapesi, yathā paṭṭhapetabbaṃ tathā paṭṭhapesi, yathā vivaritabbaṃ tathā vivari , yathā vibhajitabbaṃ tathā vibhaji, yathā uttānīkātabbaṃ tathā uttānīakāsi, yathā pakāsitabbaṃ tathā pakāsesīti – pañhaṃ puṭṭho yathātathaṃ.
“以对问题的解答”是指:以解答、讲解、教导、安立、确立、揭示、分析、阐明、宣说等方式——即“以对问题的解答”。显示巴利原文
ti pañhānaṃ veyyākaraṇena ācikkhanena desanena paññapanena paṭṭhapanena vivaraṇena vibhajanena uttānīkammena pakāsanenāti – pañhānaṃ veyyākaraṇena.
“使满意”是指:他使他们满意、全然满意、令其欢喜、令其信受、令其心满意足。“那些婆罗门”是指十六位彼岸道的婆罗门。“牟尼”是指智慧被称为牟尼……(经文略去)……即“超越了结缚之网的牟尼”——他使这些婆罗门牟尼满意。因此这样说道:显示巴利原文
ti. ti tosesi vitosesi pasādesi ārādhesi attamane akāsi. ti soḷasa pārāyaniye brāhmaṇe. ti monaṃ vuccati ñāṇaṃ…pe… saṅgajālamaticca so munīti – tosesi brāhmaṇe muni. Tenetaṃ vuccati –
‘‘Tesaṃ buddho pabyākāsi, pañhaṃ puṭṭho yathātathaṃ; Pañhānaṃ veyyākaraṇena, tosesi brāhmaṇe munī’’ti.
“那些被具眼者所满意”是说:十六位彼岸道婆罗门,已被满意、被彻底满意、被令净信、被令喜悦、被令心欢喜——他们即为满意。“具眼者”世尊依五种眼而具眼:以肉眼而具眼,以天眼而具眼,以慧眼而具眼,以佛眼而具眼,以一切眼而具眼……(中略)……世尊如何以一切眼而具眼。他们便是这样被具眼者所满意。显示巴利原文
ti. ti soḷasa pārāyaniyā brāhmaṇā. ti tositā vitositā pasāditā ārādhitā attamanā katāti – te tositā. ti bhagavā pañcahi cakkhūhi cakkhumā – maṃsacakkhunāpi cakkhumā, dibbacakkhunāpi cakkhumā, paññācakkhunāpi cakkhumā, buddhacakkhunāpi cakkhumā, samantacakkhunāpi cakkhumā. Kathaṃ bhagavā maṃsacakkhunāpi cakkhumā…pe… evaṃ bhagavā samantacakkhunāpi cakkhumāti – te tositā cakkhumatā.
所谓“被佛陀、阿迪迦班度所……”,其中“佛陀”是彼世尊……亲自证知后所安立的名号。“阿迪迦”意为太阳。乔达摩是姓氏,世尊也姓乔达摩,世尊是太阳的亲族,与太阳同宗。因此,佛陀被称为阿迪迦班度——“被佛陀、阿迪迦班度所……”显示巴利原文
ti. ti yo so bhagavā…pe… sacchikā paññatti, yadidaṃ buddhoti. ti ādicco vuccati sūriyo. So gotamo gottena, bhagavāpi gotamo gottena, bhagavā sūriyassa gottañātako gottabandhu. Tasmā buddho ādiccabandhūti – buddhenādiccabandhunā.
“梵行”是指:对非法成就的厌离、离弃、舍离、回避、禁止、远离、不作、不造、不犯、不越界限、拆桥。再者,从无余的意义上说,梵行即是圣八支道,也就是:正见、正思惟、正语、正业、正命、正精进、正念、正定。“已行梵行”是说他们行了梵行,修习梵行,受持并安住于梵行。显示巴利原文
ti brahmacariyaṃ vuccati asaddhammasamāpattiyā ārati virati paṭivirati veramaṇī viramaṇaṃ akiriyā akaraṇaṃ anajjhāpatti velāanatikkamo setughāto. Api ca, nippariyāyavasena brahmacariyaṃ vuccati ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo, seyyathidaṃ – sammādiṭṭhi, sammāsaṅkappo, sammāvācā, sammākammanto, sammāājīvo, sammāvāyāmo, sammāsati, sammāsamādhi. ti brahmacariyaṃ cariṃsu acariṃsu samādāya vattiṃsūti – brahmacariyamacariṃsu.
“于最胜慧者、至上慧者、最上慧者、殊胜慧者、首要慧者、无上慧者、最妙慧者”——“于近处”:指在附近、周遭、近前、不远处、跟前——即在最胜慧者的近处。因此,这样说:——显示巴利原文
ti varapaññassa aggapaññassa seṭṭhapaññassa viseṭṭhapaññassa pāmokkhapaññassa uttamapaññassa pavarapaññassa. ti santike sāmantā āsanne avidūre upakaṭṭheti – varapaññassa santike. Tenetaṃ vuccati –
“他们令具眼者——佛陀、阿迪迦班度——心生欢喜,”
他们在最胜慧者的座前,修习了梵行。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Te tositā cakkhumatā, buddhenādiccabandhunā; Brahmacariyamacariṃsu, varapaññassa santike’’ti.
这是阿基多之问的逐一开示,提舍弥勒之问的逐一开示……宾耆耶之问的逐一开示——这便是每一问的逐一开示。显示巴利原文
ti ekamekassa ajitapañhassa, ekamekassa tissametteyyapañhassa…pe… ekamekassa piṅgiyapañhassāti – ekamekassa pañhassa.
彼世尊是自生者……是为现证的施设,即所称的佛陀。如此,正如佛陀所宣说、所开示、所安立、所确立、所揭示、所分别、所阐明、所显扬——正如佛陀所宣说。显示巴利原文
nti. ti yo so bhagavā sayambhū…pe… sacchikā paññatti, yadidaṃ buddhoti. nti yathā buddhena ācikkhitaṃ desitaṃ paññapitaṃ paṭṭhapitaṃ vivaritaṃ vibhajitaṃ uttānīkataṃ pakāsitanti – yathā buddhena desitaṃ.
他应修习正行道、随顺行道、不逆行道、如义行道、法随法行道——他应这样修习。
显示巴利原文 ti sammāpaṭipadaṃ anulomapaṭipadaṃ apaccanīkapaṭipadaṃ anvatthapaṭipadaṃ dhammānudhammapaṭipadaṃ paṭipajjeyyāti – tathā yo paṭipajjeyya.
所谓彼岸,即不死、涅槃……灭尽、涅槃;所谓此岸,即烦恼、蕴与诸行。应从此岸到彼岸去,到达彼岸,触证彼岸,现证彼岸——从此岸到彼岸去。因此,这样说:显示巴利原文
ti pāraṃ vuccati amataṃ nibbānaṃ…pe… nirodho nibbānaṃ; apāraṃ vuccanti kilesā ca khandhā ca abhisaṅkhārā ca. ti apārato pāraṃ gaccheyya, pāraṃ adhigaccheyya, pāraṃ phasseyya, pāraṃ sacchikareyyāti – gacche pāraṃ apārato. Tenetaṃ vuccati –
‘‘Ekamekassa pañhassa, yathā buddhena desitaṃ; Tathā yo paṭipajjeyya, gacche pāraṃ apārato’’ti.
这里,“此岸”指的是烦恼、诸蕴与诸行;“彼岸”指的是不死、涅槃……即渴爱的灭尽、离染、止息、涅槃。“从此岸到达彼岸”的意思是:抵达彼岸、证得彼岸、触证彼岸、现证彼岸——从此岸到达彼岸。显示巴利原文
ti apāraṃ vuccanti kilesā ca khandhā ca abhisaṅkhārā ca; pāraṃ vuccati amataṃ nibbānaṃ…pe… taṇhakkhayo virāgo nirodho nibbānaṃ. ti apārā pāraṃ gaccheyya, pāraṃ adhigaccheyya, pāraṃ phasseyya, pāraṃ sacchikareyyāti – apārā pāraṃ gaccheyya.
其中,“最上之道”是指圣八支道,即:正见……乃至……正定。“道”的含义是:路径,又是最高、最胜、最特胜、最顶尖、最上等、最殊胜。“修习”的意思是:修习它、反复修习、多所修习——如此修习那最上的道。显示巴利原文
nti maggamuttamaṃ vuccati ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo, seyyathidaṃ – sammādiṭṭhi…pe… sammāsamādhi. nti maggaṃ aggaṃ seṭṭhaṃ viseṭṭhaṃ pāmokkhaṃ uttamaṃ pavaraṃ. ti bhāvento āsevanto bahulīkarontoti – bhāvento maggamuttamaṃ.
Maggo pantho patho pajjo , añjasaṃ vaṭumāyanaṃ; Nāvā uttarasetu ca, kullo ca bhisi saṅkamo .
“这条道,是为前往彼岸、抵达彼岸、证达彼岸,为度越老与死而设——这条道正是通往彼岸之道。”显示巴利原文
ti pāraṃ gamanāya pāraṃ sampāpanāya pāraṃ samanupāpanāya jarāmaraṇassa taraṇāyāti – maggo so pāraṃ gamanāya.
“所以”:因此,以彼为因,以彼为缘,以彼为理由,以彼为因由。“这部《彼岸道》的”:因此,这一教法。“彼岸”:即不死、涅槃……“行”:即道,也就是正见……正定。“彼岸行”:名称、称呼、施设、言说、命名、语词、表达、语句、言辞。因此这么说——显示巴利原文
ti. ti tasmā taṃkāraṇā taṃhetu tappaccayā taṃnidānāti – tasmā. ti imassa pārāyanassāti – tasmā imassa dhammapariyāyassa. nti pāraṃ vuccati amataṃ nibbānaṃ…pe… nirodho nibbānaṃ. Ayanaṃ vuccati maggo, seyyathidaṃ – sammādiṭṭhi…pe… sammāsamādhi. nti saṅkhā samaññā paññatti vohāro nāmaṃ nāmakammaṃ nāmadheyyaṃ nirutti byañjanaṃ abhilāpoti – pārāyananteva adhivacanaṃ. Tenetaṃ vuccati –
他应由此岸渡向彼岸,修习那无上之道;
此道是为抵达彼岸而设,故称‘往彼岸之道’。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Apārā pāraṃ gaccheyya, bhāvento maggamuttamaṃ; Maggo so pāraṃ gamanāya, tasmā pārāyanaṃ itī’’ti.
彼岸道赞颂偈之分别 第十七显示巴利原文
Pārāyanatthutigāthāniddeso sattarasamo.
18. 彼岸道随颂偈之分别显示巴利原文
18. Pārāyanānugītigāthāniddeso
“我将唱诵那曾被唱诵的,我将复说那曾被讲述的,我将重宣那曾被宣说的,我将重吟那曾被吟咏的,我将复述那曾被言说的——我将唱诵《彼岸道品》。” “ti”是词句的连接……(中略)……这是语序的次第,即“像这样”。 “ti”也是爱语、敬语,是表示恭敬与顺从的敬称,即“尊者”。 “宾耆耶”是那位长老的名字、称呼、称号、施设、通称、名、名业、名号、词源、说明、称谓。如是,即尊者宾耆耶。显示巴利原文
nti gītamanugāyissaṃ kathitamanukathayissaṃ bhaṇitamanubhaṇissaṃ lapitamanulapissaṃ bhāsitamanubhāsissanti – pārāyanamanugāyissaṃ. ti. ti padasandhi…pe… padānupubbatāpetaṃ – iccāti. ti piyavacanaṃ garuvacanaṃ sagāravasappatissādhivacanametaṃ – āyasmāti. ti tassa therassa nāmaṃ saṅkhā samaññā paññatti vohāro nāmaṃ nāmakammaṃ nāmadheyyaṃ nirutti byañjanaṃ abhilāpoti – iccāyasmā piṅgiyo.
如其所见,便如此宣说、解说、开示、确立、建立、揭示、分析、阐明、开显。“一切行无常”——如其所见,便如此宣说、解说、开示、确立、建立、揭示、分析、阐明、开显。“一切行是苦”……“一切法无我”……“凡是集起之法,皆是灭法”——如其所见,便如此宣说、解说、开示、确立、建立、揭示、分析、阐明、开显。这便名为“如见如说”。 显示巴利原文
ti yathā addakkhi tathā akkhāsi ācikkhi desesi paññapesi paṭṭhapesi vivari vibhaji uttānīakāsi pakāsesi. ‘‘Sabbe saṅkhārā aniccā’’ti yathā addakkhi tathā akkhāsi ācikkhi desesi paññapesi paṭṭhapesi vivari vibhaji uttānīakāsi pakāsesi. ‘‘Sabbe saṅkhārā dukkhā’’ti…pe… ‘‘sabbe dhammā anattā’’ti… ‘‘yaṃ kiñci samudayadhammaṃ sabbaṃ taṃ nirodhadhamma’’nti yathā addakkhi tathā akkhāsi ācikkhi desesi paññapesi paṭṭhapesi vivari vibhaji uttānīakāsi pakāsesīti – yathāddakkhi tathākkhāsi.
贪是垢,嗔是垢,痴是垢,忿……恨……一切不善的造作皆是垢。这些垢已被佛陀、世尊断除,其根被切断,如同截顶的棕榈树,不再存在,于未来永不再生。佛陀无垢、离垢、除垢,远离垢染、彻底舍断垢、从垢中解脱,超越了一切垢。“地”被称为大地。世尊即具足那般如大地般广阔、开阔的智慧。“慧”即智慧。那智慧即是……无痴、择法、正见。世尊具足、圆满具足、证得、圆满证得、成就、圆满成就这慧与智慧,因此佛陀是“具妙慧者”——无垢、广慧。显示巴利原文
ti. ti rāgo malaṃ, doso malaṃ, moho malaṃ, kodho… upanāho…pe… sabbākusalābhisaṅkhārā malā. Te malā buddhassa bhagavato pahīnā ucchinnamūlā tālāvatthukatā anabhāvaṃkatā āyatiṃ anuppādadhammā. Amalo buddho vimalo nimmalo malāpagato malavippahīno malavimutto sabbamalavītivatto. vuccati pathavī. Bhagavā tāya pathavisamāya paññāya vipulāya vitthatāya samannāgato. Medhā vuccati paññā. Yā paññā pajānanā…pe… amoho dhammavicayo sammādiṭṭhi. Bhagavā imāya medhāya paññāya upeto samupeto upāgato samupāgato upapanno samupapanno samannāgato, tasmā buddho sumedhasoti – vimalo bhūrimedhaso.
从分类而言,有两种欲:事物欲与烦恼欲……这些被称为事物欲……这些被称为烦恼欲。种种色、种种声、种种香、种种味、种种触,皆是可爱、可意、可悦、怡心、与欲相应、令人染着。世尊曾这样说:“诸比丘,有此五种欲功德。哪五种?眼所识知的色,可爱、可意、可悦、怡心、与欲相应、令人染着;耳所识知的声……鼻所识知的香……舌所识知的味……身所识知的触,可爱、可意、可悦、怡心、与欲相应、令人染着。诸比丘,这便是五种欲功德。诸比丘,依此五种欲功德而生起的快乐与喜悦,便称为欲乐、秽乐、凡夫乐、非圣乐,这种乐不应亲近、不应修习、不应多作。我说:应当怖畏这种乐。”欲确实是多彩、甜蜜的。那心……由此相应的意识界。它们令心欢乐、赞赏、满足、喜悦——所以说:“欲确实是多彩的、甜蜜的、令心欢悦的。”显示巴利原文
ti. ti uddānato dve kāmā – vatthukāmā ca kilesakāmā ca…pe… ime vuccanti vatthukāmā…pe… ime vuccanti kilesakāmā. ti nānāvaṇṇā rūpā nānāvaṇṇā saddā nānāvaṇṇā gandhā nānāvaṇṇā rasā nānāvaṇṇā phoṭṭhabbā iṭṭhā kantā manāpā piyarūpā kāmūpasaṃhitā rajanīyā. ti vuttañhetaṃ bhagavatā – ‘‘pañcime , bhikkhave, kāmaguṇā. Katame pañca? Cakkhuviññeyyā rūpā iṭṭhā kantā manāpā piyarūpā kāmūpasaṃhitā rajanīyā, sotaviññeyyā saddā…pe… ghānaviññeyyā gandhā… jivhāviññeyyā rasā… kāyaviññeyyā phoṭṭhabbā iṭṭhā kantā manāpā piyarūpā kāmūpasaṃhitā rajanīyā. Ime kho, bhikkhave, pañca kāmaguṇā. Yaṃ kho, bhikkhave, ime pañca kāmaguṇe paṭicca uppajjati sukhaṃ somanassaṃ, idaṃ vuccati kāmasukhaṃ miḷhasukhaṃ puthujjanasukhaṃ anariyasukhaṃ, na sevitabbaṃ na bhāvetabbaṃ na bahulīkātabbaṃ, ‘bhāyitabbaṃ etassa sukhassā’ti vadāmī’’ti – kāmā hi citrā madhurā ti. ti yaṃ cittaṃ…pe… tajjā manoviññāṇadhātu. Mano ramenti thomenti tosenti pahāsentīti – kāmā hi citrā madhurā manoramā.
贪是林,嗔是林,痴是林,忿是林,恨是林……乃至一切不善的造作,都是林。佛陀、世尊已断除这些林,截断其根,如同截了顶的多罗树,不令存在,未来不再生起。因此佛陀是无林者、离林者、出林者,远离于林,彻底舍断林,从林中解脱,超越一切林——这就是‘离林者’。所谓‘龙’者:世尊不作恶,故为龙;不去,故为龙;不来,故为龙……如此,世尊不来,故为龙。这就是‘离欲者、离林者、龙’。显示巴利原文
ti rāgo vanaṃ, doso vanaṃ, moho vanaṃ, kodho vanaṃ, upanāho vanaṃ…pe… sabbākusalābhisaṅkhārā vanā. Te vanā buddhassa bhagavato pahīnā ucchinnamūlā tālāvatthukatā anabhāvaṃkatā āyatiṃ anuppādadhammā. Tasmā buddho avano vivano nibbano vanāpagato vanavippahīno vanavimutto sabbavanavītivattoti – nibbano. ti nāgo; bhagavā āguṃ na karotīti nāgo, na gacchatīti nāgo, na āgacchatīti nāgo…pe… evaṃ bhagavā na āgacchatīti nāgoti – nikkāmo nibbano nāgo.
‘以何因缘’,就是以什么因缘、什么原因、什么根源、什么条件——这就是‘以何因缘’。‘说妄语’指说、讲、宣称、言说妄语,也就是说不圣者之言。在此,有人被带到集会中,或大众中,或亲属中,或团体中,或王宫中,被当作证人而问:‘喂,来,人!你知道什么,就说出来吧。’他不知而说‘我知道’,知道而说‘我不知道’;没见到而说‘我见到’,见到而说‘我没见到’。这样,为了自己,为了他人,或为了些许物质利益而故意说妄语,这就称为妄语。显示巴利原文
ti. ti kissa hetu kiṃhetu kiṃkāraṇā kiṃnidānā kiṃpaccayāti – kissa hetu. ti musā bhaṇeyya katheyya dīpeyya vohareyya; ti mosavajjaṃ bhaṇeyya, musāvādaṃ bhaṇeyya, anariyavādaṃ bhaṇeyya. Idhekacco sabhāgato vā parisāgato vā ñātimajjhagato vā pūgamajjhagato vā rājakulamajjhagato vā abhinīto sakkhipuṭṭho – ‘‘ehambho purisa, yaṃ jānāsi taṃ vadehī’’ti, so ajānaṃ vā āha – ‘‘jānāmī’’ti , jānaṃ vā āha – ‘‘na jānāmī’’ti, apassaṃ vā āha – ‘‘passāmī’’ti, passaṃ vā āha – ‘‘na passāmī’’ti. Iti attahetu vā parahetu vā āmisakiñcikkhahetu vā sampajānamusā bhāsati, idaṃ vuccati mosavajjaṃ.
再者,妄语以三种方式构成:事先他想‘我将说妄语’,正说时想‘我正说妄语’,说后想‘我已说了妄语’——妄语以此三种方式构成。又以四种方式构成:事先他想‘我将说妄语’,正说时想‘我正说妄语’,说后想‘我已说了妄语’,并歪曲见解——妄语以此四种方式构成。乃至以五种……六种……七种……以八种方式构成:事先他想‘我将说妄语’,正说时想‘我正说妄语’,说后想‘我已说了妄语’,并歪曲见解、歪曲容忍、歪曲喜好、歪曲想、歪曲状态——妄语以此八种方式构成。‘以何因缘’会说、讲、宣称、言说妄语?这就是‘以何因缘说妄语’。因此,宾耆耶长老说:显示巴利原文
Api ca, tīhākārehi musāvādo hoti. Pubbevassa hoti – ‘‘musā bhaṇissa’’nti, bhaṇantassa hoti – ‘‘musā bhaṇāmī’’ti, bhaṇitassa hoti – ‘‘musā mayā bhaṇita’’nti – imehi tīhākārehi musāvādo hoti. Api ca, catūhākārehi musāvādo hoti. Pubbevassa hoti – ‘‘musā bhaṇissa’’nti, bhaṇantassa hoti – ‘‘musā bhaṇāmī’’ti, bhaṇitassa hoti – ‘‘musā mayā bhaṇita’’nti, vinidhāya diṭṭhiṃ – imehi catūhākārehi musāvādo hoti. Api ca, pañcahākārehi…pe… chahākārehi… sattahākārehi… aṭṭhahākārehi musāvādo hoti. Pubbevassa hoti – ‘‘musā bhaṇissa’’nti, bhaṇantassa hoti – ‘‘musā bhaṇāmī’’ti, bhaṇitassa hoti – ‘‘musā mayā bhaṇita’’nti, vinidhāya diṭṭhiṃ, vinidhāya khantiṃ, vinidhāya ruciṃ, vinidhāya saññaṃ, vinidhāya bhāvaṃ – imehi aṭṭhahākārehi musāvādo hoti mosavajjaṃ. Kissa hetu musā bhaṇeyya katheyya dīpeyya vohareyyāti – kissa hetu musā bhaṇe. Tenāha thero piṅgiyo –
他如实述说所见,那无垢、智慧广大者;
无欲、无瞋的龙象,又为何会说虚妄的话呢?”
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Pārāyanamanugāyissaṃ, [iccāyasmā piṅgiyo] Yathāddakkhi tathākkhāsi, vimalo bhūrimedhaso; Nikkāmo nibbano nāgo, kissa hetu musā bhaṇe’’ti.
贪是垢,嗔是垢,痴是垢,慢是垢,见是垢,烦恼是垢,一切恶行是垢,一切导向有的业是垢。显示巴利原文
ti . nti rāgo malaṃ, doso malaṃ, moho malaṃ, māno malaṃ, diṭṭhi malaṃ, kileso malaṃ, sabbaduccaritaṃ malaṃ, sabbabhavagāmikammaṃ malaṃ.
所谓对苦的无知……乃至……无明丛、愚痴、不善根,这称为痴。而垢与痴,在世尊佛陀那里已完全断除,连根截断,如截多罗树桩,归于无有,于未来不再生起。因此,佛陀是已断除垢与痴者——确已断除垢与痴。显示巴利原文
ti yaṃ dukkhe aññāṇaṃ…pe… avijjālaṅgī moho akusalamūlaṃ. Ayaṃ vuccati moho. Malañca moho ca buddhassa bhagavato pahīnā ucchinnamūlā tālāvatthukatā anabhāvaṃkatā āyatiṃ anuppādadhammā. Tasmā buddho pahīnamalamohoti – pahīnamalamohassa.
一种慢:心的高举。二种慢:自赞慢、贬他慢。三种慢:“我胜”之慢、“我等”之慢、“我劣”之慢。四种慢:因得利而生慢、因名声而生慢、因赞誉而生慢、因乐而生慢。五种慢:因“我得可意之色”而生慢、因“我得可意之声”……乃至……“诸香”……“诸味”……因“我得可意之触”而生慢。六种慢:因眼具足而生慢、因耳具足……乃至……因鼻具足、因舌具足、因身具足、因意具足而生慢。七种慢:慢、过慢、慢过慢、卑慢、下慢、我慢、邪慢。八种慢:因得利而生慢,因不得利而生卑慢;因名声而生慢,因无名声而生卑慢;因赞誉而生慢,因诽谤而生卑慢;因乐而生慢,因苦而生卑慢。九种慢:对胜者生起“我胜”之慢,对胜者生起“我等”之慢,对胜者生起“我劣”之慢;对等者生起“我胜”之慢,对等者生起“我等”之慢,对等者生起“我劣”之慢;对劣者生起“我胜”之慢,对劣者生起“我等”之慢,对劣者生起“我劣”之慢。十种慢:此处有人因出身、或因族姓、或因家系、或因容貌俊美、或因财富、或因学问、或因工巧、或因技艺而生慢。显示巴利原文
ti. ti ekavidhena māno – yā cittassa unnati . Duvidhena māno – attukkaṃsanamāno, paravambhanamāno. Tividhena māno – seyyohamasmīti māno, sadisohamasmīti māno, hīnohamasmīti māno. Catubbidhena māno – lābhena mānaṃ janeti, yasena mānaṃ janeti, pasaṃsāya mānaṃ janeti, sukhena mānaṃ janeti. Pañcavidhena māno – lābhimhi manāpikānaṃ rūpānanti mānaṃ janeti, lābhimhi manāpikānaṃ saddānaṃ…pe… gandhānaṃ… rasānaṃ… phoṭṭhabbānanti mānaṃ janeti. Chabbidhena māno – cakkhusampadāya mānaṃ janeti, sotasampadāya…pe… ghānasampadāya… jivhāsampadāya… kāyasampadāya… manosampadāya mānaṃ janeti. Sattavidhena māno – māno, atimāno, mānātimāno, omāno, avamāno, asmimāno, micchāmāno. Aṭṭhavidhena māno – lābhena mānaṃ janeti, alābhena omānaṃ janeti, yasena mānaṃ janeti, ayasena omānaṃ janeti, pasaṃsāya mānaṃ janeti, nindāya omānaṃ janeti, sukhena mānaṃ janeti , dukkhena omānaṃ janeti. Navavidhena māno – seyyassa seyyohamasmīti māno, seyyassa sadisohamasmīti māno, seyyassa hīnohamasmīti māno, sadisassa seyyohamasmīti māno, sadisassa sadisohamasmīti māno, sadisassa hīnohamasmīti māno, hīnassa seyyohamasmīti māno, hīnassa sadisohamasmīti māno, hīnassa hīnohamassīti māno. Dasavidhena māno – idhekacco mānaṃ janeti jātiyā vā gottena vā kolaputtiyena vā vaṇṇapokkharatāya vā dhanena vā ajjhenena vā kammāyatanena vā sippāyatanena vā vijjāṭṭhānena vā sutena vā paṭibhānena vā aññataraññatarena vā vatthunā. Yo evarūpo māno maññanā maññitattaṃ unnati unnamo dhajo sampaggāho ketukamyatā cittassa – ayaṃ vuccati māno.
那么,什么是虚伪?虚伪、虚伪行、虚伪性、轻蔑、轻蔑行——这便称为虚伪。佛陀、世尊的慢与虚伪已断除,根已截断,犹如截顶的棕榈树,不复存在,于未来永不生起。因此,佛陀称为弃慢舍伪者,即已舍弃慢与虚伪之人。显示巴利原文
ti yo makkho makkhāyanā makkhāyitattaṃ niṭṭhuriyaṃ niṭṭhuriyakammaṃ – ayaṃ vuccati makkho. Buddhassa bhagavato māno ca makkho ca pahīnā ucchinnamūlā tālāvatthukatā anabhāvaṃkatā āyatiṃ anuppādadhammā. Tasmā buddho mānamakkhappahāyīti – mānamakkhappahāyino.
此中,“现在,我要……”是文句的连结、文句的衔接、文句的圆满、字母的组合、措辞的流畅、词语的次第——这便是“现在,我要……”。所谓“我要……”,是指具足优美言辞——具足、完全具足、到达、完全到达、具有、完全具有、完备的言语、音声、辞句、宣称。我将宣说、开示、阐明、安立、揭示、分别、澄清、宣告——即:现在,我要宣说与优美相伴的言辞。于是,宾耆耶长老说出如下话语:显示巴利原文
nti. nti padasandhi padasaṃsaggo padapāripūrī akkharasamavāyo byañjanasiliṭṭhatā padānupubbatāpetaṃ – handāhanti. nti vaṇṇena upetaṃ samupetaṃ upāgataṃ samupāgataṃ upapannaṃ samupapannaṃ samannāgataṃ vācaṃ giraṃ byappathaṃ udīraṇaṃ kittayissāmi desessāmi paññapessāmi paṭṭhapessāmi vivarissāmi vibhajissāmi uttānīkarissāmi pakāsessāmīti – handāhaṃ kittayissāmi giraṃ vaṇṇūpasaṃhitaṃ. Tenāha thero piṅgiyo –
“已舍垢秽与愚痴,弃慢舍伪者,”
“现在,我将宣说优美之语。”
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Pahīnamalamohassa, mānamakkhappahāyino; Handāhaṃ kittayissāmi, giraṃ vaṇṇūpasaṃhita’’nti.
这里,“黑暗”指贪欲之暗、嗔恚之暗、愚痴之暗、慢之暗、邪见之暗、烦恼之暗、恶行之暗。它造成盲目,带来无知,障碍智慧,伴随苦恼,不导向涅槃。他驱除、逐出、舍弃、摧毁、灭尽这些黑暗,令其不复存在。彼世尊……(中略)……依亲证而得施设;这便叫作佛。所谓“一切知智”……(中略)……如来因此具足普眼。所以,佛陀是黑暗的驱除者,也是具足普眼者。显示巴利原文
ti. ti rāgatamaṃ dosatamaṃ mohatamaṃ mānatamaṃ diṭṭhitamaṃ kilesatamaṃ duccaritatamaṃ andhakaraṇaṃ aññāṇakaraṇaṃ paññānirodhikaṃ vighātapakkhikaṃ anibbānasaṃvattanikaṃ nudi panudi pajahi vinodesi byantīakāsi anabhāvaṃ gamesi. ti yo so bhagavā…pe… sacchikā paññatti; yadidaṃ buddhoti. vuccati sabbaññutañāṇaṃ…pe… tathāgato tena samantacakkhūti – tamonudo buddho samantacakkhu.
这里,“世间”有几种:一世间——即“有”世间。二世间——即“有”世间与“有”之因缘世间;或是成就的“有”世间与成就的“有”之因缘世间;或是衰败的“有”世间与衰败的“有”之因缘世间。三世间——即三种感受。四世间——即四种食。五世间——即五取蕴。六世间——即六种内处。七世间——即七种识住。八世间——即八种世间法。九世间——即九种众生居。十世间——即十种处。十二世间——即十二处。十八世间——即十八界。世尊已到达世间的终点,已抵达世间的尽头,已到达边际,已抵达边际……已到达涅槃,已抵达涅槃。他已度过梵行生活,修行已圆满……生死轮回于他已不复存在,不会再有后有。因此,他被称为已到达世间终点者。显示巴利原文
ti. ti eko loko – bhavaloko. Dve lokā – bhavaloko ca sambhavaloko ca; sampattibhavaloko ca sampattisambhavaloko ca; vipattibhavaloko ca vipattisambhavaloko ca . Tayo lokā – tisso vedanā. Cattāro lokā – cattāro āhārā. Pañca lokā – pañcupādānakkhandhā. Cha lokā – cha ajjhattikāni āyatanāni. Satta lokā – sattaviññāṇaṭṭhitiyo . Aṭṭha lokā – aṭṭha lokadhammā. Nava lokā – nava sattāvāsā. Dasa lokā – dasa āyatanāni. Dvādasa lokā – dvādasāyatanāni. Aṭṭhārasa lokā – aṭṭhārasa dhātuyo. ti bhagavā lokassa antagato antappatto koṭigato koṭippatto… nibbānagato nibbānappatto. So vutthavāso ciṇṇacaraṇo… jātimaraṇasaṃsāro natthi tassa punabbhavoti – lokantagū.
有两种“有”:业有与再生有(令再生的有)。什么是业有?福行、非福行、不动行,这称为业有。什么是再生有?令再生的色、受、想、行、识,这称为再生有。世尊已超越、度过、彻底越过了业有与再生有,因此,他是到达世间终点者,超越了一切有。显示巴利原文
ti. ti dve bhavā – kammabhavo ca paṭisandhiko ca punabbhavo. Katamo kammabhavo? Puññābhisaṅkhāro apuññābhisaṅkhāro āneñjābhisaṅkhāro – ayaṃ kammabhavo. Katamo paṭisandhiko punabbhavo? Paṭisandhikā rūpā vedanā saññā saṅkhārā viññāṇaṃ – ayaṃ paṭisandhiko punabbhavo. Bhagavā kammabhavañca paṭisandhikañca punabbhavaṃ ativatto atikkanto vītivattoti – lokantagū sabbabhavātivatto.
有四种漏:欲漏、有漏、见漏、无明漏。对于佛陀、世尊而言,这些漏已经断除,根已被彻底拔除,如同被截断树桩的多罗树,不复存在,未来不再生起。因此,佛陀是无漏者。他所有再生的苦——生苦、老苦、病苦、死苦、愁悲苦忧恼苦……乃至灾难见之苦——皆已断除、根绝、平息、寂止,不能再产生,被智火焚烧殆尽。因此,佛陀是灭尽一切苦者。所以,他是无漏者,是灭尽一切苦者。显示巴利原文
ti. ti cattāro āsavā – kāmāsavo, bhavāsavo, diṭṭhāsavo, avijjāsavo. Te āsavā buddhassa bhagavato pahīnā ucchinnamūlā tālāvatthukatā anabhāvaṃkatā āyatiṃ anuppādadhammā. Tasmā buddho anāsavo. ti sabbaṃ tassa paṭisandhikaṃ jātidukkhaṃ jarādukkhaṃ byādhidukkhaṃ maraṇadukkhaṃ sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsadukkhaṃ …pe… diṭṭhibyasanadukkhaṃ pahīnaṃ samucchinnaṃ vūpasantaṃ paṭippassaddhaṃ abhabbuppattikaṃ ñāṇagginā daḍḍhaṃ. Tasmā buddho sabbadukkhappahīnoti – anāsavo sabbadukkhappahīno.
有名为真实者,有名称相似者,有称号相似者,有与真实相似的名号称谓。毗婆尸佛、尸弃佛、毗舍婆佛、拘留孙佛、拘那含牟尼佛、迦叶佛,这些佛陀世尊都具有相似的名称与相似的称号。世尊释迦牟尼也与那些佛陀世尊有相似的名称与相似的称号。因此,佛陀正是名符其实的真实者。显示巴利原文
ti. ti saccavhayo sadisanāmo sadisavhayo saccasadisavhayo. Vipassī bhagavā, sikhī bhagavā, vessabhū bhagavā, kakusandho bhagavā, koṇāgamano bhagavā, kassapo bhagavā. Te buddhā bhagavanto sadisanāmā sadisavhayā. Bhagavāpi sakyamuni tesaṃ buddhānaṃ bhagavantānaṃ sadisanāmo sadisavhayoti – tasmā buddho saccavhayo.
我亲近、依止、侍奉、遍问、遍请教了彼世尊——梵天啊,那位名为真实者,已为我所亲近。因此,长老宾耆耶说:显示巴利原文
ti so mayā bhagavā āsito upāsito payirupāsito paripucchito paripañhitoti – saccavhayo brahme upāsito me. Tenāha thero piṅgiyo –
破暗者,佛陀,具足普眼,已至世间边际,超越了所有存在;
无漏者,已断尽一切苦,梵天啊,那位名为真实者,已为我所亲近。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Tamonudo buddho samantacakkhu, lokantagū sabbabhavātivatto; Anāsavo sabbadukkhappahīno, saccavhayo brahme upāsito me’’ti.
这被称为“鸟”。为何将鸟称作“再生者”?因为它两次出生——一次从母胎,一次从卵壳。以此因缘,鸟得名为“再生者”。正如一只再生者鸟,弃离了那片矮小、贫瘠、结果稀少、食物稀少、水源稀少的杂木丛,越过、超越、度脱之后,抵达、寻得另一片果实丰盛、食物丰盛、水源丰盛的大丛林、大森林,便在那片大丛林中安住。这便是:如同再生者鸟,离开那贫瘠的杂木丛,住进了果实丰盛的大森林。显示巴利原文
ti . vuccati pakkhī. Kiṃkāraṇā dijo vuccati pakkhī? Dvikkhattuṃ jāyatīti dijo, mātukucchimhā ca aṇḍakosamhā ca. Taṃkāraṇā dijo vuccati pakkhīti – dijo. ti yathā dijo kubbanakaṃ parittavanakaṃ appaphalaṃ appabhakkhaṃ appodakaṃ pahāya jahitvā atikkamitvā samatikkamitvā vītivattetvā aññaṃ bahupphalaṃ bahubhakkhaṃ bahūdakaṃ mahantaṃ kānanaṃ vanasaṇḍaṃ adhigaccheyya vindeyya paṭilabheyya, tasmiñca vanasaṇḍe vāsaṃ kappeyyāti – dijo yathā kubbanakaṃ pahāya bahupphalaṃ kānanaṃ āvaseyya.
这是为了配合譬喻。婆和利婆罗门,以及他那些其他的老师们,以佛陀、世尊为依止,曾是一些所见寡少、所见微小、所见稀少、所见低劣、所见粗陋、所见狭隘的人。他们舍弃、彻底舍弃、越过、超越、度越、彻底度越了那种所见寡少、所见微小、所见稀少、所见低劣、所见粗陋、所见狭隘的认知之后,抵达、寻得、获得了佛陀、世尊——那位拥有无量之见、最上之见、最胜之见、殊胜之见、首要之见、最高之见、最妙之见的人,那位无与伦比、与无与伦比者等同、无可比拟、无可匹配、无人能及、超越诸天的天、人中的公牛、人中的狮子、人中的龙象、人中的良骏、人中的英杰、人中的负重者、拥有十力的人。犹如一只天鹅,能抵达、寻得、获得一片大湖——无论是末那娑湖、无热恼湖,还是那深不可测、水量无边的海洋、汪洋,同样地,他们抵达了佛陀、世尊——那位深不可测、威严无限、智慧流布、法眼开启、善能剖解法义、获得四无碍解、成就四无所畏、心意纯粹清净、独自洁白洞明、宣说不二之法、如此坚定者、如此自称者、不狭小、伟大、深邃、不可测量、难以穷尽、拥有无数珍宝、如海洋一般、具备六支舍心、无与伦比、广大、无量的人。我抵达了如此伟大的宣说者、道路的教导者——那如同山中之王须弥山,如同鸟中之王金翅鸟,如同兽中之王狮子,如同水界之王的海洋——这样一位导师、最胜的征服者、伟大的仙人。就这样,我舍弃了那寡少的所见,如同天鹅趋赴大海一般,抵达了那广大的海洋。因此,宾耆耶长老这样说:显示巴利原文
ti. nti opammasampaṭipādanaṃ. ti yo ca bāvarī brāhmaṇo ye caññe tassa ācariyā buddhaṃ bhagavantaṃ upādāya appadassā parittadassā thokadassā omakadassā lāmakadassā chatukkadassā vā. Te appadasse parittadasse thokadasse omakadasse lāmakadasse chatukkadasse pahāya pajahitvā atikkamitvā samatikkamitvā vītivattetvā buddhaṃ bhagavantaṃ appamāṇadassaṃ aggadassaṃ seṭṭhadassaṃ viseṭṭhadassaṃ pāmokkhadassaṃ uttamadassaṃ pavaradassaṃ asamaṃ asamasamaṃ appaṭisamaṃ appaṭibhāgaṃ appaṭipuggalaṃ devātidevaṃ narāsabhaṃ purisasīhaṃ purisanāgaṃ purisājaññaṃ purisanisabhaṃ purisadhorayhaṃ dasabaladhāriṃ adhigacchiṃ vindiṃ paṭilabhiṃ. Yathā ca haṃso mahantaṃ mānasakaṃ vā saraṃ anotattaṃ vā dahaṃ mahāsamuddaṃ vā akkhobhaṃ amitodakaṃ jalarāsiṃ adhigaccheyya vindeyya paṭilabheyya, evameva buddhaṃ bhagavantaṃ akkhobhaṃ amitatejaṃ pabhinnañāṇaṃ vivaṭacakkhuṃ paññāpabhedakusalaṃ adhigatapaṭisambhidaṃ catuvesārajjappattaṃ suddhādhimuttaṃ setapaccattaṃ advayabhāṇiṃ tādiṃ tathāpaṭiññaṃ aparittaṃ mahantaṃ gambhīraṃ appameyyaṃ duppariyogāhaṃ pahūtaratanaṃ sāgarasamaṃ chaḷaṅgupekkhāya samannāgataṃ atulaṃ vipulaṃ appameyyaṃ, taṃ tādisaṃ pavadataṃ maggavādinaṃ merumiva nagānaṃ garuḷamiva dijānaṃ sīhamiva migānaṃ udadhimiva aṇṇavānaṃ adhigacchiṃ, taṃ satthāraṃ jinapavaraṃ mahesinti – evamahaṃ appadasse pahāya mahodadhiṃ haṃsoriva ajjhapatto. Tenāha thero piṅgiyo –
犹如再生者鸟,舍离贫瘠杂木丛,择住果实丰饶之林;
“同样地,我舍离了那微少的知见,犹如天鹅游向大海,契入这广大的海洋。”
婆和利婆罗门及其余师,各各阐述、开示、宣说、确立、安立、揭示、分析、分别、显明、开演了他们自己的见解、忍许、喜好、执持、志向与意图——这便是他们从前对我所作的解说。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Dijo yathā kubbanakaṃ pahāya, bahupphalaṃ kānanamāvaseyya; Evamahaṃ appadasse pahāya, mahodadhiṃ haṃsoriva ajjhapatto’’ti. ti. ti yo ca bāvarī brāhmaṇo ye caññe tassa ācariyā, te sakaṃ diṭṭhiṃ sakaṃ khantiṃ sakaṃ ruciṃ sakaṃ laddhiṃ sakaṃ ajjhāsayaṃ sakaṃ adhippāyaṃ byākaṃsu ācikkhiṃsu desayiṃsu paññapiṃsu paṭṭhapiṃsu vivariṃsu vibhajiṃsu uttānīakaṃsu pakāsesunti – ye me pubbe viyākaṃsu.
所谓“huraṃ gotamasāsanā”,是指:在乔达摩教法之外、于其外、在其前、于其先——亦即,在佛陀的教法、胜者的教法、如来的教法、阿拉汉的教法之外。显示巴利原文
ti huraṃ gotamasāsanā, paraṃ gotamasāsanā, pure gotamasāsanā, paṭhamataraṃ gotamasāsanā buddhasāsanā jinasāsanā tathāgatasāsanā arahantasāsanāti – huraṃ gotamasāsanā.
“过去听说如此,将来听说如此”——这便是所谓“当时如是,将来如是”。
所有这一切,都只是传闻:或依传说,或依传承,或依经藏传承,或依逻辑推论,或依方法推论,或依对表相的反复寻思,或依对见解的审视与认同,他们所宣说的法,并非自己亲证亲知,也非亲自现见——凡此所说,都只是传闻。
凡此种种,皆令推测增长,令寻思增长,令志念增长;令欲寻思增长,令恚寻思增长,令害寻思增长,令亲属寻思增长,令地域寻思增长,令不死寻思增长,令与悲悯他人相关的寻思增长,令与利养、恭敬、名声相关的寻思增长,令与不受轻慢相关的寻思增长——这一切,无不令推测增长。因此,宾耆耶长老说:
“那些从前在乔达摩教法之外,为我授记的人,”
“声称:‘过去如此,未来亦将如此’,”
“所有这些都只是传闻,所有这些都只会增长推测。”
显示巴利原文 ti evaṃ kira āsi, evaṃ kira bhavissatīti – iccāsi iti bhavissati. nti sabbaṃ taṃ itihītihaṃ itikirāya paramparāya piṭakasampadāya takkahetu nayahetu ākāraparivitakkena diṭṭhinijjhānakkhantiyā na sāmaṃ sayamabhiññātaṃ na attapaccakkhaṃ dhammaṃ yaṃ kathayiṃsūti – sabbaṃ taṃ itihītihaṃ. nti sabbaṃ taṃ takkavaḍḍhanaṃ vitakkavaḍḍhanaṃ saṅkappavaḍḍhanaṃ kāmavitakkavaḍḍhanaṃ byāpādavitakkavaḍḍhanaṃ vihiṃsāvitakkavaḍḍhanaṃ ñātivitakkavaḍḍhanaṃ janapadavitakkavaḍḍhanaṃ amarāvitakkavaḍḍhanaṃ parānudayatāpaṭisaṃyuttavitakkavaḍḍhanaṃ lābhasakkārasilokapaṭisaṃyuttavitakkavaḍḍhanaṃ anavaññattipaṭisaṃyuttavitakkavaḍḍhananti – sabbaṃ taṃ takkavaḍḍhanaṃ. Tenāha thero piṅgiyo – ‘‘Ye me pubbe viyākaṃsu, huraṃ gotamasāsanā; ‘Iccāsi iti bhavissa’ti; Sabbaṃ taṃ itihītihaṃ, sabbaṃ taṃ takkavaḍḍhana’’nti.
如是,世尊以出家之义为独一,以无伴之义为独一,以断除渴爱之义为独一,以彻底离贪为独一,以彻底离嗔为独一,以彻底离痴为独一,以彻底离烦恼为独一,以行于唯一道路为独一,以证得无上正自觉为独一。显示巴利原文
ti. ti bhagavā pabbajjasaṅkhātena eko, adutiyaṭṭhena eko, taṇhāya pahānaṭṭhena eko, ekantavītarāgoti eko, ekantavītadosoti eko, ekantavītamohoti eko, ekantanikkilesoti eko, ekāyanamaggaṃ gatoti eko, eko anuttaraṃ sammāsambodhiṃ abhisambuddhoti eko.
世尊如何以出家之义为独一?世尊正当年轻,发黑如墨,具足青春,在人生的初始阶段,不顾父母不愿、泪流满面、哭泣哀叹,他斩断了整个亲属之网,斩断了家庭生活的障碍,斩断了儿女妻室的障碍,斩断了亲属的障碍,斩断了朋友同僚的障碍,剃除须发,披上袈裟,从在家生活出家而成为无家者。世尊便是这样以出家之义为独一。显示巴利原文
Kathaṃ bhagavā pabbajjasaṅkhātena eko? Bhagavā daharova samāno susu kāḷakeso bhadrena yobbanena samannāgato paṭhamena vayasā akāmakānaṃ mātāpitūnaṃ assumukhānaṃ rodantānaṃ vilapantānaṃ ñātisaṅghaṃ sabbaṃ gharāvāsapalibodhaṃ chinditvā puttadārapalibodhaṃ chinditvā ñātipalibodhaṃ chinditvā mittāmaccapalibodhaṃ chinditvā kesamassuṃ ohāretvā kāsāyāni vatthāni acchādetvā agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajitvā akiñcanabhāvaṃ upagantvā eko carati viharati iriyati vatteti pāleti yapeti yāpeti. Evaṃ bhagavā pabbajjasaṅkhātena eko.
世尊如何以无伴之义为独一?如此出家之后,他独居于森林、旷野、边远的坐卧处,那些地方少音声、无喧闹,远离人迹,适合独处禅修。他行时独行,立时独住,坐时独坐,卧时独卧;独自入村乞食,独自前去,独自返回,独自坐于隐处,独自经行;他独自游行、独自安住、独自行持、独自运转。世尊便是这样以无伴之义为独一。显示巴利原文
Kathaṃ bhagavā adutiyaṭṭhena eko? Evaṃ pabbajito samāno eko araññavanapatthāni pantāni senāsanāni paṭisevati appasaddāni appanigghosāni vijanavātāni manussarāhasseyyakāni paṭisallānasāruppāni . So eko gacchati, eko tiṭṭhati, eko nisīdati , eko seyyaṃ kappeti, eko gāmaṃ piṇḍāya pavisati, eko abhikkamati, eko paṭikkamati, eko raho nisīdati, eko caṅkamaṃ adhiṭṭhāti, eko carati viharati iriyati vatteti pāleti yapeti yāpeti. Evaṃ bhagavā adutiyaṭṭhena eko.
世尊如何以断除渴爱而为独一者?他如是独一、无伴,不放逸、热忱、精勤而住,于尼连禅河畔、菩提树下,行大精勤,摧破魔罗与魔军、黑魔纳姆支及放逸眷属,完全舍断、驱除、灭尽那布满渴爱之网、蔓生执著的渴爱,令其归于无有。显示巴利原文
Kathaṃ bhagavā taṇhāya pahānaṭṭhena eko? So evaṃ eko adutiyo appamatto ātāpī pahitatto viharanto najjā nerañjarāya tīre bodhirukkhamūle mahāpadhānaṃ padahanto māraṃ sasenaṃ kaṇhaṃ namuciṃ pamattabandhuṃ vidhamitvā taṇhājāliniṃ visaṭaṃ visattikaṃ pajahi vinodesi byantīakāsi anabhāvaṃ gamesi.
以渴爱为伴侣之人,久远流转于轮回;
或此或彼的生命形态,不能超越此轮回。
了知此过患——贪爱是苦的根源,
比丘离贪、不执取,正念而行。”
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Taṇhādutiyo puriso, dīghamaddhāna saṃsaraṃ; Itthabhāvaññathābhāvaṃ, saṃsāraṃ nātivattati. ‘‘Etamādīnavaṃ ñatvā, taṇhaṃ dukkhassa sambhavaṃ; Vītataṇho anādāno, sato bhikkhu paribbaje’’ti.
世尊即是这样,以舍断贪爱之义而成为独一者。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ bhagavā taṇhāya pahānaṭṭhena eko.
为何世尊是“彻底离贪者”而为独一者?因贪已舍断,故为“彻底离贪者”而为独一者;因嗔已舍断,故为“彻底离嗔者”而为独一者;因痴已舍断,故为“彻底离痴者”而为独一者;因烦恼已舍断,故为“彻底离烦恼者”而为独一者。显示巴利原文
Kathaṃ bhagavā ekantavītarāgoti eko? Rāgassa pahīnattā ekantavītarāgoti eko, dosassa pahīnattā ekantavītadosoti eko, mohassa pahīnattā ekantavītamohoti eko, kilesānaṃ pahīnattā ekantanikkilesoti eko.
为何世尊是“已行一道者”而为独一者?所谓一道,即是四念处……乃至……八支圣道。
已见生灭尽之终极者,具足利益与悲悯,了知此唯一之道;
过去的人们藉由此道渡越瀑流,现在正渡者与未来当渡者,同样藉由此道渡越瀑流。
显示巴利原文 Kathaṃ bhagavā ekāyanamaggaṃ gatoti eko? Ekāyanamaggo vuccati cattāro satipaṭṭhānā…pe… ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo. ‘‘Ekāyanaṃ jātikhayantadassī, maggaṃ pajānāti hitānukampī; Etena maggena tariṃsu pubbe, tarissanti ye ca taranti ogha’’nti. Evaṃ bhagavā ekāyanamaggaṃ gatoti eko.
为何说世尊独自证悟无上正自觉而称为“独一”呢?“菩提”,是指于四道中生起的智、慧、慧根、慧力、择法觉支、审察、观与正见。世尊以此菩提智,觉悟“一切行无常”,觉悟“一切行是苦”,觉悟“一切法无我”……乃至觉悟“凡是生起之法,皆是息灭之法”。再者,于一切所应觉悟、所应了知、所应通达、所应遍知、所应证得、所应触及、所应亲证的法,世尊皆以彼菩提智,一一觉悟、了知、通达、遍知、证得、触及、亲证。如是,世尊独自证悟无上正自觉,故称为“独一”。显示巴利原文
Kathaṃ bhagavā eko anuttaraṃ sammāsambodhiṃ abhisambuddhoti eko. Bodhi vuccati catūsu maggesu ñāṇaṃ paññā paññindriyaṃ paññābalaṃ dhammavicayasambojjhaṅgo vīmaṃsā vipassanā sammādiṭṭhi . Bhagavā tena bodhiñāṇena ‘‘sabbe saṅkhārā aniccā’’ti bujjhi, ‘‘sabbe saṅkhārā dukkhā’’ti bujjhi, ‘‘sabbe dhammā anattā’’ti bujjhi…pe… ‘‘yaṃ kiñci samudayadhammaṃ sabbaṃ taṃ nirodhadhamma’’nti bujjhi. Atha vā, yaṃ bujjhitabbaṃ anubujjhitabbaṃ paṭibujjhitabbaṃ sambujjhitabbaṃ adhigantabbaṃ phassitabbaṃ sacchikātabbaṃ sabbaṃ taṃ tena bodhiñāṇena bujjhi anubujjhi paṭibujjhi sambujjhi adhigacchi phassesi sacchākāsi. Evaṃ bhagavā eko anuttaraṃ sammāsambodhiṃ abhisambuddhoti eko.
世尊已驱散、逐除、断舍、净除、根绝、令不再存在的,是贪欲的黑暗、嗔恚的黑暗、愚痴的黑暗、邪见的黑暗、烦恼的黑暗、恶行的黑暗——这些能造成盲昧、造成无眼、造成无知、令智慧摧灭、属于恼害一方、不导向涅槃的东西。世尊安坐于灵鹫山的庙堂石板上——所谓‘坐’,正是这般安坐。显示巴利原文
ti bhagavā rāgatamaṃ dosatamaṃ mohatamaṃ diṭṭhitamaṃ kilesatamaṃ duccaritatamaṃ andhakaraṇaṃ acakkhukaraṇaṃ aññāṇakaraṇaṃ paññānirodhikaṃ vighātapakkhikaṃ anibbānasaṃvattanikaṃ nudi panudi pajahi vinodesi byantīakāsi anabhāvaṃ gamesi. ti nisinno bhagavā pāsāṇake cetiyeti – āsīno .
他坐在山边,这位牟尼,已抵达苦的彼岸;
弟子们前来亲近他——这位具足三明、征服死神的人。
显示巴利原文 Nagassa passe āsīnaṃ, muniṃ dukkhassa pāraguṃ; Sāvakā payirupāsanti, tevijjā maccuhāyinoti.
世尊以这样的方式安坐……或者,世尊因止息了一切繁务而安坐——他度过了安居,修行已圆满……于他而言,生死流转已尽,不再有后有。世尊便是如此安坐——作为独自驱散黑暗者而端坐。显示巴利原文
Evampi bhagavā āsīno…pe… atha vā, bhagavā sabbossukkapaṭippassaddhattā āsīno so vutthavāso ciṇṇacaraṇo…pe… jātimaraṇasaṃsāro natthi tassa punabbhavoti, evampi bhagavā āsīnoti – eko tamonudāsīno.
他是光辉者、具智者、智者、具慧者、觉悟者、知者、明察者、大慧者。他是发光者、照明者、辉耀者、点灯者、灯火者、闪耀者、放光者——这位光辉者,正是那发光者。显示巴利原文
ti. ti jutimā matimā paṇḍito paññavā buddhimā ñāṇī vibhāvī medhāvī. ti pabhaṅkaro ālokakaro obhāsakaro dīpaṅkaro padīpakaro ujjotakaro pajjotakaroti – jutimā so pabhaṅkaro.
乔达摩是广慧、以智为慧,以慧为旗帜、以慧为幢相、以慧为尊胜,他善于抉择、善于细察、善于审察、善于周遍观察诸法,安住于明彻之境,常行于此、多行于此、重于此、倾于此、向于此、趣于此,心意专注于此、以此为首。显示巴利原文
ti gotamo bhūripaññāṇo ñāṇapaññāṇo paññādhajo paññāketu paññādhipateyyo vicayabahulo pavicayabahulo okkhāyanabahulo samokkhāyanadhammo vibhūtavihārī taccarito tabbahulo taggaruko tanninno tappoṇo tappabbhāro tadadhimutto tadadhipateyyo.
旌旗是战车的标识,烟焰是火的消息;
君王是国土的标识,丈夫是女子的消息。
显示巴利原文 Dhajo rathassa paññāṇaṃ, dhūmo paññāṇamaggino; Rājā raṭṭhassa paññāṇaṃ, bhattā paññāṇamitthiyāti.
同样地,乔达摩是深广慧者,具足智与慧,以慧为旌旗、以慧为标识、以慧为增上。他善于审择、善于深察、善于洞观、善于遍察诸法,安住于明澈之境,常行于此,多行于此,以此为尊,倾心于此,趋向于此,趣入于此,心意决意于此,以此为最上——乔达摩正是这样的深广慧者。显示巴利原文
Evameva gotamo bhūripaññāṇo ñāṇapaññāṇo paññādhajo paññāketu paññādhipateyyo vicayabahulo pavicayabahulo okkhāyanabahulo samokkhāyanadhammo vibhūtavihārī taccarito tabbahulo taggaruko tanninno tappoṇo tappabbhāro tadadhimutto tadadhipateyyoti – gotamo bhūripaññāṇo.
所谓“广”,是指大地。世尊便拥有如大地般广大、宽广的智慧。所谓“慧”,是指智慧——那种了知……乃至……不痴、择法和正见。世尊即以此慧、以此智而得契合、完全契合,趣入、完全趣入,具足、完全具足,圆满成就。因此,佛陀被称为极具智慧者——乔达摩,具足广大智慧。所以,宾耆耶尊者说:显示巴利原文
ti bhūri vuccati pathavī. Bhagavā tāya pathavisamāya paññāya vipulāya vitthatāya samannāgato. Medhā vuccati paññā. Yā paññā pajānanā…pe… amoho dhammavicayo sammādiṭṭhi. Bhagavā imāya medhāya paññāya upeto samupeto upāgato samupāgato upapanno samupapanno samannāgato. Tasmā buddho sumedhasoti – gotamā bhūrimedhasā. Tenāha thero piṅgiyo –
“他独自驱散黑暗,那光辉者,是光明之创作者;
乔达摩,智慧深广;乔达摩,慧力广大。”
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Eko tamonudāsīno, jutimā so pabhaṅkaro; Gotamo bhūripaññāṇo, gotamo bhūrimedhaso’’ti.
这位世尊,是自生者、无师者,于过去从未听闻的法中,亲自证悟真理,于其中获得一切知智,于诸力而得自在。他宣说、开示、安立、揭示、分析、阐明、显示了那初善、中善、后善,有义理、有文句、完全圆满、完全清净的梵行,即四念处……(中略)……圣八支道、涅槃以及导向涅槃之道——他为我教导了这样的法。显示巴利原文
ti. ti yo so bhagavā sayambhū anācariyako pubbe ananussutesu dhammesu sāmaṃ saccāni abhisambujjhi, tattha ca sabbaññutaṃ patto balesu ca vasībhāvaṃ. ti. nti ādikalyāṇaṃ majjhekalyāṇaṃ pariyosānakalyāṇaṃ sātthaṃ sabyañjanaṃ kevalaparipuṇṇaṃ parisuddhaṃ brahmacariyaṃ, cattāro satipaṭṭhāne…pe… ariyaṃ aṭṭhaṅgikaṃ maggaṃ nibbānañca nibbānagāminiñca paṭipadaṃ ācikkhi desesi paññapesi paṭṭhapesi vivari vibhaji uttānīakāsi pakāsesīti – yo me dhammamadesesi.
“现见的”:法即是现见的、无时的、来见的、导向的、智者各自证知的,这便是现见的。又另一种说法:若有人于现前法中修习圣八支道,其道无间、等无间即能得果、体会果、证得果,如此也是现见的。“无时的”:如同人们给出有期限的钱财,不能即刻获得,须等待时日;然而此法并非如此。若有人于现前法中修习圣八支道,其道无间、等无间即能得果、体会果、证得果,不待他生,不待他世,这便是无时的——如是即现见的、无时的。显示巴利原文
nti sandiṭṭhikaṃ akālikaṃ ehipassikaṃ opaneyyikaṃ paccattaṃ veditabbaṃ viññūhīti, evaṃ sandiṭṭhikaṃ. Atha vā, yo diṭṭheva dhamme ariyaṃ aṭṭhaṅgikaṃ maggaṃ bhāveti, tassa maggassa anantarā samanantarā adhigacchateva phalaṃ vindati paṭilabhatīti, evampi sandiṭṭhikaṃ. nti yathā manussā kālikaṃ dhanaṃ datvā anantarā na labhanti, kālaṃ āgamenti, nevāyaṃ dhammo. Yo diṭṭheva dhamme ariyaṃ aṭṭhaṅgikaṃ maggaṃ bhāveti, tassa maggassa anantarā samanantarā adhigacchateva phalaṃ vindati paṭilabhati, na parattha na paraloke, evaṃ akālikanti – sandiṭṭhikamakālikaṃ.
“渴爱灭尽”:即对色的渴爱……(中略)……对法的渴爱。“无灾厄”:即渴爱的灭尽、贪的灭尽、嗔的灭尽、痴的灭尽、趣的灭尽、生的灭尽、结生的灭尽、有的灭尽、轮回的灭尽、流转的灭尽。“灾厄”是指烦恼、蕴以及诸行。灾厄的断除、灾厄的止息、灾厄的舍离、灾厄的寂止,即是不死、涅槃。因此,称为“渴爱灭尽的无灾厄”。显示巴利原文
nti. ti rūpataṇhā…pe… dhammataṇhā. nti taṇhakkhayaṃ rāgakkhayaṃ dosakkhayaṃ mohakkhayaṃ gatikkhayaṃ upapattikkhayaṃ paṭisandhikkhayaṃ bhavakkhayaṃ saṃsārakkhayaṃ vaṭṭakkhayaṃ. nti īti vuccanti kilesā ca khandhā ca abhisaṅkhārā ca. Ītippahānaṃ ītivūpasamaṃ ītipaṭinissaggaṃ ītipaṭippassaddhiṃ amataṃ nibbānanti – taṇhakkhayamanītikaṃ.
这即是涅槃。于它,没有譬喻,没有比拟,没有相似之物,没有映照之物;它不可得,不可见,不可获致。无论在何处、在任何地方、在任何境域,无论在内、在外,或既不在内也不在外——对于它,任何地方都找不到譬喻。因此,那位婆罗门这样说——显示巴利原文
ti. ti nibbānassa. ti upamā natthi, upanidhā natthi, sadisaṃ natthi, paṭibhāgo natthi na sati na saṃvijjati nupalabbhati. ti kvaci kimhici katthaci ajjhattaṃ vā bahiddhā vā ajjhattabahiddhā vāti – yassa natthi upamā kvaci. Tenāha so brāhmaṇo –
那位为我开示法的人,此法是现见的、超越时间的,
渴爱灭尽即安稳无灾,对他而言,于一切处无有譬喻。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Yo me dhammamadesesi, sandiṭṭhikamakālikaṃ; Taṇhakkhayamanītikaṃ, yassa natthi upamā kvacī’’ti.
“如此”(ti)意为:你为何离开了佛陀?离去、远离、分隔?——你为何离开了他?显示巴利原文
ti kiṃ nu buddhamhā vippavasi apesi apagacchi vinā hosīti – kiṃ nu tamhā vippavasi.
即便只是一个刹那、一个片刻、一点时间、一瞬,乃至一须臾——纵使如此短暂。出于恭敬,他以“舅父”称呼他。显示巴利原文
ti muhuttampi khaṇampi layampi vayampi addhampīti muhuttamapi. ti gāravena mātulaṃ ālapati.
乔达摩啊,您是具广大慧者,具足智与慧者,以慧为旌旗者,以慧为顶峰者,以慧为至上者,常行探寻者,常行审察者,常行深察者,常行遍察诸法者;您安住于殊胜境界,以此为习性,以此为常行,以此为深重,倾向于此,趋入于此,朝向于此,心专注于此,以此为至上——乔达摩啊,您是具广大慧者。显示巴利原文
ti gotamā bhūripaññāṇā ñāṇapaññāṇā paññādhajā paññāketumhā paññādhipateyyamhā vicayabahulā pavicayabahulā okkhāyanabahulā samokkhāyanadhammā vibhūtavihārimhā taccaritā tabbahulā taggarukā tanninnā tappoṇā tappabbhārā tadadhimuttā tadadhipateyyamhāti – gotamā bhūripaññāṇā.
“广博”意指大地。世尊具足如同大地那般广博、开阔、深广的智慧。“慧”即智慧,亦即了知一切、……(中略)……不痴、择法、正见。世尊获得、圆满、成就、具足此慧,因此被称为“佛陀、善慧者”——也就是乔达摩,那广慧者。因此,宾耆耶长老说:显示巴利原文
ti bhūri vuccati pathavī. Bhagavā tāya pathavisamāya paññāya vipulāya vitthatāya samannāgato. Medhā vuccati paññā. Yā paññā pajānanā…pe… amoho dhammavicayo sammādiṭṭhi. Bhagavā imāya medhāya upeto samupeto upāgato samupāgato upapanno samupapanno samannāgato, tasmā buddho sumedhasoti – gotamo bhūrimedhaso. Tenāha thero piṅgiyo –
‘‘Kiṃnu tamhā vippavasi, muhuttamapi piṅgiya; Gotamā bhūripaññāṇā, gotamā bhūrimedhasā’’ti. ,
这指的是彼世尊……(中略)……于彼成就一切知智,于诸力中得自在。这指的是:开端善好、中段善好……(中略)……他宣说、开示、施设、安立、开显、分别、令明了、令彰显了涅槃与导向涅槃的修行道。这就是“他教导了你法”。显示巴利原文
ti yo so bhagavā…pe… tattha ca sabbaññutaṃ patto balesu ca vasībhāvaṃ. ti nti ādikalyāṇaṃ majjhekalyāṇaṃ…pe… nibbānañca nibbānagāminiñca paṭipadaṃ ācikkhi desesi paññapesi paṭṭhapesi vivari vibhaji uttānīakāsi pakāsesīti – yo te dhammamadesesi.
[解释] 所谓“现见的”,即是不待时节的、邀人来见的、导向内的、为诸智者各自证知的——如是名为“现见的”。又,若有人于现法中修习圣八支道,则于道的无间、等无间之后,即能获得其果、体验其果、证得其果,如此亦名“现见的”。所谓“即时的”,如同世人布施财物后,并非即刻得果,而须等待时节;然此法不如是。若有人于现法中修习圣八支道,则于道的无间、等无间之后,即能获得其果、体验其果、证得其果,无须等待来世或他方世界,如是即为“即时的”——因此是“现见的、即时的”。显示巴利原文
nti sandiṭṭhikaṃ akālikaṃ ehipassikaṃ opaneyyikaṃ paccattaṃ veditabbaṃ viññūhīti – evaṃ sandiṭṭhikaṃ. Atha vā, yo diṭṭheva dhamme ariyaṃ aṭṭhaṅgikaṃ maggaṃ bhāveti, tassa maggassa anantarā samanantarā adhigacchateva phalaṃ vindati paṭilabhatīti, evampi sandiṭṭhikaṃ. nti yathā manussā kālikaṃ dhanaṃ datvā anantarā na labhanti kālaṃ āgamenti, nevāyaṃ dhammo. Yo diṭṭheva dhamme ariyaṃ aṭṭhaṅgikaṃ maggaṃ bhāveti, tassa maggassa anantarā samanantarā adhigacchateva phalaṃ vindati paṭilabhati, na parattha na paraloke, evaṃ akālikanti – sandiṭṭhikamakālikaṃ.
“渴爱灭尽”,即是对色爱的灭尽……乃至对法爱的灭尽。“渴爱灭尽”即渴爱的灭尽、贪的灭尽、瞋的灭尽、痴的灭尽、趣的灭尽、生的灭尽、结生的灭尽、有的灭尽、轮回的灭尽、流转的灭尽。“灾厄”,指的是烦恼、蕴与诸行。灾厄的断除、灾厄的止息、灾厄的寂灭,即是不死、即是涅槃——这便是无灾厄的渴爱灭尽。显示巴利原文
nti . ti rūpataṇhā…pe… dhammataṇhā. nti taṇhakkhayaṃ rāgakkhayaṃ dosakkhayaṃ mohakkhayaṃ gatikkhayaṃ upapattikkhayaṃ paṭisandhikkhayaṃ bhavakkhayaṃ saṃsārakkhayaṃ vaṭṭakkhayaṃ. nti īti vuccanti kilesā ca khandhā ca abhisaṅkhārā ca. Ītippahānaṃ ītivūpasamaṃ ītipaṭippassaddhiṃ amataṃ nibbānanti – taṇhakkhayamanītikaṃ.
“比喻”是对涅槃而言。它无可比喻,无可比拟,无相似者,无对应者,不存于世、了不可得。“无论于何处”——无论是在内、在外,或是内外之间,于任何处所、任何事物中——对于它,没有任何比喻可于任何地方寻得。显示巴利原文
ti. ti nibbānassa. ti upamā natthi, upanidhā natthi, sadisaṃ natthi, paṭibhāgo natthi, na sati na saṃvijjati nupalabbhati. ti kvaci kimhici katthaci ajjhattaṃ vā bahiddhā vā ajjhattabahiddhā vāti – yassa natthi upamā kvaci.
“那位向你开示了法的人——这法是现见的、无时的,”
是渴爱灭尽、无有灾厄者,于任何处皆无譬喻可说。’
意思是:我不离开佛陀,不远离,不舍去,不与他分隔而独存——我不曾离开他。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Yo te dhammamadesesi, sandiṭṭhikamakālikaṃ; Taṇhakkhayamanītikaṃ, yassa natthi upamā kvacī’’ti. ti nāhaṃ buddhamhā vippavasāmi apemi apagacchāmi vinā homīti – nāhaṃ tamhā vippavasāmi.
‘如此’的意思是:哪怕只是一瞬间、一刹那、一须臾、一弹指,乃至极短暂的时分。‘如此’是婆和利这样以名字称呼他的孙子。显示巴利原文
ti muhuttampi khaṇampi layampi vayampi addhampīti – muhuttamapi. ti bāvarī taṃ nattāraṃ nāmena ālapati.
“如此”是说:乔达摩具足深广之慧,具足智与慧,以慧为旗帜,以慧为幢幡,以慧为最上;他多审察、多深观、多洞察、多彻明诸法,安住显耀,以此为行持,以此为常习,以此为重心,倾注于此,斜向于此,沉入于此,心系于此,以此为尊——即乔达摩具足深广之慧。显示巴利原文
ti gotamā bhūripaññāṇā ñāṇapaññāṇā paññādhajā paññāketumhā paññādhipateyyamhā vicayabahulā pavicayabahulā okkhāyanabahulā samokkhāyanadhammā vibhūtavihārimhā taccaritā tabbahulā taggarukā tanninnā tappoṇā tappabbhārā tadadhimuttā tadadhipateyyamhāti – gotamā bhūripaññāṇā.
“bhūri”是指大地。世尊具足如同大地般的智慧——广博而开阔。“medhā”是指智慧。这智慧即是了知……(中略)……无痴、择法、正见。世尊于此慧、此智,与之契合、完全契合,与之会遇、完全会遇,与之俱起、完全俱起,具足圆满,因此佛陀被称为“具足妙慧者”。也即是说,那位婆罗门这样说道:显示巴利原文
ti bhūri vuccati pathavī. Bhagavā tāya pathavisamāya paññāya vipulāya vitthatāya samannāgato. Medhā vuccati paññā. Yā paññā pajānanā…pe… amoho dhammavicayo sammādiṭṭhi. Bhagavā imāya medhāya paññāya upeto samupeto upāgato samupāgato upapanno samupapanno samannāgato, tasmā buddho sumedhasoti – gotamā bhūrimedhasā. Tenāha so brāhmaṇo –
Gotamā bhūripaññāṇā, gotamā bhūrimedhasā’’ti.
彼世尊是自生者、无师者,于前所未闻之法,亲自证悟真理,并于其中获得一切知,于诸力亦得自在。他宣说了初善、中善、后善,有义有文,完全圆满、清净的梵行——即四念处、四正勤、四神足、五根、五力、七觉支、圣八支道、涅槃以及导向涅槃的行道。他为我开示、演说、确立、建立、揭示、分析、阐明、说明了法。显示巴利原文
ti yo so bhagavā sayambhū anācariyako pubbe ananussutesu dhammesu sāmaṃ saccāni abhisambujjhi, tattha ca sabbaññutaṃ patto balesu ca vasībhāvaṃ. ti. nti ādikalyāṇaṃ majjhekalyāṇaṃ pariyosānakalyāṇaṃ sātthaṃ sabyañjanaṃ kevalaparipuṇṇaṃ parisuddhaṃ brahmacariyaṃ, cattāro satipaṭṭhāne cattāro sammappadhāne cattāro iddhipāde pañcindriyāni pañca balāni satta bojjhaṅge ariyaṃ aṭṭhaṅgikaṃ maggaṃ nibbānañca nibbānagāminiñca paṭipadaṃ ācikkhi desesi paññapesi paṭṭhapesi vivari vibhaji uttānīakāsi pakāsesīti – yo me dhammamadesesi.
“现见的”是指:现见性、无时性、来见性、导向性、各自应由智者亲证的。这是“现见的”含义。又,于现法修习八支圣道者,于彼道无间、相续地证得果、体会果、获得果——这亦是“现见的”含义。“无时的”是指:如人布施有时限的财物,不能立即获得回报,需待时节;但此法并非如此。于现法修习八支圣道者,于彼道无间、相续地证得果、体会果、获得果,不待来世,不依他界。这便称为“无时的”。这就是“现见的、无时的”。显示巴利原文
nti sandiṭṭhikaṃ akālikaṃ ehipassikaṃ opaneyyikaṃ paccattaṃ veditabbaṃ viññūhīti – evaṃ sandiṭṭhikaṃ. Atha vā, yo diṭṭheva dhamme ariyaṃ aṭṭhaṅgikaṃ maggaṃ bhāveti, tassa maggassa anantarā samanantarā adhigacchateva phalaṃ vindati paṭilabhatīti – evampi sandiṭṭhikaṃ. nti yathā manussā kālikaṃ dhanaṃ datvā anantarā na labhanti, kālaṃ āgamenti, nevāyaṃ dhammo. Yo diṭṭheva dhamme ariyaṃ aṭṭhaṅgikaṃ maggaṃ bhāveti; tassa maggassa anantarā samanantarā adhigacchateva phalaṃ vindati paṭilabhati, na parattha na paraloke, evaṃ akālikanti – sandiṭṭhikamakālikaṃ.
“无灾患的”即指无有灾患。“渴爱灭尽”是指:渴爱灭尽、贪灭尽、嗔灭尽、痴灭尽、趣灭尽、生灭尽、结生灭尽、有灭尽、轮回灭尽、流转灭尽。“灾患”,是指烦恼、诸蕴与诸行。灾患的断除、灾患的止息、灾患的舍离、灾患的寂灭,即不死、涅槃。这便是“渴爱灭尽、无灾患的”。显示巴利原文
nti . ti rūpataṇhā…pe… dhammataṇhā. nti taṇhakkhayaṃ rāgakkhayaṃ dosakkhayaṃ mohakkhayaṃ gatikkhayaṃ upapattikkhayaṃ paṭisandhikkhayaṃ bhavakkhayaṃ saṃsārakkhayaṃ vaṭṭakkhayaṃ. nti īti vuccanti kilesā ca khandhā ca abhisaṅkhārā ca. Ītippahānaṃ ītivūpasamaṃ ītipaṭinissaggaṃ ītipaṭippassaddhiṃ amataṃ nibbānanti – taṇhakkhayamanītikaṃ.
对于他,没有任何譬喻可加安立”,这是就涅槃而言。譬喻无可得,比拟无可得,相似无可得,等同无可得——不存在,不可有,遍寻不得。无论在何处、于何物、在何方,无论内、外或内外之间:对他而言,确然一切处皆无譬喻。因此,宾耆耶长老说:显示巴利原文
ti. ti nibbānassa. ti upamā natthi, upanidhā natthi, sadisaṃ natthi, paṭibhāgo natthi na atthi na saṃvijjati nupalabbhati. ti kvaci kimhici katthaci ajjhattaṃ vā bahiddhā vā ajjhattabahiddhā vāti – yassa natthi upamā kvaci. Tenāha thero piṅgiyo –
“那位向我开示法义者,所开示的是现见之法、无时之法,
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Yo me dhammamadesesi, sandiṭṭhikamakālikaṃ;
正如有眼之人在光耀处见诸色相——能见、能观、能注视、能审谛、能细察;我心亦复如是,以此心眼见佛世尊——见之、观之、注视之、审谛之、细察之。显示巴利原文
ti yathā cakkhumā puriso āloke rūpagatāni passeyya dakkheyya olokeyya nijjhāyeyya upaparikkheyya, evamevāhaṃ buddhaṃ bhagavantaṃ manasā passāmi dakkhāmi olokemi nijjhāyāmi upaparikkhāmīti – passāmi naṃ manasā cakkhunāva.
他日夜以心修习佛随念,毫不放逸——这位婆罗门,日夜与昼夜皆不放逸。
以身礼敬,以语礼敬,以意礼敬,以如义行道礼敬,以法随法行道礼敬;恭敬、尊重、尊崇、供养,我日日夜夜以此度过、跨越、超脱——礼敬中,我度过此夜。
显示巴利原文 ti rattiñca divā ca buddhānussatiṃ manasā bhāvento appamattoti – rattindivaṃ brāhmaṇa appamatto. nti. ti kāyena vā namassamāno, vācāya vā namassamāno, cittena vā namassamāno, anvatthapaṭipattiyā vā namassamāno, dhammānudhammapaṭipattiyā vā namassamāno sakkāramāno garukāramāno mānayamāno pūjayamāno rattindivaṃ vivasemi atināmemi atikkamemīti – namassamāno vivasemi rattiṃ.
修习此佛随念而不远离——我作是念;未曾远离——我作是念、我如是知。我如是了知,如是明解,如是识别,如是通达,如是彻悟——正因此,我谓之为不远离。故宾耆耶长老说:显示巴利原文
nti tāya buddhānussatiyā bhāvento avippavāsoti taṃ maññāmi, avippavuṭṭhoti taṃ maññāmi jānāmi. Evaṃ jānāmi evaṃ ājānāmi evaṃ vijānāmi evaṃ paṭivijānāmi evaṃ paṭivijjhāmīti – teneva maññāmi avippavāsaṃ. Tenāha thero piṅgiyo –
我于夜晚礼敬而度过,正因如此,我自知未曾与他分离。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Passāmi naṃ manasā cakkhunāva, rattindivaṃ brāhmaṇa appamatto; Namassamāno vivasemi rattiṃ, teneva maññāmi avippavāsa’’nti.
其中,“信”是指对世尊生起的信、信解、信赖、净信、信心、信根与信力。“喜”是指对世尊生起的喜、喜悦、欢喜、欣喜、踊跃、欢笑、微笑、满足、悦乐、欣快与心的欢喜。“意”是指对世尊生起的心、意、意所、心脏、净白心、意处、意根、识、识蕴,以及由此生起的意识界。“念”是指对世尊生起的念、随念与正念——即信、喜、意、念这四种法。显示巴利原文
ti. ti yā ca bhagavantaṃ ārabbha saddhā saddahanā okappanā abhippasādo saddhā saddhindriyaṃ saddhābalaṃ. ti yā bhagavantaṃ ārabbha pīti pāmojjaṃ modanā āmodanā pamodanā hāso pahāso vitti tuṭṭhi odagyaṃ attamanatā cittassa. ti yañca bhagavantaṃ ārabbha cittaṃ mano mānasaṃ hadayaṃ paṇḍaraṃ mano manāyatanaṃ manindriyaṃ viññāṇaṃ viññāṇakkhandho tajjā manoviññāṇadhātu. ti yā bhagavantaṃ ārabbha sati anussati sammāsatīti – saddhā ca pīti ca mano sati ca.
这四种法不离开、不离去、不舍弃、不毁坏乔达摩的教法、佛陀的教法、胜者的教法、如来的教法、阿拉汉的教法——它们不脱离乔达摩的教法。显示巴利原文
ti ime cattāro dhammā gotamasāsanā buddhasāsanā jinasāsanā tathāgatasāsanā arahantasāsanā nāpenti na gacchanti na vijahanti na vināsentīti – nāpentime gotamasāsanamhā.
……他朝向东方而行,朝向西方而行,朝向南方而行,朝向北方而行——他行进,他前往,他迈步,他前进。……他具足广博的智慧、宏大的智慧、锐利的智慧、深厚的智慧、易发的智慧、敏捷的智慧、洞穿的智慧。‘地’被称为广博。世尊即具足那如大地般广博、开阔的智慧——‘那位无论向何方而行都保持广大智慧的人’。显示巴利原文
ti. nti puratthimaṃ vā disaṃ pacchimaṃ vā disaṃ dakkhiṇaṃ vā disaṃ uttaraṃ vā disaṃ vajati gacchati kamati abhikkamati. ti bhūripañño mahāpañño tikkhapañño puthupañño hāsapañño javanapañño nibbedhikapañño . Bhūri vuccati pathavī. Bhagavā tāya pathavisamāya paññāya vipulāya vitthatāya samannāgatoti – yaṃ yaṃ disaṃ vajati bhūripañño.
那位依止佛陀的人,便朝着佛陀所在的方向倾心、倾向、俯首、归向、心注于此、以此为尊。‘我正是如此地朝着他所去的方向而倾心。’因此,宾耆耶长老说:显示巴利原文
ti so yena buddho tena teneva nato tanninno tappoṇo tappabbhāro tadadhimutto tadadhipateyyoti – sa tena teneva natohamasmi. Tenāha thero piṅgiyo –
信心、喜、意与念,不会从乔达摩的教法中退失;
那位具足广大智慧者走向何方,我便朝那方,随他而去。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Saddhā ca pīti ca mano sati ca, nāpentime gotamasāsanamhā; Yaṃ yaṃ disaṃ vajati bhūripañño, sa tena teneva natohamasmī’’ti.
所谓“老”,即衰老、年迈、高龄,已至人生迟暮,已达老年。所谓“体力衰弱”,即力气衰微、力量薄弱、气力不足——“我已老了,体力衰微,力量薄弱。”显示巴利原文
ti jiṇṇassa vuḍḍhassa mahallakassa addhagatassa vayoanuppattassa. ti dubbalathāmakassa appathāmakassa parittathāmakassāti – jiṇṇassa me dubbalathāmakassa.
身体并不会随着佛陀而去——不离散、不移动、不前往、不跨越。身体并不因此到达彼处。
意为:我以思惟而行,以寻思而行,以智而行,以慧而行,以觉慧而行——我依思惟之力而常行。
显示巴利原文 ti kāyo yena buddho tena na paleti na vajati na gacchati nātikkamatīti – teneva kāyo na paleti tattha. nti saṅkappagamanena vitakkagamanena ñāṇagamanena paññāgamanena buddhigamanena vajāmi gacchāmi atikkamāmīti – saṅkappayantāya vajāmi niccaṃ.
意思是:所谓“心”,即是意、意根……乃至相应所生的意识界。所谓“意”,即与佛陀相应、相接、相连者——“婆罗门,我的心确实与此相应”。因此,长老宾耆耶说:显示巴利原文
ti. ti yaṃ cittaṃ mano mānasaṃ…pe… tajjā manoviññāṇadhātu. ti mano yena buddho tena yutto payutto saṃyuttoti – mano hi me brāhmaṇa tena yutto. Tenāha thero piṅgiyo –
我年迈力衰,此身不能前往,
我凭藉思惟之力常能前往;婆罗门,我的心确实系念于此。”
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Jiṇṇassa me dubbalathāmakassa, teneva kāyo na paleti tattha; Saṅkappayantāya vajāmi niccaṃ, mano hi me brāhmaṇa tena yutto’’ti.
意思是:陷在欲泥、欲沼、欲烦恼、欲钩、欲热恼、欲障中,躺卧、睡卧、停卧、安住、偏住——即是躺在泥中。受渴爱所动而颤抖,受邪见所动而颤抖,受烦恼所动而颤抖,受修行所动而颤抖,受果报所动而颤抖,受意恶行所动而颤抖;因染着为贪所动而颤抖,因嗔恚为嗔所动而颤抖,因愚痴为痴所动而颤抖,因被慢系缚为慢所动而颤抖,因执取为邪见所动而颤抖,因被掉举引向散乱而颤抖,因未达决定被疑所动而颤抖,因被随眠所强固而颤抖;因得而颤抖,因不得而颤抖,因名誉而颤抖,因无誉而颤抖,因赞叹而颤抖,因讥毁而颤抖,因乐而颤抖,因苦而颤抖;因生而颤抖,因老而颤抖,因病而颤抖,因死而颤抖,因愁、悲、苦、忧、恼而颤抖;因地狱苦而颤抖,因畜生道苦而颤抖,因饿鬼道苦而颤抖,因人道苦……因投胎所生之苦而颤抖,因住胎所生之苦而颤抖,因出胎所生之苦而颤抖,因出生后所系缚之苦而颤抖,因出生后身不由己之苦而颤抖,因自业之苦而颤抖,因他业之苦而颤抖,因行苦而颤抖,因变坏苦而颤抖;因眼疾之苦而颤抖,因耳疾之苦而颤抖,因鼻疾之苦而颤抖,因舌疾之苦而颤抖,因身疾之苦而颤抖,因头疾之苦而颤抖,因耳病之苦而颤抖,因口疾之苦而颤抖,因牙疾之苦而颤抖,因唇疾之苦而颤抖;因咳嗽、哮喘、鼻塞、发热、衰老、腹痛、昏厥、痢疾、绞痛、霍乱、麻风、痈疽、白斑、痨病、癫痫、癣疥、瘙痒、疥疮、疮疤、风疹、血胆病、糖尿病、痔疮、疖子、瘘管、因胆汁失调所起的疾病、因痰失调所起的疾病、因风失调所起的疾病、因三合失调所起的疾病、因季节变化所生的疾病、因起居不当所生的疾病、因突遭折磨所起的疾病、因业报所生的疾病;因寒冷、酷热、饥饿、渴乏、大便、小便、蚊虻风日蛇蝎等触之苦;因母死之苦而颤抖,因父死之苦而颤抖,因子死之苦而颤抖,因女死之苦而颤抖,因亲族之丧的苦而颤抖,因财富之丧的苦而颤抖,因疾病之丧的苦而颤抖,因戒之坏的苦而颤抖,因见之坏的苦而颤抖——如此而颤抖、颤动、战栗、剧战栗——即是躺在泥中而颤抖不已。显示巴利原文
ti. ti kāmapaṅke kāmakaddame kāmakilese kāmabaḷise kāmapariḷāhe kāmapalibodhe semāno sayamāno vasamāno āvasamāno parivasamāno ti – paṅke sayāno. ti taṇhāphandanāya phandamāno, diṭṭhiphandanāya phandamāno , kilesaphandanāya phandamāno, payogaphandanāya phandamāno, vipākaphandanāya phandamāno, manoduccaritaphandanāya phandamāno, ratto rāgena phandamāno, duṭṭho dosena phandamāno, mūḷho mohena phandamāno, vinibandho mānena phandamāno, parāmaṭṭho diṭṭhiyā phandamāno, vikkhepagato uddhaccena phandamāno, aniṭṭhaṅgato vicikicchāya phandamāno, thāmagato anusayehi phandamāno, lābhena phandamāno, alābhena phandamāno, yasena phandamāno, ayasena phandamāno, pasaṃsāya phandamāno, nindāya phandamāno, sukhena phandamāno, dukkhena phandamāno, jātiyā phandamāno, jarāya phandamāno, byādhinā phandamāno, maraṇena phandamāno, sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsehi phandamāno, nerayikena dukkhena phandamāno, tiracchānayonikena dukkhena phandamāno, pettivisayikena dukkhena phandamāno, mānusikena dukkhena…pe… gabbhokkantimūlakena dukkhena… gabbhaṭṭhitimūlakena dukkhena… gabbhavuṭṭhānamūlakena dukkhena… jātassūpanibandhakena dukkhena… jātassa parādheyyakena dukkhena… attūpakkamena dukkhena… parūpakkamena dukkhena… saṅkhāradukkhena… vipariṇāmadukkhena… cakkhurogena dukkhena… sotarogena dukkhena… ghānarogena dukkhena… jivhārogena dukkhena… kāyarogena dukkhena… sīsarogena dukkhena… kaṇṇarogena dukkhena… mukharogena dukkhena… dantarogena dukkhena… oṭṭharogena dukkhena… kāsena… sāsena… pināsena… ḍāhena … jarena… kucchirogena… mucchāya… pakkhandikāya… sūlāya… visūcikāya… kuṭṭhena… gaṇḍena… kilāsena… sosena… apamārena … dadduyā… kaṇḍuyā… kacchuyā… rakhasāya… vitacchikāya… lohitapittena … madhumehena… aṃsāya… piḷakāya… bhagandalena … pittasamuṭṭhānena ābādhena… semhasamuṭṭhānena ābādhena… vātasamuṭṭhānena ābādhena… sannipātikena ābādhena… utupariṇāmajena ābādhena… visamaparihārajena ābādhena… opakkamikena ābādhena… kammavipākajena ābādhena… sītena… uṇhena… jighacchāya … pipāsāya… uccārena… passāvena… ḍaṃsamakasavātātapasarīsapasamphassena dukkhena… mātumaraṇena dukkhena… pitumaraṇena dukkhena… puttamaraṇena dukkhena… dhītumaraṇena dukkhena… ñātibyasanena dukkhena… bhogabyasanena dukkhena… rogabyasanena dukkhena… sīlabyasanena dukkhena… diṭṭhibyasanena dukkhena phandamāno pariphandamāno pavedhamāno sampavedhamānoti – paṅke sayāno pariphandamāno.
意为:从师至师,从教说至教说,从众至众,从见至见,从行道至行道,从道至道,跳跃、腾起、飞越——从一岛飞越至另一岛。
显示巴利原文 nti satthārato satthāraṃ dhammakkhānato dhammakkhānaṃ gaṇato gaṇaṃ diṭṭhiyā diṭṭhiṃ paṭipadāya paṭipadaṃ maggato maggaṃ pallaviṃ upallaviṃ sampallavinti – dīpā dīpaṃ upallaviṃ.
“那时”是词语的连接、词语的接合、词语的圆满、音节的组合、文句的通畅、字词的次第——这就是“那时”。而“看见了”意思是:见到、看到、观察、通达。彼世尊,是自生者、无师者……乃至以现证而施设为‘佛陀’——这就是“那时我见到了正觉者”。 显示巴利原文
nti. ti padasandhi padasaṃsaggo padapāripūrī akkharasamavāyo byañjanasiliṭṭhatā padānupubbatāpetaṃ – athāti. nti addasaṃ addakkhiṃ apassiṃ paṭivijjhiṃ. ti yo so bhagavā sayambhū anācariyako…pe… sacchikā paññatti, yadidaṃ buddhoti – athaddasāsiṃ sambuddhaṃ.
“已渡暴流”是指:世尊渡过了欲暴流,渡过了有暴流,渡过了见暴流,渡过了无明暴流,渡过了整个轮回之途——已渡过、已越过、已度脱、已超越、已完全超越、已彻底越过。他梵行已住,修行已圆满……不再有生老死的轮回。这便是“已渡暴流”。“无漏”是指:四种漏——欲漏、有漏、见漏、无明漏。这些漏在佛陀世尊这里已被断除,连根拔起,犹如截断棕榈树顶,归于无有,于未来不再生起。因此佛陀是“无漏者”。合而言之,即是“已渡暴流的无漏者”。因此,宾耆耶长老说:显示巴利原文
nti. nti bhagavā kāmoghaṃ tiṇṇo, bhavoghaṃ tiṇṇo, diṭṭhoghaṃ tiṇṇo, avijjoghaṃ tiṇṇo, sabbasaṃsārapathaṃ tiṇṇo uttiṇṇo nitthiṇṇo atikkanto samatikkanto vītivatto, so vutthavāso ciṇṇacaraṇo…pe… jātimaraṇasaṃsāro, natthi tassa punabbhavoti – oghatiṇṇaṃ. nti cattāro āsavā – kāmāsavo, bhavāsavo, diṭṭhāsavo, avijjāsavo. Te āsavā buddhassa bhagavato pahīnā ucchinnamūlā tālāvatthukatā anabhāvaṃkatā āyatiṃ anuppādadhammā. Tasmā buddho anāsavāti – oghatiṇṇamanāsavaṃ. Tenāha thero piṅgiyo –
我陷于泥沼,挣扎翻滚,从一个岛屿游向另一个岛屿;
那时,我见到了正自觉者——那渡越暴流、究竟无漏者。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Paṅke sayāno pariphandamāno, dīpā dīpaṃ upallaviṃ; Athaddasāsiṃ sambuddhaṃ, oghatiṇṇamanāsava’’nti.
正如瓦卡利长老,具足信心,敬重信心,以信为先导,以信为胜解,以信为上首,证得阿拉汉果;正如跋陀罗浮陀长老,具足信心……证得阿拉汉果;正如阿腊毗乔达摩长老,具足信心……证得阿拉汉果——正如瓦卡利、跋陀罗浮陀、阿腊毗乔达摩这些依信而成就的解脱者。显示巴利原文
ti yathā vakkalitthero saddho saddhāgaruko saddhāpubbaṅgamo saddhādhimutto saddhādhipateyyo arahattappatto, yathā bhadrāvudho thero saddho saddhāgaruko saddhāpubbaṅgamo saddhādhimutto saddhādhipateyyo arahattappatto, yathā āḷavigotamo thero saddho saddhāgaruko saddhāpubbaṅgamo saddhādhimutto saddhādhipateyyo arahattappattoti – yathā ahū vakkali muttasaddho bhadrāvudho āḷavigotamo ca.
同样地,你也要倾注信心,全然倾注,彻底倾注,坚定信解,深心确立:对于“一切行无常”,你要倾注信心,全然倾注,彻底倾注,坚定信解,深心确立;对于“一切行是苦”……对于“一切法无我”……对于“凡是集起之法,皆是灭尽之法”,你要倾注信心,全然倾注,彻底倾注,坚定信解,深心确立。就是如此,你也同样地倾注信心吧。显示巴利原文
nti evameva tvaṃ saddhaṃ muñcassu pamuñcassu sampamuñcassu adhimuñcassu okappehi. ‘‘Sabbe saṅkhārā aniccā’’ti saddhaṃ muñcassu pamuñcassu sampamuñcassu adhimuñcassu okappehi. ‘‘Sabbe saṅkhārā dukkhā’’ti…pe… ‘‘sabbe dhammā anattā’’ti saddhaṃ muñcassu pamuñcassu sampamuñcassu adhimuñcassu okappehi… ‘‘yaṃ kiñci samudayadhammaṃ sabbaṃ taṃ nirodhadhamma’’nti saddhaṃ muñcassu pamuñcassu, sampamuñcassu adhimuñcassu okappehīti – evameva tvampi pamuñcassu saddhaṃ.
所谓“死王的领地”,指的是烦恼、五蕴与诸行。所谓“死王领地的彼岸”,乃是不死的涅槃——即一切行的寂止、一切依着的彻底舍离、渴爱的灭尽、离贪、灭尽、涅槃。“你将到达彼岸”,宾耆耶,意思是:你将到达死王领域的彼岸,你将证得它,你将触证它,你将亲自体证它。世尊因此这么说——显示巴利原文
nti maccudheyyaṃ vuccanti kilesā ca khandhā ca abhisaṅkhārā ca. Maccudheyyassa pāraṃ vuccati amataṃ nibbānaṃ, yo so sabbasaṅkhārasamatho sabbūpadhipaṭinissaggo taṇhakkhayo virāgo nirodho nibbānaṃ. nti tvaṃ pāraṃ gamissasi, pāraṃ adhigamissasi, pāraṃ phassissasi, pāraṃ sacchikarissasīti – gamissasi tvaṃ piṅgiya maccudheyyassa pāraṃ. Tenāha bhagavā –
正如往昔瓦卡利具有解脱之信,跋陀罗浮陀与阿罗毗乔达摩也是如此——
同样地,你也应当发起信心,
宾耆耶啊,你将抵达死亡领域的彼岸。”
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Yathā ahū vakkali muttasaddho, bhadrāvudho āḷavigotamo ca; Evameva tvampi pamuñcassu saddhaṃ, Gamissasi tvaṃ piṅgiya maccudheyyassa pāra’’nti.
对此,我愈发净信、愈发相信、愈发确信、愈发决意;对于“诸行无常”,我愈发净信、愈发相信、愈发确信、愈发决意;对于“诸行是苦”,我愈发净信……对于“诸法无我”,我愈发净信……对于“凡生起之法,皆是灭尽之法”,我愈发净信、愈发相信、愈发确信、愈发决意——如是,我愈发净信。显示巴利原文
ti esa bhiyyo pasīdāmi, bhiyyo bhiyyo saddahāmi, bhiyyo bhiyyo okappemi, bhiyyo bhiyyo adhimuccāmi; ‘‘sabbe saṅkhārā aniccā’’ti bhiyyo bhiyyo pasīdāmi, bhiyyo bhiyyo saddahāmi , bhiyyo bhiyyo okappemi, bhiyyo bhiyyo adhimuccāmi; ‘‘sabbe saṅkhārā dukkhā’’ti bhiyyo bhiyyo pasīdāmi…pe… ‘‘sabbe dhammā anattā’’ti bhiyyo bhiyyo pasīdāmi…pe… ‘‘yaṃ kiñci samudayadhammaṃ sabbaṃ taṃ nirodhadhamma’’nti bhiyyo bhiyyo pasīdāmi, bhiyyo bhiyyo saddahāmi, bhiyyo bhiyyo okappemi, bhiyyo bhiyyo adhimuccāmīti – esa bhiyyo pasīdāmi.
“牟那”指的是智……超越了执着之网的智者,称为牟尼。“听闻了牟尼的话语”意思是:听闻了你的话语、言说、教导、教诫、训示,学习之后,领受之后,审察之后——如此听闻了牟尼的话。显示巴利原文
ti. ti monaṃ vuccati ñāṇaṃ…pe… saṅgajālamaticca so muni. ti tuyhaṃ vacanaṃ byappathaṃ desanaṃ anusāsanaṃ anusiṭṭhaṃ sutvāna uggahetvāna upadhārayitvāna upalakkhayitvānāti – sutvāna munino vaco.
“覆盖”有五种:渴爱覆盖、邪见覆盖、烦恼覆盖、恶行覆盖、无明覆盖。这些覆盖,于佛陀、世尊已然敞开、已被破除、已被去除、已被断除、已被根绝、已平息、已止息,不能再生,已被智慧之火焚烧殆尽。因此,佛陀是“敞开覆盖者”。彼世尊……(中略)……获得“佛陀”的称号,即敞开覆盖者、正自觉者。显示巴利原文
ti. nti pañca chadanāni – taṇhāchadanaṃ, diṭṭhichadanaṃ, kilesachadanaṃ, duccaritachadanaṃ, avijjāchadanaṃ. Tāni chadanāni buddhassa bhagavato vivaṭāni viddhaṃsitāni samugghāṭitāni pahīnāni samucchinnāni vūpasantāni paṭippassaddhāni abhabbuppattikāni ñāṇagginā daḍḍhāni. Tasmā buddho vivaṭacchado. ti yo so bhagavā…pe… sacchikā paññatti, yadidaṃ buddhoti – vivaṭacchado sambuddho.
“桩”者,贪是桩,瞋是桩,痴是桩,忿是桩,恨……(中略)……一切不善行都是桩。这些桩,于佛陀、世尊已断除,连根截断,如同截顶的多罗树,归于无有,未来永不再生。因此,佛陀是“无桩者”。显示巴利原文
ti. ti rāgo khilo, doso khilo, moho khilo, kodho khilo, upanāho…pe… sabbākusalābhisaṅkhārā khilā. Te khilā buddhassa bhagavato pahīnā ucchinnamūlā tālāvatthukatā anabhāvaṃkatā āyatiṃ anuppādadhammā. Tasmā buddho akhilo.
有三种具辩才者:教法具辩才者、问难具辩才者、证得具辩才者。什么是教法具辩才者?世间有一类人,善巧通达佛陀的教法——经、应颂、记说、偈颂、自说、如是语、本生、未曾有法、方广。他依此教法而生起辩才,这就是教法具辩才者。显示巴利原文
ti tayo paṭibhānavanto – pariyatti paṭibhānavā, paripucchāpaṭibhānavā, adhigamapaṭibhānavā. Katamo pariyattipaṭibhānavā? Idhekaccassa buddhavacanaṃ pariyāputaṃ hoti suttaṃ geyyaṃ veyyākaraṇaṃ gāthā udānaṃ itivuttakaṃ jātakaṃ abbhutadhammaṃ vedallaṃ. Tassa pariyattiṃ nissāya paṭibhāti – ayaṃ pariyattipaṭibhānavā.
什么是问难具辩才者?世间有一类人,善于问难,于义理、法理、特征、原因、可能与否之事皆能通晓。他依此问难而生起辩才,这就是问难具辩才者。显示巴利原文
Katamo paripucchāpaṭibhānavā? Idhekacco paripucchitā hoti atthe ca ñāye ca lakkhaṇe ca kāraṇe ca ṭhānāṭhāne ca. Tassa paripucchaṃ nissāya paṭibhāti – ayaṃ paripucchāpaṭibhānavā.
什么是证得具辩才者?世间有一类人,证得了四念处、四正勤、四神足、五根、五力、七觉支、圣八支道、四圣道、四沙门果、四无碍解、六神通。彼已了知义理,已了知法,已了知词句。因其了知义理,义理便显现;因其了知法,法便显现;因其了知词句,词句便显现。在这三种了知上的了知,即是辩才无碍解。世尊亲证了这辩才无碍解,拥有它、具足它、抵达它、圆满抵达它、受持它、圆满受持它、完全具备它。因此,佛陀是’具辩才者’。若一人既无教法、无问难、亦无证得,又能辩说什么呢?以此譬喻说明具辩才者。因此,宾耆耶长老说:显示巴利原文
Katamo adhigamapaṭibhānavā? Idhekaccassa adhigatā honti cattāro satipaṭṭhānā, cattāro sammappadhānā, cattāro iddhipādā, pañcindriyāni, pañca balāni, satta bojjhaṅgā, ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo, cattāro ariyamaggā, cattāri sāmaññaphalāni, catasso paṭisambhidāyo, cha abhiññāyo. Tassa attho ñāto, dhammo ñāto, nirutti ñātā. Atthe ñāte attho paṭibhāti, dhamme ñāte dhammo paṭibhāti, niruttiyā ñātāya nirutti paṭibhāti. Imesu tīsu ñāṇesu ñāṇaṃ paṭibhānapaṭisambhidā. Bhagavā imāya paṭibhānapaṭisambhidāya upeto samupeto upāgato samupāgato upapanno samupapanno samannāgato. Tasmā buddho paṭibhānavā. Yassa pariyatti natthi, paripucchā natthi, adhigamo natthi, kiṃ tassa paṭibhāyissatīti – akhilo paṭibhānavā . Tenāha thero piṅgiyo –
听闻牟尼的话语后,我愈发生起净信;
他是揭开蒙蔽者、正自觉者、无碍者、辩才具足者。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Esa bhiyyo pasīdāmi, sutvāna munino vaco; Vivaṭacchado sambuddho, akhilo paṭibhānavā’’ti.
有三种天神:共识天神、化生天神、清净天神。哪些是共识天神?国王、王子与王后,这些称为共识天神。哪些是化生天神?四大王天、三十三天……乃至梵众天,以及更在其上的诸天,这些称为化生天神。哪些是清净天神?如来、如来的弟子——诸漏已尽的阿拉汉,以及辟支正自觉者,这些称为清净天神。世尊以证智了知共识天神为殊胜之天,以证智了知化生天神为殊胜之天,以证智了知清净天神为殊胜之天——如此知悉、衡量、决定、明辨、令其显著之后,故称‘于殊胜诸天以证知’。显示巴利原文
ti. ti tayo devā – sammutidevā , upapattidevā, visuddhidevā. Katame sammutidevā? Sammutidevā vuccanti rājāno ca rājakumāro ca deviyo ca. Ime vuccanti sammutidevā. Katame upapattidevā? Upapattidevā vuccanti cātumahārājikā devā tāvatiṃsā devā…pe… brahmakāyikā devā, ye ca devā taduttari. Ime vuccanti upapattidevā. Katame visuddhidevā? Visuddhidevā vuccanti tathāgatā tathāgatasāvakā arahanto khīṇāsavā, ye ca paccekasambuddhā. Ime vuccanti visuddhidevā. Bhagavā sammutideve adhidevāti abhiññāya upapattideve adhidevāti abhiññāya, visuddhideve adhidevāti abhiññāya jānitvā tulayitvā tīrayitvā vibhāvayitvā vibhūtaṃ katvāti – adhideve abhiññāya.
世尊对于自身与他人那些令成为殊胜诸天的法,已觉知、了知、触及、通达。什么是自身中令成为殊胜诸天的法呢?即:正行道、随顺行道、不违逆行道、如义行道、法随法行道、于戒中圆满行持、于诸根中善护其门、于饮食中知量、精勤觉醒、具足正念正知、四念处……乃至……圣八支道。这些便称为自身中令成为殊胜诸天的法。显示巴利原文
nti bhagavā attano ca paresañca adhidevakare dhamme vedi aññāsi aphassi paṭivijjhi. Katame attano adhidevakarā dhammā? Sammāpaṭipadā anulomapaṭipadā apaccanīkapaṭipadā anvatthapaṭipadā dhammānudhammapaṭipadā sīlesu paripūrakāritā indriyesu guttadvāratā bhojane mattaññutā jāgariyānuyogo satisampajaññaṃ cattāro satipaṭṭhānā…pe… ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo. Ime vuccanti attano adhidevakarā dhammā.
什么是对他人令成为殊胜诸天的法呢?正行道……乃至……圣八支道。这些称为对他人令成为殊胜诸天的法。如此,世尊对于自身与他人那些令成为殊胜诸天的法,已觉知、了知、触及、通达——他通达了一切法的上下高下。显示巴利原文
Katame paresaṃ adhidevakarā dhammā? Sammāpaṭipadā…pe… ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo. Ime vuccanti paresaṃ adhidevakarā dhammā. Evaṃ bhagavā attano ca paresañca adhidevakare dhamme vedi aññāsi aphassi paṭivijjhīti – sabbaṃ vedi paroparaṃ.
世尊是《彼岸道品》诸问之终结者,为其画上边际、设立界限、划定范围;是萨毗耶诸问之终结者,为其画上边际、设立界限、划定范围;是帝释诸问……善生天诸问……比丘诸问……比丘尼诸问……近事男诸问……近事女诸问……国王诸问……刹帝利诸问……婆罗门诸问……吠舍诸问……首陀罗诸问……天众诸问……梵天诸问之终结者,为其画上边际、设立界限、划定范围。因此,他被称为‘诸问之终结者’。世尊是商队的领袖。正如商队领袖引领商队,度脱旷野之险难,度脱盗贼之险难,度脱猛兽之险难,度脱饥馑之险难,度脱无水之险难,令其度越、登岸、成就、抵达安稳之地;同样地,世尊作为商队领袖,引领有情众生度脱旷野之险难,度脱生之旷野,度脱老之旷野……病之旷野……死之旷野……愁、悲、苦、忧、恼之旷野,度脱贪欲之旷野,度脱嗔恚之旷野……愚痴之旷野……慢之旷野……邪见之旷野……烦恼之旷野……恶行之旷野;度越贪欲之丛林,度越嗔恚之丛林,度越愚痴之丛林……邪见之丛林……烦恼之丛林……恶行之丛林,令其安稳到达,达至不死之涅槃。如是,世尊是商队领袖。显示巴利原文
ti bhagavā pārāyanikapañhānaṃ antakaro pariyantakaro paricchedakaro parivaṭumakaro; sabhiyapañhānaṃ antakaro pariyantakaro paricchedakaro parivaṭumakaro; sakkapañhānaṃ…pe… suyāmapañhānaṃ… bhikkhupañhānaṃ… bhikkhunīpañhānaṃ… upāsakapañhānaṃ… upāsikāpañhānaṃ… rājapañhānaṃ… khattiyapañhānaṃ… brāhmaṇapañhānaṃ… vessapañhānaṃ… suddapañhānaṃ… devapañhānaṃ… brahmapañhānaṃ antakaro pariyantakaro paricchedakaro parivaṭumakaroti – pañhānantakaro. ti bhagavā satthavāho. Yathā satthavāho satthe kantāraṃ tāreti, corakantāraṃ tāreti, vāḷakantāraṃ tāreti, dubbhikkhakantāraṃ tāreti, nirudakakantāraṃ tāreti uttāreti nitthāreti patāreti, khemantabhūmiṃ sampāpeti; evameva bhagavā satthavāho satte kantāraṃ tāreti, jātikantāraṃ tāreti, jarākantāraṃ…pe… byādhikantāraṃ… maraṇakantāraṃ… sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsakantāraṃ tāreti, rāgakantāraṃ tāreti, dosakantāraṃ… mohakantāraṃ… mānakantāraṃ… diṭṭhikantāraṃ… kilesakantāraṃ… duccaritakantāraṃ tāreti, rāgagahanaṃ tāreti, dosagahanaṃ tāreti, mohagahanaṃ… diṭṭhigahanaṃ… kilesagahanaṃ… duccaritagahanaṃ tāreti uttāreti nitthāreti patāreti; khemantaṃ amataṃ nibbānaṃ sampāpetīti – evampi bhagavā satthavāho.
又或者,世尊是引导者、教诫者、劝化者、安立者、令省察者、观察者、令澄清者,如是,世尊乃是商队领袖。再者,对于未曾生起的道路,他是令生起者;对于未曾产生的道路,他是令产生者;对于未曾宣说的道路,他是宣说者;他是知路者、识路者、善巧于路者。如今,弟子们作为随路而行者,后来也得以具足安住;如此,世尊亦是商队领袖。因此,他是“诸问终结者、导师”。显示巴利原文
Atha vā, bhagavā netā vinetā anunetā paññapetā nijjhāpetā pekkhatā pasādetāti, evaṃ bhagavā satthavāho. Atha vā, bhagavā anuppannassa maggassa uppādetā, asañjātassa maggassa sañjanetā, anakkhātassa maggassa akkhātā, maggaññū maggavidū maggakovido maggānugā ca pana etarahi sāvakā viharanti pacchā samannāgatāti, evampi bhagavā satthavāhoti – pañhānantakaro satthā.
他们怀着疑惑而来,疑惑断尽而归;带着粗重而来,远离粗重而归;带着缠缚而来,脱离缠缚而归;带着犹豫而来,断除犹豫而归;带着贪欲而来,离诸贪欲而归;带着嗔恚而来,离诸嗔恚而归;带着愚痴而来,离诸愚痴而归;带着烦恼而来,离诸烦恼而归——这便是对疑惑者所作的解答。因此,宾耆耶长老说:
他以神通彻知诸天之事,了知一切高下诸法;
这位导师断尽疑问,为心存疑惑者作出解答。
显示巴利原文 nti sakaṅkhā āgantvā nikkaṅkhā sampajjanti, sallekhā āgantvā nillekhā sampajjanti, sadveḷhakā āgantvā nidveḷahakā sampajjanti, savicikicchā āgantvā nibbicikicchā sampajjanti, sarāgā āgantvā vītarāgā sampajjanti, sadosā āgantvā vītadosā sampajjanti, samohā āgantvā vītamohā sampajjanti, sakilesā āgantvā nikkilesā sampajjantīti – kaṅkhīnaṃ paṭijānataṃ. Tenāha thero piṅgiyo – ‘‘Adhideve abhiññāya, sabbaṃ vedi paroparaṃ; Pañhānantakaro satthā, kaṅkhīnaṃ paṭijānata’’nti.
“不被带走”,是指不死之涅槃。也就是:一切行的寂止,一切依的舍离,渴爱的灭尽,离染,灭,涅槃。涅槃不为贪、嗔、痴、忿、恨、覆、恼、嫉、悭、诳、谄、傲、暴、慢、过慢、骄逸、放逸,不为任何烦恼、任何恶行、任何炽燃、任何漏、任何垢秽、任何热恼、任何不善的造作所带走;涅槃是恒常、稳固、永住、不变异之法——因此称为“不被带走”。显示巴利原文
nti asaṃhīraṃ vuccati amataṃ nibbānaṃ. Yo so sabbasaṅkhārasamatho sabbūpadhipaṭinissaggo taṇhakkhayo virāgo nirodho nibbānaṃ. nti rāgena dosena mohena kodhena upanāhena makkhena paḷāsena issāya macchariyena māyāya sāṭheyyena thambhena sārambhena mānena atimānena madena pamādena sabbakilesehi sabbaduccaritehi sabbapariḷāhehi sabbāsavehi sabbadarathehi sabbasantāpehi sabbākusalābhisaṅkhārehi asaṃhāriyaṃ nibbānaṃ niccaṃ dhuvaṃ sassataṃ avipariṇāmadhammanti – asaṃhīraṃ.
“不被扰动”,是指不死之涅槃。也就是:一切行的寂止……乃至……灭、涅槃。于涅槃中,不见有生起,不见有灭去,亦不见有任何变异。涅槃是恒常、稳固、永住、不变异之法——因此称为“不被带走、不被扰动”。显示巴利原文
nti asaṃkuppaṃ vuccati amataṃ nibbānaṃ. Yo so sabbasaṅkhārasamatho…pe… nirodho nibbānaṃ. Nibbānassa na uppādo paññāyati, vayo natthi, na tassa aññathattaṃ paññāyati. Nibbānaṃ niccaṃ dhuvaṃ sassataṃ avipariṇāmadhammanti – asaṃhīraṃ asaṃkuppaṃ.
“如此”(ti)一词指向涅槃。所谓“如此”,是说无有譬喻,无有类比,无有相似,无有对照;不可得,不可见,不可获。不论何处、何所、何境,或内、或外、或内外之际,皆无有譬喻。因此,宾耆耶长老说:显示巴利原文
ti. ti nibbānassa. ti upamā natthi, upanidhā natthi, sadisaṃ natthi, paṭibhāgo natthi na sati na saṃvijjati nupalabbhati. ti kvaci kimhici katthaci ajjhattaṃ vā bahiddhā vā ajjhattabahiddhā vāti – yassa natthi upamā kvaci. Tenāha thero piṅgiyo –
“必定”(ti)一词,是确定之说,无疑之说,无犹豫之说,无踌躇之说,不纠缠之说,确指之说,无误之说,无失之说,是决定性的言语,意即“必定”。譬如说“我必定会去”,即是:我将到达、我将证得、我将触及、我将体证——所以我必定会去。“必定”:对于涅槃,无有疑惑,无有困惑,无有纠结,无有犹豫;这些不存在、不可得、已被断除、彻底根除、已平息、已寂止、不可能再生起、已被智火焚烧。因此,宾耆耶长老说:“我必定会去,对此我无有疑惑。”显示巴利原文
ti. ti ekaṃsavacanaṃ nissaṃsayavacanaṃ nikkaṅkhavacanaṃ advejjhavacanaṃ adveḷhakavacanaṃ niyogavacanaṃ apaṇṇakavacanaṃ aviraddhavacanaṃ avatthāpanavacanametaṃ – addhāti. ti gamissāmi adhigamissāmi phassissāmi sacchikarissāmīti – addhā gamissāmi. ti. ti nibbāne kaṅkhā natthi, vicikicchā natthi, dveḷhakaṃ natthi, saṃsayo natthi, na sati na saṃvijjati nupalabbhati, pahīno samucchinno vūpasanto paṭippassaddho abhabbuppattiko ñāṇagginā daḍḍhoti – addhā gamissāmi na mettha kaṅkhā.
“你应如此看待我”——意思是:你应如此了知我。“我心倾向涅槃、趣向涅槃、趋向涅槃、决意于涅槃”——你应如此铭记:我心已决意。因此,宾耆耶长老说了下面的话:显示巴利原文
nti. ti evaṃ maṃ upalakkhehi. nti nibbānaninnaṃ nibbānapoṇaṃ nibbānapabbhāraṃ nibbānādhimuttanti – evaṃ maṃ dhārehi adhimuttacittanti. Tenāha thero piṅgiyo –
它无可动摇、无可扰动,亦无可喻比于任何处;
我定当去,于此无疑。你应这样记住我:心已决意。”
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Asaṃhīraṃ asaṃkuppaṃ, yassa natthi upamā kvaci; Addhā gamissāmi na mettha kaṅkhā, evaṃ maṃ dhārehi adhimuttacitta’’nti.
彼岸道摄颂偈之分别第十八显示巴利原文
Pārāyanānugītigāthāniddeso aṭṭhārasamo.
犀角经显示巴利原文
Khaggavisāṇasutto
犀角经义释(《小分别》)显示巴利原文
Khaggavisāṇasuttaniddeso
“一切”一词,意为完全地、以一切方式、毫无遗漏、毫无残余地遍尽——这是“一切”的义涵。“众生”指的是“动摇者”与“安住者”。“动摇者”是指那些渴爱之渴求尚未断除者,以及恐惧与怖畏尚未断除者。为何称其为“动摇者”?因为他们动摇、惊惶、战栗、惊呼、陷入恐惧,因此称为“动摇者”。“安住者”是指那些渴爱之渴求已断除者,以及恐惧与怖畏已断除者。为何称其为“安住者”?因为他们不动摇、不惊惶、不战栗、不恐惧、不陷入恐惧,因此称为“安住者”。“杖罚”有三种:身杖罚、语杖罚、意杖罚。三种身恶行是身杖罚,四种语恶行是语杖罚,三种意恶行是意杖罚。“已将杖罚放下”的意思是:对于一切众生,已放下杖罚、搁置了杖罚。显示巴利原文
nti. ti sabbena sabbaṃ sabbathā sabbaṃ asesaṃ nissesaṃ pariyādiyanavacanametaṃ – sabbesūti. ti bhūtā vuccanti tasā ca thāvarā ca. ti yesaṃ tasitataṇhā appahīnā, yesañca bhayabheravā appahīnā. Kiṃkāraṇā vuccanti tasā? Te tasanti uttasanti paritasanti bhāsanti santāsaṃ āpajjanti, taṃkāraṇā vuccanti tasā. ti yesaṃ tasitataṇhā pahīnā, yesañca bhayabheravā pahīnā. Kiṃkāraṇā vuccanti thāvarā? Te na tasanti na uttasanti na paritasanti na bhāyanti na santāsaṃ āpajjanti, taṃkāraṇā vuccanti thāvarā. nti tayo daṇḍā – kāyadaṇḍo vacīdaṇḍo manodaṇḍo. Tividhaṃ kāyaduccaritaṃ kāyadaṇḍo, catubbidhaṃ vacīduccaritaṃ vacīdaṇḍo, tividhaṃ manoduccaritaṃ manodaṇḍo. nti sabbesu bhūtesu daṇḍaṃ nidhāya nidahitvā.
意即不以手、土块、棍棒、刀剑、镣铐或绳索伤害任何一个众生,乃至不以这些伤害任何众生——对一切众生,皆不加伤害。
显示巴利原文 nti ekamekampi sattaṃ pāṇinā vā leḍḍunā vā daṇḍena vā satthena vā anduyā vā rajjuyā vā aviheṭhayanto, sabbepi satte pāṇinā vā leḍḍunā vā daṇḍena vā satthena vā anduyā vā rajjuyā vā aviheṭhayantoti – aviheṭhayaṃ aññatarampi tesaṃ.
“不求子,何况友”表示否定。儿子分为四种:亲生之子、田生之子、过继之子、弟子之子。所谓朋友,是指相聚时来访舒适、离去舒适、往来舒适、站立舒适、安坐舒适、躺卧舒适、交谈舒适、讨论舒适、高声说话舒适、畅谈舒适的人。他连儿子尚且不期待、不接受、不渴望、不羡慕、不希求,又怎么会期待、接受、渴望、羡慕、希求朋友、熟人、伙伴或同伴呢?因此说:不求子,何况友。显示巴利原文
nti. ti paṭikkhepo; ti cattāro puttā – atrajo putto, khettajo putto, dinnako putto, antevāsiko putto. nti sahāyā vuccanti yehi saha āgamanaṃ phāsu, gamanaṃ phāsu, gamanāgamanaṃ phāsu, ṭhānaṃ phāsu, nisajjanaṃ phāsu, sayanaṃ phāsu, ālapanaṃ phāsu, sallapanaṃ phāsu, ullapanaṃ phāsu, samullapanaṃ phāsu . nti puttampi na iccheyya na sādiyeyya na patthayeyya na pihayeyya nābhijappeyya, kuto mittaṃ vā sandiṭṭhaṃ vā sambhattaṃ vā sahāyaṃ vā iccheyya sādiyeyya patthayeyya pihayeyya abhijappeyyāti – na puttamiccheyya kuto sahāyaṃ.
那位独觉佛,因出家而独处,因无同伴而独处,因断除渴爱而独处,因彻底离贪而独处,因彻底离嗔而独处,因彻底离痴而独处,因彻底无烦恼而独处,因已行于唯一道路而独处,因独自证悟无上独觉菩提而独处。显示巴利原文
ti. ti so paccekasambuddho pabbajjāsaṅkhātena eko, adutiyaṭṭhena eko, taṇhāya pahānaṭṭhena eko, ekantavītarāgoti eko, ekantavītadosoti eko, ekantavītamohoti eko, ekantanikkilesoti eko, ekāyanamaggaṃ gatoti eko, eko anuttaraṃ paccekasambodhiṃ abhisambuddhoti eko.
那位独觉佛如何因出家而独处呢?他斩断了一切居家生活的障碍,斩断了妻儿的障碍,斩断了亲属的障碍,斩断了积蓄的障碍,剃除须发,披上袈裟,从在家而出家,过无家生活,达到无所有的状态,独自游行、安住、行动、维持、守护、生活、度日。那位独觉佛,便是这样因出家而独处。显示巴利原文
Kathaṃ so paccekasambuddho pabbajjāsaṅkhātena eko? So paccekasambuddho sabbaṃ gharāvāsapalibodhaṃ chinditvā puttadārapalibodhaṃ chinditvā ñātipalibodhaṃ chinditvā sannidhipalibodhaṃ chinditvā kesamassuṃ ohāretvā kāsāyāni vatthāni acchādetvā agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajitvā akiñcanabhāvaṃ upagantvā eko carati viharati iriyati vatteti pāleti yapeti yāpetīti – evaṃ so paccekasambuddho pabbajjāsaṅkhātena eko.
那位独觉佛如何以无伴侣的意义而独处呢?他这样出家之后,独自亲近森林、密林、边远、安静、少喧哗、无人声、远离人群、适合独处静修的住处。他独自去,独自站,独自坐,独自卧,独自入村乞食,独自返回,独自安坐静处,独自决意经行;他独自游行、安住、行动、维持、保护、生活、度日——那位独觉佛正是如此以无伴侣的意义而独处。显示巴利原文
Kathaṃ so paccekasambuddho adutiyaṭṭhena eko? So evaṃ pabbajito samāno eko araññavanapatthāni pantāni senāsanāni paṭisevati appasaddāni appanigghosāni vijanavātāni manussarāhasseyyakāni paṭisallānasāruppāni. So eko gacchati, eko tiṭṭhati, eko nisīdati, eko seyyaṃ kappeti, eko gāmaṃ piṇḍāya pavisati, eko abhikkamati, eko paṭikkamati, eko raho nisīdati, eko caṅkamaṃ adhiṭṭhāti, eko carati viharati iriyati vatteti pāleti yapeti yāpetīti – evaṃ so paccekasambuddho adutiyaṭṭhena eko.
那位独觉佛如何以断除渴爱的意义而独处呢?他这样独自无伴、不放逸、热忱、精勤、决心坚定地安住,力行大精进,击破魔罗及其魔军——那名为“纳姆奇”的黑者,那放逸之人的亲属——并将那如网般弥漫、执取的渴爱彻底断除、驱散、消灭,令其永不复起。显示巴利原文
Kathaṃ so paccekasambuddho taṇhāya pahānaṭṭhena eko? So evaṃ eko adutiyo appamatto ātāpī pahitatto viharanto mahāpadhānaṃ padahanto māraṃ sasenakaṃ namuciṃ kaṇhaṃ pamattabandhuṃ vidhametvā ca taṇhājāliniṃ visaritaṃ visattikaṃ pajahi vinodesi byantīakāsi anabhāvaṃgamesi.
以渴爱为伴的人,在漫长的岁月中流转轮回;
他流转于种种境界的变化之中,却无法超越轮回。
了知此过患,渴爱是苦的根源,
比丘离渴爱,无执取,正念具足,应游行四方。
显示巴利原文 Taṇhādutiyo puriso, dīghamaddhāna saṃsaraṃ; Itthabhāvaññathābhāvaṃ, saṃsāraṃ nātivattati. ‘‘Etamādīnavaṃ ñatvā, taṇhaṃ dukkhassa sambhavaṃ; Vītataṇho anādāno, sato bhikkhu paribbaje’’ti.
如此,那位独觉佛因断除渴爱的义理,而称为独一者。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ so paccekasambuddho taṇhāya pahānaṭṭhena eko.
何以那位独觉佛称作‘彻底离欲者’而独一?因贪已断除,故为‘彻底离欲者’而独一;因嗔已断除,故为‘彻底离嗔者’而独一;因痴已断除,故为‘彻底离痴者’而独一;因一切烦恼已断除,故为‘彻底无烦恼者’而独一。如此,那位独觉佛即是‘彻底离欲者’而独一。显示巴利原文
Kathaṃ so paccekasambuddho ekantavītarāgoti eko? Rāgassa pahīnattā ekantavītarāgoti eko, dosassa pahīnattā ekantavītadosoti eko, mohassa pahīnattā ekantavītamohoti eko, kilesānaṃ pahīnattā ekantanikkilesoti eko. Evaṃ so paccekasambuddho ekantavītarāgoti eko.
何以那位独觉佛走上了独一乘道,故称为独一者?独一乘道,即是四念处、四正勤、四神足、五根、五力、七觉支、八圣道。显示巴利原文
Kathaṃ so paccekasambuddho ekāyanamaggaṃ gatoti eko? Ekāyanamaggo vuccati cattāro satipaṭṭhānā, cattāro sammappadhānā, cattāro iddhipādā, pañcindriyāni, pañca balāni, satta bojjhaṅgā ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo.
彻见生灭尽者了知那条独一之道,心怀利益与悲悯,
过去的人依此道渡越了瀑流,正在渡越的人,以及将来要渡越的人,也都依此而渡越。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Ekāyanaṃ jātikhayantadassī, maggaṃ pajānāti hitānukampī; Etena maggena tariṃsu pubbe, tarissanti ye ca taranti ogha’’nti. Evaṃ so paccekasambuddho ekāyanamaggaṃ gatoti eko.
那么,他如何成为独自觉悟者,独自证悟无上的独自觉悟之智,因而称为“独一”呢?“觉”是指四种道上的智慧——也就是慧、慧根、慧力、择法觉支、审察、内观、正见。这位独自觉悟者,依“道”而称为独自觉悟者,依“智”而称为独自觉悟者。他觉悟了:“一切行都是无常的”;他觉悟了:“一切行都是苦的”;他觉悟了:“一切法都是无我的”;他觉悟了:“以无明为缘,而有行”;他觉悟了:“以行为缘,而有识”;他觉悟了:“以识为缘,而有名色”;他觉悟了:“以名色为缘,而有六入”;他觉悟了:“以六入为缘,而有触”;他觉悟了:“以触为缘,而有受”;他觉悟了:“以受为缘,而有渴爱”;他觉悟了:“以渴爱为缘,而有取”;他觉悟了:“以取为缘,而有有”;他觉悟了:“以有为缘,而有生”;他觉悟了:“以生为缘,而有老和死”。他也觉悟了:“无明灭则行灭”;他觉悟了:“行灭则识灭”;他觉悟了:“识灭则名色灭”;他觉悟了:“名色灭则六入灭”;他觉悟了:“六入灭则触灭”;他觉悟了:“触灭则受灭”;他觉悟了:“受灭则渴爱灭”;他觉悟了:“渴爱灭则取灭”;他觉悟了:“取灭则有灭”;他觉悟了:“有灭则生灭”;他觉悟了:“生灭则老死灭”。他觉悟了:“这是苦”;他觉悟了:“这是苦的集起”;他觉悟了:“这是苦的息灭”;他觉悟了:“这是通往苦灭的道路”。他觉悟了:“这些是烦恼”;他觉悟了:“这是烦恼的集起”……乃至……他觉悟了:“这是通往烦恼灭尽的道路”。他觉悟了:“这些法应被彻底了知”;他觉悟了:“这些法应被断除”;他觉悟了:“这些法应被证得”;他觉悟了:“这些法应被修习”。他觉悟了六触处的集起、消散、乐味、过患与出离;他觉悟了五取蕴的集起……乃至……出离;他觉悟了四大种的集起、消散、乐味、过患与出离;他觉悟了:“任何集起之法,都是息灭之法”。显示巴利原文
Kathaṃ so paccekasambuddho eko anuttaraṃ paccekasambodhiṃ abhisambuddhoti eko? Bodhi vuccati catūsu maggesu ñāṇaṃ. Paññā paññindriyaṃ paññābalaṃ dhammavicayasambojjhaṅgo vīmaṃsā vipassanā sammādiṭṭhi. So paccekasambuddho maggapaccekasambuddho ñāṇapaccekasambuddho ‘‘sabbe saṅkhārā aniccā’’ti bujjhi, ‘‘sabbe saṅkhārā dukkhā’’ti bujjhi, ‘‘sabbe dhammā anattā’’ti bujjhi, ‘‘avijjāpaccayā saṅkhārā’’ti bujjhi, ‘‘saṅkhārapaccayā viññāṇa’’nti bujjhi, ‘‘viññāṇapaccayā nāmarūpa’’nti bujjhi, ‘‘nāmarūpapaccayā saḷāyatana’’nti bujjhi, ‘‘saḷāyatanapaccayā phasso’’ti bujjhi, ‘‘phassapaccayā vedanā’’ti bujjhi, ‘‘vedanāpaccayā taṇhā’’ti bujjhi, ‘‘taṇhāpaccayā upādāna’’nti bujjhi, ‘‘upādānapaccayā bhavo’’ti bujjhi, ‘‘bhavapaccayā jātī’’ti bujjhi, ‘‘jātipaccayā jarāmaraṇa’’nti bujjhi; ‘‘avijjānirodhā saṅkhāranirodho’’ti bujjhi, ‘‘saṅkhāranirodhā viññāṇanirodho’’ti bujjhi, ‘‘viññāṇanirodhā nāmarūpanirodho’’ti bujjhi, ‘‘nāmarūpanirodhā saḷāyatananirodho’’ti bujjhi, ‘‘saḷāyatananirodhā phassanirodho’’ti bujjhi, ‘‘phassanirodhā vedanānirodho’’ti bujjhi, ‘‘vedanānirodhā taṇhānirodho’’ti bujjhi, ‘‘taṇhānirodhā upādānanirodho’’ti bujjhi, ‘‘upādānanirodhā bhavanirodho’’ti bujjhi, ‘‘bhavanirodhā jātinirodho’’ti bujjhi, ‘‘jātinirodhā jarāmaraṇanirodho’’ti bujjhi; ‘‘idaṃ dukkha’’nti bujjhi, ‘‘ayaṃ dukkhasamudayo’’ti bujjhi, ‘‘ayaṃ dukkhanirodho’’ti bujjhi, ‘‘ayaṃ dukkhanirodhagāminī paṭipadā’’ti bujjhi; ‘‘ime āsavā’’ti bujjhi, ‘‘ayaṃ āsavasamudayo’’ti bujjhi…pe… ‘‘ayaṃ āsavanirodhagāminī paṭipadā’’ti bujjhi; ‘‘ime dhammā abhiññeyyā’’ti bujjhi, ‘‘ime dhammā pahātabbā’’ti bujjhi, ‘‘ime dhammā sacchikātabbā’’ti bujjhi, ‘‘ime dhammā bhāvetabbā’’ti bujjhi; channaṃ phassāyatanānaṃ samudayañca atthaṅgamañca assādañca ādīnavañca nissaraṇañca bujjhi, pañcannaṃ upādānakkhandhānaṃ samudayañca…pe… nissaraṇañca bujjhi, catunnaṃ mahābhūtānaṃ samudayañca atthaṅgamañca assādañca ādīnavañca nissaraṇañca bujjhi, ‘‘yaṃ kiñci samudayadhammaṃ sabbaṃ taṃ nirodhadhamma’’nti bujjhi.
或者也可以这样说:凡是应被觉了的、应被随觉的、应被遍觉的、应被正觉的、应被证达的、应被触得的、应被亲证的,这一切,他都凭借那独觉智而觉了、随觉、遍觉、正觉、证达、触得、亲证了。如此,他作为独觉佛,独自证悟了无上的独觉菩提,因此称为“独自”。显示巴利原文
Atha vā, yaṃ bujjhitabbaṃ anubujjhitabbaṃ paṭibujjhitabbaṃ sambujjhitabbaṃ adhigantabbaṃ phassitabbaṃ sacchikātabbaṃ, sabbaṃ taṃ tena paccekabodhiñāṇena bujjhi anubujjhi paṭibujjhi sambujjhi adhigacchi phassesi sacchākāsīti evaṃ so paccekasambuddho eko anuttaraṃ paccekasambodhiṃ abhisambuddhoti – eko.
有八种行:威仪行、处行、念行、定行、智行、道行、证行、利世间行。其中,威仪行指于四种威仪中;处行指于内外六处中;念行指于四念处中;定行指于四禅那中;智行指于四圣谛中;道行指于四圣道中;证行指于四沙门果中;利世间行,于如来、阿拉汉、正自觉者中为完整,于独觉佛中为部分,于声闻弟子中为部分。威仪行,是具足愿求者的行;处行,是守护根门者的行;念行,是安住不放逸者的行;定行,是致力增上心者的行;智行,是智慧圆满者的行;道行,是正确行道者的行;证行,是已证果位者的行;利世间行,是如来、阿拉汉、正自觉者的行,于独觉佛为部分,于声闻弟子为部分。这就是八种行。又有另外八种行:依信胜解而行,依精进策励而行,依念令现起而行,依定而无散乱行,依慧了知而行,依识别了知而于识行;如此行道者,其善法增长,称为行于处行;如此行道者,证得殊胜,称为行于殊胜行。这便是八种行。显示巴利原文
ti aṭṭha cariyāyo – iriyāpathacariyā, āyatanacariyā, saticariyā, samādhicariyā, ñāṇacariyā, maggacariyā, patticariyā, lokatthacariyā. Iriyāpathacariyāti catūsu iriyāpathesu. Āyatanacariyāti chasu ajjhattikabāhiresu āyatanesu. Saticariyāti catūsu satipaṭṭhānesu. Samādhicariyāti catūsu jhānesu. Ñāṇacariyāti catūsu ariyasaccesu. Maggacariyāti catūsu ariyamaggesu. Patticariyāti catūsu sāmaññaphalesu. Lokatthacariyāti tathāgatesu arahantesu sammāsambuddhesu padesato paccekasambuddhesu padesato sāvakesu. Iriyāpathacariyā ca paṇidhisampannānaṃ, āyatanacariyā ca indriyesu guttadvārānaṃ , saticariyā ca appamādavihārīnaṃ, samādhicariyā ca adhicittamanuyuttānaṃ, ñāṇacariyā ca buddhisampannānaṃ, maggacariyā ca sammāpaṭipannānaṃ, patticariyā ca adhigataphalānaṃ, lokatthacariyā ca tathāgatānaṃ arahantānaṃ sammāsambuddhānaṃ padesato paccekabuddhānaṃ padesato sāvakānaṃ. Imā aṭṭha cariyāyo. Aparāpi aṭṭha cariyāyo – adhimuccanto saddhāya carati, paggaṇhanto vīriyena carati, upaṭṭhapento satiyā carati, avikkhepaṃ karonto samādhinā carati, pajānanto paññāya carati, vijānanto viññāṇacariyāya carati. Evaṃ paṭipannassa kusalā dhammā āyāpentīti – āyatanacariyāya carati. Evaṃ paṭipanno visesamadhigacchatīti – visesacariyāya carati. Imā aṭṭha cariyāyo.
此外,还有八种行:见行即正见,策励行即正思惟,摄持行即正语,发动行即正业,清净行即正命,精进行即正精进,现起行即正念,无散乱行即正定。这便是八种行。显示巴利原文
Aparāpi aṭṭha cariyāyo – dassanacariyā ca sammādiṭṭhiyā, abhiropanacariyā ca sammāsaṅkappassa , pariggahacariyā ca sammāvācāya, samuṭṭhānacariyā ca sammākammantassa, vodānacariyā ca sammāājīvassa, paggahacariyā ca sammāvāyāmassa, upaṭṭhānacariyā ca sammāsatiyā, avikkhepacariyā ca sammāsamādhissa. Imā aṭṭha cariyāyo.
正如犀牛角独一、无侣,同样,那位独觉佛也是如此,与之相似、相应。譬如极咸称为“盐般”,极苦称为“苦般”,极甜称为“甜般”,极热称为“火般”,极冷称为“雪般”,巨大的水体称为“海般”,获得大神变力的声闻弟子称为“导师般”;同样,那位独觉佛在世间也是如此,与之相似、相应——独一、无侣,解脱束缚,正确地行、住、活动、维系、护持、存活、度日,即“应如犀角独行”。因此,那位独觉佛说:显示巴利原文
ti yathā khaggassa nāma visāṇaṃ ekaṃ hoti adutiyaṃ, evameva so paccekasambuddho takkappo tassadiso tappaṭibhāgo. Yathā atiloṇaṃ vuccati loṇakappo, atitittakaṃ vuccati tittakappo, atimadhuraṃ vuccati madhurakappo, atiuṇhaṃ vuccati aggikappo , atisītalaṃ vuccati himakappo, mahāudakakkhandho vuccati samuddakappo, mahābhiññābalappatto sāvako vuccati satthukappoti; evameva so paccekasambuddho tattha takkappo tassadiso tappaṭibhāgo eko adutiyo muttabandhano sammā loke carati viharati iriyati vatteti pāleti yapeti yāpetīti – eko care khaggavisāṇakappo. Tenāha so paccekasambuddho –
于一切众生,放下棍杖,不伤害其中任何一个;
不求有子,更何况伴侣?应如犀牛角,独自游方。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Sabbesu bhūtesu nidhāya daṇḍaṃ, aviheṭhayaṃ aññatarampi tesaṃ; Na puttamiccheyya kuto sahāyaṃ, eko care khaggavisāṇakappo’’ti.
有两种接触:见接触与闻接触。什么是见接触?在此,有人看见一位女子或少女,相貌端庄、美丽悦目、风姿绰约,具足最为殊胜的容貌。见已,便依随各个特征取其相:头发秀丽、面容秀丽、眼睛秀丽、耳朵秀丽、鼻子秀丽、嘴唇秀丽、牙齿秀丽、嘴秀丽、脖颈秀丽、乳房秀丽、胸膛秀丽、腹部秀丽、腰部秀丽、大腿秀丽、小腿秀丽、手秀丽、脚秀丽、手指秀丽、指甲秀丽。见后,他便欢喜、赞叹、渴求、生起贪爱,追随于贪爱的系缚——这便是见接触。显示巴利原文
ti. ti dve saṃsaggā – dassanasaṃsaggo ca savanasaṃsaggo ca. Katamo dassanasaṃsaggo? Idhekacco passati itthiṃ vā kumāriṃ vā abhirūpaṃ dassanīyaṃ pāsādikaṃ paramāya vaṇṇapokkharatāya samannāgataṃ. Disvā passitvā anubyañjanaso nimittaṃ gaṇhāti – kesā vā sobhanā mukhaṃ vā sobhanaṃ akkhī vā sobhanā kaṇṇā vā sobhanā nāsā vā sobhanā oṭṭhā vā sobhanā dantā vā sobhanā mukhaṃ vā sobhanaṃ gīvā vā sobhanā thanā vā sobhanā uraṃ vā sobhanaṃ udaraṃ vā sobhanaṃ kaṭi vā sobhanā ūrū vā sobhanā jaṅghā vā sobhanā hatthā vā sobhanā pādā vā sobhanā aṅguliyo vā sobhanā nakhā vā sobhanāti. Disvā passitvā abhinandati abhivadati abhipattheti anuppādeti anubandhati rāgabandhanaṃ – ayaṃ dassanasaṃsaggo.
什么是闻接触?在此,有人听说:‘在某某村落或城镇,有一位女子或少女,相貌端庄、美丽悦目、风姿绰约,具足最为殊胜的容貌。’闻已,他便欢喜、赞叹、渴求、生起贪爱,追随于贪爱的系缚——这便是闻接触。显示巴利原文
Katamo savanasaṃsaggo? Idhekacco suṇāti – ‘‘asukasmiṃ nāma gāme vā nigame vā itthī vā kumārī vā abhirūpā dassanīyā pāsādikā paramāya vaṇṇapokkharatāya samannāgatā’’ti . Sutvā suṇitvā abhinandati abhivadati abhipattheti anuppādeti anubandhati rāgabandhanaṃ – ayaṃ savanasaṃsaggo.
此中,“两种爱著”是指:渴爱爱著与邪见爱著。什么是渴爱爱著?凡以渴爱为因,被划定界限、限定范围、圈定边际、执取、据为己有的——"这是我的,这是属于我的,这么多是我的,这样多是我的"。色、声、香、味、所触,铺盖之物,男女奴仆,山羊与绵羊,鸡与猪,象、牛、马、驴,田地宅基,金银,村落、城镇、王都,乃至国土与区域,国库与仓库,乃至整个大地,都因渴爱而被据为己有。凡此种种,即是渴爱活动的一百零八种范围——这便是渴爱爱著。显示巴利原文
ti dve snehā – taṇhāsneho ca diṭṭhisneho ca. Katamo taṇhāsneho? Yāvatā taṇhāsaṅkhātena sīmakataṃ odhikataṃ pariyantikataṃ pariggahitaṃ mamāyitaṃ – ‘‘idaṃ mama, etaṃ mama, ettakaṃ mama, ettāvatā mama’’. Rūpā saddā gandhā rasā phoṭṭhabbā attharaṇā pāvuraṇā dāsidāsā ajeḷakā kukkuṭasūkarā hatthigavāssavaḷavā khettaṃ vatthu hiraññaṃ suvaṇṇaṃ gāmanigamarājadhāniyo raṭṭhañca janapado ca koso ca koṭṭhāgārañca, kevalampi mahāpathaviṃ taṇhāvasena mamāyati, yāvatā aṭṭhasatataṇhāvicaritaṃ – ayaṃ taṇhāsneho.
什么是邪见爱著?二十种有身见,十种邪见,十种边执见。凡是这样的见解:见之陷溺、见之丛林、见之旷野、见之歪曲、见之挣扎、见之结缚;执取、领受、固持、坚执;是邪道、邪路、邪性、外道依处;是颠倒执、反转执、错乱执、邪执,于不真实中执为真实。凡此种种,即是六十二种见之陷溺——这便是邪见爱著。显示巴利原文
Katamo diṭṭhisneho? Vīsativatthukā sakkāyadiṭṭhi, dasavatthukā micchādiṭṭhi, dasavatthukā antaggāhikādiṭṭhi. Yā evarūpā diṭṭhi diṭṭhigataṃ diṭṭhigahanaṃ diṭṭhikantāro diṭṭhivisūkāyikaṃ diṭṭhivipphanditaṃ diṭṭhisaṃyojanaṃ gāho paṭiggāho abhiniveso parāmāso kummaggo micchāpatho micchattaṃ titthāyatanaṃ vipariyāsaggāho viparītaggāho vipallāsaggāho micchāgāho ayāthāvakasmiṃ yāthāvakanti gāho, yāvatā dvāsaṭṭhi diṭṭhigatāni – ayaṃ diṭṭhisneho.
此中,以见的接触与听闻的接触为缘,渴爱爱著与邪见爱著便存在、出现、产生、生起、发生、引发、显现。如此,对于由接触而生者,便有这两种爱著。显示巴利原文
ti dassanasaṃsaggapaccayā ca savanasaṃsaggapaccayā ca taṇhāsneho ca diṭṭhisneho ca bhavanti sambhavanti jāyanti sañjāyanti nibbattanti abhinibbattanti pātubhavantīti – saṃsaggajātassa bhavanti snehā.
于此,“两种爱著”即是:渴爱爱著与邪见爱著……(中略)……此即渴爱爱著……(中略)……此即邪见爱著。于此,有人以身造作恶行,以语造作恶行,以意造作恶行。他杀生、不予而取、破门入室、掠夺财物、独入他宅行劫、拦道抢劫、邪淫他妻、妄语欺人。众人捉住他,带至国王面前,禀告:‘大王,此人是盗贼、作恶者。请大王施以您所愿的任何惩罚。’于是,国王呵责他。他因被呵责而感受苦与忧恼。此恐惧、苦、忧恼从何而生?因他的爱著为缘、喜悦为缘、贪染为缘、贪染喜悦为缘而生。显示巴利原文
ti. ti dve snehā – taṇhāsneho ca diṭṭhisneho ca…pe… ayaṃ taṇhāsneho…pe… ayaṃ diṭṭhisneho. ti idhekacco kāyena duccaritaṃ carati, vācāya duccaritaṃ carati, manasā duccaritaṃ carati, pāṇampi hanati, adinnampi ādiyati, sandhimpi chindati, nillopampi harati, ekāgārikampi karoti, paripanthepi tiṭṭhati, paradārampi gacchati, musāpi bhaṇati. Tamenaṃ gahetvā rañño dassenti – ‘‘ayaṃ, deva, coro āgucārī. Imassa yaṃ icchasi taṃ daṇḍaṃ paṇehī’’ti. Tamenaṃ rājā taṃ paribhāsati. So paribhāsapaccayāpi dukkhaṃ domanassaṃ paṭisaṃvedeti. Etaṃ bhayaṃ dukkhaṃ domanassaṃ kuto jātaṃ? Tassa snehapaccayā ca nandipaccayā ca rāgapaccayā ca nandirāgapaccayā ca jātaṃ.
即便如此,国王仍不满足。国王便令人将他捆绑:以脚镣缚之,以绳索缚之,以锁链缚之,以枝条缚之,以藤蔓缚之,投入监禁,加以禁闭,缚于村落,缚于城镇,缚于国土,缚于区域,乃至下令:‘不得放你离去。’他因被捆绑而感受苦与忧恼。此恐惧、苦、忧恼从何而生?因他的爱著为缘、喜悦为缘、贪染为缘、贪染喜悦为缘而生。显示巴利原文
Ettakenapi rājā na tussati. Tamenaṃ rājā bandhāpeti – andubandhanena vā rajjubandhanena vā saṅkhalikabandhanena vā vettabandhanena vā latābandhanena vā pakkhepabandhanena vā parikkhepabandhanena vā gāmabandhanena vā nigamabandhanena vā raṭṭhabandhanena vā janapadabandhanena vā, antamaso savacanīyampi karoti – ‘‘na te labbhā ito pakkamitu’’nti. So bandhanapaccayāpi dukkhaṃ domanassaṃ paṭisaṃvedeti. Etaṃ bhayaṃ dukkhaṃ domanassaṃ kuto jātaṃ? Tassa snehapaccayā ca nandipaccayā ca rāgapaccayā ca nandirāgapaccayā ca jātaṃ.
即便如此,国王仍不满足。国王又命人夺走他那些钱财——一百、一千、十万。他因失去钱财而感受苦与忧恼。此种恐惧、苦、忧恼从何而生?因他的爱著、喜悦、贪染、贪染喜悦而生。显示巴利原文
Ettakenapi rājā na tussati. Tamenaṃ rājā tasseva dhanaṃ āharāpeti – sataṃ vā sahassaṃ vā satasahassaṃ vā. So dhanajānipaccayāpi dukkhaṃ domanassaṃ paṭisaṃvedeti. Etaṃ bhayaṃ dukkhaṃ domanassaṃ kuto jātaṃ? Tassa snehapaccayā ca nandipaccayā ca rāgapaccayā ca nandirāgapaccayā ca jātaṃ.
即便如此,国王依然不满足。他对此人施以种种刑罚:以鞭抽打,以竹条抽打,以粗棍杖击;砍断其手,砍断其脚,砍断其手脚;割去其耳,割去其鼻,割去其耳鼻;施以‘破锅刑’、施以‘螺髻刑’、施以‘罗睺脸刑’、施以‘火环刑’、施以‘手灯刑’、施以‘草叶刑’、施以‘树皮衣刑’、施以‘羚羊刑’、施以‘钩肉刑’、施以‘钱币刑’、施以‘碱液剥皮刑’、施以‘门闩转刑’、施以‘草垫刑’;以滚油浇淋,驱犬啃咬,将他活活钉在桩上,以刀砍下其首级。他因遭受这些刑罚,体验到痛苦与忧恼。如此恐惧、痛苦与忧恼,从何而生?生于他的爱著、欢喜、贪欲与喜贪。国王正是这四种惩罚的主宰者。显示巴利原文
Ettakenapi rājā na tussati. Tamenaṃ rājā vividhā kammakāraṇā kārāpeti – kasāhipi tāḷeti, vettehipi tāḷeti, aḍḍhadaṇḍehipi tāḷeti, hatthampi chindati, pādampi chindati, hatthapādampi chindati, kaṇṇampi chindati, nāsampi chindati, kaṇṇanāsampi chindati, bilaṅgathālikampi karoti, saṅkhamuṇḍikampi karoti , rāhumukhampi karoti, jotimālikampi karoti, hatthapajjotikampi karoti, erakavattikampi karoti, cīrakavāsikampi karoti, eṇeyyakampi karoti, baḷisamaṃsikampi karoti, kahāpaṇikampi karoti, khārāpatacchikampi karoti, palighaparivattikampi karoti, palālapīṭhakampi karoti, tattenapi telena osiñcati, sunakhehipi khādāpeti, jīvantampi sūle uttāseti, asināpi sīsaṃ chindati. So kammakāraṇapaccayāpi dukkhaṃ domanassaṃ paṭisaṃvedeti. Etaṃ bhayaṃ dukkhaṃ domanassaṃ kuto jātaṃ? Tassa snehapaccayā ca nandipaccayā ca rāgapaccayā ca nandirāgapaccayā ca jātaṃ. Rājā imesaṃ catunnaṃ daṇḍānaṃ issaro.
他依自己的业,于身坏命终后,投生到恶处、苦途、堕所、地狱。地狱狱卒对他施行名为‘五种束缚’的刑罚——将炽热的铁桩钉入其一手,将炽热的铁桩钉入其另一手,将炽热的铁桩钉入其一脚,将炽热的铁桩钉入其另一脚,将炽热的铁桩钉入其胸膛正中。他在那里领受苦痛、剧烈、粗猛、锐利的感受;只要那恶业还未耗尽,他便不会死去。这恐惧、痛苦与忧恼从何而生?正是从他的爱著、欢喜、贪欲、喜贪中产生的。显示巴利原文
So sakena kammena kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayaṃ upapajjati. Tamenaṃ nirayapālā pañcavidhabandhanaṃ nāma kammakāraṇaṃ karonti – tattaṃ ayokhilaṃ hatthe gamenti, tattaṃ ayokhilaṃ dutiye hatthe gamenti, tattaṃ ayokhilaṃ pāde gamenti, tattaṃ ayokhilaṃ dutiye pāde gamenti, tattaṃ ayokhilaṃ majjhe urasmiṃ gamenti. So tattha dukkhā tibbā kharā kaṭukā vedanā vedeti; na ca tāva kālaṃ karoti yāva na taṃ pāpakammaṃ byantīhoti. Etaṃ bhayaṃ dukkhaṃ domanassaṃ kuto jātaṃ? Tassa snehapaccayā ca nandipaccayā ca rāgapaccayā ca nandirāgapaccayā ca jātaṃ.
地狱狱卒令他躺卧,以斧头砍削其身……地狱狱卒将他头下脚上倒提,以利刃削割其身。地狱狱卒将他套在车上,驱赶他在燃烧、炽燃、火焰炽盛的大地上前奔后退。地狱狱卒令他爬上燃烧、炽燃、火焰炽盛的大炭火山,又令他爬下。地狱狱卒将他头下脚上倒提,抛入烧得赤红、猛烈燃烧、火焰炽盛的铁镬中。他在那里被烹煮,泛起水泡。当他在那里被烹煮而泛起水泡时,时而上浮,时而下沉,时而漂转。他在那里领受苦痛、剧烈、粗猛、锐利的感受;只要那恶业还未耗尽,他便不会死去。这恐惧、痛苦与忧恼从何而生?正是从他的爱著、欢喜、贪欲、喜贪中产生的。显示巴利原文
Tamenaṃ nirayapālā saṃvesetvā kuṭhārīhi tacchanti…pe… tamenaṃ nirayapālā uddhaṃpādaṃ adhosiraṃ gahetvā vāsīhi tacchanti. Tamenaṃ nirayapālā rathe yojetvā ādittāya pathaviyā sampajjalitāya sajotibhūtāya sārentipi paccāsārentipi. Tamenaṃ nirayapālā mahantaṃ aṅgārapabbataṃ ādittaṃ sampajjalitaṃ sajotibhūtaṃ āropentipi oropentipi. Tamenaṃ nirayapālā uddhaṃpādaṃ adhosiraṃ gahetvā tattāya lohakumbhiyā pakkhipanti ādittāya sampajjalitāya sajotibhūtāya. So tattha pheṇuddehakaṃ paccati. So tattha pheṇuddehakaṃ paccamāno sakimpi uddhaṃ gacchati, sakimpi adho gacchati, sakimpi tiriyaṃ gacchati. So tattha dukkhā tibbā kharā kaṭukā vedanā vedeti; na ca tāva kālaṅkaroti yāva na taṃ pāpakammaṃ byantīhoti. Etaṃ bhayaṃ dukkhaṃ domanassaṃ kuto jātaṃ? Tassa snehapaccayā ca nandipaccayā ca rāgapaccayā ca nandirāgapaccayā ca jātaṃ.
地狱的狱卒们将他投入大地狱。那大地狱——显示巴利原文
Tamenaṃ nirayapālā mahāniraye pakkhipanti. So kho pana mahānirayo –
有四角、四门,区分齐整,度量方正;
以铁墙为界,上覆铁板。
那里的地面是铁所成,炽然光焰,火热逼人;
周围一百由旬,始终如是遍满而住。
那是吝啬者煎熬的可怕之处,焰火猛烈,难以靠近;
那景象令人毛发竖立,极为恐怖、可畏,充满痛苦。
从东墙之中,有大火焰腾涌而出;
焚烧恶业者之际,于西墙受到阻遏。
后方墙壁上,有火柱升起;
烈焰烧着造恶业者,东边却被阻碍;
南方墙壁上,有火柱升起;
恶业炽燃之际,为北面所碍。
于北面墙壁间,烈焰如柱,腾涌而起;
恶业炽燃之际,为南面所碍。
从下方腾涌而起,那烈焰极为可怖;
它焚烧造作恶业之人,直撞上屋顶;
又从屋顶腾涌而起,那烈焰极为可怖。
焚烧着作恶业者时,他们被撞落在地面;
犹如那炽热、烧红、烈焰炽燃的铁锅;
无间地狱正是如此,从上至下,无不这般;
在那里的众生极其凶暴,造作深重恶业,
他们恶行无边,长受众苦而不死。
这些地狱众生的身体,犹如炽燃的火焰,
你看,业的坚固,既不会化为灰烬,也不会化作尘土。
他们向东奔跑,继而向西奔跑;
他们向北奔跑,继而向南奔跑。
显示巴利原文 Catukkaṇṇo catudvāro, vibhatto bhāgaso mito; Ayopākārapariyanto, ayasā paṭikujjito. Tassa ayomayā bhūmi, jalitā tejasā yutā; Samantā yojanasataṃ, pharitvā tiṭṭhati sabbadā. Kadariyātapanā ghorā, accimanto durāsadā; Lomahaṃsanarūpā ca, bhesmā paṭibhayā dukhā. Puratthimāya ca bhittiyā, accikkhandho samuṭṭhito; Ḍahanto pāpakammante, pacchimāya paṭihaññati. Pacchimāya ca bhittiyā, accikkhandho samuṭṭhito; Ḍahanto pāpakammante, purimāya paṭihaññati. Dakkhiṇāya ca bhittiyā, accikkhandho samuṭṭhito; Ḍahanto pāpakammante, uttarāya paṭihaññati. Uttarāya ca bhittiyā, accikkhandho samuṭṭhito; Ḍahanto pāpakammante, dakkhiṇāya paṭihaññati. Heṭṭhato ca samuṭṭhāya, accikkhandho bhayānako; Ḍahanto pāpakammante, chadanasmiṃ paṭihaññati. Chadanamhā samuṭṭhāya, accikkhandho bhayānako; Ḍahanto pāpakammante, bhūmiyaṃ paṭihaññati. Ayokapālamādittaṃ, santattaṃ jalitaṃ yathā; Evaṃ avīcinirayo, heṭṭhā upari passato. Tattha sattā mahāluddā, mahākibbisakārino; Accantapāpakammantā, paccanti na ca miyyare . Jātavedasamo kāyo, tesaṃ nirayavāsinaṃ; Passa kammānaṃ daḷhattaṃ, na bhasmā hoti napi masi. Puratthimenapi dhāvanti, tato dhāvanti pacchimaṃ; Uttarenapi dhāvanti, tato dhāvanti dakkhiṇaṃ. Yaṃ yaṃ disaṃ padhāvanti, taṃ taṃ dvāraṃ pidhīyati; Abhinikkhamitāsā te, sattā mokkhagavesino. Na te tato nikkhamituṃ, labhanti kammapaccayā; Tesañca pāpakammantaṃ, avipakkaṃ kataṃ bahunti.
这恐惧、这苦、这忧,从何处生起?是从贪爱、欢喜、染著、欢喜染著而生起的。显示巴利原文
Etaṃ bhayaṃ dukkhaṃ domanassaṃ kuto jātaṃ? Tassa snehapaccayā ca nandipaccayā ca rāgapaccayā ca nandirāgapaccayā ca jātaṃ.
地狱中的那些苦、畜生道中的那些苦、饿鬼道中的那些苦、人间的那些苦——这些苦从何处产生?从何处生起?从何处出生?从何处再生?从何处显现?由于他的贪爱、由于他的欢喜、由于他的染着、由于他的欢喜染着,这些苦才会存在、才会出现、才会产生、才会生起、才会出生、才会再生、才会显现。这苦,是随贪爱而来的。显示巴利原文
Yāni ca nerayikāni dukkhāni yāni ca tiracchānayonikāni dukkhāni yāni ca pettivisayikāni dukkhāni yāni ca mānusikāni dukkhāni, tāni kuto jātāni kuto sañjātāni kuto nibbattāni kuto abhinibbattāni kuto pātubhūtāni? Tassa snehapaccayā ca nandipaccayā ca rāgapaccayā ca nandirāgapaccayā ca bhavanti sambhavanti jāyanti sañjāyanti nibbattanti abhinibbattanti pātubhavantīti – snehanvayaṃ dukkhamidaṃ pahoti.
有两种贪爱:渴爱之贪与邪见之贪。……这是渴爱之贪。……这是邪见之贪。对于贪爱所生的过患,他观看、见到、观察、审视、仔细省察……就这样观看贪爱所生的过患,应当像犀牛角一样独自游走。那位独觉佛是这样说的:显示巴利原文
ti. ti dve snehā – taṇhāsneho ca diṭṭhisneho ca…pe… ayaṃ taṇhāsneho…pe… ayaṃ diṭṭhisneho. ti taṇhāsneho ca diṭṭhisneho ca ādīnavaṃ snehajaṃ pekkhamāno dakkhamāno olokayamāno nijjhāyamāno upaparikkhamānoti – ādīnavaṃ snehajaṃ pekkhamāno, eko care khaggavisāṇakappo. Tenāha so paccekasambuddho –
‘‘Saṃsaggajātassa bhavanti snehā, snehanvayaṃ dukkhamidaṃ pahoti; Ādīnavaṃ snehajaṃ pekkhamāno, eko care khaggavisāṇakappo’’ti.
此处所说的两种朋友,是在家朋友与出家朋友。何为在家朋友?世上有这样的人:难施能施,难舍能舍,难作能作,难忍能忍;他向对方倾诉自己的秘密,亦善为对方保守秘密;于困境中不舍不离,乃至为对方舍身;当对方衰败时,亦不轻慢。如此之人,便是在家朋友。显示巴利原文
ti. ti dve mittā – agārikamitto ca anāgārikamitto ca. Katamo agārikamitto? Idhekacco duddadaṃ dadāti, duccajaṃ cajati, dukkaraṃ karoti, dukkhamaṃ khamati, guyhamassa ācikkhati, guyhamassa parigūhati , āpadāsu na vijahati, jīvitampissa atthāya pariccattaṃ hoti, khīṇe nātimaññati – ayaṃ agārikamitto.
何为出家朋友?此处有比丘,他可爱可悦,可敬可亲,善言且能纳语,能演深法;不将人引向非处,劝人受持增上戒,劝人专精修习四念处,劝人专精修习四正勤,乃至四神足、五根、五力、七觉支,劝人专精修习圣八支道。如此之人,便是出家朋友。显示巴利原文
Katamo anāgārikamitto? Idha bhikkhu piyo ca hoti manāpo ca garu ca bhāvanīyo ca vattā ca vacanakkhamo ca gambhīrañca kathaṃ kattā, no ca aṭṭhāne niyojeti adhisīle samādapeti, catunnaṃ satipaṭṭhānānaṃ bhāvanānuyoge samādapeti, catunnaṃ sammappadhānānaṃ…pe… catunnaṃ iddhipādānaṃ… pañcannaṃ indriyānaṃ… pañcannaṃ balānaṃ… sattannaṃ bojjhaṅgānaṃ… ariyassa aṭṭhaṅgikassa maggassa bhāvanānuyoge samādapeti – ayaṃ anāgārikamitto.
所谓亲友,是指与之共处时,往来安适,站立安适,坐卧安适,相互招呼安适,交谈安适,高声论议安适,一起闲叙安适的人。若人对朋友、对亲友、对知交、对同道、对同伴心怀系念,随着观察,执持不舍,他便令自身的利益退失,令他人的利益退失,令双方的利益也退失;令现世的利益退失;令来世的利益退失;令最究竟的利益退失、舍弃、减损、毁坏、避开、隐没——这就是说:对朋友与亲友心怀系念的人,令利益退失。显示巴利原文
Suhajjā vuccanti yehi saha āgamanaṃ phāsu gamanaṃ phāsu ṭhānaṃ phāsu nisajjanaṃ phāsu sayanaṃ phāsu ālapanaṃ phāsu sallapanaṃ phāsu ullapanaṃ phāsu samullapanaṃ phāsu. nti mitte ca suhajje ca sandiṭṭhe ca sambhatte ca sahāye ca anukampamāno anupekkhamāno anugaṇhamāno attatthampi paratthampi ubhayatthampi hāpeti, diṭṭhadhammikampi atthaṃ hāpeti, samparāyikampi atthaṃ hāpeti, paramatthampi hāpeti pahāpeti parihāpeti paridhaṃseti parivajjeti antaradhāpetīti – mitte suhajje anukampamāno hāpeti atthaṃ.
以两种方式,心被牵住:一种是把自己放低、把别人抬高,心被牵住;另一种是把自己抬高、把别人放低,心被牵住。如何是把自己放低、把别人抬高,心被牵住呢?便是心想:‘你们于我有大恩惠,我是依靠你们,才获得衣服、食物、住处、医药这些生活所需。他人想要给予我什么、为我做什么,也都是因你们之故,看在你们的份上。甚至我从父母传承而来的旧姓氏、旧家族,也因你们而消失。如今他人皆因你们而认识我,称我为某家的常客、某家的常客。’这样把自己放低、把别人抬高,心就被牵住了。显示巴利原文
ti dvīhi kāraṇehi paṭibaddhacitto hoti – attānaṃ vā nīcaṃ ṭhapento paraṃ uccaṃ ṭhapento paṭibaddhacitto hoti, attānaṃ vā uccaṃ ṭhapento paraṃ nīcaṃ ṭhapento paṭibaddhacitto hoti. Kathaṃ attānaṃ nīcaṃ ṭhapento paraṃ uccaṃ ṭhapento paṭibaddhacitto hoti? Tumhe me bahūpakārā, ahaṃ tumhe nissāya labhāmi cīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānapaccayabhesajjaparikkhāraṃ. Yampi me aññe dātuṃ vā kātuṃ vā maññanti tumhe nissāya tumhe sampassantā. Yampi me porāṇaṃ mātāpettikaṃ nāmagottaṃ, tampi me antarahitaṃ. Tumhehi ahaṃ ñāyāmi – asukassa kulupako, asukāya kulupakoti . Evaṃ attānaṃ nīcaṃ ṭhapento paraṃ uccaṃ ṭhapento paṭibaddhacitto hoti.
如何是把自己抬高、把别人放低,心被牵住呢?便是心想:‘我对你们有大恩惠,你们是依止我,才皈依佛、皈依法、皈依僧;才远离杀生、远离偷盗、远离邪淫、远离妄语、远离放逸之因的谷酒、果酒等。是我为你们说法,带领你们讨论,告知你们布萨日的学处,为你们安排种种事务。而你们如今竟撇开我,去恭敬、尊重、推崇、供养他人!’这样把自己抬高、把别人放低,心被牵住。这便是:对同伴、亲友心存牵挂者,被牵住的心,丢失了利益。显示巴利原文
Kathaṃ attānaṃ uccaṃ ṭhapento paraṃ nīcaṃ ṭhapento paṭibaddhacitto hoti? Ahaṃ tumhākaṃ bahūpakāro, tumhe maṃ āgamma buddhaṃ saraṇaṃ gatā, dhammaṃ saraṇaṃ gatā, saṅghaṃ saraṇaṃ gatā, pāṇātipātā paṭiviratā, adinnādānā paṭiviratā, kāmesumicchācārā paṭiviratā, musāvādā paṭiviratā, surāmerayamajjapamādaṭṭhānā paṭiviratā; ahaṃ tumhākaṃ uddesaṃ demi, paripucchaṃ demi, uposathaṃ ācikkhāmi, navakammaṃ adhiṭṭhāmi. Atha pana tumhe maṃ ujjhitvā aññe sakkarotha garuṃ karotha mānetha pūjethāti. Evaṃ attānaṃ uccaṃ ṭhapento paraṃ nīcaṃ ṭhapento paṭibaddhacitto hotīti – mitte suhajje anukampamāno, hāpeti atthaṃ paṭibaddhacitto.
恐惧:什么是恐惧?畏惧出生,畏惧衰老,畏惧疾病,畏惧死亡,畏惧国王,畏惧盗贼,畏惧火,畏惧水,畏惧自责,畏惧他责,畏惧刑罚,畏惧恶趣,畏惧波浪,畏惧鳄鱼,畏惧漩涡,畏惧鲨鱼,畏惧生计断绝,畏惧恶名,畏惧在大众中发言畏缩,畏惧骄逸——这种种的害怕、战栗、汗毛竖立、内心的慌张与恐惧,即名为恐惧。亲密:有两种亲密:爱欲的亲密与见解的亲密……这便是爱欲的亲密……这便是见解的亲密。观察:于亲密中见此恐惧,如实见、审察、反复端详、彻底省思——这便是:既于亲密中见此恐惧,当如犀牛角般独自游走。是故那位独觉佛说:显示巴利原文
ti. nti jātibhayaṃ jarābhayaṃ byādhibhayaṃ maraṇabhayaṃ rājabhayaṃ corabhayaṃ aggibhayaṃ udakabhayaṃ attānuvādabhayaṃ parānuvādabhayaṃ daṇḍabhayaṃ duggatibhayaṃ ūmibhayaṃ kumbhilabhayaṃ āvaṭṭabhayaṃ susumārabhayaṃ ājīvikabhayaṃ asilokabhayaṃ parisasārajjabhayaṃ madanabhayaṃ bhayānakaṃ chambhitattaṃ lomahaṃso cetaso ubbego utrāso. ti dve santhavā – taṇhāsanthavo ca diṭṭhisanthavo ca…pe… ayaṃ taṇhāsanthavo…pe… ayaṃ diṭṭhisanthavo. ti etaṃ bhayaṃ santhave pekkhamāno dakkhamāno olokayamāno nijjhāyamāno upaparikkhamānoti – etaṃ bhayaṃ santhave pekkhamāno, eko care khaggavisāṇakappo. Tenāha so paccekasambuddho –
对朋友与亲友牵挂于心的人,心有所系,反而失去利益;
看见了亲密中的这种怖畏之后,应当如同犀牛角一样独自游走。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Mitte suhajje anukampamāno, hāpeti atthaṃ paṭibaddhacitto; Etaṃ bhayaṃ santhave pekkhamāno, eko care khaggavisāṇakappo’’ti.
所谓“竹丛”,是指竹丛。正如竹丛中的老竹彼此附着、缠结、黏着、挂住、挂碍、受阻,同样地,“散扩者”就是所谓的贪爱。凡是贪染、欲染、随顺、迎合、喜悦、染喜、心的欲染、欲求、迷醉、执取、贪婪、极贪、执著、泥沼、爱渴、幻术、能生、令生、缝纫、结网、流动、散扩、线、扩散、积聚、第二者、导向、有之路、林、丛林、亲昵、爱恋、期待、亲属、希望、希求、希求性、对色的希望、对声的希望、对香的希望、对味的希望、对触的希望、对利的希望、对财的希望、对子的希望、对命的希望、冀求、多冀求、遍冀求、冀求性、冀求的状态、贪求、贪求性、贪求的状态、求好心、愿善性、非法贪、不平等的贪、爱乐、喜爱、欲愿、羡慕、遍欲愿、欲贪、有贪、无有贪、色贪、无色贪、灭贪、色贪、声贪、香贪、味贪、触贪、法贪、瀑流、轭、结、取、障、盖、覆、缚、随眠、随烦恼、缠、蔓、悭、苦根、苦因、苦源、魔网、魔钩、魔境、魔住、魔缚、爱河、爱网、爱索、爱海、贪欲、贪、不善根。显示巴利原文
ti vaṃso vuccati veḷugumbo. Yathā veḷugumbasmiṃ porāṇakā vaṃsā sattā visattā āsattā laggā laggitā palibuddhā, evameva visattikā vuccati taṇhā. Yo rāgo sārāgo anunayo anurodho nandī nandirāgo cittassa sārāgo icchā mucchā ajjhosānaṃ gedho paligedho saṅgo paṅko ejā māyā janikā sañjananī sibbinī jālinī saritā visattikā suttaṃ visaṭā āyūhanī dutiyā paṇidhi bhavanetti vanaṃ vanatho santhavo sineho apekkhā paṭibandhu āsā āsīsanā āsīsitattaṃ rūpāsā saddāsā gandhāsā rasāsā phoṭṭhabbāsā lābhāsā dhanāsā puttāsā jīvitāsā jappā pajappā abhijappā jappanā jappitattaṃ loluppaṃ loluppāyanā loluppāyitattaṃ pucchañjikatā sādhukamyatā adhammarāgo visamalobho nikanti nikāmanā patthanā pihanā sampatthanā kāmataṇhā bhavataṇhā vibhavataṇhā rūpataṇhā arūpataṇhā nirodhataṇhā rūpataṇhā saddataṇhā gandhataṇhā rasataṇhā phoṭṭhabbataṇhā dhammataṇhā ogho yogo gantho upādānaṃ āvaraṇaṃ nīvaraṇaṃ chadanaṃ bandhanaṃ upakkileso anusayo pariyuṭṭhānaṃ latā vevicchaṃ dukkhamūlaṃ dukkhanidānaṃ dukkhappabhavo mārapāso mārabaḷisaṃ māravisayo māranivāso mārabandhanaṃ taṇhānadī taṇhājālaṃ taṇhāgaddulaṃ taṇhāsamuddo abhijjhā lobho akusalamūlaṃ.
“散扩者”依何义而说?“广”故,为散扩者;“散布”故,为散扩者;“扩散”故,为散扩者;“不平”故,为散扩者;“毒化”故,为散扩者;“散坏”故,为散扩者;“欺诳”故,为散扩者;“毒根”故,为散扩者;“毒果”故,为散扩者;“毒受用”故,为散扩者。再者,贪爱在色、声、香、味、触中广泛存在,在家族、群众、住处、利养、名誉、称赞、快乐中广泛存在,在衣服、钵食、坐卧处、病缘医药资具中广泛存在,在欲界、色界、无色界中广泛存在,在欲有、色有、无色有中广泛存在,在想有、无想有、非想非非想有中广泛存在,在一蕴有、四蕴有、五蕴有中广泛存在,在过去、未来、现在中广泛存在,在见闻觉知的诸法中广泛存在——它是广布的、扩展的。因此称为“散扩者”,犹如广布的竹丛一般缠绕。显示巴利原文
ti kenaṭṭhena visattikā? Visālāti visattikā visatāti visattikā, visaṭāti visattikā, visamāti visattikā, visakkatīti visattikā, visaṃharatīti visattikā, visaṃvādikāti visattikā, visamūlāti visattikā, visaphalāti visattikā, visaparibhogāti visattikā. Visālā vā pana taṇhā rūpe sadde gandhe rase phoṭṭhabbe kule gaṇe āvāse lābhe yase pasaṃsāya sukhe cīvare piṇḍapāte senāsane gilānapaccayabhesajjaparikkhāre kāmadhātuyā rūpadhātuyā arūpadhātuyā kāmabhave rūpabhave arūpabhave saññābhave asaññābhave nevasaññānāsaññābhave ekavokārabhave catuvokārabhave pañcavokārabhave atīte anāgate paccuppanne diṭṭhasutamutaviññātabbesu dhammesu visatā vitthatāti – visattikāti – vaṃso visālova yathā visatto.
有四种儿子:亲生儿子、田生儿子、养子、门徒弟子。“妻”指妻子们。“期待”指贪爱。凡有贪着、染著……贪欲、贪、不善根者——此即是对子女与妻子的期待。显示巴利原文
ti. ti cattāro puttā – atrajo putto, khettajo putto, dinnako putto, antevāsiko putto. Dārā vuccanti bhariyāyo. Apekkhā vuccanti taṇhā. Yo rāgo sārāgo…pe… abhijjhā lobho akusalamūlanti – puttesu dāresu ca yā apekkhā.
“竹丛”谓竹丛。犹如在竹丛中,嫩竹笋无所纠缠、无所黏着、无所附着、无所耽著、无所障碍,已出离、已脱离、已解脱。同样地,有两种执着:贪爱执与邪见执。……这是贪爱执。……这是邪见执。那位独觉佛已断除贪爱执,已舍离邪见执。由于贪爱执的断除与邪见执的舍离,那位独觉佛于色无所执着,于声、香、味、触无所执着,于家族、群众、住处、利养、名誉、称赞、快乐无所执着,于衣服、钵食、坐卧处、病缘医药资具无所执着,于欲界、色界、无色界无所执着,于欲有、色有、无色有无所执着,于想有、无想有、非想非非想有无所执着,于一蕴有、四蕴有、五蕴有无所执着,于过去、未来、现在无所执着,于见闻觉知的诸法无所执着、无所抓取、无所系缚、无所障碍、无所迷醉;已出离、脱离、解脱、无系着,以无界限之心而住。因此,如嫩竹笋般无所执着,应如犀牛角独自游方。所以那位独觉佛这样说。显示巴利原文
ti vaṃso vuccati veḷugumbo. Yathā veḷugumbasmiṃ taruṇakā kaḷīrakā asattā alaggā agadhitā apalibuddhā nikkhantā nissaṭā vippamuttā evameva. ti dve sajjanā – taṇhāsajjanā ca diṭṭhisajjanā ca…pe… ayaṃ taṇhāsajjanā…pe… ayaṃ diṭṭhisajjanā. Tassa paccekasambuddhassa taṇhāsajjanā pahīnā, diṭṭhisajjanā paṭinissaṭṭhā. Taṇhāsajjanāya pahīnattā diṭṭhisajjanāya paṭinissaṭṭhattā so paccekasambuddho rūpe na sajjati sadde na sajjati gandhe na sajjati rase na sajjati phoṭṭhabbe na sajjati kule…pe… gaṇe… āvāse… lābhe… yase… pasaṃsāya… sukhe… cīvare… piṇḍapāte… senāsane… gilānapaccayabhesajjaparikkhāre… kāmadhātuyā… rūpadhātuyā… arūpadhātuyā… kāmabhave… rūpabhave… arūpabhave… saññābhave… asaññābhave… nevasaññānāsaññābhave… ekavokārabhave… catuvokārabhave… pañcavokārabhave… atīte… anāgate… paccuppanne… diṭṭhasutamutaviññātabbesu dhammesu na sajjati na gaṇhāti na bajjhati na palibajjhati na mucchati; nikkhanto nissaṭo vippamutto visaññutto vimariyādikatena cetasā viharatīti – vaṃsakkaḷīrova asajjamāno, eko care khaggavisāṇakappo. Tenāha so paccekasambuddho –
如同广布的竹丛枝节交缠,对子女与妻子仍存系著;
“犹如嫩竹笋无所牵缠,当如犀牛之角独自游行。”
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Vaṃso visālova yathā visatto, puttesu dāresu ca yā apekkhā; Vaṃsakkaḷīrova asajjamāno, eko care khaggavisāṇakappo’’ti.
这是两种鹿——羚羊与黑鹿。犹如山林中的鹿,在旷野丛林中活动时,安详地行走,安详地站立,安详地坐下,安详地躺卧。显示巴利原文
ti. ti dve migā – eṇimigo ca pasadamigo ca. Yathā āraññiko migo araññe pavane caramāno vissattho gacchati vissattho tiṭṭhati vissattho nisīdati vissattho seyyaṃ kappeti.
世尊曾这样说:“诸比丘,犹如森林中的鹿,在旷野山林间活动时,安然行走,安然站立,安然坐下,安然躺卧。为什么呢?因为它不在猎人的行踪之内。同样地,诸比丘,比丘远离感官欲乐、远离不善法,有寻有伺,由远离而生起的喜与乐,进入并安住于初禅。诸比丘,这就称为比丘使魔罗成盲,断其足迹,使魔罗无眼可见,脱离邪恶者的视线。”显示巴利原文
Vuttañhetaṃ bhagavatā – ‘‘seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, āraññiko migo araññe pavane caramāno vissattho gacchati vissattho tiṭṭhati vissattho nisīdati vissattho seyyaṃ kappeti. Taṃ kissa hetu? Anāpāthagato, bhikkhave, luddassa. Evameva kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu vivicceva kāmehi vivicca akusalehi dhammehi savitakkaṃ savicāraṃ vivekajaṃ pītisukhaṃ paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati. Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, ‘bhikkhu andhamakāsi māraṃ, apadaṃ vadhitvā māracakkhuṃ adassanaṃ gato pāpimato’.
再者,诸比丘,比丘息灭寻与伺,内心澄净,心得一境,无寻无伺,由定而生起的喜与乐,进入并安住于第二禅那。诸比丘,这就称为比丘使魔罗成盲,断其足迹,使魔罗无眼可见,脱离邪恶者的视线。显示巴利原文
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu vitakkavicārānaṃ vūpasamā ajjhattaṃ sampasādanaṃ cetaso ekodibhāvaṃ avitakkaṃ avicāraṃ samādhijaṃ pītisukhaṃ dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati . Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, ‘bhikkhu andhamakāsi māraṃ, apadaṃ vadhitvā māracakkhuṃ adassanaṃ gato pāpimato’.
再者,诸比丘,比丘离于喜,安住于舍,有念与正知,以身感受乐——即圣者们所称的‘舍、有念、住于乐’——进入并安住于第三禅那。诸比丘,这就称为比丘使魔罗成盲,断其足迹,使魔罗无眼可见,脱离邪恶者的视线。显示巴利原文
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu pītiyā ca virāgā upekkhako ca viharati sato ca sampajāno sukhañca kāyena paṭisaṃvedeti, yaṃ taṃ ariyā ācikkhanti ‘upekkhako satimā sukhavihārī’ti tatiyaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati. Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, ‘bhikkhu andhamakāsi māraṃ, apadaṃ vadhitvā māracakkhuṃ adassanaṃ gato pāpimato’.
再者,诸比丘,比丘以舍断乐、舍断苦,并因先前喜忧的灭没,住于不苦不乐,舍念清净的第四禅那。诸比丘,此比丘被称为“已令魔罗盲目,摧坏其足迹,毁坏魔眼,到达了邪恶者所不见之处”。显示巴利原文
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sukhassa ca pahānā dukkhassa ca pahānā pubbeva somanassadomanassānaṃ atthaṅgamā adukkhamasukhaṃ upekkhāsatipārisuddhiṃ catutthaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati. Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, ‘bhikkhu andhamakāsi māraṃ, apadaṃ vadhitvā māracakkhuṃ adassanaṃ gato pāpimato’.
再者,诸比丘,比丘由完全超越色想,灭尽有对想,不作意种种想,以“虚空无边”而入住空无边处。诸比丘,此比丘被称为“已令魔罗盲目,摧坏其足迹,毁坏魔眼,到达了邪恶者所不见之处”。显示巴利原文
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sabbaso rūpasaññānaṃ samatikkamā paṭighasaññānaṃ atthaṅgamā nānattasaññānaṃ amanasikārā ‘ananto ākāso’ti ākāsānañcāyatanaṃ upasampajja viharati. Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, ‘bhikkhu andhamakāsi māraṃ, apadaṃ vadhitvā māracakkhuṃ adassanaṃ gato pāpimato’.
再者,诸比丘,比丘由完全超越空无边处,以“识无边”而入住识无边处……(中略)……显示巴利原文
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave , bhikkhu sabbaso ākāsānañcāyatanaṃ samatikkamma ‘anantaṃ viññāṇa’nti viññāṇañcāyatanaṃ upasampajja viharati…pe….
复次,比丘们,比丘完全超越识无边处,进入并安住于无所有处……(中略)……显示巴利原文
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, sabbaso viññāṇañcāyatanaṃ samatikkamma ‘natthi kiñcī’ti ākiñcaññāyatanaṃ upasampajja viharati…pe….
复次,比丘们,比丘完全超越无所有处,进入并安住于非想非非想处……(中略)……显示巴利原文
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, sabbaso ākiñcaññāyatanaṃ samatikkamma nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṃ upasampajja viharati…pe….
再者,诸比丘,比丘完全超越非想非非想处,证入并安住于想受灭尽定;他以慧照见之后,诸漏彻底灭尽。诸比丘,这位比丘可称为‘弄瞎魔罗、摧破魔罗踪迹、令魔罗之眼无所见、已趣入邪恶者了不可见之处者’,他已度越世间中的贪染。他自在而行,自在而住,自在而坐,自在而卧。何以故?诸比丘,因他已不在邪恶者所行境之内。犹如林中无缚之鹿,随心所愿,游走觅食。显示巴利原文
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, sabbaso nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṃ samatikkamma saññāvedayitanirodhaṃ upasampajja viharati, paññāya cassa disvā āsavā parikkhīṇā honti. Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, ‘bhikkhu andhamakāsi māraṃ, apadaṃ vadhitvā māracakkhuṃ adassanaṃ gato pāpimato’, tiṇṇo loke visattikaṃ. So vissattho gacchati vissattho tiṭṭhati vissattho nisīdati vissattho seyyaṃ kappeti. Taṃ kissa hetu? Anāpāthagato, bhikkhave, pāpimato’’ti – migo araññamhi yathā abaddho, yenicchakaṃ gacchati gocarāya.
‘有慧者’意为:贤者、具慧者、具智者、智者、明辨者、聪慧者。‘有情’意为:众生、青年、人、补特伽罗、命者、生者、人类、因陀罗之子、人。‘无系’有两种:法无系与补特伽罗无系。什么是法无系?四念处、四正勤、四神足、五根、五力、七觉支、圣八支道——这便是法无系。什么是补特伽罗无系?凡是具足此无系法的人,便称为补特伽罗无系。‘明智之人,见无系法’意思是:察见、审察、观察、审视、遍察——明智之人,见到这无系法之后,便应如犀牛角般独自游走。因此,那位独觉佛说:显示巴利原文
ti. ti paṇḍito paññavā buddhimā ñāṇī vibhāvī medhāvī. ti satto māṇavo poso puggalo jīvo jāgu jantu indagu manujo. ti dve serī – dhammopi serī puggalopi serī. Katamo dhammo serī? Cattāro satipaṭṭhānā cattāro sammappadhānā cattāro iddhipādā pañcindriyāni pañca balāni satta bojjhaṅgā ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo – ayaṃ dhammo serī. Katamo puggalo serī? Yo iminā serinā dhammena samannāgato, so vuccati puggalo serī. ti viññū naro seritaṃ dhammaṃ pekkhamāno, dakkhamāno olokayamāno nijjhāyamāno upaparikkhamānoti – viññū naro seritaṃ pekkhamāno, eko care khaggavisāṇakappo. Tenāha so paccekasambuddho –
犹如山林中不被束缚的鹿,想去何处觅食便去何处;智者珍视独行,应如犀牛角一般独自游走。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Migo araññamhi yathā abaddho, yenicchakaṃ gacchati gocarāya; Viññū naro seritaṃ pekkhamāno, eko care khaggavisāṇakappo’’ti.
所谓“伙伴”,是指那些与之共处时,到来安乐、行走安乐、来去安乐、站立安乐、安坐安乐、躺卧安乐、招呼安乐、交谈安乐、召唤安乐、攀谈安乐的人。又在伙伴群中,无论是居住、站立、行走还是游方时,都会有追求自利之谈论、追求利他之谈论、追求双方利益之谈论、追求现世利益之谈论、追求来世利益之谈论、追求究竟利益之谈论——在伙伴群中,无论居住、站立、行走、游方,都会有这样的交谈。显示巴利原文
ti sahāyā vuccanti yehi saha āgamanaṃ phāsu gamanaṃ phāsu gamanāgamanaṃ phāsu ṭhānaṃ phāsu nisajjanaṃ phāsu sayanaṃ phāsu ālapanaṃ phāsu sallapanaṃ phāsu ullapanaṃ phāsu samullapanaṃ phāsu. ti sahāyamajjhe vāsepi ṭhānepi gamanepi cārikāyapi attatthamantanā paratthamantanā ubhayatthamantanā diṭṭhadhammikatthamantanā samparāyikatthamantanā paramatthamantanā ti – āmantanā hoti sahāyamajjhe, vāse ṭhāne gamane cārikāya.
剃除须发、身披袈裟的活命方式,是愚者、不善者、外道与外道弟子所不乐求的;而此剃除须发、身披袈裟的活命方式,却是智者、善士、佛弟子及独觉佛所乐求的。这里所说的“独行”有两种:法独行与人物独行。什么是法独行?即四念住……乃至……圣八支道——此是法独行。什么是人物独行?凡是具备此独行法者,便称为人物独行。观察此独行法,即是见、观察、审视、细察此法;见此不为愚者所乐求的独行之后,应如犀牛角一般独行游走。所以那位独觉佛说:显示巴利原文
ti anabhijjhitaṃ etaṃ vatthu bālānaṃ asappurisānaṃ titthiyānaṃ titthayasāvakānaṃ, yadidaṃ – bhaṇḍukāsāyavatthavasanatā. Abhijjhitaṃ etaṃ vatthu paṇḍitānaṃ sappurisānaṃ buddhasāvakānaṃ paccekabuddhānaṃ, yadidaṃ – bhaṇḍukāsāyavatthavasanatā. ti dve serī – dhammopi serī puggalopi serī. Katamo dhammo serī? Cattāro satipaṭṭhānā …pe… ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo – ayaṃ dhammo serī. Katamo puggalo serī? Yo iminā serinā dhammena samannāgato, so vuccati puggalo serī. ti seritaṃ dhammaṃ pekkhamāno dakkhamāno olokayamāno nijjhāyamāno upaparikkhamānoti – anabhijjhitaṃ seritaṃ pekkhamāno, eko care khaggavisāṇakappo. Tenāha so paccekasambuddho –
在伙伴群中,无论居住、站立、行走或游方,便有交谈交往。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Āmantanā hoti sahāyamajjhe, vāse ṭhāne gamane cārikāya; Anabhijjhitaṃ seritaṃ pekkhamāno, eko care khaggavisāṇakappo’’ti.
嬉戏有两种:身嬉戏和语嬉戏。什么是身嬉戏?或戏于象,戏于马,戏于车,戏于弓,戏于刀;或戏于八格棋盘,戏于十格棋盘;或戏于空中;或戏于步道;或戏于近身;或戏于打谷场;或戏于掷骰;或戏于叶笛;或戏于签子;或戏于骰子;或戏于树皮衣;或戏于曲棍;或戏于翻绳;或戏于陀螺;或戏于叶哨;或戏于小车;或戏于小弓箭;或戏于猜字;或戏于猜心;作种种模仿之戏——这就是身嬉戏。显示巴利原文
ti. ti dve khiḍḍā – kāyikā ca khiḍḍā vācasikā ca khiḍḍā. Katamā kāyikā khiḍḍā? Hatthīhipi kīḷanti, assehipi kīḷanti, rathehipi kīḷanti, dhanūhipi kīḷanti, tharūhipi kīḷanti, aṭṭhapadehipi kīḷanti, dasapadehipi kīḷanti, ākāsepi kīḷanti, parihārapathepi kīḷanti, santikāyapi kīḷanti, khalikāyapi kīḷanti, ghaṭikāyapi kīḷanti, salākahatthenapi kīḷanti, akkhenapi kīḷanti, paṅgacīrenapi kīḷanti, vaṅkakenapi kīḷanti, mokkhacikāyapi kīḷanti, ciṅgulakenapi kīḷanti, pattāḷhakenapi kīḷanti, rathakenapi kīḷanti, dhanukenapi kīḷanti, akkharikāyapi kīḷanti, manesikāyapi kīḷanti, yathāvajjenapi kīḷanti. Ayaṃ kāyikā khiḍḍā.
什么是语嬉戏?口作鼓声,口作铙钹声,口作腰鼓声,口作小鼓声,口作号角声,口作铜钹声;以及演戏、跳舞、唱歌、滑稽戏——这就是语嬉戏。显示巴利原文
Katamā vācasikā khiḍḍā? Mukhabherikaṃ mukhālambaraṃ mukhaḍiṇḍimakaṃ mukhacalimakaṃ mukhakerakaṃ mukhadaddarikaṃ nāṭakaṃ lāsaṃ gītaṃ davakammaṃ. Ayaṃ vācasikā khiḍḍā.
“不厌倦”是“快乐”的同义词。“同伴”,是指与他一起时,来去便利、往来便利、站立便利、坐卧便利、卧躺便利、问候便利、交谈便利、闲谈便利、长谈亦便利。“嬉戏与快乐在同伴当中才有”的意思是:嬉戏与快乐,只在同伴当中方有。显示巴利原文
ti anukkaṇṭhitādhivacanametaṃ ratīti. Sahāyā vuccanti yehi saha āgamanaṃ phāsu gamanaṃ phāsu gamanāgamanaṃ phāsu ṭhānaṃ phāsu nisajjanaṃ phāsu sayanaṃ phāsu ālapanaṃ phāsu sallapanaṃ phāsu ullapanaṃ phāsu samullapanaṃ phāsu. ti khiḍḍā ca rati ca sahāyamajjhe hotīti – khiḍḍā ratī hoti sahāyamajjhe.
“儿子”一词有四种儿子:亲生子、田生子、过继子、弟子。“对儿子们,爱恋强烈”意指:对儿子们,爱恋广大。显示巴利原文
nti. ti cattāro puttā – atrajo putto, khettajo putto , dinnako putto, antevāsiko putto. nti puttesu ca adhimattaṃ hoti pemanti – puttesu ca vipulaṃ hoti pemaṃ.
“所爱”有两种:有情所爱与诸行所爱。怎样是有情所爱?于此处,若有愿你得利益、得安乐、得安稳、得解脱安稳之人——如母亲、父亲、兄弟、姐妹、儿子、女儿、朋友、同僚、亲戚或血亲——这些便是有情所爱。显示巴利原文
ti dve piyā – sattā vā saṅkhārā vā. Katame sattā piyā? Idha yassa te honti atthakāmā hitakāmā phāsukāmā yogakkhemakāmā mātā vā pitā vā bhātā vā bhaginī vā putto vā dhītā vā mittā vā amaccā vā ñātī vā sālohitā vā, ime sattā piyā.
哪些是可爱的诸行?可爱的色、可爱的声、可爱的香、可爱的味、可爱的触——这些就是可爱的诸行。所谓“厌恶、厌离、惭耻于与所爱的别离”,即是对与所爱的别离感到厌恶。独行,犹如犀牛角。所以那位独觉佛说:显示巴利原文
Katame saṅkhārā piyā? Manāpikā rūpā manāpikā saddā manāpikā gandhā manāpikā rasā manāpikā phoṭṭhabbā, ime saṅkhārā piyā. ti piyānaṃ vippayogaṃ vijigucchamāno aṭṭiyamāno harāyamānoti – piyavippayogaṃ vijigucchamāno, eko care khaggavisāṇakappo. Tenāha so paccekasambuddho –
在朋友中间,有嬉戏与欢乐;对儿女们,有深广的爱。厌恶与所爱别离,他应犹如犀牛角独自前行。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Khiḍḍā ratī hoti sahāyamajjhe, puttesu ca vipulaṃ hoti pemaṃ; Piyavippayogaṃ vijigucchamāno, eko care khaggavisāṇakappo’’ti.
那位独觉佛以慈俱之心遍满一方而住,同样地第二方,同样地第三方,同样地第四方。如此,于上方、下方、横向,一切处,一切方面,一切世间,以慈俱之心,广大、无量、无怨、无害,遍满而住。以悲俱之心……以喜俱之心……以舍俱之心遍满一方而住,同样地第二方,同样地第三方……无害遍满而住。由于慈的修习,东方的有情于他无敌意,南方的有情于他无敌意,西方的有情于他无敌意,北方的有情于他无敌意,东南方的有情于他无敌意,西南方的有情于他无敌意,西北方的有情于他无敌意,东北方的有情于他无敌意,下方的有情于他无敌意,上方的有情于他无敌意,一切方隅的有情于他无敌意;由于悲的修习、由于喜的修习、由于舍的修习,东方的有情于他无敌意……一切方隅的有情于他无敌意——他对一切方所皆无敌意。显示巴利原文
ti. ti so paccekasambuddho mettāsahagatena cetasā ekaṃ disaṃ pharitvā viharati, tathā dutiyaṃ, tathā tatiyaṃ, tathā catutthaṃ. Iti uddhamadho tiriyaṃ sabbadhi sabbattatāya sabbāvantaṃ lokaṃ mettāsahagatena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena abyāpajjena pharitvā viharati. Karuṇāsahagatena…pe… muditāsahagatena…pe… upekkhāsahagatena cetasā ekaṃ disaṃ pharitvā viharati, tathā dutiyaṃ, tathā tatiyaṃ…pe… abyāpajjena pharitvā viharati. ti mettāya bhāvitattā ye puratthimāya disāya sattā te appaṭikūlā honti, ye dakkhiṇāya disāya sattā te appaṭikūlā honti , ye pacchimāya disāya sattā te appaṭikūlā honti, ye uttarāya disāya sattā te appaṭikūlā honti, ye puratthimāya anudisāya sattā te appaṭikūlā honti, ye dakkhiṇāya anudisāya sattā te appaṭikūlā honti, ye pacchimāya anudisāya sattā te appaṭikūlā honti, ye uttarāya anudisāya sattā te appaṭikūlā honti, ye heṭṭhimāya disāya sattā te appaṭikūlā honti, ye uparimāya disāya sattā te appaṭikūlā honti, ye disāsu vidisāsu sattā te appaṭikūlā honti; karuṇāya bhāvitattā muditāya bhāvitattā upekkhāya bhāvitattā ye puratthimāya disāya sattā te appaṭikūlā honti…pe… ye disāsu vidisāsu sattā te appaṭikūlā hontīti – cātuddiso appaṭigho ca hoti.
对于任何粗劣的衣服,那位独觉佛也知足,并赞叹对任何粗劣衣服的知足;他不因衣服而去从事不正当、不合宜的营求。未得衣服,他不焦虑;得已,不贪着、不迷恋、不沉醉,洞见过患而明于出离,如此受用。他既不因对任何粗劣衣服的知足而抬高自己,也不贬低他人。对于这一点,于其中熟练、不懈怠、正知、具念者,便被称为安住于古老、最初的圣种的独觉佛。他对于任何粗劣的钵食也知足……显示巴利原文
ti so paccekasambuddho santuṭṭho hoti itarītarena cīvarena, itarītaracīvarasantuṭṭhiyā ca vaṇṇavādī, na ca cīvarahetu anesanaṃ appatirūpaṃ āpajjati. Aladdhā ca cīvaraṃ na paritassati, laddhā ca cīvaraṃ agadhito amucchito anajjhāpasanno ādīnavadassāvī nissaraṇapañño paribhuñjati. Tāya ca pana itarītaracīvarasantuṭṭhiyā nevattānukkaṃseti na paraṃ vambheti. Yo hi tattha dakkho analaso sampajāno patissato, ayaṃ vuccati paccekasambuddho porāṇe aggaññe ariyavaṃse ṭhito. Santuṭṭho hoti itarītarena piṇḍapātena…pe…
他对任何粗劣的住所也知足……他对任何粗劣的医药资具也知足,赞叹对任何粗劣医药资具的知足;他不因医药资具而去从事不正当、不合宜的营求。未得医药资具,他不焦虑;得已,不贪着、不迷恋、不沉醉,洞见过患而明于出离,如此受用。他既不因对任何粗劣医药资具的知足而抬高自己,也不贬低他人。对于这一点,于其中熟练、不懈怠、正知、具念者,便被称为安住于古老、最初的圣种的独觉佛——对于任何粗劣之物都能知足。显示巴利原文
Santuṭṭho hoti itarītarena senāsanena…pe… santuṭṭho hoti itarītarena gilānapaccayabhesajjaparikkhārena, itarītaragilānapaccayabhesajjaparikkhārasantuṭṭhiyā ca vaṇṇavādī, na ca gilānapaccayabhesajjaparikkhārahetu anesanaṃ appatirūpaṃ āpajjati. Aladdhā ca gilānapaccayabhesajjaparikkhārānaṃ na paritassati. Laddhā ca gilānapaccayabhesajjaparikkhāraṃ agadhito amucchito anajjhāpanno ādīnavadassāvī nissaraṇapañño paribhuñjati. Tāya ca itarītaragilānapaccayabhesajjaparikkhārasantuṭṭhiyā nevattānukkaṃseti na paraṃ vambheti. Yo hi tattha dakkho analaso sampajāno patissato, ayaṃ vuccati paccekasambuddho porāṇe aggaññe ariyavaṃse ṭhitoti – santussamāno itarītarena.
危难有两种:公开的危难与隐藏的危难。……这些称为公开的危难。……这些称为隐藏的危难。……就这样,它们是那些恶法的栖止处,故名危难。所谓超越一切危难,即是超越、胜伏、镇伏、遍尽、摧破一切危难。显示巴利原文
ti. ti dve parissayā – pākaṭaparissayā ca paṭicchannaparissayā ca…pe… ime vuccanti pākaṭaparissayā…pe… ime vuccanti paṭicchannaparissayā…pe… evampi, tatrāsayāti – parissayā. ti sabbe parissaye abhibhuyya abhibhavitvā ajjhottharitvā pariyādiyitvā madditvāti – abhibhuyya sabbāni parissayāni.
什么是隐藏的危险?身恶行、语恶行、意恶行,感官欲贪的障碍、瞋恚的障碍、昏沉睡眠的障碍、掉举追悔的障碍、疑惑的障碍,贪、瞋、痴、愤怒、怨恨、轻蔑、傲慢、嫉妒、吝啬、虚伪、狡诈、顽固、好争、我慢、极慢、自满、放逸,所有烦恼、所有恶行、所有不安、所有炽热、所有灼烧、一切不善的造作。这些便名为隐藏的危险。显示巴利原文
Katame paṭicchannaparissayā? Kāyaduccaritaṃ vacīduccaritaṃ manoduccaritaṃ kāmacchandanīvaraṇaṃ byāpādanīvaraṇaṃ thinamiddhanīvaraṇaṃ uddhaccakukkuccanīvaraṇaṃ vicikicchānīvaraṇaṃ rāgo doso moho kodho upanāho makkho paḷāso issā macchariyaṃ māyā sāṭheyyaṃ thambho sārambho māno atimāno mado pamādo, sabbe kilesā sabbe duccaritā sabbe darathā sabbe pariḷāhā sabbe santāpā sabbākusalābhisaṅkhārā. Ime vuccanti paṭicchannaparissayā.
“危难”一词,依什么意义而说?它们逼恼人,故名危难;它们导致退失,故名危难;它们是那些恶法的栖止处,故名危难。如何说它们逼恼人,故名危难?那些危难逼恼、压制、征服、淹没、耗尽、粉碎那个人。它们如此逼恼人,故名危难。显示巴利原文
ti kenaṭṭhena parissayā? Parisahantīti parissayā, parihānāya saṃvattantīti parissayā, tatrāsayāti parissayā. Kathaṃ parisahantīti parissayā? Te parissayā taṃ puggalaṃ sahanti parisahanti abhibhavanti ajjhottharanti pariyādiyanti maddanti. Evaṃ parisahantīti – parissayā.
为何称它们为“危险”?因为它们导致退失。那些危险,对哪些善法构成障碍,并令其退失呢?对于正确的修行道、随顺的修行道、不违逆的修行道、如义的修行道、法随法行的修行道;对于持戒圆满、守护根门、饮食知量、精勤觉醒、正念正知具足;对于四念处的修习、四正勤的修习、四神足的修习、五根的修习、五力的修习、七觉支的修习、圣八正道的修习——对于这些善法,它们是障碍,是令其退失的因。如此,它们导致退失,故名为“危险”。显示巴利原文
Kathaṃ parihānāya saṃvattantīti parissayā? Te parissayā kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ antarāyāya parihānāya saṃvattanti. Katamesaṃ kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ? Sammāpaṭipadāya anulomapaṭipadāya apaccanīkapaṭipadāya anvatthapaṭipadāya dhammānudhammapaṭipadāya sīlesu paripūrakāritāya indriyesu guttadvāratāya bhojane mattaññutāya jāgariyānuyogassa satisampajaññassa catunnaṃ satipaṭṭhānānaṃ bhāvanānuyogassa, catunnaṃ sammappadhānānaṃ… catunnaṃ iddhipādānaṃ… pañcannaṃ indriyānaṃ… pañcannaṃ balānaṃ… sattannaṃ bojjhaṅgānaṃ… ariyassa aṭṭhaṅgikassa maggassa bhāvanānuyogassa – imesaṃ kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ antarāyāya parihānāya saṃvattanti. Evaṃ parihānāya saṃvattantīti – parissayā.
为何称它们为“危险”?因为它们是那些恶法的所依。就在那里,这些邪恶、不善的法,依止于自体而现起。犹如洞穴中,依穴而居的众生安住;水中,依水而居的众生安住;林中,依林而居的众生安住;树上,依树而居的众生安住;同样地,就在那里,这些邪恶、不善的法,依止于自体而现起。由此,它们是那些恶法的所依,故名为“危险”。显示巴利原文
Kathaṃ tatrāsayāti parissayā? Tatthete pāpakā akusalā dhammā uppajjanti attabhāvasannissayā. Yathā bile bilāsayā pāṇā sayanti, dake dakāsayā pāṇā sayanti, vane vanāsayā pāṇā sayanti , rukkhe rukkhāsayā pāṇā sayanti; evameva tatthete pāpakā akusalā dhammā uppajjanti attabhāvasannissayāti. Evampi tatrāsayāti – parissayā.
世尊确实这样说过:“诸比丘,有同住弟子的比丘、有同住导师的比丘,将住于痛苦与不安稳。诸比丘,比丘如何才是具有同住弟子、具有同住导师,而住于痛苦与不安稳呢?诸比丘,于此,比丘以眼见到色之后,那些邪恶不善之法,那些伴随忆念思惟、会系缚人的法,便生起了。这些邪恶不善之法就安住在他里面,盘踞其中。因此,他被称为‘有同住弟子的’。那些邪恶不善之法,即以那种相伴的方式随逐着他。因此,他被称为‘有同住导师的’。”显示巴利原文
Vuttañhetaṃ bhagavatā – ‘‘sāntevāsiko, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sācariyako dukkhaṃ na phāsu viharati. Kathañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sāntevāsiko sācariyako dukkhaṃ na phāsu viharati? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu cakkhunā rūpaṃ disvā uppajjanti ye pāpakā akusalā dhammā, sarasaṅkappā saṃññojanīyā , tyassa anto vasanti anvāssavanti pāpakā akusalā dhammāti. Tasmā sāntevāsiko vuccati. Tena samudācarena samudācaranti naṃ pāpakā akusalā dhammāti. Tasmā sācariyakoti vuccati.
再者,诸比丘,比丘耳闻声后……鼻嗅香后……舌尝味后……身受触后……意了知法后,若有那些邪恶、不善的法——带有忆念与思惟、能系缚人的法——生起,它们便住于他内部,那些邪恶、不善的法便随流渗入。因此,他被称为“有同住弟子者”。他被那些邪恶、不善的法以如此相伴的方式所伴随,因此,他被称为“有同住导师者”。诸比丘,如是,有同住弟子、有同住导师的比丘,便住于痛苦、不安稳之中。由是观之,它们也是那些恶法的依止处,故名为“危险”。显示巴利原文
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno sotena saddaṃ sutvā…pe… ghānena gandhaṃ ghāyitvā…pe… jivhāya rasaṃ sāyitvā…pe… kāyena phoṭṭhabbaṃ phusitvā…pe… manasā dhammaṃ viññāya uppajjanti ye pāpakā akusalā dhammā sarasaṅkappā saṃyojanīyā, tyassa anto vasanti anvāssavanti pāpakā akusalā dhammāti. Tasmā sāntevāsikoti vuccati. Tena samudācarena samudācaranti naṃ pāpakā akusalā dhammāti. Tasmā sācariyakoti vuccati. Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sāntevāsiko sācariyako dukkhaṃ na phāsu viharatī’’ti. Evampi, tatrāsayāti – parissayā.
世尊曾这样说:“诸比丘,有三种内在的污垢、内在的敌人、内在的对手、内在的杀手、内在的对抗者。哪三种呢?诸比丘,贪欲是内在的污垢、内在的敌人、内在的对手、内在的杀手、内在的对抗者;诸比丘,嗔怒是内在的污垢、内在的敌人、内在的对手、内在的杀手、内在的对抗者;诸比丘,愚痴是内在的污垢、内在的敌人、内在的对手、内在的杀手、内在的对抗者。诸比丘,这就是三种内在的污垢、内在的敌人、内在的对手、内在的杀手、内在的对抗者。”显示巴利原文
Vuttañhetaṃ bhagavatā – ‘‘tayome, bhikkhave, antarāmalā antarāamittā antarāsapattā antarāvadhakā antarāpaccatthikā. Katame tayo ? Lobho, bhikkhave, antarāmalo antarāamitto antarāsapatto antarāvadhako antarāpaccatthiko, doso, bhikkhave…pe… moho, bhikkhave, antarāmalo antarāamitto antarāsapatto antarāvadhako antarāpaccatthiko. Ime kho, bhikkhave, tayo antarāmalā antarāamittā antarāsapattā antarāvadhakā antarāpaccatthikā’’ti.
贪欲能生无益,贪欲能扰心识;
怖畏由内而生,世人却不觉知。
贪欲者不知利益,贪欲者不见法;
当贪欲压倒人时,那便是浓密的黑暗。
嗔怒能生无益,嗔怒扰乱于心;
怖畏自内生起,世人却不觉了。
心怀嗔怒者,不知何者为义利;心怀嗔怒者,不见于法。
愚痴带来无义,愚痴扰乱心念;
从内心生起的恐惧,人们却不能觉了。
愚痴者,不知利益,不见法;
当人被愚痴所征服时,便是一片最深的黑暗。
显示巴利原文 Anatthajanano lobho, lobho cittappakopano; Bhayamantarato jātaṃ, taṃ jano nāvabujjhati. Luddho atthaṃ na jānāti, luddho dhammaṃ na passati; Andhatamaṃ tadā hoti, yaṃ lobho sahate naraṃ. Anatthajanano doso, doso cittappakopano; Bhayamantarato jātaṃ, taṃ jano nāvabujjhati. Duṭṭho atthaṃ na jānāti, duṭṭho dhammaṃ na passati; Andhatamaṃ tadā hoti, yaṃ doso sahate naraṃ. Anatthajanano moho, moho cittappakopano; Bhayamantarato jātaṃ, taṃ jano nāvabujjhati. Mūḷho atthaṃ na jānāti, mūḷho dhammaṃ na passati; Andhatamaṃ tadā hoti, yaṃ moho sahate naranti. Evampi, tatrāsayāti – parissayā.
这是世尊所说:“大王,有三种法,当于人的内心生起时,会带来损害、痛苦和不安乐。是哪三种呢?大王,贪这一法,于人的内心生起时,会带来损害、痛苦和不安乐;大王,嗔这一法……(略);大王,痴这一法,于人的内心生起时,会带来损害、痛苦和不安乐。大王,这便是当于人的内心生起时,会带来损害、痛苦和不安乐的三种法。”显示巴利原文
Vuttañhetaṃ bhagavatā – ‘‘tayo kho, mahārāja, purisassa dhammā ajjhattaṃ uppajjamānā uppajjanti ahitāya dukkhāya aphāsuvihārāya . Katame tayo? Lobho kho, mahārāja, purisassa dhammo ajjhattaṃ uppajjamāno uppajjati ahitāya dukkhāya aphāsuvihārāya; doso kho, mahārāja…pe… moho kho, mahārāja, purisassa dhammo ajjhattaṃ uppajjamāno uppajjati ahitāya dukkhāya aphāsuvihārāya. Ime kho, mahārāja, tayo purisassa dhammā ajjhattaṃ uppajjamānā uppajjanti ahitāya dukkhāya aphāsuvihārāya.
贪、嗔与痴,对于心怀邪恶的人,
这些从自身生起者,会伤害他,如同果实毁坏树心。
此为世尊所说:
贪与嗔依此而生,不喜、喜与毛发竖立,亦由此而起;
种种心念从此生起,犹如孩童放飞乌鸦。”
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Lobho doso ca moho ca, purisaṃ pāpacetasaṃ; Hiṃsanti attasambhūtā, tacasāraṃva samphala’’nti . Evampi, tatrāsayāti – parissayā. Vuttañhetaṃ bhagavatā – ‘‘Rāgo ca doso ca itonidānā, aratī ratī lomahaṃso itojā; Ito samuṭṭhāya manovitakkā, kumārakā dhaṅkamivossajantī’’ti . Evampi, tatrāsayāti – parissayā.
“诸危难”:即认清、制伏、克服、胜伏、超越了危难——这名为胜伏诸危难。那位独觉佛无惧、无畏、无恐怖、无退避,已断除恐惧与怖畏,远离身毛竖立,如是安住——这就是胜伏诸危难而无畏,独行如犀牛角。因此,那位独觉佛说:显示巴利原文
ti parissaye sahitā ārādhitā ajjhottharitā pariyāditā paṭinissatāti – parissayānaṃ sahitā. ti so paccekasambuddho abhīrū acchambhī anutrāsī apalāyī pahīnabhayabheravo vigatalomahaṃso viharatīti – parissayānaṃ sahitā acchambhī, eko care khaggavisāṇakappo. Tenāha so paccekasambuddho –
他心向四方,无有违碍,随缘知足,安然乐住;
能忍耐诸般危难,无所畏惧,应如犀牛角独自前行。”
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Cātuddiso appaṭigho ca hoti, santussamāno itarītarena; Parissayānaṃ sahitā achambhī, eko care khaggavisāṇakappo’’ti.
有些出家人,即使为他们提供依止师、教诵、问难、衣服、钵、铜盘、法具、滤水器、袋、鞋、腰带,他们也不听受,不肯倾耳,不置心念,不顺从,不依教而行,专行违逆,转过脸去——确实,有些出家人就是难以教化。显示巴利原文
ti pabbajitāpi idhekacce nissayepi diyyamāne uddesepi diyyamāne paripucchāyapi diyyamāne cīvarepi diyyamāne pattepi diyyamāne lohathālakepi diyyamāne dhammakaraṇepi diyyamāne parissāvanepi diyyamāne thavikepi diyyamāne upāhanepi diyyamāne kāyabandhanepi diyyamāne na suṇanti na sotaṃ odahanti na aññācittaṃ upaṭṭhapenti, anassavā avacanakarā paṭilomavuttino aññeneva mukhaṃ karontīti – dussaṅgahā pabbajitāpi eke.
有些在家人,即使为他们提供大象、车乘、田地、宅地、金、银、村庄、城镇、城市、国土、地方,他们也不听受,不肯倾耳,不置心念,不顺从,不依教而行,专行违逆,转过脸去——在俗家住家的人中也有如此难以教化者。显示巴利原文
ti gahaṭṭhāpi idhekacce hatthimhipi diyyamāne…pe… rathepi khettepi vatthumhipi hiraññepi suvaṇṇepi diyyamāne gāmepi…pe… nigamepi nagarepi… raṭṭhepi… janapadepi diyyamāne na suṇanti na sotaṃ odahanti na aññācittaṃ upaṭṭhapenti, anassavā avacanakarā paṭilomavuttino aññeneva mukhaṃ karontīti – atho gahaṭṭhā gharamāvasantā.
除却自己,其余一切众生在此意义上皆是他人的儿子。对于他人的儿子,应当少事、不介入、不贪着——于他人之子无所系念,当如犀牛角一般独自前行。所以那位独觉佛说:显示巴利原文
ti attānaṃ ṭhapetvā sabbe imasmiṃ atthe paraputtā. Tesu paraputtesu appossukko hutvā abyāvaṭo hutvā anapekkho hutvāti – appossukko paraputtesu hutvā, eko care khaggavisāṇakappo. Tenāha so paccekasambuddho –
有些出家人尚且难以摄受,何况那些居于家中、安住俗家的在家人;
不挂念他人子嗣,不生牵挂,应如犀牛角,独自游行。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Dussaṅgahā pabbajitāpi eke, atho gahaṭṭhā gharamāvasantā; Appossukko paraputtesu hutvā, eko care khaggavisāṇakappo’’ti.
所谓在家人之相,是指:须发、花鬘、香、涂香,种种饰物与璎珞,衣裳与披肩,缠头与覆身之物,擦拭、按摩、沐浴、揉捏,镜、眼膏,花鬘与香涂,面霜、面油,手环、髻饰,杖、笛、剑、伞,彩履、顶冠、宝珠,拂尘、白衣与长穗。……‘放下在家人之相,彻底放下、搁置、止息’——即脱离了一切在家人之相。显示巴利原文
ti gihibyañjanāni vuccanti kesā ca massū ca mālā ca gandhañca vilepanañca ābharaṇañca pilandhanañca vatthañca pārupanañca veṭhanañca ucchādanaṃ parimaddanaṃ nhāpanaṃ sambāhanaṃ ādāsaṃ añjanaṃ mālāgandhavilepanaṃ mukhacuṇṇaṃ mukhalepanaṃ hatthabandhaṃ sikhābandhaṃ daṇḍaṃ nāḷikaṃ khaggaṃ chattaṃ citrupāhanaṃ uṇhīsaṃ maṇiṃ vāḷabījaniṃ odātāni vatthāni dīghadasāni iti vā. ti gihibyañjanāni oropayitvā samoropayitvā nikkhipitvā paṭipassambhayitvāti – oropayitvā gihibyañjanāni.
犹如无忧树的叶子被斩断、切碎、散落一地,同样,那位独觉佛的在家之相也已被斩断、切碎、散落——如同那叶子被彻底切断的无忧树。显示巴利原文
ti yathā koviḷārassa pattāni chinnāni sañchinnāni patitāni paripatitāni, evameva tassa paccekasambuddhassa gihibyañjanāni chinnāni sañchinnāni patitānīti – sañchinnapatto yathā koviḷāro.
“具足精进,故为英雄”;有能力,故为英雄;有威势,故为英雄;堪能胜任,故为英雄;勇敢,故为英雄。刚毅、无畏、不惊、不恐、不退,已断除恐惧与怖畏,故为英雄;连身毛竖立也全断除,故为英雄。显示巴利原文
ti. ti vīriyavāti vīro, pahūti vīro, visavīti vīro, alamattoti vīro, sūroti vīro, vikkanto abhīrū acchambhī anutrāsī apalāyī pahīnabhayabheravoti vīro, vigatalomahaṃsoti vīro.
他于此世间远离一切恶行,这位具足精进者,超越了地狱之苦。显示巴利原文
Virato idha sabbapākehi, nirayadukkhaṃ aticca vīriyavā so;
So vīriyavā padhānavā, dhīro tādi pavuccate tathattā.
所谓在家人的束缚,是指儿女、妻子、男仆、女仆、山羊、绵羊、鸡、猪、象、牛、马、牝马,以及田地、宅地、银、金,村庄、城镇、王都、国土、区域,库藏、仓库,乃至任何令人染着的事物。显示巴利原文
Gihibandhanāni vuccanti puttā ca bhariyā ca dāsā ca dāsī ca ajeḷakā ca kukkuṭasūkarā ca hatthigavāssavaḷavā ca khettañca vatthu ca hiraññañca suvaṇṇañca gāmanigamarājadhāniyo ca raṭṭhañca janapado ca koso ca koṭṭhāgārañca, yaṃ kiñci rajanīyavatthu.
那位独觉佛、那位勇者,在断除、根除、舍弃、驱散、消灭、令归于无有在家者的种种束缚后——“勇者斩断在家者的束缚,应如犀牛角般独自游历。”因此,那位独觉佛如是说:显示巴利原文
ti so paccekasambuddho vīro gihibandhanāni chinditvā samucchinditvā jahitvā vinodetvā byantīkaritvā anabhāvaṃ gametvāti – chetvāna vīro gihibandhanāni, eko care khaggavisāṇakappo. Tenāha so paccekasambuddho –
‘舍去在家人的种种表相,犹如花叶落尽的大珊瑚树,
勇者斩断在家人的束缚,
应如犀牛角,独自游历。’
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Oropayitvā gihibyañjanāni, sañchinnapatto yathā koviḷāro, Chetvāna vīro gihibandhanāni; Eko care khaggavisāṇakappo’’ti.
若他能够值遇、获得、证得、寻得一位贤明、聪慧、具足智慧、具足理智、具足知识、善能辨别、具敏智的同伴——“若能遇得贤明的同伴,”显示巴利原文
nti sace nipakaṃ paṇḍitaṃ paññavantaṃ buddhimantaṃ ñāṇiṃ vibhāviṃ medhāviṃ sahāyaṃ labheyya paṭilabheyya adhigaccheyya vindeyyāti – sace labhetha nipakaṃ saṃhāyaṃ.
‘独自而行。’‘初禅善住者、二禅善住者……三禅善住者……四禅善住者,慈心解脱善住者,悲心解脱善住者……喜心解脱善住者……舍心解脱善住者,空无边处定善住者,识无边处定善住者……无所有处定善住者……非想非非想处定善住者,灭尽定善住者,果定善住者。’‘与坚慧、贤明、聪慧、具智慧、有理智、有知识、善辨别、具敏智者结伴而行,坚慧者善住。’显示巴利原文
nti. nti ekato caraṃ. nti paṭhamenapi jhānena sādhuvihāriṃ, dutiyenapi jhānena… tatiyenapi jhānena… catutthenapi jhānena sādhuvihāriṃ, mettāyapi cetovimuttiyā sādhuvihāriṃ, karuṇāyapi…pe… muditāyapi… upekkhāyapi cetovimuttiyā sādhuvihāriṃ, ākāsānañcāyatanasamāpattiyāpi sādhuvihāriṃ , viññāṇañca āyatanasamāpattiyāpi…pe… ākiñcaññāyatanasamāpattiyāpi…pe… nevasaññānāsaññāyatanasamāpattiyāpi sādhuvihāriṃ, nirodhasamāpattiyāpi sādhuvihāriṃ, phalasamāpattiyāpi sādhuvihāriṃ. nti dhīraṃ paṇḍitaṃ paññavantaṃ buddhimantaṃ ñāṇiṃ vibhāviṃ medhāvinti – saddhiṃ caraṃ sādhuvihāri dhīraṃ.
那位独觉佛,与这样一位贤明、聪慧、具智慧、有理智、有知识、善辨别、具敏智的同伴一同,心意满足、喜悦、欢喜、欣喜、欣悦、随喜而行——这就是‘与他一起充满喜悦’。那位独觉佛具足正念,成就了最高的念与睿智,即使久远所行、久远所说也能记忆、随念——这就是‘具足正念,与他一起充满喜悦而行’。因此,那位独觉佛说道:显示巴利原文
ti so paccekasambuddho tena nipakena paṇḍitena paññavantena buddhimantena ñāṇinā vibhāvinā medhāvinā sahāyena saddhiṃ attamano tuṭṭhamano haṭṭhamano pahaṭṭhamano udaggamano muditamano careyya vihareyya iriyeyya vatteyya pāleyya yapeyya yāpeyyāti – careyya tenattamano. ti so paccekasambuddho satimā hoti paramena satinepakkena samannāgato, cirakatampi cirabhāsitampi saritā anussaritāti – careyya tenattamano satīmā. Tenāha so paccekasambuddho –
“若能得遇一位睿智的同伴,同行而善安住的坚慧者,”
他已超越一切危难,便与彼一同,心意满足、具念而行。
若不能获得一位睿智、聪慧、具慧、有智、有洞察、明辨的同伴——即不能得到、不能值遇、不能证得、不能发现——这就是说,若找不到一位睿智的同伴。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Sace labhetha nipakaṃ sahāyaṃ, saddhiṃ caraṃ sādhuvihāri dhīraṃ; Abhibhuyya sabbāni parissayāni, careyya tenattamano satīmā’’ti. nti no ce nipakaṃ paṇḍitaṃ paññavantaṃ buddhimantaṃ ñāṇiṃ vibhāviṃ medhāviṃ sahāyaṃ labheyya paṭilabheyya adhigaccheyya vindeyyāti – no ce labhetha nipakaṃ sahāyaṃ.
“同行”是指共同而行。“善安住者”是指以初禅而善安住者……乃至以灭尽定而善安住者,以果等至而善安住者。“坚慧者”即智者、聪慧者、具慧者、有智者、有洞察者、明辨者——因此是“同行、善安住的坚慧者”。显示巴利原文
nti. nti ekato caraṃ. nti paṭhamenapi jhānena sādhuvihāriṃ…pe… nirodhasamāpattiyāpi sādhuvihāriṃ, phalasamāpattiyāpi sādhuvihāriṃ. nti dhīraṃ paṇḍitaṃ paññavantaṃ buddhimantaṃ ñāṇiṃ vibhāviṃ medhāvinti – saddhiṃ caraṃ sādhuvihāri dhīraṃ.
犹如一位刹帝利灌顶王,已征服疆场、摧破敌手、达成目标,库藏仓廪悉皆充盈——他舍弃了王国、国土、财宝、仓廪,以及无量金银与城池,剃除须发,披上袈裟,从家而出,走向无家,达到一无所有,独自游行、安住、活动、维持、守护、度日、过活。同样地,独觉佛也断除一切家庭生活的障碍,断除妻子儿女的障碍,断除亲属的障碍,断除朋友同僚的障碍,剃除须发,披上袈裟,从家而出,走向无家,达到一无所有,独自游行、安住、活动、维持、守护、度日、过活——正如国王舍去已征服的国土,应如犀牛角一般独行。因此,那位独觉佛说:显示巴利原文
ti rājā khattiyo muddhābhisitto vijitasaṅgāmo nihatapaccāmitto laddhādhippāyo paripuṇṇakosakoṭṭhāgāro raṭṭhañca janapadañca kosañca koṭṭhāgārañca pahūtahiraññasuvaṇṇaṃ nagarañca pariccajitvā kesamassuṃ ohāretvā kāsāyāni vatthāni acchādetvā agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajitvā akiñcanabhāvaṃ upagantvā eko carati viharati iriyati vatteti pāleti yapeti yāpeti. Evaṃ paccekasambuddhopi sabbaṃ gharāvāsapalibodhaṃ chinditvā puttadārapalibodhaṃ chinditvā ñātipalibodhaṃ chinditvā mittāmaccapalibodhaṃ chinditvā kesamassuṃ ohāretvā kāsāyāni vatthāni acchādetvā agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajitvā akiñcanabhāvaṃ upagantvā eko carati viharati iriyati vatteti pāleti yapeti yāpetīti – rājāva raṭṭhaṃ vijitaṃ pahāya, eko care khaggavisāṇakappo. Tenāha so paccekasambuddho –
若不能寻得一位睿智、能同行共处、善于安住且内心坚定的同伴,
如同国王舍弃已征服的国土,应如犀牛角一般独行。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘No ce labhetha nipakaṃ sahāyaṃ, saddhiṃ caraṃ sādhuvihāri dhīraṃ; Rājāva raṭṭhaṃ vijitaṃ pahāya, eko care khaggavisāṇakappo’’ti.
“Addhā”一词,意指决定之言、无疑之言、无犹豫之言、无二心之言、无惑之言、确切之言、必定之言、无过失之言,也就是“肯定地”的意思。所谓“同伴成就”,是指具足无学戒蕴、无学定蕴、无学慧蕴、无学解脱蕴、无学解脱智见蕴的同伴。“Addhā pasaṃsāma sahāyasampadaṃ”意为:我们肯定地赞叹、称颂、赞扬、褒美这同伴成就。显示巴利原文
nti. ti ekaṃsavacanaṃ nissaṃsayavacanaṃ nikkaṅkhavacanaṃ advejjhavacanaṃ adveḷhakavacanaṃ niyogavacanaṃ apaṇṇakavacanaṃ aviraddhavacanaṃ avatthāpanavacanametaṃ – addhāti. nti sahāyasampadā vuccati yo so sahāyo asekkhena sīlakkhandhena samannāgato hoti, asekkhena samādhikkhandhena… asekkhena paññākkhandhena … asekkhena vimuttikkhandhena… asekkhena vimuttiñāṇadassanakkhandhena samannāgato hoti. nti sahāyasampadaṃ pasaṃsāma thomema kittema vaṇṇemāti – addhā pasaṃsāma sahāyasampadaṃ.
“殊胜的同伴”是指在戒、定、慧、解脱、解脱智见上卓越的同伴;“同等的同伴”是指在戒、定、慧、解脱、解脱智见上与自己相等的同伴。无论是殊胜的同伴还是同等的同伴,都应当亲近、交往、侍奉、请问、请教。因此说:应当亲近殊胜的同伴或同等的同伴。显示巴利原文
ti seṭṭhā honti sahāyā sīlena samādhinā paññāya vimuttiyā vimuttiñāṇadassanena; samā sadisā honti sahāyā sīlena samādhinā paññāya vimuttiyā vimuttiñāṇadassanena. Seṭṭhā vā sahāyā sadisā vā sahāyā sevitabbā bhajitabbā payirupāsitabbā paripucchitabbā paripañhitabbāti – seṭṭhā samā sevitabbā sahāyā.
有一种人以有罪过的方式活命,也有一种人以无罪恶的方式活命。什么是以有罪过的方式活命的人呢?在此,有一种人以诡诈、饶舌、暗示、贬损、以利求利,以施与木材、施与竹子、施与钵、施与花、施与果、施与沐浴、施与香粉、施与黏土、施与齿木、施与漱口水的方式,以逢迎谄媚、豆汤讨好、作仆役、按摩侍奉,以地相术、畜生明、手相术、星相术、当信使、供差遣、为人跑腿、行医、做建筑活、交换饮食回礼等方式,以非法、不正当的手段获得、取得、得到、寻得、领受利养后,依此维持生计。这样的人,就称为以有罪过方式活命的人。显示巴利原文
ti atthi puggalo sāvajjabhojī atthi puggalo anavajjabhojīti. Katamo ca puggalo sāvajjabhojī? Idhekacco puggalo kuhanāya lapanāya nemittikatāya nippesikatāya lābhena lābhaṃ nijigīsanatāya dārudānena veḷudānena pattadānena pupphadānena phaladānena sinānadānena cuṇṇadānena mattikādānena dantakaṭṭhadānena mukhodakadānena cāṭukamyatāya muggasūpyatāya pāribhaṭyatāya pīṭhamaddikatāya vatthuvijjāya tiracchānavijjāya aṅgavijjāya nakkhattavijjāya dūtagamanena pahiṇagamanena jaṅghapesaniyena vejjakammena navakammena piṇḍapaṭipiṇḍakena dānānuppadānena , adhammena visamena laddhā labhitvā adhigantvā vinditvā paṭilabhitvā jīvikaṃ kappeti. Ayaṃ vuccati puggalo sāvajjabhojī.
什么是无过失受食者?世间有一种人,他不依靠欺骗,不依靠花言巧语,不依靠暗示,不依靠贬损他人,不依靠以利求利;不依靠送木柴,不依靠送竹子,不依靠送钵,不依靠送花,不依靠送果,不依靠送沐浴,不依靠送香粉,不依靠送黏土,不依靠送齿木,不依靠送漱口水;不依靠奉承讨好,不依靠绿豆汤般的甜言蜜语,不依靠阿谀谄媚,不依靠按摩侍候;不依靠看相,不依靠畜生般的低劣伎俩,不依靠占卜术,不依靠星象术;不依靠为人跑腿信使,不依靠受人差遣办事,不依靠徒步奔波效劳;不依靠行医,不依靠盖房子,不依靠施食求回报,不依靠布施图更多的报答——他只是依法、如法地获得;获得、取得、寻得、觅得、领取之后,便依此而活。这样的人,名为无过失受食者。显示巴利原文
Katamo ca puggalo anavajjabhojī? Idhekacco puggalo na kuhanāya na lapanāya na nemittikatāya na nippesikatāya na lābhena lābhaṃ nijigīsanatāya na dārudānena na veḷudānena na pattadānena na pupphadānena na phaladānena na sinānadānena na cuṇṇadānena na mattikādānena na dantakaṭṭhadānena na mukhodakadānena na cāṭukamyatāya na muggasūpyatāya na pāribhaṭyatāya na pīṭhamaddikatāya na vatthuvijjāya na tiracchānavijjāya na aṅgavijjāya na nakkhattavijjāya na dūtagamanena na pahiṇagamanena na jaṅghapesaniyena na vejjakammena na navakammena na piṇḍapaṭipiṇḍakena na dānānuppadānena, dhammena samena laddhā labhitvā adhigantvā vinditvā paṭilabhitvā jīvikaṃ kappeti. Ayaṃ vuccati puggalo anavajjabhojī.
倘若得不到这样的无过失受食者,得不到、获不到、寻不到、觅不到、领取不到——若得不到这样的无过失受食者,便应如犀牛角一般,独自而行。那位独觉佛因此这样说道:显示巴利原文
ti ete anavajjabhojī aladdhā alabhitvā anadhigantvā avinditvā appaṭilabhitvāti – ete aladdhā anavajjabhojī, eko care khaggavisāṇakappo. Tenāha so paccekasambuddho –
的确,我们赞叹有同伴的圆满,应当亲近那些与自己同等,或更为殊胜的同伴;
若不得这样的无过失受用者,便应如犀牛角独自而行。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Addhā pasaṃsāma sahāyasampadaṃ, seṭṭhā samā sevitabbā sahāyā; Ete aladdhā anavajjabhojī, eko care khaggavisāṇakappo’’ti.
'看、观察、衡量、审察、辨明,令其清晰显现',这是就黄金而言;'清净、皎洁',即见到黄金的光辉明亮。显示巴利原文
ti disvā passitvā tulayitvā tīrayitvā vibhāvayitvā vibhūtaṃ katvā. ti jātarūpassa. ti parisuddhāni pariyodātānīti – disvā suvaṇṇassa pabhassarāni.
'金匠之子',即打造黄金的人。'由金匠之子善加完成',是指由金匠之子善加制作、善加成就、善加琢磨。显示巴利原文
ti kammāraputto vuccati suvaṇṇakāro. ti kammāraputtena suniṭṭhitāni sukatāni suparikammakatānīti – kammāraputtena suniṭṭhitāni.
“bhujo”(臂)是指手。犹如在一只手臂上,两只手镯彼此碰撞;同样地,众生以渴爱之力、以邪见之力,在地狱中彼此撞击,在畜生界中彼此撞击,在鬼道中彼此撞击,在人界中彼此撞击,在天界中彼此撞击——从一道入另一道,从一生入另一生,从一结生入另一结生,从一有入另一有,在轮回中流转、打转。他们彼此撞击、互相冲撞,就这样行、住、动,延续、维持、存续、度日。这便是“两只手镯在手臂上互相碰击”的寓意。因此,那位独觉佛才这样说——显示巴利原文
nti bhujo vuccati hattho. Yathā ekasmiṃ hatthe dve nūpurāni ghaṭṭenti ; evameva sattā taṇhāvasena diṭṭhivasena niraye ghaṭṭenti, tiracchānayoniyaṃ ghaṭṭenti, pettivisaye ghaṭṭenti, manussaloke ghaṭṭenti, devaloke ghaṭṭenti, gatiyā gatiṃ upapattiyā upapattiṃ paṭisandhiyā paṭisandhiṃ bhavena bhavaṃ saṃsārena saṃsāraṃ vaṭṭena vaṭṭaṃ ghaṭṭenti saṅghaṭṭenti saṅghaṭṭentā caranti viharanti iriyanti vattenti pālenti yapenti yāpentīti – saṅghaṭṭayantāni duve bhujasmiṃ, eko care khaggavisāṇakappo. Tenāha so paccekasambuddho –
看见了那灿然发光的黄金——由金匠之子精心打造的手镯;
当两只手镯在手臂上互相碰击时,便应如犀牛角一般独自游历。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Disvā suvaṇṇassa pabhassarāni, kammāraputtena suniṭṭhitāni; Saṅghaṭṭayantāni duve bhujasmiṃ, eko care khaggavisāṇakappo’’.
是说有第二个伴:或以渴爱为伴,或以某人为伴。什么是渴爱为伴?渴爱,就是对色的渴爱……乃至对法的渴爱。若有人未断除此渴爱,他便被称为有渴爱为伴的人。显示巴利原文
ti taṇhādutiyo vā hoti puggaladutiyo vā. Kathaṃ taṇhādutiyo hoti? Taṇhāti rūpataṇhā…pe… dhammataṇhā. Yassesā taṇhā appahīnā, so vuccati taṇhādutiyo.
以渴爱为伴的人,在漫长的轮回中流转;
他便无法超越这轮回中的此有彼有,不能超脱轮回。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Taṇhādutiyo puriso, dīghamaddhāna saṃsaraṃ; Itthabhāvaññathābhāvaṃ, saṃsāraṃ nātivattatīti. Evaṃ taṇhādutiyo vā hoti.
人如何成为第二者?于此,有人既无实际目的,也无正当理由,内心浮躁不安,不得平静,便与一人作伴成为第二者,与两人共处成为第三者,与三人同聚成为第四者。在这样的场合,他说许多毫无意义的闲谈,即所谓:国王的闲谈、盗贼的闲谈、大臣的闲谈、军队的闲谈、恐怖的闲谈、战争的闲谈、食物的闲谈、饮料的闲谈、衣服的闲谈、床具的闲谈、花鬘的闲谈、香料的闲谈、亲戚的闲谈、车辆的闲谈、村子的闲谈、集镇的闲谈、城镇的闲谈、国土的闲谈、女人的闲谈、勇士的闲谈、街巷的闲谈、井边的闲谈、祖先的闲谈、各种杂谈、世界起源的故事、海洋起源的故事、关于有与无的闲谈。这样,此人就成为第二者——像这样,就成为'与第二者为伴、执著于我的'。显示巴利原文
Kathaṃ puggaladutiyo hoti? Idhekacco na atthahetu na kāraṇahetu uddhato avūpasantacitto ekassa vā dutiyo hoti, dvinnaṃ vā tatiyo hoti, tiṇṇaṃ vā catuttho hoti. Tattha bahuṃ samphappalāpaṃ palapati; seyyathidaṃ – rājakathaṃ corakathaṃ mahāmattakathaṃ senākathaṃ bhayakathaṃ yuddhakathaṃ annakathaṃ pānakathaṃ vatthakathaṃ sayanakathaṃ mālākathaṃ gandhakathaṃ ñātikathaṃ yānakathaṃ gāmakathaṃ nigamakathaṃ nagarakathaṃ janapadakathaṃ itthikathaṃ sūrakathaṃ visikhākathaṃ kumbhaṭṭhānakathaṃ pubbapetakathaṃ nānattakathaṃ lokakkhāyikaṃ samuddakkhāyikaṃ itibhavābhavakathaṃ katheti. Evaṃ puggaladutiyo hotīti – evaṃ dutīyena sahā mamassa.
“言语的表达”是指三十二种畜生论,即:国王论……乃至……有无论。“执取”有两种意义——渴爱的执取与邪见的执取……此是渴爱的执取……此是邪见的执取——这是言语的表达、执取。显示巴利原文
ti vācābhilāpo vuccati bāttiṃsa tiracchānakathā, seyyathidaṃ – rājakathaṃ…pe… itibhavābhavakathaṃ. ti dve sajjanā – taṇhāsajjanā ca diṭṭhisajjanā ca…pe… ayaṃ taṇhāsajjanā…pe… ayaṃ diṭṭhisajjanāti – vācābhilāpo abhisajjanā vā.
‘怖畏’指的是:生的怖畏、老的怖畏、病的怖畏、死的怖畏、国王的怖畏、盗贼的怖畏、火的怖畏、水的怖畏、自我谴责的怖畏、他人谴责的怖畏、刑罚的怖畏、恶趣的怖畏、波浪的怖畏、鳄鱼的怖畏、漩涡的怖畏、鲨鱼的怖畏、生计的怖畏、恶名声的怖畏、在大众中羞怯的怖畏、癫狂的怖畏,以及种种令人怖畏、战栗、汗毛竖立、内心惊惧与恐慌之事。‘见到了这些怖畏’,意思是预见、看见、观察、审察、细察这些怖畏——预见未来的这些怖畏,便‘应如独角犀牛般独自游走’。因此,那位独觉佛说:显示巴利原文
ti. nti jātibhayaṃ jarābhayaṃ byādhibhayaṃ maraṇabhayaṃ rājabhayaṃ corabhayaṃ aggibhayaṃ udakabhayaṃ attānuvādabhayaṃ parānuvādabhayaṃ daṇḍabhayaṃ duggatibhayaṃ ūmibhayaṃ kumbhilabhayaṃ āvaṭṭabhayaṃ susumārabhayaṃ ājīvakabhayaṃ asilokabhayaṃ parisasārajjabhayaṃ madanabhayaṃ bhayānakaṃ chambhitattaṃ lomahaṃso cetaso ubbego utrāso. ti etaṃ bhayaṃ āyatiṃ pekkhamāno dakkhamāno olokayamāno nijjhāyamāno upaparikkhamānoti – etaṃ bhayaṃ āyatiṃ pekkhamāno, eko care khaggavisāṇakappo. Tenāha so paccekasambuddho –
‘如此,若我与第二者为伴,便会有我执,那是言语的表达,或是执取;’
‘观察未来的这些怖畏,便应如独角犀牛般独自游走。’
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Evaṃ dutīyena sahā mamassa, vācābhilāpo abhisajjanā vā; Etaṃ bhayaṃ āyatiṃ pekkhamāno, eko care khaggavisāṇakappo’’.
总说有两种欲:事物欲与烦恼欲……(中略)……这些称为事物欲……这些称为烦恼欲。佛陀、世尊于事物欲遍知,于烦恼欲断除;因遍知事物欲,断除烦恼欲故。世尊不贪著于欲,不渴求于欲,不渴望于欲,不钦羡于欲,不执取于欲。那些贪著于欲、渴求于欲、渴望于欲、钦羡于欲、执取于欲的人,便是贪欲者、深染贪著者、深著想者。世尊不贪著于欲,不渴求于欲,不渴望于欲,不钦羡于欲,不执取于欲,因此佛陀是无欲者、离欲者、弃舍欲者、唾离欲者、解脱欲者、断除欲者、遣除欲者,离贪、除贪、舍贪、唾贪、解脱贪、断除贪、遣除贪,无饥渴,寂灭,清凉,感受安乐,以立梵行之身而住。这就是‘离欲者’。显示巴利原文
ti. ti uddānato dve kāmā – vatthukāmā ca kilesakāmā ca…pe… ime vuccanti vatthukāmā…pe… ime vuccanti kilesakāmā. Buddhassa bhagavato vatthukāmā pariññātā kilesakāmā pahīnā vatthukāmānaṃ pariññātattā kilesakāmānaṃ pahīnattā. Bhagavā na kāme kāmeti na kāme icchati na kāme pattheti na kāme piheti na kāme abhijappati. Ye kāme kāmenti kāme icchanti kāme patthenti kāme pihenti kāme abhijappanti te kāmakāmino rāgarāgino saññasaññino. Bhagavā na kāme kāmeti na kāme icchati na kāme pattheti na kāme piheti na kāme abhijappati. Tasmā buddho akāmo nikkāmo cattakāmo vantakāmo muttakāmo pahīnakāmo paṭinissaṭṭhakāmo vītarāgo vigatarāgo cattarāgo vantarāgo muttarāgo pahīnarāgo paṭinissaṭṭharāgo nicchāto nibbuto sītibhūto sukhappaṭisaṃvedī brahmabhūtena attanā viharatīti – nikkāmo.
借由种种色……种种触,欲令心迷醉、满足、喜悦——它以种种不同的形态令心迷醉。
显示巴利原文 nti nānāvaṇṇehi rūpehi…pe… nānāvaṇṇehi phoṭṭhabbehi cittaṃ mathenti tosenti pahāsentīti – virūparūpena mathenti cittaṃ.
世尊曾这样说:‘诸比丘,什么是欲的过患呢?诸比丘,于此,有善男子凭某种技能谋生,或依印鉴,或依计算,或依算术,或依农耕,或依经商,或依牧牛,或依射术,或依为王效力,或依其他任何技艺,他忍耐寒冷,忍耐酷热,为蚊、风、日炙及爬行类所触恼,受饥渴逼迫。诸比丘,这便是欲的过患,是当下可见的苦蕴,以欲为因、以欲为源、以欲为根,唯以欲为缘。’显示巴利原文
ti. Vuttañhetaṃ bhagavatā – ‘‘ko ca, bhikkhave, kāmānaṃ ādīnavo? Idha, bhikkhave, kulaputto yena sippaṭṭhānena jīvikaṃ kappeti, yadi muddāya yadi gaṇanāya yadi saṅkhānena yadi kasiyā yadi vaṇijjāya yadi gorakkhena yadi issatthena yadi rājaporisena yadi sippaññatarena, sītassa purakkhato uṇhassa purakkhato ḍaṃsamakasavātātapasarīsapasamphassehi samphassamāno khuppipāsāya mīyamāno; ayaṃ, bhikkhave, kāmānaṃ ādīnavo sandiṭṭhiko dukkhakkhandho kāmahetu kāmanidānaṃ kāmādhikaraṇaṃ kāmānameva hetu.
诸比丘,如果这位良家子弟如此努力、精勤、奋斗,而财富却未能生起,他便忧愁、疲倦,悲叹、捶胸哭泣,陷入迷乱,心想:‘我的努力真是徒劳,我的奋斗全无成果。’诸比丘,这也是欲的过患,是现前可见的苦蕴,以欲为因、以欲为源、以欲为根、纯以欲为缘。显示巴利原文
‘‘Tassa ce, bhikkhave, kulaputtassa evaṃ uṭṭhahato ghaṭato vāyamato te bhogā nābhinipphajjanti, so socati kilamati paridevati urattāḷiṃ kandati, sammohaṃ āpajjati – ‘moghaṃ vata me uṭṭhānaṃ, aphalo vata me vāyāmo’ti. Ayampi, bhikkhave, kāmānaṃ ādīnavo sandiṭṭhiko dukkhakkhandho kāmahetu kāmanidānaṃ kāmādhikaraṇaṃ kāmānameva hetu.
诸比丘,如果这位良家子弟如此努力、精勤、奋斗,财富得以生起,他为了守护这些财富,便经历痛苦与忧恼:‘如何才能让我的财富不被国王夺走、不被盗贼偷走、不被火烧毁、不被水冲走、不被不喜爱的继承人夺去呢?’即便他这样守护、保管,那些财富还是会遭到国王夺走,或被盗贼偷走,或被火烧毁,或被水冲走,或被不喜爱的继承人拿去。他便忧愁、疲倦,悲叹、捶胸哭泣,陷入迷乱,心想:‘我曾拥有的,如今都已失去。’诸比丘,这也是欲的过患,是现前可见的苦蕴,以欲为因、以欲为源、以欲为根、纯以欲为缘。显示巴利原文
‘‘Tassa ce, bhikkhave, kulaputtassa evaṃ uṭṭhahato ghaṭato vāyamato te bhogā abhinipphajjanti, so tesaṃ bhogānaṃ ārakkhādhikaraṇaṃ dukkhaṃ domanassaṃ paṭisaṃvedeti – ‘kinti me bhoge neva rājāno hareyyuṃ, na corā hareyyuṃ, na aggi ḍaheyya, na udakaṃ vaheyya, na appiyā dāyādā hareyyu’nti. Tassa evaṃ ārakkhato gopayato te bhoge rājāno vā haranti corā vā haranti aggi vā ḍahati udakaṃ vā vahati appiyā vā dāyādā haranti. So socati…pe… sammohaṃ āpajjati – ‘yampi me ahosi tampi no natthī’ti. Ayampi, bhikkhave, kāmānaṃ ādīnavo sandiṭṭhiko dukkhakkhandho kāmahetu kāmanidānaṃ kāmādhikaraṇaṃ kāmānameva hetu.
再者,诸比丘,以欲为因、以欲为源、以欲为缘,正是因这欲乐,人们拿起剑与盾,背负弓箭袋,冲入双方列阵的战场。那里箭矢纷飞,矛枪穿梭,刀光闪烁。他们被箭射穿,被矛刺中,被剑斩首。他们在那里经历死亡,或遭受濒死的痛苦。诸比丘,这也是欲的过患,是当下可见的苦蕴,以欲为因、以欲为源、以欲为缘,纯然以欲为故。显示巴利原文
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, kāmahetu kāmanidānaṃ kāmādhikaraṇaṃ kāmānameva hetu asicammaṃ gahetvā dhanukalāpaṃ sannayhitvā ubhatobyūḷhaṃ saṅgāmaṃ pakkhandanti, usūsupi khippamānesu sattīsupi khippamānāsu asīsupi vijjotalantesu. Te tattha usūhipi vijjhanti sattīhipi vijjhanti asināpi sīsaṃ chindanti. Te tattha maraṇampi nigacchanti maraṇamattampi dukkhaṃ. Ayampi, bhikkhave, kāmānaṃ ādīnavo sandiṭṭhiko dukkhakkhandho kāmahetu kāmanidānaṃ kāmādhikaraṇaṃ kāmānameva hetu.
再者,比丘们,以欲乐为因、以欲乐为源、以欲乐为缘,正因这欲乐之故,人们手持剑盾,背负弓箭,冲向抹着湿泥的城墙;那时,箭矢纷飞,矛枪乱刺,刀剑交加。在那里,他们被箭射中,被矛刺中,被人用灼热的牛粪泼浇,被大石砸下,被刀剑斩首。他们因此经历死亡,或遭受濒死的痛苦。比丘们,这也是欲乐在现世可见的过患。显示巴利原文
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, kāmahetu kāmanidānaṃ kāmādhikaraṇaṃ kāmānameva hetu asicammaṃ gahetvā dhanukalāpaṃ sannayhitvā addāvalepanā upakāriyo pakkhandanti, usūsupi khippamānesu sattīsupi khippamānāsu, asīsupi vijjotalantesu. Te tattha usūhipi vijjhanti sattīhipi vijjhanti chakaṇakāyapi osiñcanti abhivaggenapi omaddanti asināpi sīsaṃ chindanti. Te tattha maraṇampi nigacchanti maraṇamattampi dukkhaṃ. Ayampi, bhikkhave, kāmānaṃ ādīnavo sandiṭṭhiko dukkhakkhandho kāmahetu kāmanidānaṃ kāmādhikaraṇaṃ kāmānameva hetu.
再者,比丘们,以欲乐为因、以欲乐为源、以欲乐为缘,正因这欲乐之故,人们破门入户行窃,进行掠夺,洗劫独户人家,拦路劫道,奸犯他人妻子。国王将其捕获后,施以种种刑罚:以鞭笞打,以藤条笞打,以半杖笞打,砍断他们的手……乃至以刀剑斩首。他们因此经历死亡,或遭受濒死的痛苦。比丘们,这也是欲乐在现世可见的过患。显示巴利原文
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, kāmahetu kāmanidānaṃ kāmādhikaraṇaṃ kāmānameva hetu sandhimpi chindanti nillopampi haranti ekāgārikampi karonti paripanthepi tiṭṭhanti paradārampi gacchanti. Tamenaṃ rājāno gahetvā vividhā kammakāraṇā kārenti – kasāhipi tāḷenti, vettehipi tāḷenti, aḍḍhadaṇḍakehipi tāḷenti, hatthampi chindanti…pe… asināpi sīsaṃ chindanti. Te tattha maraṇampi nigacchanti maraṇamattampi dukkhaṃ. Ayampi, bhikkhave, kāmānaṃ ādīnavo sandiṭṭhiko dukkhakkhandho kāmahetu kāmanidānaṃ kāmādhikaraṇaṃ kāmānameva hetu.
再者,比丘们,以欲乐为因、以欲乐为源、以欲乐为缘,正因这欲乐之故,人们以身行恶,以语行恶,以意行恶。他们身、语、意行恶之后,于身坏命终时,投生于恶趣、苦界、堕处、地狱。比丘们,这也是欲乐来世的过患——由欲乐为因、欲乐为源、欲乐为缘所生的苦聚。显示巴利原文
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, kāmahetu kāmanidānaṃ kāmādhikaraṇaṃ kāmānameva hetu kāyena duccaritaṃ caranti vācāya duccaritaṃ caranti manasā duccaritaṃ caranti. Te kāyena duccaritaṃ caritvā vācāya duccaritaṃ caritvā manasā duccaritaṃ caritvā kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayaṃ upapajjanti. Ayampi, bhikkhave, kāmānaṃ ādīnavo samparāyiko dukkhakkhandho kāmahetu kāmanidānaṃ kāmādhikaraṇaṃ kāmānameva hetu’’.
再者,诸比丘,以欲为因、以欲为缘、以欲为根,纯然以欲为故,国王与国王相争,刹帝利与刹帝利相争,婆罗门与婆罗门相争,居士与居士相争;母亲与儿子相争,儿子与母亲相争;父亲与儿子相争,儿子与父亲相争;兄弟与姐妹相争,姐妹与兄弟相争;朋友与朋友相争。他们陷入口角、争吵、争论之后,便互相以手攻击、以土块攻击、以棍棒攻击、以刀剑攻击。他们在此遭受死亡,或遭受近乎死亡的痛苦。诸比丘,这也是欲的过患,是当下可见的苦蕴,以欲为因、以欲为缘、以欲为根,纯然以欲为故。显示巴利原文
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, kāmahetu kāmanidānaṃ kāmādhikaraṇaṃ kāmānameva hetu rājānopi rājūhi vivadanti, khattiyāpi khattiyehi vivadanti, brāhmaṇāpi brāhmaṇehi vivadanti, gahapatīpi gahapatīhi vivadanti, mātāpi puttena vivadati, puttopi mātarā vivadati, pitāpi puttena vivadati, puttopi pitarā vivadati, bhātāpi bhaginiyā vivadati, bhaginīpi bhātarā vivadati, sahāyopi sahāyena vivadati. Te tattha kalahaviggahavivādāpannā aññamaññaṃ pāṇīhipi upakkamanti leḍḍūhipi upakkamanti daṇḍehipi upakkamanti satthehipi upakkamanti. Te tattha maraṇampi nigacchanti maraṇamattampi dukkhaṃ. Ayampi, bhikkhave, kāmānaṃ ādīnavo sandiṭṭhiko dukkhakkhandho kāmahetu kāmanidānaṃ kāmādhikaraṇaṃ kāmānameva hetu.
于感官欲乐中,见、观、衡量、审察、彻见、令其昭然显现了过患之后——即是于感官欲乐中见其过患已,应如犀牛角一般独行。是故那位独觉佛说:显示巴利原文
ti kāmaguṇesu ādīnavaṃ disvā passitvā tulayitvā tīrayitvā vibhāvayitvā vibhūtaṃ katvāti – ādīnavaṃ kāmaguṇesu disvā, eko care khaggavisāṇakappo. Tenāha so paccekasambuddho –
欲乐花样繁多,甜蜜悦意,却以种种形态搅乱心;
见到欲乐的过患后,当如犀牛角一般独自游走。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Kāmā hi citrā madhurā manoramā, virūparūpena mathenti cittaṃ; Ādīnavaṃ kāmaguṇesu disvā, eko care khaggavisāṇakappo’’ti.
此是世尊所说:“诸比丘,‘恐惧’是欲乐的同义词。诸比丘,‘苦’是欲乐的同义词。诸比丘,‘病’是欲乐的同义词。诸比丘,‘疮’是欲乐的同义词。诸比丘,‘箭’是欲乐的同义词。诸比丘,‘结缚’是欲乐的同义词。诸比丘,‘泥沼’是欲乐的同义词。诸比丘,‘母胎’是欲乐的同义词。诸比丘,为何说‘恐惧’是欲乐的同义词?因为,诸比丘,耽着于欲贪、被欲与贪所系缚的人,既不能从今生的恐惧中解脱,也不能从来世的恐惧中解脱。因此,‘恐惧’是欲乐的同义词。诸比丘,为何说‘苦’、‘病’、‘疮’、‘箭’、‘结缚’、‘泥沼’、‘母胎’是欲乐的同义词?因为,诸比丘,耽着于欲贪、被欲与贪所系缚的人,既不能从今生的母胎中解脱,也不能从来世的母胎中解脱。因此,‘母胎’是欲乐的同义词。”显示巴利原文
nti vuttañhetaṃ bhagavatā – ‘‘bhayanti, bhikkhave, kāmānametaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Dukkhanti, bhikkhave, kāmānametaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Rogoti, bhikkhave, kāmānametaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Gaṇḍoti, bhikkhave, kāmānametaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Sallanti, bhikkhave, kāmānametaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Saṅgoti, bhikkhave, kāmānametaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Paṅkoti, bhikkhave, kāmānametaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Gabbhoti, bhikkhave, kāmānametaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Kasmā ca, bhikkhave, bhayanti kāmānametaṃ adhivacanaṃ? Yasmā ca kāmarāgarattāyaṃ, bhikkhave, chandarāgavinibaddho diṭṭhadhammikāpi bhayā na parimuccati, samparāyikāpi bhayā na parimuccati, tasmā bhayanti kāmānametaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Kasmā ca, bhikkhave, dukkhanti…pe… rogoti… gaṇḍoti… sallanti… saṅgoti… paṅkoti… gabbhoti kāmānametaṃ adhivacanaṃ? Yasmā ca kāmarāgarattāyaṃ, bhikkhave, chandarāgavinibaddho diṭṭhadhammikāpi gabbhā na parimuccati, samparāyikāpi gabbhā na parimuccati, tasmā gabbhoti kāmānametaṃ adhivacana’’nti.
恐惧、苦与病,疮、箭与结缚,
泥沼与母胎,这两者皆称为欲乐;
凡夫沉溺其中,
为乐相所陷没,便一再趣入母胎。
如此,他超越了这泥泞的险道;
他观见众生带着生与老,颤栗不安。
显示巴利原文 Bhayaṃ dukkhañca rogo ca, gaṇḍo sallañca saṅgo ca; Paṅko gabbho ca ubhayaṃ, ete kāmā pavuccanti; Yattha satto puthujjano. Otiṇṇo sātarūpena, puna gabbhāya gacchati; Yato ca bhikkhu ātāpī, sampajaññaṃ na riccati . So imaṃ palipathaṃ duggaṃ, atikkamma tathāvidho; Pajaṃ jātijarūpetaṃ, phandamānaṃ avekkhatīti. Ītī ca gaṇḍo ca upaddavo ca, rogo ca sallañca bhayañca metaṃ.
于欲乐中见到这种恐惧,见了、观察了、衡量了、审察了、洞彻了、将其粉碎之后——因在欲乐中见到这种恐惧,应当像犀牛角一样独自游走。因此,那位独觉佛说:显示巴利原文
ti etaṃ bhayaṃ kāmaguṇesu disvā passitvā tulayitvā tīrayitvā vibhāvayitvā vibhūtaṃ katvāti – etaṃ bhayaṃ kāmaguṇesu disvā, eko care khaggavisāṇakappo. Tenāha so paccekasambuddho –
“这即是灾难、疮疖、灾厄、疾病、利箭与恐惧;
既见感官欲乐中的这种怖畏,便应如犀牛角一般独自游行。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Ītī ca gaṇḍo ca upaddavo ca, rogo ca sallañca bhayañca metaṃ; Etaṃ bhayaṃ kāmaguṇesu disvā, eko care khaggavisāṇakappo’’ti.
“寒冷”由两种原因生起:或因体内界扰动而生寒,或因外界时节而生寒。“炎热”由两种原因生起:或因体内界扰动而生热,或因外界时节而生热。“饥饿”称为饿。“渴”称为对水的渴望。如是则有寒冷与炎热、饥饿与渴。显示巴利原文
nti. nti dvīhi kāraṇehi sītaṃ hoti – abbhantaradhātuppakopavasena vā sītaṃ hoti bahiddhā utuvasena vā sītaṃ hoti. nti dvīhi kāraṇehi uṇhaṃ hoti – abbhantaradhātuppakopavasena vā uṇhaṃ hoti bahiddhā utuvasena vā uṇhaṃ hoti. Khudā vuccati chātako. Pipāsā vuccati udakapipāsāti – sītañca uṇhañca khudaṃ pipāsaṃ.
“风”有东方风、西方风、北方风、南方风,有尘风、无尘风,冷风、热风,微风、强风,乃至维兰巴风、羽翼风、金翅鸟风、棕榈叶风、扇风。“热恼”指太阳的灼热。“蝇”指黄蝇。“爬虫”指蛇。如是则风、热恼、蝇与爬虫。显示巴利原文
ti. ti puratthimā vātā pacchimā vātā uttarā vātā dakkhiṇā vātā sarajā vātā arajā vātā sītā vātā uṇhā vātā parittā vātā adhimattā vātā verambhavātā pakkhavātā supaṇṇavātā tālapaṇṇavātā vidhūpanavātā. Ātapo vuccati sūriyasantāpo. Ḍaṃsā vuccanti piṅgalamakkhikā. Sarīsapā vuccanti ahīti – vātātape ḍaṃsasarīsape ca.
所谓‘战胜’,即征服、制伏、制胜、摧破——克服这一切之后,应当如犀牛角般独行。因此那位独觉佛如此说道:显示巴利原文
ti abhibhavitvā ajjhottharitvā pariyādiyitvā madditvāti – sabbānipetāni abhisambhavitvā, eko care khaggavisāṇakappo. Tenāha so paccekasambuddho –
寒冷与炎热,饥饿与干渴,风与日晒,牛虻与蛇虫,
克服这一切之后,应当如犀牛角般独行。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Sītañca uṇhañca khudaṃ pipāsaṃ, vātātape ḍaṃsasarīsape ca; Sabbānipetāni abhisambhavitvā, eko care khaggavisāṇakappo’’ti.
“龙”这一词,指称象龙。独觉佛亦称为“龙”。何以故独觉佛是“龙”?因他不造罪,故称龙;因他不往,故称龙;因他不来,故称龙。独觉佛如何以“不造罪”而为龙?“罪”是指那些邪恶、不善的法,是染污的、引致再生、伴有灾患、带来苦报、将来引发生老死的。显示巴利原文
ti nāgo vuccati hatthināgo. Paccekasambuddhopi nāgo. Kiṃkāraṇā paccekasambuddho nāgo? Āguṃ na karotīti nāgo; na gacchatīti nāgo; na āgacchatīti nāgo. Kathaṃ so paccekasambuddho āguṃ na karotīti nāgo? Āgu vuccati pāpakā akusalā dhammā saṃkilesikā ponobhavikā sadarā dukkhavipākā āyatiṃ jātijarāmaraṇiyā.
他在世间不造任何罪,舍断了一切结缚;
于一切处他不执取,已得解脱,如是如如不动者,即被称为“龙”。
显示巴利原文 Āguṃ na karoti kiñci loke, sabbasaṃyoge visajja bandhanāni; Sabbattha na sajjati vimutto, nāgo tādi pavuccate tathattā.
如此,这位独觉佛因不作恶,故名为龙。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ so paccekasambuddho āguṃ na karotīti nāgo.
独觉佛如何以“不去”而名为龙呢?这位独觉佛不趣向于贪欲,不趣向于瞋恚,不趣向于愚痴,不趣向于怖畏;不因贪欲之力而行,不因瞋恚之力而行,不因愚痴之力而行,不因慢之力而行,不因邪见之力而行,不因掉举之力而行,不因疑惑之力而行,不因随眠之力而行;不被种种戏论与虚妄分别所驱动、冲散、裹挟。如此,这位独觉佛因不去,故名为龙。显示巴利原文
Kathaṃ so paccekasambuddho na gacchatīti nāgo? So paccekasambuddho na chandāgatiṃ gacchati, na dosāgatiṃ gacchati, na mohāgatiṃ gacchati, na bhayāgatiṃ gacchati, na rāgavasena gacchati, na dosavasena gacchati, na mohavasena gacchati, na mānavasena gacchati, na diṭṭhivasena gacchati, na uddhaccavasena gacchati, na vicikicchāvasena gacchati, na anusayavasena gacchati, na vaggehi kappehi yāyati nīyati vuyhati saṃharīyati. Evaṃ so paccekasambuddho na gacchatīti nāgo.
独觉佛如何以“不来”而名为龙呢?由入流道所断除的那些烦恼,他不再向其去、不再回返、不再重来;由一来道所断除的……由不来道所断除的……由阿拉汉道所断除的那些烦恼,他不再向其去、不再回返、不再重来。如此,这位独觉佛因不来,故名为龙。显示巴利原文
Kathaṃ so paccekasambuddho na āgacchatīti nāgo? Sotāpattimaggena ye kilesā pahīnā te kilese na puneti na pacceti na paccāgacchati, sakadāgāmimaggena…pe… anāgāmimaggena…pe… arahattamaggena ye kilesā pahīnā te kilese na puneti na pacceti na paccāgacchati. Evaṃ so paccekasambuddho na āgacchatīti nāgo.
正如那头象王避开象群、绕开、远离之后,独自进入森林深处,行走、停留、活动、运转、守护、行止、往来;独觉佛也同样避开群体、绕开、远离,独自住在森林、密林、偏远僻静的处所——那些地方声音稀少、喧闹轻微,有远离人群的风吹拂,适合隐密独处、适宜独自静修。他独自走,独自站,独自坐,独自躺卧,独自入村托钵,独自返回,独自在隐密处静坐,独自经行;他就是这样独自地行、住、动、转、护、止、往来,如同象王避开象群一般。显示巴利原文
ti yathā so hatthināgo yūthāni vivajjetvā parivajjetvā abhinivajjetvā ekova araññavanamajjhogāhetvā carati viharati iriyati vatteti pāleti yapeti yāpeti, paccekasambuddhopi gaṇaṃ vivajjetvā parivajjetvā abhivajjetvā eko araññavanapatthāni pantāni senāsanāni paṭisevati appasaddāni appanigghosāni vijanavātāni manussarāhasseyyakāni paṭisallānasāruppāni. So eko gacchati eko tiṭṭhati eko nisīdati eko seyyaṃ kappeti eko gāmaṃ piṇḍāya pavisati eko paṭikkamati eko raho nisīdati eko caṅkamaṃ adhiṭṭhāti eko carati viharati iriyati vatteti pāleti yapeti yāpetīti – nāgova yūthāni vivajjayitvā.
正如那头象王肩峰隆起,有七肘或八肘之高;独觉佛也同样肩峰隆起,即无学的戒蕴、无学的定蕴、无学的慧蕴、无学的解脱蕴、无学的解脱智见蕴。正如象王如莲花一般,独觉佛也以七觉支之花而如莲花一般:念觉支之花、择法觉支之花、精进觉支之花、喜觉支之花、轻安觉支之花、定觉支之花、舍觉支之花。正如象王以其力、其体、其速、其勇猛而尊胜,独觉佛也以戒、定、慧、解脱、解脱智见而尊胜。这便是:肩峰隆起,如莲花,且尊胜。显示巴利原文
ti yathā so hatthināgo sañjātakkhandho sattaratano vā hoti aṭṭharatano vā, paccekasambuddhopi sañjātakkhandho asekkhena sīlakkhandhena asekkhena samādhikkhandhena asekkhena paññākkhandhena asekkhena vimuttikkhandhena asekkhena vimuttiñāṇadassanakkhandhena. Yathā so hatthināgo padumī, paccekasambuddhopi sattahi bojjhaṅgapupphehi padumī, satisambojjhaṅgapupphena dhammavicayasambojjhaṅgapupphena vīriyasambojjhaṅgapupphena pītisambojjhaṅgapupphena, pītisambojjhaṅgapupphena passaddhisambojjhaṅgapupphena samādhisambojjhaṅgapupphena upekkhāsambojjhaṅgapupphena. Yathā so hatthināgo uḷāro thāmena balena javena sūrena, paccekasambuddhopi uḷāro sīlena samādhinā paññāya vimuttiyā vimuttiñāṇadassanenāti – sañjātakhandho padumī uḷāro.
正如那头象王随其喜悦而住于林中,独觉佛也随其喜悦而住于林中。他以初禅随其喜悦而住于林中,以第二禅……乃至……以第三禅……以第四禅随其喜悦而住于林中;以慈心解脱随其喜悦而住于林中,以悲心解脱……以喜心解脱……以舍心解脱随其喜悦而住于林中;具足空无边处定也随其喜悦而住于林中,具足识无边处定……具足无所有处定……具足非想非非想处定……具足灭尽定……具足果定也随其喜悦而住于林中——这说的正是:随其喜悦而住于林中,独自游方,犹如犀牛角。因此,那位独觉佛说:显示巴利原文
ti yathā so hatthināgo yathābhirantaṃ araññe viharati, paccekasambuddhopi yathābhirantaṃ araññe viharati. Paṭhamenapi jhānena yathābhirantaṃ araññe viharati, dutiyenapi jhānena…pe… tatiyenapi jhānena… catutthenapi jhānena yathābhirantaṃ araññe viharati; mettāyapi cetovimuttiyā yathābhirantaṃ araññe viharati, karuṇāyapi cetovimuttiyā… muditāyapi cetovimuttiyā… upekkhāyapi cetovimuttiyā yathābhirantaṃ araññe viharati; ākāsānañcāyatanasamāpattiyāpi yathābhirantaṃ araññe viharati, viññāṇañcāyatanasamāpattiyāpi… ākiñcaññāyatanasamāpattiyāpi… nevasaññānāsaññāyatanasamāpattiyāpi… nirodhasamāpattiyāpi… phalasamāpattiyāpi yathābhirantaṃ araññe viharatīti – yathābhirantaṃ vihare araññe, eko care khaggavisāṇakappo. Tenāha so paccekasambuddho –
犹如象王远离象群,肩峰耸起,如白莲般尊胜庄严;
随其所悦,住于林中,独行犹如犀牛角。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Nāgova yūthāni vivajjayitvā, sañjātakhandho padumī uḷāro; Yathābhirantaṃ vihare araññe, eko care khaggavisāṇakappo’’ti.
这确实是世尊所说的:“阿难啊,只要一个比丘乐于群聚、喜好群聚、沉迷于群聚之乐,乐于群体、喜好群体、在群体中欢喜雀跃,那他要想对于那出离之乐、独处之乐、寂静之乐、正觉之乐,能够随心所欲、毫无困难、毫不费力地获得——这是不可能的事。而那位独处、远离群体的比丘,阿难,对于他来说,这是可以期待的:对于那出离之乐、独处之乐、寂静之乐、正觉之乐,他能够随心所欲、毫无困难、毫不费力地获得——这是有可能的。阿难啊,只要一个比丘乐于群聚、喜好群聚、沉迷于群聚之乐,乐于群体、喜好群体、在群体中欢喜雀跃,那他要想证得并安住于暂时的、可爱的心解脱,或者非暂时的、不动摇的——这是不可能的事。而那位独处、远离群体的比丘,阿难,对于他来说,这是可以期待的:他将证得并安住于暂时的、可爱的心解脱,或者非暂时的、不动摇的——这是有可能的。”沉迷于群聚的人,不可能触及那暂时的心解脱。显示巴利原文
nti vuttañhetaṃ bhagavatā – ‘‘yāvatānanda , bhikkhu saṅgaṇikārāmo saṅgaṇikarato saṅgaṇikārāmataṃ anuyutto, gaṇārāmo gaṇarato gaṇasammudito (gaṇārāmataṃ anuyutto) , yaṃ taṃ nekkhammasukhaṃ pavivekasukhaṃ upasamasukhaṃ sambodhisukhaṃ, tassa sukhassa nikāmalābhī bhavissati akicchalābhī akasiralābhīti – netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati. Yo ca kho so, ānanda, bhikkhu eko gaṇasmā vūpakaṭṭho viharati, tassetaṃ bhikkhuno pāṭikaṅkhaṃ. Yaṃ taṃ nekkhammasukhaṃ pavivekasukhaṃ upasamasukhaṃ sambodhisukhaṃ, tassa sukhassa nikāmalābhī bhavissati akicchalābhī akasiralābhīti – ṭhānametaṃ vijjati. Yāvatānanda, bhikkhu saṅgaṇikārāmo saṅgaṇikarato saṅgaṇikārāmataṃ anuyutto, gaṇārāmo gaṇarato gaṇasammudito (gaṇārāmataṃ anuyutto,) sāmāyikaṃ vā kantaṃ cetovimuttiṃ upasampajja viharissati, asāmāyikaṃ vā akuppanti – netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati. Yo ca kho so, ānanda, bhikkhu eko gaṇasmā vūpakaṭṭho viharati, tassetaṃ bhikkhuno pāṭikaṅkhaṃ sāmāyikaṃ vā kantaṃ cetovimuttiṃ upasampajja viharissati, asāmāyikaṃ vā akuppanti, ṭhānametaṃ vijjatī’’ti – aṭṭhānataṃ saṅgaṇikāratassa, yaṃ phassaye sāmayikaṃ vimuttiṃ.
所谓“Ādicca”,指的就是太阳,也就是日轮。而乔达摩是他的族姓。独觉佛也以乔达摩为族姓。那位独觉佛是日神的同族亲人,与日神属于同一族系,因此独觉佛被称为“太阳神族亲”。所谓“听闻、听取、学习、受持、审察了太阳神族亲的言语、说法、教导、教诫、训示之后”,正是此意。因此,那位独觉佛说:“听闻了太阳神族亲的教言,应如犀牛角般独自游行。”显示巴利原文
ti ādicco vuccati sūriyo. So gotamo gottena. Paccekasambuddhopi gotamo gottena. So paccekasambuddho sūriyassa gottañātako gottabandhu, tasmā paccekasambuddho ādiccabandhu. ti ādiccabandhussa vacanaṃ byappathaṃ desanaṃ anusāsanaṃ anusiṭṭhaṃ sutvā suṇitvā uggahetvā upadhārayitvā upalakkhayitvāti – ādiccabandhussa vaco nisamma, eko care khaggavisāṇakappo. Tenāha so paccekasambuddho –
对于热衷交际聚会的人而言,要证得那暂时的解脱,是不可能的;
听闻了太阳神族亲的教言,便应如犀牛角般独自游行。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Aṭṭhānataṃ saṅgaṇikāratassa, yaṃ phassaye sāmayikaṃ vimuttiṃ; Ādiccabandhussa vaco nisamma, eko care khaggavisāṇakappo’’ti.
所谓“见的扭曲”,是指以二十种事相为基的人我见。在此世间,未受过教导的凡夫,不曾见过圣者,不熟知圣法,未受圣法调伏;不曾见过善士,不熟知善士法,未受善士法调伏。他将色视为我,或认为我拥有色,或认为我中有色,或认为色中有我;对于受……想……行……识,也同样将其视为我,或认为我拥有识,或认为我中有识,或认为识中有我。像这样的见解,陷入见的歧途、见的密林、见的荒野、见的歪曲、见的挣扎、见的结缚,与执取、固守、耽著、把捉,邪路、歧路、不正、外道安身处,颠倒执取、错误执取、迷乱执取、邪执——于不真实中执为真实,乃至一切六十二种邪见——这些都被称为“见的扭曲”。所谓“超越、越过、彻底越过、克服了见的扭曲”,正是此义。显示巴利原文
ti diṭṭhivisūkāni vuccanti vīsativatthukā sakkāyadiṭṭhī. Idha assutavā puthujjano ariyānaṃ adassāvī ariyadhammassa akovido ariyadhamme avinīto sappurisānaṃ adassāvī sappurisadhammassa akovido sappurisadhamme avinīto rūpaṃ attato samanupassati rūpavantaṃ vā attānaṃ attani vā rūpaṃ rūpasmiṃ vā attānaṃ, vedanaṃ…pe… saññaṃ… saṅkhāre… viññāṇaṃ attato samanupassati viññāṇavantaṃ vā attānaṃ attani vā viññāṇaṃ viññāṇasmiṃ vā attānaṃ. Yā evarūpā diṭṭhi diṭṭhigataṃ diṭṭhigahanaṃ diṭṭhikantāro diṭṭhivisūkāyikaṃ diṭṭhivipphanditaṃ diṭṭhisaṃyojanaṃ gāho paṭiggāho abhiniveso parāmāso kummaggo micchāpatho micchattaṃ titthāyatanaṃ vipariyesaggāho viparītaggāho vipallāsaggāho micchāgāho, ayāthāvakasmiṃ yāthāvakanti gāho, yāvatā dvāsaṭṭhi diṭṭhigatāni – imāni diṭṭhivisūkāni. ti diṭṭhivisūkāni upātivatto atikkanto samatikkanto vītivattoti – diṭṭhīvisūkāni upātivatto.
所谓“决定”,即四圣道,亦即八圣道:正见、正思维、正语、正业、正命、正精进、正念、正定。具足这四条圣道,便到达、证得、获得、触证、亲证了决定,称为“已得决定”。所谓“已证得道、已获得道、已体证道、已触证道、已亲证道”,即是已得决定、已证得道。显示巴利原文
ti niyāmā vuccanti cattāro maggā; ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo, seyyathidaṃ – sammādiṭṭhi sammāsaṅkappo sammāvācā sammākammanto sammāājīvo sammāvāyāmo sammāsati sammāsamādhi. Catūhi ariyamaggehi samannāgato niyāmaṃ patto sampatto adhigato phassito sacchikatoti – patto niyāmaṃ. ti laddhamaggo paṭiladdhamaggo adhigatamaggo phassitamaggo sacchikatamaggoti – patto niyāmaṃ paṭiladdhamaggo.
于那位独觉佛,智已生起、彻底生起、产生、彻底产生、显现。即:“一切行无常”之智已生起、彻底生起、产生、彻底产生、显现;“一切行是苦”之智……;“一切法无我”之智……;“凡是集起之法,皆是灭尽之法”之智已生起、彻底生起、产生、彻底产生、显现。这便是:我已生起智。那位独觉佛,不由他人引导。显示巴利原文
ti tassa paccekasambuddhassa ñāṇaṃ uppannaṃ samuppannaṃ nibbattaṃ abhinibbattaṃ pātubhūtaṃ. ‘‘Sabbe saṅkhārā aniccā’’ti ñāṇaṃ uppannaṃ samuppannaṃ nibbattaṃ abhinibbattaṃ pātubhūtaṃ, ‘‘sabbe saṅkhārā dukkhā’’ti…pe… ‘‘sabbe dhammā anattā’’ti… ‘‘yaṃ kiñci samudayadhammaṃ sabbaṃ taṃ nirodhadhamma’’nti ñāṇaṃ uppannaṃ samuppannaṃ nibbattaṃ abhinibbattaṃ pātubhūtanti – uppannañāṇomhi. ti so paccekasambuddho na paraneyyo
他不由他人引导,不依他得,不依他缘,不系属于他人,如实了知、如实照见,不迷惑,具正知,正念现前。于“一切行无常”,他同样不由他人引导,不依他得,不依他缘,不系属于他人,如实了知、如实照见,不迷惑,具正知,正念现前。于“一切行是苦”……;“一切法无我”……;“凡是集起之法,皆是灭尽之法”……,他亦不由他人引导,不依他得,不依他缘,不系属于他人,如实了知、如实照见,不迷惑,具正知,正念现前。我已生起此智,无需他人教导,应如犀牛角独自游历。因此,那位独觉佛这么说:显示巴利原文
Na parappattiyo na parappaccayo na parapaṭibaddhagū, yathābhūtaṃ jānāti passati asammūḷho sampajāno paṭissato. ‘‘Sabbe saṅkhārā aniccā’’ti na paraneyyo na parappattiyo na parappaccayo na parapaṭibaddhagū, yathābhūtaṃ jānāti passati asammūḷho sampajāno paṭissato. ‘‘Sabbe saṅkhārā dukkhā’’ti…pe… ‘‘sabbe dhammā anattā’’ti…pe… ‘‘yaṃ kiñci samudayadhammaṃ sabbaṃ taṃ nirodhadhamma’’nti na paraneyyo na parappattiyo na parappaccayo na parapaṭibaddhagū, yathābhūtaṃ jānāti passati asammūḷho sampajāno paṭissatoti – uppannañāṇomhi anaññaneyyo, eko care khaggavisāṇakappo. Tenāha so paccekasambuddho –
他已超越种种见的缠结,达到决定,获得道迹;
我生起的智慧如是,不依他人教导,当如犀牛角般独自游历。”
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Diṭṭhīvisūkāni upātivatto, patto niyāmaṃ paṭiladdhamaggo; Uppannañāṇomhi anaññaneyyo, eko care khaggavisāṇakappo’’ti.
这里所说的‘贪求’,即是渴爱。那染着、强烈的染着……乃至……贪念、贪爱、不善之根。那位独觉佛已经断除了这‘贪求’的渴爱,连根截断,如同截去顶部的棕榈树,令它不复存在,于未来永不再生。因此,独觉佛是‘无贪求’的。显示巴利原文
ti loluppaṃ vuccati taṇhā. Yo rāgo sārāgo…pe… abhijjhā lobho akusalamūlaṃ. Sā loluppā taṇhā tassa paccekasambuddhassa pahīnā ucchinnamūlā tālāvatthukatā anabhāvaṃkatā āyatiṃ anuppādadhammā. Tasmā paccekasambuddho nillolupo.
此处所说的欺诈基础有三种:依受用资具而设立的欺诈基础,依威仪路而设立的欺诈基础,以及依周边言谈而设立的欺诈基础。显示巴利原文
ti tīṇi kuhanavatthūni – paccayapaṭisevanasaṅkhātaṃ kuhanavatthu, iriyāpathasaṅkhātaṃ kuhanavatthu, sāmantajappanasaṅkhātaṃ kuhanavatthu.
何为“受用资具”类欺诈基础?于此,一些居士邀请比丘接受衣服、饮食、住所及病者所需的医药资具。该比丘心性卑劣,为贪欲所害,他为了求取更多的衣服、饮食、住所及病者所需的医药资具,反而推拒了衣服,推拒了饮食,推拒了住所,推拒了病者所需的医药资具。他这样说道:‘沙门要如此昂贵的衣服做什么?沙门应往坟场、垃圾堆或店铺旁,拾取碎布,缝缀成袈裟而著,方为相称。沙门要如此精美的食物做什么?他应以捡拾、乞求所得的饭团维生,方为相称。沙门要如此舒适的住所做什么?他应居于树下、坟场中或露天地,方为相称。沙门要如此昂贵的医药资具做什么?他应以腐尿或一片诃子为药,方为相称。’于是,他因此穿着粗劣之衣,食用粗劣之食,居住粗劣之处,使用粗劣的病者所需医药资具。那些居士便如此了知他:‘这位沙门少欲、知足、远离、不混杂、精进,且宣扬头陀行。’于是,他们更殷勤地邀请他接受衣服、饮食、住所及病者所需的医药资具。他却又这般说道:‘具信善男子,因具足三事而生多福:因具足信仰,善男子生多福;因有可供布施之物,善男子生多福;因有应受供养之人,善男子生多福。你们既有信仰,又有可供布施之物,而我正是应受供养者。我若不受,你们便会损失福德。这些资具于我实无所用,但我出于对你们的悲悯而接受。’于是,他因此接受众多衣服,接受众多饮食,接受众多住所,接受众多病者所需的医药资具。如是:假意蹙眉、蹙眉之相、欺诈、欺诈之状、已行之欺诈——此即名为“受用资具”类欺诈基础。显示巴利原文
Katamaṃ paccayapaṭisevanasaṅkhātaṃ kuhanavatthu? Idha gahapatikā bhikkhuṃ nimantenti cīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānapaccayabhesajjaparikkhārehi, so pāpiccho icchāpakato atthiko cīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānapaccayabhesajjaparikkhārānaṃ bhiyyokamyataṃ upādāya cīvaraṃ paccakkhāti, piṇḍapātaṃ paccakkhāti, senāsanaṃ paccakkhāti, gilānapaccayabhesajjaparikkhāraṃ paccakkhāti. So evamāha – ‘‘kiṃ samaṇassa mahagghena cīvarena! Etaṃ sāruppaṃ yaṃ samaṇo susānā vā saṅkārakūṭā vā pāpaṇikā vā nantakāni uccinitvā saṅghāṭikaṃ karitvā dhāreyya. Kiṃ samaṇassa mahagghena piṇḍapātena! Etaṃ sāruppaṃ yaṃ samaṇo uñchācariyāya piṇḍiyālopena jīvikaṃ kappeyya. Kiṃ samaṇassa mahagghena senāsanena! Etaṃ sāruppaṃ yaṃ samaṇo rukkhamūliko vā assa sosāniko vā abbhokāsiko vā. Kiṃ samaṇassa mahagghena gilānapaccayabhesajjaparikkhārena! Etaṃ sāruppaṃ yaṃ samaṇo pūtimuttena vā haritakīkhaṇḍena vā osadhaṃ kareyyā’’ti. Tadupādāya lūkhaṃ cīvaraṃ dhāreti lūkhaṃ piṇḍapātaṃ paribhuñjati lūkhaṃ senāsanaṃ paṭisevati lūkhaṃ gilānapaccayabhesajjaparikkhāraṃ paṭisevati. Tamenaṃ gahapatikā evaṃ jānanti – ‘‘ayaṃ samaṇo appiccho santuṭṭho pavivitto asaṃsaṭṭho āraddhavīriyo dhutavādo’’ti. Bhiyyo bhiyyo nimantenti cīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānapaccayabhesajjaparikkhārehi. So evamāha – ‘‘tiṇṇaṃ sammukhībhāvā saddho kulaputto bahuṃ puññaṃ pasavati, saddhāya sammukhībhāvā saddho kulaputto bahuṃ puññaṃ pasavati, deyyadhammassa sammukhībhāvā saddho kulaputto bahuṃ puññaṃ pasavati, dakkhiṇeyyānaṃ sammukhībhāvā saddho kulaputto bahuṃ puññaṃ pasavati. Tumhākañcevāyaṃ saddhā atthi, deyyadhammo ca saṃvijjati, ahañca paṭiggāhako. Sacehaṃ na paṭiggahessāmi, evaṃ tumhe puññena paribāhirā bhavissatha . Na mayhaṃ iminā attho. Api ca, tumhākaṃyeva anukampāya paṭiggaṇhāmī’’ti. Tadupādāya bahumpi cīvaraṃ paṭiggaṇhāti, bahumpi piṇḍapātaṃ paṭiggaṇhāti, bahumpi senāsanaṃ paṭiggaṇhāti, bahumpi gilānapaccayabhesajjaparikkhāraṃ paṭiggaṇhāti. Yā evarūpā bhākuṭikā bhākuṭiyaṃ kuhanā kuhāyanā kuhitattaṃ – idaṃ paccayapaṭisevanasaṅkhātaṃ kuhanavatthu.
何等为依威仪路而设立的欺诈基础?世间有比丘恶欲、被欲所败坏,心中希望‘让人们这样尊敬我’,便调整自己的行姿、站姿、坐姿与卧姿;他刻意地行走,刻意地站立,刻意地坐,刻意地安排躺卧;他仿佛入定一般地行走,仿佛入定一般地站立,仿佛入定一般地坐,仿佛入定一般地安排躺卧;他装模作样地修习禅那。凡如此调整威仪路、摆弄装点,乃至皱起眉头、显出愁苦之相,这便是诈瞒、诈瞒状态与欺骗行为——这称为依威仪路而设立的欺诈基础。显示巴利原文
Katamaṃ iriyāpathasaṅkhātaṃ kuhanavatthu? Idhekacco pāpiccho icchāpakato sambhāvanādhippāyo ‘‘evaṃ maṃ jano sambhāvessatī’’ti gamanaṃ saṇṭhapeti ṭhānaṃ saṇṭhapeti nisajjaṃ saṇṭhapeti sayanaṃ saṇṭhapeti, paṇidhāya gacchati paṇidhāya tiṭṭhati paṇidhāya nisīdati paṇidhāya seyyaṃ kappeti samāhito viya gacchati samāhito viya tiṭṭhati samāhito viya nisīdati samāhito viya seyyaṃ kappeti, āpāthakajjhāyīva hoti. Yā evarūpā iriyāpathassa āṭhapanā ṭhapanā saṇṭhapanā bhākuṭikā bhākuṭiyaṃ kuhanā kuhāyanā kuhitattaṃ – idaṃ iriyāpathasaṅkhātaṃ kuhanavatthu.
什么是依周边谈论所作的诈瞒事?在此,有比丘怀有恶欲、为欲所败,心想“愿人们这样尊敬我”,便说些看似依止于圣法的话语。他说:“穿着此种袈裟者,是具大威德的沙门。”他说:“持此种钵者……持此种金属杯者……持此种滤水囊者……持此种滤水器者……持此种钥匙者……穿此种鞋者……系此种腰绳者……系此种小带者,是具大威德的沙门。”他说:“有这样的亲教师者,是具大威德的沙门。”他说:“有这样的老师者,是具大威德的沙门……有这样的同亲教师者,是具大威德的沙门……有这样的同学者,是具大威德的沙门……有这样的朋友者,是具大威德的沙门……有这样的知己者,是具大威德的沙门……有这样的伙伴者,是具大威德的沙门……有这样的同伴者,是具大威德的沙门。”他说:“住于这种精舍者……住于半圆顶屋者……住于高楼者……住于宫殿者……住于洞窟者……住于岩屋者……住于草庵者……住于尖顶阁者……住于露台者……住于凉亭者……住于圆顶棚屋者……住于聚会堂者……住于帐篷者……住于树脚下者,是具大威德的沙门。”显示巴利原文
Katamaṃ sāmantajappanasaṅkhātaṃ kuhanavatthu? Idhekacco pāpiccho icchāpakato sambhāvanādhippāyo ‘‘evaṃ maṃ jano sambhāvessatī’’ti ariyadhamme sannissitavācaṃ bhāsati. ‘‘Yo evarūpaṃ cīvaraṃ dhāreti so samaṇo mahesakkho’’ti bhaṇati; yo evarūpaṃ pattaṃ dhāreti…pe… lohathālakaṃ dhāreti… dhammakaraṇaṃ dhāreti… parissāvanaṃ dhāreti… kuñcikaṃ dhāreti… upāhanaṃ dhāreti… kāyabandhanaṃ dhāreti… āyogaṃ dhāreti so samaṇo mahesakkho’’ti bhaṇati; ‘‘yassa evarūpā upajjhāyo so samaṇo mahesakkho’’ti bhaṇati; yassa evarūpo ācariyo …pe… evarūpā samānupajjhāyakā… samānācariyakā… mittā… sandiṭṭhā… sambhattā… sahāyā so samaṇo mahesakkhoti bhaṇati; yo evarūpe vihāre vasati… aḍḍhayoge vasati… pāsāde vasati… hammiye vasati… guhāyaṃ vasati… leṇe vasati… kuṭiyaṃ vasati… kūṭāgāre vasati… aṭṭe vasati… māḷe vasati… uddaṇḍe vasati… upaṭṭhānasālāyaṃ vasati… maṇḍape vasati… rukkhamūle vasati so samaṇo mahesakkho’’ti bhaṇati.
或者,他故作拘谨,眉头紧锁,虚伪欺瞒,巧言浮华,只凭一张嘴来博取好感,他讲说那种深奥、隐秘、微妙、隐蔽、出世间、与空相应的法,心里想着:“这位沙门是这些殊胜住定、证定状态的获得者。”凡是像这样皱起眉头、显出这般愁苦相,是诈瞒、诈瞒状态、欺骗行径——这称为依周边谈论所作的诈瞒事。那位独觉佛已将这些三种诈瞒事断除,彻底根除,息灭,平息,不再生起,被智火烧尽了。因此,那位独觉佛没有诈瞒。显示巴利原文
Atha vā, korajikakorajiko bhākuṭikabhākuṭiko kuhakakuhako lapakalapako mukhasambhāviko ‘‘ayaṃ samaṇo imāsaṃ evarūpānaṃ santānaṃ vihārasamāpattīnaṃ lābhī’’ti tādisaṃ gambhīraṃ gūḷhaṃ nipuṇaṃ paṭicchannaṃ lokuttaraṃ suññatāpaṭisaññuttaṃ kathaṃ katheti. Yā evarūpā bhākuṭikā bhākuṭiyaṃ kuhanā kuhāyanā kuhitattaṃ, idaṃ sāmantajappanasaṅkhātaṃ kuhanavatthu. Tassa paccekasambuddhassa imāni tīṇi kuhanavatthūni pahīnāni samucchinnāni vūpasantāni paṭippassaddhāni abhabbuppattikāni ñāṇagginā daḍḍhāni. Tasmā so paccekasambuddho nikkuho.
“渴”是指渴爱。凡是染着、强烈染着……乃至……贪欲、贪、不善根。那位独觉佛的这种渴、渴爱已被断除,根已斩断,如同斩去树冠的多罗树一样,归于无有,未来不再生起。因此,那位独觉佛是“离渴”的——没有贪求,没有诈瞒,没有渴。显示巴利原文
ti pipāsā vuccati taṇhā. Yo rāgo sārāgo…pe… abhijjhā lobho akusalamūlaṃ. Sā pipāsā taṇhā tassa paccekasambuddhassa pahīnā ucchinnamūlā tālāvatthukatā anabhāvaṃkatā āyatiṃ anuppādadhammā. Tasmā paccekasambuddho nippipāsoti – nillolupo nikkuho nippipāso.
“虚伪”是指虚伪、虚矫的状态,以及那种刻薄、刻毒的行为。“垢秽”是贪的垢秽、嗔的垢秽、痴的垢秽,以及忿怒……怨恨、虚伪、欺瞒……一切不善的造作都是垢秽。“痴”是对苦的无知,对苦集的无知,对苦灭的无知,对导向苦灭的道路的无知,对前际的无知,对后际的无知,对前际后际的无知,对此缘性、缘起的诸法的无知。凡是像这样无知、不见、不现观、不觉醒、不证知、不总括、不深入、不正审察、不现观、不亲自确认的愚钝、蠢笨、不正知、愚痴、糊涂、昏昧、无明、无明之流、无明之轭、无明随眠、无明缠缚、无明之闩,都是不善根。那位独觉佛的虚伪、垢秽与痴,已被吐弃、被丢弃、被消除、被断除、被彻底根除、被息灭、被平息,不复生起,被智火烧尽。因此,这位独觉佛是无有虚伪、已涤除垢秽与痴的。显示巴利原文
ti. ti yo makkho makkhāyanā makkhāyitattaṃ niṭṭhuriyaṃ niṭṭhuriyakammaṃ. ti rāgo kasāvo, doso kasāvo, moho kasāvo, kodho…pe… upanāho… makkho… paḷāso… sabbākusalābhisaṅkhārā kasāvā. ti dukkhe aññāṇaṃ, dukkhasamudaye aññāṇaṃ, dukkhanirodhe aññāṇaṃ, dukkhanirodhagāminiyā paṭipadāya aññāṇaṃ, pubbante aññāṇaṃ, aparante aññāṇaṃ, pubbantāparante aññāṇaṃ, idappaccayatāpaṭiccasamuppannesu dhammesu aññāṇaṃ. Yaṃ evarūpaṃ aññāṇaṃ adassanaṃ anabhisamayo ananubodho appaṭivedho asaṃgāhanā apariyogāhanā asamapekkhanā apaccavekkhaṇā apaccakkhakammaṃ dummejjhaṃ bālyaṃ asampajaññaṃ moho pamoho sammoho avijjā avijjogho avijjāyogo avijjānusayo avijjāpariyuṭṭhānaṃ avijjālaṅgī moho akusalamūlaṃ. Tassa paccekasambuddhassa makkho ca kasāvo ca moho ca vantā saṃvantā niddhantā pahīnā samucchinnā vūpasantā paṭippassaddhā abhabbuppattikā ñāṇagginā daḍḍhāti. So paccekasambuddho nimmakkho niddhantakasāvamoho.
“望”是指渴爱。凡是贪欲、执著……贪求、贪,这些都是不善根。“一切世”是指一切恶趣世间、一切人世间、一切天世间、一切蕴世间、一切界世间、一切处世间。对于一切世,无所期望,无有渴爱,无有渴望——这就是说,于一切世无所期望之后,应当像犀牛角一样独自游行。因此,那位独觉佛这样说:显示巴利原文
ti āsā vuccati taṇhā. Yo rāgo sārāgo…pe… abhijjhā lobho akusalamūlaṃ. ti sabbaapāyaloke sabbamanussaloke sabbadevaloke sabbakhandhaloke sabbadhātuloke sabbaāyatanaloke. ti sabbaloke nirāsaso bhavitvā nittaṇho bhavitvā nippipāso bhavitvāti – nirāsaso sabbaloke bhavitvā, eko care khaggavisāṇakappo. Tenāha so paccekasambuddho –
“无贪求、无欺瞒、无渴爱,无垢,已涤除垢秽与痴;
于世间一切无所期待,当如犀牛角一般独自游历。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Nillolupo nikkuho nippipāso, nimmakkho niddhantakasāvamoho; Nirāsaso sabbaloke bhavitvā, eko care khaggavisāṇakappo’’ti.
“恶友”,指具足十事邪见的同伴——认为“布施无益,供养无益,祭祀无益,善行恶行之业无有果报,此世不存在,他世不存在,母亲无恩,父亲无恩,无有化生有情,世间亦无那些行于正道、如法修习、依胜智亲证而宣说此世与他世的沙门与婆罗门”。此即恶友。“应当远离恶友”——即应回避恶友、远离恶友,故说“应当远离恶友”。显示巴利原文
ti. Pāpasahāyo vuccati yo so sahāyo dasavatthukāya micchādiṭṭhiyā samannāgato – natthi dinnaṃ, natthi yiṭṭhaṃ, natthi hutaṃ, natthi sukatadukkaṭānaṃ kammānaṃ phalaṃ vipāko, natthi ayaṃ loko, natthi paro loko, natthi mātā, natthi pitā, natthi sattā opapātikā, natthi loke samaṇabrāhmaṇā sammaggatā sammāpaṭipannā ye imañca lokaṃ parañca lokaṃ sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā pavedentīti. Ayaṃ pāpasahāyo. Pāpaṃ sahāyaṃ parivajjayethāti. Pāpaṃ sahāyaṃ vajjeyya parivajjeyyāti – pāpaṃ sahāyaṃ parivajjayetha.
“见无益者”,是指具有以十事为根据的邪见的同伴——他们主张:“布施无有意义,供养无有意义”……乃至……“那些沙门、婆罗门,亲自以胜智证悟此世与他世之后而宣说”。“在邪恶中安住”,是指陷于邪恶的身业之中、陷于邪恶的语业之中、陷于邪恶的意业之中、陷于邪恶的杀生之中、陷于邪恶的不与取之中、陷于邪恶的欲邪行之中、陷于邪恶的妄语之中、陷于邪恶的离间语之中、陷于邪恶的粗恶语之中、陷于邪恶的杂秽语之中、陷于邪恶的贪欲之中、陷于邪恶的瞋恚之中、陷于邪恶的邪见之中、陷于邪恶的诸行之中、陷于五种邪恶的欲功德之中、陷于五种邪恶的盖障之中——深深陷入、系着、粘着、趋近、执取、心向于此。这便是见无益者,于邪恶中安住。显示巴利原文
nti anatthadassī vuccati yo so sahāyo dasavatthukāya micchādiṭṭhiyā samannāgato – natthi dinnaṃ, natthi yiṭṭhaṃ…pe… ye imañca lokaṃ parañca lokaṃ sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā pavedentīti. nti visame kāyakamme niviṭṭhaṃ, visame vacīkamme niviṭṭhaṃ, visame manokamme niviṭṭhaṃ, visame pāṇātipāte niviṭṭhaṃ, visame adinnādāne niviṭṭhaṃ, visame kāmesumicchācāre niviṭṭhaṃ, visame musāvāde niviṭṭhaṃ, visamāya pisuṇāya vācāya niviṭṭhaṃ, visamāya pharusāya vācāya niviṭṭhaṃ, visame samphappalāpe niviṭṭhaṃ, visamāya abhijjhāya niviṭṭhaṃ, visame byāpāde niviṭṭhaṃ, visamāya micchādiṭṭhiyā niviṭṭhaṃ, visamesu saṅkhāresu niviṭṭhaṃ visamesu pañcasu kāmaguṇesu niviṭṭhaṃ, visamesu pañcasu nīvaraṇesu niviṭṭhaṃ viniviṭṭhaṃ sattaṃ allīnaṃ upagataṃ ajjhositaṃ adhimuttanti – anatthadassiṃ visame niviṭṭhaṃ.
“追逐欲乐者”,是指有人寻找、探寻、遍寻欲乐,以此为行处,以此为常所作,以此为重,向彼倾斜,面朝于彼,趣向于彼,心向于彼,以彼为首要,这也是追逐欲乐者。有人因渴爱而寻找色……声……香……味……触,以此为行处,以此为常所作,以此为重,倾向于彼,面朝于彼,趣向于彼,心向于彼,以彼为首要,这也是追逐欲乐者。有人因渴爱而获得色……声……香……味……触,以此为行处……这也是追逐欲乐者。有人因渴爱而享受色……声……香……味……触,以此为行处……这也是追逐欲乐者。如同争吵之人是追逐争吵者,作工之人是追逐工作者,于行境中游走的有情是追逐行境者,修禅者是追逐禅那者;同样地,凡寻找、探寻、遍寻欲乐,以此为行处,以此为常所作,以此为重,倾向于彼,面朝于彼,趣向于彼,心向于彼,以彼为首要者,这也是追逐欲乐者。凡因渴爱而寻找色……因渴爱而获得色……因渴爱而享受色……乃至声……香……味……触,以此为行处,以此为常所作,以此为重,倾向于彼,面朝于彼,趣向于彼,心向于彼,以彼为首要者,这也是追逐欲乐者。所谓“放逸”,即是:于身恶行、语恶行、意恶行中,或在五种欲功德中,心的放纵、随顺放纵;于善法修习中的不恭敬行、不持续行、不安住行、退缩状态、舍离欲求之状态、舍离精勤之状态;不亲近、不修习、不多修习、不决意、不随行。凡具有如此形式的放逸、放逸性、放逸状态,这就叫做放逸。显示巴利原文
nti. nti yopi kāme esati gavesati pariyesati taccarito tabbahulo taggaruko tannino tappoṇo tappabbhāro tadadhimutto tadadhipateyyo, sopi kāmappasuto. Yopi taṇhāvasena rūpe pariyesati, sadde…pe… gandhe… rase… phoṭṭhabbe pariyesati taccarito tabbahulo taggaruko tanninno tappoṇo tappabbhāro tadadhimutto tadadhipateyyo, sopi kāmappasuto. Yopi taṇhāvasena rūpe paṭilabhati, sadde…pe… gandhe… rase… phoṭṭhabbe paṭilabhati taccarito tabbahulo taggaruko tanninno tappoṇo tappabbhāro tadadhimutto tadadhipateyyo, sopi kāmappasuto. Yopi taṇhāvasena rūpe paribhuñjati, sadde…pe… gandhe… rase… phoṭṭhabbe paribhuñjati taccarito tabbahulo taggaruko tanninno tappoṇo tappabbhāro tadadhimutto tadadhipateyyo, sopi kāmappasuto. Yathā kalahakārako kalahappasuto, kammakārako kammappasuto, gocare caranto gocarappasuto, jhāyī jhānappasuto; evameva yo kāme esati gavesati pariyesati taccarito tabbahulo taggaruko tanninno tappoṇo tappabbhāro tadadhimutto tadadhipateyyo, sopi kāmappasuto. Yopi taṇhāvasena rūpe pariyesati…pe… yopi taṇhāvasena rūpe paṭilabhati…pe… yopi taṇhāvasena rūpe paribhuñjati, sadde…pe… gandhe… rase… phoṭṭhabbe paribhuñjati taccarito tabbahulo taggaruko tanninno tappoṇo tappabbhāro tadadhimutto tadadhipateyyo, sopi kāmappasuto. nti. Pamādo vattabbo kāyaduccarite vā vacīduccarite vā manoduccarite vā pañcasu kāmaguṇesu vā cittassa vosaggo vosaggānuppadānaṃ kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ bhāvanāya asakkaccakiriyatā asātaccakiriyatā anaṭṭhitakiriyatā olīnavuttitā nikkhittacchandatā nikkhittadhuratā anāsevanā abhāvanā abahulīkammaṃ anadhiṭṭhānaṃ ananuyogo, yo evarūpo pamādo pamajjanā pamajjitattaṃ – ayaṃ vuccati pamādo.
不应亲近贪着者,也不应亲近放逸者;自己不应去亲近,不应亲往、不应依附、不应共住、不应周遍共住、不应近前、不应共相往还、不应执取而行──你切莫亲近贪着与放逸之人,应当如犀牛角一般独自游历。因此,那位独觉佛说:
“当远离恶友,那种不见真舍利益、住于不善的人;
不应亲近热衷、放逸之人,当如犀牛角独自游行。
显示巴利原文 nti pasutaṃ na seveyya pamattañca sayaṃ na seveyya sāmaṃ na seveyya na niseveyya na saṃseveyya na parisaṃseveyya na ācareyya na samācareyya na samādāya vatteyyāti – sayaṃ na seve pasutaṃ pamattaṃ, eko care khaggavisāṇakappo. Tenāha so paccekasambuddho – ‘‘Pāpaṃ sahāyaṃ parivajjayetha, anatthadassiṃ visame niviṭṭhaṃ; Sayaṃ na seve pasutaṃ pamattaṃ, eko care khaggavisāṇakappo.
“多闻”,是指朋友为多闻者、持法者、积聚所闻者。那些法——初善、中善、后善,有义理、有文句,宣说完全圆满、清净的梵行——这样的法,他多所听闻,受持于心,以言语熟练诵习,以心意观察思惟,以见善巧通达。“持法”,即持法者——持经、应颂、记说、偈颂、自说、如是语、本生、未曾有法、方广。“应亲近多闻、持法的朋友”,是说应亲近,应完全亲近,应随顺亲近,应完全恭敬承事。显示巴利原文
ti bahussuto hoti mitto sutadharo sutasannicayo. Ye te dhammā ādikalyāṇā majjhekalyāṇā pariyosānakalyāṇā sātthaṃ sabyañjanaṃ kevalaparipuṇṇaṃ parisuddhaṃ brahmacariyaṃ abhivadanti, tathārūpāssa dhammā bahussutā honti dhātā vacasā paricitā manasānupekkhitā diṭṭhiyā suppaṭividdhā. nti dhammaṃ dhārentaṃ – suttaṃ geyyaṃ veyyākaraṇaṃ gāthaṃ udānaṃ itivuttakaṃ jātakaṃ abbhutadhammaṃ vedallaṃ. ti bahussutañca dhammadharañca mittaṃ bhajeyya saṃbhajeyya seveyya niseveyya saṃseveyya paṭiseveyyāti – bahussutaṃ dhammadharaṃ bhajetha.
朋友因戒、定、慧、解脱、解脱智见而成为高尚者。辩才有三种:教法辩才、询问辩才、证得辩才。什么是教法辩才?于此,有人通晓佛陀的教法:经、应颂、记说、偈颂、自说、如是语、本生、未曾有法、方广。他依此教法而能辩说,这就是教法辩才。显示巴利原文
nti uḷāro hoti mitto sīlena samādhinā paññāya vimuttiyā vimuttiñāṇadassena. nti tayo paṭibhānavanto – pariyattipaṭibhānavā, paripucchāpaṭibhānavā, adhigamapaṭibhānavā. Katamo pariyattipaṭibhānavā? Idhekaccassa buddhavacanaṃ pariyāputaṃ hoti suttaṃ geyyaṃ veyyākaraṇaṃ gāthā udānaṃ itivuttakaṃ jātakaṃ abbhutadhammaṃ vedallaṃ. Tassa pariyattiṃ nissāya paṭibhāti – ayaṃ pariyattipaṭibhānavā.
什么是询问辩才者?在此,有人对于义理、法理、相状、缘由、合理与否,都能被问及并应对。他依于询问而能辩说——这便是询问辩才者。显示巴利原文
Katamo paripucchāpaṭibhānavā? Idhekacco paripucchitopi hoti atthe ca ñāye ca lakkhaṇe ca kāraṇe ca ṭhānāṭṭhāne ca. Tassa paripucchaṃ nissāya paṭibhāti – ayaṃ paripucchāpaṭibhānavā.
什么是证得辩才者?在此,有人证得了四念处、四正勤、四神足、五根、五力、七觉支、八圣道、四圣道、四沙门果、四无碍解、六神通。他了知义理,了知法义,了知语句。于义理有知,义理便显现辩说;于法义有知,法义便显现辩说;于语句有知,语句便显现辩说。于此三者中的智,即是辩无碍解。这位独觉佛,以此辩无碍解而具足、圆满、到达、完全到达、拥有、完全拥有、悉皆具备。因此,独觉佛是有辩才者。若有人没有教法,没有问难,没有证得,那他又能辩说什么呢?——这样的善友便是殊胜而有辩才的。显示巴利原文
Katamo adhigamapaṭibhānavā? Idhekaccassa adhigatā honti cattāro satipaṭṭhānā cattāro sammappadhānā cattāro iddhipādā pañcindriyāni pañca balāni satta bojjhaṅgā ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo cattāro ariyamaggā cattāri sāmaññaphalāni catasso paṭisambhidāyo cha abhiññāyo . Tassa attho ñāto dhammo ñāto nirutti ñātā. Atthe ñāte attho paṭibhāti, dhamme ñāte dhammo paṭibhāti, niruttiyā ñātāya nirutti paṭibhāti. Imesu tīsu ñāṇaṃ paṭibhānapaṭisambhidā. So paccekasambuddho imāya paṭibhānapaṭisambhidāya upeto samupeto upāgato samupāgato upapanno samupapanno samannāgato. Tasmā paccekasambuddho paṭibhānavā . Yassa pariyatti natthi paripucchā natthi adhigamo natthi, kiṃ tassa paṭibhāyissatīti – mittaṃ uḷāraṃ paṭibhānavantaṃ.
他了知自身之利益,了知他人之利益,了知自他两者之利益,了知此生之利益,了知来世之利益,了知究竟之利益。以胜知通达后,衡量后,判定后,阐明后,令清晰后,即能去除疑惑、彻底去除、完全舍断、驱散、根除、消灭、归于无有——就是说,了知了这些利益,度除了疑惑,应如犀角一般独自游走。因此,那位独觉佛这样说:显示巴利原文
nti attatthaṃ aññāya paratthaṃ aññāya ubhayatthaṃ aññāya diṭṭhadhammikatthaṃ aññāya samparāyikatthaṃ aññāya paramatthaṃ aññāya abhiññāya jānitvā tulayitvā tīrayitvā vibhāvayitvā vibhūtaṃ katvā kaṅkhaṃ vineyya paṭivineyya pajaheyya vinodeyya byantīkareyya anabhāvaṃ gameyyāti – aññāya atthāni vineyya kaṅkhaṃ, eko care khaggavisāṇakappo. Tenāha so paccekasambuddho –
应亲近多闻持法、殊胜而具辩才的朋友;
了知了这些利益,度除了疑惑,应如犀角一般独行。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Bahussutaṃ dhammadharaṃ bhajetha, mittaṃ uḷāraṃ paṭibhānavantaṃ; Aññāya atthāni vineyya kaṅkhaṃ, eko care khaggavisāṇakappo’’ti.
这里,“戏乐”有两种:身戏乐和语戏乐……这就是身戏乐……这就是语戏乐。“爱乐”一词,是不厌倦的别称。关于这点,世尊曾这样说:“诸比丘,有此五种欲功德。哪五种?眼所识的色,可意、可爱、赏心悦目、与欲相应、能引发贪染;耳所识的声……鼻所识的香……舌所识的味……身所识的触,可意、可爱、赏心悦目、与欲相应、能引发贪染。诸比丘,这些就是五种欲功德。诸比丘,凡是依赖这五种欲功德而生起的喜乐,这就叫做欲乐。”“世间”是指人间——即世间的戏乐、爱乐和欲乐。显示巴利原文
ti. ti dve khiḍḍā – kāyikā khiḍḍā ca vācasikā khiḍḍā ca…pe… ayaṃ kāyikā khiḍḍā…pe… ayaṃ vācasikā khiḍḍā. ti anukkaṇṭhitādhivacanametaṃ – ratīti. nti vuttañhetaṃ bhagavatā – ‘‘pañcime, bhikkhave, kāmaguṇā. Katame pañca? Cakkhuviññeyyā rūpā iṭṭhā kantā manāpā piyarūpā kāmūpasaṃhitā rajanīyā, sotaviññeyyā saddā…pe… ghānaviññeyyā gandhā… jivhāviññeyyā rasā… kāyaviññeyyā phoṭṭhabbā iṭṭhā kantā manāpā piyarūpā kāmūpasaṃhitā rajanīyā. Ime kho, bhikkhave, pañca kāmaguṇā. Yaṃ kho, bhikkhave, ime pañca kāmaguṇe paṭicca uppajjati sukhaṃ somanassaṃ, idaṃ vuccati kāmasukhaṃ’’. ti manussaloketi – khiḍḍaṃ ratiṃ kāmasukhañca loke.
对于此世间中的嬉戏、爱乐与欲乐,不加粉饰,也不存期待,将它们彻底舍断、驱除、根绝、灭尽,归于无有——即是不加粉饰、无所期待。显示巴利原文
ti khiḍḍañca ratiñca kāmasukhañca loke analaṅkaritvā anapekkho hutvā pajahitvā vinodetvā byantīkaritvā anabhāvaṃ gametvāti – analaṅkaritvā anapekkhamāno.
其中,“装饰”有两种:在家人的装饰与出家人的装饰。什么是在家人的装饰?头发、胡须,花鬘、香料、涂油,种种首饰、佩戴物,衣服、披风、头巾,擦身粉、按摩、沐浴、拍打身体,镜子、眼膏,花鬘、香料、涂油,脸粉、面霜,手镯、发髻饰带,手杖、药管,刀剑、伞盖,彩绘鞋、头巾、宝石、拂尘,白衣、长衣摆等等——这些便是在家人的装饰。显示巴利原文
ti. ti dve vibhūsā – atthi agārikavibhūsā atthi anāgārikavibhūsā. Katamā agārikavibhūsā? Kesā ca massū ca mālāgandhañca vilepanañca ābharaṇañca pilandhanañca vatthañca pārupanañca veṭhanañca ucchādanaṃ parimaddanaṃ nhāpanaṃ sambāhanaṃ ādāsaṃ añjanaṃ mālāgandhavilepanaṃ mukhacuṇṇaṃ mukhalepanaṃ hatthabandhaṃ sikhābandhaṃ daṇḍaṃ nāḷikaṃ khaggaṃ chattaṃ citrupāhanaṃ uṇhīsaṃ maṇiṃ vāḷabījaniṃ odātāni vatthāni dīghadasāni iti vā – ayaṃ agārikavibhūsā.
什么是出家人的装饰?装饰袈裟,装饰钵,装饰住处,对这个腐烂之身的装扮,或是对外在资具的装饰、严饰、嬉弄、玩弄、贪著、执取、轻浮、散漫——这便是出家人的装饰。显示巴利原文
Katamā anāgārikavibhūsā? Cīvaramaṇḍanā pattamaṇḍanā senāsanamaṇḍanā imassa vā pūtikāyassa bāhirānaṃ vā parikkhārānaṃ maṇḍanā vibhūsanā keḷanā parikeḷanā gaddhikatā gaddhikattaṃ capalatā cāpalyaṃ – ayaṃ anāgārikavibhūsā.
那位独觉佛是真实语者,安住真实,坚固可信,不欺诳世间;于一切装饰之处,他已远离、舍离、彻底舍离,已出离、脱出、完全解脱、脱离系缚,以无界限之心而住。‘远离装饰之处,真实语者,如犀牛角,独自游行。’正是因此,那位独觉佛如此说道:显示巴利原文
ti so paccekasambuddho saccavādī saccasandho theto paccayiko avisaṃvādako lokassa, vibhūsaṭṭhānā ārato virato paṭivirato nikkhanto nissaṭo vippamutto visaññutto, vimariyādikatena cetasā viharatīti – vibhūsaṭṭhānā virato saccavādī, eko care khaggavisāṇakappo. Tenāha so paccekasambuddho –
‘于世间嬉戏、愉悦、感官之乐,不施粉饰,亦无期盼;
远离装饰之处,真实语者,如犀牛角,独自游行。’
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Khiḍḍaṃ ratiṃ kāmasukhañca loke, analaṅkaritvā anapekkhamāno; Vibhūsaṭṭhānā virato saccavādī, eko care khaggavisāṇakappo’’ti.
儿子有四种:亲生之子、田生之子、赠与之子、门徒之子。“妻子”即指妻室。“父”指生父。“母”指生母——所谓儿子、妻子、父亲与母亲。显示巴利原文
nti. ti cattāro puttā – atrajo putto, khettajo putto, dinnako putto, antevāsiko putto. Dārā vuccanti bhariyāyo. ti yo so janako. ti yā sā janikāti – puttañca dāraṃ pitarañca mātaraṃ.
此处,财物是指:金币、黄金、珍珠、宝石、琉璃、贝壳、石头、珊瑚、白银、自然金、赤铜、猫眼石。谷物,是指:早熟的谷物和晚熟的谷物。早熟的谷物,是指:稻米、稻谷、大麦、小麦、小米、稗子、草籽。晚熟的谷物,是指:可作羹的豆类。此处,有四种亲属:由血缘而来的亲属是亲属,由同族而来的亲属是亲属,由朋友关系而来的亲属是亲属,由技艺关系而来的亲属是亲属。——财物、谷物与亲属们。显示巴利原文
ti dhanāni vuccanti hiraññaṃ suvaṇṇaṃ muttā maṇi veḷuriyo saṅkho silā pavāḷaṃ rajataṃ jātarūpaṃ lohitaṅgo masāragallaṃ. Dhaññāni vuccanti pubbaṇṇaṃ aparaṇṇaṃ. Pubbaṇṇaṃ nāma sāli vīhi yavo godhumo kaṅgu varako kudrūsako . Aparaṇṇaṃ nāma sūpeyyaṃ. ti cattāro bandhavā – ñātibandhavāpi bandhu, gottabandhavāpi bandhu, mittabandhavāpi bandhu, sippabandhavāpi bandhūti – dhanāni dhaññāni ca bandhavāni.
从要略而言,有两种欲:事欲与烦恼欲……这些名为事欲……这些名为烦恼欲。遍知事欲之后,当断除烦恼欲,即予舍断、驱除、消灭、令归于无有。以入流道所断除的诸烦恼,他不会再令其返回,不会再令其退转,不会再令其回转;以一来道所断除的诸烦恼……以不还道所断除的诸烦恼……以阿拉汉道所断除的诸烦恼,他不会再令其返回,不会再令其退转,不会再令其回转。因此有言:“舍弃诸欲已,如犀牛之角,独行无伴。”所以那位独觉佛如是宣说——显示巴利原文
ti. ti uddānato dve kāmā – vatthukāmā ca kilesakāmā ca…pe… ime vuccanti vatthukāmā…pe… ime vuccanti kilesakāmā. ti vatthukāme parijānitvā, kilesakāme pahāya pajahitvā vinodetvā byantīkaritvā anabhāvaṃ gametvā. ti sotāpattimaggena ye kilesā pahīnā, te kilese na puneti na pacceti na paccāgacchati; sakadāgāmimaggena ye kilesā pahīnā…pe… anāgāmimaggena ye kilesā pahīnā… arahattamaggena ye kilesā pahīnā, te kilese na puneti na pacceti na paccāgacchatīti – hitvāna kāmāni yathodhikāni, eko care khaggavisāṇakappo. Tenāha so paccekasambuddho –
"儿子与妻子,父亲与母亲,钱财、谷物及亲属,"
"舍离种种欲已,犹如犀牛之角,独自前行。"
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Puttañca dāraṃ pitarañca mātaraṃ, dhanāni dhaññāni ca bandhavāni; Hitvāna kāmāni yathodhikāni, eko care khaggavisāṇakappo’’ti.
结缚,即是钩,即是饵,即是食,即是粘着,即是障碍,这是五种欲功德的异名。世尊曾这样说:“诸比丘,有五种欲功德。哪五种?眼所识知的色,可爱、可悦、可意,令人喜爱的形色,与欲相连、令人染着……乃至身所识知的触,可爱、可悦、可意,令人喜爱的感触,与欲相连、令人染着。诸比丘,这些便是五种欲功德。诸比丘,凡缘于这五种欲功德而生起的快乐与喜悦,便称为欲乐。这乐是微少、寡少、稀少、低劣、卑下,属于四足畜生之乐。”那即是结缚,其中的乐是微少的。显示巴利原文
nti saṅgoti vā baḷisanti vā āmisanti vā laggananti vā palibodhoti vā, pañcannetaṃ kāmaguṇānaṃ adhivacanaṃ. nti vuttañhetaṃ bhagavatā – ‘‘pañcime, bhikkhave, kāmaguṇā. Katame pañca? Cakkhuviññeyyā rūpā iṭṭhā kantā manāpā piyarūpā kāmūpasaṃhitā rajanīyā…pe… kāyaviññeyyā phoṭṭhabbā iṭṭhā kantā manāpā piyarūpā kāmūpasaṃhitā rajanīyā. Ime kho, bhikkhave, pañca kāmaguṇā. Yaṃ kho, bhikkhave, ime pañca kāmaguṇe paṭicca uppajjati sukhaṃ somanassaṃ, idaṃ vuccati kāmasukhaṃ. Appakaṃ etaṃ sukhaṃ , parittakaṃ etaṃ sukhaṃ, thokakaṃ etaṃ sukhaṃ, omakaṃ etaṃ sukhaṃ, lāmakaṃ etaṃ sukhaṃ, chatukkaṃ etaṃ sukha’’nti – saṅgo eso parittamettha sokhyaṃ.
世尊这样说:欲乐滋味微少,却带来诸多痛苦、诸多恼害,其中过患更为重大。世尊这样说:欲乐如同骨链;世尊这样说:欲乐如同肉块;世尊这样说:欲乐如同草炬;世尊这样说:欲乐如同火坑;世尊这样说:欲乐如同梦境;世尊这样说:欲乐如同借来之物;世尊这样说:欲乐如同树上的果实;世尊这样说:欲乐如同屠刀;世尊这样说:欲乐如同枪矛;世尊这样说:欲乐如同蛇头——带来诸多痛苦、诸多恼害,其中过患更为重大。滋味微少,而其中苦更多。显示巴利原文
ti appassādā kāmā vuttā bhagavatā bahudukkhā bahupāyāsā ; ādīnavo ettha bhiyyo. Aṭṭhikaṅkalūpamā kāmā vuttā bhagavatā, maṃsapesūpamā kāmā vuttā bhagavatā, tiṇukkūpamā kāmā vuttā bhagavatā, aṅgārakāsūpamā kāmā vuttā bhagavatā , supinakūpamā kāmā vuttā bhagavatā, yācitakūpamā kāmā vuttā bhagavatā, rukkhaphalūpamā kāmā vuttā bhagavatā, asisūnūpamā kāmā vuttā bhagavatā, sattisūlūpamā kāmā vuttā bhagavatā, sappasirūpamā kāmā vuttā bhagavatā bahudukkhā bahupāyāsā, ādīnavo ettha bhiyyoti – appassādo dukkhamettha bhiyyo.
所谓“钩”、“饵”、“味”、“粘”、“缚”或“障”,这些都是五种欲功德的同义词。“iti”一词在此表示词句的连接、词句的相合、词句的完整、音节的组合、字词的流畅以及词句的顺序。所谓“贤智者”,是指贤明、有慧、觉悟、有认知力、有洞察力、有智慧。所谓“有慧者”,是指了知那是钩、了知那是饵、了知那是味、了知那是粘、了知那是缚、了知那是障之后,彻底地了知、衡量、判断、洞察并清楚了知的人。这样,以慧了知“这是钩”的智者,应当如犀牛角般独自游历。对此,那位独觉佛这样说道:显示巴利原文
ti gaḷoti vā baḷisanti vā āmisanti vā laggananti vā bandhananti vā palibodhoti vā, pañcannetaṃ kāmaguṇānaṃ adhivacanaṃ. ti padasandhi padasaṃsaggo padapāripūrī akkharasamavāyo byañjanasiliṭṭhatā padānupubbatāpetaṃ itīti. ti paṇḍito paññavā buddhimā ñāṇī vibhāvī medhāvī. ti matimā gaḷoti ñatvā baḷisanti ñatvā āmisaṃ ti ñatvā laggananti ñatvā bandhananti ñatvā palibodhoti ñatvā jānitvā tulayitvā tīrayitvā vibhāvayitvā vibhūtaṃ katvāti – gaḷo eso iti ñatvā matimā, eko care khaggavisāṇakappo. Tenāha so paccekasambuddho –
这是一个陷阱,其中仅有少许安乐,此处滋味少而痛苦更多;
以慧了知“此为钩”后,智者应如犀牛角般独自游行。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Saṅgo eso parittamettha sokhyaṃ, appassādo dukkhamettha bhiyyo; Gaḷo eso iti ñatvā matimā, eko care khaggavisāṇakappo’’ti.
所谓十种结缚:欲贪结缚、嗔恚结缚、慢结缚、见结缚、疑结缚、戒禁取结缚、有贪结缚、嫉妒结缚、悭吝结缚、无明结缚。这十种结缚,悉皆摧毁、粉碎、舍断、驱除、灭尽而无余存。显示巴利原文
ti dasa saṃyojanāni – kāmarāgasaṃyojanaṃ, paṭighasaṃyojanaṃ, mānasaṃyojanaṃ, diṭṭhisaṃyojanaṃ, vicikicchāsaṃyojanaṃ, sīlabbataparāmāsasaṃyojanaṃ, bhavarāgasaṃyojanaṃ, issāsaṃyojanaṃ, macchariyasaṃyojanaṃ, avijjāsaṃyojanaṃ. ti dasa saṃyojanāni dālayitvā sandālayitvā pajahitvā vinodetvā byantīkaritvā anabhāvaṃ gametvāti – sandālayitvāna saṃyojanāni.
此处“网”是指丝线之网,“水”是指水域,“水中行者”是指鱼。犹如鱼冲破网、撕开网、摧破网、粉碎网、彻底破网之后,游行、安住、行动、维持、守护、延续、生存;同样,有两种网——渴爱之网与邪见之网……这是渴爱之网……这是邪见之网。对于那位独觉佛,渴爱之网已断,邪见之网已彻底舍弃。因为渴爱之网已断、邪见之网已彻底舍弃,所以他不黏着于色,不黏着于声,不黏着于香……对于一切所见、所闻、所觉、所知的法,皆不黏着、不执取、不被束缚、不被缠结,已出离、已脱开、已彻底解脱、已离系,以无界限之心而住——恰如鱼破网而出。显示巴利原文
ti jālaṃ vuccati suttajālaṃ. Salilaṃ vuccati udakaṃ. Ambucārī vuccati maccho. Yathā maccho jālaṃ bhinditvā pabhinditvā dālayitvā padālayitvā sampadālayitvā carati viharati iriyati vatteti pāleti yapeti yāpeti, evameva dve jālā – taṇhājālañca diṭṭhijālañca…pe… idaṃ taṇhājālaṃ…pe… idaṃ diṭṭhijālaṃ. Tassa paccekasambuddhassa taṇhājālaṃ pahīnaṃ, diṭṭhijālaṃ paṭinissaṭṭhaṃ. Taṇhājālassa pahīnattā diṭṭhijālassa paṭinissaṭṭhattā so paccekasambuddho rūpe na sajjati sadde na sajjati gandhe na sajjati…pe… diṭṭhasutamutaviññātabbesu dhammesu na sajjati na gaṇhāti na bajjhati na palibajjhati, nikkhanto nissaṭo vippamutto visaññutto vimariyādikatena cetasā viharatīti – jālaṃva bhetvā salilambucārī.
犹如火焰以草木为燃料燃烧,一去不返;同样地,对于那位独觉佛而言,由入流道所断除的烦恼,他不再返回那些烦恼,不再退转,不再复还;由一来道所断除的烦恼……由不还道……由阿拉汉道所断除的烦恼,他不再返回那些烦恼,不再退转,不再复还——犹如燃尽之物,火不复回,他应如犀牛角般独自游历。对此,那位独觉佛这样说:显示巴利原文
ti yathā aggi tiṇakaṭṭhupādānaṃ dahanto gacchati anivattanto, evameva tassa paccekasambuddhassa sotāpattimaggena ye kilesā pahīnā te kilese na puneti na pacceti na paccāgacchati, sakadāgāmimaggena…pe… anāgāmimaggena… arahattamaggena ye kilesā pahīnā te kilese na puneti na pacceti na paccāgacchatīti – aggīva daḍḍhaṃ anivattamāno, eko care khaggavisāṇakappo. Tenāha so paccekasambuddho –
‘‘Sandālayitvāna saṃyojanāni, jālaṃva bhetvā salilambucārī; Aggīva daḍḍhaṃ anivattamāno, eko care khaggavisāṇakappo’’ti.
何为散乱眼?在此,有一类比丘喜好游观,具足眼根的游荡性。他心中想:‘未见过的应当去看,已见过的应当跨越。’于是,为了观看色,他从一座园林到另一座园林,从一处苑囿到另一处苑囿,从一村到另一村,从一镇到另一镇,从一城到另一城,从一国到另一国,从一地到另一地,热衷于长途漫游、游走不居。这便是散乱眼。显示巴利原文
ti kathaṃ khittacakkhu hoti? Idhekacco bhikkhu cakkhulolo cakkhuloliyena samannāgato hoti. Adiṭṭhaṃ dakkhitabbaṃ diṭṭhaṃ samatikkamitabbanti – ārāmena ārāmaṃ uyyānena uyyānaṃ gāmena gāmaṃ nigamena nigamaṃ nagarena nagaraṃ raṭṭhena raṭṭhaṃ janapadena janapadaṃ dīghacārikaṃ anavaṭṭhitacārikaṃ anuyutto hoti rūpadassanāya. Evaṃ khittacakkhu hoti.
或者,比丘进入村落内部后,走在街道上,不加防护而行。他望着大象,望着马,望着车,望着步兵,望着男孩,望着女孩,望着女人,望着男人,望着市场,望着各家门户,向上望,向下望,向四方各处张望而行。这也是散乱眼。显示巴利原文
Atha vā, bhikkhu antaragharaṃ paviṭṭho vīthiṃ paṭipanno asaṃvuto gacchati. Hatthiṃ olokento assaṃ olokento rathaṃ olokento pattiṃ olokento kumārake olokento kumārikāyo olokento itthiyo olokento purise olokento antarāpaṇaṃ olokento gharamukhāni olokento uddhaṃ olokento adho olokento disāvidisaṃ vipekkhamāno gacchati. Evampi khittacakkhu hoti.
或者,比丘以眼见到色之后,执取总相,执取细节相。由于他安住于不防护眼根,贪忧、恶不善法便会随之侵漏而入,他却不为此实行防护,不守护眼根,于眼根上不修防护。这也是散乱眼。显示巴利原文
Atha vā, bhikkhu cakkhunā rūpaṃ disvā nimittaggāhī hoti anubyañjanaggāhī. Yatvādhikaraṇamenaṃ cakkhundriyaṃ asaṃvutaṃ viharantaṃ abhijjhādomanassā pāpakā akusalā dhammā anvāssaveyyuṃ, tassa saṃvarāya na paṭipajjati, na rakkhati cakkhundriyaṃ, cakkhundriye na saṃvaraṃ āpajjati. Evampi khittacakkhu hoti.
正如有些沙门、婆罗门在享用信施的食物之后,沉溺于观看这类表演,即:舞蹈、歌唱、音乐、戏剧、评书、掌声、魔术、大鼓、妙声、钹、笛、洗浴、象斗、马斗、水牛斗、公牛斗、山羊斗、公羊斗、鸡斗、鹧鸪斗、棍斗、拳斗、角力、实战演练、军营布列、军阵配置与阅兵等。他们沉溺于观看这类表演,这也便是放逸其眼。显示巴利原文
Yathā vā paneke bhonto samaṇabrāhmaṇā saddhādeyyāni bhojanāni bhuñjitvā te evarūpaṃ visūkadassanaṃ anuyuttā viharanti, seyyathidaṃ – naccaṃ gītaṃ vāditaṃ pekkhaṃ akkhānaṃ pāṇissaraṃ vetāḷaṃ kumbhathūṇaṃ sobhanakaṃ caṇḍālaṃ vaṃsaṃ dhovanaṃ hatthiyuddhaṃ assayuddhaṃ mahiṃsayuddhaṃ usabhayuddhaṃ ajayuddhaṃ meṇḍayuddhaṃ kukkuṭayuddhaṃ vaṭṭakayuddhaṃ daṇḍayuddhaṃ muṭṭhiyuddhaṃ nibbuddhaṃ uyyodhikaṃ balaggaṃ senābyūhaṃ anīkadassanaṃ iti vā. Iti evarūpaṃ visūkadassanaṃ anuyutto hoti. Evampi khittacakkhu hoti.
怎样是‘收摄眼’呢?在此,有的比丘不贪视,不具贪视的习惯。他不为了去看未曾见过的色境,也不为了把已经见过的看个够,而从一座园到另一座园,从一片林苑到另一片林苑,从一个村庄到另一个村庄,从一个集镇到另一个集镇,从一个城市到另一个城市,从一个地区到另一个地区,从一个邦国到另一个邦国,进行长途漫游、不安居的漫游,目的只是观看色境。这样,便是‘收摄眼’。显示巴利原文
Kathaṃ okkhittacakkhu hoti? Idhekacco bhikkhu na cakkhulolo na cakkhuloliyena samannāgato hoti. Adiṭṭhaṃ dakkhitabbaṃ diṭṭhaṃ samatikkamitabbanti – na ārāmena ārāmaṃ na uyyānena uyyānaṃ na gāmena gāmaṃ na nigamena nigamaṃ na nagarena nagaraṃ na raṭṭhena raṭṭhaṃ na janapadena janapadaṃ dīghacārikaṃ anavaṭṭhitacārikaṃ anuyutto hoti rūpadassanāya. Evaṃ okkhittacakkhu hoti.
又或者,比丘进入村落之中,走在街道上,收摄诸根而行。他不看象,不看马,不看车,不看步兵,不看幼童,不看幼女,不看女人,不看男人,不看市场,不看门户,不向上看,不向下看,也不向四方各处张望而行。如此,亦属‘收摄眼’。显示巴利原文
Atha vā, bhikkhu antaragharaṃ paviṭṭho vīthiṃ paṭipanno saṃvuto gacchati. Na hatthiṃ olokento na assaṃ olokento na rathaṃ olokento na pattiṃ olokento na kumārake olokento na kumārikāyo olokento na itthiyo olokento na purise olokento na antarāpaṇaṃ olokento na gharamukhāni olokento na uddhaṃ olokento na adho olokento na disāvidisaṃ vipekkhamāno gacchati. Evampi okkhittacakkhu hoti.
又或者,比丘以眼见色之后,不执取总相,不执取细相。因为,如果眼根不加防护而住,贪、忧等诸恶不善法便会随之流入。为此,他修习防护,守护眼根,于眼根成就防护。这样做,也叫做‘收摄眼’。显示巴利原文
Atha vā, bhikkhu cakkhunā rūpaṃ disvā na nimittaggāhī hoti nānubyañjanaggāhī. Yatvādhikaraṇamenaṃ cakkhundriyaṃ asaṃvutaṃ viharantaṃ abhijjhādomanassā pāpakā akusalā dhammā anvāssaveyyuṃ, tassa saṃvarāya paṭipajjati, rakkhati cakkhundriyaṃ, cakkhundriye saṃvaraṃ āpajjati. Evampi okkhittacakkhu hoti.
然而,有些沙门、婆罗门在受用了信施的食物之后,却沉迷于各种表演观赏,也就是:舞蹈、歌唱、音乐……乃至阅兵之类。他则远离、戒除这类表演观赏,这样做,也叫做‘收摄眼’。显示巴利原文
Yathā vā paneke bhonto samaṇabrāhmaṇā saddhādeyyāni bhojanāni bhuñjitvā te evarūpaṃ visūkadassanaṃ anuyuttā viharanti, seyyathidaṃ – naccaṃ gītaṃ vāditaṃ…pe… anīkadassanaṃ iti vā. Iti evarūpā visūkadassanā paṭivirato. Evampi okkhittacakkhu hoti.
那么,怎样是‘足放逸’呢?在此,有一类比丘足于放逸,具备放逸的行径:从这座寺院游走到那座寺院,从这座园林游走到那座园林,从这个村落游走到那个村落,从这个集镇游走到那个集镇,从这座城游走到那座城,从这个地方游走到那个地方,从这一区域游走到另一区域,耽于长漫游走与不安定游走。这样做,即是‘足放逸’。显示巴利原文
ti kathaṃ pādalolo hoti? Idhekacco bhikkhu pādalolo pādaloliyena samannāgato hoti – ārāmena ārāmaṃ uyyānena uyyānaṃ gāmena gāmaṃ nigamena nigamaṃ nagarena nagaraṃ raṭṭhena raṭṭhaṃ janapadena janapadaṃ dīghacārikaṃ anavaṭṭhitacārikaṃ anuyutto hoti. Evampi pādalolo hoti.
再者,有比丘在僧园之内,性好游走,具足游走之性。他并非为了义利,也非为了因缘,只是心浮气躁、内心不得寂静,便从一僧坊游至另一僧坊,从一住所游至另一住所,从一半覆屋游至另一半覆屋,从一殿堂游至另一殿堂,从一楼房游至另一楼房,从一洞窟游至另一洞窟,从一岩洞游至另一岩洞,从一小屋游至另一小屋,从一尖顶阁楼游至另一尖顶阁楼,从一高台游至另一高台,从一圆亭游至另一圆亭,从一走廊游至另一走廊,从一集会堂游至另一集会堂,从一帐篷游至另一帐篷,从一树下游至另一树下。但凡有比丘们共坐或经行之处,他便凑上前去:若仅一人,他便成为第二人;若二人,他便成为第三人;若三人,他便成为第四人。在那里,他作众多无益的闲谈,诸如:谈论国王、谈论盗贼……乃至谈论有与无有。这也是性好游走的一种情形。显示巴利原文
Atha vā, bhikkhu antosaṅghārāme pādalolo pādaloliyena samannāgato hoti, na atthahetu na kāraṇahetu uddhato avūpasantacitto pariveṇato pariveṇaṃ gacchati, vihārato vihāraṃ gacchati, aḍḍhayogato aḍḍhayogaṃ gacchati, pāsādato pāsādaṃ gacchati, hammiyato hammiyaṃ gacchati, guhato guhaṃ gacchati, leṇato leṇaṃ gacchati, kuṭiyā kuṭiṃ gacchati, kūṭāgārato kūṭāgāraṃ gacchati, aṭṭato aṭṭaṃ gacchati, māḷato māḷaṃ gacchati, uddaṇḍato uddaṇḍaṃ gacchati , upaṭṭhānasālato upaṭṭhānasālaṃ gacchati, maṇḍapato maṇḍapaṃ gacchati, rukkhamūlato rukkhamūlaṃ gacchati, yattha vā pana bhikkhū nisīdanti vā gacchanti vā, tattha ekassa vā dutiyo hoti, dvinnaṃ vā tatiyo hoti, tiṇṇaṃ vā catuttho hoti. Tattha bahuṃ samphappalāpaṃ palapati, seyyathidaṃ – rājakathaṃ corakathaṃ…pe… iti bhavābhavakathaṃ katheti. Evampi pādalolo hoti.
那位独觉佛则已远离、已离脱、已回避、已出离、已脱开、已彻底解脱、已松开对游步放逸的系缚。他以无界限的心,乐独处,好独居,致力于内心寂止,不舍禅那,具足观智,增修空闲处,是禅修者,乐于禅那,专一其心,以自利为重——是目光低垂、而非游步放逸者。显示巴利原文
ti so paccekasambuddho pādaloliyā ārato virato paṭivirato nikkhanto nissaṭo vippamutto visaññutto vimariyādikatena cetasā paṭisallānārāmo hoti paṭisallānarato ajjhattaṃ cetosamathamanuyutto anirākatajjhāno vipassanāya samannāgato brūhetā suññāgāraṃ jhāyī jhānarato ekattamanuyutto sadatthagarukoti – okkhittacakkhu na ca pādalolo.
如此,这位独觉佛以眼看见色之后,不取总相,不取细相。若他未防护眼根而安住,贪忧与恶不善法便会流注其中。为防护于此,他行于防护之道,守护眼根,于眼根成就防护。以耳听到声之后……以鼻嗅到香之后……以舌尝到味之后……以身触到触之后……以意认知法之后,不取总相,不取细相。若他未防护意根而安住,贪忧与恶不善法便会流注其中。为防护于此,他行于防护之道,守护意根,于意根成就防护——这即是‘防护根门’。因此,‘内心善加守护’即是防护根门,心意已得保护。显示巴利原文
ti. ti so paccekasambuddho cakkhunā rūpaṃ disvā na nimittaggāhī hoti nānubyañjanaggāhī. Yatvādhikaraṇamenaṃ cakkhundriyaṃ asaṃvutaṃ viharantaṃ abhijjhādomanassā pāpakā akusalā dhammā anvāssaveyyuṃ, tassa saṃvarāya paṭipajjati, rakkhati cakkhundriyaṃ, cakkhundriye saṃvaraṃ āpajjati. Sotena saddaṃ sutvā…pe… ghānena gandhaṃ ghāyitvā… jivhāya rasaṃ sāyitvā… kāyena phoṭṭhabbaṃ phusitvā … manasā dhammaṃ viññāya na nimittaggāhī hoti nānubyañjanaggāhī . Yatvādhikaraṇamenaṃ manindriyaṃ asaṃvutaṃ viharantaṃ abhijjhādomanassā pāpakā akusalā dhammā anvāssaveyyuṃ, tassa saṃvarāya paṭipajjati, rakkhati manindriyaṃ, manindriye saṃvaraṃ āpajjatīti – guttindriyo. ti gopitamānasānoti – guttindriyo rakkhitamānasāno.
这确为尊者大目犍连所说:“朋友们,我将为你们开示‘漏法’与‘不漏法’。你们仔细聆听,善加作意,我要说了。”“是的,朋友。”那些比丘回答尊者大目犍连。尊者大目犍连便这样说:显示巴利原文
ti vuttañhetaṃ āyasmatā mahāmoggallānena – ‘‘avassutapariyāyañca vo, āvuso, desessāmi anavassutapariyāyañca. Taṃ suṇātha, sādhukaṃ manasikarotha; bhāsissāmī’’ti. ‘‘Evamāvuso’’ti kho te bhikkhū āyasmato mahāmoggallānassa paccassosuṃ. Āyasmā mahāmoggallāno etadavoca –
“朋友们,怎样算是‘漏’呢?在此,朋友,比丘眼看见色后,对可爱的色心生粘着,对不可爱的色心生嗔恼,且安住于身念未建立、心量狭小的状态。他不如实了知那心解脱与慧解脱,而正是在那种解脱中,所生起的恶不善法得以无余灭尽。耳听到声……意知法后,对可爱的法心生粘着,对不可爱的法心生嗔恼,且安住于身念未建立、心量狭小的状态。他不如实了知那心解脱与慧解脱,而正是在那种解脱中,所生起的恶不善法得以无余灭尽。朋友们,这位比丘被称作于眼所识知的色上为‘漏’……于意识所识知的法上为‘漏’。朋友们,如此安住的比丘,若魔王从眼门接近,魔王便得其入口,魔王便得其所缘;若从耳门接近……若从意门接近,魔王便得其入口,魔王便得其所缘。”显示巴利原文
‘‘Kathaṃ cāvuso, avassuto hoti? Idhāvuso, bhikkhu cakkhunā rūpaṃ disvā piyarūpe rūpe adhimuccati, appiyarūpe rūpe byāpajjati, anupaṭṭhitakāyassati ca viharati parittacetaso. Tañca cetovimuttiṃ paññāvimuttiṃ yathābhūtaṃ nappajānāti, yatthassa te uppannā pāpakā akusalā dhammā aparisesā nirujjhanti. Sotena saddaṃ sutvā…pe… manasā dhammaṃ viññāya piyarūpe dhamme adhimuccati, appiyarūpe dhamme byāpajjati, anupaṭṭhitakāyassati ca viharati parittacetaso. Tañca cetovimuttiṃ paññāvimuttiṃ yathābhūtaṃ nappajānāti, yatthassa te uppannā pāpakā akusalā dhammā aparisesā nirujjhanti. Ayaṃ vuccatāvuso, bhikkhu avassuto cakkhuviññeyyesu rūpesu…pe… avassuto manoviññeyyesu dhammesu. Evaṃvihāriṃ cāvuso, bhikkhuṃ cakkhuto cepi naṃ māro upasaṅkamati, labhetheva māro otāraṃ labhetha māro ārammaṇaṃ, sotato cepi naṃ…pe… manato cepi naṃ māro upasaṅkamati, labhetheva māro otāraṃ labhetha māro ārammaṇaṃ.
朋友们,犹如一间芦苇屋或草屋,已经干燥、枯朽,历经一年之久。若有人持着点燃的草炬从东方靠近它,火便能寻得入口,寻得所缘;若从西方靠近它,火便能寻得入口,寻得所缘;若从北方靠近它,火便能寻得入口,寻得所缘;若从南方靠近它,火便能寻得入口,寻得所缘;若从下方靠近它,火便能寻得入口,寻得所缘;若从上方靠近它,火便能寻得入口,寻得所缘;若有人从任何方向持着点燃的草炬靠近它,火便能寻得入口,寻得所缘。正是如此,朋友们,对于这样安住的比丘,若魔王从眼门靠近他,魔王便能寻得入口,寻得所缘;若从耳门靠近他,魔王便能寻得入口,寻得所缘;若从鼻门靠近他,魔王便能寻得入口,寻得所缘;若从舌门靠近他,魔王便能寻得入口,寻得所缘;若从身门靠近他,魔王便能寻得入口,寻得所缘;若从意门靠近他,魔王便能寻得入口,寻得所缘。显示巴利原文
‘‘Seyyathāpi, āvuso, naḷāgāraṃ vā tiṇāgāraṃ vā sukkhaṃ koḷāpaṃ terovassikaṃ. Puratthimāya cepi naṃ disāya puriso ādittāya tiṇukkāya upasaṅkameyya, labhetheva aggi otāraṃ labhetha aggi ārammaṇaṃ; pacchimāya cepi naṃ disāya…pe… uttarāya cepi naṃ disāya… dakkhiṇāya cepi naṃ disāya… heṭṭhimato cepi naṃ disāya… uparimato cepi naṃ disāya… yato kutoci cepi naṃ puriso ādittāya tiṇukkāya upasaṅkameyya, labhetheva aggi otāraṃ labhetha aggi ārammaṇaṃ. Evameva kho, āvuso, evaṃvihāriṃ bhikkhuṃ cakkhuto cepi naṃ māro upasaṅkamati, labhetheva māro otāraṃ labhetha māro ārammaṇaṃ, sotato cepi naṃ…pe… manato cepi naṃ māro upasaṅkamati, labhetheva māro otāraṃ labhetha māro ārammaṇaṃ.
“朋友,如此安住的比丘,色压倒了他,而非他压倒色;声压倒了他,而非他压倒了声;香压倒了他,而非他压倒了香;味压倒了他,而非他压倒了味;触压倒了他,而非他压倒了触;法压倒了他,而非他压倒了法。朋友,这样的比丘,即称为:被色压倒、被声压倒、被香压倒、被味压倒、被触压倒、被法压倒——他是被压倒者,不是压倒者。那些邪恶、不善、有杂染、带来后有、带来苦恼、导致苦报、将来引发生老死的法,压倒了他。朋友,如此便是有漏。”显示巴利原文
‘‘Evaṃvihāriṃ cāvuso, bhikkhuṃ rūpā adhibhaṃsu , na bhikkhu rūpe adhibhosi; saddā bhikkhuṃ adhibhaṃsu, na bhikkhu sadde adhibhosi; gandhā bhikkhuṃ adhibhaṃsu, na bhikkhu gandhe adhibhosi; rasā bhikkhuṃ adhibhaṃsu, na bhikkhu rase adhibhosi; phoṭṭhabbā bhikkhuṃ adhibhaṃsu, na bhikkhu phoṭṭhabbe adhibhosi; dhammā bhikkhuṃ adhibhaṃsu, na bhikkhu dhamme adhibhosi. Ayaṃ vuccatāvuso, bhikkhu rūpādhibhūto saddādhibhūto gandhādhibhūto rasādhibhūto phoṭṭhabbādhibhūto dhammādhibhūto adhibhū anadhibhūto adhibhaṃsu naṃ pāpakā akusalā dhammā saṃkilesikā ponobhavikā sadarā dukkhavipākā āyatiṃ jātijarāmaraṇiyā. Evaṃ kho, āvuso, avassuto hoti.
“朋友,如何是无漏呢?朋友,在此,比丘以眼见色后,对可意的色不执著,对不可意的色不嗔厌,他安住于现前的身念,心量广大。而且,他如实了知心解脱与慧解脱,正是在那里,他已生起的那些邪恶、不善法无余灭去。以耳听声后……乃至以意识了知法后,对可意的法不执著,对不可意的法不嗔厌,安住于现前的身念,心量广大。而且,他如实了知心解脱与慧解脱,正是在那里,他已生起的那些邪恶、不善法无余灭去。朋友,这样的比丘,即称为:在眼所了知的色上无漏……乃至在意所了知的法上无漏。朋友,如此安住的比丘,就算魔罗从眼门靠近,魔罗也找不到缺口,找不到立足之处;就算魔罗从耳门靠近……乃至从意门靠近,魔罗也找不到缺口,找不到立足之处。”显示巴利原文
‘‘Kathaṃ cāvuso, anavassuto hoti? Idhāvuso, bhikkhu cakkhunā rūpaṃ disvā piyarūpe rūpe nādhimuccati, appiyarūpe rūpe na byāpajjati, upaṭṭhitakāyassati ca viharati appamāṇacetaso. Tañca cetovimuttiṃ paññāvimuttiṃ yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti, yatthassa te uppannā pāpakā akusalā dhammā aparisesā nirujjhanti; sotena saddaṃ sutvā…pe… manasā dhammaṃ viññāya piyarūpe dhamme nādhimuccati, appiyarūpe dhamme na byāpajjati, upaṭṭhitakāyassati ca viharati appamāṇacetaso. Tañca cetovimuttiṃ paññāvimuttiṃ yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti, yatthassa te uppannā pāpakā akusalā dhammā aparisesā nirujjhanti. Ayaṃ vuccatāvuso, bhikkhu anavassuto cakkhuviññeyyesu rūpesu…pe… anavassuto manoviññeyyesu dhammesu. Evaṃvihāriṃ cāvuso, bhikkhuṃ cakkhuto cepi naṃ māro upasaṅkamati, neva labhetha māro otāraṃ, na labhetha māro ārammaṇaṃ; sotato cepi naṃ…pe… manato cepi naṃ māro upasaṅkamati, neva labhetha māro otāraṃ, na labhetha māro ārammaṇaṃ.
“道友,譬如一间尖顶屋或尖顶厅堂,涂抹了厚密的黏土,密不透水。如果有人从东方举着燃烧的草火炬靠近它,火既找不到破绽,也无从着落;从西方……从北方……从南方……从下方……从上方……无论从哪个方向,有人举着燃烧的草火炬靠近它,火都找不到破绽,也无从着落。道友,正是如此,依此而住的比丘,即使魔罗从眼门靠近,也找不到破绽,无从着落;乃至魔罗从耳门靠近……乃至魔罗从意门靠近,也找不到破绽,无从着落。”显示巴利原文
‘‘Seyyathāpi, āvuso, kūṭāgārā vā kūṭāgārasālā vā bahalamattikā addāvalepanā puratthimāya cepi naṃ disāya puriso ādittāya tiṇukkāya upasaṅkameyya, neva labhetha aggi otāraṃ, na labhetha aggi ārammaṇaṃ; pacchimāya cepi naṃ disāya… uttarāya cepi naṃ disāya… dakkhiṇāya cepi naṃ disāya… heṭṭhimato cepi naṃ disāya… uparimato cepi naṃ disāya… yato kutoci cepi naṃ puriso ādittāya tiṇukkāya upasaṅkameyya, neva labhetha aggi otāraṃ na labhetha aggi ārammaṇaṃ. Evameva kho, āvuso, evaṃvihāriṃ bhikkhuṃ cakkhuto cepi naṃ māro upasaṅkamati, neva labhetha māro otāraṃ na labhetha māro ārammaṇaṃ; sotato cepi naṃ…pe… manato cepi naṃ māro upasaṅkamati neva labhetha māro otāraṃ na labhetha māro ārammaṇaṃ.
“道友,如此安住的比丘,他驾驭色,而非被色所驾驭;他驾驭声,而非被声所驾驭;他驾驭香,而非被香所驾驭;他驾驭味,而非被味所驾驭;他驾驭触,而非被触所驾驭;他驾驭法,而非被法所驾驭。道友,这样的比丘,便称为:驾驭色、驾驭声、驾驭香、驾驭味、驾驭触、驾驭法——他是驾驭者,而非被驾驭者。他驾驭了那些邪恶、不善、杂染、带来后有、带来苦恼、导致苦报、将来引发生老死的法。道友,如此便是安住于无漏。”显示巴利原文
‘‘Evaṃvihārī cāvuso, bhikkhu rūpe adhibhosi , na rūpā bhikkhuṃ adhibhaṃsu; sadde bhikkhu adhibhosi, na saddā bhikkhuṃ adhibhaṃsu; gandhe bhikkhu adhibhosi, na gandhā bhikkhuṃ adhibhaṃsu; rase bhikkhu adhibhosi, na rasā bhikkhuṃ adhibhaṃsu; phoṭṭhabbe bhikkhu adhibhosi, na phoṭṭhabbā bhikkhuṃ adhibhaṃsu; dhamme bhikkhu adhibhosi, na dhammā bhikkhuṃ adhibhaṃsu. Ayaṃ vuccatāvuso , bhikkhu rūpādhibhū saddādhibhū gandhādhibhū rasādhibhū phoṭṭhabbādhibhū dhammādhibhū adhibhū anadhibhūto . Adhibhosi te pāpake akusale dhamme saṃkilesike ponobhavike sadare dukkhavipāke āyatiṃ jātijarāmaraṇiye. Evaṃ kho, āvuso, anavassuto hotī’’ti – anavassuto.
不为贪所生之灼热所灼烧,不为嗔所生之灼热所灼烧,不为痴所生之灼热所灼烧——如是,无漏、不为所烧者,应如犀牛之角,独自游走。这正是那位独觉佛所说:显示巴利原文
ti rāgajena pariḷāhena apariḍayhamāno, dosajena pariḷāhena apariḍayhamāno, mohajena pariḷāhena apariḍayhamānoti – anavassuto apariḍayhamāno, eko care khaggavisāṇakappo. Tenāha so paccekasambuddho –
目光低垂,不行走散乱,诸根防护,心意善守;
不染不著,不炽不恼,应如犀角,独自游行。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Okkhittacakkhu na ca pādalolo, guttindriyo rakkhitamānasāno; Anavassuto apariḍayhamāno, eko care khaggavisāṇakappo’’ti.
所谓“在家人的相貌”,是指头发、胡须……乃至长须等。他舍下、剃除、放下、息止了在家人的相貌——也就是去除了在家人的相貌。显示巴利原文
ti gihibyañjanāni vuccanti kesā ca massū ca…pe… dīghadasāni iti vā. ti gihibyañjanāni oropayitvā samoropayitvā nikkhipitvā paṭippassambhitvāti – ohārayitvā gihibyañjanāni.
正如那珊瑚树枝叶浓密、树荫浓郁,那位独觉佛也是如此——衣钵具足,恰如珊瑚树为叶所覆。显示巴利原文
ti yathā so pārichattako koviḷāro bahalapattapalāso sandacchāyo , evameva so paccekasambuddho paripuṇṇapattacīvaradharoti – sañchannapatto yathā pārichattako.
那位独觉佛断除了一切在家生活的障碍,断除了儿女与妻子的障碍,断除了亲戚的障碍,断除了朋友与僚属的障碍,断除了积存财物的障碍;他剃除须发,披上袈裟衣,从在家出家而进入无家生活,达到了一无所有的状态。他独自游行、居住、活动、运转、守护、维系、度日——披着袈裟衣出家之后,应如犀角般独自游行。因此那位独觉佛说:显示巴利原文
ti so paccekasambuddho sabbaṃ gharāvāsapalibodhaṃ chinditvā puttadāraṃ palibodhaṃ chinditvā ñātipalibodhaṃ chinditvā mittāmaccapalibodhaṃ chinditvā sannidhipalibodhaṃ chinditvā kesamassuṃ ohāretvā kāsāyāni vatthāni acchādetvā agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajitvā akiñcanabhāvaṃ upagantvā eko carati viharati iriyati vatteti pāleti yapeti yāpetīti – kāsāyavattho abhinikkhamitvā, eko care khaggavisāṇakappo. Tenāha so paccekasambuddho –
弃除了在家之相,犹如那枝叶繁密的珊瑚树;
身着袈裟衣,出家之后,应如犀角般独自游行。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Ohārayitvā gihibyañjanāni, sañchannapatto yathā pārichattako; Kāsāyavattho abhinikkhamitvā, eko care khaggavisāṇakappo’’ti.
有根味、干味、皮味、叶味、花味、果味,有酸、甜、苦、辣、咸、碱、涩、淡,有可口与不可口,有凉与热。世间有一些沙门与婆罗门贪着于味。他们以舌尖遍寻诸味,四处游走。得到酸的,便去寻求不酸的;得到不酸的,又去寻求酸的。得到甜的,便去寻求不甜的;得到不甜的,又去寻求甜的。得到苦的,便去寻求不苦的;得到不苦的,又去寻求苦的。得到辣的,便去寻求不辣的;得到不辣的,又去寻求辣的。得到咸的,便去寻求不咸的;得到不咸的,又去寻求咸的。得到碱的,便去寻求不碱的;得到不碱的,又去寻求碱的。得到涩的,便去寻求不涩的;得到不涩的,又去寻求涩的。得到淡的,便去寻求不淡的;得到不淡的,又去寻求淡的。得到可口的,便去寻求不可口的;得到不可口的,又去寻求可口的。得到凉的,便去寻求热的;得到热的,又去寻求凉的。他们得到任何东西都不知满足,只是一个接一个地不断寻求。于那些合意的味道,他们染着、贪求、粘缚、沉迷、执取、附着、缠绑、系绊。而这位独觉佛已经断除那种对味的渴爱,从根切断,犹如截断根的多罗树,使之不再生起,于未来际不复现起。因此,这位独觉佛是如理思惟而受用食物的,他如是了知:'此不为嬉戏,不为迷醉,不为装扮,不为装饰;仅仅是为了此身的存续与活命,为了止息伤害,为了助益梵行,如此便能除灭旧的感受,不令新的感受生起,我将无过患,得安稳住。'显示巴利原文
ti. ti mūlaraso khandharaso tacaraso pattaraso puppharaso phalaraso, ambilaṃ madhuraṃ tittakaṃ kaṭukaṃ loṇikaṃ khārikaṃ lambikaṃ kasāvo sādu asādu sītaṃ uṇhaṃ. Santeke samaṇabrāhmaṇā rasagiddhā. Te jivhaggena rasaggāni pariyesantā āhiṇḍanti. Te ambilaṃ labhitvā anambilaṃ pariyesanti, anambilaṃ labhitvā ambilaṃ pariyesanti; madhuraṃ labhitvā amadhuraṃ pariyesanti, amadhuraṃ labhitvā madhuraṃ pariyesanti; tittakaṃ labhitvā atittakaṃ pariyesanti, atittakaṃ labhitvā tittakaṃ pariyesanti; kaṭukaṃ labhitvā akuṭakaṃ pariyesanti, akuṭakaṃ labhitvā kaṭukaṃ pariyesanti; loṇikaṃ labhitvā aloṇikaṃ pariyesanti, aloṇikaṃ labhitvā loṇikaṃ pariyesanti; khārikaṃ labhitvā akhārikaṃ pariyesanti, akhārikaṃ labhitvā khārikaṃ pariyesanti; kasāvaṃ labhitvā akasāvaṃ pariyesanti, akasāvaṃ labhitvā kasāvaṃ pariyesanti; lambikaṃ labhitvā alambikaṃ pariyesanti, alambikaṃ labhitvā lambikaṃ pariyesanti; sāduṃ labhitvā asāduṃ pariyesanti, asāduṃ labhitvā sāduṃ pariyesanti; sītaṃ labhitvā uṇhaṃ pariyesanti, uṇhaṃ labhitvā sītaṃ pariyesanti . Te yaṃ yaṃ labhanti tena tena na tussanti, aparāparaṃ pariyesanti. Manāpikesu rasesu rattā giddhā gathitā mucchitā ajjhosannā laggā laggitā palibuddhā. Sā rasataṇhā tassa paccekasambuddhassa pahīnā ucchinnamūlā tālāvatthukatā anabhāvaṃkatā āyatiṃ anuppādadhammā. Tasmā so paccekasambuddho paṭisaṅkhā yoniso āhāraṃ āhāreti – ‘‘neva davāya na madāya na maṇḍanāya na vibhūsanāya; yāvadeva imassa kāyassa ṭhitiyā yāpanāya vihiṃsūparatiyā brahmacariyānuggahāya. Iti purāṇañca vedanaṃ paṭihaṅkhāmi, navañca vedanaṃ na uppādessāmi, yātrā ca me bhavissati anavajjatā ca phāsuvihāro cā’’ti.
就好像给伤口涂药,只是为了使其愈合;给车轴加油,只是为了运载货物;在荒漠中以自己孩子的肉为食,只是为了度越旷野;同样地,这位独觉佛也是如理思惟后受用食物。他如是知道:‘这非为娱乐,非为陶醉,非为打扮,非为妆饰,仅仅是为了维持这个身体的存续与活命,为了止息饥饿之苦,为了资助梵行。如此,我能止息旧的感受,不让新的感受生起,从而维持身体,无有过失,安稳而住。’他已远离、出离、度脱、超越、彻底解脱了味渴爱,不再受其绑缚,以无有界限的心而安住——这就是在味道上不造作贪着。显示巴利原文
Yathā vaṇaṃ ālimpeyya yāvadeva āruhaṇatthāya , yathā vā akkhaṃ abbhañjeyya yāvadeva bhārassa nittharaṇatthāya, yathā puttamaṃsaṃ āhāraṃ āhareyya yāvadeva kantārassa nittharaṇatthāya; evameva so paccekasambuddho paṭisaṅkhā yoniso āhāraṃ āhāreti – ‘‘neva davāya na madāya na maṇḍanāya na vibhūsanāya; yāvadeva imassa kāyassa ṭhitiyā yāpanāya vihiṃsūparatiyā brahmacariyānuggahāya. Iti purāṇañca vedanaṃ paṭihaṅkhāmi, navañca vedanaṃ na uppādessāmi, yātrā ca me bhavissati anavajjatā ca phāsuvihāro cā’’ti. Rasataṇhāya ārato virato paṭivirato nikkhanto nissaṭo vippamutto visaññutto vimariyādikatena cetasā viharatīti – rasesu gedhaṃ akaraṃ.
所谓‘贪求’,指的就是渴爱。也就是那种染着、执着……乃至……贪欲、贪求,是恶不善之根。这位独觉佛已经断除了那种‘贪求’之渴爱,从根截断,犹如截去顶端的棕榈树,不复更生,未来永不现起。因此,独觉佛是‘不贪求者’——在味道上不造作贪着,即是不贪求。显示巴利原文
ti loluppaṃ vuccati taṇhā. Yo rāgo sārāgo…pe… abhijjhā lobho akusalamūlaṃ. Sā loluppā taṇhā tassa paccekasambuddhassa pahīnā ucchinnamūlā tālāvatthukatā anabhāvaṃkatā āyatiṃ anuppādadhammā. Tasmā paccekasambuddho aloloti – rasesu gedhaṃ akaraṃ alolo.
不养他人,不为人知,已得调御,安住于核心,
灭尽烦恼,弃除垢秽,如是之人,我称他为婆罗门。
显示巴利原文 ti ti so paccekasambuddho attānaññeva poseti, na paranti. Anaññaposimaññātaṃ , dantaṃ sāre patiṭṭhitaṃ ; Khīṇāsavaṃ vantadosaṃ, tamahaṃ brūmi brāhmaṇanti.
那位独觉佛于午前时分,着下衣,持钵与衣,为乞食而入村落或城镇。他以善加守护之身、善加守护之语、善加守护之意,正念现前,诸根收摄,垂视而行,威仪具足,次第乞食,不逾家户——他不养他众,唯行次第乞食。显示巴利原文
ti so paccekasambuddho pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya gāmaṃ vā nigamaṃ vā piṇḍāya pavisati rakkhiteneva kāyena rakkhitāya vācāya rakkhitena cittena upaṭṭhitāya satiyā saṃvutehi indriyehi. Okkhittacakkhu iriyāpathasampanno kulā kulaṃ anatikkamanto piṇḍāya caratīti – anaññaposī sapadānacārī.
他以两种方式令心被系缚:或是看轻自己而推重他人,心被系缚;或是抬高自己而轻视他人,心被系缚。怎样是看轻自己而推重他人,心被系缚呢?他会这样想:“你们对我有大恩,我能得到袈裟、饮食、坐卧处以及病缘医药资具,全凭仰仗你们。他人之所以想到赠予我什么,或为我做些什么,也都是因为倚仗你们、因为看见了你们。再者,我从父母世代相传的族姓名字也已隐没,如今我是因你们而被人知晓:‘某家的常往来者、某家的常往来者’。”像这样,看轻自己而推重他人,他的心便被系缚了。显示巴利原文
ti dvīhi kāraṇehi paṭibaddhacitto hoti – attānaṃ vā nīcaṃ ṭhapento paraṃ uccaṃ ṭhapento paṭibaddhacitto hoti, attānaṃ vā uccaṃ ṭhapento paraṃ nīcaṃ ṭhapento paṭibaddhacitto hoti. Kathaṃ attānaṃ nīcaṃ ṭhapento paraṃ uccaṃ ṭhapento paṭibaddhacitto hoti? ‘‘Tumhe me bahūpakārā, ahaṃ tumhe nissāya labhāmi cīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānapaccayabhesajjaparikkhāraṃ. Yampi me aññe dātuṃ vā kātuṃ vā maññanti tumhe nissāya tumhe passantā. Yampi me porāṇaṃ mātāpettikaṃ nāmagottaṃ tampi me antarahitaṃ tumhehi ahaṃ ñāyāmi – ‘asukassa kulupako, asukāya kulupako’’’ti. Evaṃ attānaṃ nīcaṃ ṭhapento paraṃ uccaṃ ṭhapento paṭibaddhacitto hoti.
如何是视己为尊、视人为卑而心遭系缚呢?彼作是念:‘我于汝等有大恩惠,汝等依我而皈依佛、皈依法、皈依僧,远离杀生,远离不与取,远离欲邪行,远离妄语,远离导致放逸的谷酒、花果酒等麻醉品。我为汝等教授、解答疑问、解说布萨日之规定、安排诸新事。然而,汝等竟舍离我,去恭敬、尊重、尊敬、供养其他人。’如是,视己为尊、视人为卑,彼心即遭系缚。显示巴利原文
Kathaṃ attānaṃ uccaṃ ṭhapento paraṃ nīcaṃ ṭhapento paṭibaddhacitto hoti? ‘‘Ahaṃ tumhākaṃ bahūpakāro, tumhe maṃ āgamma buddhaṃ saraṇaṃ gatā dhammaṃ saraṇaṃ gatā saṅghaṃ saraṇaṃ gatā, pāṇātipātā paṭiviratā, adinnādānā paṭiviratā, kāmesumicchācārā paṭiviratā, musāvādā paṭiviratā, surāmerayamajjapamādaṭṭhānā paṭiviratā, tumhākaṃ ahaṃ uddesaṃ demi paripucchaṃ demi uposathaṃ ācikkhāmi navakammaṃ adhiṭṭhāmi; atha ca pana tumhe maṃ ujjhitvā aññe sakkarotha garuṃ karotha mānetha pūjethā’’ti. Evaṃ attānaṃ uccaṃ ṭhapento paraṃ nīcaṃ ṭhapento paṭibaddhacitto hoti.
那位独觉佛,心不受家族的牵挂,不受徒众的牵挂,不受住所的牵挂,不受袈裟的牵挂,不受食物的牵挂,不受坐卧处的牵挂,不受病者所需的医药资具之牵挂;于每一家每一户,心皆无牵挂,让他如犀牛角一般独自游历。因此,那位独觉佛说道:显示巴利原文
ti so paccekasambuddho kulapalibodhena appaṭibaddhacitto hoti, gaṇapalibodhena appaṭibaddhacitto hoti, āvāsapalibodhena appaṭibaddhacitto hoti, cīvarapalibodhena appaṭibaddhacitto hoti, piṇḍapātapalibodhena appaṭibaddhacitto hoti, senāsanapalibodhena appaṭibaddhacitto hoti, gilānapaccayabhesajjaparikkhārapalibodhena appaṭibaddhacitto hotīti – kule kule appaṭibaddhacitto, eko care khaggavisāṇakappo. Tenāha so paccekasambuddho –
“于种种滋味中不贪着、不渴求,不靠他人供养,次第乞食而行;
于每一家每一户,心皆无牵挂,让他如犀牛角一般独自游历。”
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Rasesu gedhaṃ akaraṃ alolo, anaññaposī sapadānacārī; Kule kule appaṭibaddhacitto, eko care khaggavisāṇakappo’’ti.
这位独觉佛如此断除欲欲盖——将其舍弃、遣散、灭尽,令不复存在;断除瞋恚盖……昏沉睡眠盖……掉举追悔盖……疑盖——同样舍弃、遣散、灭尽,令不复存在。远离感官欲乐,远离不善法,有寻有伺,由远离而生起的喜与乐,进入并安住于初禅。这便是断除了心的五盖。显示巴利原文
ti so paccekasambuddho kāmacchandanīvaraṇaṃ pahāya pajahitvā vinodetvā byantīkaritvā anabhāvaṃ gametvā, byāpādanīvaraṇaṃ… thinamiddhanīvaraṇaṃ… uddhaccakukkuccanīvaraṇaṃ… vicikicchānīvaraṇaṃ pahāya pajahitvā vinodetvā byantīkaritvā anabhāvaṃ gametvā vivicceva kāmehi vivicca akusalehi dhammehi savitakkaṃ savicāraṃ vivekajaṃ pītisukhaṃ paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharatīti – pahāya pañcāvaraṇāni cetaso.
“贪是心的垢秽,瞋是心的垢秽,痴是心的垢秽;忿、恨……乃至一切不善行,皆是心的垢秽。”他驱除、移除、舍弃、消灭这些心的垢秽,令它们不复存在——如此,他清除了所有垢秽。显示巴利原文
ti rāgo cittassa upakkileso, doso cittassa upakkileso, moho cittassa upakkileso, kodho… upanāho…pe… sabbākusalābhisaṅkhārā cittassa upakkilesā. ti sabbe cittassa upakkilese byapanujja panuditvā pajahitvā vinodetvā byantīkaritvā anabhāvaṃ gametvāti – upakkilese byapanujja sabbe.
“依止有两种:渴爱依止与邪见依止。……这是渴爱依止……这是邪见依止。爱著有两种:渴爱著与邪见著。……这是渴爱著……这是邪见著。什么是瞋?那对于心的攻击、打击、冲突、违害、恼怒、极怒、暴怒、瞋恚、变心、堕落、怨恨、恼害、灼热、粗暴、不喜悦的心——这即是瞋。”这位独觉佛,断除、断绝、彻底断绝、舍断、驱散、灭尽,令渴爱著、邪见著与瞋不复存在。他不依止眼,不依止耳……乃至不依止所见、所闻、所觉、所识的法,不黏着、不趋入、不执取、不倾向,已出离、已脱出、已解脱、已离缚,以超越界限的心而住——不依止而断除爱著与瞋,应如犀角般独自游行。因此那位独觉佛说:显示巴利原文
nti. ti dve nissayā – taṇhānissayo ca diṭṭhinissayo ca…pe… ayaṃ taṇhānissayo…pe… ayaṃ diṭṭhinissayo. ti dve snehā – taṇhāsneho ca diṭṭhisneho ca…pe… ayaṃ taṇhāsneho…pe… ayaṃ diṭṭhisneho. ti yo cittassa āghāto paṭighāto paṭighaṃ paṭivirodho kopo pakopo sampakopo doso padoso sampadoso cittassa byāpatti manopadoso kodho kujjhanā kujjhitattaṃ doso dussanā dussitattaṃ byāpatti byāpajjanā byāpajjitattaṃ caṇḍikkaṃ asuropo anattamanatā cittassa . nti so paccekasambuddho taṇhāsnehañca diṭṭhisnehañca dosañca chetvā ucchinditvā samucchinditvā pajahitvā vinodetvā byantīkaritvā anabhāvaṃ gametvā cakkhuṃ anissito, sotaṃ anissito…pe… diṭṭhasutamutaviññātabbe dhamme anissito anallīno anupagato anajjhosito anadhimutto nikkhanto nissaṭo vippamutto visaññutto vimariyādikatena cetasā viharatīti – anissito chetva sinehadosaṃ, eko care khaggavisāṇakappo. Tenāha so paccekasambuddho –
舍弃心中的五种盖,驱除一切垢秽;
无所依止,断除了爱与瞋,如犀牛角独自游行。
这位独觉佛,由舍断了乐、舍断了苦,及先前喜与忧的灭去,进入并安住于不苦不乐、舍念清净的第四禅——即‘弃舍了乐与苦,及先前的喜与忧’。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Pahāya pañcāvaraṇāni cetaso, upakkilese byapanujja sabbe; Anissito chetva sinehadosaṃ, eko care khaggavisāṇakappo’’ti. nti so paccekasambuddho sukhassa ca pahānā dukkhassa ca pahānā pubbeva somanassadomanassānaṃ atthaṅgamā adukkhamasukhaṃ upekkhāsatipārisuddhiṃ catutthaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharatīti – vipiṭṭhikatvāna sukhaṃ dukhañca, pubbeva ca somanassadomanassaṃ.
‘舍’是指在第四禅中的平等、中立、心的平等、心的轻安、心的中舍。‘念’是指心的安住、稳固、不动摇、不散乱、不失念的寂止,是定根、定力、正定。在第四禅中,舍与念是清净的、明亮的、无瑕疵的、远离随烦恼的、柔软适业的、安住不动的。证得第四禅的舍与念,获得它、成就它、亲证它——即是‘获得了清净的舍与寂止,应如犀角独行。’因此,那位独觉佛说:显示巴利原文
nti. ti yā catutthajjhāne upekkhā upekkhanā ajjhupekkhanā cittasamatā cittappassaddhatā majjhattatā cittassa. ti yā cittassa ṭhiti saṇṭhiti avaṭṭhiti avisāhāro avikkhepo avisāhaṭamānasatā samatho samādhindriyaṃ samādhibalaṃ sammāsamādhi; catutthajjhāne upekkhā ca samatho ca suddhā honti visuddhā pariyodātā anaṅgaṇā vigatūpakkilesā mudubhūtā kammaniyā ṭhitā āneñjappattā. nti catutthajjhānaṃ upekkhañca samathañca laddhā labhitvā vinditvā paṭilabhitvāti – laddhānupekkhaṃ samathaṃ visuddhaṃ, eko care khaggavisāṇakappo. Tenāha so paccekasambuddho –
弃舍了乐与苦,并先前的喜与忧;
获得了清净的舍与寂止,应如犀角独行。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Vipiṭṭhikatvāna sukhaṃ dukhañca, pubbeva ca somanassadomanassaṃ; Laddhānupekkhaṃ samathaṃ visuddhaṃ, eko care khaggavisāṇakappo’’ti.
“胜义”即是无死的涅槃。涅槃也就是一切行的止息、一切依着的彻底舍离、渴爱的灭尽、离欲、灭尽。为证得胜义、获得胜义、达到胜义、触证胜义、作证胜义,他安住于精进——为了断除不善法、圆满善法,他坚定有力、勇猛精勤,不舍善法之轭。这便是“为证胜义而精进”。显示巴利原文
ti paramatthaṃ vuccati amataṃ nibbānaṃ. Yo so sabbasaṅkhārasamatho sabbūpadhipaṭinissaggo taṇhakkhayo virāgo nirodho nibbānaṃ. Paramatthassa pattiyā lābhāya paṭilābhāya adhigamāya phassanāya sacchikiriyāya āraddhavīriyo viharati akusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ pahānāya kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ sampadāya thāmavā daḷhaparakkamo anikkhittadhuro kusalesu dhammesūti – āraddhavīriyo paramatthapattiyā.
这位独觉佛:为了使未生起的恶不善法不生起,他发起意欲,努力策励精进,振奋其心,勤奋修习;为了断除已生起的恶不善法……为了使未生起的善法生起……为了使已生起的善法安住、不忘失、增长、广大、修习圆满,他也是如此。显示巴利原文
ti so paccekasambuddho anuppannānaṃ pāpakānaṃ akusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ anuppādāya chandaṃ janeti vāyamati vīriyaṃ ārabhati cittaṃ paggaṇhāti padahati, uppannānaṃ pāpakānaṃ akusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ pahānāya…pe… anuppannānaṃ kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ uppādāya…pe… uppannānaṃ kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ ṭhitiyā asammosāya bhiyyobhāvāya vepullāya bhāvanāya pāripūriyā chandaṃ janeti vāyamati vīriyaṃ ārabhati cittaṃ paggaṇhāti padahatīti – evaṃ alīnacitto akusītavutti.
又或者,他这样策励心、振奋心:“纵然皮、筋、骨留存,身中血肉干枯,若未能以大丈夫的体力、大丈夫的力量、大丈夫的精进、大丈夫的勇猛,证得所应证得的,我的精进绝不停息。”这便是以不退怯的心、不懈怠的态度而修习。显示巴利原文
Atha vā, ‘‘kāmaṃ taco ca nhāru ca aṭṭhi ca avasissatu , sarīre upasussatu maṃsalohitaṃ, yaṃ taṃ purisathāmena purisabalena purisavīriyena purisaparakkamena pattabbaṃ na taṃ apāpuṇitvā vīriyassa saṇṭhānaṃ bhavissatī’’ti cittaṃ paggaṇhāti padahati. Evampi alīnacitto akusītavutti.
我不食、不饮,不离开住处;
也不侧卧,直到渴爱之箭被拔除。”
显示巴利原文 Nāsissaṃ na pivissāmi, vihārato na nikkhame; Napi passaṃ nipātessaṃ, taṇhāsalle anūhateti. Cittaṃ paggaṇhāti padahati. Evampi alīnacitto akusītavutti.
“只要我的心尚未无执取地从诸漏中解脱,我就不破此跏趺坐。”他策励自心,精勤不懈。如是,心不退缩,行不懈怠。显示巴利原文
‘‘Na tāvāhaṃ imaṃ pallaṅkaṃ bhindissāmi yāva me na anupādāya āsavehi cittaṃ vimuccissatī’’ti cittaṃ paggaṇhāti padahati. Evampi alīnacitto akusītavutti.
“只要我的心尚未无执取地从诸漏中解脱,我就不从此座起立。”他策励自心,精勤不懈。如是,心不退缩,行不懈怠。显示巴利原文
‘‘Na tāvāhaṃ imamhā āsanā vuṭṭhahissāmi yāva me na anupādāya āsavehi cittaṃ vimuccissatī’’ti cittaṃ paggaṇhāti padahati. Evampi alīnacitto akusītavutti.
“只要我的心尚未无执取地从诸漏中解脱,我便不从此经行处下来,不从住所走出,不从半檐屋走出,不从楼阁走出,不从殿堂走出,不从洞窟走出,不从石窟走出,不从小屋走出,不从尖顶屋走出,不从平台走出,不从圆亭走出,不从门道走出,不从集会堂走出,不从帐篷走出,不从树下走出。”他如此策励自心,精勤用力。如是,心不退缩,行不懈怠。显示巴利原文
‘‘Na tāvāhaṃ imamhā caṅkamā orohissāmi…pe… vihārā nikkhamissāmi… aḍḍhayogā nikkhamissāmi… pāsādā nikkhamissāmi… hammiyā nikkhamissāmi… guhāya nikkhamissāmi… leṇā nikkhamissāmi… kuṭiyā nikkhamissāmi… kūṭāgārā nikkhamissāmi… aṭṭā nikkhamissāmi… māḷā nikkhamissāmi… uddaṇḍā nikkhamissāmi … upaṭṭhānasālāya nikkhamissāmi… maṇḍapā nikkhamissāmi… rukkhamūlā nikkhamissāmi yāva me na anupādāya āsavehi cittaṃ vimuccissatī’’ti cittaṃ paggaṇhāti padahati. Evampi alīnacitto akusītavutti.
就在这个上午,他这样策励其心、精勤努力:“我要通达圣法、掌握圣法、证得圣法、触达圣法、作证圣法。”就这样,心不退缩、行不懈怠。就在这个中午,他这样策励其心、精勤努力:“我要通达圣法、掌握圣法、证得圣法、触达圣法、作证圣法。”就这样,心不退缩、行不懈怠。就在这个下午,他这样策励其心、精勤努力:“我要通达圣法、掌握圣法、证得圣法、触达圣法、作证圣法。”就这样,心不退缩、行不懈怠。在食前,他这样策励其心、精勤努力:“我要通达圣法、掌握圣法、证得圣法、触达圣法、作证圣法。”就这样,心不退缩、行不懈怠。在食后,他这样策励其心、精勤努力:“我要通达圣法、掌握圣法、证得圣法、触达圣法、作证圣法。”就这样,心不退缩、行不懈怠。在初夜,他这样策励其心、精勤努力:“我要通达圣法、掌握圣法、证得圣法、触达圣法、作证圣法。”就这样,心不退缩、行不懈怠。在中夜,他这样策励其心、精勤努力:“我要通达圣法、掌握圣法、证得圣法、触达圣法、作证圣法。”就这样,心不退缩、行不懈怠。在后夜,他这样策励其心、精勤努力:“我要通达圣法、掌握圣法、证得圣法、触达圣法、作证圣法。”就这样,心不退缩、行不懈怠。在黑夜,他这样策励其心、精勤努力:“我要通达圣法、掌握圣法、证得圣法、触达圣法、作证圣法。”就这样,心不退缩、行不懈怠。在白昼,他这样策励其心、精勤努力:“我要通达圣法、掌握圣法、证得圣法、触达圣法、作证圣法。”就这样,心不退缩、行不懈怠。在雨季,他这样策励其心、精勤努力:“我要通达圣法、掌握圣法、证得圣法、触达圣法、作证圣法。”就这样,心不退缩、行不懈怠。在冬季,他这样策励其心、精勤努力:“我要通达圣法、掌握圣法、证得圣法、触达圣法、作证圣法。”就这样,心不退缩、行不懈怠。在夏季,他这样策励其心、精勤努力:“我要通达圣法、掌握圣法、证得圣法、触达圣法、作证圣法。”就这样,心不退缩、行不懈怠。在青年期,他这样策励其心、精勤努力:“我要通达圣法、掌握圣法、证得圣法、触达圣法、作证圣法。”就这样,心不退缩、行不懈怠。在中年期,他这样策励其心、精勤努力:“我要通达圣法、掌握圣法、证得圣法、触达圣法、作证圣法。”就这样,心不退缩、行不懈怠。在老年期,他这样策励其心、精勤努力:“我要通达圣法、掌握圣法、证得圣法、触达圣法、作证圣法。”就这样,心不退缩、行不懈怠。显示巴利原文
‘‘Imasmiṃyeva pubbaṇhasamaye ariyadhammaṃ āharissāmi samāharissāmi adhigacchissāmi phassayissāmi sacchikarissāmī’’ti cittaṃ paggaṇhāti padahati. Evampi alīnacitto akusītavutti. Imasmiṃyeva majjhanhikasamaye…pe… sāyanhasamaye …pe… purebhattaṃ… pacchābhattaṃ… purimayāmaṃ… majjhimayāmaṃ… pacchimayāmaṃ… kāḷe… juṇhe… vasse… hemante … gimhe… purime vayokhandhe… majjhime vayokhandhe… pacchime vayokhandhe ariyadhammaṃ āharissāmi samāharissāmi adhigacchissāmi phassayissāmi sacchikarissāmīti cittaṃ paggaṇhāti padahati. Evampi alīnacitto akusītavutti.
那位独觉佛坚定受持善法,稳固住于身善行、语善行、意善行,于布施分享、持守戒律、行布萨戒,孝养母亲、尊敬父亲,恭敬沙门、恭敬婆罗门,尊崇家族中的长者,以及其他种种殊胜善法——这称为“坚定努力”。那位独觉佛具足力量、气力、精进、奋进与智慧,具备、完全具备,达到、完全达到,充满、完全充满,圆满成就——这即是“坚定努力,具足力量与强力,如犀牛角般独自游走”。因此,那位独觉佛说:显示巴利原文
ti so paccekasambuddho daḷhasamādāno ahosi kusalesu dhammesu avaṭṭhitasamādāno kāyasucarite vacīsucarite manosucarite dānasaṃvibhāge sīlasamādāne uposathupavāse matteyyatāya petteyyatāya sāmaññatāya brahmaññatāya kulejeṭṭhāpacāyitāya aññataraññataresu adhikusalesu dhammesūti – daḷhanikkamo. ti so paccekasambuddho thāmena ca balena ca vīriyena ca parakkamena ca paññāya ca upeto hoti samupeto upāgato samupāgato upapanno samupapanno samannāgatoti – daḷhanikkamo thāmabalūpapanno, eko care khaggavisāṇakappo. Tenāha so paccekasambuddho –
为证最上义,勤发精进,心不退缩,行不懈怠;
"坚定精进,具足力量与强健,应如犀牛角一般独自游走。"
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Āraddhavīriyo paramatthapattiyā, alīnacitto akusītavutti; Daḷhanikkamo thāmabalūpapanno, eko care khaggavisāṇakappo’’ti.
那位独觉佛喜好独处,乐于独处,内心致力于心寂止,不失禅那,具足观智,勤修空闲处,好乐禅那,乐在禅那,安住一境,尊重自利——这即是“独处”。那位独觉佛以两种方式不舍禅那:为使未生起的初禅得以生起,他致力、精勤、结合、系念、全然系念;为使未生起的第二禅得以生起……为使未生起的第三禅得以生起……为使未生起的第四禅得以生起,他致力、精勤、结合、系念、全然系念。如此,他不舍禅那。显示巴利原文
ti so paccekasambuddho paṭisallānārāmo hoti paṭisallānarato ajjhattaṃ cetosamathamanuyutto anirākatajjhāno vipassanāya samannāgato brūhetā suññāgāraṃ jhāyī jhānarato ekattamanuyutto sadatthagarukoti paṭisallānaṃ. ti so paccekasambuddho dvīhi kāraṇehi jhānaṃ na riñcati – anuppannassa vā paṭhamassa jhānassa uppādāya yutto payutto saṃyutto āyutto samāyutto, anuppannassa vā dutiyassa jhānassa…pe… anuppannassa vā tatiyassa jhānassa… anuppannassa vā catutthassa jhānassa uppādāya yutto payutto saṃyutto āyutto samāyuttoti – evampi jhānaṃ na riñcati.
或者,对于已生起的初禅,他修习、培育、反复修习;对于已生起的第二禅……对于已生起的第三禅……对于已生起的第四禅,他修习、培育、反复修习。如此,即为不舍禅那——于独处静修中,不忽视禅那。显示巴利原文
Atha vā, uppannaṃ vā paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ āsevati bhāveti bahulīkaroti, uppannaṃ vā dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ…pe… uppannaṃ vā tatiyaṃ jhānaṃ… uppannaṃ vā catutthaṃ jhānaṃ āsevati bhāveti bahulīkaroti. Evampi jhānaṃ na riñcatīti – paṭisallānaṃ jhānamariñcamāno.
这些被称为‘法’,即:四念住……乃至……圣八支道。哪些是‘随法’?正确的行道、非违逆的行道、随顺义理的行道、法随法行;于诸戒上具足圆满,于诸根门善加守护,于饮食上知量而食,精勤系念于警寤,正念正知而行——这些被称为‘随法’。于一切时中,恒常、持续、无有间断、节节相连,如波浪相续而生起般地行持这些法。显示巴利原文
ti dhammā vuccanti cattāro satipaṭṭhānā…pe… ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo. Katame anudhammā? Sammāpaṭipadā apaccanīkapaṭipadā anvatthapaṭipadā dhammānudhammapaṭipadā sīlesu paripūrakāritā indriyesu guttadvāratā bhojane mattaññutā jāgariyānuyogo satisampajaññaṃ – ime vuccanti anudhammā. ti dhammesu niccakālaṃ dhuvakālaṃ satataṃ samitaṃ avokiṇṇaṃ poṅkhānupoṅkhaṃ udakūmikajātaṃ
他以无间相续而触证,于食前、食后,于初夜、中夜、后夜,于黑月分、白月分,于雨季、冬季、热季,于生命的初阶段、中阶段、后阶段——行、住、进止、持身、守护、延续、令之相续。这便是于诸法中恒常作随法行者。显示巴利原文
Avīcisantatisahitaṃ phassitaṃ purebhattaṃ pacchābhattaṃ purimayāmaṃ majjhimayāmaṃ pacchimayāmaṃ kāḷe juṇhe vasse hemante gimhe purime vayokhandhe majjhime vayokhandhe pacchime vayokhandhe carati viharati iriyati vatteti pāleti yapeti yāpetīti – dhammesu niccaṃ anudhammacārī.
他观照诸有中的过患:‘一切诸行无常’……乃至……‘一切诸行是苦’……乃至……‘一切诸法无我’……乃至……‘凡是集起之法,皆是灭尽之法’。如此,他观照了诸有中的过患。因此,那位独觉佛如是说:显示巴利原文
ti ‘‘sabbe saṅkhārā aniccā’’ti ādīnavaṃ sammasitā bhavesu, ‘‘sabbe saṅkhārā dukkhā’’ti…pe… ‘‘sabbe dhammā anattā’’ti…pe… ‘‘yaṃ kiñci samudayadhammaṃ, sabbaṃ taṃ nirodhadhamma’’nti ādīnavaṃ sammasitā bhavesūti – ādīnavaṃ sammasitā bhavesu, eko care khaggavisāṇakappo. Tenāha so paccekasambuddho –
他于独处静修中不舍禅那,恒常于诸法随法而行;
如实观察诸有中的过患后,应当如犀牛角一般独自游行。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Paṭisallānaṃ jhānamariñcamāno, dhammesu niccaṃ anudhammacārī; Ādīnavaṃ sammasitā bhavesu, eko care khaggavisāṇakappo’’ti.
对色的渴爱……乃至对法的渴爱。他企盼、希冀、乐意、向往、渴望贪的灭尽、瞋的灭尽、痴的灭尽、趣的灭尽、生的灭尽、结生的灭尽、有的灭尽、轮回的灭尽、流转的灭尽——他正是在渴求渴爱的灭尽。那位独觉佛恭敬而作、持续而作……乃至于诸善法无懈怠,如此,他便是渴求渴爱灭尽的不放逸者。显示巴利原文
ti. ti rūpataṇhā…pe… dhammataṇhā. nti rāgakkhayaṃ dosakkhayaṃ mohakkhayaṃ gatikkhayaṃ upapattikkhayaṃ paṭisandhikkhayaṃ bhavakkhayaṃ saṃsārakkhayaṃ vaṭṭakkhayaṃ patthayanto icchanto sādiyanto pihayanto abhijappantoti – taṇhakkhayaṃ patthayaṃ. ti so paccekasambuddho sakkaccakārī sātaccakārī…pe… appamādo kusalesu dhammesūti – taṇhakkhayaṃ patthayamappamatto.
那位独觉佛是有智者、有慧者、有觉者、有了悟者、有明辨者。他是多闻者、持法者、积集所闻者。对于那些初善、中善、后善,有义、有文,完全圆满、完全清净的梵行,他多闻、记持、熟诵于心,以意审察,以见善通达。那位独觉佛是有念者,因具足最上的念与正知,能忆持、记起久远所作、久远所说,是故无聋哑、多闻、具念者。显示巴利原文
ti. ti so paccekasambuddho paṇḍito paññavā buddhimā ñāṇī vibhāvī medhāvī. ti so paccekasambuddho bahussuto hoti sutadharo sutasanniccayo. Ye te dhammā ādikalyāṇā majjhekalyāṇā pariyosānakalyāṇā sātthaṃ sabyañjanaṃ kevalaparipuṇṇaṃ parisuddhaṃ brahmacariyaṃ abhivadanti, tathārūpāssa dhammā bahussutā honti dhātā vacasā paricitā manasānupekkhitā diṭṭhiyā suppaṭividdhā. ti so paccekasambuddho satimā hoti paramena satinepakkena samannāgatattā cirakatampi cirabhāsitampi saritā anussaritāti – aneḷamūgo sutavā satīmā.
‘已了知法’是指智,即那种慧、了知……乃至……无痴、择法、正见。那位独觉佛是已了知法者、已知法者、已衡量法者、已审定法者、已显了法者、已阐明法者:以‘一切行无常’而了知法……乃至……以‘凡是集起之法,皆是灭尽之法’而了知法、已知法、已衡量法、已审定法、已显了法、已阐明法。又或者,这位独觉佛已精简诸蕴、精简诸界、精简诸处、精简诸趣、精简诸生、精简诸结生、精简诸有、精简诸轮回、精简诸流转。又或者,这位独觉佛安住于诸蕴的边际、诸界的边际、诸处的边际、诸趣的边际、诸生的边际、诸结生的边际、诸有的边际、诸轮回的边际、诸流转的边际、诸行的边际,安住于最后有、最后身,是持最后身的独觉佛。显示巴利原文
ti saṅkhātadhammo vuccati ñāṇaṃ. Yā paññā pajānanā…pe… amoho dhammavicayo sammādiṭṭhi. ti so paccekasambuddho saṅkhātadhammo ñātadhammo tulitadhammo tīritadhammo vibhūtadhammo vibhāvitadhammo ‘‘sabbe saṅkhārā aniccā’’ti saṅkhātadhammo…pe… ‘‘yaṃ kiñci samudayadhammaṃ sabbaṃ taṃ nirodhadhamma’’nti saṅkhātadhammo ñātadhammo tulitadhammo tīritadhammo vibhūtadhammo vibhāvitadhammo. Atha vā, tassa paccekasambuddhassa ca khandhā saṃkhittā dhātuyo saṃkhittā āyatanāni saṃkhittāni gatiyo saṃkhittā upapattiyo saṃkhittā paṭisandhiyo saṃkhittā bhavā saṃkhittā saṃsārā saṃkhittā vaṭṭā saṃkhittā. Atha vā, so paccekasambuddho khandhapariyante ṭhito dhātupariyante ṭhito āyatanapariyante ṭhito gatipariyante ṭhito upapattipariyante ṭhito paṭisandhipariyante ṭhito bhavapariyante ṭhito saṃsārapariyante ṭhito vaṭṭapariyante ṭhito saṅkhārapariyante ṭhito antimabhave ṭhito antimasamussaye ṭhito antimadehadharo paccekasambuddho.
这是他最后之生,这是最后的色身;
于他,生死轮回已无后有。
显示巴利原文 Tassāyaṃ pacchimako bhavo, carimoyaṃ samussayo; Jātimaraṇasaṃsāro , natthi tassa punabbhavoti.
因此,这位独觉佛是已了知法者。“决定”指四种圣道;具足四种圣道者即为决定。他已至于决定、已达到、已证得、已触证、已现证决定。“精勤”即精进:那种发自内心的策励、奋发、力行、努力、奋斗、勇悍、坚毅、坚定、不懈的精进,不弃舍的志向,不弃舍的责任,承担重任——这就是精进、精进根、精进力、正精进。这位独觉佛以此精勤,具足、圆满成就,依此而行。因此,他是精勤者——是已了知法者、决定者、精勤者,应如犀牛角独自游行。所以那位独觉佛这样说:显示巴利原文
Taṃkāraṇā paccekasambuddho saṅkhātadhammo. ti niyāmā vuccanti cattāro ariyamaggā. Catūhi ariyamaggehi samannāgatoti niyato. Niyāmaṃ patto sampatto adhigato phassito sacchikato patto niyāmaṃ. ti padhānaṃ vuccati vīriyaṃ. So cetaso vīriyārambho nikkamo parakkamo uyyāmo vāyāmo ussāho ussoḷhī thāmo dhiti asithilaparakkamo anikkhittacchandatā anikkhittadhuratā dhurasampaggāho vīriyaṃ vīriyindriyaṃ vīriyabalaṃ sammāvāyāmo. So paccekasambuddho iminā padhānena upeto samupeto upāgato samupāgato upapanno samupapanno samannāgato. Tasmā so paccekasambuddho padhānavāti – saṅkhātadhammo niyato padhānavā, eko care khaggavisāṇakappo. Tenāha so paccekasambuddho –
他志求渴爱灭尽,不放逸,不愚钝、不哑默,多闻而具念;
已了知法者、已决定者、精勤者,应如犀牛独角,独自游行。
“犹如狮子于诸声中不惊,犹如风于罗网中不着,犹如莲花不为水所染,应如犀牛独角,独自游行。”
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Taṇhakkhayaṃ patthayamappamatto, aneḷamūgo sutavā satīmā; Saṅkhātadhammo niyato padhānavā, eko care khaggavisāṇakappo’’ti. ,
正如狮子,兽中之王,于诸声中不惊慌、不恐惧、不战栗、不惊惶、不疑惧、无有畏惧、不怯、不逃走;独觉佛亦复如是,于诸声中不惊慌、不恐惧、不战栗、不惊惶、不疑惧、无有畏惧、不怯、不逃走,已舍断恐惧与怖畏,远离汗毛竖立而安住——这便是狮子于声中无所惊慌。显示巴利原文
ti yathā sīho migarājā saddesu asantāsī aparisantāsī anutrāsī anubbiggo anussaṅkī anutrāso abhīrū acchambhī anutrāsī apalāyī, paccekasambuddhopi saddesu asantāsī aparisantāsī anutrāsī anubbiggo anussaṅkī anutrāso abhīrū acchambhī anutrāsī apalāyī pahīnabhayabheravo vigatalomahaṃso viharatīti – sīhova saddesu asantasanto.
所谓“风”,指东风、西风、北风、南风、有尘风、无尘风、冷风、热风、微风、强风、旋风、季候风、金翅鸟风、棕榈叶风、扇风。“网”是指线网。正如风在网中不黏着、不执取、不被缚、不被缠缚,同样有两种网——渴爱网与见网……(中略)……这是渴爱网……(中略)……这是见网。那位独觉佛的渴爱网已舍断,见网已断除;因为渴爱网已舍断,见网已断除,所以那位独觉佛于色不黏着,于声不黏着……(中略)……于所见、所闻、所觉、所识之法,不黏着、不执取、不被缚、不被缠缚,已出离、已解脱、已离缚、已解缚,以离系缚之心而住——正如风在网中不黏着。显示巴利原文
ti. ti puratthimā vātā pacchimā vātā uttarā vātā dakkhiṇā vātā sarajā vātā arajā vātā sītā vātā uṇhā vātā parittā vātā adhimattā vātā verambhavātā pakkhavātā supaṇṇavātā tālapaṇṇavātā vidhūpanavātā. Jālaṃ vuccati suttajālaṃ. Yathā vāto jālamhi na sajjati na gaṇhāti na bajjhati na palibajjhati, evameva dve jālā – taṇhājālañca diṭṭhijālañca…pe… idaṃ taṇhājālaṃ…pe… idaṃ diṭṭhijālaṃ. Tassa paccekasambuddhassa taṇhājālaṃ pahīnaṃ diṭṭhijālaṃ paṭinissaṭṭhaṃ, taṇhājālassa pahīnattā diṭṭhijālassa paṭinissaṭṭhattā so paccekasambuddho rūpe na sajjati sadde na sajjati…pe… diṭṭhasutamutaviññātabbesu dhammesu na sajjati na gaṇhāti na bajjhati na palibajjhati nikkhanto nissaṭo vippamutto visaññutto vimariyādikatena cetasā viharatīti – vātova jālamhi asajjamāno.
“莲花”是指莲花的花朵。“水”是指水。正如莲花的花不被水染污、不蒙垢、不沾附,洁净、不染、无着,同样有两种染——渴爱染与见染……(中略)……这是渴爱染……(中略)……这是见染。那位独觉佛的渴爱染已舍断,见染已断除;因为渴爱染已舍断,见染已断除,所以那位独觉佛于色不被染,于声不被染……(中略)……于所见、所闻、所思、所识之法,不被染污、不蒙垢、不沾附,洁净、不染、无着,已出离、已解脱、已离缚、已离系缚,以离束缚之心而住——正如莲花不染着于水,应如犀角独自游行。因此,那位独觉佛说——显示巴利原文
ti padumaṃ vuccati padumapupphaṃ. Toyaṃ vuccati udakaṃ. Yathā padumapupphaṃ toyena na limpati na palimpati na upalimpati, alittaṃ apalittaṃ anupalittaṃ, evameva dve lepā – taṇhālepo ca diṭṭhilepo ca…pe… ayaṃ taṇhālepo…pe… ayaṃ diṭṭhilepo. Tassa paccekasambuddhassa taṇhālepo pahīno, diṭṭhilepo paṭinissaṭṭho. Taṇhālepassa pahīnattā diṭṭhilepassa paṭinisaṭṭhattā so paccekasambuddho rūpe na limpati sadde na limpati…pe… diṭṭhasutamutaviññātabbesu dhammesu na limpati na palimpati na upalimpati, alitto apalitto anupalitto nikkhanto nissaṭo vippamutto visaññutto vimariyādikatena cetasā viharatīti – padumaṃva toyena alimpamāno, eko care khaggavisāṇakappo. Tenāha so paccekasambuddho –
如狮子于众声中无惧,如风于网中不黏着,如莲花不为水所染,应如犀角独自游行。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Sīhova saddesu asantasanto, vātova jālamhi asajjamāno; Padumaṃva toyena alimpamāno, eko care khaggavisāṇakappo’’ti.
也就是说:犹如狮子——百兽之王,以牙为力、以牙为武器,超越、征服、笼罩、制伏、碾压一切畜生道的有情而行、住、游、转、护、活、度;独觉佛也以智慧为力、以智慧为武器,以智慧超越、征服、笼罩、制伏、碾压一切有情众生而行、住、游、转、护、活、度——正如:犹如狮子凭牙力而慑服,百兽之王压制众兽而游行。显示巴利原文
ti yathā sīho migarājā dāṭhabalī dāṭhāvudho sabbe tiracchānagate pāṇe abhibhuyya abhibhavitvā ajjhottharitvā pariyādiyitvā madditvā carati viharati iriyati vatteti pāleti yapeti yāpeti, paccekasambuddhopi paññābalī paññāvudho sabbapāṇabhūte puggale paññāya abhibhuyya abhibhavitvā ajjhottharitvā pariyādiyitvā madditvā carati viharati iriyati vatteti pāleti yapeti yāpetīti – sīho yathā dāṭhabalī pasayha, rājā migānaṃ abhibhuyya cārī.
也就是说:犹如狮子——百兽之王,深入山林荒野而行、住、活动、运转、护持、维生、延续;独觉佛也亲近山林旷野中边远的坐卧处,那些坐卧处寂静少声、无喧杂,远离人烟,幽隐宜于独处。他独行、独住、独坐、独卧、独入村托钵、独还、独坐禅、独经行,自行、住、活动、运转、护持、维生、延续——应亲近边远的坐卧处,应如犀角独自游行。因此,那位独觉佛说——显示巴利原文
ti yathā sīho migarājā araññavanamajjhogāhetvā carati viharati iriyati vatteti pāleti yapeti yāpeti, paccekasambuddhopi araññavanapatthāni pantāni senāsanāni paṭisevati appasaddāni appanigghosāni vijanavātāni manussarāhasseyyakāni paṭisallānasāruppāni. So eko gacchati eko tiṭṭhati eko nisīdati eko seyyaṃ kappeti eko gāmaṃ piṇḍāya pavisati eko paṭikkamati eko raho nisīdati eko caṅkamaṃ adhiṭṭhāti eko carati viharati iriyati vatteti pāleti yapeti yāpetīti – sevetha pantāni senāsanāni, eko care khaggavisāṇakappo. Tenāha so paccekasambuddho –
犹如狮子凭牙力而慑服,兽王压制众兽而行;
“应亲近偏远的住处,应如犀角独自游行。”
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Sīho yathā dāṭhabalī pasayha, rājā migānaṃ abhibhuyya cārī; Sevetha pantāni senāsanāni, eko care khaggavisāṇakappo’’ti.
那位独觉佛以慈俱行之心遍满一方而住,同样遍满第二、第三、第四方;如此,向上、向下、横向,遍一切处,对一切众生,他以慈俱行之心——广大、伟大、无量、无怨、无恼害——遍满而住。他以悲俱行之心……以喜俱行之心……以舍俱行之心——广大、伟大、无量、无怨、无恼害——遍满而住。显示巴利原文
ti so paccekasambuddho mettāsahagatena cetasā ekaṃ disaṃ pharitvā viharati tathā dutiyaṃ tathā tatiyaṃ tathā catutthaṃ, iti uddhamadho tiriyaṃ sabbadhi sabbattatāya sabbāvantaṃ lokaṃ mettāsahagatena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena abyāpajjena pharitvā viharati; karuṇāsahagatena cetasā…pe… muditāsahagatena cetasā…pe… upekkhāsahagatena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena abyāpajjena pharitvā viharatīti – mettaṃ upekkhaṃ karuṇaṃ vimuttiṃ, āsevamāno muditañca kāle.
由于修习慈心,东方一切众生对他不起排斥,西方一切众生……北方一切众生……南方一切众生……东南方一切众生……西北方一切众生……东北方一切众生……西南方一切众生……下方一切众生……上方一切众生——十方一切众生对他皆不起排斥。由于修习悲心……由于修习喜心……由于修习舍心,东方一切众生……乃至十方一切众生对他亦不起排斥。因此,他与一切世间不相冲突、不相抵触、不受伤害、不被障碍——与一切世间不相冲突,他应独行,犹如犀牛角。那位独觉佛这样说道:显示巴利原文
ti mettāya bhāvitattā ye puratthimāya disāya sattā te appaṭikūlā honti, ye pacchimāya disāya sattā…pe… ye uttarāya disāya sattā… ye dakkhiṇāya disāya sattā… ye puratthimāya anudisāya sattā… ye pacchimāya anudisāya sattā… ye uttarāya anudisāya sattā… ye dakkhiṇāya anudisāya sattā… ye heṭṭhimāya disāya sattā… ye uparimāya disāya sattā… ye dasasu disāsu sattā te appaṭikūlā honti. Karuṇāya bhāvitattā… muditāya bhāvitattā… upekkhāya bhāvitattā ye puratthimāya disāya sattā…pe… ye dasasu disāsu sattā te appaṭikūlā honti. ti sabbena lokena avirujjhamāno, appaṭivirujjhamāno anāghātiyamāno appaṭihaññamānoti – sabbena lokena avirujjhamāno, eko care khaggavisāṇakappo. Tenāha so paccekasambuddho –
修习慈、舍、悲的解脱,并于适时修习喜;
与一切世间不相冲突,独行,犹如犀牛角。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Mettaṃ upekkhaṃ karuṇaṃ vimuttiṃ, āsevamāno muditañca kāle; Sabbena lokena avirujjhamāno, eko care khaggavisāṇakappo’’ti.
什么是贪?即染着、执取……乃至……贪欲、贪求,此是不善根。什么是嗔?即心的恼怒……乃至……粗暴、反抗、心的不悦。什么是痴?即对苦的无知……乃至……无明丛、愚痴,此是不善根。那位独觉佛已断除贪、嗔、痴:舍弃、彻底舍断、驱除、灭尽,令其不复存在。他已断除贪、嗔、痴。显示巴利原文
nti. ti yo rāgo sārāgo…pe… abhijjhā lobho akusalamūlaṃ. ti yo cittassa āghāto…pe… caṇḍikkaṃ asuropo anattamanatā cittassa. ti dukkhe aññāṇaṃ…pe… avijjālaṅgī moho akusalamūlaṃ. nti so paccekasambuddho rāgañca dosañca mohañca pahāya pajahitvā vinodetvā byantīkaritvā anabhāvaṃ gametvāti – rāgañca dosañca pahāya mohaṃ.
十种结:欲贪结、嗔恚结……乃至……无明结。他摧毁了这十种结:击破、彻底击破、完全击破、舍弃、驱除、灭尽,令其不复存在。如此,他摧毁了诸结。显示巴利原文
ti. Dasa saṃyojanāni – kāmarāgasaṃyojanaṃ paṭighasaṃyojanaṃ…pe… avijjāsaṃyojanaṃ. ti dasa saṃyojanāni sandālayitvā padālayitvā sampadālayitvā pajahitvā vinodetvā byantīkaritvā anabhāvaṃ gametvāti – sandālayitvāna saṃyojanāni.
那位独觉佛于寿终之际,心无恐怖、无畏惧、无惊慌、无疑虑、无怯弱、无退缩、无逃避;已舍恐惧与怖畏,身毛不竖,安然安住。这便是:于命尽时他无所畏惧,当如犀牛角,独自而行。因此,那位独觉佛如此说道:显示巴利原文
ti so paccekasambuddho jīvitapariyosāne asantāsī anutrāsī anubbiggo anussaṅkī anutrāso abhīrū acchambhī anutrāsī apalāyī pahīnabhayabheravo vigatalomahaṃso viharatīti – asantasaṃ jīvitasaṅkhayamhi, eko care khaggavisāṇakappo. Tenāha so paccekasambuddho –
舍离贪欲,舍离嗔恚,舍离愚痴,粉碎一切结缚;
生命灭尽之际,他无有恐惧,当如犀牛角一般独自游走。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Rāgañca dosañca pahāya mohaṃ, sandālayitvāna saṃyojanāni; Asantasaṃ jīvitasaṅkhayamhi, eko care khaggavisāṇakappo’’ti.
为了自利,为了利他,为了自他双方的利益,为了现世的利益,为了来世的利益,为了最究竟的利益,他们亲近、依止、侍奉、常侍奉、共侍奉、反复侍奉——这便是:他们为利益而亲近、而侍奉。显示巴利原文
ti attatthakāraṇā paratthakāraṇā ubhayatthakāraṇā diṭṭhadhammikatthakāraṇā samparāyikatthakāraṇā paramatthakāraṇā bhajanti sambhajanti sevanti nisevanti saṃsevanti paṭisevantīti – bhajanti sevanti ca kāraṇatthā.
有两种朋友:在家朋友与出家朋友……此是在家朋友……此是出家朋友。这两种朋友,无因而然、无由而然、无缘而然、无故而然,极为难遇——难得,甚为难得。这便是:如今,不依因缘而交的朋友,实属难得。显示巴利原文
ti dve mittā – agārikamitto ca anāgārikamitto ca…pe… ayaṃ agārikamitto…pe… ayaṃ anāgārikamitto. ti ime dve mittā akāraṇā nikkāraṇā ahetū appaccayā dullabhā (dulladdhā sudulladdhā) ti – nikkāraṇā dullabhā ajja mittā.
为了自己的义利、为了自己的缘由、为了自己的条件、为了自己的目的,他们亲近、依止、侍奉、常侍奉、共相侍奉乃至反复承事,随学、共修,恭敬奉事、请益、细问——这便是求自利者。那些具足不清净身业的人,名为不净之人;具足不清净语业的人,名为不净之人;具足不清净意业的人,名为不净之人;具足不清净杀生……具足不清净不与取……具足不清净邪淫……具足不清净妄语……具足不清净离间语……具足不清净粗恶语……具足不清净绮语……具足不清净贪心……具足不清净嗔恚……具足不清净邪见的人,名为不净之人;具足不清净思惟的人,名为不净之人;具足不清净欲求的人,名为不净之人;具足不清净志向的人,名为不净之人。不净之人低劣、卑下、鄙陋、粗恶、下劣、微浅——这即是:求自利者乃是不净之人。显示巴利原文
ti. ti attano atthāya attano hetu attano paccayā attano kāraṇā bhajanti sambhajanti sevanti nisevanti saṃsevanti paṭisevanti ācaranti samācaranti payirupāsanti paripucchanti paripañhantīti – attatthapaññā. ti asucinā kāyakammena samannāgatāti asucī manussā, asucinā vacīkammena samannāgatāti asucī manussā, asucinā manokammena samannāgatāti asucī manussā, asucinā pāṇātipātena…pe… asucinā adinnādānena… asucinā kāmesumicchācārena… asucinā musāvādena… asuciyā pisuṇāya vācāya samannāgatā… asuciyā pharusāya vācāya samannāgatā… asucinā samphappalāpena samannāgatā… asuciyā abhijjhāya samannāgatā… asucinā byāpādena samannāgatāti asucī manussā, asuciyā micchādiṭṭhiyā samannāgatāti asucī manussā, asuciyā cetanāya samannāgatāti asucī manussā, asuciyā patthanāya samannāgatāti asucī manussā, asucinā paṇidhinā samannāgatāti asucī manussā, asucī hīnā nihīnā omakā lāmakā chatukkā parittāti – attatthapaññā asucī manussā.
论终如是说:独觉佛以出离之义而“独行”……所行八种……犹如犀牛之角,唯有独一,无有第二……当如犀牛角一般,独自游行。因此,那位独觉佛如是说——
世人亲近、侍奉,皆因有所求;无所求的朋友,于今世间实为稀有难遇;
“人们自顾己利,心思不净。宜应如犀牛角,独行于世。”
显示巴利原文 ti. ti so paccekasambuddho pabbajjāsaṅkhātena eko…pe… ti aṭṭha cariyāyo…pe… ti yathā khaggassa nāma visāṇaṃ ekaṃ hoti adutiyaṃ…pe… eko care khaggavisāṇakappo. Tenāha so paccekasambuddho – ‘‘Bhajanti sevanti ca kāraṇatthā, nikkāraṇā dullabhā ajja mittā; Attatthapaññā asucī manussā, eko care khaggavisāṇakappo’’ti.
都德亚与咖巴两者,以及智者迦都甘尼;
跋陀罗浮陀、乌达亚,及婆罗门波沙罗;
智慧的莫嘎拉贾,与具大神通的宾耆耶。
《犀角经》的诸义释,也同样如此;
义释应知有两类,皆圆满而善为分别。
显示巴利原文 Dhotako upasīvo ca, nando ca atha hemako. Todeyya-kappā dubhayo, jatukaṇṇī ca paṇḍito; Bhadrāvudho udayo ca, posālo cāpi brāhmaṇo; Mogharājā ca medhāvī, piṅgiyo ca mahāisi. Soḷasānaṃ panetesaṃ, brāhmaṇānaṃva sāsanaṃ; Pārāyanānaṃ niddesā, tattakā ca bhavanti hi . Khaggavisāṇasuttānaṃ, niddesāpi tatheva ca; Niddesā duvidhā ñeyyā, paripuṇṇā sulakkhitāti.
━━ 归纳讲解,仅供参考 ━━
这部书是什么 《导论》是巴利小部中的一部独特论书,以偈颂与义释混杂的体裁写就,相传为大迦旃延(大迦旃延)尊者所造,旨在系统教导如何从“味、患、出离”等九个角度,以十六种诠释工具(hāra,原意“项链”)、五种引导方法(naya)和十八根本句(mūlapada),把佛陀九分教中的深层意趣“钩”取出来并授予学人。它不是对特定经典的逐词注释,而是对一切经教的解经方法论与引导次第的纲要书,在小部中担当着“释经之匙”的角色。
出场人物 Pali 中文(经文用名) 角色 Mahākaccāyana 大迦旃延(大迦旃延) 论主,开示全论及十六种释论法、五种法门、十八根本句 Bhagavā / Satthā 世尊/导师 所说教法的基础,常以“世尊说”引出教证 Ajita 阿耆多(阿耆多翅舍钦婆罗,此处可能指彼岸品中的提问者) 作为提问者出现在示例分析中,其与世尊的问答被用作审察经句的范例 Mogharāja “摩伽罗阇” 在“以空观世间”的教证中被引用,作为称呼一例
核心法义/内容(白话+重点) 这部书的核心不是开示某个单点法义,而是给你一套“怎么读经、怎么讲法才能把人引向解脱”的方法框架。它的底层逻辑是:一切佛法不外乎“善/不善”两类(十八根本句),而引导众生出离不善、成就善品的总钥匙就是“味(吸引力)→ 患(过患)→ 出离(解脱)”这条认识链。
书中把佛陀的教说拆为六层要素去审察——味(众生贪着的好处)、过患(其危险)、出离(解脱之道)、果(所得利益)、方法(修证路径)、教诫(佛陀的嘱咐),并依据闻法者的根器(钝根爱行者、利根爱行者、钝根见行者、利根见行者),运用“欢喜轮转”(以定导慧)或“狮子游戏”(以慧导定)等五种引导方法,把相同的法义讲成他能领受的样子。
代表性内容:
→ 拆开看:这不是说佛法就是这六条,而是说 一切经教都可以用这六个维度去抽取、阐释、对接 ——先让人看到自己贪着什么(味),再看到贪着的苦果(患),然后指出离苦的出路(出离),显示修成后的安稳(果),给出具体怎么修(方法),最后以佛陀的敕令(教诫)收束全课。
→ 要旨: 任何教法,只要是能帮人完成“见味→见患→求出离”这一心理转向的,就是有效的引导;而论主的任务就是为不同的心找到最合适的转向切入法。
关键术语锚 - hāra(项链/摄持) :书中特指十六种系经解义的方法,“项链”是比喻其能把散落的经句串联成一贯义理。极易错译为普通“佩戴物”。汉传可作“摄”“摄门”“项链法”。
- naya(引导/理趣/方法) :五种将法义导引至相应根性的策略(欢喜转起、三种圆满、狮子游戏、观察诸方、钩)。易与八正道的“理趣”混淆,此处强调“应机引导的走向”。
- padaṭṭhāna(立足处/足处/依止处) :教法的根本依据或安立基础。在书中“教立足处”即教法之根基。易泛化为“站立的地方”。
- ādīnavo(患/过患/危险) :不是大灾大难现场,而是对执取对象内在的危险性、最终会逼苦的如实审察。
- nissaraṇa(出离/出起/舍离) :从此物此想的执着中脱出,是导向灭谛的看破放下,非简单的身体离开。
- yogin(瑜伽者/相应行者) :本书指修行止观、力求与法相应的实修者,是全书所指向的受众。汉传可参考“瑜伽师”。
阅读提示 本书是方法论论书而非叙事性经典,译时须抓住其高度技术化的解经体例:偈颂部分往往是对多品内容的密码式总摄,长行则是对每一个术语、每一步引导逻辑的展开分疏。特别注意 hāra、naya 等特有方法论名词尽量保持统一译名,不可随意按文学修辞变通;书中大量“什么是X?……这是X”的语句是义释式定义,需保持其分析语感。